Full text of "The annals and magazine of natural history : zoology, botany, and geology"

See other formats

ek 4
eae eerie

ices

ae
fe ogea Boe ' ‘
bag grt Apr De ae wid “
tab 3 3 ree rar wine We ere

oe! S,
theta

en eed batetetabee
tenet dd rn

7 tet Bi he Bak ne 6 oh ote

Bad abe oh accyde
Besa teie ee
ri

. aMade
: Wate te Rd at eitet:
meh) Nica etek cat biel
ga AP dbata oa yy bhas . see
v3 Be a OAR Ah et Ae Roees sto,
Aah Fee heh

‘ re Ty
SEAS aa Ny
ooh aera
meee il

Ci eee eed
Lae oy ve
At! 4 va

wom tee

HANDBOUND
AT THE

UNIVERSITY OF
TORONTO PRESS

- iy

~ —

POR:

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,

INCLUDING

ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, ann GEOLOGY.

(BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE ‘ANNALS’ COMBINED WITH LOUDON AND
CHARLESWORTH’S ‘ MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,’ )

CONDUCTED BY

ALBERT C. L. G. GUNTHER, M.A., M.D., Ph.D., F.B.S.,
WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, F.R.S., F.L.S., F.G.S.,
AND

WILLIAM FRANCIS, sun., F.L.S. _

~_eeeeeeee

VOL. XI.—SEVENTH SERIES.
BO. Borne eee ov a
ao" 4 ‘
7 Ge
LONDON:
PRINTED AND PUBLISHED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS.

SOILD BY SIMPKIN, MARSHALL, HAMILTON, KENT, AND CO., LD. ;
BAILLIERE, PARIS: HODGES, FIGGIS, AND CO., DUBLIN :
AND ASHER, BERLIN.

1903,

“‘Omnes res creat sunt divine sapientix et potentix testes, divitiz felicitatis
humane :—ex harum usu Jonitas Creatoris; ex pulchritudine sapientia Domini ;
ex ceconomia in conservatione, proportione, renoyatione, potentia majestatis

-elucet. Earum itaque indagatio ab hominibus sibi relictis semper estimata ;
a veré eruditis et sapientibus semper exculta; malé doctis et barbaris semper
inimica fuit.’—Linnzvs.

“Quel que soit le principe de la vie animale, il ne faut qu’ouvrir les yeux pour
voir qu’elle est le chef-d’eeuvre de la Toute-puissance, et le but auquel se rappor-
tent toutes ses opérations.”—Bruckyer, Théorie du Systéme Animal, Leyden,
1767.

at oe eh OL 08 Se. obs he Sylvan powers
Obey our summons; from their deepest dells
The Dryads come, and throw their garlands wild
And odorous branches at our feet; the Nymphs
That press with nimble step the mountain-thyme
And purple heath-flower come not empty-handed,
But scatter round ten thousand forms minute
Of velvet moss or lichen, torn from rock
Or rifted oak or cavern deep: the Naiads too
Quit their loved native stream, from whose smooth face
They crop the lily, and each sedge and rush
That drinks the rippling tide: the frozen poles,
Where peril waits the bold adventurer’s tread,
The burning sands of Borneo and Cayenne,
All, all to us unlock their secret stores
And pay their cheerful tribute.

J. Taytor, Norwich, 1818,

CONTENTS OF VOL. XI.

[SEVENTH SERIES.]

NUMBER LXI.

Page

I. Notes on the Natural History of East Finmark. By Canon A.
M. Norman, M.A., D.C.L., LL.D., F.R.S., F.L.S. (Plates I-IV.)..
If. A Revision of the Genera of the ARANE®, with Reference
to their Type Species. By F, Pickarp-Camprwes, B.A., F.Z5...
III. On new Species of Barbus discovered by Mr. A. Blayney
Percival in East Africa. By G.A. BouLEneEr, F.R.S. (Plate V.)

IV. Descriptions of Two new Lizards discovered by Mr, E. Degen
in his Journey to Abyssinia. By G. A. Boutmnerr, F.R.S.......

V. Notes on the Genus Synaptwra, Cantor, with Descriptions of
Two new Species. By C. TaTE Recan, B.A. (Plate VI.) ......

VI. New Pyralide from Spain. By Sir Groree F, Hampson,
PR eB PS SCE oS cxoysia sacle: 6.8 ore: SEL siortegel Stats oe ataAe are wise 6 ayatpents eis ais
VII. On some Secondary Sexual Characters in the Genus Aranea,
linn, By F. Pickarp-CamBring®, B.A., F.Z.S. .... eee eee

VIII. Notes on Forficulide, with Descriptions of new Species in
the Nat. Hist. Mus., South Kensington. By W. F. Kirsy, F.L.S.

IX. Descriptions of Four new Species of West-African Lycenide.
Pyeramouron i. C.J, Druck, FES. BZ.S. . oa. 00cm ene ete on

X. On some undescribed Rhynchota. By W.L. Disranr......
XI. On a new Hare from Cape Colony. By OtpFretp THomas.
XII. On Two new Squirrels. By OLpFreELD THoMaAs ..........
XIII. On some South-American Aviculariide. By R. I. Pocock.

XIV. On Pleurodiran Chelonians from the Eocene of the Fayum,
Egypt. By C. W. AnpreEws, D.Sc., F.G.S. (Plates VII. & VIII.)

XV. On new Species of Mus from Borneo and the Malay Penin-
snla, By J; Lewis Bonnorm MAD ee. .t ek. AC BIG CTINON

XVI. The Hares of Crete and of Cyprus. By G. E. H. Barrerr-
STILTS 0 Ss Jai ii ain. rida cia on eck sp ae ee er

New Books:—Biol. Centr.-Amer.: Reptilia and Batrachia. By
ALBERT GUNTHER.—A Natural History of British Lepidoptera.
By J. W. Turr. Vol. If1.—The Fauna and Geography of
the Maldive and Laccadive Archipelagoes. Edited by J. STan-
LEY GARDINER, M.A. Vol. I. Parts IIL. & IV.—British
Museum Publications: Guide to the Galleries of Mammalia:
Seventh Edition. (Guide to the Coral Gallery. Catalogue of
Birds’ Eggs: Vol. Il. By Eugenr W. Oares.—Zoolozical

iv CONTENTS.

Page

Results based on Material from New Britain, &c., collected
during 1895, 1896, and 1897 by Arthur Willey. Part VI—
On some Fossils from the Islands of Formosa and Riu-Riu
(=Loo Choo), By R. B. Newron and R. Horianp. —Birds
in the Garden. By Granvitte Suarpe, M.A.—The Gross
Anatomy of Limnea emarginata, Say, var. Mighelst, Binney.
By Frank Coiimss Baxer.—Memoirs of the Geological
Survey of India. Paleontologia Indica. Observations sur
quelques Plantes Fossiles des Lower Gondwanas. Planches I-
VII. Par R. ZEILLER

Cyclops rubellus, Lilljeborg, by Beatrice Sprague .......-+-..e0-

NUMBER LXII..

XVII. The By EE Oy of the Madreporaria—IV. Fissiparous
Gemmation. E. DvERDEN, Ph.D., A.R.C.Se. (Lond.), Bruce
Fellow, John oaks Univer sity.

XVIII. New and little-known American Coceide, By T. D. A.
COCKER dance cise cieloi tele ein ss asic oles Seine nus eee eae

XIX. Notes on the Natural History of East Finmark. By Canon
A M: Norman, M-A”| DCE, LGD Pn ELS. oe ae erie

XX. On some new Genera and Species of Parasitic and Fossorial
Hymenoptera from the Khasia Hills, Assam. By P, CAMERON....

XXI. Some Observations on British Freshwater Harpactids. By
(EROMAS SCOTT PiUit 9s cee cape sists 20h ose .aos 5 Palit Wine vine ee

XXII. Descriptions of some new Species of Lepidoptera, chiefly
from South America, By Hrersert Deuce, F.LS. .....,....:-

XXIII. Rhynchotal Notes—XVI. Heteroptera: Family Redu-
viide (continued), Apiomerine, Har pactorine, and Nabine. By W.
DB SDISTANT sisne aici nieeseiotarte # iw-aiinie he /oletn tes Mate fUkates ele atete = eeeaer aetna

XXIV. Some Arachnida collected by Mr. G. W. Bury in Yemen.
By, Py TP OCOCK soy. aisvaris's.5 0 Win) aia Whe +s otee asain pate

XXY. Descriptions of Four new Arachnida of the Orders Pedi-
palpi, Solifuge, and Aranee. By R.I. Pocock ........ ésieiocies

XXVI. New Species of Oxymycterus, Thrichomys, and Ctenomys
from S. America. By OLDFIELD THoMas

XXVII. Description of a new Coleopterous Insect belonging, to
the Curculionide. By CHARLES O, WATERHOUSE, F.E.S.,

XXVIII. On a new Silver-Pheasant from Burma. By ween
VOTES cic ice oe oie inc 0s ole = EE ie ee Oe

XXIX. Notes on the Forficularia.—VII. Some hitherto unpub-
lished Descriptions of new Species, by the late M. oe de
Bormans. By Matcoum Bore, B.A., F.LS., F.ES. ...........-

New Books :—Paleontologia Indica. Series XV. Pinwalapan Fossils,
Vol. I. Part 1. The’ Cephalopoda of the Lower Trias. By Cari
DienEr, Ph.D., University of Vienna.—The Paleontology of
the Niagaran Limestone in the Chicago Area. The Crinoidea.
By Stuart WELLER ........

SES ow wie erecuiorete aa Ream 241—

BOO on Desa seo. 127—137

141

203
214
220

226

244

CONTENTS. Vv

NUMBER LXIITI.
Page
XXX. Rhynchotal Notes. — XVI. Heteroptera: Family Redu-
viide (continued), Apiomerine, Harpactorine, and Nabine. By

Wer. DISPANT: (3/55. Ecco ares acme pho Dt Ubcoo Ona ibe Gao oe 245
XXXI. Some new Spiders from the Camaroons collected by
Stem eEa snbess ety by Sth OCOGK | yale aiersic.s bayel she aval viatere eels! oes 258

XXXII. Notes on the Forjfiewlaria. —VII. Some hitherto un-
published Descriptions of new Species, by the late M. Auguste de
Bormans. By Maucormm Bork, B.A.,, F.LS., F.ES. . a SOD

XXXII. Notes on the Forficularia.—VIU. mvee new aes
from the de Bormans Collection. By Manicotm Burr, B.A., F.LS.,

Ma IT Rares. 5 Since ayes, Kon ors iol saree aroleeel aha: eioiehe at sea) vie" clef 6h= 270
XXXIV. A Revision of the Fishes of the Family Lophiide. By

Ce nce preg ae ASy ts 51. ole a arahice via eialouss oe isis SEPP URT Kio abate oat 277
XXXY. Two new Glossophagine Bats from Central America.

EOULDEIELD PHOMAS vo 0:00. cece ise tcoy os AS Comoe O de Donn 286
XXXVI. Note on the Technical Name of the Tasmanian Devil.

EREDISU DY VHOMAS Loch ity sf 's.5 sob vos Co ea ceeleses tea see ore ste 289
XXXVII. A new Duiker from West Africa. By OLpFrEeLp

LELTIOS 5 Che gn S AGASSI Gon eciS RaiOOta co EOC ac ero, toes 2 Ws

XXXVIII. On Three new Races of Tragulus kanchil, Rafiles,
with Remarks on the Genus. By J. Lewis Bonnors, M. Ave 201:

XXXIX. Description of a new Species of Balanus from the Col-
lection of the British Museum. By Prof. A. GRUVEL .......... 297

XL. On the Genera of the Dromitde. By L. A. Borrapalte,
M.A., Lecturer in Natural Sciences at Selwyn College, Cambridge... 2.

XLI. On the Affinities and Nomenclature of certain Genera of
Melolonthid and Rutelid Coleoptera. By Girpert J. ARRow.... 303

XLII. On Two new Voles of the Subgenera Pitymys and Microtus.

eet cats AR RETT— EA MITIEON [5i<)e 5 90.5 pistes a oh oo sb mo cae oh 306
XLII. Two new Australian Spiders of the Family Ctenizde.
rye tt LOG G, MATCH ZnS oats ese ova va ee tc 0 FS OE EOE 308

XLIV. On some new Genera and Species of Parasitic and Fossorial
Hymenoptera from the Khasia Hills, Assam. By P. CamEron.... 313

New Books :—An Account of the Indian Triaxonia collected by the
Royal Indian Marine Survey Ship ‘Investigator.’ By Franz
Emuarp Scuvrze, Ph.D., M.D., Professor “of Zoology at the
University of Berlin. W ho’s Who,—Handbook of Instructions
fee Collectors nos sce ee oa op Soh Pe eee 332, 333

Proceedings of the Geological Society ..............000005 333—335

NUMBER LXIV.

XLV. Descriptions of new Syntomide and Arctiade. By Sir
GrorGe F. Hampson, Bart., F.Z.S.

XLVI. Rhynchotal Notes—XVII. Heteroptera: Family Redu-
gameday, We Ls. DISTANT o's ca3c sb: Peer, corte aerial ca OOS

Vi CONTENTS.

Page
XLVII. New Generic Names for some Entomostraca and Ciri-
pedia. By Canon A. M. Norman, F.RS. Xe. 01... ++ eee seers 367
XLVIIL. British Land Isopoda.—Supplement. By Canon A. M.
Norman, F.R.S. &. 0.022. e ees Sfocteinnets rc creeuatlerslals'» Siler tenes 369
XLIX. On the Skeleton and Systematic Position of Luvarus
imperialis, By C, TATE REGAN, BA. occ eee e cece cece neers 572

L. Ona new Species of Cat from China. By J. Lewis Bonworr,
1 I We ear eg er Re ee re Sn eS B74

LI. New Mammals from Chiriqui. By OtprreLp THomas .... 376

LIL. Two South-American Forms of Rhogeessa. By OLDFIELD
THOMAS, Wo tote l . hecne ce oc bless oe 6 settles wiayere di dee 0 dna elaine 382

LIL Parasite on the Wallaby. By W. WEScHE, F.R.M.S. .. 384

LIV. The Musk-Rat of the Antilles (Mus pilorides) as Type of a
very distinct Genus (Megalomys, Trt.) under the new Generic Name
Moschomys. By Dr. E. L. Trovessart, C. M. Zool. Soe. of Lond.

(in Paris) oie «ceo sano 0 2 oo ists we ale = aimee» wie one = 21” ons eae 585
LV. Observations on the Flight of Flying-fish (Erocetus, sp.
incerte). By G. E. H. Barrerr-HAMILTON .........-.+++0e> 389

LVI. New Species of Indian Aculeate Hymenoptera. By Major
C. G. Norsk, Indian Army ....... se eee eee cece cere ere eecenes 393

LVIL. Notes on Blattide &c., with Descriptions of new Genera
and Species in the Collection of the British Museum, South Ken-
sington—No. I. By W. F. Kirsy, F.LS., PES. .......++-+ 05s 404

LVIII. On Macrurous Crustacea obtained by Mr. George Murray
during the Cruise of the ‘Oceana’ in 1898. By W. T. CALMAN,
D.Sce., University College, Dundee 1.1... . eee cece cree teen eens 416

LIX. Report on the Coelenterata from the intermediate waters of
the N. Atlantic, obtained by Mr. George Murray during the Cruise
of the ‘Oceana’ in 1898. By R. T. Gintuer, M.A., Fellow of
Magdalen College, Oxford. (Plates TX OE). 4. Oates een ties 420

New Books :—Zoological Wall-plates. By Prof. Dr. Paut Prurr-
SCHELLER.—Geological Survey of Canada. Contributions to
Canadian Paleontology. Vol. VII. Part 2. On Vertebrata of
the Mid-Cretaceous of the North-west Territory. By H. F.
Osporn and L. W. Lampe.—The Evolution of the Northern
Part of the Lowlands of South-eastern Missouri. By C. F,.
Marbut, Professor of Geology .....s+reeereeereeeees 430—452

NUMBER LXV.

LX. Fifteen new Species and Two new Genera of Tropical and
Southern Opiliones. By R.1. Pocock. (Plates XI. & RY) 2... 4s0

LXI. Descriptions of new Genera and Species of New Zealand
Coleoptera. By Capt. T. Broun, FES, .......+. sees eeeeeeees 450

LXIL. On the Systematic Position and Classification of the
Gadoid or Anacanthine Fishes. By C. Tare Recan, BA. ...... 459

CONTENTS. Vil

- Page
LXIU. Lamellicorn Coleoptera from the Nilgiri Hills. By D,
Berner ei ACM ss, LBS CL en. avis cee bio.0 Uaioe e eine acne 467
LXIV. Ona new Rat of the Mus rufescens Group from Simla.
Pye WIN ONTO RE | MAAN 2). a ieee t's Meade ee od or endes 473
LXV. On Two new Species of Cat from China. By J. Lewis
ecabyaana MN ere chide ta eihe: th ta Mlale arta ds 0% pibiauelel 8808 b even da%s 474

LXVI. Report on a small Collection of Echinoderm Larvee made
by Mr. George Murray, F.R.S., during the Cruise of the ‘ Oceana,’
in November 1898. By. E. W. MacBripsr, M.A., D.Sc., Professor
of Zoology in M‘Gill University, Montreal ........0:..ceeesecees 477

LXVII. On a new Species. of Sergestes obtained by Mr. George
Murray during the Cruise of the ‘Oceana’ in 1898. By Dr. H. J.
LANSHN, Of COpEntagen “5... tess ae ss Domscetace Mia. Sig eieiel tracts aipiats 479

LXVIII. Onsome Batrachians and Reptiles from Venezuela. By
Roe EDU UIENGER, Pituo> esos ct eac che wena este beer net eenves 481

LX1X. On Three new Forms of Peromyscus obtained by Dr. Hans
Gadow, F.R.S., and Mrs. Gadow in Mexico. By OLpFIELD
TOT LIAE! pb. alot aG cite aR MOIS ea sees ela reine ».. 484

LXX. New Forms of Sczwrus, Oxymycterus, Kannabateomys, Pro-
echimys, Dasyprocta, and Caluromys from South America. By Oxp-

pea EAs EA RESNEA Chee ony ce areas ce oactoly, oie el vy, x tei 0 Siar aii of, ofaxw ws meeieierdls 487
LXXI. Two new Dormice of the Genus Ziomys. By OLDFIELD
PRHOMAS <.i0 2.5. bess SOSIC OJ Ooo 5 ano, GRMN erie RSs monica 494
LX XII. On the Species of the Genus Rhinopoma. By OLpFIELD
ROMA qc ocliloiits dliggo ae ce Cigne DIC enInn cine ee oi enrice aaa aor 496
LXXIII. New Species of Eastern and African Lepidoptera. By
CgonckO;swinnon, M.A FUS. Ges occ cce ccd ac iee ens eeees 2. 499
LXXIV. New Species of Indian Aculeate Hymenoptera. By
Pee 1) NURSE, INdaNVATATY: M5. os «2b <eccm ate otliad es sss 08's a 511

New Book ;—Catalogue of the Collection of Palearctic Butterflies
formed by the late John Henry Leech, and presented to the
Trustees of the British Museum by his Mother, Mrs. Eliza
dheech.) By RicHARpDOuTHS BiBISs Hoi. Nac een c ck oenos 526

On the Evolution of the Proboscidea, by C. W. Andrews, D.Se.... 527

NUMBER LXVI.
LXXV. New Species of Indian Aculeate Hymenoptera. By

ie CaCI UES, Mitditm ATM io. eeig 2 os ocd Wear wives vin oe vo 3 529
LXXVI. Notes from the Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews.
—No, XXIV. By Prof. M‘Intosu, M.D., LL.D., F.R.S., &. .... 549

LXXVIL. On the Occurrence of Acomysin Cyprus. By Dororuy
Nip Ape EAT ete aaa saree 8 aces 0 CFO Pe enw Vere. On 8 OS 68 ‘gg 8 2 6 6.9 6.6 Be 6 565

Vill CONTENTS.

Page
LXXVIII. Notes on the Natural History of East Finmark. By
Canon A. M. Norman, M.A, D.C.L, LL.D, F.RS, PLS. _

EL ABE DELS) 5.5 oinicin sp Sieve ajuk leinks nie erage ote lnk Porersre's = ae ws eee 567
LXXIX. Description of a new Fish of the Genus Chetostomus
fromVienewucla. By CO Varn REGAN, BAA. gscrree ais%s «ieoinlere gg 599
LXXX. Description of a new Fish of the Genus Genypterus, with
Notes on the Allied Species. By C. Tare Rre@an, B.A. ........ tb.
LXXXI, Description of a new Fish of the Genus Arges from
Venezuela. By G. A. BouLEncEr, FAS. oc oc). esis es sieeeiieess 601
LXXXII. Descriptions of new Genera and Species of New Zealand
Coleoptera: By Capt. Ts BRoun, FEARS 2 2ee2 sacle leton as .. 602
LXXXIUII. The Systematic Position of the Genus Hadrotarsus,
Thorell: «By it Aer OCOCK <.. Jaen ae sak as eis vine ot See 619
LXXXIV. A new Clasping-organ in a Centipede. By R. L
POCOCK: ve cidsiseid'e’e Gis intel a cin ans Heid ov otal ele a nois's witetrie “eins eee 621
Proceedings of the Geological Society.......cscccsccccvcescccee 625
Index Oe). 0 18. 3..0'° 8 eeewotreceoeoeosveereeeeeeee O16, 6.8 8's, 6196 (010 C'S R/S. OS Oise ere 626

PLATES IN VOL. XI.

Copepoda from the Arctic Seas.

V. New species of Barbus.
VI. New species of Synaptura.
wit:
VI.
IX. N

Pleurodiran Chelonians from the Fayum.

orth-Atlantic Coelenterata.

XI. |
XII. }
XII. Polyzoa from East Finmark,

Tropical and Southern Opiliones.

THE ANNALS

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.
[SEVENTH SERIES]

Oo Fanccos 0 cater per litora spargite muscum,
Naiades, et circiim vitreos considite fontes:
Pollice virgineo teneros hic ecarpite flores:
Floribus et pictum, dive, replete canistrum.
At vos, o Nymphe Craterides, ite sub undas ;
Ite, recurvato variata corallia trunco
Vellite muscosis e rupibus, et mihi conchas
Ferte, Dex pelagi, et pingui conchylia succo.
N. Parthenii Giannettasi, Ecl. 1.

No. 61. JANUARY 1903.

I.—Notes on the Natural History of East Finmark. By
Canon A. M. Norman, M.A., D.C.L., LL.D., F.R.S.,
F.L.S.

[Continued from vol, x. p. 486. ]
[Plates I-IV. ]

CRUSTACEA (continued).

THE gatherings of Copepoda which were brought by me from
East Finmark have been placed in the hands of Mr. Thomas
Scott, whose knowledge of the smaller and more difficult
forms of this order is unsurpassed. I am greatly indebted to
him for his report, which makes the account of the Crustacea
complete.

The following species, which are not among those collected
by myself, have been recorded from East Finmark—the first
seven by Professor G. O. Sars *, the Canthocamptus by

* Sars (G. O.), ‘An Account of the Crustacea of Norway,’ vol. iy.
Copepoda Calanoida (now in course of publication).

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xi. 1

2 Canon A. M. Norman—Jotes on the

Prof. Lilljeborg* in a paper received during the present
month, and the Balenophilus by Aurivillius t. Balenophilus
is described as living on the baleen-plates of Balenoptera

Siblaldit, Gray.

Pseudocalanus elongatus, Boeck. | Metridia longa, Boeck.
Undinopsis Bradyi, G. O. Sars. | Canthocamptus insignipes, Lillje-
Eucheta norvegica, Boeck. borg.

Diaptomus bacillifer, Koelbel. | Balenophilus unisetosus, P. O. C.

laciniatus, Lilljeborg. Aurivillius.
Heterocope borealis, 8. Fischer. |

Among the Copepoda dredged in the Varanger Fiord was
a beautiful new genus which I had procured two years pre-
viously in the Firth of Clyde. I have had for some years
full drawings of this Copepod ready for publication, and I
here give a preliminary notice of it.

ANCORABOLUS }, Norman, gen. nov.

Antennules three-jointed. Antenne without a secondary
branch, composed of two elongated joints. First feet with the
second basal joint produced and bent outwards, with the inner
branch attached to the base of this joint, and two-jointed ;
the second joint terminating in three plumose seta (instead of
the claw which is usual in some allied genera) : outer branch
also two-jointed. Second, third, and fourth feet with second
basal joints long, the inner branch two-jointed, the first being
small]; outer branch three-jointed. 7fth feet elongated and
slender, inner branch terminating ina narrow elongated lobe
of unusual length; outer branch also consisting of a single
narrow joint.

The antennze and second and two following feet in this
genus resemble those of the genus Laophontodes, but the first
and last feet are very different from those of that or of any
other allied genus.

Ancorabolus mirabilis, Norman, sp. n.

Cephalosome with a well-developed horizontally directed
rostrum, which is cleft at the extremity and bears either one
or two pairs of sete on the sides situated on little protube-
rances. Cephalosome, metasome, and first three segments of

* Lilljeborg, “Synopsis specierum hucusque in aquis dulcibus Sueciz
observatarum familie Harpacticidarum,” Kongl. Svenska Vet.-Akad.
Handl. vol. xxxvi. (Oct. 1902).

+ Aurivillius (P. 0. C.), “New Genus and Species of Harpacticida,”
K. Svenska Vet.-Akad. Handl. vol. v. (1879).

t An anchor-caster, dyxtpa and Baddow.

Natural History of East Finmark. 3

urosome ornamented with a wonderful series of simple, furcate,
or three-branched large horn-like processes, which are
arranged as follows:—As regards the dorsal surface: on
each side of the centre of the hinder margin of the cephalo-
some is a backward-directed, simple, lancet-shaded, setose
process, flanked on the inner side by two minute similar
processes ; each of the four following segments is furnished
with a similar pair of lancet-shaped processes, but devoid of
the more minute flanking processes. ‘his dorsal decoration
is, however, inconspicuous and of little moment compared
with the large appendages borne on the lateral margins,
which are as follows :—On each side of the cephalosome there
is near the base of the antennule a small simple process * ;
this is followed by a trifid process, then by a bifid process,
this again by another trifid process; these four processes
increase in size from the first to the last. The first, second,
and third segments of the metasome bear on their side a tritid
process similar to the last of those on the cephalosome. Ona
the fourth segment of the metasome and on the first three of
the urosome the smaller of the three horns of the trifid process
disappears, and the two that remain are more entirely separated
from each other at their base and have acquired still greater
size; so that the lower and larger of them attains on these
segments a length which equals about three quarters of the
breadth of the segment from which they spring.

The branches of the caudal furca are very long, nearly
equalling the length of the three preceding segments; at
half their length there is a spinule on the outer margin, and
they terminate in a strong and greatly produced stiliform
seta, at the base of which are two or three minute seta. The
length of the furca and its attached sete is nearly if not quite
equal to that of the entire rest of the animal.

Length 0°38 millim.

This is a most extraordinary and beautifully constructed
species. Only one other genus of the Harpacticoida has yet
been found which surpasses Ancorabolus with respect to the
remarkable development of the body ornament: that species
is the wonderful Pontostratiotes abyssicola, G. 8. Brady, of
the ‘Challenger’ Expedition, which was dredged on the bed
of the North Atlantic, lat. 37° 29’S., long. 27° 31/ N., in
2200 fathoms.

Ancorabolus mirabilis was first dredged in 1888 in the
Firth of Clyde, when I was a guest of Sir John Murray in
his steamer the ‘Medusa.’ It was blowing rather hard for
drcdying, and we ran under the lee of the east side of Little

* This first small simple process appears to be sometimes absent.

4 Canon A. M. Norman—WNotes on the

Cumbrae and let down the dredge in about 20 fathoms. It
came up filled with nothing but decaying seaweeds, which
had been drifted together to that spot and which looked
absolutely rubbish. But long experience had taught me
that the most unlikely places sometimes produce most inter-
esting things. I consequently worked some of this dead stuff
through sieves in a tub of water, and that water having been
passed through a muslin bag, the contents of the bag was
bottled. Very few Crustacea were found on examination,
but nevertheless there were three species new to Britain and
two of them new to science—the Cumacean Campylaspis
sulcata, G. O. Sars, the present species of Ancorabolus, and a
second species of the same genus.

It is curious that two years after I should have a second
time met with A. mirabilis at such a distance from its first-
known habitat in the Varanger Fiord.

Notes on some Copepoda from the Arctic Seas collected in 1890
by the Rev. Canon A.M. Norman, F.R.S. By Tuomas
Scott, F.L.S.

The Copepoda recorded here are for the most part members
of the family Harpacticide, but a few belong to other groups ;
they were collected by the Rev. A. M. Norman about the end
of June and beginning of July, 1890, while on a visit to the
Lofoten Islands and East Finmark, and I desire to express
my indebtedness to him for permitting me to examine and
record them. I have also to acknowledge the valuable
assistance rendered by my son, Mr. Andrew Scott, in the
identification of the smaller and doubtful species and for the
drawings necessary to illustrate some of the descriptions of
rare or apparently new forms.

The species and varieties recorded number sixty-four, and
they belong to thirty-two genera. The localities where they
were obtained are as follow:—Svolver, Lofoten Islands;
and in Kast Finmark from Lakse Fiord, Vadsé, Varanger
Fiord, Bég Fiord, and Klosterelv Fiord. The following are
the species identified or described :—

Fam. Calanide.
Genus CALANUS, Leach, 1816.
Calanus finmarchicus (Gunnerus).

One or two specimens, slightly immature, but apparently
belonging to this species, were obtained in a gathering from
Bog Fiord,

Natural History of East Finmark.

Fam. Phaénnide, G. O. Sars.
Genus PSEUDOPHAENNA, G. O. Sars, 1902.
? Fseudophaénna typica, G. O. Sars.

1902. Pseudophaénna typica, G. O. Sars, The Crustacea of Norway,
vol. iv. (Copepoda), parts ili. & iv. p. 44, pls. xxix., xxx.

Two imperfect specimens which appear to belong to this
species occurred in the same gathering with Calanus fin-
marchicus. Prof. G. O. Sars obtained Pseudophaénna typica
at several places on the Norwegian coast from Christiania
Fiord to Vardé, and adds that it is a true bottom form.

Fam. Stephide, G. O. Sars.
Genus STepHos, T. Scott, 1892.

Stephos lamellatus, G. O. Sars.

1902. Stephos lamellatus, G. O. Sars, op. cit. parts v. & vi. p. 62,
pls. xli., xlii.

A few specimens (male and female) of this distinct species
were also obtained in the same gathering from Bég Fiord
with the species just recorded. Sars states that he obtained
it not unfrequently at Bodé and Hammerfest, Finmark, in
depths of about 30 fathoms, muddy bottom, and occasionally
off the west coast of Norway at Christiansund. In Stephos
lamellatus the fifth pair of thoracic feet of the male are mode-
rately stout and prominent and the right leg terminates in a
fascicle of digitiform appendages, which form one of the more
distinctive characters of the species.

Fam. Diaptomide.
Genus Drapromus, Westwood, 1836.

Diaptomus graciloides, Lilljeborg.
1888. Diaptomus graciloides, Lilljeborg, Bull. Soc. Zool. de France,
vol. xiii. p. 156.

This Diaptomus was common in a gathering from a small
lake at Kirkenes, East Finmark, collected in July 1890.
Sars states that it is not unfrequent in small tarns at Ham-
merfest and at Matsjok in Finmark. It appears to be a
widely distributed species; it has been recorded by Prof. G. S.
Brady from the British Islands.

6 Canon A. M. Norman—WNotes on the

Fam. Temoride.
Genus HETEROCOpE, G. O. Sars, 1863.

Heterocope appendiculata, G. O. Sars.

1863. Heterocope appendiculata, G. O, Sars, Oversigt af de indenlanske
Ferskvandes-Copepoder, p, 224.

Specimens of this Heterocope occurred very sparingly in
the gathering from the lake at Kirkenes containing the
Diaptomus graciloides. ‘The appendages on the underside
of the first abdominal segment of the female appear to be
peculiar to this species. G. O. Sars speaks of it as abundant
in the great lakes of Norway, and it has been recorded by
Nordquist from several Jakes in the south-east of Finland.
The species seems to have a wide distribution in Northern
Europe.

Fam. Cyclopide.
Genus CycLopina, Claus, 1863.
Cyclopina gracilis, Claus.
1863. Cyclopina gracilis, Claus, Die frei lebenden Copepoden, p. 104,
t. x. figs. 9-16.

This species was observed sparingly in a gathering from
Vadsé, but in none of the others; it appears, however, to
have a wide distribution.

Cyclopina Schneidert, sp.n. (PI. I. figs. 1-6.)

Description of the female.—The specimen represented by
the drawing (fig. 1) measures rather more than 1 millim. in
length. The cephalothorax, which is moderately robust, is
fully one and a half times the length of the slender abdomen.
The foreliead is rounded, and the antennules, which scarcely
reach to the end of the cephalic segment, are composed of
twelve joints (fig. 2). The structure of the antennules
resembles very closely that of the antennules of Cyclopina
gracilis, Claus; but in the present species there are six small
end joints, instead of five. The formula shows approxi-
mately the proportional lengths of the various joints :—

Numbersof the joints.. 12 3 45 6 7 89101112
Proportional lengths .. 19.7 Wd 7 ee

The antenne also resemble the same appendages in Cyclopina
gracilis; they aie composed of four joints, the penultimate
one being the shortest (fig. 3).

Ce aia

Natural History of Hust Finmark. 7

The mandibles (fig. 4) are short and stout and have a
broad dentated biting-end ; the palp is large and two-branched.
The other mouth-organs appear to be similar to those of
Cyclopina littoralis, eS. Brady.

All the four pairs of swimming-feet, which also resemble
those of that species, are comparatively short and have both
branches of about equal length and composed of three joints ;
fig. 5 represents the first pair, and the other three are some-
what like this in form and structure.

The fifth pair are small and are each eee of two
moderately broad joints (fig. 6); the first joint bears a single
subapical seta, but the end joint is armed with two spines,
one at each distal angle, and a small intermediate seta.

The genital segment of the abdomen appears to consist of
two coalescent segments and is about equal to half the entire
length of the abdomen; the remaining three segments are
comparatively short (fig. 1).

The caudal furce are scarcely equal in length to the last
segment of the abdomen.

‘Tam very pleased to accede to the request of the Rev. A. M.
Norman to name this distinct species after the well- known
Norwegian carcinologist Herr J. Sparre Schneider, who was
Dr. Norman’s companion in his expedition of 1890.

Hab, Vadsé Sound, Kast Finmark; rather rare. No males
were observed.

Remarks. Cyclopina Schneidert, as already stated, is in
some respects not unlike Cyclopina gracilis, Claus, but it
differs in having more robust mandibles and in the caudal
furca being very short; moreover, it is about double the size
of that species. It does not agree satisfactorily with any
described species known to me.

Genus EurytTe, Philippi.

Euryte longicauda, Philippi.
1843. Euryte longicauda, Philippi, “ Fernere Beobachtungen uber die
Copepoden des Mittelmeeres,” Archiv f. Naturg. Jahrg. 9, p. 63, pl. iii.
fig. 3, a-d.
1864, Thorellia brunnea, Boeck, Oversigt Norges Copepoder, p. 26.
This species was obtained in gatherings from Svolver,
Lofoten Islands; Bog Fiord, Lakse Fiord, Vadsé Sound, and
Varanger Fiord, East Finmark, and was, of moderately fre-
quent occurrence ; the specimens appeared to be for the most
part rather larger than those found in Scottish waters.

8 Canon A. M. Norman— Notes on the

Genus Cyctoprs, O. F. Miiller.

Cyclops strenuus, Fischer.
1851. Cyclops strenuus, Fischer, Bull. de la Soc. imp. Naturalistes de
Moscou, t. xxiv. (2nd part) p. 419, pl. ix. figs. 12-21.

This species was moderately common in the gathering
from Lake Kirkenes along with Diaptomus graciloides and
Heterocope appendiculata. In these specimens the caudal
furca appears to be proportionally rather shorter than in those
from the Scottish lakes, but, as Dr. Schmeil has shown in
his splendid work on the freshwater Copepoda of Germany
(1892-96), this, which is a widely distributed species,
exhibits a tendency to variation even greater than is observed
in some of the other members of the genus.

Cyclops Brucet, T. Scott.

1899, Cyclops Brucei, T. Scott, ‘The Crustacea of Franz-Josef Land,”
Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. xxvii. p. 93, pl. vi. figs. 1-6.

A number of specimens of Cyclops Bruce were collected
near Vadsé; these are identical with those from which the
species was described and which were obtained in a pond at
Elmwood, near Cape Flora, Franz-Josef Land*. Several of
the specimens from Vads6 carried ovisacs.

Fam. Harpacticida.
Genus Ecrinosoma, Boeck.

Ectinosoma Sars, Boeck.
1864. Ectinosoma Sarsi, Boeck, Nye Slegter og Arter af Saltsyands-
Copepoder, p. 45.
1880. Ectinosomu spinipes, G. S. Brady, British Copepoda, vol. ii. p. 9,
pl. xxxvi. figs. 1-10.
A number of specimens of this Hetinosoma were collected
in Vadsé Sound, but the species was not observed in the
other gatherings ; it is one of the larger species of Ectinosoma.

Ectinosoma propinguum, T. & A. Scott.
1896. Ectinosoma propinquum, T, & A. Scott, Trans. Linn. Soc. 2nd ser.
Zool. vol. vi. p. 428, pl. xxxvi. figs. 19, 27, 46, et seg.
This species was obtained very sparingly in gatherings
from Lakse, Klosterelv, and Varanger Fiords. In general
* In the original description of Cyclops Brucez it is stated inadvertently

that the third and fifth joints of the female antennules are the shortest,
instead of the third and sixth as shown by the drawing.

Natural History of East Finmark. 9

appearance and in size Ectinosoma propinguum resembles
Ectinosoma Sarst and may readily be mistaken for it; but
one of the more obvious differences, and one I have found
constant in all the specimens examined, is that in EF. pro-
pinquum the fifth thoracic feet are shorter in proportion to
their width, 7. e. each of the fifth pair is about as broad as
sone whereas in #. Sarsi the length is greater than the
width.

Ectinosoma curticorne, Boeck.
1864, Ectinosoma curticorne, Boeck, Oversigt Norges Copepoder, p. 15.

Ectinosoma curticorne, which is a small species of a
brownish colour, was obtained in Bég Fiord and between
tide-marks at Vadsé, but it was less frequent in the Vads6
gathering than in that from Bog Fiord.

Ectinosoma erythrops, G. 8. Brady.
1880. Ectinosoma erythrops, G. S. Brady, British Copepoda, vol. il.
p. 12, pl. xxxvi. figs. 11-17.
The only gathering in which this species was observed
was collected in Lakse Fiord; very few specimens were
obtained,

Ectinosoma Normani, T. & A. Scott.

1896. Ectinosoma Normani, T. & A. Scott, tom. cit. p. 435, pl. xxxvi.
figs, 21, 29, 39, pl. xxxvil. figs. 12, 26, 34, 51, pl. xxxviil. figs. 5, 18,
49, 45
This species occurred very sparingly in a gathering from
Vadsé Sound—the only one in which it was observed.

Ectinosoma finmarchicum, sp. n.

(Pl. I. figs. 7-13.)

An Eectinosoma which differs to some extent from any
species known to me, and which I propose to describe under
the above name, was also obtained in Vadsé Sound.

The female (fig. 7) is moderately slender and elongated
and has a general resemblance to Ketinosoma Herdmani,
T. & A. Scott, but the form and especially the armature of
the fifth pair of thoracic feet differ to a considerable extent ;
in the present species the joints of the fifth pair (fig. 13) are
vather longer in proportion to their breadth, and the inner
one of the two apical sete on the basal joint and the middle
seta of the secondary joint are each of them about twice as
long as the others; but in Letinosoma Herdmani the terminal
scte of the fifth pair in the female are all of nearly equal

10 Canon A. M. Norman—WNetes on the

length. In Eetinosoma finmarchicum the form and armature
of the fifth pair somewhat resemble the fifth pair in Eetino-
soma Sarst, Boeck, but in that species the sete are shorter.

A form which appears to be the male of this species is
somewhat smaller and stouter than the female. The specimen
represented by the drawing (fig. 8) measures scarcely
‘9 millim., but, with the exception of the modified antennules
(tig. 10), all the appendages appear to resemble more or less
closely those of the female.

Both forms were apparently rare in the gathering from
Vadsé Sound.

Ectinosoma atlanticum (Brady & Robertson).

1880. Ectinosoma atlanticum, G. S. Brady, op. ert. vol. ii. p. 18,
pl. xxxviii. figs. 11-19.

A small Ectinosoma, which appears to be identical with the
species to which I have ascribed it, was obtained rather
sparingly in a gathering from Lakse Fiord—the only one in
the present collection in which it was observed. ‘The same
species has been recorded from Franz-Josef Land and from
various other parts of the Arctic Sea.

Genus Brapya, Boeck, 1872.

Bradya typica, Boeck.

1872. Bradya typica, Boeck, Nye Slegter og Arter af Saltsyands-
Copepoder, p. 15.

This well-marked species was obtained in gatherings from
Bog Fiord, Lakse Fiord, and Klosterely Fiord, but was not
very common.

Genus ZOSIME, Boeck, 1872.

Zosime typica, Boeck.
1872. Zosime typica, Boeck, op. cit. p. 14.

This, which is also one of the more easily recognized species,
occurred sparingly in gatherings from Varanger Fiord and

Vadso.
Genus Tacurptus, Lilljeborg.

Tachidius discipes, Giesbrecht (= T. brevicornis, Brady).

1882. Tachidius discipes, Giesb. Die freilebenden Copepoden Kieler
Foehrde, p. 108, pl. ii. figs. 4 et seg.

This species was moderately frequent in a gathering from

Natural History of Wass Finmark. Ie

Bég Fiord, but was not observed in any of the others.
L. disctpes is not uncommon as a British species, especially in
inshore waters and brackish pools.

Tachidius littoralis, Poppe.

1885. Tachidius littoralis, Poppe, “ Die freilebenden Copepoden des
Jodebusens,” Abhandl, d. nat. Ver. zu Bremen, Bd. xi. p. 167, t. vii.
figs. 10-20.

A number of specimens of Tachidius IUittoralis were
obtained in the same gathering with the last. The two
species are quite distinct, the difference in the structure of
the antennules and fifth thoracie feet in the female being very
marked. 7’. (itéoralis is more a brackish-water species than
the other, though they are frequently found living together.

Genus AMYMONE, Claus, 1863.

aes a(h
Amymone spherica, Claus.

1863. Amymone spherica, Claus, Die frei lebenden Copepoden, p. 14,
t. xx. figs. 1-9.

A few specimens of Amymone spherica occurred in a
gathering from Lakse Fiord, KE. Finmark, and in another
from Svolver, Lofoten Islands. These Copepods are, from
their small size and peculiar form, easily missed, unless they
are carefully looked for.

Genus STENHELIA, Boeck, 1864.

Stenhelia hirsuta, 1. C. Thompson.

1893. Stenhelia hirsuta, 1. C. Thompson, “ Revised Report on the Co-
pepoda of Liverpool Bay,” Trans. Biol. Soc. Liverpool, p. 20, pl. xxxi.
(separate reprint).

This species occurred very sparingly in gatherings from
Bodg and Klosterely Fiords. It has the antennules short
and moderately stout, while the caudal furce are somewhat
elongated.

Stenhelia hyperborea, sp.n. (PI. I. figs. 9-13.)

Description of the female-—The specimen represented by
the drawing (fig. 9) measures about 1°1 millim.; the body is
moderately slender and the rostrum is prominent. The
antennules (fig. 10) are eight-jointed; the first four joints are
moderately stout, but the others are narrow; the end joint,
which is longer than any of the three preceding ones, is
about equal in length to the fourth. ‘The proportional

12 Canon A. M. Norman—WNotes on the

lengths of the various joints are shown approximately by the
formula :—

Numbers of the jonts.. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Proportional lengths ., 16.18.9.11.5.6.6.11

The antenne have the secondary branches three-jointed,
the middle joint being very small.

The mouth-organs are somewhat similar in structure to
those of Stenhelia hispida, G. S. Brady.

In the first pair of thoracic feet (fig. 11) the outer branches,
which are composed of three subequal joints, are rather
longer than the third joint of the inner branches. The inner
branches are comparatively short and do not greatly exceed
the length of the outer ones; the first joint is about one and

a third times the entire length of the second and third joints. -

The armature of the first pair is somewhat similar to that of
the third pair of Stenhelia hispida. The second, third, and
fourth pairs resemble the same three pairs of the species just
referred to.

The fifth pair are comparatively small; the produced part
of the basal joints is subtriangular in outline and furnished
with five plumose sete-—three on the inner margin and two
on the bluntly pointed apex. The secondary joints, which
extend somewhat beyond the basal joints, are subcylindrical
and nearly twice as long as broad, and they are each provided
with five sete: round the distal end, as shown by the drawing
(fig. 12).

The caudal furce are very short (fig. 13).

Hab. Bog Fiord and Klosterelv Fiord, rather rare.

The Stenhelia just described differs in the structure of the
antennules and of the first and fifth thoracic feet from any
species of the genus with which I am acquainted.

Genus AMEIRA, Boeck, 1864.

Ameira longipes, Boeck.
1864. Ametra longipes, Boeck, Oversigt Norges Copepoder, p. 49.

This, the only species of Ameira observed, occurred in
gatherings from Bég Fiord, Vadsé, and Varanger Fiord, but
appeared to be somewhat rare.

Natural [History of Hast Finmark. 3)

Genus DELAVALIA, G. 8S. Brady, 1868.

Delavalia robusta, Brady & Robertson.
(Pl late. LO Py. Ei: figs. 1-3.)
1875. Delavalia robusta, Brady & Robertson, Brit. Assoc. Report,
p. 196

A Delavalia which appears to be identical with D. robusta
was not unfrequent in gatherings from Klosterelv, Varanger,
and Bog Fiords.

In the first pair of thoracic feet the inner branches, which
are two-jointed and rather shorter than the outer branches,
have the end joint distinctly shorter than the first one and
furnished with three terminal sete, the middle seta being
plumose and rather longer and more spiniform than the one
on either side.

The basal joint of the fifth pair bears on its inner aspect
one very small and three elongated sete. ‘The secondary
joint, which is subquadrate in outline, is furnished with six
sete ; the three outermost and the inner sete are elongated,
but the other two are small, as shown by the drawing (fig. 3,
BILE):

The caudal furce are slender and nearly as long as the last
two abdominal segments. These Arctic specimens are very
similar to British specimens of the same species.

Delavalia robusta, var. finmarchica, var. n.

(Pl. I. figs. 14-18.)

This form agrees generally with Delavalia robusta, but
differs in the following particulars:—(1) It is rather larger
than the typical form; (2) the antennules (fig. 15) differ
slightly in the proportional lengths of the joints; (3) the
secondary joints of the fifth thoracic feet are distinctly
smaller than those of D. robusta (fig. 17), and there is also
a slight difference in their armature ; but otherwise, however,
this variety agrees very closely with the typical form.

flab, Varanger Fiord, E. Finmark; not common.

Delavalia mimica, T. Scott.
1897. Delavalia mimica, T. Scott, Fifteenth Ann. Rep, Fishery Board
for Scotland, pt, iii. p. 150, pl. i. figs. 1-9,
This species was moderately frequent in gatherings from
Bog and Lakse Fiords, Vadsé Sound, and Varanger Fiord.
Delavalia mimica differs so markedly from the typical

14 Canon A. M. Norman—WNotes on the

species in the structure of the first pair of thoracic feet, that
it should perhaps be removed from this genus to some other
one.

Genus JONESIELLA, G. 8. Brady, 1890.

Jonesiella spinulosa (Brady & Robertson).

1875, Zosime spinulosa, B. & R., Brit. Assoc. Rep. p. 196.
1880, Jonesiella spinulosa, G. S. Brady, Brit. Copep. vol. ii. p. 41,
pl. xlviii. figs. 14-17, pl. xlix. figs. 14, 15.
Jonesiella was moderately frequent in gatherings from
- a va 5 iQ ry .
Vadsé Sound and Varanger Fiord. The same species has
also been recorded from Franz-Josef Land and other parts of
the Arctic seas.
Genus CrervintA, Norman.
Cervinia Bradyi, Norman.
1878. Cervinia Brady, Norman, Brady’s Brit. Copep. vol. i. p. 86,
pl. xxiv. A, figs. 5-15.

A single specimen of this rare and somewhat curious species
was obtained in Bog Fiord, and was the only one observed
in this Finmark collection. Cervinia Bradyi was discovered
by the Rev. A. M. Norman at Oban in 1876, and has since
then been obtained in several places both in England and
Scotland; but seldom more than one or two specimens are
noticed in any single gathering.

Genus CANTHOCAMPTUS, Westwood, 1836.

Canthocamptus parvus, 1. & A. Scott.
1896. ? Canthocamptus parvus, T. & A. Scott, Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist.
(6) vol. xviii. p. 6, pl. ii. figs. 14-22.

This small species was obtained in Bég Fjord, but was
apparently very rare. Canthocamptus parvus las been very
sparingly observed near Cape Flora in Franz-Josef Land, as
well as in a few places in Scotland.

Genus ATTHEYELLA, Brady, 1840.

Attheyella arctica (Lilljeborg) *.
(PI. 11. fies 14-195 PT ies 1 e2:)

1902. Canthocamptus arcticus, Lillj. Kongl. Svenska Vetensk.-Akad.
Handl, B. xxxvi. No. 1, p. 87, t. i. fig. 28, t. 111. figs. 1-4.

* This species was described and figured by me under the name of
Canthocamptus finmarchicus, and the MS. for the printer had passed out
of my hands when, on October 8rd, I received Lilljeborg’s paper, and I
have much pleasure in substituting his name for the one I had adopted.

Natural History of Hast Finmark. 15

Description of the female.—Length about ‘74 millim. (.); of
an inch). Its general appearance is that of a small Cantho-
camptus. The antennules are moderately short and composed
of eight joints; the first four are somewhat dilated, while
the four end joints are rather slender; the fourth and fifth
joints, which are subequal in length, are shorter than the
others (fig. 15).

The antenna are furnished with short and apparently one-
jointed secondary branches.

The various mouth-organs resemble somewhat those of
Attheyella pygmea (G. O. Sars).

In the first pair of thoracic feet the inner branches, which
are about equal in length to the outer, consist of two joints ;
the end joint is rather narrower and shorter than the proximal
one, and is furnished with a moderately long and slender
terminal spine and two set, one being very long and slender
and one (the innermost) very short; a short spiniform seta
also springs from near the end of the inner margin of the
proximal joint (fig. 16) ; both joints have a fringe of minute
hairs on the outer margin. The outer branches are mode-
rately stout and composed of three subequal joints; their
armature is somewhat similar to that of the outer branches of
the first pair in Attheyella pygmea.

The second and third pairs are somewhat similar to each
other in structure ; the outer branches consist of three and
the inner of two joints; the first joint of the inner branches
is very short and moderately stout; the second joint is
narrower and tapers towards the distal extremity, which
reaches to near the end of the second joint of the outer
branches ; this end joint bears two coarsely-feathered terminal
sete, one being short and spine-like and one very long and
slender. In the second pair the second joint of the inner
branches appears also to carry one small hair on the lower
half of the inner margin (fig. 17), while the same joint of
the inner branches of the third pair carries two sete similarly
situated ; in this pair the terminal spine is also stouter than
the terminal spine of the second pair (fig. 18). The structure
of the outer branches is somewhat like that of the outer
branches of the first pair, but a small seta springs from near
the middle of the inner margin of the third joint ; moreover,
the terminal spine of the end joint is very long, and a very
long and slender seta also springs from the inner distal angle
of the same joint. In the fourth pair the inner branches,
which are very short and scarcely reach to the end of the
first joint of the outer branches, have the proximal joint ex-
tremely small, while the end joint, which is the longer of the

16 Canon A. M. Norman—Notes on the

two, appears to be furnished with four terminal sete, as
shown by the drawing (fig. 1, Pl. III.) ; the outer three-
jointed branches are also moderately stout.
_ In the fifth pair the inner produced part of the basal joint
is moderately broad and has the abruptly and somewhat
irregularly rounded apex provided with six sete; the three
innermost sete are considerably elongated, the next two are
moderately short, while the outermost is very small; the
space between the two middle sete is rather greater than
that between the others, so that the setas appear as if they
were arranged into two groups with three sete in each; the
secondary joints, which extend slightly beyond the inner
produced portion of the basal joints, are broadly ovate, the
breadth being equal to about three fourths of the length, and
they are furnished with five sete round the outer distal
margin and end; the sete vary in length, but the middle one
is the shortest (fig. 2, Pl. III.). The furcal joints are not
longer than the last abdominal segment and are somewhat
wide apart.

Hab. Pools at Kirkenes, E. Finmark; apparently not
very rare.

This species, which I have ascribed to the genus Aftheyella,
while differing from any that are known to me, seems to
combine the characters of several: one of its nearest allies
appears to be the Canthocamptus rheticus of Schmeil *
(=Alttheyella MacAndrewe, 'T. & A. Scott) +; but the
peculiar structure of the inner branches of the first four pairs
of feet and the somewhat different form of the fifth pair are
sufficient for its separation from that or any other nearly
allied form.

Genus TETRAGONICEPS, G. S. Brady.

Tetragoniceps incertus, T. Scott.

1892. Tetragoniceps incertus, T. Scott, Tenth Ann. Rep. Fishery Board
for Scotland, pt. iii. p. 254, pl. xii. figs. 1-17.

This species was only observed in a gathering from Lakse
Fiord, and appeared to be extremely rare; but it is small
and of a slender form and easily overlooked.

* “Copepoden d. Rhialikon Gebirges,’ Abhandl. d. natur. Ges. zu
Halle, Bd. xix. p. 23, Taf. ii. (1893).
t Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) vol. xv. p. 457, pl. xvi. figs. 1-6 (1895).

Natural History of Eust Finmark. 17

Genus LAOPHONTE, Philippi.

Laophonte horrida, Norman.
1876. Laophonte horrida, Norman, “ Report ‘ Valorous’ Exped.,” Proc.
Roy. Soe. vol. xxv. p. 206.

Several specimens of this well-marked species were obtained
in gatherings from Lakse Fiord and Varanger Fiord. The
species was recorded from the Arctic seas by Buchholz in his
Report on the North German Expedition, 1869-70, under
the name of Cyclops minuticornis, O. I’. Miiller; and it was
also collected by Mr. W.S8. Bruce in Franz-Josef Land, as
well as near Bear and Hope Islands, Spitzbergen.

Laophonte tnopinata, T. Scott.

1892. Laophonte inopinata, T. Scott, Tenth Ann. Rep. Fishery Board
for Scotland, pt. ii. p. 256, pl. x1. figs, 1-11.

The only gathering in which this species was observed was
collected between tide-marks at Vadsé, and it was apparently
very rare.

Laophonte depressa, T. Scott.
1894. Laophonte depressa, T. Scott, Twelfth Ann. Rep. Fishery Board
for Scotland, pt. iii. p. 245, pl. vi. figs. 24-31, pl. vil. figs. 1-3.

This, like Laophonte inopinata, was found only in one
gathering, viz., that from Bég Fiord, and it appeared also to
be very rare. This species was also collected by W. 8. Bruce
at Franz-Josef Land in 1896-97.

Laophonte perplexa, T. Scott.

1899. Laophonte perplexa, 'T. Scott, “Crust. from Franz-Josef Land,”
Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. xxvii. p. 98, pl. v. fig. 14, pl. vi.
figs. 7-11.

This species occurred with moderate frequency in gatherings
from Bég Fiord, Vadsé Sound, and Varanger Fiord.

Laophonte thoracica, Boeck.

1863. Laophonte thoracica, Boeck, Oversigt Norges Copepoder, p. 54.

One or two specimens which I ascribe to this species were
obtained in a gathering from Big Fiord, but it was observed
in none of the other gatherings.

Genus ANCORABOLUS, Norman.
Ancorabolus mirabilis, Norman.

A few specimens of this remarkable species were obtained
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xi. 2

18 Canon A. M. Norman—WNotes on the

in a gathering from Varanger Fiord. Ancorabolus mirabilis
was observed many years ago by the Rev. A. M. Norman
along with one or two other curious forms in a gathering of
Clyde Crustacea; drawings of these forms were prepared, and
these, with suitable descriptions, would have been published
ere this time, but the stress of other work has delayed this
being done; it is expected, however, that these descriptions
and drawings will now soon be ready for publication. The
occurrence of this strange form in the Arctic seas as well as
in the Firth of Clyde suggests that its distribution may be
more general and diffused than has been observed hitherto.
The extremely spiny armature of the carapace tends to collect
around the animal a coating of mud, which helps to conceal it
and prevent its recognition.

Genus CLETODES, Brady, 1872.
Cletodes hirsutipes, T. Scott.
1897. Cletodes hirsutipes, T. Scott, Fifteenth Ann. Rep. Fishery
Board for Scotland, pt. iii. p. 171, pl. vii. figs. 11-18.
_ This species occurred very sparingly in gatherings from
Vads6 and Varanger Fiord.

Cletodes curvirostris, T. Scott.
1894. Cletodes curvirostris, T. Scott, Twelfth Ann. Rep. Fishery
Board for Scotland, pt. ii. p. 250, pl. viii. figs. 18-24.

A single specimen of Cletodes curvirostris was observed
along with the species just recorded in the gathering trom
Varanger Fiord, and this was the only gathering in which it
was noticed.

Oletodes varians, T. Scott, sp. n.

(Pl. ILI. figs. 7-11.)

Description of the female.—The body is narrow and cylin-
drical in form; the first two segments of the abdomen appear
to be coalescent and the last is armed with a small dorsal
tooth (fig. 7); the rostrum is small; the caudal furee are
moderately elongated and about equal to the combined lengths
of the last two abdominal segments. The specimen repre-
sented by the drawing measures about *6 millim. (q/5 of an
inch) in length.

The antennules are short and composed of five joints ;
four of the joints are of moderate size, but the penultimate
one is small; the last three joints are provided with a few
somewhat stout and coarsely plumose and plain sete (fig. 8).

Natural History of East Finmark. 19

The antenne and mouth-organs are similar to those of
Cletodes tenuipes, T. Scott.

The first pair of thoracic feet have the outer branches
moderately elongated and three-jointed, but the inner branches
appear to be rudimentary; they each consist of a minute
rounded process, which may be articulated to the basal joint,
but, if so, the articulation is indistinct; a single short seta is
the only armature observed on these rudimentary branches
(fig. 9). In the second, third, and fourth pairs the outer
branches, which are three-jointed, are somewhat similar to
the outer branches of the first pair, but are rather more
elongated ; the inner branches are apparently entirely
obsolete.

The fifth pair, which somewhat resembles the fifth pair of
Cletodes tenutpes, has the basal joint small, slightly produced
interiorly, and furnished with two apical sete; the secondary
joint is narrow and elongated, being about six times longer
than broad, and bears one seta near the middle of the outer
margin and other four near the distal end and apex, as shown
by the drawing (fig. 10).

The male has a general resemblance to the female, but the
antennules are modified for grasping, and the fifth pair of
thoracic feet are extremely small (fig. 11).

Hab. Bog Fiord; rare.

This species is in some respects similar to the form to.be
next described, but differs in having the inner branches of
the first four pairs of thoracic feet rudimentary or wanting.

Cletodes tenuipes, T. Scott, var.
(Pl. IL. fig. 20; Pl. IIT. figs. 3-6.)

1897. Cletodes tenuipes, T. Scott, Fifteenth Ann. Rep. Fishery Board
for Scotland, pt. iii. p. 170, pl. i. figs. 19-27.

This species, which is comparatively small, was obtained
in the same gathering with the last. The length of the
specimen represented by the drawing (fig. 3, Pl. III.) is only
about *56 millim. (scarcely gs of an inch). The species was
first described from Clyde specimens, but has since been
obtained on other parts of the Scottish coasts. In these East
Finmark specimens one or two apparently slight differences
are noticed. They have usually, for example, a straight
cutline, whereas the specimens from the Scottish seas, when
seen from the side, are almost invariably incurved ; the inner
branches of the second, third, and fourth pairs of thoracic
feet appear also to be rather smaller (fig. 5, es and

20 Canon A. M. Norman—WNotes on the

the secondary branches of the fifth pair are narrow and sub-
cylindrical (fig. 6, Pl. IIT.).

The antennules (fig. 20, Pl. II.), which resemble very closely
those of C. vartans, are short and moderately stout, and com-
posed of five joints, the penultimate joint being very small, and
they are also sparingly setiferous. ‘The antenne and mouth-
organs are apparently similar in structure to the same
appendages in Ncottish specimens of Cletodes tenuipes; so
also are the first pair of thoracic feet (fig. 4, Pl. IIL.). In
the next three pairs the inner branches, as already remarked,
are rather smaller, and the secondary branches of the fifth
pair are also slightly different; but these- differences do not
appear to be of suflicient importance to be of specific value.

Cletodes perplexa, 'T. Scott.

1899. Cletodes perpleaa, T. Scott, Seventeenth Ann. Rep. Fishery
Board for Scotland, pt. iii. p. 257, pl. xi. figs. 12-20, pl. xii. fig. 1.
This curious species occurred very sparingly in a gathering
from Bég Fiord, the only one in which it was observed.
CG. perpleza, which has not till now been recorded out of
Seotland, is readily distinguished by the form of the fifth
thoracie feet, and that even without dissection.

Cletodes lata, T. Scott.

1892. Cletodes lata, T. Scott, Tenth Ann. Rep. Fishery Board for Scot-
land, pt. ill. p. 257, pl. x. figs. 10-18.

The gathering in which this species was obtained was
collected in Klosterelv Fiord. I find no previous record of
this Cletodes from the Arctic seas. In general appearance it
is not unlike Cletodes similis, but it differs from that species
in some details of structure, and especially in the form of the
fifth thoracic feet in the female.

* Cletodes similis, T. Scott.

1895. Cletodes similis, T. Scott, Thirteenth Ann. Rep. Fishery Board
for Scotland, pt. iii. pl. iii. figs. 22-26, pl. iv. figs. 1-3.

This species was observed in a gathering from Svolver,
Lofoten Islands, the only gathering in which it was noticed.
It is one of the species collected by Mr. Bruce at Franz-Josef
Land and also to the eastward of Spitzbergen. Only one or
two specimens occurred in the Svolver gathering.

Natural History of East Finmark. 21

Genus PLatycueEttrus, G. 8. Brady, 1880.

Platychelipus littoralis, G. S. Brady.

1880, Platychelipus littoralis, G. 8. Brady, Brit. Copep. vol. ii, p. 108,
pl. Ixxix. figs, 20-23, pl. Ixxx. fig. 15.

The only gathering in which this species occurred was
from Bog Fiord, and very few specimens were observed.
Platychelipus was collected by W. S. Bruce, along with
Nannopus palustris, G. S. Brady, on the east side of Kolguev
Island, while cruising in Mr. Coates’s yacht the ‘ Blencathra.’

Genus Dactrytopus, Claus, 1863.
Dactylopus tisboides, Claus.

1863. Dactylopus tisboides, Claus, Die frei lebenden Copepoden, p. 127,
pl. xvi. figs. 24-28.

This species was of frequent occurrence in gatherings from
Bég Fiord, Lakse Fiord, Vadsé, between tide-marks, Va-
ranger Fiord, Hast Finmark ; and also from Svolver, Lofoten
Islands. There appeared to be two forms, and the one which
was the more common of the two had pellucid markings along
the outer margins both of the secondary joint and of the inner
produced part of the basal joint of the fifth pair of thoracic
feet; similar to specimens of the same species collected by
Mr. Bruce at Franz-Josef Land (Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool.
vol. xxvii. p. 104, 1899).

Dactylopus lonytrostris, Claus.

1863. Dactylopus longirostris, Claus, op. cit. p. 127, pl. xvii. figs. 4-6.

A few specimens apparently belonging to this species
occurred in gatherings from Bég Fiord and Vadsé Sound.
One or two specimens were observed in the gathering from
Vadsé, which, though differing from the typical D. longi-
rostris, resemble that species very closely in their general
structure, and I propose to describe them under the following
varietal name :—

Dactylopus longirostris, Claus, var. finmarchicus.

(PI. II. figs. 4-8.)

The specimen represented by the drawing (fig. 4) measures
about °8 millim. long. “The rostrum is prominent. The
antennules are slender and elongated and composed of eight
joints ; the first, second, fourth, and last are subequal in length
and considerably longer than the others, while the fifth

22 Canon A. M. Norman—Notes on the

is very small (fig. 5). The antennae and mouth-organs are
similar to those of D. longirostris.

The first pair of thoracic feet (fig. 6) are moderately stout ;
the outer branches, which are composed of three nearly equal
joints, are about as long as the first joint of the inner branches,
the spines on the outer margins are elongated and slender,
and the second joint bears a plumose seta on the inner distal
angle; the length of the first joint of the inner branches is
equal to about twice the length of the second and third com-
bined, but the second joint is very small; the armature of
the inner branches is similar to that of the same branches in
typical specimens of D. longirostris. The next three pairs of
thoracic feet are somewhat similar to those of the typical
form, but the fifth pair seems to differ in one or two parti-
eulars; the inner produced part of the basal joint in this pair
is broadly subcylindrical and the obliquely truncated apex is
furnished with five plumose sete; the two outermost sete
spring from the outer angle and are close together, but the
others are more widely apart ; the secondary jcint is broadly
ovate and extends somewhat beyond the end of the basal
joint ; the armature of this joint consists of the same number
of sete as on the secondary joint of the same pair in D. longi-
rosiris (fig. 7), The furcal joints (fig. 8) are very short.

Hab. Vadsé Sound; rare,

It will be observed that this form, while agreeing generally
with the typical D. /ongirostris, Claus, has the first pair of
thoracic feet proportionally stouter and shorter, and the outer
branches are about as long as the first joint of the inner ones,
and the fifth pair are more broadly foliaceous; but though
these differences are fairly well marked, they can scarcely be
considered of specific value.

Dactylopus tenuiremis, Brady & Robertson.

ee ane tenuiremis, Brady & Robertson, Brit. Assoc. Report,
p- 197,

This species occurred very sparingly in gatherings from
Bog Fiord, Lakse Fiord, and Vadsé Sound. It has also been
collected in the Arctic seas by Mr. Bruce.

(?) Dactylopus brevicornis, Claus.

1866. Dactylopus brevicornis, Claus, Die frei lebenden Copepod
Nizza, p. 29, t. iii. figs. 20-25.” A eee

One or two specimens apparently belonging to this small
species were collected in Bég Fiord and Vadsé Sound.

bo
Oo

Natural istory of East Finmark.

Dactylopus Strémii (Baird), var. areticus, T, Scott.
(Pl. IV. figs. 1-7.)

1899. Dactylopus Strémit (Baird), var. arcticus, T. Scott, Crust. from
Franz-Josef Land,” Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. xxvii. p. 106, pl. v.
figs. 11-17.

Several female specimens of this variety were obtained in
gatherings from Bég Fiord and Vadsé Sound. In this variety
the antennules are nine-jointed ; the posterior foot-jaws appear
to be more hirsute than in the typical form, and the first and
fifth thoracic feet are somewhat similar to the same appendages
in D. similis, Claus.

One or two male specimens apparently belonging to the
same variety were also obtained in the gathering from Bég
Fiord, and as no special mention was made to the male form
in the original description of the variety in my “ Report on
the Franz-Josef Land Crustacea” referred to above, I will
here glance briefly at a few of the more important characters
by which it is distinguished from the female. It differs from
the female in having the antennules modified as shown in
the drawing (fig. 2). The second pair of thoracic feet have
the inner branches apparently two-jointed ; the first joint is
very short, but the second is elongated and narrow except at
the base, where it is dilated on the outer aspect; this joint,
which reaches to near the end of the outer branches, bears on
the dilated basal part a stout spine-like appendage that
reaches to the end of the joint, as shown in the drawing
(tig. 5), while the end of the joint itself terminates in what
looks like a recurved bifid process, which has one branch of
the fork elongated and slender, extending to near the base of
the joint, but the other branch is short; the spines on the
outer distal angles of the joints of the outer branches of the
second pair of feet are also moderately stout—proportionally
more so than in the female.

The fifth feet (fig. 6) are small; the inner part of the basal
joint, which is only slightly produced and rounded, is armed
with three small spines; the secondary joint is broadly ovate
and is furnished with a few marginal and terminal sete, as
shown by the figure.

The specimen represented by the drawing (fig. 1) measured
about a millimetre in length.

Genus THALESTRIS, Claus, 1863.

Thalestris he/golandica, Claus.

1863. Thalestris helgolandica, Claus, Die frei lebenden Copepoden,
p. 18], t. xvii. figs. 12-21.

24 Canon A. M. Norman—Wotes on the

A number of specimens of this Thalestr’s were obtained in
gatherings from Bog Fiord, Kast Finmark, and Svolver,
Lofoten Islands.

Thalestris polaris, 'T. Scott.

1899. Thalestris polaris, T. Scott, “Crust. from Franz-Josef Land,”
Journ. Linn, Soe., Zool. vol. xxvii. p. 106, pl. vil. figs. 8-16.
This species occurred in gatherings from Bég Fiord, Lakse
Fiord, Vadsé, between tide-marks, and Varanger Fiord.

Thalestris Jacksoni, 1’. Scott.
1899.. Thalestris Jacksont, T. Scott, op. cit. p. 109, pl. viii. figs. 3-9.

A single specimen of this fine species was obtained in a
gathering collected between tide-marks at Vads6. This
species attains to at least one tenth of an inch in length.

Thalestris Clausti, Norman.
1868. Thalestris Clausti, Norman, Brit. Assoc. Report, p. 297.

A single female specimen was observed in the Finmark
collection ; it occurred in a gathering from Lakse Fiord.

The fifth pair of feet in this specimen are foliaceous ; the
basal joint is subtriangular, with a somewhat broadly but
irregularly rounded apex, which reaches to about the end of
the secondary joint and is furnished with six moderately
short and plumose sete round the lower inner margin and
end, but the first seta, counting from the inner margin, is
rather shorter and more coarsely plumose, and the space
between it and the next seta is greater than that between any
of the others; moreover, the fourth seta, still counting from
the inside, is rather more slender than the other five; the
secondary joint is broadly ovate, the breadth being equal to
about two thirds of the length; this joint is furnished with
six sete on the lower outer margin and apex ; the basal part
of each of the three uppermost sete on the outer margin and
the innermost apical seta is comparatively stout, but they
become very slender towards the end; the remaining two
sete, which are near the apex and are closer to each other at
the base than they are to those on either side, are rather
longer and more slender than the other four. Both the inner
and the outer margins of the secondary joint are ciliated,
Prof. G. S. Brady, in his ‘Monograph of the British
Copepoda,’ states that this is perhaps the most common of

Natural History of East Finmark. 25

the British species belonging to the genus Thalestris ; but
there does not seem to be much known respecting its distri-
bution outside the British area.

Thalestris longimana, Claus. (Pl. IV. figs. 8-13.)

1863. Thalestris longimana, Claus, Die frei lebenden Copepoden, p. 130,
t. xviii. figs. 1-11.

A single specimen of Thalestris longimana was obtained in
the Varanger Fiord gathering. The dissections represented
by the drawings have been carefully compared with similar
dissections of Scottish specimens, and the only important
difference observed was in the basal and secondary joints of
the fifth pair of thoracic feet. In the specimen from Varanger
Fiord the basal and secondary joints of the fifth pair (fig. 12)
are not so broadly foliaceous, both branches being of a more
cylindrical form ; but this difference may be only accidental
or due, perhaps, to the specimen being scarcely mature. The
antennules (fig. 9) and the second maxillipeds (fig. 10) are
identical with the same appendages in Scottish specimens.
In the second maxillipeds the inner concave part of the hand
has the same minutely tuberculated surface peculiar to that
species ; the general form of the hand is also exactly similar.
Th. longimana, which was first recorded by Prof. Claus from
Heligoland, has a distribution apparently coextensive with
the British Islands; it was recorded by the Rev. A. M.
Norman in 1869 from Bressay, Shetland *, and from various
other places around our shores by Prof. G. 8. Brady f and
others. Its occurrence in the gathering from Varanger Fiord
extends its distribution to the Arctic seas.

Thalestris Normant, sp.n. (PI. ILI. figs. 12-18.)

This Thalestris closely resembles Thalestris frig¢da,
T’. Scott, in its general appearance and size, but differs from
that species in several details of structure. The following is
a brief description of the species :—

(1) Lhe female.—The antennules of the female are com-
posed of nine joints; the first four, which gradually decrease
in length, are together about twice the length of the remaining
five joints; the tifth, seventh, and eighth joints are smaller
than any of the others (fig. 13).

* “Last Report on Dredging among the Shetland Isles,” Brit. Assoc.
Report for 1868 (published 1869), p. 297,
+ Brit. Copep. vol. ii. p. 186 (1880).

26 Canon A. M. Norman—WNotes on the

The antenne are furnished with three-jointed secondary
branches.

The second maxillipeds and other mouth-organs are some-
what similar to those of Thalestris frigida.

The first pair of thoracic feet are moderately short and
stout and the outer branches are distinctly shorter than the
inner ones (fig. 14) ; the spiniform seta on the outer distal
angle of the second basal joint is comparatively large, but the
spine on the inner distal angle is considerably smaller ; the
terminal claw of the inner branches is very long and slender
and the plumose seta which springs from near the middle of
the inner margin of the second joint is also elongated ; the
general structure and armature of both branches resemble
those of the first pair in Thalestris robusta, Claus, while the
second, third, and fourth pairs are somewhat similar to those ©
of Thalestris frigida.

The fifth pair (fig. 15) have also a general resemblance to
the fifth pair of that species, but the basal joint is propor-
tionally rather broader at the base, and its armature is some-
what differently arranged; the arrangement of the armature
of the secondary joint is also somewhat different from that of
the secondary joints of the species referred to.

The caudal furce are very short.

(2) The male-—'The male resembles the female, but is
rather smaller. The antennules have a modified structure to
fit them for grasping. ‘The spine on the inner distal angle of
the second basal joints of the first pair of thoracic feet is
strong and distinctly hooked at the end, as shown in Pl. III.
fig. l4da,

‘The inner branches of the second pair of feet resemble
generally the same branches in the male of Thalestris frigtda,
Lut they are distinctly broader in proportion to their length,
and there is a slight difference in their armature, as shown in
the drawing (fig. 16).

The fifth pair also resemble somewhat those of the male of
the species referred to, especially in their armature, but the
inner produced part of the basal joint is less prominent and
more broadly rounded and the secondary joint is rather
smaller (fig. 17).

Hab. Bog Fiord; not very common.

‘This Thalestris comes very near Th. frigida, and I was at
first inclined to regard it as belonging to that species; but it
was found that the difference in the structure of the first pair
of thoracic feet in both the male and female and of the inner
bianches of the second pair in the male was alone sufficient to
distinguish it from the species referred to. The structure of

Natural History of East Finmark. 2

the first pair is in some respects not unlike that of Th. robusta,
Claus, from Nice and Messina}, but the fifth pair in form
and armature is decidedly different. It may be further
remarked that the structure of the first pair of feet in both of
the species named exhibits a close resemblance to that of the
first pair in certain species of Dactylopus, so that the species
may be almost considered a connecting-link between the two
genera Thalestris and Dactylopus.

Genus PseuDOTHALESTRIS, G. S. Brady, 1883.

Pseudcthalestris major (T. & A. Scott).

1895. Pseudowestwoodia major, T. & A. Scott, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.
(6) vol. xv. p. 56, pl. vi. figs. 17-80.

This small species was moderately frequent in a gathering
collected between tide-marks at Vadsé; but it was not
observed in any of the other Finmark gatherings.

Four British species of Pseudothalestr’s have been de-
scribed—the first in 1894 in the Twelfth Ann. Report of the
Fishery Board for Scotland, pt. iil. p. 257, pl. xi. figs. 21-29,
under the name of Pseudowestwoodia Andrewi, 'T. Scott :
descriptions of other two species by T. & A. Scott were
published in the Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. for January 1895
under the names of Pseudowestwoodia pygmea and major ;
in the ‘Annals’ for the following month of June (p. 463).
these authors withdrew the name Pseudowestwoodia, T. Scott,
in favour of Pseudothalestris, G.S. Brady, as it was found
that the two genera were identical and that the latter name
had been published several years before the other. The
description of the fourth species by Prof. G. 8. Brady was
published early in 1901 in Nat. Hist. Trans. N. D. & N.C.
vol. xiv. p. 59, pl. ii. figs. 11-16, under the name of Pseudo-
thalestris monensis, from specimens obtained at Port rin,
Isle of Man. Pseudothalestris major has not previously been
recorded from the Arctic seas.

Genus WestwoopiA, Dana.
* Westwoodia nobilis (Baird).
1845, Arpacticus nobilis, Baird, Trans. Berw. Nat. Club, vol. ii. p. 155.

‘This pretty little species resembles very closely the British
species of Pseudothalestris, but differs distinctly in the
structure of the first pair of thoracic feet. It was of rare

+ Die frei lebenden Copepoden, p. 129, t. xviii. figs. 17-23, t. xix. fig. 1.

28 Canon A. M. Norman—Wotes on the

occurrence in the present collection; the only gathering in
which the species was observed was from Svolver, Lofoten
Islands, and only one or two specimens were noticed.

Genus Harpacticus, H. M.-Edw., 1838.
Harpacticus chelifer (O. F. Miiller), var. arcticus, Poppe.

1884, Harpacticus chelifer, var. arcticus, Poppe, “Stillen Ocean u.
3ehrings Meer freileb. Copep.,” Arch. f. Naturgesch. 50 Jahrg.
i. Bd. p. 296, t. xxiii. figs. 1, 2, 4-7, t. xxiv. figs. 1-7, 9, 10.

This Harpactid was obtained in gatherings from Bég
Fiord, Lakse Fiord, Vadsié, and Varanger Fiord, HK. Fin-
mark; and from Svolver, Lofoten Islands. Most of the
specimens appeared to belong to the variety arcticus, Poppe.

Genus Zavs, Goodsir, 1845.
Zaus aurelit, Poppe.
1884, Zaus aurelii, Poppe, op. cit. p. 286, t. xx. figs. 7-9, t. xxi.
figs. 5-16.
A good number of specimens of Zaus, all of which were
apparently referable to Z. aureli?, were obtained in gatherings
from Bog Fiord, Lakse Fiord, Vadsé, and Svolveer.

Genus Ipya, Philippi, 1843.
Idya furcata (Baird).
1837. Cyclops furcata, Baird, Mag. Zool. & Bot. vol. i. p. 330, t. ix.
figs. 26-28.

Idya was moderately common in Bég Fiord and Lakse
Fiord and sparingly in one or two other gatherings. Though
the specimens were all more or less carefully examined, there
appeared to be only the one species represented.

Fam. Lichomolgida.
Genus HERRMANELLA, Canu, 1891.

? Herrmanella finmarchica, sp. n.

(PL. IV. tigs. 14-19.)

The form described under this name was collected in Bog
Fiord; there were very few specimens in the gathering, and
they were all more or less damaged.

The specimen represented by the drawing (fig. 14)

Natural [History cf East Finmark. 23

measured about 1:3 millim. (445 of an inch) in length and had
a general resemblance to Lichomolgus.

The antennules, which were imperfect, are moderately
short and composed of six (or seven) joints, but only five
were present (fig. 15); the third joint is small, but the others
are of moderate length.

The mandibles and maxille were not observed.

Both pairs of maxillipeds are small; the end joints of the
first maxillipeds are furnished on the upper aspect with two
moderately long setze and a few minute spines; one seta
springs from near the base of the joint, but the other is sub-
terminal ; both sete appear to be ciliated along one side, as
shown by the drawing (fig. 17). The second pair of maxilli-
peds have the end joints armed with a small but stout terminal
claw, in addition to one or two small spines (fig. 18).

All the four pairs of swimming-feet are moderately short
and stout and have both branches three-jointed and of nearly
equal length.

In the first pair the first and second joints of the outer
branches are each furnished with a stout spine on the outer
margins, and there is also a seta on the inner margin of the
second joint, but not on the first; the end joint bears four
spines on the outer margin and apex and four sete on the
inner margin. ‘The first two joints of the inner branches
have each a seta on the inside margin, while externally their
distal angles form each a small tooth-like process; the end
joint of the inner branches is armed with a stout subterminal
spine on its outer aspect and with five sete on its inner
margin (fig. 19) ; all the sete appear to be plumose.

The other three pairs are somewhat similar to the first, but
differ to some extent in the armature chiefly of the end joints.
In the second pair the only apparent difference is that the
end joints of the outer branches are furnished interiorly with
five instead of four sete, while the end joints of the inner
branches are each furnished with three spines on the outer
and three sete on the inner margin. The armature of the
third pair appears to be similar to that of the second. In the
fourth pair the second joint of the outer branches bears two
setee on the inner margin, while the end joint is armed with
three spines and three sete; the only difference observed in
the armature of the inner branches is in the end joints being
provided with three slender spines and two sete.

The fifth pair are small and apparently only one-jointed
(fig. 14).

The genital segment, which is composed of two coalesced

30 Canon A. M. Norman—WNotes on the

seoments, is moderately dilated and rather more than half the
entire length of the abdomen.

The caudal furce are slender and elongated, their length
being somewhat greater than that of the last two abdominal
segments combined.

FHlab. Big Fiord; apparently rare.

The species is provisionally ascribed to the genus Herr-
manella of Canu*; the second maxillipeds are, however,
more feebly clawed than those of any of the species already
described, and because of this and one or two other differences
this East Finmark form should, perhaps, be placed in another
genus ; but it will be necessary to have more perfect speci-
mens ere its position can be satisfactorily determined.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
PvArkel.

Cyclopina Schneideri, sp. 0.

Fig. 1. Female, dorsal view, x 53. 2. One of the antennules, x 144.
3. One of the antenne, X 120. 4. Mandible and palp, x 216,
5. Foot of first pair, x 144. 6. Foot of fifth pair, x 180.

Ectinosoma finmarchicum, sp. 0.

Fig. 7. Female, seen from the side, X 53. 8. (?) Male, seen from the
side, X 53. 9. One of the female antennules, X 270. 10, One
of the male antennules, x 180. 11. One of the antenne, x 180.
12. Foot of fifth pair, male, x 270. 18. Foot of fifth pair,
female, x 180.
Delavalia robusta, Prady & Robertson, var. finmarchica, nov.

Fig. 14. Female, seen from the side, X 53. 15. One of the antennules,
x 180. 16. Foot of first pair, x 180. 17. Foot of fifth pair,
x 240. 18. Part of abdomen and caudal furca, x 105.
Delavalia robusta, Brady & Robertson.

Fig. 19. Part of abdomen and caudal furea, enlarged.

Pare IT.

Delavalia robusta, Brady & Robertson.

Fiy.\. One of the antennules, X 180. 2. Foot of first pair, x 180.
3. Foot of fifth pair, x 240.

* “Tes Copépodes marins du Boulonnais,” Bull. Scientifique de la
France et de la Belgique, p. 480 (1891).

Natural History of East Finmark. ol

Dactylopus longirostris, Claus, var. finmarchicus, nov.
Fig. 4. Female, seen from the side, X 53. 5. One of the antennules,

x 180. 6. Foot of first pair, X 135. 7. Foot of fifth pair,
x 180. 8. Part of abdomen and caudal furca, enlarged.

Stenhelia hyperborea, sp. 0.
Fig. 9. Female, seen from the side, x 39. 10. One of the antennules,

x 180. 11. Foot of first pair, x 135. 12. Foot of fifth pair,
x 180. 13. Part of abdomen and caudal furca, enlarged.

Attheyella arctica, Lilljeborg.

Fig. 14. Female, seen from the side, x 37. 15. One of the antennules,
x 270. 16. Foot of first pair, x 240. 17. Foot of second
pair (inner and part of outer branches), x 240. 18. Foot of
third pair (inner and part of outer branches), x 240. 19, Part
of abdomen and caudal furca, enlarged.

Cletodes tenuipes, T. Scott, var.
Fig, 20. Antennule, female, x 540,

Prarie

Aitheyella arctica, Lilljeborg.
Fig. 1. Foot of fourth pair, x 140. 2. Foot of fifth pair, x 140.

Cletodes tenuipes, T. Scott, var.

Fig. 3. Female, dorsal view, x 79. 4. Foot of first pair, X 540. 5. Foot
of fourth pair, x 360. 6. Foot of fifth pair, x 360.

Cletodes varians, sp. 0.

Fig. 7. Female, seen from the side, x 106. 8. One of the antennules,
x 432. 9, Foot of first pair, x 270. 10. Foot of fifth pair
(female), x 270. 11. Foot of fifth pair (male), x 540.

Thalestris Normani, sp. n.

Fig. 12. Female, seen from the side, x 40. 15. One of the antennules,
x 180. 14. Foot of first pair, X 135. 14a. Spine on inner
distal angle of second basal joint of first pair (male), x 185,
15. Foot of fifth pair (female), x 185. 16. Inner branch of
second foot (male), xX 135. 17. Foot of fifth pair (male),
x 180, 18. Part of abdomen and caudal furca, enlarged.

Puate IV.

Dactylopus Strémii (Baird), var. arcticus, T. Scott (male).

Fig. 1. Male, seen from the side, X 58. 2. One of the male antennules,
x 180. 3. One of the second maxillipeds, x 270. 4. Foot of
first pair, X 105. 5. Foot of second pair, x 180. 6. Foot of

fifth pair, X 180. 7. Part of abdomen and caudal furea,
enlarged,

32 Mr. F. Pickard-Cambridge—A Revision

Thalestris longimanus, Claus,

Fig. 8. Female, seen from the side, x 40. 9. One of the antennules,
x 135. 10, One of the second maxillipeds, x 105. 11. Foot
of first pair, x 105. 12. Foot of fifth pair, x 158. 13. Part
of abdomen and caudal furea, enlarged.

(?) Herrmanella finmarchica, sp. n.

Fig. 14. Female, dorsal view, x 40. 15. One of the antennules (im-
perfect), X 108. 16. One of the antennse (imperfect), x 108.
17. One of the first maxillipeds, x 220. 18. One of the second
maxillipeds, x 146. 19. Foot of first pair, x 154.

Il.—A Revision of the Genera of the ARANEX or Spiders,
with Reference to their Type Species. By F. Pickarp-
CAMBRIDGE, B.A., F.Z.S.

THE following notes contain the conclusions which have been
reached as to the species which, on consistent principles of
settlement, ought to be regarded as the types of the various
genera dealt with.

The genera include those published by Menge in Preuss.
Spinn. 1866-78, by J. H. Emerton in Trans. Conn. Acad.
vol. vi. 1882, by Friedk. Dahl in Schrift. Naturwiss. Schles-
wig-Holstein, Bd. vi. 1886, and in Sitz.-Bericht Gesell. nat.
Freunde, Berlin, 1901, and by Embr. Strand in Archiv
Mathem. Natur. B. xxiv. NR. 2, Kristiania, 1901.

I also take this opportunity to correct some slips in my
former papers and errors occasioned by oversights, or new
facts, in connexion with the various steps referred to in the
process of ascertaining the types.

As regards Menge’s genera: whenever he definitely cites a
Tab. referring to a single species under the new generic name
and before the diagnosis, I regard the species thus referred to
as specially characteristic of the genus, and therefore as the
type; though I have in most cases below traced out the
history of the other species involved, for the sake of reference
in case of future disputation.

In quoting the name Walckenaera, auct., it is here spelt
as it was originally by Blackwall, Walckenaeria, and the
former is regarded as a misquotation of the latter.

Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 7, vol. xi. (Jan. 1902), p. 9.
Line 1.—Argus, a nom, preoce. by Bohadsch, Anim. Marin.
p- 65, Moll. Gastr. 1761.

of the Genera of the Aranex. 33

Line 16.—W. cristata is a clerical error for cuspidata,
Blackw.

Line 23.—Owing to the fact that Arrecerus camelinus was
removed to Phalops by Menge in 1868 under Theridium cor-
nutum, Wid., A. monoceros (Wid.) is left as the type of
Arrecerus, Simon, and cannot be the type of Prosopotheca, as
here stated.

See loc. cit. p. 10; lines 10-18 should read as follows :—

ARRECERUS, Simon, 1864.

Of the two species included originally, the first, A. camelinus
(C. Koch) ,= Ther. cornutum, Wid., and Walck. acuminatum,
Blackw., was withdrawn by Menge under Phalops in 1868,
leaving A. monoceros (Wid.) as the type.

Type, Arrecerus monoceros (Wid.), 1834.

ProsoporHeEca, Simon, Ar. Fr. y. p. 829 (1884).

Five species were originally referred to this genus :—
(1) Nertene incisa, O. P.-Cambr.; (2) Erigone corniculans,
O. P.-Cambr. ; (3) Prosopotheca crocata, Simon; (4) Theri-
dium monoceros, Wid.; (5) P. erythrina, Simon.

The fourth, 7. monoceros, selected by Simon (Hist. Nat.
Ar. il, p. 662, 1894) as the type, has been by elimination left
in as the type of Arrecerus, Simon, and cannot therefore serve.

Since I cannot find that any other species has ever been
selected, nor the genus otherwise broken up, I here select
Neriene incisa, O. P.-Cambr., as the type.

Type, Prosopotheca incisa (O. P.-Cambr.), 1871.—Hurope.

List of Genera referred to.

Cyclosa, Menge, p. 34. _ Gongylidium, Menge, p. 37.

* Cer ceis, Menge, p. 34. | Tmeticus, Menge, p. 37.
Bathyphanies, Menge, p. 34. Dicymbium, Menge, p. 38.

* Pedina, Menge, p. 3d. | Lophocarenum, Menge, p. 38.
Mengea, nom. nov., p. 35. Lophomma, Menge, p. 59.
Helophora, Menge, p. 35, * Phalops, Menge, p. 40.

*Stylophora, Menge, p. 39. | *Dicyphus, Menge, p. 40. _
Lepthyphantes, Menge, p. 36. | *Elaphidion, Menge, p. 40.

Stemonyphantes, Menge, p. 36. | LElaphipus, Menge, p. 41.
Drapetisca, Menge, p. 36. | Cornicularia, Menge, p. 41.

Neottiura, Menge, p. 36. Microneta, Menge, p. 41.

Crustulina, Menge, p. 36. Leptothriz, Menge, p. 42.
* Ceratina, Menge, p. 36. | *Drepanodus, Menge, p. 42.
Euryopis, Menge, p. 36. | Pronopius, Menge, p. 42.

* Pachydactylus, Menge, p. 37. Lethia, Menge, p. 42.
Flatyopis, Menge, p. 37. Cicurina, Menge, p. 48.
Gonatium, Menge, p. 37. | *Ctenium, Menge, p. 43-

Ann. & Mag. No daast. er. 7. Vol. x1. 3

34 Mr. F. Pickard-Cambridge—A Revision

Scotina, Menge, p. 43. |
Drapeta, Menge, p. 48. |
Spiracme, Menge, p. 43. |
Psammitis, Menge, p. 43.
Marpesia, Menge, p. 44.
G£dipus, Menge, p. 44.
Scartes, Menge, p. 44.
Theridula, Emerton, p. 44.
Ceratinella, Emerton, p. 44.
Ceratinopsis, Emerton, p. 45.
Grammonota, Emerton, p. 45.
Spiropalpus, Emerton, p. 45.

Microctenonyx, Dahl, p. 47.
Paractenonyx, Dahl, p. 47.
Brachycenirum, Dahl, p. 47.
Hypomma, Dahl, p. 47.
Hypselomma, Dahl, p. 48.
Mebelia, Dahl, p. 48.
Trematocephalus, Dahl, p. 48.
Trachynotus, Dahl, p. 48.
Phylleca, Dahl, p. 49.
Evigonella, Dahl, p. 49.
Bolepthyphantes, Strand, p. 49.
Hemiphantes, Strand, p. 49.

Diplostyla, Emerton, p. 45.
Centromerus, Dahl, p. 46.
Macrargus, Dahl, p. 46.
Lustichothriz, Dahl, p. 46.
Micrargus, Dahl, p. 46.

Oreonetides, Strand, p. 49.
Utopiellum, Strand, p. 50.
Centromeria, Strand, p. 50.
Pseudogonatium, Strand, p. 50.

[A * before a generic name denotes that it is preoccupied. }

Crctosa, Menge, Preuss. Spinn. p. 73 (1866).

A single syecies only was originally referred to this genus
See 8 y
—Aranea conica, De Geer.

Type, Cyclosa conica (De Geer), 1778.—Europe.

*CERCcEIS, Menge, Preuss. Spinn. p. 80 (1866).

A single species only was originally referred to this genus
—C. prominens (Westr.).

Type, Cerceis prominens (Westring), 1851.—Europe.

The name Cerce’s was, however, preoccupied by Milne-
Edw. in 1840 for Crustacea ; and Thorell in 1869 substituted
for it the name Cercidia.

BATHYPHANTES, Menge, Preuss. Spinn. p. 111 (1866).

Eleven species were originally included in this genus :—
(1) B. terricolus, Menge,=nigrinus, Westr.; (2) B. zebrinus,
Menge; (3) B. pygmaeus (Sund.)=Menge, non Sund.;
(4) B. crucifer, Menge; (5) B. longipes, Menge,= B. parvulus
(Westr.); (6) B. comatus (Wid.) = B. bicolor, Blackw.; (7) B.
angulipalpus (Westr.) ; (8) B. pallescens (Menge, non Westr.)
=nermis on ‘l'ab.= Theridion rufum (Wid.); (9) B. cristatus,
Menge; (10) B. brevipalpus, Menge; (11) B. setepalpus,
Menge,=sylvaticus, Blackw.

The genus was first broken up by Emerton, who, in Sept.
1882, withdrew B. terricolus, Menge,=nigrinus, Westr.,
under his new genus Diéplostyla. This species therefore,
although selected by Simon (Hist. Nat. Ar. ii. p. 705) as the

of the Genera of the Aranea. 35

type of Bathyphantes, cannot serve. B. setipalpus, Menge,
=sylvaticus, Blackw., was removed to the genus Centro-
merus by Dahl in 1886; B. comatus, Wid.,=B. bicolor
(Blackw.) was removed to Centromeria by Strand in 1901;
B. pallescens, Menge,=Theridion rufum, Wid., was removed
to Macrargus by Dahl in 1886. Of the rest I cannot find
that any have ever been referred to other genera or that a
type has been cited. Menge did not himself cite any Tab. as
specially characteristic of the genus, so that I here select
B. longipes, Menge, = Linyphia parvula (Westr.) as the type.

Type, Bathyphantes longipes, Menge, 1866,= B. parvulus
(Westr.), 1851.—Germany.

*PrpinA, Menge, Preuss. Spinn. p. 125 (1866).

A single species, Pedina cristata=Linyphia scopigera,
Grube, 1859, was referred to this genus. The name Pedina
is, however, preoccupied by Agassiz for Ech., 1840.

Type, Pedina scopigera (Grube), 1859.—Hurope.

MENGEA, nom. nov. for Pedina.

The name Pedina being preoccupied, I here propose the
name Mengea to take its place.
Type, Mengea scopigera (Grube), 1859.—Europe.

HeLopuora, Menge, Preuss. Spinn. p. 126 (1866).

A single species was originally referred to this genus,
Linyphia pallescens, Westr., = Linyphia insignis, Blackw.
(sec. Thor. & Sim.).

‘Type, Helophora pallescens (Westr.), 1851,= H. insignis,
Blackw., 1841.—Europe.

*SryLopHora, Menge, Preuss. Spinn. p. 128 (1866).

Two species were originally referred to this genus :—
(1) Linyphia concolor, Wid.; (2) Stylophora albomaculata,
Menge.

These are closely allied, if not identical species, and,
although neither was definitely cited by Menge, the first was
selected by Simon as the type (Ar. Fr. v. p. 330, 1884).

The name Stylophora, however, is preoccupied by Desyv.
for Diptera (1830), and its place is taken by Diplostyla,
Emert., whose type is also concolor, Wid. (see below).

Type, Stylophora concolor (Wid.), 1834.—Europe.

36 Mr. F. Pickard-Cambridge—A Revisiun

LEPTHYPHANTES, Menge, Preuss. Spinn. p. 131 (1866).

Two species were originally referred to this genus :—
(1) Lepthyphantes muscicola, Menge, p. 131; (2) Aranea
erypticola, Walck.; the first being cited (Tab. 53) as charac-
teristic of the genus. The second= (sec. Thor. & Sim.) Nesticus
cellulanus (Olivier) was withdrawn as the type of Nestécus in
1869 by Thorell.

Type, Lepthyphantes muscicola, moieen 1866,= LZ. minutus
(Blackw.), 1833.—Europe.

STEMONYPHANTES, Menge, Preuss. Spinn. p. 138 (1866).

A single species was originally referred to this name—
Aranea trilineata, Linn. xi. p. 1031.

Type, Stemonyphantes trilineatus (Linneus), 1767, =
lineatus, Linn., 1758.

DRAPETISCA, Menge, Preuss. Spinn. p. 140 (1866).

A single species only was originally referred to this
genus— Linyphia socialis, Sundevall.
Type, Drapetisca socialis (Sundevall).

NeEoTTIuRA, Menge, Preuss, Spinn. p. 162 (1868).

A single species was referred to this genus—Aranea bi-
maculata, Linn., = Theridion bimaculatum, “auctores,
Type, Neottiura bimaculata (Linn.), 1767. —Europe.

CrustuLina, Menge, Preuss. Spinn. p. 168 (1868).

A single species was originally referred to this genus—
Theridium guttatum, Wider.
Type, Crustulina guttata (Wider), 1834.—Europe.

*CrERATINA, Menge, Preuss. Spinn. p. 170 (1868).

Four species were originally included under this name :—
(1) Theridium breve, Wider; (2) Ceratina rubella, Menge;
(3) C. rotunda, Menge ; (4) Cc. globosa, Menge.

' The first species was detinitely cited by Menge (Tab! 74) as

characteristic of the genus. .

| Ceratina is, however, a nom. preeoce.. by Latreille for

Hymenoptera (1804). (See Note, p. 50.) s
Type, Ceratina brevis (Wid.), 18384.—Europe.

Evryopis, Menge, Preuss. Spinn. p. 174 (1868).

‘lwo species were originally included under this name :—

of the Genera of the Arance. 57
(1) Micryphantes flavomaculatus, Koch; (2) Theridium tristis,
Hahn. The first was cited by Menge (Tab. 78) as charac-
teristic of the genus and also by Thorell as the type in 1869.

Type, Luryopis flavomaculata (C. L. Koch), 1836.—
Europe.

*PACHYDACTYLUS, Menge, Preuss. Spinn. p. 177 (1868).

A single species was originally referred to this genus—
Pachydactylus pronus, Menge—regarded by Simon (Hist.
Nat. Ar. 11. p. 567) as congeneric with Dipena, Thorell.
The name is preoccupied by Wiegmann in 1834 for
Reptilia.

Type, Pachydactylus pronus, Menge, 1868.—Germany.

PLATYOPIS, Menge, Preuss. Spinn. p. 178 (1868).

A single species only was referred to this genus—Theri-
dium sulcifrons, Wider—regarded by Simon (Ar. Fr. v.
p- 792) as congeneric with Panamomops. The name Platy-
opis 1s not preoccupied so far as I can find out (sec. Simon,
Hist. Nat. Ar. ii. p. 556), but P/atyope is preoccupied.

Type, Platyopis sulcifrons (Wider), 1834.—Europe.

Gonatium, Menge, Preuss. Spinn. p. 180 (1868).

Two species were originally included under this name :—
Theridion cheliferum, Wider; (2) Micryphantes isabellinus,
Koch. Both species were cited as characteristic (Tab. 82 &
83) by Menge.

The first, however, was selected as type in 1884 by Simon
(Ar. Fr. v. p. 546).

Type, Gonatieum cheliferum (Wider), 1834,=G. rubens
(Blackw.), 1833.—Europe.

GonGyYLipium, Menge, Preuss. Spinn. p. 183 (1868).

A single species was originally referred to this genus—
Gongylidium nigricans, Menge (=G. crassipalpum, Menge,
pl. xxxiv. Tab. 84)—and is identical with Linyphia rufipes,
Sund. (sec. Thor., Sim., and Kulecz.).

Type, Gongylidium nigricans, Menge, 1868,=G. rufipes,
Sund., 1830.—Europe.

Tmeticus, Menge, Preuss. Spinn. p. 184 (1868).
Seven species were originally included in this genus :—

(1) 7. leptocaulis, Menge; (2) T. foveolutus, Menge; (3) Tie-
vidium dentatum (Wider); (4) TZ. cristatus, Menge;

38 Mr. F. Pickard-Cambridge—A Revision

(5) T. spintpalpus, Menge ; (6) Linyphia graminicola, Sund. ;
(7) T. hamipalpis, Menge.

Of these species, (2) YT. foveolatus (= Erigone retusum,
Westr., sec. Thor., Sim.) was removed to Kulcezynskiellum in
Feb. 1895 by F. P.-Cambridge.

(3) T.dentatum was removed to Trachygnatha by Kulezynski
in 1594.

(4) 7. cristatus= (sec. Thorell) 7. dentatus.

(7) T. hamipalpis, Menge, =sec. (Thor. & Sim.) Erigone
longimana, C. L. K.,= Neriene vagans, Blk., was removed to
Tiso by Simon in 1884.

Of the four species left in, I cannot find that any have
been referred to new genera, and Simon has in 1884 (Ar. Fr.
v. pp. 878 & 420) cited the first, 7. leptocaulis= (sec. Thor.
& Sim.) Erigone affinis, Blackw., as the type, while
Menge himself definitely referred (Tab. 85) to the first as
characteristic of the genus.

Vype, Zmeticus leptocaulis, Menge, 1868,=T7. affinis
(Blackw.), 1855.—Europe.

Dicympium, Menge, Preuss. Spinn. p. 193 (1868).

Of the two species, clavipes, Menge (=tibiale, Blackw.),
and gracilipes, Menge (=nigrum, Blackw.), Simon has
selected the first as the type in Ar. Fr. v. p. 541, and the
second as the type in Hist. Nat. Ar. 11. p. 658 (1894).

Menge, however, himself cited the first (Tab. 91) as
specially characteristic of the genus, and this species= (sec.
Thor. & Sim.) Wertene tibialis, Blackwall.

Type, Dicymbium clavipes, Menge, 1868,=D. tibiale
(Blackw.), 1836.

LopHocarENuM, Menge, Preuss. Spinn. p. 198 (1868).

Eleven species were originally referred to this genus, but
of these Menge definitely cited the first (Tab. 96) as charac-
teristic of the genus, namely :—(1) L. stramineum, Menge;
(2) L. bihamatum, Menge; (3) Theridium acuminatum, Wid. ;
(4) L. parvulum, Menge; (5) Erigone erythropus, Westr. ;
(6) L. apiculatum, Menge; (7) £. scabricula, Westy. ;
(8) L. dicholophum, Menge; (9) L. globiceps, Menge;
(10) L. crassipalpum, Menge; (11) Yheridium elongatum,
Wider.

L. bihamatum, Menge,= (sec. Thor. & Sim.) Walchenaeria
latifrons,O.P.-Cambr., was removed to Plesiocrerus by Simon
in 1884. JL. acuminatum, Menge, is not (sec. Thor. & Sim.)
identical with acuminatum, Wid, L. parvulum, Menge,=

of the Genera of the Aranee. 39

(sec. Thor. & Sim.) W. hiemalis, Blackw., was removed to
Troxochrus by Simon in 1884. ZL. erythropus, Menge (non
Westr.,= W. picina, Blackw., sec. ‘Thor. & Sim.), was
removed to Plesiocrerus by Simon in 1884. L. apiculatum,
Menge,= (sec. Thor. & Sim.) Theridium pusillum, Wid., was
removed to Minyriolus by Simon in 1884. . scabricula
(Westr.) was removed to Zrowochrus by Simon in 1884.
L. dicholophum, Menge,=(sec. Thor.? & Sim.) ZY. elon-
gatum, Wid., was removed by Dahl to Brachycentrum in
1886. ZL. globiceps, Menge,=(sec. Thor. & Sim.) W. hu-
milis, Blackw., was removed to Areoncus by Simon in 1884.
L. elongatum, Menge,= (sec. Thor. & Sim.) 7. parallelum,
Wid., was removed to Paractenonyx by Dahl in 1886,

We have therefore (1) L. stramineum, Menge, (3) L. acumt-
natum, Menge, (10) L. crassipalpum, Menge, left as available
for the type.

Simon selected parallelum, Wid., as the type of the genus
in Hist. Nat. Ar. i. p. 650 (1894). But, as already mentioned,
this had been previously removed to a new genus by Dahl.
The first species, too, in any case was cited by Menge
(Lab. 96) as specially characteristic of the genus.

Type, Lophocarenum stramineum, Menge, 1868.—Europe.

LopryommMa, Menge, Preuss. Spinn. p. 209 (1868).

Nine species were originally referred to this genus:—
(1) L. stictocephalum, Menge ; (2) L. pstlocephalum, Menge;
(3) L. cristatum, Menge; (4) Theridium bicorne, Wid. ;
(5) 7. anticum, Wid.; (6) L. favidum, Menge; (7) Miery-
phantes cucullatus, C. Koch; (8) Z. mitratum, Menge;
(9) Erigone capito, Westr.

Of these species, (1) L. stictocephalum=(sec. Thor. &
Sim.) Walckenaeria punctata, Blackw.,=(sec. Simon) serobi-
culata, Menge, was removed under this latter name by Menge
himself to his new genus Microneta (p. 227), but he had
already cited stictocephalum (Tab. 108) as specially charac-
teristic of the genus, so that he could not remove it himself.

(2) L. pstlocephalum was removed to Trachygnotus by
Dahl in 1846. (3) L. cristatum,=(sec. Thor. & Sim.)
monoceros,Wid., was removed to Prosopotheca by Simon in
1884, and has also been left in as the type of Arrecerus, Sim.
See above. (4) L. bicorne=(sec. Thor. & Sim.) eristatus,
Blackw., was removed to Prosoponcus by Simon in 1884.
(7) L. cucullatum (C, Koch) was removed to Lthyomma by
Bertkau in 1884.

Of the rest, as mentioned above, the first was cited by

40 Mr. F. Pickard-Cambridge—A4 Revision

Menge and also by Simon as the type (Ar. Fr. v. p. 533,
1884).

Type, Lophomma stictocephalum, Menge, 1858,= ZL. punc-
tatum, Blackw., 1841.—Hurope.

*PuHaLops, Menge, Preuss. Spinn. p. 218 (1868).

Four species were originally included under this name :—
(1) Theridium cornutum, Wider; (2) Erigone conica, West-
ring; (8) £. gibbicollis, Westring ; (4) Phalops furcillatus,
Menge.

Of these species, the first was cited by Menge (Tab. 117)
as characteristic of the genus. It is identical (sec. Thor. &
Sim.) with Walckenaeria acuminata, Blackw. ‘The second=
(sec. Thor. & Sim.) Savignia frontata, Blackw., being the
type of this genus. The third=(sec. Thor. & Sim.)
Erigone apicata, Blackw. (1850), and was cited as the type
of Stylothorax by Bertkau (1883). ‘The fourth was removed
to Tigellinus by Simon in 1884.

The first species is in any case the type, being cited by
Menge. ‘The name Phalops, however, is preoccupied by
Erichson (Phalops, Deutschl. Insect. iii. p. 763, 1848).

Type, Phalops cornutus (Wid.), 1834,=P. acuminatus
(Blackw.), 1833 —LKurope.

*Dicypuus, Menge, Preuss. Spinn. p. 221 (1869).

Three species were originally referred to this genus :—
(1) D. tumidus, Menge; (2) D. cilunculus, Menge; (3) D.
bicusptdatus, Menge (Koch ?).

Of these, Menge cited the first (Tab. 121) as characteristic
of the genus and (sec. Thor. & Sim.)= Theridium bituber-
culatum, Wider, The second=(sec. ‘Thor. & Sim.) Ne-
riene cornuta, Blackw., and the third= (sec. Simon) Mvery-
phantes elevatus, Koch. Both these last species were removed
to Dismodicus by Simon in 1884. The name Dicyphus is
preoccupied by Fiebuhr for Hemiptera.

Type, Dicyphus tumidus, Menge, 1869,=D. bituderculatus
(Wid.), 1834.—LEurope.

*ELAPHIDION, Menge, Preuss. Spinn. p. 224 (1869).

A single species was originally referred to this genus—
E. flagelliferum, Menge.

‘The name Elaphidion has been changed to Elaphipus by
Menge in his Index (p. 8), and quoted as Elaphopus by Simon
(Hist. Nat. Ar. 11. p. 697). It was preoccupied by Serv. in

of the Genera of the Aranee. 41

1834 for Coleoptera. The name Llaphipus (not Elaphopus,
as in Scudder) takes its place.

Type, Elaphidion flagelliferum, Menge, 1869.—Europe.

Exapuipus, Menge, Preuss. Spinn., Index, p. 10 (1878).

Nom. nov. for Elaphidion.
Type, Elaphipus flagellifer, Menge.

CorNICULARIA, Menge, Preuss. Spinn. p. 226 (1869).

A single species only was originally referred to this
genus :—Theridion monoceros, Wid. This, however, is
obviously not the species diagnosed and figured by Menge.
He has wrongly identitied monoceros, Wider, and his genus is
based on his diagnosis and figures, which, so far as we can at
present tell, = Walckenaeria unicornis, O. P.-Cambr. (sec.
Thor. & Sim.).

Type, Cornicularia unicornis (QO. P.-Cambr.), 1861.—
Europe.

Microneta, Menge, Preuss. Spinn. p. 227 (1869).

Nine species were originally included in this genus :—
(1) MM. scrobiculata, Menge; (2) Micryphantes ochropus,
Koch; (3) Erigone quisquiliarum, Westr.; (4) Micryphantes
tessellata, Koch; (5) VW. pusilla, Menge; (6) Erigone Sunde-
vallii, Westr.; (7) M. gracilis, Menge; (8) M. pygmer
Menge; (9) JL bifida, Menge,=M. biloba on the plate.

Of these, Menge has not specially cited any species before
the generic diagnosis.

(1) J. serobiculata, Menge, was cited on p. 209 of this same
work as the type of Lophomma if it=(as sec. Thor. &
Sim.) Z. stictocephalum, Menge.

(2) M. ochropus, Koch,= (sec. Thor. & Sim.) Thertdium
pustiilum, Wid., but has been wrongly identified by Menge.
M. ochropus, Menge,=({sec. Thor, & Sim.) Neriene tnno-
tabilis, O. P.-Cambr.

(3) £. quisquiliarum, Westr.,=(sec. Thor. & Sim) Ne-
riene viaria, blackw.

(4) MW. tessellata, C. Koch (sec. Thor., impossible to decide
its identity) ; but J/. tessellata, Menge,= (sec. Thor. & Sim.)
Neritene fusca, Blackw., and has been removed in 1895 to
Kulczynskiellum, ¥. P.-Cambr.

(6) £. Sundevallii, Westr.,. was removed to Maso by
Simon in 1884 and to Phylleca by Dahl in 1886.

(7) MW. gracilis, Menge, is (sec. Simon) “ probably a
Syedra,” but was not definitely removed to that genus in 1884,

42 Mr. F. Pickard-Cambridge—4 Revision

Of the rest, it is doubtful what species are represented by

(5) M. pusilla, Menge, (8) M. pygmea, Menge, (9) M. bifida,
Menge, although Kulezynski, in his Index Ar. Hungaria,
refers to 11. page 113 as reference for M. pusilla, Menge.
But there is no mention of the species on that page, at any
rate in connexion with Menge.

We have left in, therefore, numbers (2), (3), (5), (7), (8),
and (9), and, as far as I can make out, Simon was the first
to select a type for the genus (Hist. Nat. Ar. ii. p. 703, 1894).
He cited M. viaria, Blackw., which= JU. quisquiliarum
(Westr.), as the type.

Type, Microneta quisquiliarum (Westr.), 1851,= JZ. viaria,
Blackwall, 1841.—furope.

LEPTOTHRIX, Menge, Preuss. Spinn. p. 240 (1869).

A single species was originally referred to this genus—
J.. clavipes, Menge,=(sec. Thor. & Sim.) Walckenaeria
Hardit, Blackw., 1850.

Type, Leptothriaclavipes, Menge, 1869, = Hardii(Blackw.),
1850.—Germany.

*DrePAaNnobus, Menge, Preuss. Spinn. p. 241 (1869).
A single species was originally referred to this genus—
D. obscurus, Menge,=(sec. Simon) Thertdium thoracicum,

Haha.

The name Drepanodus is preoccupied by Pand. in 1856

for Pisces.
Type, Drepanodus obscurus, Menge, 1868, = thoracicus

(Hahn), 1831.—Germany.

Pronorivs, Menge, Preuss. Spinn. p. 243 (1869).
A single species was originally referred to this genus—

die providus, Menge.
‘T'ype, Pronopius providus, Menge, 1869.—Germany.

Leruta, Menge, Preuss. Spinn. p. 249 (1869).

Two species were originally included under this name:—
(1) Lethia varia, Menge; (2) Lethia stigmatisata, Menge.

The first, which=(sec. Thor. & Sim.) Ciniflo humilis,
Blackw., was cited by Menge (Tab. 145) as characteristic
of the genus.

Type, Lethia varia, Menge, 1869,=ZL. humilis (Blackw.),
1855,

of the Genera of the Avanee. 43

CrcurinA, Menge, Preuss. Spinn. p. 271 (1871).

A single species was originally referred to this genus—
Cicurina cicur, Menge. Regarded by Menge as= Tegenaria
eicurea, Koch,=(sec. Thor. & Sim.) Aranea cinerea, Panz.

Type, Cicurina cicur, Menge, 1871,=C. cinerea (Panzer),

1793.—Europe.

*CreNtuM, Menge, Preuss. Spinn. p. 292 (1871).

A single species was originally referred to this genus—
Erigone pinguis, Westring,= (sec. Thor. & Sim.) Nervene
livida, Blackw.

Ctenium is, however, a nom. proce. by Panzer, Lepid.,
1825.

‘Type, Ctenrum pingue (Westring), 1851,=C. lvidum,
Blackw., 1836.

ScoTina, Menge, Preuss. Spinn. p. 337 (1873).

A single species was originally referred to this genus—
Agelena gracilipes, Blackwall.

Type, Scotina gracilipes (Blackwall), 1864.—England.

Drapeta, Menge, Preuss. Spinn. p. 387 (1874).

A single species was originally referred to this genus—
D. eneus, Menge—which probably belongs to the genus
Philodromus as at present understood, ‘he generic name is,
however, omitted by Simon in Hist. Nat. Ar. ii. p. 1063 &2.

Type, Drapeta eneus, Menge, 1874.—Germany.

Sprracme, Menge, Preuss. Spinn. p. 446 (1875).

A single species was originally referred to this genus—
S. striata, Menge—and probably belongs to the genus Xyst¢-
cus, Koch.

Type, Spiracme striata, Menge, 1875.—Germany.

PsamMiTis, Menge, Preuss. Spinn, p. 448 (1875).

Two species were originally included under this name :—
(1) Thomisus sabulosus, Hahn; (2) Psammitis abscondita,
Menge.

Both were cited by Menge (Tab. 254 & 255) as charac-
teristic of the genus, and I therefore here select the first as
the type.

Type, Psammitis sabulosus (Hahn), 1831.—Europe,

44 Mr. F. Pickard-Cambridge—A Revision

MarpesiA, Menge, Preuss. Spinn. p. 471 (1876).
A single species was originally referred to this genus—
M. arenicola, Menge—and belongs to the fam. Salticide.
Type, Marpesia arenicola, Menge, 1876.—Germany.

Cipieus, Menge, Preuss. Spinn. p. 482 (1876).

A single species was originally referred to this genus—
Ballus cenescens, Simon, Mon. Att. p. 628—and belongs to
the family Salticide.

Type, Gdipus wnescens (Simon).

fcarTes, Menge, Preuss. Spinn. p. 494 (1877).

A single species was originally referred to this genus—
S. parvulus, Menge—which belongs to the family Salticide.
Type, Scartes parvulus, Menge, 1877.—Germany.

J. H. Emerton. ‘ New Zealand Theridide,” Trans. Conn.
Acad. vol. vi. (Sept. 1882).

THERIDULA, Emerton, Trans. Conn. Acad. vi. p. 25 (1882).

A single species was originally referred to this genus—
Theridion spherula, Hentz.
Type, Theridula spherula (Hentz), 1850.—N. America.

CERATINELLA, Emerton, Trans. Conn. Acad. vi. p. 32 (1882).
Ten species were originally included in this genus :—

(1) Erigone Emertoni, O. P.-Cambr. ; (2) LE. jissiceps, O. P.-
Cambr.; (3) C. bulbosa, Emerton; (4) C. pygmea, Emerton ;
(5) E. atriceps, O. P.-Cambr.; (6) E. leta, UO. P.-Cambr. ;
(7) E. letabilis, O. P.-Cambr.; (8) C. brunnea, Emerton ;
(9) C. minuta; (10) C. micropalpis, Emerton.

These alone must be taken into consideration in settling
the type of Ceratinella; for this is not a case of the definite
substitution of one name for another, as Simon suggests
(Ar. Fr. v. p. 595), but a new genus is founded with definite
species quoted under it; and Ceraticelus, proposed by Simon
to include the species placed by Emerton under Ceratinedla,
which were not congeneric with Menge’s Ceratina, will
become a synonym of the former. It is of the utmost im-
portance, in view of avoiding future complications, to keep
these points clear and distinct. So far as | can make out, no
type had definitely been selected for Ceratinel/a until Simon
selected Theridium breve, Wid. (Hist. Nat. Ar. il. p. 649,
1594).

‘ype, Ceratinella brevis (Wid.), 1884.—Europe.

of the Genera of the Avanex. 45

CrRrATINopsis, Emerton, Trans. Conn. Acad. vol. vi. p. 36
(1882).

Four species were originally referred to this genus :—
(1) Erigone interpres, O. P.-Cambr.; (2) Ceratinopsis nigri-
ceps, Emert.; (3) C. laticeps, Kmert.; (4) C. nigripalpis,
Emert.

I cannot find that any of these species have ever been re-
moved to a new genus, but the type was definitely selected
by Simon (Hist. Nat. Ar. ii. p. 673, 1894), C. interpres, O. P.-
Cambr.).

Type, Ceratinopsis interpres (O. P.-Cambr.), 1874. —
N. America.

Grammonota, Emerton, Trans. Conn. Acad. vol. vi. p. 38
(1882).

Three species were originally referred to this genus :—
(1) Erigone pictilis, O. P.-Cambr.; (2) Erigone ornata,
O. P.-Cambr.; (3) G. cnornata, Kmert.

I cannot find that any of these have ever been removed to
anew genus, but the type was definitely selected by Simon
(Hist. Nat. Ar. ii. p. 666, 1894), Er7gone pictilis, O. P.-Cambr.

Type, Grammonota pictilis (QO. P.-Cambr.), 1875.—N.
America,

SPIROPALPUS, Emerton, Trans. Conn. Acad. vol. vi. p. 39
(1882).

A single species was originally referred to this genus—
Spiropalpus spiralis, Hmerton.
Type, Spiropalpus spiralis, Emerton, 1882.—N. America.

DrpLostyLa, Emerton, Trans. Conn. Acad. vol. vi. p. 65
(1882).

Three species were originally included which must be taken
into consideration in the settlkement:—(1) Linyphia concolor,
Wid.; (2) Bathyphantes nigrinus (Westr.); (3) Diplostyla
canadensis, Emert.

None of these have, so far as I can ascertain, been removed
to new genera, nor has the type of Diplostyla been selected,
and I here select ZL. concolur, Wid., as the type. Duplo-
stylus, not Diplostyla, is preoccupied by Salter for Crustacea,
1863.

Type, Diplostyla concolor (Wid.), 1884.—Kurope.

46 Mr. F. Pickard-Cambridge—A Levision

Dr. Frrepx. Daut. “ Monographie Erigonen-Arten &c.,”
in Schriften des naturwissenschattlichen Vereins ftir

Schleswig-Holstein. 1886.

Centromervs, Dahl, Schrift. natur. Schl.-Holstein, Bd. vi.
p. 73 (1886).

Five species were originally included in this genus:—
(1) Micryphantes aqualis, C. K.; (2) Neriene sylvatica, Bl. ;
(3) Erigone pabulatriz, Cambr.; (4) Tmeticus illibatus, Sim. ;
(4) N. montana, Blackw.,=timidus, Sim. (Ar. Fr. v. p. 407).

So faras I can make out, none of these have been removed
to new genera, nor can | find that the type has ever been
definitely selected. I therefore here select Neriene sylvatica,
Blackw., as the type.

Type, Centromerus sylvaticus (Blackw.), 1841.—England.

Macrarcus, Dahl, Schrift. natur. Schl.-Holstein, Bd. vi.
p- 76 (1886).
One species only is here referred to this genus—Theridium
rufum, Wid.
Type, Macrargus rufus (Wider), 1834.—Kurope.

Eusticnorurix, Dahl, Schrift. natur. Schl.-Holstein, Bd. vi.
p. 78 (1886).

Two species were originally referred to this genus :—
(1) Zheridion sanguinolentum, Walck.; (2) Walckenaeria
obscura, Blackw.

‘The first was already preoccupied as the type, being the
only species referred to it of Nematogmus, Simon, 1884.
‘he second is therefore left inas the type.

Type, Lustichothriz obscurus (Blackw.), 1884.—England.

Micrarcus, Dahl, Schrift. natur. Schl.-Holstein, Bd. vi.
p- 9 (1886).

Three species were originally referred to this genus :—
(1) Neriene herbigrada, Cambr., misprint for Blackw. ;
(2) Walckenaeria diceres, Cambr.; (3) Nertene latebricola,
Cambr.

I cannot find that any of these have been since referred to
new genera, although Simon has cited the last—/atebricola,
Cambr.—as the type of his Gongylidiellum (Hist. Nat. Ar. ii.
p. 669, 1894). But this cannot, of course, stand, since Dahl
had then broken up the genus and removed the species to
Micrargus.

I here select IZ. herbigradus (Blackw.) as the type.

Type, Micrargus herbigradus (Blackw.), 1854.—KEngland.

of the Genera of the Aranez. 47

Microcrenonyx, Dahl, Schrift. natur. Schl.-Holstein, Bd. vi.
p- 80 (1886).

Three species were originally included in this genus:—
(1) Erigone subitanea, Cambr.; (2) Mieryphantes ovatus,
C. Koch; (3) Erigone longimana, U. Koch.

So far as [ can discover, none of these have since been
removed to new genera. I therefore select the first—Hrigone
subitanea, O. P.-Cambr.—as the type, for the genus will
probably go as asynonym whichever may be selected. Simon
has selected (Hist. Nat. Ar. ii. p. 653, 1894) longimanus=
vagans as type of Tso; but this cannot stand, having been
already removed to a new genus by Dall.

Type, Microctenonyx subitaneus (O. P.-Cambr.), 1875.—
England.

ParacTenonyx, Dahl, Schrift. natur. Schl.-Holstein, Bd. vi.
p. 85 (1886).
A single species was originally referred to this genus—
Theridium parallelum, Wid.
Type, Paractenonysx parallelus (Wid.), 1834.

BracHycentruM, Dahl, Schrift. natur. Schl.-Holstein, Bd. vi.
p- 86 (1886).

Two species were originally referred to this genus :—
(1) Theridium elongatum, Wid.; (2) B. Mebi, Dahl.

Neither of these having been removed to a new genus, I
select the first as the type.

Type, Brachycentrum elongatum (Wid.), 1834.

Hypomma, Dahl, Schrift. natur. Schl.-Holstein, Bd. vi.
p. 87 (1886).

Two species were originally referred to this genus :—
(1) Walckenaeria bifrons, Blackw.; (2) Theridium bituber-
culatum, Wid.

The second species had already (1884) been definitely
cited as the type of Dicyphus, Menge, by Simon (Ar, Fr.
p- 546). And since this is not a case of simple substitution of
a new generic name for one preoecupied—a new species, not
originally included, having been added—T. bituberculatum is
not necessarily the type also of Hypomma, and furthermore
ought not to serve. ‘lhe first remains as the type, and cannot
in any case be the type of Dismodicus, as cited by Simon
(Hist. Nat. Ar. ii. p. 665, 1894), having already been removed
to a new genus by Dahl.

Type, Hypomma bifrons (Blackw.), 1841.—England,

48 Mr. F. Pickard-Cambridge—A Revision

Hypsrtomma, Dahl, Schrift. natur. Schl.-Holstein, Bd. vi.
p- 91 (1886).

A single species was originally referred to this genus—
Walckenaeria altifrons, O. P.-Cambr.,=Theridium acumt-
natum, Wid. (sec. Thor. & Sim.), and cannot serve as the
type of Kntelecara, as cited by Simon (Hist. Nat. Ar. ii.
p- ae 1894), having already been removed to a new genus by
Pahl,

Type, Hypselomma acuminata (Wid.), 1834,= W. altifrons,
O. P.-Cambr., 1863.

Ma@sewiaA, Dahl, Schrift. natur. Schl.-Holstein, Bd. vi. p. 91
(1886).

Two species were originally referred to this genus :—
(1) Hrigone penicillata, Westr.; (2) Walckenaeria picina
(BlIk.).

Neither of these has, so far as I can make out, been since
removed to a new genus, nor has the type been cited. I there-
fore select the first—. penicillata, Westr.—as the type.

Type, Mebelia penicillata (Westr.), 1851.—Sweden.

TREMATOCEPHALUS, Dahl, Schrift. natur. Schl.-Holstein,
Bd. vi. p. 91 (1886).

A single species was originally referred to this genus—
Erigone perforata, Thor.,= Theridion cristatum, Wid.—the
last name having priority.

Type, Trematocephalus perforatus (Thor.), 1871,= 7. eris-
tatus (Wid.), 1834.

Tracuynotus, Dahl, Schrift. natur. Schl.-Holstein, Bd. vi.
p. 95 (1886).

Four species were originally included in this genus :—
(1) Walckenaerta obtusus (Blk.) ; (2) Lophomma psilocepha-
lum, Menge; (8) Walckenaeria unicornis, O. P.-Cambr. ;
(4) Walckenaeria cuspidata, Blk.

Of these, no. 3 is the type (if, as sec. Thor. & Sim., it
=monoceros, Menge) of Cornicularia, Menge. No. 4 was
left in by elimination as the type of Walckenaeria, Blackw.

The first two species are therefore available as the type, for
I cannot find that either of them has been referred to any
new genus. I therefore select the first—W. obtusa, Blackw.
—as the type.

Type, Zrachynotus obtusus (Blackw.), 1836.—England.

of the Genera of the Aranee. 49

Puyti@ca, Dahl, Schrift. natur. Schl.-Holstein, Bd. vi.
p. 101 (1886).

Two species were included in this genus:—(1) Erigone
Sundevalli, Westr.; (2) Theridium marginellum, Wid.,=
P. marginata, Dahl.

The second is already preoccupied as the type of Minicia,
Thorell (Tijds. v. Ent. xviii. 1875, p. 93, note), under the
name spinosa. HH. Sundevalli is thus left in as the type.

Type, Phylleca Sundevalli (Westr.), 1861.—Sweden.

ERIGONELLA, Dahl, Sitz.-Bericht Gesell. nat. Freunde,
Berlin, p. 261 (Dec. 1901).

Two species were originally included in this genus :—
Walckenaeria hiemalis, Blackw., and Walckenaeria latifrons,
O. P.-Cambr. Dahl quotes them as “ Typ. Avemalis (Bl.) +
latifrons (Cambr.).” Since there cannot be two type species
for a genus, I here select the first.

Type, Hrigonella hiemalis (Blackw.), 1841.—England.

Emr. Strand. “ Theridiiden aus dem nérdlichen Nor-
wegen,’ Archiv for Mathematik og Naturvidenskab,
B. xxiv. NR. 2. Kristiania, 1901.

BOLEPTHYPHANTES, Strand, Archiv Mathem. Natur. B. xxiv.
NR. 2, p. 9 (1901).
A single species—Linyphia index, Thor.—was included in
this genus, which is cited as the type on pp. 9 and 53.
Type, B. index (Thor.), 1856.—Europe.

HEMIPHANTES, Strand, Archiv Mathem. Natur. B. xxiv.
NR. 2, p. 23 (1901).
A single species—/. arcticus, Strand—was included in

this genus, and was cited as the type on p. 23.
Type, Hemiphantes arcticus, Strand, 1901.—Norway.

OREONETIDES, Strand, Archiv Mathem. Natur. B. xxiy.
NR. 2, p. 29 (1901).
A single species is cited on p. 30 as the type of this genus
— 0. vaginatus (Thor.), 1872,= O. adipatus (L. Koch), 1872.
Type, Oreonetides adipatus (L. Koch), 1872.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol, xi. +

50 Mr. F. Pickard-Cambridge—A Revision

Urorretium, Strand, Archiv Mathem. Natur. B. xxiv. NR. 2
(1901).

A single species—Erigone mirabilis, L. Koch, 1879, is
cited on p. 31 as the type of this genus.
Type, Utopiellum mirabite (L. Koch), 1879.

CENTROMERIA, Strand, Archiv Mathem. Natur. B. xxiv.
NR. 2, p. 33 (1901). |

A single species—Neriene bicolor, Blackw.—was referred
to this genus.

Type, Centromeria bicolor (Blackw.), 1833.—England. ;

Pseupogonatium, Strand, Archiy Mathem. Natur. B. xxiv.
NR. 2, p. 37 (1901).

A single species was referred to this genus.

Type, Pseudogonatium fuscomarginatum, Strand, 1901.—
Norway.

Note.

In the cases dealt with above there occur several instances
of definite and doubtful substitution of new names for those
preoccupied, the settlement of their types being in some cases
further complicated by the addition of new species not origi-
nally included in the genus for which the new name is
definitely or doubtfully substituted.

It will, perhaps, be useful to explain the methods followed
in such cases :—

A. A case of a definite and distinctly stated substitution (e. g.,
Cercidia, Thor., for Cercers, Menge), or where there is
no doubt, since the original name is quoted as a synonym
under the new one. ‘Then in cases where

(a) no species at all are quoted under the new name—then
the species which was the type of the original genus
is regarded also as the type under the new name sub-
stituted ;

(b) when one or more of the original species are quoted,
then the type is to be looked for amongst these only
(e. g., Cercidia, Thorell) ;

of the Genera of the Aranez. 51

for the genus is not then conterminous with the original
one, but the case passes from being one of simple sub-
stitution and becomes a case of a new genus (e.g,,
Diplostyla, Emert., in relation to Stylophora, Menge) ;

(dz) when new species alone are quoted, and no old ones, then
the case is one of a new genus, pure and simple (e.g,
Ceratinella, Kmert., for Ceratina, Menge).

B. In a case where there is no definite substitution of a new
name for an old one, or an implied substitution by virtue
of a quotation of the old name as a synonym under the
new one. Then

(a) if the type species of the old genus turns out to be the
type of the new one, then the new name is treated as
virtually a substitution ; but

(6) if not, then it is still open to anyone to substitute a new
name for the old preoccupied one, with the original
type species to represent it (e. g., Hypomma, Dahl, in
relation to Dicyphus, Menge).

The case of Erroneous Identification of Species
quoted as Types.

When the species quoted as the type of a genus has been
wrongly identified, then the type of the genus will be the
species which has been diagnosed, and not that quoted by
name, é. g.:—

Example 1. See above, Cornicularia, Menge.

Example 2. Phrixotrichus, Sim., substituted for Orthotrichus,
Karsch, nom. preocc., followed by diagnosis of a species
identified by Simon as vulpinus, the type of Orthotrichus.

If the species be rightly identified, vudpinus, Karsch,
is the type of Phryxotrichus. If, however, it be wrongly
identified, then the species diagnosed under the substi-
tuted name must be thie type.

Example 3. Cyrtopholis, Sim., substituted for Cyrtosternum,
Auss., nom. preocc., followed by diagnosis of Crypst-
dromus tnnocuus, Auss. (identified by Simon); while
Simon quotes C. cursor, Auss., as the type. ‘The type,
however, of Cyrtopholis cannot be C. cursor, but must
be the species diagnosed.

52 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on

11}.—Descriptions of Four new Species of Barbus discovered
by Mr. A. Blayney Percival in East Africa. By G. A.
BouuENGER, F.R.S.

[Plate V.]

Barbus Percivali. (Pl. V. fig. 1.)

Depth of body equal to length of head, 3} to 33 times in
total length. Snout rounded, as long as the eye, which is
contained 34 to 4 times in length of head; interorbital width
24 to 23 times in length of head; mouth small, subinferior ;
lips moderately developed, lower interrupted on the chin;
barbels two on each side, anterior as long as eye ora little
longer, posterior 14 to 13 diameters of eye. Dorsal ILI 6-7,
nearer occiput than base of caudal, with scarcely emarginate
border; last simple ray bony, strongly serrated, about ?
length of head. Anal III 5, longest ray % length of head.
Pectoral 2 length of head, not reaching ventral; latter below
anterior rays of dorsal. Caudal peduncle 13 to 1? as long as
deep. Scales 28-30 an 3 or 34 between lateral line and
base of ventral, 12 round candal peduncle. Silvery, brownish
on the back; two or three black spots on each side, the first
or first two above the lateral line, the last at the base of the
tail ; a small black spot on each side of the base of the dorsal
at its origin; a more or less distinct dark streak along lower
surface of caudal peduncle.

Total length 55 millim.

Several specimens from the Nairobi River, Kilimanjaro,

6500 feet.

Barbus lumiensis. (PI. V. fig. 2.)

Depth of body 3} times in total length, length of head 4
times. Snout rounded, as long as the eye, which is contained
4 times in length of head; interorbital width 24 times in
length of head; mouth small, terminal; lips moderately
developed, lower interrupted on the chin; barbels two on
each side, anterior slightly longer than eye, posterior nearly
twice as long as eye. Dorsal III 7, nearer occiput than
base of caudal, with slightly emarginate border; last simple
ray bony, strongly serrated, nearly as long as head. Anal
III 5, longest ray 4 length of head. Pectoral 4 length of
head, not reaching ventral; latter entirely in advance of
dorsal. Caudal peduncle 1} as long as deep. Scales 27 4 3

new Species of Barbus. 58

between lateral line and ventral, 12 round caudal peduncle.
Silvery, brownish on the back, scales edged with dark brown;
fins whitish.

Total length 70 millim.

A single specimen from the River Lumi, on the east side
of Kilimanjaro, running into Lake Jipi.

Barbus lineomaculatus, (Pl. V. fig. 3.)

Depth of body 33 times in total length, length of head 4
times. Snout rounded, as long as the eye, which is contained
32 times in length of head; interorbital width 24 to 23 times
in length of head; mouth small, subinferior ; lips moderately
developed, lower interrupted on the chin; barbels two on
each side, anterior 14 to 1} diameters of eye, posterior 14 to
13. Dorsal III 8, nearer occiput than base of caudal, with
feebly emarginate border; last simple ray not enlarged,
flexible, not serrated, as long as head. Anal III 5, longest
ray 3 length of head. Pectoral ? length of head, not reaching
ventral ; latter below anterior rays of dorsal. Caudal peduncle
twice as long as deep. Scales 30 = 3 between lateral line
and base of ventral, 12 round caudal peduncle. Silvery,
brownish on the back, some of the scales dark brown at the
base; a series of 4 to 7 black spots on each side, connected
by a dark lateral streak ; all but the last spot above the lateral
line.

Total length 67 millim.

Two specimens from the Lumi River.

Barbus amphigramma. (PI. V. fig. 4.)

Depth of body equal to length of head, 33 or 32 times in
total length. Snout rounded, as long as the eye, which is
contained 4 times in length of head; interorbital width 24
times in length of head; mouth small, subinferior ; lips
moderately developed, lower interrupted on the chin; barbels
two on each side, anterior about 4, posterior 3 diameter of
eye. Dorsal III 7, a little nearer occiput than base of caudal,
the border not emarginate; last simple ray not enlarged,
flexible, a little shorter than head. Anal III 5, longest ray
2 to 2 length of head. Pectoral nearly 3 length of head, not
reaching ventral ; latter slightly in advance of origin of dorsal.
Caudal peduncle twice as long as deep. Scales 35-36 ©, 4
between lateral line and base of ventral, 16 round caudal
peduncle. Yellowish, pale olive on the back; a blackish
Jateral streak, independently of the lateral line, which is also

54 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on

blackish, the two meeting on the caudal peduncle; a small
black spot at the base of the caudal and another at the base
of the anal.

Total length 40 millim.

Three specimens from the Nairobi River, Kilimanjaro,
6500 feet.

In addition to these new Barbus, Mr. Percival obtained
examples of the following species :—Labeo montanus, Gthr,
(Lumi River) ; Discognathus dembeensis, Riipp. (Nairobi

River); and Tvlapia Huntert, Gthr. (Lake Chala, east of
Kilimanjaro).

EXPLANATION OF PLATE V.
Fig. 1. Barbus Percivali.

Fig. 2. lumiensis.
Fig. 3. lineomaculatus.
Fig. 4. amphigramma.

(All natural size. |

IV. — Descriptions of Two new Lizards discovered by
Mr. E. Degen in his Journey to Abyssinia. By G. A.
Bou.enGer, F.R.S.

Hemidactylus ophiolepis.

Snout a little longer than the distance between the eye and
the ear-opening, once and a half the diameter of the orbit ;
no frontal concavity ; ear-opening small, oval, vertical. Body
and limbs moderate. Digits moderately dilated, free, with
rather short distal joints; 5 lamelle under the thumb, 8 under
the fourth finger, 4 under the hallux, 9 under the fourth toe.
Head covered with flat juxtaposed scales, largest on the
snout; rostral quadrangular, twice as broad as high, with
median cleft above ; nostril pierced between the rostral, the
first labial, and three nasals, the upper of which is large and
forms a suture with its fellow; seven upper and six lower
labials; symphysial large, triangular, more than twice as
long as the adjacent labials; median pair of chin-shields
largest and forming a suture behind the symphysial. Body
covered with uniform, imbricate, roundish, smooth scales,
largest on the back ; 50 scales round the middle of the body.
Male with 8 preanal pores, forming an angular series. ‘Tail
cylindrical, tapering, covered with imbricate smooth scales,
which are larger than those on the body; those of the mid-

Pwo new Lizards. 55

ventral series transversely enlarged. Pale grey-brown above,
with small dark brown spots and interrupted transverse
whitish lines; a dark brown streak on each side of the head,
passing through the eye; lower parts white.

millim.
Mofal Vemew hy avast. «/b-te/ spies aietslaiaeie oer 95
5 (Ls lpr ara a aes Pe cae te aes ee Steg. lls
Wyadtionmheadie versa cect oe asaclsres 8
185070 gh eet ee fA Pier ee 32
HoKeylimDusse aet senses ealeusl a oie tol Oca, ane 13
Ebindolinm pug avy vysestos werckevctvensotetovecbetens 16
2 ei eet aes ee Spey revefece ett icrees Ai ee ole 5@

A single male specimen from Amibarra, Hawash, Abys-
sinia.

Latastia Degent.

Head small; snout short, acutely pointed. A single post-
nasal ; frontal narrowed posteriorly ; two large supraoculars,
the pair entirely surrounded by a series of granules; inter-
parietal very narrow, in contact with a small occipital ;
temporal scales granular, smooth ; no auricular denticulation ;
subocular bordering the lip, between the fifth and sixth upper
labials. Collar feebly curved, with toothed edge, composed of 7
shields. Dorsal scales large, strongly keeled, imbricate, passing
gradually into the small lateral scales, the two vertebral series
much larger than the others, as large as the median ventral
shields. Ventral shields in 6 straight longitudinal series and
30 transverse series; the shields of the median and outer
series narrower than the others. 30 scales round the middle
of the body, ventrals included. Preeanal scales small and
irregular, Femoral pores11 on each side, Tail nearly three
times as long as head and body; scales keeled, except the
basal ventrals. Dark brown above, with five white longitu-
dinal streaks, the median bifurcating on the nape, white
below; hind limbs with dark and light longitudinal streaks.

millim.

op aielene titer, jae, sqseis Siiearugl sai Glec aca eis s 201
1EIGR tly, RARE SRR Oe nee Cot abe omen 13
iWrlatheotheatdirts 2. sk cowcace trees 8
From end of snout to fore limb........ 19

op 3 VELILRE ae tecetelats 46
HFIOTO MIND ssh te ore oleveiner, Hotes oh ra Soealere 18
lind limbs ss yascstaiieiee ask ochcianions 34
Ratlerrs crave ai i ese Me ievekoreTaonecns en Loo

A single female specimen from Mandaha, coast of
Somaliland.

Or
oO

Mr. C. T. Regan on

V.—Notes on the Genus Synaptura, Cantor, with Deserip-
tions of Two new Species. By C. TaTEe REGAN, B.A.

[Plate VI.]

In a recent list of the fishes of Japan, Messrs. Jordan and
Snyder * have separated from the genus Synaptura, Cantor,
as a distinct genus, Zebrias, the section characterized by the
rudimentary left pectoral, of which they recognize three
Japanese species, viz., Z. quagga, Kaup, Z. zebrinus, Schlegel,
and Z. japonicus, Bleeker.

According to Day }, examination of the actual type spect-
men of Synaptura zebra, Bloch, shows Synaptura quagga,
Kaup, to be asynonym of it. Ifwe turn to Bloch’s description
and figure, there can be little doubt as to the correct judgment
of Day; the description of the cross-bands on the body as
paired, but confluent posteriorly, is particularly applicable to
this species, whilst the total number of cross-bands and their
disposition on the head and anterior part of the body are very
accurately depicted ; whether the irregularity of the posterior
bands is due to the imagination of the artist or to an abnor-
mality of the specimen from which the drawing was made is
a point not yet cleared up.

Synaptura zebrina, Schlegel, is undoubtedly a synonym of
Synoptura ommatura, Richardson ; and an examination of all
the specimens in the British Museum collection has convinced
me that S. japonica, Bleeker, is based on a young specimen
of the same species, from which it is said to differ in havinga
longer nasal tube, the eyes somewhat closer together, and the
dorsal and anal fins united only to the basal half of the
caudal instead of being entirely confluent with it. The
twenty-four cross-bands on the head and body are described
as having a light centre and daik edges, instead of being
uniformly brown, and the caudal is said to be without yellow
spots.

A specimen of Synaptura ommatura, 75 millim. long, agrees
perfectly with Bleeker’s description of S. yaponica, and a
series of specimens shows that during growth the nasal tube
becomes relatively somewhat shorter and the eyes further apart,
the caudal relatively shorter and approximating to the length
of the posterior rays of the dorsal and anal, and the dark
edges of the cross-bands less and less well defined.

I find that in the closely allied species S. zebra, Bloch, and

* Annot. Zool. Japon. iit. 1901, pt. 2, p. 123.
+ ‘Fishes of India,’ p. 430.

the Genus Synaptura, Cantor. 57

AEsopia cornuta, Cuvier, young examples have the caudal fin
relatively longer and in its outer part free from the dorsal and
anal, exactly as in the case of S. ommatura.

The three Japanese species admitted by Jordan and Snyder
must then be reduced to two—S. zebra, Bloch, and S. omma-
tura, Richardson ; but I have to add one from a collection of
fishes recently made in the Inland Sea of Japan by Mr. R.
Gordon Smith ; this new species, belonging to the same section
of the genus, is described below under the name of Synaptura
Smithiz, I also describe here a specimen taken by the
‘Challenger’ in the Arafura Sea, which was referred by
Dr. Giinther to S. zebra, Bloch, but apparently belongs to a
hitherto unknown species.

Synaptura Smithit, sp.n. (Pl. VI. fig. 1.)

Depth of body 23 times in the total length, length of head
52 times. Hyes contiguous, the upper scarcely in advance of
the lower, subequal in size, their diameter about 44 times in
the length of head and equal to the length of snout. Mouth
extending to below anterior part of eye. Nasal tube long,
simple. D.75; A.62; C.17; the posterior rays of dorsal
and anal connected to the basal part of the caudal, which is
quite distinct and rounded. The width of the base of the
caudal fin equal to half the length of head. The upper rays
of the right pectoral produced, equal to 2 the length of head ;
the left pectoral short, inconspicuous. Sc. 95 a ciliated, ex-
tending on the bases of the vertical fins in single series up
each of the rays, at the most—?. e., on the posterior rays on
the ocular side—not more than 8 in each series, not ex-
tending to the outer half of the fin; those on the blind side of
the head mostly produced into barbel-like processes.

On the ocular side greyish, with nine pairs of dark brown
cross-bands on the head and body, extending on to the vertical
fins as a series of black blotches. On the blind side pale
pink, the vertical fins white at the base and with a broad
black border.

A single specimen, 120 millim. in total length, from the
Inland Sea, Japan, presented to the British Museum by
Mr. R. Gordon Smith.

Synaptura callizona, sp.n. (Pl. VI. fig. 2.)

Depth of body 2? times in total length, length of head 53
times. Eyes contiguous, the upper scarcely in advance of
the lower, subequal in size, their diameter about 4 times in
the length of head and equal to the length of snout. Mouth

58 On new Forms of Pyralide from Spain.

extending to below anterior part of eye. Nasal tube long,
simple. D. 82; A. 68; C. 15; the last rays of dorsal and
anal connected to the basal part of the caudal, which is
rounded and quite distinct. The width of the base of the
caudal fin equal to 2 the leneth of head. The upper rays of
right pectoral produced, equal to 2 the length of head; the
left pectoral short, inconspicuous. Sc. 108 =, ciliated, ex-
tending on to the vertical fins in single series up each of the
rays well on to the outer part of the fin, and posteriorly
almost to the margin, there being as many as 18 small scales
in a series on one of the posterior rays ; a few of those on the
blind side of the head are produced as barbel-like processes.

On the ocular side greyish, with brownish transverse
bands with dark marginal lines on the head and body, the
posterior seven of which are simple, the anterior seven, except
the one behind the pectoral, bifurcating either in their upper
or lower half, Vertical fins greyish, with a series of dark
marginal blotches on the ocular side and with the outer half
uniform dark brown on the blind side.

A single specimen, 130 millim. in total length, from the
Aratura Sea.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE VI.
Fig. 1. Synaptura Smithiit. 1a. Blind side of head.
Fig. 2. callizona. 2a. Blind side of head.
[| Reduced to 2.]

VI.—WNew Forms of Pyralide from Spain.
By Sir Greorce F. Hampson, Bart., F.Z.8., &e.
Tue following descriptions of new Pyrales are from specimens
taken in the Sierra de Bejar, Castille, by Dr. T. A. Chapman,
in June and July 1902.

Puycirinz.
Asarta nigrella, sp. n.

Black; head, thorax, and abdomen sparsely irrorated with
white ; palpi whitish below ; tarsi ringed with white ; abdomen
with fine segmental white lines. Fore wing black, sparsely
irrorated with white, without trace of lines. Hind wing
black-brown; cilia of male with the terminal half white, of
female with slight white tips.

Hab. Castille, S. de Bejar. Hap. 16-20 millim. Type in
B. M.

PYRALINZ.

Cledeobia moldavica, Esp., subsp. with the ground-colour

black-brown throughout.

Secondary Sexual Characters in the Genus Avanea. 59

VIJ.—On some Secondary Sexual Characters in the Genus
Aranea, Linn. By F. Pickarp-CAmpripGE, B.A., F.Z.S.

WHILE recently making’an analysis of the characters of the
spiders belonging to the genus Aranea (Hpeira, auct.), with
the object of finding any which might prove valuable in
relation to the numerous subdivisions of the group, I have
discovered some peculiar to the male sex which have not, I
believe, been recorded hitherto.

It is well known that on the coxa of the first pair of legs
there is in very many species a hook-like apophysis at its
posterior angle beneath, though the use of it has not been
recognized. In correlation, however, with this hook I find
on the anterior margin of the femora of the second pair of
legs, quite at the base, a long groove distally shallow, basally
quite deep, bounded in front by a long chitinous ridge. If
coxa 1. be raised and the second leg depressed this hook will
slide down the groove and become locked in the deep pit at
the base.

Again, on the upperside of the coxa of leg i. there is in
some species (vertebrata, McCook, and purpurascens, O. P.-
Cambr., e. g.) a rounded or sharp tubercle which works
against a chitinous ridge beneath the raised margin of the
carapace. ‘There is, moreover, on the coxal segment of the
pedipalp (maailla) towards its distal extremity a sharp
tubercle or spur, which is developed in correlation with a
chitinous tubercle at the base of the femur of the pedipalp, so
that if the pedipalp were moved rapidly from the trochantal
joint the two tubercles would come in contact. This last
structure has been found in all the species I have hitherto
been able to examine.

At present one can merely record these facts without being
able to suggest what may be the precise function of the
tubercles and grooves in question. Probably all of them are
used, when the male moves the fore legs and palpi rapidly in
challenging the female to the combat of love (tor it is literally
such amongst members of this particular family, in which
the former sex often gets the worst of it), in producing a
clicking noise to frighten the female and reduce her to a
frame of mind sufficiently reasonable to admit of the approach
of the male.

Possibly, on the other hand, they may have no such function,
but may merely be used for locking the fore legs and the base
of the pedipalp, to prevent their being wrenched off in the
tussle of holding the female with the specialized clasping-

Notes on Forficulide.

€0 Mr. W. F. Kirby

spines on tibia ii. and performing with the palpi the act of
copulation.

I may remark that in those species in which there is no
hook on coxa i. of the legs there is also an absence of the
specialized groove at the base of femur i.

Aranea purpurascens, O. P.-Cambridge, ¢.

I. Coxa of the first leg, with (a) the hook-like apophysis and (6) the
conical tubercle. ‘
Ul. Femur (and trochanter) of the second leg, with (b) the groove into
which the hook-like apophysis fits.
WII. Portion of the margin of the carapace, showing at a the chitinous
ridge, used in correlation with the tubercle on coxa i.
IV. Coxa, trochanter, and base of femur of the pedipalp, showing the
specialized tubercles, on the coxa at a, on the femur at d.

VIII.—Notes on Forficulide, with Descriptions of new Species
in the Collection of the Natural History Museum, South
Kensington. By W. F. Kirsy, F.L.S., F.E.S.

] HAVE now completed the arrangement of the collection of
Orthoptera in the Natural History Museum, and am preparing
for press my working catalogue of the whole order, which, it
is hoped, will be completed in the course of next year.

Mr. W. F. Kirby—WNotes on Forficulide. 61

While comparing the catalogue with the collection, I propose
to publish preliminary notes on doubtful points of synonymy
and occasional descriptions of new species, which can then be
incorporated in the catalogue as printed. The present paper
forms the first of the proposed series.

Genus DIpLaTys, Serv.
Diplatys Ridleyi, sp. un.

Long. corp. 11 millim.; segm. ult. cum fore. 24 millim.

Hemale.— Head black above; labrum shining reddish brown,
with a transverse pale yellow stripe at its base ; head beneath
dull reddish, as are also the antennz and palpi; second joint
of antenne pale yellow. Pronotum and scutellum tawny ;
tegmina deep black ; wing-scales blackish, bordered within
with pale yellow. Abdomen dull red, blackish towards the
extremity, and with large black spots on the sides; forceps
reddish, upcurved, rather long, with the tips crossing. Legs
black, the base and tip of the femora and tibia and more or
less of the tarsi pale yellow.

Hab. Singapore (H. N. Ridley).

Allied to the African D. maerocephala, Beauv., but in
that species the head and legs are not so black and the tegmina
are reddish at the base.

Genus PyGipicraNna, Serv.
Pygidicrana frontalis, sp. n.

Long. corp. 18 millim.; segm. ult. cum forcip. 6 millim. ;
long. tegm. 34 millim. ; cum alis 43 millim,

Tagalina caffra, De Bormans (in coll.).

Male.— Head testaceous ; occiput and sides of hinder lobe
as far as the eye, the front except towards the base of the
antenne, and a band from the eyes to the base of the palpi
black ; antenue at least 26-jointed, testaceous; pronotum
with two very broad blackish or reddish-brown bands, almost
meeting behind, and leaving only a long oval space between
them and a narrow lateral border, testaceous. Scutellum
and tegmina testaceous; the latter with two broad reddish-
brown bands on each, only separated by a pale line, the outer
bands darker. Wing-scales short, pale yellow, bordered
outside with brown. Abdomen reddish brown. Under sur-
face of the body reddish brown, shading into yellowish on the
pectus and lower part of the head. Legs testaceous; femora
striped above with pale reddish brown. Forceps thick, tri-
quetral, curving inwards to a projecting blunt angle on their

62 Mr. W. F. Kirby—Lotes on Forficulidee.

lower surface just beyond the middle, and then raised and
converging to meeting points; the inner surface of the terminal
curve very finely denticulated.

Hab. Cameroons (De Bormans’s collection; one specimen,
received by him from Brunner von Wattenwy]).

Dohrn’s description of P. caffra (Stett. ent. Zeit. xxviil.
p- 343, 1867) was based on female specimens. It is a larger
insect than that here described, and differs in colour and
markings. It is possibly the female of the male described
and figured as P. caffra by Karsch (Berlin. ent. Zeitschr. xxx.
p- 87, pl. iii. fig. 5), from Zanzibar. Whether this is so or
not, the forceps of the insect figured by Karsch differ so much
from those of the two African species here described as new,
that it cannot possibly be referred to either of them. De Bor-
mans’s description (‘ Tierreich,’ Forf. p. 19) seems to be based
upon the descriptions of Dohrn and Karsch.

Pygidicrana Bettoni, sp. n.

g.—Long. corp. 29 millim.; segm. ult. cum forcip. 9
millim. ; long. tegm. 4 millim.; cum alis 5 millim.

9.—Long. corp. 27 millim.; segm. ult. cum forcip. 8
miilim.; long. tegm. 4 millim.; cum alis 5 millim.

Head marked as in the last species, but the front testa-
ceous, with a longer or shorter black oval spot in front; an-
tenneze testaceous, 36-jointed; pronotum testaceous, with two
broad, widely separated, blackish bands; tegmina reddish
brown, with the outer margin narrowly testaceous, and a
broad oval spot occupying the centre of the basal half. Wing-
scales testaceous. Abdomen reddish brown, paler towards
the base in the female; clothed with a greyish pubescence,
expanded towards the extremity in the male, and with two
tubercles, as in Labidura. Forceps of the male nearly as in
P. frontalis, but more depressed and the projection nearly
rectangular; forceps of the female of the usual form, con-
tiguous, and slightly curving upwards. Legs pale yellowish
testaceous ; femora with a pale reddish stripe, bordered below
with black, in the middle of the outer area.

Hab. British East Afiica (Samburu and Vol) ; collected
by Mr. C. 8. Betton. An immature specimen from Nyasa-
land (Mr. A. Whyte).

Pygidicrana guttata, sp. n.
Pygidicrana guttata, De Borm., MS.

Long. corp. 21 millim.; segm. ult. cum forcip. 53 millim.
Male.—Antennx 26-jointed, joint 2 very short, 3 expanded

Mr. W. F. Kirby—WNotes on Forficulide. 63

at the end, and as long as 4 and 5 together, which are
rounded, as also 6 and 7, the succeeding ones becoming
gradually longer and slender and then slightly shortening
towards the tip. Head above and pronotum dull red; an-
tennz and palpi paler; hinder part of pronotum bordered
with pale yellowish at the sides: tegmina about twice as long
as broad, concave on the costal margin; black, with a round
tawny spot at the base, and a larger and slightly paler irre-
gular spot at the extremity: wing-scales yellow. Legs
reddish tawny ; tibiz shading into yellowish above. Abdo-
men not expanded at the extremity, but with parallel sides,
reddish brown, with a slight greyish pubescence, lightest at
the base; forceps shining black, contiguous, upcurved, with
the tips crossing. Under surface of head and pectus reddish
tawny.

Hab. “ Bua Kraeng, South Celebes, 5000 feet, February
1896, H. Fruhstorfer”’ (from De Bormans’s collection).

Allied to P. Horsfieldiz, Kirb., from Java.

Pygidicrana atriceps, sp. n.

Long. corp. 15 millim.; segm. ult. cum forcip. 34 millim.

Male.—Antenne 24-jointed; head above and front half of
pronotum dull black ; antennz, a dot within each eye, palpi,
lower mouth-parts except the mentum, which is blackish, and
hinder part of pronotum testaceous yellow; tips of antenn:,
pectus, and legs rather darker testaceous ; intermediate and
hind femora with a slender black stripe above. Tegmina
dark reddish brown, slightly concave on the costal edge and
with a long yellowish spot, pointed towards the end, on the
basal half of each. Wing-scales straw-colour. Abdomen
chestnut-brown above, pubescent, rather paler beneath, and
slightly expanded towards the extremity. Forceps thick,
coutiguous, denticulate on the lower carina, and with a slight
tooth beyond the middle on the upper inner carina; tips
turned upwards and crossing.

Hab. Rockhampton, Queensland.

Allied to P. Daemeli, Dohrn.

Genus LAastpurA, Leach.

This genus falls naturally into four groups, represented by
L. riparia, Pall., L. lividipes, Duf., L. tenuicornis, Borm.,
and L. Clarki, Kirb., all of which will perhaps ultimately
form the types of distinct genera.

The greatest uncertainty prevails in the first section, in
which the males are usually very dissimilar in the shape of

64 Mr. W. F. Kirby—WNotes on Forficulide.

the forceps, while the females are scarcely distinguishable.
At present it is uncertain how far this may be a case of sexual
polymorphism resembling that of the genus Forficula, L.,
itself (more remarkably in Odontolabis, Hope, in the Coleo-
ptera, and //ades, Hiibn., and other Equitine genera in the
Lepidoptera), or whether the various forms represent closely
allied but really distinct species.

Group of Labidura riparia.

Much confusion has been caused in this group by Dohrn
and De Bormans treating most of the forms belonging to it
as subspecies of L.r¢parza, and distributing the various names
applied to them under these subspecies, without any regard
to the original localities and descriptions. Hence the idea
that L. r¢paria is a very variable species, occurring all over
the world. The pale typical form described by Pallas from
Western Asia is found also in South Europe, North Africa,
and perhaps in other parts of Africa; but I doubt if it is
indigenous in either South-eastern Asia or America. A large
amount of material and, perhaps, breeding experiments would
be necessary to throw full light on the question; but in the
meantime the following preliminary notes may be useful :—

1. L. bengalensis, Dohrn.

Very distinct from any other form in the shape of the
forceps in the male, and usually also in the female, but some
small females, in which the inner edge of the forceps is less
crenulated than usual, somewhat approach large females of
L. riparia, in which this character is more conspicuous than
usual.

There is a broken specimen from Sokotra, perhaps belonging
to this species, in the collection, and a very dark female,
agreeing better with this species than with any other, from
Portugal, collected by Rev. A. E. Eaton.

2. L. riparia, Pall.

Undoubted synonyms of the typical form of this species
are giganiea, Kabr., bilineata, Herbst, maxima, Vill., and
morbida, Serv. All other alleged synonyms are more or
less doubtful.

Var. mixta, Bol.

From Cadiz. Distinguished by having a double black line
on the abdomen both above and below. An immature speci-
men in the Museum from Spain has the double line above,
and probably belongs to this form.

Mr. W. F. Kirby—WNotes on Forficulide. 65

Var. ¢nermts, Brunn.

Insufficiently described, but wants the two points at the
extremity of the abdomen, and the central tooth on the inside
of the forceps is nearly obsolete. Recorded by Brunner from
Austria and Servia. JI identify a light-coloured specimen from
Spain with this form.

3. L. marginella, Costa.

A small dark form, from Vesuvius, wanting the anal points
in the male. Krauss regards it as a local form of L. riparia,
and as identical with inermds of Brunner.

4, L, bicolor, Fisch. Waldh.
d. L. Hischert, Fisch. Waldh.

Doubtful forms from the north coast of the Black Sea,
which will doubtless be recognized when other specimens are
brought from that locality. The first is not figured, and the
second hardly seems to be a true Labidura, judging from the
description and figure.

6. L. distincta, Rodz.

Another doubtful form from Transcaucasia (unfigured).

7. L. pallipes, Fabr.

This name is usually applied to the dark form of L. riparia ;
but the types are lost, and the insect cannot be identified till
more specimens are received from its locality, the Cape Verde

Islands.
8. L. herculeana, Fabr.

A doubtful form from St. Helena. I believe the type is
still extant at Kiel.

9. L. terminalis, Serv.

A Mauritian insect. There is only one female specimen in
the Museum, which is not sufficient to elucidate this form.
10. LZ. auditor, Scudd.

A South-African form (unfigured) which I have not seen.

11. Z. crenata, Oliv.

A South-African form, without anal points in the male, but
with a second smaller tooth on the inner side of the forceps in
the male, asin L. icterica ; the forceps of the female strongly
crenulated.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xi. 5

66 Mr. W. F. Kirby—WNotes on Forficulide.

12. L. icterica, Serv.

From India, Ceylon, and China. Pale coloured; no anal
points ; generally a second tooth on the inside of the forceps
in the male, and in large specimens the space between the
central tooth and the tip crenulated. I regard LZ. Servillez,
Dohrn, and japonica, De Haan, as probably varieties of this

insect. ‘The European specimens calied inermis may also
belong to it.

13. L. granulosa, Kirb.

A very large dark-coloured form from the Philippines, of
which the Museum now possesses both sexes.

14. L. pluvialis, Kirb.

Another very dark form, from Raine Island, Queensland,
but narrower than the last.

15. L. truncata, sp. n. (infra).

There are several other doubtful forms in the Museum
which do not agree with any extant descriptions, but which
I do not feel justified in describing at present.

16. L. bidens, Oliv.

Described from Jamaica: erythrocephala, Fabr., South-
American Islands; d¢vtttata, Burm., from San Domingo, Porto
Rico, and Colombia; and afinis, Guér., from Cuba, appear
to be the same species. It is easily recognizable from the
descriptions; but, though agreeing with L. riparia in many
respects, especially in possessing the anal points wanting in
most of the other forms resembling ZL. riparta, I think it is
in error that various entomologists have included European
and other forms with it as a subspecies of L. rzparia.

L. bidens seems to be common in the West Indies. The
Museum has undoubted specimens from Haiti and St. Bar-
tholomew, and also from Mexico.

17. L. suturalis, Burm.
Described from Colombia. Distinguished from the last
form by wanting the anal points,
Group of L. lividipes.
18. ZL. lividipes, Duf.

A South-European species which extends to Asia and
Atrica. The following names are probably synonymous :—

Mr. W. F. Kirby—WNotes on Forficulide. 67
meridionalis, Serv., pallipes, Duf., Dufourii, Scudd., and

inconspicua, Kirb. I am more doubtful about castanea,
Serv., described from an unknown locality, and vicina, Luc.,
from Algeria. I am inclined to think that the last insect
may possibly be distinct.

Group of L. tenuicornis.

19. L. tenuicornis, Borm.
A slender species, hardly belonging to the genus.

Group of L. Clarki.
20. L. Clarkt, Kirb.

De Bormans suggests that this species may belong to Py-
ragra. It does not agree well either with Pyragra or
Labidura, but one specimen is hardly enough to found a new
genus on.

I add here the description of an uncharacterized form of
Labidura :—

Labidura truncata, sp. n.

Labidura truncata, Westw., MS.

g.—Long. corp. 24-30 millim.; segm. ult. cum forcip.
8-10 millim.

9? .—Long. corp. 18-20 millim.; segm. ult. cum forcip.
6-7 millim.

Antenne at least 29-jointed; body tawny; the thorax
except at the edges, the wing-cases except the borders and
suture, and the middle of the abdomen except the last segment
above, blackish or reddish brown; last segment of abdomen
without anal points, but with a small blackish tubercle above
the base of each of the forceps. Forceps triquetral, gradually
curved, and crossing at the extremities; those of the male
crenulated on the inner edge to the middle, where stands a
projecting tooth (sometimes nearly obsolete), and there is
always a second just before the extremity of the forceps ; in
the female the forceps are strongly crenulated on the inner
side towards the base. The wing-scales in both sexes are
usually either absent, or largely developed, covering nearly
two segments of the abdomen, and, if developed, they are
wholly brown except on the edges.

Hab. Australia (Melbourne, Adelaide, Sydney, Moreton
Bay).

‘he male of this form may always be distinguished from
aha
”

68 Mr. W. F. Kirby—Notes on Forficulide.

L. icterica, Serv., by the second tooth of the forceps being
placed, not halfway between the first and the extremity, but
close to the extremity; the female, however, is scarcely
distinguishable from that of Z. dcteriea.

Genus DemocorGon, Kirb.

De Bormans regards the species of this genus as probably
mere varieties of his different subspecies of Labidura riparia ;
but they differ in the invariable absence of wing-scales, in the
form of the forceps, and in the peculiar sculpture of the abdo-
men, and are, to the best of my belief, confined to South
America. At present I recognize five species, which may
not all be truly distinct :—(1) Wvédus, Dubr.; (2) Batesiz,
Kirb.; (3) bicolor, Kirb.; (4) wanthopus, Stal (=adelphus,
Kirb.) ; (5) patagon{[ic]us, Kirb.

Genus ANISOLABIS, Fieb.
Anitsolabis Dubronii, n. n.
A. leta, De Borm. (nec Gerst.).

Gersteecker’s Brachylabts leta, from Kilimandjaro, has the
sides of segments 6 and 7 of the abdomen and nearly the
whole of segment 8 above strongly rugose, which is not the
case in De Bormans’s supposed Anizsolabis leta from ‘Tenas-
serim.

Genus SPARATTA, Serv.
Sparatta plana, Burm.

S. apicalis, Kirb., is probably synonymous with this species.

Sparatta Dohrni, n. n.
Sparatta plana, Dohrn & De Borm. (nec Burm.),

Genus ANCISTROGASTER, Stal.
Aneistrogaster luctuosa, Stal, Dohrn.

A Brazilian insect. orficula petropolis, Wood, also from
Brazil, comes nearer to the description of this species than
to the next, but may be distinct.

Ancistrogaster Burrt, n. n.
Ancistrogaster luctuosa, De Bormans,

From Mexico and Central America.

On new Species of West-African Lycenide. 69

IX.—Descriptions of Four new Species of West-African
' Liyceenide. By Hamitton H. C. J. Druce, F.E.S.,
F.Z.S.

Pseuderesia Gordont, sp. n.

3. Upperside: fore wing uniform dull blackish brown,
with a rather narrow reddish-orange streak along the inner
margin, commencing beyond the base and extending beyond
the middle: hind wing uniform reddish orange, with the
anal and outer margins only to the apex broadly and evenly
blackish brown.

Underside: fore wing, ground-colour dull blackish brown,
paler along the outer margin; two reddish spots in the cell, a
rather broad reddish band beyond extending from the costa to
the median nervure ; the costal margin is dusted with reddish
scales towards the base: hind wing with irregular alternate

*broken bands of orange and brown from the base to beyond
the middle, when the ground-colour becomes at first darker
and then paler towards the margin.

Head, thorax, and abdomen brown above, abdomen paler
below ; legs minutely spotted with buff.

Hixpanse 1% inch.

Hab. W. Africa, near Benin City, 3rd June, 1902. Type
in Mus. Hope, Oxford.

I have named this species after Mr. C. J. M. Gordon,
B.A., of Balliol College, who captured it and presented it to
the museum. It is not very closely allied to any other
described species in the genus, but is perhaps nearest to
P. isca, Hew.

Lartnopoda brenda, sp. n.

3. Allied to L. lagyra, Hew.; scarcely differs on the
upperside, but the black anteciliary line on hind wings does
not appear thickened at the extremity of each nervule.

Underside differs from that of Z. lagyra by having a sub-
marginal row of somewhat triangular brownish spots on the
hind wing commencing below the big spot near the apex and
extending to the anal angle, situated in the internervular
spaces; towards the anal angle the margin is clouded with
pale brown. As in L. lagyra, there is no black spot in the
cell and the minute dot on the nervule closing the cell is
present.

Expanse 13 inch.

70 Mr. H. H. C. J. Druce on new

Hiab, Benin City, 6th May, 1902 (C. J. M. Gordon).
I’) pe in Mus. Hope, Oxford.

Professor Poulton has asked Dr. Dixey to look at this
butterfly, in order, if possible, to arrive at an opinion as to
the existence of any special Pierine model. He says :-—“ The
Lycenid bears an undoubted general resemblance to a number
of the Pierine subfamily, but I do not know of any Pierine
form specially corresponding to it. Perhaps the nearest to it
are the W.-African members of the genus Phrissura, which
are no doubt convergent with Mylothris. Submarginal spots
on the underside of hind wing are found in W.-African species
of Pinacopteryx and also in Belenois calypso.”

I have named it brenda on account of its close resemblance
to Terias brenda, D. & H., 2.

In addition to the above Mr. Gordon has also sent a Larino-
peda from Benin which is identical with Z. aspidos, mihi,
from Lagos. Mr. Grose Smith has described one from
Benin* the type of which I have not seen, but which
Professor Aurivillius thinks probably=Z. aspidos (Rhop.«
Aithiop. p. 273, no. 4, 1898).

Epitola Gordont?, sp. n.
3. Allied to #. Staudingeri, Kirby, from which it differs

on the underside by both wings being crossed by bands of
pale crescent-shaped lunules. On the fore wing there is a
narrow whitish band placed beyond the cell, reaching to a
rather broad whitish patch near the inner margin beyond the
middle; beyond this band a pale, indistinct, much broken,
linear band commencing on the costa and ending before the
middle; beyond this and close to the outer margin a double
row of pale crescent-shaped markings, forming two linear
bands. Hind wings with an indistinct, much broken, linear
band at the end of the cell; beyond that, about halfway to
the margin, a still more broken linear band, followed by a
double row of submarginal markings, as in the fore wing.

Kixpanse 12 inch.

Hab. Bomiy, 6th May, 1902 (C. J. M. Gordon). ‘Type
in Mus. Hope, Oxford.

Possibly this insect may turn out to be a form of HL. Staudin-
geri, which I know only from the figure and description, as
it appears to be the same on the upperside; but on the under-
side Mr. Kirby’s species is described as being without
markings.

* Larinopoda latimarginata, Grose Smith, Noy. Zool. y. p. 854 (1898).

Species of West-African Lycenide. 71

Besides the three species described above, Mr. Gordon has
sent some other interesting species of Liptenine to the Hope
Museum, and amongst them are :—Tetraharnis tlma, Hew.,
and var. simplex, Auriv., from Bonny ; Pseuderesia libentina,
Hew., and Crtrinophila similis, Kirby (which has an extra-
ordinary resemblance to Terias brigitta), from Siloko ; Liptena
campimus, Holland, captured near Warrige; Liptena sp. near
lybia, Staudinger, from Sapele; and several specimens of a
Phytala which I have been unable to determine.

Epamera mirabilis, sp. n.

3g. Allied to Epamera tasis, Hew.*

Upperside rather darker blue. Fore wings with the apical
and costal areas more broadly black, the inner margin very
distinctly concave, but not so markedly as in Z£. ¢aszs, and
without the notch beyond the middle, and with no trace of
the white edging so conspicuous in that species. Hind wing
with the apex more broadly black; the abdominal folds
blacker and dusted with blue scales almost up to the white
cilia, especially towards the base, with the shining patch
much whiter, not bordered with pure white as in Z. dass, and
without any internal patch of differently placed rough-looking
scales.

The underside differs from that of Z. zas?s by the apex and
outer margin of the fore wing being clouded with pale brown,
by the ultra-median line being more distinct, and by the
shining patch being more conspicuous and extensive, 7. e.
reaching broadly to the outer angle, where it becomes blackish
and darker towards the margin; the inner margin is entirely
without the row of long hairs which are so conspicuous a
character in #. ¢asis. Head, thorax, and abdomen blackish
above, white below; legs white, with black spots; frons
yellow.

Expanse 12 inch.

Hab. Sierra Leone, W. Africa (Mus. Druce).

This species is one of very considerable interest on account
of the entire absence of the usual patch of differently placed
scales on the large shining space of the hind wing above and
also of the row of long hairs attached to the inner margin of
the hind wing below. I know of no other butterfly of the
family to which these remarks can apply, unless it be the
South-American Thecla barajo, Rkt., which has a large
shining patch on the hind wing above, but the shining area

* Tolaus tasis, Hew. Ill. Diurn. Lep. p. 42, t. xix. figs. 11, 12 (1865).

2 Mr. W. L. Distant on

does not in any way affect the coloration of the wings and
can scarcely be compared to the patches on the Jolaus group.
£. mirabilis seems to open up the question very forcibly as to
whether distinctive genera can be made on the absence or
presence of these “sexual marks.” It appears to agree in
venation exactly with Epamera.

X.—On some undescribed Rhynchota.
By W. L. Distant.

Fam. Pentatomida.
A CANTHOSOMATINE..
Sastragala smaragdina, sp. n.

Very pale greenish ; central lobe and margins of head, the
transverse fovez near anterior margin of pronotum, corium,
legs above, and abdominal margins more olivaceous green ;
lateral angles of the pronotum spinously produced, black, and
from a line drawn between them to base the surface is thickly
coarsely punctate, the punctures castaneous; scutellum with
a large discal, levigate, ochraceous spot, remaining surface
coarsely darkly punctate, apex levigate ; corium with a black
spot at inner angle and a lunate black fascia near outer apical
margin; connexivum pale greenish, with the extreme apices
of the segmental spines black; posterior margin of sixth
segment black.

Closely allied in structure and markings to S. heterospila,
Walk., but with the lateral pronotal spines much more slender
and acute; abdominal spine also much more acute and with
its apex more removed from the sternal surface.

Long. 11; exp. pronot. angl. 8 millim.

Hab. Ceylon: Kandy (£. £. Green).

Fam. Lygeide.
APHANINE.
ALTOMARUS, gen. nov.
Elongate ; head long, anteocular portion about as long as
postocular portion, angularly produced in front of eyes; first
joint of antennze about reaching the apex of head; rostrum long,

about reaching the intermediate coxe, first jomt much shorter
than head, just passing the region of the eyes; pronotum with

some undescribed Rhynchota. 73

a very distinct anterior collar, anterior lobe slightly longer
but much narrower than posterior lobe, subglobose, its margins
convex; posterior lobe slightly gibbous, the lateral angles
rounded and subprominent ; scutellum elongately triangular ;
corium moderately widened towards apex, its apical margins
straight; membrane passing the abdominal apex; anterior
femora incrassated, armed beneath with a series of long
spines; anterior tibie a little shorter than the femora and
slightly curved; intermediate and posterior legs slender.
I place this genus near Bedunia, Stal.

Altomarus Greeni, sp. n.

Head, pronotum, scutellum, and sternum shining black ;
abdomen shining piceous ; corium pale castaneous ; antenne,
anterior pronotal collar, apex of scutellum, basal half of
lateral margin, a spot before apex, one at inner angle, and
venation of corium and the legs pale ochraceous ; first joint
of antenne and apical half of fourth joint and subapical
annulation to femora piceous. Head very coarsely punctate ;
anterior pronotal lobe impunctate, posterior lobe and scutellum
finely punctate; corium linearly punctate ; membrane pale
brownish, with three distinct pale apical spots ; antennee with
the first joint shortest, second longest, fourth a little longer
than third.

Long. 5 millim.

Hab, Ceylon: Gampola (Z. E£. Green).

ARTEMIDORUS, gen. nov.

Elongate; abdomen concavely narrowed near middle.
Head broad, convexly narrowed in front of eyes, central
lobe prominent and slightly produced ; antenne with the first
joint almost as long as the head and moderately incrassate at
apex, second joint slightly longer than third or fourth, all
longer than first ; rostrum just passing the anterior coxe,
first joint shorter than head, second longest, ocelli close to
posterior margin, nearer eyes than to each other; pronotum
elongate, strongly laterally sinuate, transverse constriction
distinct, anterior lobe not prominently globose, posterior lobe
deflected anteriorly, lateral angles rounded, their posterior
margins slightly lobately produced ; scutellum large, with a
diseal carination ; corium about half the length of abdomen
and concavely constricted at middle; membrane not quite
reaching apex of abdomen; legs somewhat long, unarmed,
posterior femora with their apices incrassated; legs pilose,
posterior tibix setose.

A distinct genus of Aphanine.

74 Mr. W. L. Distant on

Artemidorus pressus, sp. Nn.

Pale ochraceous ; head, anterior lobe of pronotum, lateral
margins of posterior lobe, base of scutellum, body beneath,
and almost apical halves of posterior femora black; apex of
scutellum luteous, levigate, the central carination castaneous ;
posterior lobe of pronotum, subapical area of scutellum, and
corium darkly punctate, the outer areas of corium impunctate,
their apices black ; acetabula, coxe, linear marginal spots to
abdomen (above and beneath) luteous; apex of abdomen
castaneous. Body, antenne, and legs finely pilose, posterior
tibize setose ; head, pronotum, and sternum thickly punctate.

Long. 54 millim.

Hab. Ceylon: Peradeniya (H. E. Green).

ENTISBERUS, gen. nov.

Subelongate; head triangular, narrowly produced ante-
riorly, where it is bicarinate; eyes moderately large and
prominent, somewhat exserted, their posterior margins almost
touching the anterior margin of the pronotum; antenne
robust, apical joint thickened, third joint about as long as
first ; rostrum almost reaching the intermediate coxe, basal
joint a little shorter than head; pronotum with the posterior
lobe much wider than the anterior lobe, central constriction
well defined, anterior lobe subglobose, posterior angles sub-
prominent and obtusely subacute, their basal margins obliquely
excavate ; scutellum with a discal cruciform elevation ; corium
extending to more than half the length of abdomen, the apical
margin slightly sinuate; membrane slightly passing the apex
of abdomen; femora unarmed.

I place this genus near Lhodiginus.

Entisberus archetypus, sp. n.

Head, anterior lobe of pronotum, and body beneath black ;
posterior lobe of pronotum and corium ochraceous, punctured
with brown, the first thickly punctate, the corium with the
clavus, claval margin, irregular transverse fascia, and apex
thickly punctate, enclosing a small pale spot at inner angle
and another on lateral margin a little before apex ; scutellum
piceous, coarsely punctate, the cruciform carination ochra-
ceous; membrane hyaline ; antenna, rostrum, and legs pale
stramineous, apical joint of antennz roseate; coxe black ;
lateral angles of metasternum and anal segment castaneous.
Body beneath sparingly and finely greyishly pilose ; antenne
with the first joint a little thickened, second joint slender,

some undescribed Rhynchota. 75

about as long or a little longer than the first, third shorter
than second, thickened towards apex, fourth shortest, stoutest,
globose.

Long. 3 millim.

Hab. Ceylon: Peradeniya (EZ. E. Green).

Fam. Reduviida.
ETARPACTORINZ.

Harpactor pygmeus, 8). 0.

Head, anterior lobe of pronotum, anterior areas of sternal
segments, coxe, and legs black; posterior pronotal lobe,
broad biannulations to femora, connexivum, sternum, and
abdomen pale sanguineous ; head beneath and corium luteous ;
scutellum piceous, centrally reddish brown ; membrane pale
bronzy. Second joint of rostrum longer than the first; post-
ocular portion of head longer than anteocular portion; head
about as long as the pronotum; antenne piceous; connexi-
vum with a black spot on the last three segments.

Long. 7 millim.

Hab. Nilgiri Hills (Sir G. F. Hampson).

Harpactor nilgirvensis, sp. n.

Tlead, lateral areas of meso- and metasterna, intermediate
and posterior cox, legs, and abdomen above black ; poste-
rior lobe of pronotum, corium, spots to connexivum, fascia to
head beneath, and abdomen beneath luteous; broad biannu-
lations to femora, rostrum, anterior cox, and anterior lobe of
pronotum reddish ochraceous; antennz piceous, first joint
(excluding base and apex) brownish ochraceous. Second
joint of rostrum longer than the first; postocular portion of
head much longer than anteocular portion; head about as
long as pronotum ; membrane pale bronzy.

Long. 84 millim.

Hab. Nilgiri Hills (Sir G. F. Hampson).

Sphedanolestes annulipes, sp. n.

Black; pronotum, prosternum, and anterior and_inter-
mediate cox sanguineous ; connexivum, biannulations to
femora, head beneath, first joint of rostrum (excluding base),
and abdomen beneath pale creamy luteous; marginal areas of
abdomen with tessellate black markings enclosing two series
of large luteous spots ; connexivum above with the last two
segmental i iucisures black. Second joint of rostrum longer

76 Mr. W. L. Distant on

than the first; postocular portion of the head longer than
the anteocular portion ; head about as long as the pronotum,
which has the central suleation profound and the posterior
angles subprominent and rounded.

The pronotum varies in colour from sanguineous to reddish
ochraceous; the scutellum is either of that colour or with its
margins and apex black or entirely black ; the pronotal poste-
rior angles are sometimes black.

Long. 8 millim.

Hab. Burma: Karennee, Bhamo (fa).

Endochus subniger, sp. n.

Black ; corium, rostrum, disk of mesosternum, coxa, and
legs luteous ; a subapical annulation to anterior femora, apices
of intermediate and posterior femora, and subbasal annula-
tions to tibiz black. Postocular portion of head longer than
the anteocular portion ; first joint of antenne about as long
as the abdomen ; anterior lobe of pronotum discally foveate,
posterior lateral angles spinously produced; abdomen and
corium strongly concavely constricted at centre.

Long. 143 ; exp. pronot. angl. 3$ millim.

Hab. Burma: Karennee.

Eindochus merula, sp. 1.

Black ; two discal spots to mesosternum and a narrow
lateral abdominal margin obscure brownish ochreous. Post-
ocular portion of the head considerably longer than the ante-
ocular portion ; first joint of antenne almost as long as the
abdomen ; pronotum with the anterior lobe distinctly broadly
foveate on posterior disk, posterior lobe transversely rugose,
the lateral angles spinously produced and directed slightly
backward ; membrane very dark cupreous, slightly passing
the abdominal < apex.

Long. 154; exp. pronot. angl. 33 millim.

Hab. Burma: Karennee.

Fanthous tarsatus, sp. n.

Ochraceous ; corium testaceous; tarsi and extreme apices
of tibiz piceous; antenne mutilated; pronotum strongly
rugose, anterior lobe eibbous, sulcately divided at centre,
lateral angles somewhat prominently produced, their apices

moderately obliquely truncate, posterior margin strongly con-
vexly produced; membrane considerably passing apex of
abdomen ; legs pilose, the femora and tibiz strongly nodulose ;
rostrum about reaching the anterior coxe.

Long. (includ. membr.) 16; exp. pronot. angl. 5} millim.

Hab. Malay Peninsula: Perak.

some undescribed Rhynchota. th

Coranus atricapillus, sp. n.

Head, anterior lobe of pronotum, scutellum, membrane,
and prosternum black; posterior lobe of pronotum, corium,
and body beneath pale castaneous; connexivum above and
beneath black, spotted with luteous; legs luteous, femora
annulated with piceous, bases and apices of tibie, and tarsi
(excluding base), piceous ; antennz piceous, basal joint (ex-
cluding base and apex) luteous; rostrum luteous, with its apex
piceous; femora moderately nodulose; head strongly trans-
versely impressed between eyes; scutellum with carina noa-
erect; anterior lobe of pronotum deeply sulcate; lateral pro-
notal angles rounded, subprominent, basal margin concave.

Long. 84 millim.

Hab. Ceylon (G. Lewis).

Pristhesancus melitus, sp. n.

Dull luteous, pilose; first and second segments of con-
nexivum, small stigmatal abdominal spots, and extreme apices
of the femora black. Anterior pronotal lobe with the ante-
rior angles tuberculously prominent and with two long, erect,.
spinous tubercles, lateral and posterior pronotal angles tuber-
culously produced ; a long erect spinous tubercle at base of
scutellum; connexivum broad and reflexed upward; mem-
brane about reaching abdominal apex.

Long. 21; exp. pronot. angl. 64 millim.

Hab. Queensland: Rockhampton.

Pristhesancus chrysitis, sp. n.

Head, pronotum, scutellum, corium, rostrum, antenna,
sternum, and legs ochraceous ; abdomen shining indigo-blue ;
inner marginal spots to connexivum, four large submarginal
spots to abdomen beneath, and abdominal apex ochraceous ;
membrane very pale ochraceous, semihyaline ; basal joint of
antenne about as long as anterior femora; anterior lobe of
pronotum with the anterior angles moderately prominent and
with four discal tubercles, of which the two anterior are very
small and the posterior two long and obliquely erect ; lateral
and posterior pronotal angles somewhat prominently tuber-
culously produced; scutellum with a long, obliquely erect,
basal, spinous tubercle, its apex also, but much less, spinously
tuberculous; membrane just passing abdominal apex.

Long., ¢ 2, 19-23; exp. pronot. ang]. 6-8 millim.

flab, Murray Island,

78 On a new Hare from Cape Colony.

XI.—On a remarkable new Hare from Cape Colony.
By OLpFIELD THOMAS.

In a further consignment of mammals from Deelfontein,
Cape Colony, collected by Mr. C. H. B. Grant, and presented
to the National Museum by Col. A. T. Sloggett, occur two
specimens of a hare of an entirely different type to anything
hitherto known, either from South Africa or elsewhere. At
first sight appearing allied to the Cape Red-tailed Rabbit
(Oryctolagus crasstcaudatus), it is really a true Lepus, as is
shown by the structure of its skull and molars.
It may be called

Lepus monticularis *, sp. n.

Size about as in O. crassicaudatus. Fur of medium length,
soft and fine, but not woolly. General colour above, of head
and back, clear finely grizzled ‘ drab-grey ” without rufous
suffusion. Individually the long hairs are black with a sub-
terminal ring of pale drabby white, while the underfur is
pale slaty grey at base and dull buffy terminally. Sides
dark drab, taking on a tinge of rufous below. Head like
back, a prominent whitish ring round each eye. Lars of
medium length, their backs greyish brown with a very fine
narrow edging of black terminally; inner surface more
yellowish. Nape-patch deep rich rufous, strongly contrasted
with the general colour. Under surface very strikingly
coloured—the chin yellowish white with the bases of the
hairs slaty, sharply separated from the grey of the cheeks by
an indistinct blackish line; throat grizzled drab; sternal
region and inner side of forearms bright pinkish buff; lower
belly whitish ; anal region and inner side of legs darker
pinkish buff: there are, therefore, in succession five different
colours from mouth to anus. Front and outer surfaces of
arms and legs drabby brown with a slight vinaceous tone ;
long hairs of palms yellowish, soles smoky grey, the hairs
on the digits dull yellow. ‘Tail, as in O. crassicaudatus,
thick, round, uniform in colour above and below, therefore
strikingly different from the black and white tails of
ZL. capensis and sazatilis; its colour pale vinaceous brown
with the extreme tip black.

Skull in general form most like that of LZ. capensis; rather
smaller, with smaller nasals and rather greater intertemporal

* “Kopje,” diminutive of Kop, a head, bluff, or mountain; therefore=
“ Monticulus,” a little mountain.

Mr. O. Thomas on new Squirrels. 79

breadth ; occipital shelf strongly narrowing posteriorly ;
zygomata practically without projecting antero-external
shoulders ; palatal foramina large and widely open; palatal
bridge quite narrow; bullae of medium size. Incisors of a
very simple pattern, the enamel not penetrating into the
tooth at all, but merely following its anterior outline ; inner
segment of each tooth two thirds the breadth of the outer.
Molars as in true Lepus, not as in Oryctolagus crassicaudatus.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—

Head and body 398 millim.; tail 76, with hair 100; hind
foot 107; ear 107.

Skull: greatest length 80°5; basilar length 63; zygomatic
breadth 37; nasals 33 (diagonally) x 16; interorbital breadth
14; intertemporal breadth 13°5; length of palatal foramina
20; breadth of palatal bridge 5-2; antero-posterior diameter
of bulle 12-3.

Hab. Deelfontein, Cape Colony.

Type. Female. Original number 284. Collected 24th
May, 1902, by Trooper C. H. B. Grant and presented by
Col. A. T. Sloggett, R.A.M.C.

To the three types of hare found in South Africa,
L. capensis, L. sazatilis, and O. crassicaudatus, all of them
obtained at Deelfontein, the present adds a fourth very dis-
tinct one, without near allies anywhere.

Although with a general resemblance to O. crasstcaudatus,
with which it shares the characteristic form of the tail, it may
be distinguished externally by its brownish-drab instead of
rufous tail, the absence of rufous suffusion in its body-colour,
the presence of a narrow line of black round the tips of
the ears, and the striking coloration of the under surface.
Finally, the skull shows that it has no real relationship to
that animal, but is more nearly allied to L. capensis.

Col. Sloggett and Mr. Grant are to be congratulated on
the discovery of this very remarkable hare, the most distinct
that has been described for a long time.

XII.—On Two new Squirrels of the Funisciurus pyrrhopus
Group. By OLDFIELD ‘THOMAS.

Funisciurus mandingo, sp. n.
A small pale form allied to F. leucostigma, with the red of
the flanks and limbs almost obsolete.
General colour above coarsely grizzled pale olivaceous,
much paler than in the allied species. Light stripes present,

80 Mr. O. Thomas on new Squirrels.

but far less conspicuous than usual, dull yellowish ; the darker
region below them hardly perceptible, not contrasting with
the colour of the flanks. Under surface dull creamy yellow,
not sharply defined, the bases of the hairs slaty grey. Muzzle
yellowish, a narrow dark line on its centre above. Cheeks
with the lineated arrangement found in this group wherever
the strong red of the sides does not overpower it; lines of
the upper and lower eyelids yellow, separated by a darker
spot in front of and darker line behind the eye. Lars short,
dull greyish, the lower part of their backs and a spot behind
them dull white. Cheeks below ears, sides of neck, shoulders,
flanks, and hips dull fulvous, very different to the conspicuous
reddish of the allied forms. Front of forearms and upper
surface of hands and feet dull grizzled yellowish. Hairs of
tail above annulated black and white, with white tips; below
dull ochraceous basally, black subterminally, and white
terminally.

Skull not preserved.

Dimensions of the type (measured in skin) :—

Head and body 190 millim. ; tail 158 ; hind foot (s. u.) 41.

Hab. Nianimaru, Gambia.

Type. Male. B.M. no. 99. 12. 6. 2. Original number
106. Collected 15th January, 1899, and presented by J.S.
Budgett, Esq.

This squirrel is most nearly allied to F. leucostigma, of
which it forms a pale Gambian representative.

Funisciurus raptorum, sp. n.

A dark form of the group, with the red on sides and flanks
almost obsolete.

General colour above dark blackish olivaceous, darker than
in ordinary specimens of F. leucostigma. Light lines narrow,
conspicuous, white instead of the usual yellow; a well-defined
dark band below them. Flanks dull brownish, scarcely
rufous. Under surface dull cream-white throughout, the hairs
white to their roots. Crown blackish, darker than the back.
Sides of face lineated, very muchas in F. mystax, de Wint. ;
a light orange line running along above the eye, another
below it, these being separated by a dark line through it.
Cheeks, like flanks, brown, scarcely rufous; shoulders and
hips dull rufous brown, which colour is continued down to
the wrists and ankles ; hands and feet greyish brown, with a
tinge of yellowish. Tiail-hairs above blackish at base, then
dull yellowish, with a black subterminal and white terminal
band ; centre of under surface dull fulvous.

On some South-American Aviculariide. 81

Molars of the ordinary character, not as in F. mystax *.

Dimensions of the type (measured in skin) :—

Head and body 190 millim. ; tail 155; hind foot (s. u.) 41.

Skull: greatest length 46; basilar length 34; length of
upper molar series (mp* and 3 molars) 7°5.

Hab, Foreados, Lower Nigeria.

Type. Immature male. B.M. no. 2.11. 2.15. Original
number 10. Collected 31st December, 1901, by Dr. W. J.
Ansorge.

This species differs from PF. pyrrhopus and F. leucostigm
by the almost complete suppression of the red of the cheeks,
limbs, and flanks, and the whiteness of its light dorsal lines,
from F. mystax by these lines being much more conspicuous,
and by its white under surface, and from £. mandingo by its
generally darker colour.

XIII.—On some Genera and Species of South- American
Aviculariide. By R. I. Pocock.

Genus AVICULARIA, Lam.

Avicularia minatriz, sp. n.

9.— Colour. Carapace and upperside of appendages
covered with olive-grey hats, showing a delicate tinge of
pink ; a conspicuous fringe of pink hairs at the extremity of
the tibial and protarsal segments of the legs on the dorsal
side, a similar but shorter and less noticeable fringe on the
extremity of the patella; hairy fringe at the extremity of the
tarsus much less noticeably red than that of the protarsus;
sternum, cox, and underside of abdomen sooty black, upper-
side of abdomen vividly black and red; the median line
occupied by a broadish black stripe, whence five pairs of black
stripes pass transversely over the sides of the abdomen; the
spaces between these stripes red, hence the lateral surface of
the abdomen might be described as ornamented with alternate
bands of black and red; the red stripes wider dorsally ; the
black stripes are narrowest at their point of origin from the
median stripe.

Carapace as long as patella+tibia+tarsus of palp, almost
half the length of the third leg (measured from the base of
the femur), and slightly longer than patella+ tibia of first or

* Cf. de Winton, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) ii, p. 10 (1898).
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xi. 6

82 Mr. R. I. Pocock on

fourth leg and than protarsus+tarsus of the fourth; its
width equal to patella+ tibia of second leg.

Legs 4,1, 2, 3, fourth exceeding first by about half the
length of its tarsus.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 33; carapace
13°5; first leg 33, second 30, third 28, fourth 35; patella+
tibia of fourth 12-5, of first 12.

Loc. Duaca, Estrado Lara in Venezuela. A single adult
female.

This species may be known by the unusual shortness of its .
legs and the coloration of the abdomen, which suggest that of
the young A. avicularia. In no other species known to me
is the carapace longer than the patella+ tibia or protarsus +
tarsus of the fourth leg. In the presence of a pale fringe at
the extremity of the tibie and protarsi of the legs may be seen
similarity to A. Walckenaeriv.

Genus PSALMOPauUS, Poc.

Psalmopeus ecclesiasticus, sp. n.

$ .—Colour. Carapace covered with a thick felting of
olive-yellow hairs, shining with silky lustre, similar hairs
present also upon the upperside of the basal segments of the
Jees and palpi and upon the summit of the mandibles; pre-
vailing tint of legs mouse-brown ; upperside of abdomen with
its greyish integument covered with erect bristles of a dark
brownish hue; ventral surface sooty velvety black ; scopule
olive-grey.

Carapace a little longer than wide, its length equal to that of
tibia of second leg, a little less than that of fourth, and shorter
than protarsus of fourth by about one fourth of its length,
and about as long as patella+tibia of palp and as femur of
third leg.

Legs long, 4, 1, 2, 3, thickly fringed; patella+ tibia of
second as long as those of fourth; first leg (from base of
femur) about four and a half times as long as carapace.

Palp (from base of femur) about twice as long as cara-
pace ; palpal organ long, distinctly longer than patella of palp
and about half as long as the carapace, the bulb less globular
and the spine much longer than in P. Cambridgit; viewed
from the outside, the posterior border of the spine is continuous
with that of the palp.

Siridulating-spines on maxilla consisting of a row of nearly
a dozen spines, which, except for their thickness and darker
colour, are but little differentiated from the oral fringe ; on the

some South-American Aviculariide. 83

mandible there are a few stout but apically setiform spines on
the proximal side of the oral fringe.

? .—Resembling the male, but with shorter limbs; cara-
pace about as long as patella + tibia of third leg, shorter than
those of fourth by about one fourth of the tibia.

Measurements in millimetres.— g. Total length 35; cara-
pace 15°5; palpus 31; first leg 71, second leg 66, third leg
56, fourth leg 68 (all from base of femur) ; protarsus of fourth
18, of first 15°5 ; patella+tibia of first 26, of fourth 23°5;
palpal organ 7.

?. Total length 39; carapace 17; palpus 33; first leg 58,
second leg 55, third leg 47, fourth leg 57; patella+tibia of
first 22, of fourth 20°5.

Loc. N.W. Ecuador, Rio Sapayo, 450 feet (type) ; also
Carondelet, 60 feet.

Both sexes of this species may be distinguished from those
of the Trinidad form P. Cambridgii, Poc., by having the
stridulating-spines on the palpus only about twelve in number,
short, of tolerable even thickness throughout, and not sepa-
rated from the oral fringe. In P. Cambridgii the spines are
much more numerous, long, distally incrassate, and forming a
strongly curved series remote from the oral fringe. Again, the
male of P. ecclesiasticus has longer legs than that of P. Cam-
bridgiz, the carapace in the latter being a little longer than
the tibia of the fourth leg, equal to its protarsus, longer than
the tibia of the second; the palpal organ is about one third
the length of the carapace and equal to the patella of the palp.

Psalmopeus plantaris, sp. n.

? .—Colour (dry specimen). Carapace and upperside of
limbs covered with olive or greenish-yellow hairs; protarsi
and tarsi richer reddish brown, with a very distinct pale,
probably pinkish patch at the extremities; a similar but
double patch at the extremity of the tibia; sternum, under-
side of abdomen and of palpus, and first two pairs of legs
velvety brown (probably black).

Carapace a little shorter than patella+tibia of first leg, as
long as those of second, longer than protarsus-+ tarsus of first.
Anterior median eyes about three fourths of a diameter apart
and about half their own radius from the laterals.

Legs hirsute, like those of Avicularia, not nearly so strongly
fringed as those of P. ecclesiasticus or P. Cambridgii; the
scopulz very broad, that of protarsus of first as broad as long ;
anterior legs shorter; fourth leg a little longer than first,

84 Mr. R. I. Pocock on

patella + tibia of fourth a little longer than those of first, also
its protarsus + tarsus longer than those of first.

Stridulating-organ like that of P. Cambridgii, but the
spines on the maxilla less numerous, being only about twelve
in number and shorter.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 23; carapace
14:5; first leg 42, second leg 38:3, third leg 35:5, fourth
leg 43°5 ; patella+tibia of first 16, of fourth 15:5; protarsus
+ tarsus of first 14, of fourth 16. .

Loe. Cauca in Colombia (received from M. Goudot in
1846).

‘This species is easily distinguishable from P. Cambridgit,
which in the structure of its stridulating-organ it more nearly
resembles than does P. ecclestasticus, by the shortness of its
anterior legs as compared with the posterior.

Psalmopeus emeraldus, sp. n.

? .—Colour (dry specimen) a tolerably uniform deep olive-
brown above, sooty black below.

Carapace almost as long as patella+tibia of first or of
fourth leg, a little longer than protarsus+ tarsus of first and
almost as long as those of fourth.

Legs of first and fourth pairs subequal, patella+ tibia of
first subequal to those of fourth, protarsus+ tarsus of fourth a
little longer than those of first.

Stridulating-bristles on maxilla not isolated from the oral
fringe, distally on the same straight line with them and but
little differentiated, those at the proximal end longish and
slender, much like the rest of the series, not short, thick, and
curved as in L. ecclesiasticus,

Measurements in millimetres—Total length 28; carapace
13 ; first leg 37, fourth leg 38; patella+tibia of first 13°5,
of fourth 13°8; protarsus + tarsus of first 12°5, of fourth 14.

Loc. Colombia, emerald-mines at Muzo, in the valley of
the Meta, an affluent of the Magdaleine (Z. da Costa).

Easily distinguishable from P. ecclestasticus, which it
approaches in the structure of its stridulating-bristles, by the
greater shortness of its legs, &e.

The females of the foregoing species may be distinguished
as follows :—

a, Stridulating-spines on maxilla in the same straight line
as the edge of the oral fringe and scarcely separated
from it.
a‘. Carapace scarcely longer than femur of first or
fourth leg, much shorter than their patella+tibia. ecclestasticus.

some South-American Aviculariide. 85

6'. Carapace much longer than femur of first or fourth
leg and slightly exceeding their patella+tibia .. emeraldus.
6. Stridulating-spines on maxilla forming a convex cur-
vature, the middle of which is remote from the oral
fringe and nearer the coxal groove.
a’, Carapace as long as tibia+3 patella of first leg,
shorter than protarsus+tarsus of first or second ;
patella+tibia-+ protarsus+ tarsus of first longer
fhanst bose Ot LOUDLY j-faty. aks. sictaless salar, ele Bite ais Cambridgit.
4. Carapace as long as tibia+? patella of first leg,
longer than protarsus-+ tarsus of first or second ;
patella+tibia+protarsus-+ tarsus of first shorter
Aire GOSBYOL LOUREN™ Giz leis 1s 0,0: 82e.afe)s ere t10, «ole 63 plantaris.

Genus EPHEBOPUS, Sim.
Ephebopus, Simon, Poeock, Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) viii. p. 547
(1901).
Ephebopus fossor, sp. n.

? .— Colour like that of H. murinus (=Santaremia Po-
cockii), but the longitudinal bands on the legs less conspicuous
and narrower, those on the anterior patella being separated
throughout their length ; furthermore the legs are ornamented
with distinct transverse bands on the distal ends of the patelle,
tibize, and protarsi.

Carapace as long as patella+tibia or protarsus+ tarsus of
fourth leg, slightly less than tibia + protarsus of first and than
patella + tibia+ tarsus of palp; eyes of anterior line subequal
and subequally spaced, the medians separated by a space
which is equal to about three fourths their diameter.

Legs 4, 1, 2, 3, fourth exceeding first by about the length
of half its tarsus; tibia of first with a pair of inferior apical
spines, of second with a single apical spine on inner side, of
third and fourth unspined; protarsus of first and second un-
spined apically beneath, of third and fourth with a single pair
of apical spines.

Labium flat.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 33; carapace
14; palpus 23; first leg 37°5, second 35, third 32, fourth
39 (all from base of femur).

Loc. Rio Sapayo, N.W. Ecuador, 450 feet.

The Amazonian form H. murinus (= Pocockii) may be
distinguished as follows from the new species here described :—
the legs have thicker longitudinal bands and scarcely deve-
loped transverse bands; the labium is convex; the eyes
compact, the anterior medians being barely a radius apart ;
the tibie of all the legs have a pair of inferior spines, the
protarsi of third and fourth have four or five apical spines
below.

86 Mr. R. I. Pocock on

Genus ACANTHOSCURRIA, Auss.

Acanthoscurria antillensis, sp. n.
? Mygale Blondii, Walck. Ins. Apt. i. p. 210 (1837) (in part).

? .—Integument covered with hairs of a rich olive-brown
hue, a pair of pale patches (probably pink in colour when
fresh) on the head; legs marked with indistinct pale longitu-
dinal lines, but scarcely distinctly banded at the ends of the
segments ; bristles on legs greyish in colour, not long and not
numerous.

Carapace with the cephalic area noticeably higher and
narrower than in A. gentculata and A. Brocklehursti, as long
as patella+ tibia of fourth leg, a little shorter than those of
first leg, and a little ee than protarsus+4 the tarsus of

the fourth, shorter by + of the tarsus than the patella, tibia,
and tarsus of palp, and shorter than the femur +4 the patella
of the first ; distance from the fovea to the paene border
less than protarsus of fourth and barely exceeding patella+
tibia of palp.

Eyes of anterior line subequal, subequally spaced, medians
about a diameter apart, posterior median eyes close to the
posterior laterals, much closer than to the anterior medians ;
the two laterals less than half a diameter apart.

Legs 4,1, 2, 8 in length; spines on anterior tibie very
short, protarsus of first spined only at apex; fourth leg about
three times as long as carapace ; third leg less than two and
a half times as long; palp more than one and a half times
as long.

Stridulating-organ consisting of about 25 long plumose
spines on the trochanter of the palp and of long plumose
and simple acuminate spines on the first leg. Inner side of
coxa, trochanter, and femur of first leg and outer side of the
corresponding segments of the palp clothed with simple hairs
and bristles.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 55; length of
carapace 24, from fovea to anterior edge 17; width 21;
length of first leg 65, second 60, third 57, fourth 69; patella
tia of first 24, Mi fourth 23 ; protarsus of fourth 19.

Loc. Lesser Antilles: St. Lucia (G. A. Ramage and Miss
Alexander); Point Michel, in Dominica (G. A. Ramage).

This species has a higher narrower head than the South-
American species of the genus with which [ am acquainted.
In the length of its legs it resembles A. geniculata.

It is, perhaps, to this species that must be referred the
specimen from St. Vincent, and possibly the one from Mar-

some South-American Aviculariid. 87

tinique, which Walckenaer referred, though no doubt erro-
neously, to Mygaie Blondit, a species hitherto known only
with certainty from Cayenne (Ins. Apt. i. p. 210, 1837).

Acanthoscurria tarda, sp. n.

?.—Nearly allied to A. Brocklehursti, F. Cambridge
(P. Z. 8. 1896, p. 739, pl. xxxiv. fig. 18), from Para, but
differing in the characters pointed out in the diagnosis as well
as in having shorter legs, and the white stripes at the ends of
the leg-segments less distinct.

Carapace as long as patella and tibia+4 the protarsus of
the fourth leg and as protarsus and tarsus of that leg, and con-
siderably longer than patella and tibia of first leg.

Eyes of anterior line widely separated, the medians larger
than the laterals, separated by a space exceeding their
diameter and by about a diameter from the laterals; poste-
rior medians muchi closer to the posterior laterals than to the
anterior medians; space between the two laterals almost or
quite equal to the long diameter of the anterior lateral.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 62; length of
carapace 26, width 23; length from fovea to anterior border
19; length of first leg 63, second 58, third 55, fourth 66:5 ;
patella+tibia of first 23°5, of fourth 21:5; protarsus of
fourth 17:3.

Loc. Rio Teffe, on the Amazons (Dr. Bach).

A. ferina, Simon (Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1892, p. 282), is
based upon a male specimen also from Teffe; but the differ-
ence in size and situation of the eyes between that specimen
and the type of A. tarda is too great to permit one to suppose
that they are sexes of the same species. According to Simon,
the eyes of the anterior line are large, subequal, and narrowly
separated, the posterior medians are narrowly separated from
the anterior medians, and the two laterals are very narrowly
separated from each other.

Acanthoscurria suina, sp. n.

?.— Colour. Hairy clothing a tolerably uniform yellow-
brown, the legs indistinctly banded longitudinally and with
narrow pale transverse bands at the distal ends of the segments.

Carapace longer than patella and tibia of first or fourth,
as long as protarsus and tarsus of fourth leg, almost as long as
the three distal palpal segments, almost as long as femur and
patella of fourth leg, but scarcely exceeding femur and half
the patella of first, distance from fovea to anterior border
exceeding patella and tibia of palp and protarsus of fourth leg ;

88 Mr. R. I. Pocock on

cephalic region high and narrow, as in A. antillensis ; eyes of
anterior line subequal, subequally spaced, the medians barely
a diameter apart, posterior medians nearer to the laterals
than to the anterior medians, the two laterals separated by a
space which is equal to the long diameter of the posterior
laterals.

Legs 4, 1, 2, 3, fourth exceeding first by about one fourth
the length of its tarsus, fourth a little more than two and a
half times the length of the carapace, third a little more than
twice the length. Stridulating-organ consisting of twenty
or more rather slender and short plumose bristles, with a few
longer spines intermixed on the trochanter of the first leg
and about the same number of short plumose bristles on the
trochanter of the palp. No other plumose hairs on these
appendages.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 39; length of
carapace 19, width 16°5; length from fovea to anterior
border 13; length of first leg 47, second 41, third 38, fourth
48°3; patella and tibia of first 18, of fourth 16 ; protarsus of
fourth 14°5.

Loc. Uruguay.

Acanthoscurria sternalis, sp. n.

? .—Prevailing colour a tolerably uniform mouse-brown ;
abdomen more velvety black above and below, clothed above
with long reddish bristles.

Carapace as long as patella + tibia of first leg, very slightly
longer than those of fourth, as long as protarsus+4 tarsus of
fourth, slightly longer than tibia+protarsus of second, as
long as femur+4 patella of first and as femur+? patella of
fourth.

Eyes of anterior line subequal, subequally spaced, distance
between medians rather less than their diameter; the poste-
rior medians nearer to the posterior laterals than to the ante-
rior medians; distance between the two laterals on each side
slightly less than long diameter of posterior lateral.

Legs 4, 1, 2, 3, fourth exceeding first by more than half
its tarsus ; fourth nearly three times the length of the carapace
first more than two and a half times its length. ‘

Palp with femur posteriorly without plumose bristles, those
on the trochanter stout, curved, plumose, and up to about
twenty in number; a few slender plumose bristles on the
adjacent area of the coxa inferiorly. Femur of first leg with
thickish plumose scopula in its basal half, the plumose hairs
becoming more and more scanty distally; a small pad of
plumose hairs on the distal third of the coxa in front below:

some South-American Aviculariide. 89

the groove and proximally passing into stout spines; on the
anterior side of the trochanter there are a few longish spines
and some thinner plumose bristles.

Sternum very convex, both longitudinally and transversely,
the middle of its surface projecting considerably below the
level of the lower side of the coxe.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 38 ; carapace
i7°5; first leg 47, second 42, third 39, fourth 51; patella+
tibia of first 17°5, of fourth 17; protarsus + tarsus of fourth 21,
of first 16.

Loc. Tucuman, 450 m. in the Argentine.

This species differs from all known to me in the strong and
extraordinary convexity of its sternum. Apart from this
feature it would fall alongside A. Brocklehursti in the sub-
joined table, but differs in other respects from that species.

The females of the species of the genus known to me may
be diagnosed as follows :—

a, Sternum quite flat, higher than inferior surface
of coxee.
a‘. Patella, tibia, and protarsus of legs with
broad pale distal band; anterior side of
femur of first leg and posterior side of
femur of palp with feathery scopula ex-
tending nearly to distal end of segment .. geniculuta, C. K.
b. Patella, tibia, and protarsus of legs with at
most a narrow distal band; anterior side
of femur of first leg and posterior side of
femur of palp without feathery scopula or
scopulate only at base.
a’, Anterior side of first leg studded at
base with plumose hairs in addition to
those constituting the stridulating-appa-
ratus.
a®, No plumose bristles on posterior side of
coxa and femur of palp; anterior
median eyes less than a diameter from
each other and from the laterals; legs
aH Ome stercet eta ar re cae.s sharon Brocklehursti, F, Cb,
6°, Some plumose bristles present upon the
posterior side of the coxa and femur of
palp; anterior median eyes more than
a diameter from each other and from
the laterals; legs shorter ........ .. tarda, sp. 0.
b?, Anterior side of first leg without plumos
hairs, apart from those forming the stri-
dulating-organ.
a*. Legs longer, fourth about three times as
long as carapace, which is only as long
asits femur and half the patella, &c... antillensis, sp. n.
b*, Legs shorter, fourth about two and a

90 Mr. R. I. Pocock on

half times the length of the carapace,
which is almost equal to its femur and

patella cic seec t= 0.6 oo eeh sheess suind, sp. N.
b. Sternum strongly convex, projecting mesially
below the inferior surface of the cexz...... sternalis, sp. 0.

Genus PHORMICTOPUS, Poe.
Phormictopus, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) vii. p. 545 (1901).

The name and synonymy of the type of this genus is, I
believe, as follows :—

Phormictopus cancerides (Latr.).
Mygale cancerides, Latr. Gen. Crust. et Ins. i. p. 83 (1806).
Mygale Erichsonii, C. L. Koch, Die Arach. ix. p. 28, fir. 709 (1842) ;
id. Uebersicht &c. v. p. 72 (1850) (Lastodora).

Crypsidromus intermedius, Auss. Verh. z.-b. Wien, xxv. p. 180 (1875).

Hab. San Domingo (Haiti).

The British Museum has adult males and females ticketed
Haiti”? and “ Port au Prince, Haiti.” Probably to this
species is to be assigned the specimen from San Domingo
referred to Mygale Blondii by Halin (Monogr. Spinnen, 1.
p- 1, 1820). Under the name Schizopelma Erichsonii, Banks
(Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. xxiv. p. 218, 1901) has recently
recorded a species from Porto Rico which he identifies with
Mygale Evrichsonit, Koch. Since a single tibial apophysis,
to mention no other feature, is characteristic of the male of
Schizopelma, and since the species described as Mygale
Erichsonii by Koch has a couple of such apophyses,
Mr. Banks’s determination is certainly erroneous.

The species named Crypsidromus intermedius by Ausserer,
the type of which is in the British Museum, is based upon
immature and mutilated specimens apparently referable to
this species.

The genus Phormictopus also embraces the form described
by Ausserer as Lasiodora cauta (Verh. z.-b. Wien, xxv.
p- 191, 1875), for which, unfortunately, no locality is as yet
known.

The males of the two species that I refer to this genus
may be diagnosed as follows :—

a. Femur of first leg without plumose hairs on
the inner side ; femur of third leg not notice-
ably swollen; protarsus of first strongly
convex above, tibia concave; spine of palpal
organ smooth along its convex Side Ete. cancerides (Latr.), Poc.

some South-American Aviculariide. 91

6. Femur of first leg with plumose hairs internally,
of the third leg noticeably swollen ; protarsus
and tibia of first straight; spine of palpal
organ serrulate along its convex side........ cautus, Auss.

Genus PAMPHOBETEUS, Pocock.
Pamphobeteus, Pocock, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) viii. p. 545 (1901).

Pamphobeteus antinous, sp. n.

Colour blackish, the integument thickly covered with short
olive-black hairs, showing a characteristic tufted or woolly
appearance ; upperside of femora of legs with bright steel-
blue lustre; some long foxy-red bristles on the abdomen and
legs.

Tibial spurs and protarsus of first leg practically as in
P. nigricolor; palpal organ differing from that of the pre-
viously recorded species in having the spine broad and spatu-
late and oval in its distal half, where it is broader than at the
base, the median crest resembling that of P. nigricolor.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 50; carapace
29; first leg 92, second leg 88, third lee 85, fourth leg 104 ;
patella + tibia of first 30, of fourth 32; protarsus of first 21,
of fourth 30; femur of first 26, of fourth 27.

Loc. Madre de Dios, in Bolivia.

This species is possibly based upon the unknown male of
the species from Bogota, described by Ausserer as Lastodora
ferox, which also has a woolly clothing. The Museum
possesses larger specimens than the type, but unlocalized,
One of these gives the following measurements :—Total length
65 millim. ; carapace 33; first leg 98, fourth leg 110.

Pamphobeteus insignis, sp. n.

3 .—Closely allied to P. nigricolor. Prevailing colour of
the hairy clothing a deep olive-brown, with a beautiful bluish-
purple bloom on the upperside of the body and limbs. Dis-
tinguishable from P. nigricolor by the form of the palpal
organ. In P.ntgricolor the spine is lightly convex when
viewed from one side; when viewed from its concave aspect
it is straight and is bordered by sharp crests which converge
to the point; in the distal half of this area there arises a
median crest, which is high, lies obliquely, and has a distinctly
convex edge. In P. inszgnis, on the other hand, the spine is
less curved and the median crest is not confined to the distal
end of its subspatulate portion, but runs throughout its
length.

92 Mr. R. I. Pocock on

Measurements in millimetres. —Total length 48; carapace
26; first leg 81, second leg 78, third leg 76, fourth leg 93 ;
patella + tibia of first 28, of fourth 30; protarsus of first 18,
of fourth 26; femur of first and of fourth 24.

Loc. Cauca (I. da Costa (type) and M. Goudot).

Pamphobeteus ornatus, sp. n.

& .—Closely related to P. nigricolor and insignis, but with
a pinky-red bloom on the upperside. Structurally the pro-
tarsus of the first leg is more arcuate, its upperside being
evenly though lightly convex, and the lower tibial spur is
more on a level with the upper, so that when viewed from the
inside no “ daylight” is visible between them. ‘The spine of
the palpal organ is considerably shorter, more curved, less
spatulate, and not so strongly crested as in either of the other
species. Trochanter of palp covered behind with a pad of
slender but strongly plumose bristles like feathery down.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 54; carapace
27; first leg 87, second 83, third 80, fourth 99; patella and
tibia of first 29, of fourth 31; protarsus of first 21, of fourth
31; femur of fourth 25.

Loc. Rio Dagua in Colombia.

The males of the genus known to me may be diagnosed as
follows :—

a. TIntegument covered with close woolly hairs; spine of
palpal organ broad and spatulate; (with steel-blue lustre
AOR )e Bean cecarton eae septa epaude otarribielus eosin antinous.
d, Integument, at least of legs, not noticeably woolly ;
spine of palpal organ attenuate.
a’. Dorsal surface with rosy-pink bloom ; spine of palpal
organ less strongly crested; a thick pad of finely
feathery or downy hairs on posterior side of the tro-
ehanter Of theypal pig: fee eae are wrolel- eeieestaeleletors ioe ornatus.
Z. Dorsal surface with bluish-purple bloom; spine of
palpal organ strongly crested.
a’, Spine more curved, the median crest of its concave
(anterior or spatulate) side short, high, convex,
and limited to the distal extremity ; the long hairs
on the posterior side of the trochanter of the palp
delicately plumose, but without thick cluster of
fine WALDCOHAITS yrs peli es ethos swine oie sas alaieie es nigricolor,
?, Spine straighter, the median crest long, not high,
and extending throughout the length of the spine ;
posterior side of trochanter of palp furnished
distally with a cluster of very fine, close-set,
delicately barbed hairs ........ Ae ae IC eae insignis.

some South-American Aviculariide. 93

In addition to the type species, P. nigricolor, Auss., and
the others described above this genus contains those named
by Ausserer Lasiodora fortis and ferox, of which only
female examples are known (Verh. z.-b. Wien, 1875, pp. 192-
194).

Lasiodora Augusti and L. vespertinum, Simon, from Los
Puentes, near Quito, in Ecuador, no doubt also belong to the
genus Pamphobeteus. The former, according to Simon, differs
from P. nigricolor, Auss., in its smaller size, in being tinted
with reddish violet, and in having a sinuous palpal spine.
P. vespertinus is covered with reddish pubescence, and further
differs from P. Augusti in having the spine of the palpal
organ thicker, lightly dilated and lanceolate, and furnished
with a higher and obtuse triangularly elevated median spine.

Genus XENESTHIS, Simon.
Xenesthis monstrosus, sp. n.

? .—Colour. Hairy clothing of body and limbs deep olive-
black and woolly; a pair of purplish-red patches on the head,
but otherwise without red pubescence.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 74; carapace
32; first leg 76, second leg 70, third leg 71, fourth leg 89 ;
patella and tibia of first 28, of fourth 29; protarsus of first 16,
of fourth 25.

Loc. New Granada.

This species is nearly allied to X.immanis, Auss. (=colom-
biana, Sim.), which the British Museum possesses from
Bogota in Colombia (Keyserling Coll. and LZ. Greening), and
Tachiro in Venezuela (Mr. Higgins). The females of the
two, however, may be contrasted as follows :—

a, Legs much longer, the fourth rather more than three

times as long as the carapace, the first about twice

and two thirds as long; carapace equal to patella

and tibia of first or fourth leg, a little longer than

PLOLATssOl LOUTERY! sAesiicm Oo ace xisldorh told Seta dees immanis, Auss,
b, Legs much shorter, the fourth considerably less than

three times, the first less than twice and a half

as long as the carapace; carapace distinctly ex-

ceeding patella and tibia of first or fourth, as long as

the fourth protarsus+more than half the tarsus .. monstrosus, Poc.

The type of X. emmanis, Auss. (?), gives the following
measurements for comparison :—

Total length 65 millim.; carapace 29; first leg 80, second

94 Mr. R. I. Pocock on

leg 74, third leg 73, fourth leg 92 ; patella + tibia of first 28°5,
of fourth 28 ; protarsus of first 16, of fourth 27.

Besides the type the British Museum has two additional
females of X. immanis; these resemble the type in relative
measurements.

Genus CyrTOPHOLIS, Sim.

Cyrtosternum, Auss. Verh, z.-b. Wien, 1875, p. 176 (nom. preeoce.)
(type ceusor, Auss.).

Cyrtopholis, Simon, Hist. Nat. Araign. i. p. 143 (1892) (type imnocuus
(Auss.), Sim.).

Lyroscelus, F. Cambr. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) vii. p. 324 (1901)
(type Bonhotet, I’, Cambr.).

Simon proposed Cyrtopholis to replace Cyrtosternum. He
drew the characters of the genus from an unnamed species
from St. Thomas and from specimens he identified with
Crypsidromus tnnocuus, Auss., a Cuban species. The type
of Cyrtopholis, then, is the species represented by the specimens
referred by Simon to ¢nnocuus.

The type of Cyrtosternum, namely, cursor, from San Do-
mingo, was unknown toSimon. As hasalready been pointed
out by myself (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xvi. p. 226, 1895)
and Mr. F. Cambridge (Biol. Centr.-Amer., Araneidea, vol. 11.
p- 29, 1897), Ausserer based the genus upon the strong con-
vexity of the sternum, not, as Simon states, upon the curvature
of the anterior ocular line. The types of C. cursor are in the
British Museum and are doubtfully adult females. Apart
from the convexity of the sternum, I can find no character
with pretensions to be of generic value between this species
and the others here referred to Cyrtopholis. But to regard
this as of generic value complicates the question of names,
for it entails the ascription of a new generic name to replace
Cyrtosternum, since the species from which the characters of
Cyrtopholis were taken have the sterna flat. That this species
is congeneric with the type of Lyroscelus, ¥. Cambr., with
which the other Antillean species known to me agree, is very
probable. I have acted upon this probability in the generic
synonymy given above; but should this supposition prove
erroneous the matter may be easily rectified, since the type
species to which the three generic names have been given
are settled.

Cyrtopholis cursor (Auss.).
Cyrtosternum cursor, Auss. Verh. z.-b. Wien, 1875, p. 176.

Loe. San Domingo.
‘he only specimens of this species available for examination

some South- American Aviculariide. 95

have the tarsal pad of the fourth leg divided by a band of
bristles ; but since these examples are doubtfully mature, the
carapace measuring only 13 millim. in length, these characters
cannot be relied upon as of any systematic value.

Cyrtopholis Bonhotei (F. Cambr.).

Lyroscelus Bonhotei, F. Cambr. Ann. & Mag, Nat. Hist. (7) vil.
p. 324, pl. vil. figs. 6, 6a (1901).

Loc. Nassau, in the Bahamas (J. L. Bonhote).

Cyrtopholis venatorius (Linn.) *.

Aranea venatoria, Linn. Syst. Nat. ed. 12, p. 1035 (in part.).

Mygale bartholomei, Latreille, Nouv. Annales Mus. 1. p. 71 (1802) ;
Walck. Ins. Apt. i. p. 214 (1837).

? Mygale incana, C. Koch, Die Arachn. ix. p. 70, fig. 735 (1842).

Crypsidromus gypsator, Becker, Ann, Soc. Ent. Belg. xxii. p. 85, pl. il.
fig. 11 (1879).

Cyrtopholis antillana, Thorell, Bih. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Handl. xx. pt- iv-
no. 4, p. 25 (1894).

? Cyrtopholis sp., Simon, Hist. Nat. Araign. i. p. 143 (1892) (in note).

Toc. Lesser Antilles.

* Linneus based Aranea venatoria upon two species—the well-known
form which Latreille made the type of his genus Heteropoda under the
name venatoria and the West-Indian Aviculariine Cyrtophelis. The latter
is indicated in the last of the four references Linnzus cites, the remaining
three referring to the species of Heteropoda. This overwhelming prepon-
derance of references in favour of Heteropoda no doubt influenced Latreille
in his determination of the species venatoria: Unfortunately Fabricius
antedated Latreille, and in 1793 assigned the name regia to the species

_ Latreille called venatoria, thus by unconscious elimination fixing the
name venatoria on to the second species included by Linnzeus under that-
name.

Further confusion was created by the action of Fabricius in ascribing
the name venatoria, whether intentionally or not is no matter, to a species
not referred to by Linnzus under venatoria. Linneus included the spider
from Antigua described by Browne (‘ Jamaica,’ p. 420) as Tarantula
rufescens major &e., and represented on pl. xliv. fig. 2, but not the Taran-
tula major subhirsuta sub terram nidulans described on the same page and
represented by fig. 3 on the same plate. It was upon this last-named
species that Fabricius fixed the name venatoria; hence the fixation is
without value and is null and void. So far as any action taken by
Fabricius in the matter is concerned, the only reason that can be alleged
for setting aside Latreille’s interpretation of theename venatoria is that
given above, namely, the previous ascription of the name regia to the
same species by Fabricius. If this be considered sufficient, then the name
venatoria falls upon the Antigua Aviculariine belonging to Cyrtopholis.

I believe, however, that Linnzeus himself was the first to give a second
name to the species he first referred to venatoria. Immediately following
the diagnosis of venatoria is that of Aranca oceliata, which is almost
certainly based upon the male of the species that Fabricius named regia.
The size, ocelliform spots on the femora, paired patches on the carapace,

96 Mr. R. I. Pocock on

The British Museum has specimens that I refer to this
species from Montserrat (Sir A. Alderley) and Antigua (C. A.
Barber, W. h. Forrest, J. W. Gregory), and also an imma-
ture female ticketed with the MS. name Crypsidromus alti-
ceps, Keys., from the last-named island. The type of gypsator
was also from Antigua. The specimens described by Latreille
and Thorell were from St. Bartholomew, the species named
incana by C. Koch, and the one mentioned but not described
by Simon, from St. Thomas. In Browne’s ‘ History of
Jamaica,’ p. 420, pl. xliv. fig. 2, this species is figured and
briefly described as a native of Antigua. This figure formed
part of the basis of the species named Aranea venatoria by ~
Linneus.

Cyrtopholis femoralis, sp. n.

3.—Much smaller than C. Bonhotet and C. venatorius.
Integument deep castaneous, covered with yellowish-brown
hairs, with long pale bristles on the abdomen.

Carapace as in C. venatorius; eyes also almost as in that
species, those of the anterior line slightly procurved, laterals
a little larger than medians, medians barely a radius apart.

In spine-armature of degs and proportion of leg-segments
closely resembling C. venator’us, except that the femur of
the third is considerably more thickened relatively, the width
being considerably more than one third the length of its

and the locality (China) all fit the male of vegia, though the phrase
“black ring on the abdomen” is puzzling.
The earlier synonymy of the species involved is, I believe, as follows :—

1. Cyrtopholis venatorius (Linn.).

Aranea venatoria, Linn. Syst. Nat. ed. 12, p. 1035. no. 84 (1766) (in
part., 2. e., refs. to Browne’s ‘ Jamaica,’ p, 420, pl. xliv. fig. 2).

2. Heteropoda ocellata (Linn.).

Aranea venatoria, Linn. Syst. Nat. ed. 12, p. 1085. no. 33 (in part.,
2. €., refs. to Gronovius, Sloan, and Merian).

Aranea ocellata, Linn. ibid. no. 34 ( ¢).

Aranea regia, Faby. nt. Syst. ii. p. 408 (1793) (2).

Heteropoda venatoria, Latreille, Vhorell, et alii (olim),

Heteropoda regia, Fabr., L. Koch, Simon, &e.

3. Pachylomerus nidulans (Fabr.).

-——~

Aranea venatoria, Fabr. Syst. Ent. p. 439 (1775) (nee venatoria, Linn.).
Aranea nidulans, Fabr. Mant. Ins. i. p. 348 (1787).
Aranea venatoria, Fabr. Ent, Syst. ii. p. 408 (1793),

some South-American Aviculariide. oF
upperside (3: 7°8); the protarsal scopule are more scanty
and the tarsal seopule of the third and fourth legs divided by
a narrow band of bristles. alpal organ constructed practi-
cally as in C. venatortus. Protarsus of first leg straight, not
arcuate.

Stridulating-organ practically as in C. venatorius.

Measurements in millimetres.—VYotal length 21; length of
carapace 10, width 2; length of first leg 33, second leg 31,
third leg 29, fourth leg 36; patella and tibia of first and
fourth 12°5 ; protarsus of fourth 11.

Loc. Montserrat (Str A. Alderley).

A smaller species than C. venatorius, presenting many
features of the young of the latter, in conformity with the
well-known biological law.

Cyrtopholis agilis, sp. n.

g —About the same size as C. femoralis. Integument
covered with brown hairs with a golden lustre.

Carapace considerably shorter than patella and tibia of
first or of fourth legs and distinctly shorter than protarsus of
fourth ; cephalic region moderately high; eyes of anterior
line more widely spaced than in C. femoralis, the medians
about a diameter from each other, but rather less than that
trom the laterals.

Legs 4, 1, 2, 3; tibia of first armed with about five spines,
two inner and three outer, one of the latter being apical; the
spurs stout, bluntly rounded, the inferior expanded at the
distal end; protarsus lightly arcuate, unspined (? except at
apex) ; tibia of second with eight spines; protarsus with one
external spine at base of scopula, which does not reach base
of segment; third and fourth legs more numerously spined ;
femur of third scarcely incrassate ; tarsal scopula of fourth
incompletely divided by a band of sete.

Palp with two internal tibial spines; palpal organ with
the spine more filiform than that of C. Bonhote?.

Stridulating-organ consisting of about nine clavate plumose
bristles on the trochanter of the first leg and about three
similar bristles on the trochanter of the palpus.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 18; carapace
9°5; width of carapace 8; length of first leg 34, second 32,
third 29, fourth 37; patella and tibia of first and fourth 12 ;
protarsus of fourth 10:5,

Loc, San Domingo.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xi. 7

98 Mr. R. I. Pocock on

To the genus Cyrtopholis I also refer the following
species :—

Cyrtopholis perniv, Auss. Verh. z.-b. Wien, 1875, p. 178
(Crypsidromus) ; EF. Cambridge, Biol. Centr.-Amer.,
Araneidea, ii. p. 31, pl. ii. fig. 14 (1897) (lapalopus).

Loe. Pic d’Orizaba, Mexico.

The following is a key to the species known to me, the
characters being mostly taken from specimens of the male
Sex :—

@. Sternum strongly CONVEX (55... <see se vs afaaee s . cursor, Auss.
6, Sternum flat.
a’, Eyes of anterior line only a little procurved,
nearly straight by their centres; stridulating-
bristles on first leg spatulate (7. e., expanded
and compressed), those on palp few and not
plumose; spine of palpal organ with strong
fe) ace oitoe aeiae Ce ee Trea eS ae Serene pernie, Auss.
b*, Eyes of anterior line more strongly procurved,
stridulating-organ consisting of lightly clavate
plumose bristles on first leg and palp; spine of
palpal organ without strong keel.
a*, Small, carapace up to 11 mm. long.
a®, Femur of third leg scarcely swollen, infe-
rior tibial spur distally incrassate and

roundeds Macicecae vente meee ae Ree agilis, Sp. N.
b*, Femur of third leg much swollen, inferior
tibial spur distally narrowed .......... JSemoralis, sp. 0.

b*. Large ; carapace not less than 16 mm. long.
a*. Colour a tolerably uniform brown, with
golden lustre; legs with pale bands ; spine
of palpal organ strongly compressed .... venatorius, Linn,
b*. Colour mostly black; carapace thickly
coated with golden-grey hairs; spine of
palpal organ not compressed ......... . Bonhotei, F. Ch.

Genus CITHAROSCELUS, Pocock.

Citharoscelus, Pocock, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) iii. p. 847 (1899).
? Grammostola + Homeomma, Simon, Hist. Nat. Araign, i, pp. 162,
163 (1892).

This genus contains the following species :—

Citharoscelus spatulatus (F. Cambridge).

? Mygale rosea, Walck. Ins. Apt. i. p. 218 (1837); Guérin, Voy.
‘ Favorite,’ v. pt. 2, p. 165, pl. xlviii. fig. 1 (1839) (nec osews, Simon).

? Mygale rosea, C. Koch, Die Arachn. ix. p. 59 (1842),

? Mygale rubiginosa, Nicolet in Gay’s Hist, de Chile, Zool. iii. p. 330
(1849),

some South-American Aviculariide. 99

Eurypelma spatulatum, F. Cambridge, Biol. Centr.-Amer., Araneidea,
ii. p. 24, pl. i. figs. 19, 19 a, 6 (1897).

Citharoscelus Kochit, Pocock, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) ill. p. 348
(1899); F. Cambridge, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xxvii. p. 16, pl. ii.
figs. 13-15 (1899); Pocock, Fitzgerald’s Highest Andes, p. 3959
(1899).

Loe. Chili: Valparaiso, Santiago, Coquimbo.

This species, whatever its true name may be (for a dis-
cussion of which see infra, p. 105), is one of the commonest
Chilian species of Aviculariide.

The locality “ Mexico” assigned to the type of Eurypelma
spatulatum is no doubt an error. The specimen upon which
this species was based formed part of the late Count Keyser-
ling’s collection. This collection also contained an example
of Paraphysa manicata, another common Chilian species,
ticketed Mexico,

Citharoscelus Gossez, Pocock.

Citharoscelus Gosset, Pocock, Fitzgerald’s Highest Andes, p. 359,
figs. 2-2 a, b (1899).

Loc. Argentine Republic: Lujan.

Citharoscelus mollicomus (Auss.).
Eurypelma mollicomum, Ausserer, Verh. z.-b. Wien, xxv. p. 198
(1876).

The stridulating-organ consists of a thick cluster of slender
bristles, forming a subquadrate pad upon the distal third of
the posterior side of the coxa of the palp, and a cluster of
similar bristles above and below the suture at the distal end
of the coxa of the first leg.

In addition to the type specimen from Uruguay, the
British Museum has examples (3, 2) taken between Porto
Alégre and Uruguana in Rio Grande do Sul (J. Blakesley).

Citharoscelus Sheringit (Keyserling) .
Eurypelma Jheringit, Keyserling, Brasilianische Spinnen, p. 19, pl. i.
fiz. 4 (1891).
Loc. Taquara, Rio Grande do Sul (4. von Jhering).

Citharoscelus acteon, sp. n.

g.—Coleur. Integument of carapace and mandibles black-
ish, clothed, like the legs, with short golden-brown hairs ;
legs thickly clothed with reddish-brown bristles; numerous

a *

(

100 Mr. R. I. Pocock on

fiery-red bristles on upperside of abdomen; coxe, sternum,
and lower side of abdomen black.

Carapace about as wide as long, as long as patella and
tibia of fourth leg, a little shorter than those of second, and
barely exceeding protarsus and tarsus of first; fovea deep,
a little recurved ; ocular tubercle high, nearly round.

Eyes small, those of anterior line procurved, subequal and
subequally spaced, medians about two diameters apart, pos-
terior lateral eyes larger than the rest.

Legs 4 and 1, 2, 3; patella and tibia of first almost as long
as protarsus and tarsus of first; protarsal scopula of first
covering more than half the segment, of third about half, of
fourth nearly one third of the segment; legs weakly spined,
except the protarsi of third and fourth, one spine at the base
of the protarsus on the first and second; tibize almost un-
spined. Protarsus of first leg lightly bowed. Upper tibial spur
of first leg rounded at apex, with one or two spines lying along
its underside ; lower spur strong, directed vertically “down.
wards, then curving forwards at the tip, which is armed
above with a short spine, there is also a spine on its outer
side.

Palpal organ piriform, the spine attenuate, pointed, with
slight spiral curvature and strong external crest.

Stridulating-organ consisting of very many simple incras-
sate but apically attenuate bristles, those on the coxa of the
first leg being situated below the suture.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 53; cara-
pace 31; first leg 94, second leg 87, third leg 76, fourth leg
95; patella and tibia of first 36, of fourth 31; protarsus of
fourth 25.

Loc. Brazil (Mornay). A single adult male.

Citharoscelus alticeps, sp. n.

g.—Colour. A blackish-grey clothing of short hairs
covering the body and limbs ; the margin of the carapace, the
abdomen, and limbs covered in addition with reddish- -grey
sete ; pale lines conspicuous on the patella, but not so notice-
able on the other segments.

Carapace noticeably longer than wide, its length a shade
Jess than that of the fourth protarsus, the width considerably
Jess than the patella and tibia of the third leg, and less than
the distance between the posterior border of the carapace and
the ocular tubercle; fovea deep and wide, grooves strong.

Head very high and convex, rather wide in front; tubercle
low, distinctly wider than long. yes of the anterior row

some South- American Aviculariide. 101

strongly procurved, the anterior edge of the medians being a
little behind the centre of the laterals, nearly evenly spaced
and a little unequal in size, the medians being the larger and
separated from each other by a space which equals their
diameter ; posterior medians much smaller than the anterior
medians, but not very widely separated from them, closer to
the posterior laterals, which are about as large as the anterior
laterals, and separated from them by a space which is quite
equal to the long diameter of the latter *.

Legs long and slender, 1 and 4, 2,3; tarsi of fourth longer
than of first, patella and tibia of first considerably longer than
of fourth: protarsal scopula of first covering three-quarters
of the segment, with a pair of long spines at its base; that of
the second covering two thirds, with three to five long spines
at its base; that of the third covering half the segment, with
many basal spines; that of the fourth covering about one
fifth of the segment, which is elsewhere strongly spined:
tabice of all the legs and of the palpus spined ; an anterior
spine on the patella of first and second legs.

Spurs on the first téb¢a well developed, the upper stout,
straight, cylindrical, blunt, and bearing a long sinuous spine
on its underside, the lower crescentically cylindrical, curved,
with a stout spine on its apex; the protarsus distinctly but
slightly-bowed at its proximal end.

The palpal organ piriform, terminating in a delicate hair-like
process ; at the base of the narrower portion the organ offers
a spiral twist ; there are externally two keels, the lower of
which is very conspicuous.

Stridulating-organ consisting of a large cluster of fine close-
set bristles clothing the distal third of the posterior surface of
the coxa of the palp, and of two smaller clusters of similar
close-set bristles at the distal end of the anterior surface of
the coxa of the first leg, one just above and the other just
below the suture.

9 (not quite mature)— Carapace like that of the male, but
a little wider in proportion to its length, especially the cephalic
region, mandibles wider at the base ; length of carapace equal
to that of patella and tibia of fourth leg and exceeding the
protarsus, its width exceeding the patella and tibia of the
third leg. yes as in the male described.

* One male example from the same bottle, and unmistakably belonging
to the same species, which has been dried, has the anterior median eyes
much smaller, being smaller than the anterior lateral and separated by a
space which considerably exceeds a diameter. This circumstance shows
how very careful one should be in the use of ocular characters for the
distinction of genera and species.

102 Mr. R. I. Pocock on

Legs 4, 1, 2, 3, the fourth exceeding the first by about half
the length of its tarsus ; protarsal scopulee a little shorter on
all the legs; patella and tibia of first and fourth about equal.

Measurements in miilimetres.— g. Total length 37 ; length
of carapace 17, width 14°5; length of first leg 62, second
57, third 58, fourth 63°5; patella and tibia of first 22, of
fourth 20; protarsus of fourth 17.

?. Total length 30; carapace 15; first leg 41, second leg
58, third leg 36, fourth leg 45.
Loc. Uruguay ; without further history.

Key to the foregoing species :—

a. Stridulating-bristles few in number, large and red
GISEALTY =F ost cee mie lo\ageicis istefaye > niadsiene mys 0 opeetane spatulatus, F. Ch.
b. Stridulating-bristles numerous and close-set, those
on the posterior side of the coxa of the palp
‘forming a large quadrate area on its distal
third.
a. Protarsus of first leg scopulate almost to base ;
ocular tubercletyery hiph so 5. + <5.-<e cee mollicomus, Auss.
6}, Scopula on first protarsus not nearly extending
to its base; ocular tubercle normal.
a’. Protarsus of first leg (in male) strongly
arcuate; some short stout spines on the
posterior side of the coxa of the palp
beneath the stridulating-bristles ........ Gosser, Poe.
b?. Protarsus of first leg (in male) less arcuate;
no spines beneath the stridulating-bristles
on the coxa of the palp.
a®, Carapace as long as protarsus of fourth
DeSean enue Ricci prak se aioe else teeter e eee alticeps, sp. 0.
b%. Carapace longer than protarsus of fourth
lee.
a‘, Carapace longer than wide; protarsal
scopula of first leg covering less than
half the lower side of the segment; a
thick cluster of stridulating-bristles
- above the suture on the coxa of the
HIT SE ES Fe ot or ete tiaeeis Nengue delonre bie Jheringit, Keys.
b', Carapace as wide as long; protarsal
scopula of first lex covering more than
half the lower side of the segment;
only a few bristles above the suture on

the coxa of the first leg .....0000555 act@on, sp. 0.

Genus BRACHYPELMA, Sim., emend.

Brachypelma, Simon, Hist. Nat. Araign. i. p. 168 (1892).

A scopula of plumose hairs upon the anterior side of the
trochanter of the first leg and on the inner side of its femur,
at least in the females; also upon the posterior side of the

some South-American Aviculariide. 103

trochanter of the palp. Coxa of first leg clothed anteriorly
with long hairs, many (? all) of which have thickened spini-
form bases.

Type B. emilia (White).

Also contains Brachypelma vagans (Auss.), B. albiceps,
nov.* (? nec ¢), B. Smithit (EF. Cambr.), and others from
Mexico.

Distribution. Central America.

Genus SPHZROBOTHRIA, Karsch.

In Spherobothria (male) the femur, trochanter, and adja-
cent area of the coxa of the first leg and the corresponding
areas on the posterior side of the coxa and trochanter of the
palp are scopulate.

In the female the scopulate hairs on the first leg are much
less richly developed.

Type (and only known species) S. Hoffmannt, Karsch.

Liistribution, Guatemala, &c.

Genus PArApPHyYsA, Simon.
Paraphysa, Simon, Hist. Nat. Araign. i. p. 166 (1892).

Specimens that I refer to Paraphysa manicata—a species
which is abundant in Chili—have the anterior side of the
coxa, trochanter, and base of femur of first leg uniformly
clothed with long bristles, similar in form and subequal in
length. Similar bristles are present upon the posterior side
of the trochanter of the palp. The character of the genus
taken from the small number of labial cusps has little syste-
matic value, the number of cusps varying from seven to over
thirty.

Type P. manicata, Sim.

Genus PHRYXOTRICHUS, Simon.
Phryxotrichus, Simon, Hist. Nat. Araign. i. p. 163 (1892).

In P. auratus, the only species known to me which
appears to fall certainly into this genus as diagnosed by
Simon, the palp and first leg are clothed with hairs, somewhat
similar in form and situation to those of Paraphysa; but the
bristles on the coxa and trochanter of the first leg are more
aciculate.

* For B. pallidum, 9, from Guerrero, which was doubtfully assigned
by Mr, F. Cambridge to the ¢ from Chihuahua,

104 Mr. R. I. Pocock on

Phryzxotrichus auratus, sp. 0.
° Phry.otrichus roseus (Walck.), Simon, Hist. Nat. Araign. i. p. 169
1892).
» rtnaidata vulpinus, Karsch, Zeits. ges. Naturwiss. li. p. 390
(1880).

¢ .—Colour. Integument black or deep blackish brown
and clothed with short black woolly hair; the margin of the
carapace, the upper surface and sides of the abdomen, and the
legs clothed with bright golden-yellow bristles; a sooty-
black tarsal and protarsal stripe ; the carapace, sternum, coxe,
and lower side of the abdomen black.

Carapace nearly circular, about as broad as long; the
length almost equal to that of patella and tibia of fourth or of
second leg, considerably less than those of first, less than
protarsus and tarsus of fourth, exceeding those of first; head
broad and high ; ocular tubercle a little wider than long. Eyes
small, those of anterior Ine procurved, subequally spaced,
distance between the medians greater than their diameter ;
anterior laterals a little larger than anterior medians, posterior
medians almost as large as anterior medians and smaller than

posterior laterals.

Leys 1, 4, 2, 3 in length, almost without spines, the tibiz
with at most a pair of inferior apical and the protarsi (except
of fourth) with one (on third leg two) at base and one at
apex of scopula, the latter being not always visible, the pro-
tarsus of fourth armed in addition with four internal and one
external spine. Palp with three inferior apical tibial spines;
tarsus of fourth as long as of first; claws untoothed; pro-
tarsal scopule of first and second covering two thirds the
lower side of the segment. Labial teeth about 6-12 (? ).

g.—Like the female in colouring and spine-armature
of iegs.

Carapace as long as patella and tibia of third leg, a little
longer than tibia of first, shorter than tibia and protarsus of
first or fourth.

Legs 1, 4, 2,3; tarsus of fourth slightly shorter than that
of first, protarsal scopule of first and fourth covering about
one half the segment.

Tibial spurs of first leg small, the upper cylindrical,
unarmed; the lower directed nearly vertically downwards
and inwards, relatively straight but bent quite at the apex,
where it is tipped with a single long spine.

Falpal organ with bulb piriform and_ spine attenuate,
apically pointed, with shght spiral twist and spirally crested.

Measurements in millimetres— 9. Total length 33; cara-

some South-American Aviculariide. 105

pace 16; first leg 47, second leg 43, third leg 40, fourth
leg 46.

3 (type). Total length 35; carapace 19; first leg 67,
second leg 58, third leg 53, fourth leg 61.

Loe. Chili: Santiago (G. A. J. Rothney, type, 3); Val-
divia (@).

According to Simon (Hist. Nat. Araign. i. p. 169), Phrywo-
trichus is represented by a single species, P. roseus, Walck.,
of which rubiginosus, Nic., and vulpinus, Karsch, are
synonyms; he adds, moreover, that the species is very
common in Chili. Judging hy the Chilian material pre-
served in the British Museum, the commonest species of
Aviculariide in that country is the form to which I have
given the name Citharoscelus Kochi, on the supposition that
it may be the same as the species identified by C. Koch as
Mygale rosea, Walck. Now Citharoscelus Kochii, although
abundant in Chili and of a beautiful pinky-red hue with silky
Justre, well deserving the epithet rosea, does not present the
characters of the genus Phry«otrichus, and therefore cannot
be the roseus of Walckenaer, if we are to accept Simon’s
determination of the latter species. Unfortunately, Simon
does not give reasons to support his determination of rosea,
Walck. ‘The diagnosis of rosea is plainly inadequate ; never-
theless it states that the abdomen and carapace are covered
with hairs of a delicate red with rosy lustre—a statement
applicable in all particulars to the male of Citharoscelus
Kochtt. Walckenaer speaks, moreover, of the similarity in
colour between the carapace and abdomen as distinctive of
rosea as compared with his verszcolor.

Now, since the specimens here described as P. auratus
are in no sense of the word ‘rosy red’ and have the cara-
pace and abdomen dissimilarly coloured, I find it impossible
to refer them to rosews of Walckenaer, although it is highly
possible, perhaps probable, that they may prove to be speci-
fically identical with the specimens identitied by Simon as
roseus—the specimens, in fact, from which the characters of
Phryaotrichus were taken, ‘Two considerations, however,
militate against this view—namely, that in the female of
P. auratus the fourth leg is shorter than the first, the tarsi
of the two being equal, whereas in Simon’s P. roseus the
fourth leg is longer than the first, but has a shorter tarsus.

In many respects the very inadequate description of Ortho-
trichus vulpinus, Karsch, based on a spider from Valparaiso
(Zeits. ges. Nat. iii. p. 890, 1880), applies to the example
of P. auratus; but the phrase “ tibia iii. deutlich bestachelt ”
forbids the identification of the two, although I confess to a

106 Mr. R. I. Pocock on

strong suspicion that Dr. Karsch may have made an error in
the particular named *,

* Since writing these comments I haye received from M. Simon his
report upon the Arachnida of the ‘Hamburger Magalhaensische Sammel-
reise, Hamburg, 1902. On p.5 of this work two species of Aviculariine
are enumerated under the names Phryvotrichus chilensis, Mol., and
Citharoscelus Kochit, Poc.

As synonyms of the first are quoted Mygale rosea, Guér., M. rosea,
C. Koch, ad part., ? WM. rubiginosa, Nic., ? Orthotrichus vulpinus, Karsch,
and Phryxotrichus roseus, Sim. Of the second, ? M. chilensis, Mol. (pars),
? M. rosea, Walck., C. Koch (saltem ad part.), Mygale rosea, Nic.

The following criticisms must be offered to this suggested synonymy :—

The species, whatever be its identity, that was described by Molina
was named in the first instance Mygale scrofa (Sage. Stor. Nat. Chili,
1782, pp. 214-215 & 347). In a later edition of the same work this
name was changed to chilensis (op. cit. ed. 2, p. 185, 1810). But
whether M. scrofa is assignable to Phryzxotrichus, Paraphysa, or Citha-
roscelus, or to some other genus, no word in the diagnosis clearly
indicates. The use of the words “bruno veluttato” and “fusco,” as
applied to the colour, points to a brown species like Paraphysa mani-
cata, rather than to a pinkish-rosy form such as the Mygale rosea of
Walckenaer, Guérin, and Koch, Again, the synonymy given by Simon
suggests that M. rosea, Walck., and M. rosea, Guérin, were based upon
species belonging to different genera, whereas Guérin’s words leave no
doubt whatever that the two authors described the same specimen. Nor
does there appear to be any reason to think that Walckenaer and Koch
had more than one specimen before them, and thus confounded more than
one species under the name “sosea,” as is suggested by Simon’s insertion
of the woods “ saltem ad part.”

Comparing the figures and descriptions of IZ. rosea, given by Walck-
enaer, Guérin, and Koch, one can hardly help believing that these
authors had examples of one and the same species in their hands; and I
should have unhesitatingly adopted the name rosea, Walck., for the type
species of the genus C¢tharoscelus, had it not been for Simon’s citation
as type of the genus Phryvotrichus, M. rosea, Walck., which he pre-
sumably knew, assigning to the latter characters not possessed by the
type of Citharoscelus. However that may be, it is quite evident that
the correct names of the three commonest species of “ Mygale” inhabiting
the best-known localities in Chili, namely the species I have described as
Citharoscelus Kochii, Phryxotrichus auratus, and the one I determine
as Paraphysa manicata, are still wrapped in obscurity.

To avoid future confusion, it may be well to point out that the type of
Phryxotrichus should be the species represented by the specimen Simon
determined as Orthotrichus vulpinus of Karsch, when he proposed
Phryxotrichus to replace the preoccupied generic name given by Karsch
(Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1888, p. 222). Simon himself now admits the
uncertainty of his determination. Should the two species prove to be
generically, as well as specifically, separable, a second name must be
substituted for Orthotrichus. Further, Simon subsequently cited
M. roseus, Walck., as the type of Phryxotrichus (Hist. Nat. Araign. i.
p. 163, 1892), evidently supposing vulpinus and roseus to be synonyms,

t appears now, from his Jatest contribution to the synonymy, that he is
doubtful even about the generic identity of the two.

I have discussed this question at some length because it furnishes an
admirable instance of the confusion that may arise from guessing at the
identity of another author’s species. Far better propose a new specific
name than wrongly determine and describe a previously established form.

some South-American Aviculariide. 107

Phryxotrichus parvulus, sp. n.

Colour. Carapace black, clothed with long silky hairs ;
legs covered with greyish-yellow hairs; coxe and sternum
reddish brown; lower side of abdomen black.

Carapace longer than wide, its length less than that of
patella and tibia of first or of fourth leg, equal to those of
second. Ocular area much more compact than in P. auratus,
about twice as wide as long, medians about a diameter
apart, rather less from the laterals, which are larger and
half their diameter from the posterior laterals; posterior
medians a little smaller than posterior laterals.

Labium bearing about 20 teeth.

Legs 4,1, 2,3 in length; tibia and protarsi of third and
fourth and tibia of first and second armed with many strong
spines ; femora also with a few spines; protarsi of first and
second with an apical spine beneath, that of the second with
one spine at base as well; protarsal scopule of first and second
covering distal half of segment, protarsal scopula of fourth
completely apical; protarsus of first and, ina less degree, of
second arcuate; tibial spurs of first leg strong, the lower
stout, directed obliquely forwards and downwards, and armed
apically with two strong short spines one above the other,
the upper spur armed beneath with a strong spine running
along its lower side; on the outer side of the tibia at the
apex above the base of the lower spur there are three long
spines set close together.

Palp with tibia armed with a few spiniform sete; palpal
organ piriform, with a slender attenuate curved spine.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 17; carapace
8°5; first leg 24, second leg 23, third leg 20, fourth leg 28.

Loc. Chili: Valparaiso (Colonel Hayes Sadler, type).

Except for the small number of labial teeth the two species
here referred to Phryxotrichus have little in common.

The two may be compared in the male sex as follows :—

a. Carapace nearly circular, up to 19 millim. long; fourth
leg much shorter than first (60:70 millim.); with the
exception of numerous spines on the protarsus of the
fourth, and a spine or two at the apex of the tibia and
on protarsus of first, second, and third, the legs and palpi
are unarmed ; lower tibial spur directed vertically down-
wards and tipped with a long forwardly-directed spine,
PBPERABAE UMATIICK ys pcre ete atcess ss 2s sic. Ohizigd © bis» oes auratus.

b. Carapace longer than wide, 85 millim, long; fourth leg
much longer than first (28:24 millim.); legs strongly
spined, with exception of protarsus of first and second
which have a few spines only; lower tibial spur stout,
directed obliquely forwards and armed with two short

spines, the upper spur with one spine ..............65 parvulus.

108 Mr. R. I. Pocock on

Genus PTERINOPELMA, Pocock.
Pierinopelma, Pocock, Aun. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) viii. p. 551 (1901).

Pterinopelma vitiosum (Keyserling).

Eurypelma vitiosa, Keyserling, Brasilianische Spinnen, p. 21, pl. i.
fiz. 5 (1891).

Loc. Taquara, Rio Grande do Sui (von Shering).

Pterinopelma saltator, sp. n.

g-—Colour. Hairy clothing a uniform dark brown,
relieved by foxy-red bristles on the abdomen and legs and
narrow pale transverse bands at the extremities of the leg-
segments.

Carapace considerably longer than wide, cephalic area
moderately high ; its length less than tibia and half patella
of fourth and more than tibia and half patella of first leg,
shorter than fourth protarsus, longer than patella, tibia, and
tarsus of palp, length from fovea to anterior border scarcely
as long as first protarsus; eyes of anterior line subequal,
close together, the medians about a radius apart.

Legs long, 4, 1, 2, 3, fourth exceeding the first by more
than its tarsus; patella and tibia of first less than of fourth,
tibia of first not incrassate, armed with two inner spines and
five spines on the outer side, of which four are at the distal end ;
protarsus of first scopulate to base, with two spines pro-
jecting from the scopular hairs; protarsus.of second scopulate
almost to base, with numerous inferior spines; tibia and pro-
tarsus of third and fourth with many spines; protarsus of
fourth scarcely scopulate apically. Tibia of first not incras-
sate, its upper spur cylindrical and blunt with inferior spine ;
lower spur cylindrical, lightly curved ; protarsus of first only
lightly convex above. Anterior side of coxa and trochanter
ot first leg clothed thickly with simple hairs; the posterior
side of the trochanter of the palp with scopula of plumose
hairs.

Palpi short, projecting just beyond the patella of the first
leg, the tibia armed internally with about nine strong spines ;
bulb of palpal organ subspherical, the spine strong, blade-
like, lightly sinuous, apically pointed.

2? .—Stouter than the male, with very short legs; fourth
leg stout, less than three times, first leg less than twice and
a half the length of the carapace, third leg about twice
the length ; carapace longer than broad, longer than patella
and tibia of fourth, almost as long as protarsus and tarsus of

some South-American Aviculariide. 109

fourth ; scopula on posterior side of trochanter of palp com-
posed of simple hairs.

Measurements in millimetres— 3 (type). Total length
82; length of carapace 15, width 12; length of head-region 9,
palp 21°5, of first leg 48, of second 44, of third 42, of fourth
575; patella + tibia of first 16°5, of fourth 18°5 ; protarsus of
fourth 17.

?. Total length 41; length of carapace 17; width 14;
length of head-region 10°8, of first leg 39, of second 35, third
33°5, fourth 47; patella+ tibia of first 14, of fourth 16; pro-
tarsus of fourth 12.

Loc. Uruguay (type, Keyserling Coll, and British
Museum) ; Soriano, Uruguay (7. Havers).

This species is remarkable for the length of the fourth leg
in the male, and for its stoutness in the female; also for
having the patella and tibia of the fourth longer than those
of the first leg.

Pierinopelma tigrinum, sp. n.

$ .—Colour. Integument clothed with brownish hairs, with
a yellowish hue on the carapace and mandibles, and a darker
olive-brown on the upperside of the legs and palp, which are
banded with yellowish-white stripes, three being on the
femur, two on the patella and tibia, and one at the proximal
end of the protarsus ; in addition to these pale bands there is
a narrow pale fringe at the apex of the patella, tibia, and
protarsus.

Carapace with head lower than in Cyrtopholis venatorius,
a little shorter than patella and tibia of first and fourth,
a little longer than protarsus of fourth leg. Hyes of anterior
line more scattered, the medians almost a diameter from
each other and quite a diameter from the laterals.

Legs 4,1, 2, 3; tibia of the first with five spines, the spurs
a little ionger than in C. venatorius, the protarsus not bowed,
scopulate to base, spined at apex; the second leg with about
six tibial spines and two internal proximal and three apical
protarsal spines ; tibia and protarsus of third and fourth more
numerously spined; all the femora spined at apex ; femur of
third a little thicker than those of the other legs, its upper
suiface only lightly convex, its sides subparallel.

Palpus with tibia armed internally with three distal spines ;
palpal organ shaped somewhat as in C. Bonhotet, but the
spine much thicker at the base, and its apex more abruptly
narrowed. Stridulating-organ consisting of a large number
of closely-packed slender plumose bristles covering nearly the
whole of the area that bears them.

110 Mr. R. I. Pocock on

9 .—Like the male in colour ; the carapace higher and legs
shorter (cf. measurements).

Measurements in millimetres.— g. Total length 30 ; cara-
pace 16; width of carapace 15; length of first leg 47, second
44:5, third 41, fourth 51; patella and tibia of first 17:5,
of fourth 16°5 ; protarsus of fourth 14°5.

?. Total length 32; carapace 15; width of carapace 13;
length of first leg 40, second 37°5, third 34, fourth 44; patella
and tibia of first 15°5; protarsus of fourth 11°5.

Loc. Monte Video (Keyserling Collection).

Synopsis of Species of Pterinopelma.

a. Upperside of patellz and tibize with conspicuous
pale yellow bands; plumose bristles on anterior
side of coxa of first leg relatively coarse ........ tigrinum, sp. 0.
b. Upperside of patellze and tibiz not conspicuously
banded ; plumose bristles on anterior side of tro-
chanter of first leg relatively fine.
a’, Carapace much longer than protarsus of fourth

Lc cm Cee SS rote FS chy AG SESS) ae vitiosum, Keys.
b', Carapace a little shorter than the protarsus of
fOWPih Lees Moteic cet: alder «2 dere ee eke eee saltator, sp. 0,

Genus HAPALOPUS, Auss.

Hapalopus pictus, sp. n.

Colour. Carapace deep brown, thickly clothed with whitish-
grey hairs; legs also deep brown with darker femora, also
clothed with whitish hairs; abdomen pale, its upperside
ornamented with about half a dozen broad black stripes,
which cover most of the dorsal middle line and become
narrower on the sides of the abdomen.

Carapace shorter than patella+tibia of first or of fourth
leg, equal to those of second, a little longer than fourth pro-
tarsus.

Fovea slightly procurved.

Eyes of anterior line larger than those of posterior, pro-
curved, subequal and subequally spaced, medians half a
diameter apart.

Legs 4, 1, 2, 3; tarsal scopula of second, third, and fourth
legs divided by a narrow band of seta, the divisional line very
narrow on tarsus of third; protarsus of first and second
scopulate in distal half, of third and fourth not scopulate ;
tibiz of all legs and protarsi of third and fourth with many
spines ; protarsus of first with two spines, one interior and
one subinferior and median at base of scopula; protarsus of
third with five inferior spines, three in a line at base of

some South- American Aviculariide. Yr

scopula, and two at its apex. ‘Tibial spurs of first sub-
cylindrical, longish, the lower with a subapical superior spine,
the upper with a spine lying along its lower surface. Palp
with four inner tibial spines; palpal organ with its spines
short and very robust, abruptly narrowed and pointed at the
tip, with a strong spiral crest.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 14; carapace 6;
first leg 19, second leg 18, third leg 16, fourth leg 21;
patella + tibia of first 7-3, of fourth 6°5.

Loc. Caras, in Peru (P. O. Simons).

In the banded coloration of its abdomen this species
resembles H. formosus, Auss. (Verh. z.-b. Wien, 1875, p. 177,
pl. vi. figs. 17, 18), from Bogota, and HL. pentaloris, Simon
(F. Cambr. Biol. Centr.-Amer., Araneidea, ii. p. 31, 1897),
from Guatemala, &c. It may be distinguished from both by
having the keel on the palpal spine not rising into a large
compressed tooth.

Genus Homa@omma, Auss.

re Ausserer, Verh. z.-b. Wien, 1871, p. 210 (nec Homeomma,

1m.).

ee Simon, Hist. Nat. Araign. i. p. 163 (1892).

In his diagnosis of the genus Simon says :—“ Caleares
[ste] tibiales maris sat graciles et subacuti, inferior longior
et arcuatus; bulbus angustus, usque ad basin teretiusculus,
haud carinatus, apice simpliciter tenuissimus.”

As a matter of fact, the tibial spurs are almost exceptionally
strong, and the spine of the palpal organ is broad, blade-like,
and bent almost at right angles with a spiral twist (see figures
published by Koch, Ausserer, and Cambridge). Ausserer’s
diagnosis may be supplemented as follows :—

The bulb of the palpal organ is furnished above with an
upwardly-directed process. ‘he protarsus of the first leg
closes between the tibial spurs. here is no stridulating-organ
of plumose bristles between the basal segments of the first
leg and the palp, these segments being clothed with simple
hairs or bristles ; protarsus of third leg apically scopulate, of
fourth not or scarcely scopulate.

Type. Species represented by specimens identified by
Ausserer as Hurypelma versicolor, C. Koch.

‘The synonymy of the type of this genus is, I believe, as
follows :—

Homeomma nigrum (Walck.).
Mygale nigra, Walckenaer, Ins, Apt. i. p. 214 (1837),
Mygale (Eurypelma) versicolor, C. Koch, Die Arachn. ix. p. 57, fig. 727
(1842) (nee versicolor, Walck.).

jialy. Mr. R. I. Pocock on

Homeomma versicolor, Ausserer, Verh. z.-b. Wien, 1871, p. 211; id.
op. cit. 1876, pl. vii. fig. 38.

Homeomma Stradlingii, O. P.-Cambridge, Proc. Zool. Soc. 188],
p- 683, pl. lx.

Loc. Brazil: Bahia and Rio Janeiro.

A specimen of M. nigra,W alckenaer, preserved in the British
Museum, and bearing Walckenaer’s ticket, and forming part of
the collection of M. Lucien Buquet, may be regarded as the
type of the species. I believe it to be the female of the
species described by Ausserer as Homeomma versicolor, and
later by Cambridge as H. Stradlingii.

In addition to this specimen, the British Museum has
three adult male examples from Brazil.

Homeaomma villosum (Keyserling).

Hapalopus villosus, Keyserling, Brasilianische Spinnen, p. 7, pl. i. fig. 2
(1891).

Ischnocholus pilosus, id. op. cit. p. 9.

Ischnocholus nigrescens, id. op. cit. p. 10,

Crypsidromus perfidus, id. op. cit. p. 14.

Crypsidromus funestus, id. op. cit. p. 15.

Loc. Taquara, in Rio Grande do Sul (Dr. v. Jhering).
For discussion of this synonymy, see Pocock (Ann. & Mag.

Nat. Hist. (6) xvi. p. 226).

These two species may be distinguished as follows :—

a. Length of carapace 18 millim.; process on palpal bulb

short and conical ; protarsus of first leg strongly arcuate *,

without inferior basal noduliform prominence ; carapace

shorter than protarsus of fourth leg; tarsal scopulee

of third and fourth legs not completely divided by a band

GH DEISEIES occas cage sis sso ago ceiere os tenga ete oa IOS eon nigrum.
6. Length of carapace 10 millim. ; process on palpal bulb long,

cylindrical, with expanded tip; protarsus of first leg

scarcely arcuate, with distinct inferior basal prominence ;

carapace longer than protarsus of fourth leg; tarsal

scopulee of third and fourth legs divided by a band of sete. villosum.

Genus METRIOPELMA, Becker.

? Crypsidromus, Auss. Verh. z.-b. Wien, 1871, p. 194.
Metriopelma, Becker, C. R. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1878, p. celvi.
Crypsidromus, Simon, Hist. Nat. Araign. 1. p. 143 (1892),
Muaschistopus, Pocock, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1897, p. 769.

Simon regards Metriopelma as a synonym of Crypstdromus,
the type of which, namely ‘sabel/inus, came from Rio

* C. Koch’s figure of Mygale versicolor represents the protarsus of this
leg as straight,

some South-American Aviculariidz. 113

Janeiro. The male of it, however, is, so far as I can ascer-
tain, unknown, and until it has been determined that the
main generic feature of the genus, namely the division of the
fourth tarsal scopula, is not due to immaturity, it seems idle
to discuss the genus further. Of Meétrtopelma we do know
the male. .

The genus Afiaschistopus, which I was led by an error of
locality into establishing, is identical with Metriopelma.

Metriopelma velox, sp. n.

g .—COvlour deep mahogany-brown, hairy clothing brown
with golden reflections.

Carapace scarcely as long as patella and tibia of third leg,
a little longer than tibia of fourth, a little shorter than patella,
tibia, and tarsus of palp; eyes of anterior line procurved,
subequally spaced, the medians a little larger, about half a
diameter apart, the posterior edge of the laterals behind the
centres of the medians.

Leys long and slender, 4, 1, 2, 3; patella and tibia of first
subequal to those of fourth and to protarsus of fourth ; first
leg with one apical spine on femur, one inferior apical spine on
patella, two internal, two external, 2,2 inferiors on the outer
side, and 2, 2 at apex, protarsus armed on inner side with three
spines, two in basal half, one apical, on outer side with one
submedian, and beneath with three apical and two in basal
half externally ; second leg armed like the first, except that
the protarsus is armed with five inferior spines on proximal
side of scopula; third leg with two apical spines on femur,
two anterior and one posterior spines on patella, tibia armed
like that of first, its protarsus armed with about 21 spines ;
fourth leg with one femoral and one posterior spine on
patella, its tibia and protarsus with more spines than on
those of second leg. First leg with tibia and protarsus un-
moditied ; third leg with femur considerably thickened ; tarsal
scopula of fourth completely divided, of third entire; protarsal
scopula of first extending almost to base, of second leaving
basal third uncovered, of third covering apical third, of fourth
scanty. Labial and mazillary spicules scanty.

Palp long, extending past patella of first leg, femur and
patella unspined; tibia thick, fusiform, with an external
apical emargination, armed above with about twelve spines,
whereof eight are apical, and beneath with one external and
one internal; palpal organ with short, stout, triangular,
externally carinate spine.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 28 ; carapace

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xi. 8

114 On some South-American Aviculariide.

15; palp 26; first leg 59, second leg 55, third leg 49, fourth
leg 65; patella and tibia of first 21; tibia of palp 9.

Loe. Ecuador: Paramba; Pambelar and Carondelet, both
at an altitude of 60 feet (Rosenberg).

Metriopelma trinitatis,*sp. n.

$ .— Colour. Integument deep blackish brown, clothed with
yellowish-brown hair.

Carapace a little longer than patella and tibia of third leg,
distinctly longer than tibia of fourth, and slightly exceeding
patella, tibia, and tarsus of palp ; eyes of anterior line slightly
procurved, the posterior edge of the laterals behind the
centres of the medians.

Legs shorter than in M, velox ; patella of first with one
internal spine and one external apical, its tibia armed with
about 25 spines, placed mostly in the basal half beneath
and on the inner side; protarsus with one proximal spine
beneath. ‘Tibia of second with about twelve spines, three of
which are on the inner side; protarsus with three proximal
spines beneath ; femur of third slightly thickened. Tarsal
scopula of third and fourth divided.

Palp with two spines on patella, about 23 internal spines
on tibia; tibia with external distal anguliform prominence.
Palpal organ piriform, the spine short, pointed, with two
strong keels, its convex side forming an even curvature with
the curvature of the bulb.

Measurements in millimetres—Total length 18; length of
carapace 9, width 7°8; length of palpus 12-5, of first leg 31,
second 29, third 27, fourth 36°5 ; patella+tibia of first and
of fourth and protarsus of fourth 11.

Loc. Trinidad ( Walter Ince).

M. auronittens, Keyserling (Brasilianische Spinnen, p. 16,
1891, sub Zrechona) is represented by specimens in the
British Museum from Rio Grande do Sul. The species
described by Keyserling (loc. cit.) as Trechona pantherina
appears to me to be the female of auronitens, in spite of a less
procurvature of the anterior line of eyes.

M. tetricum, Simon (Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1889, p. 212), is
represented in the Museum by examples from Caraccas
(Dr. Ernst), and by examples ticketed West Africa, which
served me as the types of the species upon which the genus
Miaschistopus was based.

M. familiare, Simon (tom. eit. p. 211), from Caraccas is
distinguishable from MZ. tetricum and M. velox by possessing
only two or three internal apical spines on the tibia of the

On some Pleurodiran Chelonians from Egypt. 115

palp, and in having the spine of the palpal organ slender

and subfiliform.

The Museum is indebted to Dr. A. Dugés for the specimen
here referred to M@. Breyer’, Becker (Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg.
xxl. p. 77, pl. i. figs. 1-6, 1878), from Guanajuato, the
original and only known locality for the species.

The males of the species of Metriopelma represented in the
British Museum may be tabulated as follows :—

a, Eyes of anterior line strongly procurved, posterior edge
of laterals far in advance of centres of medians; palpus
short, not extending beyond distal end of patella of
FLERE MOO PM GPS ei ere a eediays rece fh yt BI A emia are Rae oa at

6. Eyes of anterior line less strongly procurved, posterior
edge of laterals at most a little in advance of the
centres of the medians; palp surpassing patella of first
leg.

a‘. Palp very long, twice as long as carapace and extend-
ing as far as apex of tibia of first leg ............ Breyeri.
b’. Palp short, less than twice the length of carapace,
and not surpassing middle of tibia of first leg.
a, Tibia of palp longer and thicker than patella of
first leg; weakly spined internally, but spined
RERMERRER EDOM IRs. 2 otra Aecelsietis es wets gers cles velox.
b*. Tibia of palp not longer and thicker than patella of
first leg ; strongly spined internally, but not above

at apex.

a, Tibia of palp with about a dozen spines, of first
leg with about fifteen spines................ tetricum,

b°, Tibia of palp with about twenty-three spines, of
first leg with about twenty-five spines ...... trinitatis.

auronitens.

XIV.—On some Pleurodiran Chelonians from the Eocene of
the Fayum, Egypt. By C. W. Anprews, D.Sc., F.G.S.
(British Museum, Natural History).

[Plates VII. & VIII.}

In the present paper I propose to give a short account of
some Pleurodiran Chelonians collected from the Middle and
Upper Eocene beds in the Fayum during the last two seasons.
One member of the group, Stereogenys Cromeri, has already
been described, but from the skull only, and a description of
the carapace and plastron probably belonging to that species
is given below.

Stereogenys libyca, sp.n. (PI. VII.)
One of the finest specimens collected during my expedition
to the Fayum in the spring of the present year (1902) is a
S*

116 Dr. C. W. Andrews on some

nearly complete carapace and plastron of a tortoise from the
Upper Eocene beds from which Paleomastodon and Arsinot-
therium have been obtained. This specimen was found in
slightly compacted sand, close to one of the numerous groups of
logs of silicified wood which form such a characteristic feature
on the surface of beds of this age in the region in question.
The shell was lying somewhat on its side, so that the left-
hand edge was exposed and had been partly removed by the
sand-drift, but the rest, comprising considerably more than
three fourths of the shell, was preserved, and the pelvic bones
were in position. Both carapace and plastron, however, were
cracked in every direction, so that it was very difficult to
remove the specimen without further injury; at the same
time the shell is quite undistorted by pressure and gives an
accurate idea of the form of the living animal.

In its general shape this Chelonian resembles Podocnemis
madagascartensis, but is rather more convex, particularly in
the region covered by the last vertebral shield, where there is
a well-marked prominence. The carapace is slightly expanded
posteriorly.

The Carapace (P). VII. fig. A).—There are seven neural
bones, the series being separated from the nuchal in front and
the suprapygal behind by the union in the middle line of the
anterior and posterior pairs of costals respectively. The dis-
tance between the anterior neural and the nuchal is 46 millim.,
that between the posterior neural and the suprapygal 19 millim.
The anterior neurals are much longer than wide, but they
shorten from before backward, so that the posterior ones are
wider than long. They are hexagonal in outline (except the
first and last, which are pentagonal owing to the suppression
of the anterior and posterior faces respectively), and in the
anterior ones the antero-lateral border is much shorter than the
postero-lateral.

There are eight pairs of costals; as already mentioned,
the anterior and posterior pairs meet in the middle line. The
nuchal (Nu.) is large and is wider than long; its anterior border
is emarginate. ‘There are eleven pairs of marginals, of which
4, 5, 6, and 7 form the base of the bridge, and 5 and 6 unite
with the mesoplastral (Ms.p.). The anterior buttress is opposite
the fourth marginal, the posterior one opposite the seventh.
The anterior marginals have a rounded edge; the posterior are
somewhat expanded and have a sharp edge. The pygal is
notched in the middle line by the furrow separating the
posterior pair of marginal shields. The suprapygal (Pyq.)
occupies the summit of the posterior prominence above referred

Pleurodiran Chelonians from Egypt. 117

to; it is roughly triangular in outline, with rounded angles, and
is nearly the same shape as the overlying vertebral shield.

There are five vertebral shields (v.), the anterior of which
is very narrow, much narrower than the underlying nuchal
bone; in the recent Pelomedusa and Podocnemis, the only
genera it is necessary to consider in this connexion, the reverse
is the case. The remaining plates are roughly hexagonal,
the antero-lateral being slightly shorter than the postero-
lateral one. The posterior shield, as already mentioned, is
very convex; it is nearly the same shape as the underlying
suprapygal, but much larger (see Pl. VII. figs. A&C). The
costal shields are four in number, the marginals twelve.
There is no nuchal shield. On the anterior border of the
carapace the extent to which the marginals are exposed is
very small, but posteriorly, where the carapace is somewhat
expanded, the area is much greater.

The Plastron (Pl. VII. fig. B).—The posterior lobe of the
plastron is wider than the anterior and the length of the
bridge is about the same as the width of the front lobe.

The entoplastron (Hnd.) is a relatively small escutcheon-
shaped bone, from the outer angles of which the sutures
between the epi- and hyoplastra run forward at an angle
of about 45° with the long axis of the shell and cut the
border of the plastron in the notch marking the end of the
groove between the humeral and pectoral shields. The
suture between the hyo- and hypoplastra (Hy.p. and Hyp.p.)
crosses at the level of the middle of the bridge and ter-
minates externally at the inner angle of the mesoplastra
(Ms.p.), which are thus wedged in between the marginals
5 and 6 and the inner ends of the hyo- and hypoplastra.
The mesoplastra are considerably longer than broad. The
suture between the hypo- and xiphiplastra (X¢.p.) runs parallel
to and about 3 centim. in front of the groove between the
femoral and anal shields. There is a deep rounded notch
between the posterior ends of the xiphiplastrals.

The intergular shield (¢g.) is very large and extends back
as far as the middle of the entoplastron, separating both the
gulars and the humerals. This condition, as far as I know,
occurs in no other Pleurodiran except in the shell described
below and referred provisionally to Stereogenys COromert.
Both the gulars (g.) and the humerals (z.) are very small ;
the pectorals (pect.), on the other hand, are very large, the
suture between them and the abdominals runs across about
dor 4 centim. behind the anterior end of the bridge. The
limits between the abdominals and the femorals and between
the latter and the anals are shown in the figure. f

118 Dr. C. W. Andrews on some

The grooves marking the boundaries of the epidermal
shields are fairly clearly marked both on the carapace and
plastron.

The upper surface of the hinder region of the plastron bears
the bases of the ischia and pubes, which are closely united
with it, in the manner characteristic of the Pleurodira.
When found the pelvic girdle was zm sttu, but was broken
away in removal. As far as can be seen, the pelvis differs in
no essential respect from that of Podocnemis.

Systematic Position.—The presence of mesoplastra shows
that this tortoise is referable to the Pelomedusidee, and the
small size and lateral position of those elements further show
a close relationship with Podocnemis and Pelomedusa. The
large size of the plastron and the width of the bridge between
it and the carapace indicate a closer relationship with the
former of these two genera than with the latter: indeed, at
first it seemed possible to refer this species to Podocnemis,
but further consideration, aided by the advice of Mr. G. A.
Boulenger, leads to the conclusion that its generic separation
is justifiable. The chief points in which it differs from
Podocnemis are :—

(1) The narrowness of the anterior vertebral shield, which
is narrower than the underlying nuchal.

(2) The large size of the intergular and the separation of
the gulars and humerals by it.

(3) The separation of the series of neural bones both from
the nuchal in front and the suprapygal behind.

(4) The comparatively slight degree to which the buttresses
are developed.

(5) Another point that may be of some significance is that
in the fossil the anterior border of the plastron is not
convex but concave, though to a slight extent only,
and behind the antero-lateral angles the bone is
considerably thickened, so that the upper surface of
the plastron is gently concave from side to side in
the middle line, the shallow depression being bounded
by the thickened ridges just mentioned.

All these characters except the first (which, owing to the
imperfection of the specimens, cannot be observed) occur in
the Chelonians from the Middle Eocene which are described
below and referred to Stereogenys Cromeri, because they are
found both on the same horizon and in the same locality as the
skulls on which that species was founded, and with them are
the commonest of the Chelonian remains. The present species,
also, will therefore be referred provisionally to the same genus
and its specific name will be Stereogenys libyca ; it differs from

Pleurodiran Chelonians from Eyypt. 119

S. Cromer? in the narrower form of the shell and the different
shape of the entoplastron; moreover, the beds in which it is
found are much later, and all the species of mammals in them
are different from those occurring in the lower beds.

The small development of the buttresses compared with those
found in Podocnemis and other recent Pleurodirans, as well
as the form and the thickening of the anterior portion of the
plastron, may indicate that this species and that next described
were more terrestrial in their habits than the modern members
of the group.

The dimensions of the type specimen of Stereogenys libyca

alo

centim.

Length of carapace in the middle line ..... Pape oe
Greatest length. of plastron so. siccne +s me apes oyess.s 40
Length of plastron in middle line ,,.......... 36°
Width of anterior lobe of plastron............ 17-4

5 posterior op shu Metts tack OM oateie © 20°)
IeHE SOM DULAC Fs file ao. -o)d cusvorai theat Posie ausl syns Were
Approximate width of shell ............++6% 32

Stereogenys Cromert, Andrews *. (PI. VIII. fig. 1, A& B.)

The specimens from the Middle Eocene just mentioned as
being referred to Stereogenys Cromeri—a species funded on
a skull and mandible—were collected last year by Mr. H.J. L.
Beadnell and myself in the neighbourhood of Qasr-el-Sagha
(Schweinfurth’s Temple). Portions of the shell of this
Chelonian are, like the fragmentary skulls, common in these
beds, and in one case a nearly complete, though somewhat
crushed, shell was found; this specimen is here described.
It is unfortunate that in these deposits the shells are usually
more or less thickly coated with gypsum and other substances,
which greatly obscure and often entirely conceal the lines of
division between the various plates and shields,

In the nearly complete shell the carapace has been to some
extent flattened and, at the same time, widened by pressure.
Its dimensions in its present state are :—Length in a straight
line 46°5 centim., width 41°5.

The Carapace (P|. VIII. fig. 1, A).—The number of neural
bones cannot be determined, but it seems certain that, as in
the last species, the neural series is separated both from the
nuchal and pygal bones by the junction in the middle line of
the anterior and posterior pair of costals respectively. There
are eight pairs of costal plates, but the number of marginals

* “Preliminary Note on some recently discovered Extinct Vertebrates
from Egypt. (PartIL.)” Geological Magazine, dee. iy, vol. viii, (1901),
p- 442.

120 Dr. C. W. Andrews on some

cannot be made out. The nuchal bone is large and its
anterior border is emarginate.

Scarcely any trace of the outlines of the epidermal shields
remains, but the two middle vertebrals seem to have been
large and roughly hexagonal in outline.

The Plastron (Pl. VIII. fig. 1, B) —The plastron is large ;
its total length is about 44 centim.; the length of the bridge
is 20°5; the width of the anterior lobe 24; the width of the
posterior lobe 24. The entoplastron (Hnt.) is large and
rhomboidal, and the sutures between the epi- and hyoplas-
trals running out from its outer angles terminate on the edge
of the plastron in the groove between the humeral and
pectoral shields, as in the last species. The suture between
the hyo- and hypoplastrals (Hy.p. and Hyp.p.) crosses the
middle of the bridge and terminates in the inner angles of
the small rhomboidal mesoplastrals (J/s p.), which are wedged
in between the marginals and the outer ends of the hyo-
and hypoplastrals. The position of the suture between the
hypo- and xiphiplastrals is shown in fig. 1 B, Pl. VIII.
The posterior portion of the plastron seems to have been
notched much as in Stereogenys libyca, but none of the
specimens are quite complete in this region.

The arrangement of the horny scutes in the plastron is
similar to that seen in S. libyca, the intergular (?g.) being very
Jarge and separating both the gulars (g.) and the humerals (n.) ;
it extends as far back as the middle of the entoplastron. The
other shields present no important peculiarity so far as can be
seen. Asremarked above, there can be little or no doubt that
the Chelonian just described and Stereogenys libyca belong to
the same genus; but there is some doubt as to whether the
shell here referred to S. Cromer? really belongs to that species,
the type of which is a skull and mandible (see Geol. Mag.
1901, p. 442). Although, however, the skull has never been
found actually associated with the shell now described, the
probability that they belong to one and the same animal is so
great that it is certainly advisable to refer them to one species
until the contrary can be proved.

Podocnemis antiqua, sp.n. (Pl. VIII. fig. 2, A & B.)

Another Pleurodiran tortoise of smaller size was collected
from the Middle Hocene beds. This species differs con-
siderably from that just described both in its general form
and in some points in the structure of its shell. The carapace
is shorter and broader and more highly arched anteriorly ; the
nuchal border is quite straight, there being no trace of any
emargination. Posteriorly the carapace is less convex and

Pleurodiran Chelonians from Egypt. 121

narrows suddenly, so that its outline, as a whole, is somewhat
pear-shaped.

There are six neurals, the anterior one being in contact
with the nuchal in front, while the hinder one is separated
from the suprapygal by the union of the hinder portions of
the sixth pair of costals and of the seventh and eighth pairs
in the middle line. The anterior neurals are much longer
than broad, and their antero-lateral borders are much shorter
than their postero-lateral ones. The last neural terminates
posteriorly in a point and is pentagonal. There are eight
pairs of costal bones, the first, as usnal, being much the
largest. The nuchal is wide and its anterior border is nearly
straight and without any emargination. ‘There is a lacuna in
the shell at the junction of the nuchal, the first neural, and
the first costal. ‘Ihe marginals are not well preserved, there
are ten or eleven pairs of them. The suprapygal is roughly
triangular in form.

The Plastron—lIn the plastron (see Pl. VIII. fig. 2, B)
the entoplastral bone is rhomboidal in form and the sutures
between the epi- and hyoplastrals run outwards and backwards
from its outer angles and then turn forward ; the sutures are
very complex, the different elements interdigitating very deeply.
The suture between the hyo- and hypoplastral crosses about
the middle of the bridge and terminates at each end in a
small mesoplastral.

The bases of the pubis and ischium are fused to the plastron
in the manner usual in the group. Unfortunately all traces
of the grooves marking the boundaries of the epidermal
shields are wanting both in the carapace and plastron.

The small size of this tortoise and the fact that it is found
in the same beds as Stereogenys Cromeri may give rise to the
suspicion that it is the young of that species; but the differ-
ences above described are so considerable that it seems
advisable to regard it as a distinct species until the contrary
is proved.

The dimensions of the type specimen of Podocnemis antigua
are :—

centim,
Total length of the shell............... eseve 202
e - PIASIMONG .<harn’s <Pidistela sve 18°6
Width of anterior lobe of the plastron ........ 10
= posterior ,, Fr iqisietsteieron! OO
Approximate width of carapace..... shalt gs ae . 20

Podoenemis fajumensis, sp.n. (Pl. VIII. fig. 2, C.)
In the Upper Eocene beds remains of another small
Pleurodiran are not uncommon. This species differs widely

122 On some Pleurodiran Chelonians from Egypt.

from Stereogenys libyca in the arrangement of the epidermal
shields of the plastron, the anterior portion of which is shown
in the figure. It will be seen that the intergular shield (7g.)
is very small, and instead of separating both the gular (q.)
and humeral (n.) shields, it does not even completely separate
the gulars, which meet in the middle line for some distance.
The entoplastron is also different from that of S. byca, being
a diamond-shaped bone. There is a small laterally-placed
mesoplastron. As far as at present known, there seems to
be no reason for not referring this Chelonian to the genus
Podocnemis, and the name Podocnemis fujumensis may be
adopted for it. The specimen figured was collected by
Mr. Beadnell in the season of 1902. .

The approximate width of the plastron figured, immediately
in front of the bridge, is 11°5 centim.

The Chelonian fauna of the Middle and Upper Eocene beds
of the Fayum seems to be a very rich one, for, although the
region is still very imperfectly known, a considerable number
of species, including representatives of all the main groups,
have already been discovered. From the Middle Eocene we
have Psephophorus eocenus, Thalassochelys libyca, Stereo-
genys Cromeri, and Podocnemis antigua, which oceur asso-
ciated with the mammalian genera Meritherium, Barytherium,
Eosiren, and Zeuglodon, and with the Ophidians Gigantophis
and Pterosphenus (Meriophis). From the Upper Kocene in
addition to Stereogenys libyca. and Podocnemis fajumensis
there is a gigantic land-tortoise, apparently allied to Testudo
perpiniana, Deperet, which will be described elsewhere ;
associated with these Chelonians occur remains of Paleo-
mastodon, Arsinoitherium, Phiomia, Saghatherium, &c.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
Puate VII.

Stereogenys libyca (type specimen). A, carapace; B, plastron; C, right
side of shell. About + natural size.

PLate VIII.

Fig. 1. Stereogenys Cromert. A, carapace ; B, plastron. About + natural
size.

Fig. 2, A & B. Podocnemis antiqua (type specimen). A, carapace; B,
plastron, About 3 natural size.

Fig. 2, C. Podocnemis fajumensis (type specimen). Anterior portion of
plastron. 4 natural size.

Ent., entoplastron ; Hp., epiplastral; Hy.p., hyoplastral ; Hyp.p., hypo-
plastral; Nw., nuchal bone; Ms.p., mesoplastral; Pyy., suprapygal ;
Xi.p., xiphiplastral ; g., gular shield ; 7g., intergular shield ; n., humeral
shield ; p., pectoral shield; v., vertebral shield.

On new Species of Mus. 123

XV.—On new Species of Mus from Borneo and the Malay
Peninsula. By J. Lewis Bonnote, M.A.

In working out the extensive collection of mammals recently
brought home by Messrs. Robinson and Annandale from the
Malay Peninsula, I find that the following species in the
British Museum from Borneo are undescribed. I have added
a preliminary description of one of the species brought home
by Messrs. Robinson and Annandale which belongs to this-
roup.

I ie to express my thanks to Mr. Gerritt 8. Miller, of
the U.S. National Museum, for kindly lending me specimens
of his recently described species from the Malay Peninsula
for comparison.

Mus rapit, sp. n.

Similar in size and general coloration to Mus pellaz,
Miller, but with slightly longer tail and smaller skull. Fur
thick and ample, intermixed with soft spines, so soft as in
some cases to be hardly felt.

General colour tawny ochraceous, intermixed with black,
which predominates along the centre of the back. Underparts
pale cream, sharply detined from the colour of the back.
The light colour does not extend to the foot. Feet dark
brown, the toes and a line on either side from the ankle
white; on the fore legs the white colour is continuous with
that of the underparts. ‘Tail very long and ending in a
pencil of hairs; colour at the root and along the upper surface
dark brown, below lighter but not sharply defined.

The skull is apparently (I have no specimens with which
to compare) very similar to that of Mus pellax, Miller, but
very slightly smaller. The bulle are very small and the
muzzle long and narrow. There is aslight swelling on either
side between the ends of the nasals and roots of the zygoma
and the supraorbital ridges are well marked. The nasals are
long and taper towards their posterior end, which is, as in
Mus pellax, some way behind the nasal branches of the
premaxillary.

Dimensions of type (from dried skin) :—Head and body
173 millim.* ; tail 223 *; hind foot 29:5.

Skull.—Palatal length 16°5 millim.; diastema 11; length
of incisive foramina 6°5; length of nasals 15; zygomatic

* Probably stretched,

124 Mr. J. L. Bonhote on new Species of

breadth (approx.) 18; interorbital breadth 6°5; greatest
breadth of brain-case 16; length of molar series (alveoli) 6.

Hab. Mount Kina Balu, Borneo.

Type. B.M. 93. 4.1.15. Kina Balu, Borneo. Collected
in October 1892 by Mr. A. H. Everett.

This species is quite distinct from all others except pellar.
The greater length of the tail and the presence of hairs at its
extremity form a ready method of distinction.

I have named this species “ rapié”’ from its local Bornean
name.

On further investigation I find that the type of Mus Jerd oni,
now in theCalcutta Museum, is onlyhalf-grown. Mr.'Thomas,
in his paper on the Indian species of Mus*, gives the
measurements of adult Jerdont as—head and body 5:3 inches
(135 millim.), tail 7-8 inches (190 millim.) ; thus making it
to agree fairly well with Jlus pel/ax, which is probably a
synonym. If this should prove to be so, the present species
is the Bornean form of Mus Jerdont.

Mus kina, sp. n.

General size, colour, and characters as in J/us cremoriventer,
Mill. Fur very numerously beset with short soft spines.
General colour light ochraceous, much paler than in Jus
raptt, interspersed with very long black hairs, most conspicu-
ous on the central dorsal region. Underparts (including
the inner sides of the limbs) dull white, the colour being
sharply marked off from that of the back. ‘Tail longer than
the head and body, nearly uniform in colour throughout,
having only a slightly lighter tinge on the underside. Hind
feet dark brown, edged with ochraceous, the toes and a small
margin to the ankle white. Fore feet whitish, slightly
suffused with ochraceous.

Whiskers as well as the eye-bristle black and very long.

Skull.—Similar to that of AZus cremoriventer, but somewhat
larger. ‘Lhe nasals, longer than those of cremoriventer and
tapering, end posteriorly in the same line as the premaxille.
The supraorbital ridges are well marked, but diverge more
gradually over the anterior portion of the brain-case than in
cremoriventer, On the underside, except in size, the skull
does not offer any noticeable points of difference; but the
aiterpart of the skulls of my series being cut off, 1 have been
unable to compare the size of the bulle &e.

* PZ. S, 1881, p. 539,

Mus from Borneo and the Malay Peninsula. 125

Dimensions of type (measured in the skin) :—Head and
body 146 millim.; tail 176; hind foot 26.

Skull.—Palatal length 15 millim.; diastema 9°5; length
of incisive foramina 6; length of nasals 13°5; zygomatic
breadth 16:5; interorbital breadth 6; greatest breadth of
brain-case 15; length of molar series 6.

Hab. Mount Kina Balu, Borneo.

Type. B.M. 94. 7. 2.24. Mount Kina Balu. Collected
in January 1894 by Mr. A. H. Everett. .

Although from the skins there is apparently little difference
between this species and Mus cremoriventer, the larger size of
the skull will enable it to be very easily recognized. Not
having any measurements in the flesh, it is difficult to say
whether it would be recognizable by its size without reference
to the skull.

Mus bukit, sp. n.

Similar in appearance to Mus cremoriventer, Mill., but
larger, approaching in size to Mus rapit.

Fur densely studded with soft white spines. Above dull
ochraceous, intermixed with short black hairs. Below
yellowish white. Tail bicolor and slightly longer than head
and body.

Skull.—Similar to that of M. rapit, but with shorter
muzzle and larger bull. Supraorbital ridges conspicuous
and well marked, extending backwards to inferior margin of
parietals, Anterior root of zygoma broad, much _ broader
than in MV. rapit.

Dimensions (measured in the flesh) :—Head and body
121 millim.; tail 148; hind foot 24:5.

Skull.—Greatest length 37 millim.; palatal length 16;
diastema 9°5; length of nasals 15; zygomatic breadth 18.

Hab, Bukit Besar, Jalor, 2500 feet.

Type. Ad. $. Bukit Besar. Collected 10th May, 1901,
by Messrs. H. C. Robinson and N. Annandale. Original
number 11.

An easily distinguishable form of the Mus Jerdoni group,
of which there are specimens in the Museum from Siam,
The above is only a preliminary description; a full descrip-
tion and measurements will be published in the report on
Messrs. Robinson and Annandale’s collection.

126 On the [ares of Crete and of Cyprus.

XVI.—The Hares of Crete and of Cyprus.
By G. E. H. Barrett-HAMILTON.

PayMASTER H. O. Jones, R.N., to whom the British Museum
is indebted for specimens both of the beech-marten and the
badger of Crete, has now sent me four examples of the hare
of that island. These cannot be assigned to any known form
of hare inhabiting the shores of the Mediterranean or its
islands. I therefore propose for them the name of

Lepus creticus, sp. n.

Size about equal to that of L. europeus occidentalis, de Win-_
ton. Dorsal underfur white. Long hairs of upper surface
annulated with black and very light buff rings, the tips
black. ‘Towards the rump the buff becomes white, the whole
coat silky, and the black rings inconspicuous, so that the
rump is distinctly marked off by its colour from the remainder
of the upper surface. Very little trace of rufous intervenes
on the flanks between the colours of the upper and under
surfaces. The nuchal patch, throat, breast, thighs, and
anterior surfaces of the fore legs are buff, this colour
extending in some specimens to the belly in the neighbour-
hood of the thighs. The remainder of the under surface and
of the legs, together with the chin, are white. The upper
surface of the head resembles the back, but is slightly darker,
and here the underfur is buff. The cheeks and sides of the
head are grizzled and nearly white. The ears are tipped with
black and are nearly white on the posterior external surface,
as well as in their interior and along the margins; the ante-
rior external surtace is coloured like the back.

The exact proportions of the animal are uncertain, since no
measurements accompanied the specimens.

Four examples were forwarded, of which the particulars
are as follows. ‘The dimensions are in millimetres, and were
taken from the dried specimens :—

Basal length

Brit. Mus. no. Hind foot. Ear. of skull.
89: Si Aol (ieetser ee eee 125 105 isl
Boa a etree seree 124 101 76 |
2.11.9.1, 27th Feb., 1901
(type of species) ...... “A >- 78
ere CITE cern sirolets wus ae ue 81

The description of Lepus ecreticus is not intended to be com-
plete, but simply to be sufficient for its distinction from other

* These two skins were purchased in open market. It is uncertain to
which skin either skull belongs.

Bibliographical Notices. 127

forms. There are so many Mediterranean hares, and so little
is known of them, that it would be as yet impossible to state
the exact affinities of any. Lepus creticus is a pale form,
readily distinguishable from all those inhabiting neighbouring
regions by its light-coloured rump. In this respect, although
by no means in the remainder of its coloration, it resembles
British winter examples of L. europeus occidentalis.

The opportunity may here be taken to describe the hare of
Cyprus—a small form allied in colour to that of Crete, but
Jacking the light rump. As in Z. creticus, the underfur,
except on the head, is white, but the buff of the upper surface
is slightly yellower and the black browner than in that species.
The nuchal patch, throat, breast, thighs, and anterior surface
of the fore legs are more rufous, and the cheeks are tinged
also with that colour. There is no white on the ears. The
animal is altogether less pale than L. creticus. It may be
known as

Lepus cyprius, sp. n.

As in the case of L. creticus, this note is without prejudice
to future investigation, which may indicate, more accurately
than is now possible, exact specific or subspecific affinities.

I have seen three examples of L. cyprius, all of which were
presented to the British Museum by the late Lord Lilford.

They are without dimensions,
Basal length

of skulls
; averages
78. 7. 3. 5 (type of species). Cyprus. ATL three alglie ars
ees s ae Oa enach damaged.
bd ”

It is noteworthy that the moderately light coloration of the
hare of Crete is parallelled by that of the badger, Meles meles
mediterrancus *, of the same island.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES.

Dr, Gunther's Monograph of the Reptiles and Batrachians of
Central America.
Biologia Centrali-Americana.—Reptilia and Batrachia.
By Ausert Gunner. London, 1885-1902. Pp. xx & 326; 76 pls.
Oor first duty in noticing an elaborate and sumptuously illustrated
volume like the one before us is to congratulate the learned author
on the completion of his task, and the patience with which he has
continued his labours for more than fifteen years, The reasons for

* See Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 7, vol. iv. (Noy. 1899) pp. 883-4.

128 Bibliographical Notices.

the long period of time which elapsed between the issue of the
first and the final fasciculus are, we are told, twofold. In the first
place, a large portion of the author’s time was taken up by official
and other duties, to which attention was imperative, so that only
spare hours (if such exist in the life of a busy naturalist) could
be devoted to the present volume. In the second place, collectors
were busy in obtaining and sending home consignments of reptiles
and batrachians from various parts of Central America, and it was
accordingly deemed advisable to await the arrival of as many of
these as possible. All these numerous collections added much to
our knowledge of the reptilian and batrachian species from the area
under consideration, and their geographical distribution ; but even
with these important additions the author has still to lament many
gaps in the available information. Apparently the districts best
known from a reptilian point of view are the plateau and highlands
round the city of Mexico; but it is satisfactory to learn that the
Government of Costa Rica has been at special pains to explore its
territories and collect the fauna.

One disadvantage inevitably connected with a work which
has been so many years in course of publication is that the earlier
portions must be somewhat out of date, for what was doubtless
first-rate zoology in 1885 may not be in all respects so good in
1902. This disadvantage is fully acknowledged by the author
in the Introduction, where it is stated that much supplementary
labour and time will be necessary to correlate the earlier portions
of the work with the information which has been acquired and the
redeterminations which have been made subsequently to the dates
of their publication. This supplementary information, together
with a report on collections received too late for notice in the
volume before us, will, it is hoped, be issued in a separate form at
no very distant date.

A total of 695 species is recorded in this volume, many of
which are described as new. In the case of the Reptiles only forms
of which previous accounts were unsatisfactory are described at
length; but as regards the Batrachians this practice has been
abandoned in favour of a comparatively full history of each. In
accordance with the traditions of the ‘ Biologia, as a whole, the
plates illustrating Dr. Giinther’s volume are for the most part
beautiful examples of lithography, while the nine which have been
printed wholly or partially in colours are beyond praise.

A special feature of the work is the attention bestowed on the
geographical range of the various species which come under review.
The tables, occupying eight closely printed pages of the Introduction,
which are devoted to the elucidation of this part of the subject,
afford by themselves some indication of the enormous amount of
labour and attention bestowed by the author on his task.

The main scope of the work is, of course, the systematic description
of the cold-blooded land vertebrates of Central America and
Southern Mexico ; and the details of this can only be of interest
to students of this branch of zoology. Much more importance

Dibliographical Notices, 129

attaches to the author’s remarks on the general relations of the
fauna under consideration,

“Forming the connecting link between the two Neogwan
regions,” observes Dr. Giinther, “Central America possesses a
Reptilian and Batrachian Fauna with the various constituent
elements so mixed that, if only certain families or genera were
taken into consideration, almost every district of this area could be
associated with either the North- or South-American region, The
tropical Fauna, of course, gradually changes into, or is replaced by,
that of the temperate region, as we proceed from lower to higher
latitudes ; but this change is not uniform throughout the breadth
of the land; the two faunas overlap each other in deep and
manifold indentations, Tropical forms are found to preponderate
in the low lands of the Atlantic side, which expand into the broad
Yucatan peninsula, and on the humid slopes of moderate elevation ;
some extend to, and even reach northwards of, the Rio Grande. On
the Western side they are found in similar localities, but in a
narrower belt, along the Pacific coast. On the other hand,
numerous types of the southern North-American Fauna are spread
over Northern Mexico, extending along the Central-American
plateau to the extreme limits of our area, and even beyond. This
southward extension of northern types is due partly to the identical
physical conditions of the arid tableland of Sonora and Chihuahua,
which is merely a continuation of that of Arizona and New Mexico,
and partly to the great altitude and temperate climate of the
Central-American plateau.

“Thus, a boundary-line between the North- and South-American
regions cannot be drawn; the whole of Central America is a
transition-tract which, unlike any other part of the world, shows
the most extraordinary diversity of climatic, physical, and meteoric
conditions within comparatively small areas, favouring the evolution
of a great variety of types of genera and species, and influencing
the dispersal of species from the North and South.”

Some expression of opinion from the author as to the origin of
the reptile fauna of South America would have been welcome; but
this may have been beyond the scope of the < Biologia,’ or may
perhaps be touched upon at the completion of the entire work,

As regi rls the systematic portion of the work, a very few words
must suffice—partly because the present reviewer does not feel
himself competent to discuss details, and partly because such a
discussion would not be of interest to the majority of the readers of
this journal.

Speaking generally, it may be affirmed that Dr. Giinther is
disposed to regard genera and species in a broad and comprehensive
sense. For example, he takes the genus Allhacator to include the
caimans and jacares of Central and South America, which are
classed by many other writers as a group apart, under the
barbarous title “Caiman.” Doubtless there is much to be said in
favour of the author’s view—the non-division of the nostrils by the
nasals and the presence of bony scutes on the under surface iti

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.7. Vol. xi. 9

130 Bibliographical Notices.

the caimans not being features of much importance, especially
since the Chinese alligator has vestiges of scutes on the abdomen.
On the other hand, it is a matter of convenience to separate the
essentially southern caimans from the northern alligators.

Another example of the wide sense in which generic terms are
employed is the inclusion of the terrapins, frequently classed as
Nicoria and Clemmys, in the older genus Emys. In respect to species
of this group we notice some discrepancy between the views of the
author and those of other writers. For instance, the author’s Emys
salvini has been identified with Chrysemys ornata, and E. umbra
with C. grayt, while EZ. pulcherrima has been regarded as only
a local form of Nicoria punctularia.

Again, Crocodilus Moreletii, which the author regards merely as a
variety of the common C. americanus, is placed by another writer in
quite a distinct section of the genus. On the other hand, the form
classed by Dr. Giinther as a variety of the last-named species, with
the affix var. acutus, is not recognized at all by the writer referred
to.

We shall await an expression of opinion on these and other
points by the author in his promised supplement.

In the meantime it is satisfactory to find that the author is in
favour of amending the orthography and transliteration of scientific
names, when necessary, instead of blindly following the errors of a
describer who may have had the misfortune to lack a classical
education. As an example, we notice the modification of Spix’s
Kinosternon to Cinosternum; but here we may venture to suggest
that, in our opinion, it would have been better to have given the
original spelling when quoting the original reference. May we
hazard the conjecture that had the author seen fit to separate the
caimans from the alligators, he would have modified the barbarous
“ Caiman” into ** Caimania,” or some other form less inharmonious
with classical usage ?

Finally, we have again to offer our hearty congratulations to
Dr. Giinther on the successful completion of his arduous task, and
we may likewise take the opportunity of felicitating Mr. Godman
on having secured his services as a contributor to such a
monumental undertaking as the ‘ Biologia Centrali-Americana.’

KR. Lypexxer.

A Natural History of the British Lepidoptera. A Textbook for
Students and Collectors. By J. W. Turt, F.E.S., Author of ‘The
British Noctue and their Varieties,’ ‘ Monograph of the British
Pterophorina, ‘British Butterflies, ‘ British Moths,’ &c.
Vol. III. London & Berlin: July 1902. Pp. xi, 558.

Arrer an interval of but little more than two years, we have again
the pleasure of reviewing another volume of Mr. Tutt’s enormously
laborious and comprehensive work on the British Lepidoptera. The
size and the manner of execution are similar to the two preceding
volumes; but it is entirely systematic, as no space could be spared

Bibliographical Notices. 151

for chapters on general subjects; and, perhaps as a consequence,
vol. ili. contains no illustrations.

We are glad to see that Mr. Tutt has adopted a suggestion made
by some of his critics, and has given a somewhat fuller table of con-
tents, which will much pacilieate the use of the book. One further
suggestion we might make, with regard to the terminal Index, that
when the same insect (say “ meridionalis var., Lasiocampa,” on p. 550,
col. 2) is referred to under several pages (28 in the instance quoted,
and sometimes more in other cases) the page where the notice of the
insect begins, or where it is described, might be placed first, which
would frequently obviate the waste of time involved in turning up
every page till that most likely to be required is reached.

Volume ii. contains the “conclusion” (? continuation) of what
Mr. Tutt calls the ** Sphingo-Micropterygid Stirps,” and includes the
Lachneides, Dimorphides, Attacides, and part of Sphingides, the
entire volume being devoted to 13 species only, viz. Pachyguastria
trifolit, Lasiocemnpaquen reus, Macrothylacia rubi, Cosmotriche potatoria,
Gastropacha ilicifolia, Eutricha quercifolia, Dimorpha: versicolora,
Saturnia pavonia, Mimas tilie, NSmerinthus ocellata, Amorpha
populi, and Henuris fuciformis and tityus, Of course every species
will not require to be treated at the same length as Lasiocampa
quercus, Which occupies (as a species) no less than 69 of Mr. Tutt’s
closely-printed pages ; but we tremble to think of the number of
volumes and the number of years which will be required to deal
with over 2000 species of British Lepidoptera on the same scale.
On pp. 55-57, 246, 247 we have a list of 47 named varieties of
L. quercus and aberrations, all but 13 named by Mr. Tutt himself.
Is not this rather overdoing it? Much attention, too, is paid to
gynandromorphism, hybridism, &c. in this and other species.

Turning to more general matters, the abstracts given of different
systems of classification of groups, often taken from old or scarce
books, will be most useful to all students who have not access to
the best entomological libraries. Mr. Tutt seems to aim at making
his book a huge compendium and cyclopeedia of all that has been
published on the species of which he treats ; and it will be of great
value to generalizing entomologists, who will be able to sift from it
a great amount of valuable information in furtherance of their
species studies. A large amount of information is given respecting
foreign species, especially those of Continental Europe and North
America; and also on parasites, and various other topics inci-
dentally connected with the main subject of the work.

We are sorry to find that there is only a meagre list of new sub-
scribers since the last volume; but as the work is necessarily too
costly for many entomologists, and must become increasingly so with
the publication of each volume, we would wish to emphasize its
great value as a book of reference for public Natural History or
Entomological Libraries, especially at a distance from London, or the
University towns, which alone possess full serics of the books to
which Mr. Tutt’s work is largely an abstract—not that we do not
also fully recognize the large amount of material due to the original
observations of Mr. Tutt and his coadjutors, which 1s published here
for the first time. OW co IR

132 Bibliographical Notices.

The Fauna and Geography of the. Maldive and Laccadivz Archi-
pelagoes. Edited by J. Sranrey Garpiver, M.A. Vol. I.
Parts III. &1V. Cambridge: at the University Press. London:
C.J. Clay & Sons. 1902.

Tue great feature of this important work is undoubtedly
Mr. Gardiner’s contribution dealing with the Formation and
Growth of Coral-Reefs, which was begun in Part I. In the two
parts which have since appeared, this subject, profusely illustrated
with charts and diagrams, is still further pursued and is not yet
finished.

The sections, in Part III., on the Formation of Lagoons, the
Rate of Growth of Corals and Reefs, and the Action of Boring and
Sand-feeding Organisms are not only extremely interesting, but
also most important contributions to our knowledge of these
subjects.

Of the numerous purely Zoological Reports, some are necessarily
of more interest than others. In Part II. we may specially mention
those on the Echiuroidea and Sipunculoidea, by A. E. Shipley, M.A. ;
the Marine Crustacea, by L. A. Borradaile, M.A. ; the Chaetognatha,
by L. Doncaster, B.A.; and that “On the Pigments of certain
Corals, with a Note on the Pigment of an Asterid,” by Dr. Mac-
Munn.

Part III. contains five Zoological Reports. In one of these
Mr. Borradaile continues his description of the Marine Crustacea.
Of the remaining four, attention must be drawn to that by
Prof. Jeffrey Bell, M.A., on “ The Actinogonidiate Echinoderms of
the Maldive and Laccadive Islands,” on account of his suggestive
remarks on the reproduction of Ophiurids; and to that by Frank
Laidlaw, B.A., on “ The Marine Turbellaria.”

Publications of the British Museum of Natural History,
South Kensington.

Guide to the Galleries of Mammalia, Seventh Edition. Pp. 126;
65 woodcuts. 1902.

Guide to the Coral Gallery. Pp. 73, with numerous Illustrations.

1902.

Tae Natural History Guides of the British Museum are marvels of
cheapness and models of exposition.

The Guide to the Galleries of the Mammalia has just reached the
seventh edition. Turning over its pages one sees that this last
edition is no mere reprint, but has been thoroughly revised and
brought up to date, several new figures having been added to this
end. Amongst the most conspicuous of these are the heads of the
Somali zebra and the North-African giraffe, and a really excellent
drawing of the okapi.

The Guide to the Coral Gallery, which tills a long-felt want, may
be truthfully described as a wonderful production, both on account

Bibliographical Notices. 133

of the number and beauty of the illustrations and of the prodigious
amount of most useful and readable information that has been
crowded into the text.

The volume contains terse descriptions of the Protozoa, Porifera,
Hydrozoa, and Anthozoa. Brief though the accounts of these
groups are, yet space has been found to enumerate the systematic
position of each, the anatomical structure and life-history, and their
economic importance where such occurs.

The authors, Prof. Jeffrey Bell and Mr. Kirkpatrick, are to be
heartily congratulated on having accomplished a most difficult task
in a really admirable manner. They have produced a book that
should meet with a warm appreciation from those for whom it has
been specially prepared.

Only an institution like the British Museum could afford to issue
such a volume for the sum of one shilling !

Catalogue of Birds’ Eggs. Vol. II. By Eveenn W. Oates.
Pp. 400; pls. xv. 1902.

WE must congratulate Mr. Oates on the completion of the second
volume of this really valuable work, which commences with the
Charadriiformes and concludes with the Strigiformes.

In an all-too-brief Introduction Mr. Oates tells us that the eggs
of 726 species have been described, representing some 1500 speci-
mens. The description of these eggs is published without any
comment whatsoever; and though this, perhaps, in a Catalogue is
all that is required, we cannot refrain from expressing a wish that
Mr. Oates had given us, from his stores of knowledge, some account
of the extent, trend, and probable significance of the variations
presented by the eggs of the birds dealt with in this volume.
With Prof. Poulton we “look forward to the time when any
description of colour and marking will be considered incomplete
unless supplemented by an account of their meaning and importance
in the life of the species.”

This volume is illustrated by fifteen beautifully coloured plates
drawn by Mr. Gronvold.

Zoological Results based on Material from New Britain, New Guinea,
Loyalty Islands, and elsewhere, collected during the Years 1895,
1896, and 1897 by Arthur Willey. Part VI. Cambridge, 1902,
4to.

Wirn the appearance of Part VI. the long and valuable series of
reports and articles published as the ‘ Zoological Results” of
Dr. Willey’s South Sea travels is brought to an end. This part
consists of a single work by the explorer himself under the title of
“Contributions to the Natural History of the Pearly Nautilus.” It
is divided into two sections—a “ Personal Narrative” of the voyage
and a ‘Special Contribution” on the Nautilus.

The Personal Narrative is good reading from beginning to end,

134 Bibliographical Notices.

though the style, racy and picturesque as it is in parts, is in others
somewhat strained. Such efforts, for instance, as the description of
the result of a blistered back as “a complete ecdysis of the dorsal
integument” involve a loss of dignity to the writer. The main
object of Dr. Willey’s expedition was the investigation of the life-
history of the Pearly Nautilus, and in pursuit of this object he took
up his abode first in the Gazelle Peninsula at the eastern end of New
Britain, and later in New Guinea and at Lifu in the Loyalty Islands.
While in New Britain he made a journey to New Ireland and New
Hanover, and he gives us some interesting remarks on the habits and
customs of the natives of all these places. Scattered through the
narrative are also paragraphs on several rare and important animals
met with, such as Pertpatus, Styeloides, Rhodosoma, Astrosclera, and
Ctenoplana, and these notes are often highly suggestive and inter-
esting. In speaking of the last-mentioned genus, Dr. Willey gives
it as his opinion that “the tentacular plane of Ctenoplana, about
which the aboral ciliated sensory papille are disposed in paired
groups .... coincides with the sagittal plane of a bilateral Tur-
bellarian, Nemertine, or Annelid.” The eggs of Nautilus were at
length gotten at Lifu, but proved to be all unfertile. However, as
they were very yolky, the value of the development of the young
for information on phylogenetic points is considerably discounted.

The Special Contribution on Nautilus is a bulky monograph of
ninety quarto pages, and discusses, in a series of sections, questions
connected with almost every part of the anatomy, physiology, and
natural history of the animal. There are, Dr. Willey considers,
three species of Nautilus—N. pompilius, ranging from the Philip-
pines to Fiji, VV. macromphalus, confined to New Caledonia, where
the preceding species is never taken, and wV, winbilicatus, taken in
Papuan waters, but rare. The anatomical observations seem to
have been chiefly made on the first of these species, and relate to a
number of interesting points. By injecting fresh specimens infor-
mation was obtained as to the distribution of the blood-vessels; and
among other details it appears that the siphuncle is not, as Owen
supposed, supplied by a main artery direct from the heart, but
receives merely a secondary and two or three tertiary ramifications
from the posterior pallial artery. The central hollow of the
siphuncle is not ccelomic, as Haller states, but venous, belonging to
the hemocele. There are also intra-epidermal blood-spaces in the
organ, and the author thinks that these facts throw light on the
function of the siphuncle, which, according to him, is a vascular
appendix employed in keeping up the pressure of the gas in the
chambers of the shell.

In a section on the tentacles Dr. Willey favours Owen’s view
of the homology of these structures with the arms of a cuttlefish,
rather than that of Valenciennes that they represent suckers. The
arms of Cephalopods are, he thinks, homologous with the epi-
podium of other mollusks and the funnel with the protopodium.
‘The lamelligerous lobes of the infrabuccal organ of the male are,

Bibliographical Notices. 135

it is suggested, homologous with the tentaculiferous lobes of the
female, and not with her lamelligerous lobe, which represents the
peduncle of the organ in the male. In the body of the animal two
metameres are recognized—the microbranchiate segment, containing
the smaller gill, the outer osphradium, pericardial gland, kidney,
and kidney opening, with the generative opening on the right side
and the opening of the pear-shaped body on the left; aad the
macrobranchiate segment, containing the greater gill and the inner
osphradium, pericardial gland, kidney, and renal opening.

The Nautilus will eat freely any kind of animal food, is gregarious
and nocturnal, a ground-feeder, and probably breeds in deep water.
Captivity appears to interfere with the normal intercourse of the
sexes, so that all the eggs laid in the cages in which they were kept
proved unfertile. The eggs have a large brown yolk surrounded by
viscid, colourless albumen, which accumulates at the poles. They
are laid in ridged capsules, within which is an inner capsule.

While it is, of course, greatly to be regretted that Dr. Willey was
unable to follow the development of the young of this important
type, zoologists will find ample compensation for his want of success
in the mass of valuable and interesting matter contained in the six
volumes of this series.

On some Fossils from the Islands of Formosa and Riu-Kiu* (= Loo
Choo). Journal of the Coilege of Seienee, Imperial University,
Tokyo, Japan; Vol. XVIII. Article 6,1902. 23 pages; 4 plates,
10% by 73 inches. By R. B. Newton and R. Horranp,

Tue geological fact that certain similar kinds of fossils occur at
great distances apart on the Earth’s surface has received the careful
attention of competent naturalists, as indicating that marine con-
ditions must have formerly extended where now either the ocean
exists or both land and water constitute the surface. The occurrence
of similar species at separate localities may be either in quite con-
temporaneous groups, or in an analogous succession of strata, not
simultaneous, but homotaxial. In either case the types have been
persistent, but their habitats have been disturbed by alterations of
the levels of land and sea; and the earlier forms are still buried in
some unworked area of the world-wide strata.

The finding of Monotis Hawai, of probably Permian or Permo-
Triassic age (page +),in Formosa is a striking instance of the occurrence
of an isolated remnant ot an ancient geological formation, like the
existence in both Europe and India, and even in America, of portions
of the same great formation. Strata of later date (Cretaceous and
Tertiary) have been traced at intervals as still existing patches and
ranges elevated above the sea-level. Thus the great Nummulitic
Formation has left its western extremity recognizable as shallow-

* Equivalent to the “ Loo-Choo” of modern maps, It is not spelt
thus in the Monograph, but as Riu-Kiu and Rid-Kia,

133 Bibliographical Notices.

water deposits in the Bracklesham beds of England, and its deep-
sea limestones in Kurope, North Africa, and India, and other deposits
in the Kastern Archipelago. It is to this last area that Messrs.
Newton and Holland’s work refers, where the above-mentioned
Lower Tertiary formation is succeeded by the Middle and Upper
Tertiaries,

The special localities yielding the fossils here described are :—

Linmestonr; Triomorm Isnany, YaveyAma Group, Rid Kid,
Foraminifera.
Miliolina, 1 sp.
Amphistegina, | sp.
Carpenteria, | sp.
Linderina ?, | sp.
Orbitoides (Lepidocyclina), 8 spp.
Bryozoa (Polyzoa).
Cellepora, 2 spp. (1 sp. in the Formosan limestone).
Plante.
Lithothamnium, 2 spp. (also in the Formosan limestone).
Ratsep Cora-rners,
Foraminifera.
Operculina, 1 sp. Tokuno-shimaand Okino-yerabu, and Unten,
west coast of Okinawa.
—-, 1 var. Itoman, Southern Okinawa.
Pulvyinulina, 1 sp. Tokuno-shima, Unten, and Motubu.

The fossil species are mainly of Miocene age, according to the
European standard, but some appear to belong to a Pliocene or even
Pleistocene stage. Their distribution is carefully indicated for the
Eastern Archipelago, Oceania, and Japan.

Notes on earlier information published about some fossils collected
by previous observers are given in the Introduction (pages 1-5),

A list of books and papers that have treated of the subject and a
tabular statement of the specific determinations make the monograph
more complete.

Four quarto plates give twenty-two photographs of illustrative
figures and sections of the microzoa under notice; and, though
somewhat coarse and indistinct, they give the general aspect of the
specimens, and are useful to the student who knows what to look
for in the minute structure of the shells.

It should be noticed that the specimens were communicated by
Japanese savants, and that the letterpress of the monograph has
been well printed by the Japanese in Tokyo.

Birds in the Garden. By Granvittr SHarpe, M.A. With 105
illustrations, including eight photogravures. London: J. M.
Dent & Co., 1902.

Tan author of this interesting little volume assures us that he is
neither photographer nor ornithologist; nevertheless, we venture to

Bibliographical Notices. 137

think, he will probably create a conviction in the minds of most of
his readers that he is both !

Only a few of the commonest birds have been described—four
species of Titmice, the Spotted or Pied Flycatcher, the Robin,
the Chaffinch, and the Willow-Wren; but the habits of these
birds, and their varying moods, appear to have been closely
observed, and are set forth in a pleasant and chatty manner.

Of the numerous photographs here reproduced the majority are
excellent. Here and there, however, one receives a shock, some
extremely indifferent pictures having been allowed to see the light.
Two or three of the photogravures are really beautiful.

The book is tastefully bound, well printed, and would make an
admirable gift for young people.

The Gross Anatomy of Limnzea emarginata, Scy, var. Mighelsi,
Binney. By Frank Cottiys Baxer. Bull. Chicago Acad. Sci.
li, pp. 189-211, with 6 plates. 1st June, 1900.

Tuts is a very detailed account of this freshwater mollusk, based
on a large number of specimens from various localities in Maine.
Detailed measurements of thirty-six shells are given, and two
plates show the range of variation in shells, both of its normal
form and of the variety Mighelsi. The anatomical details are fully
described and figured, and compared with those of five other species
of Limnea. There does not appear to be any great difference, the
chief novelty being the existence of two lateral blood-vessels of the
cesophagus and intestine, instead of the one that is usually shown
in the figures of other species. The plates are well drawn in
black and white, and offer a stock of information most useful for
further comparisons.

Memoirs of the Geological Survey of India. Palcwontologia Indica,
being Figures and Descriptions of the Organic Remains procured
during the progress of the Geological Survey of India. New Series.
Vol. If. Part 1. Observations sur quelques Plantes Fossiles des
Lower Gondwanas. PlanchesI.-VII. Par R. Zertier, Ingénieur
en chef des Mines, &c., &c. Pages (i-ii not numbered) 1-40.
Folio. Geol. Survey Office, Calcutta. Kegan Paul & Co.,
London.

Tux fossil plants submitted by C. L. Grieshach and R. D. Oldham
to Professor R. Zeiller for his critical examination, and here
described and illustrated, have been collected at various places in
the Peninsular Coalfields of India since the publication of Dr. O.
Feistmantel’s grand work on the Fossil Flora of the Gondwana
System (Paleont. Indica, ser. xii. vol. iv. part 2, 1886). The Pal.
Ind. Memoirs especially containing his account of the fossil plants
from Talchir, Damuda, South Rewah, and elsewhere in Western

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xi. 10

138 Bibliographical Notices.

Bengal, are published in the Series XII. vol. iii. parts 1, 2, 3 (1879-
1881), with 80 plates, and vol. iv. parts 1 and 2 (1882-1886), with
35 plates.

The plant-remains sent to Prof. Zeiller for examination numbered
about 350 specimens, and, although for the most part referable to
species already known, they supplied various useful indications of
furm and structure, especially for seven new species (including one
new genus), thus adding nearly 10 per cent. to the 77 species insti-
tuted by Feistmantel for the Lower Gondwana. The new forms
are :—

Glossopteris tortuosa, p. 14.

Schizoneura Wardi, p. 27.

Phyllotheca Grieshachi, p. 30.

Cycadites (?), sp., p. 33.

Feistmantellia bengalensis, gen. et sp. n., p. 36.
Araucarites Oldhanu, p. 36.

Cardiocar pus indicus, p. 37.

Professor Zeiller, moreover, offers some new and important obser-
vations on Vertebraria as the rhizome of Glossopteris (pp. 17-24)
and on the specific identity of Gl. indica and Gl. communis
(pp. 8-12).

At pages 2 and 3 there is a list of localities, not mentioned by
Feistmantel, from which Lower Gondwana fossils have been recently
procured. Among these is the locality of Reohel in the basin of
South Rewah, re-examined by Mr. R. D. Oldham, and where, in
the Damuda series, he procured, besides other specimens, a very
fine example of Glossopieris indica, consisting of a bunch of fronds
still attached to a fragment of Vertebraria; and of this he gave a
figure in the Records Geol. Surv. India, 1897.

In 1861 Sir Charles Bumbury suggested that Vertebraria may
have been the root of Phyllotheca. Dr. Feistmantel and others (to
1887) made little progress in its elucidation beyond referring to it
doubtfully as an Equisetaceous rhizome (see Mem. Geol. Survey New
South Wales, 1890, p. 87). In 1896, however, Prof. Zeiller was
able to figure and describe the relation of some fronds of Glosso-
pterts Browniana to the transverse joints of a Vertebraria in a
specimen from South Africa (Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci. vol. exxii.
pp. 744, 745; and Bull. Soc. Géol. France, vol. xxiv. pp. 351-362,
pl. xv. figs. 1-9). He states also, at p. 17, that in the Exposition
Universelle at Paris in 1900 there was an analogous specimen from
the Transvaal, namely a bunch of large fronds of Glossopteris indica
at the end of along piece of Vertebraria. Thus, he adds, there can
be no doubt of the natural attachment of the fronds to the rhizome,
but the constitution of the latter and the interpretation of its
imprints are not quite clear.

At pages 4-6 is a list of localities that have been mentioned by
Feistmantel, and in which other species of fossil plants have been

Miscellaneous. 139

found besides those observed by him. At pages 6-39 follow descrip-
tions of 13(?) species: —I. Ferns: Sphenopteris, 1; Glossopteris, 4
including Vertebraria. II. Uncertain: Dictyopteridium, 1. II.
Equisetinsee: Schizoneura, 2; Phyllotheca, 1. IV. Corditwe :
Noeqgerrathiopsis, 1. V. Cycadine: Cycadites, 1; Salisburice, ? ;
Feistmantella, 1. VI. Conifer: Araucarites, 1. VII. Seeds of
Gymnosperms: Cardiocarpus, 2; Voltzia, ?.

An alphabetical list of 43 species described or cited in the present
memoir, with their localities, is given at page 40.

MISCELLANEOUS.

Cyclops rubellus, Lilljeborg.
To the Editors of the ‘ Annals and Magazine of Natural History,

GenrtrMen,—On 2nd May, 1901, my father and I found in
Loughrigg Tarn, near Windermere, several specimens of a small
Cyclops which, though closely resembling both C. bicolor and
C. varicans, differed from both in certain well-marked particulars.
We found ourselves unable to refer our specimens to any known
British species ; but when Professor Lilljeborg’s work on the Swedish
Cladocera was published and came into our possession, we were able
at once to identify them with C. rubellus, which is intermediate
between the two above-named species. We wrote to Professor Lillje-
borg on the subject, and he kindly sent us specimens to compare
with our own, thereby enabling us to put the identity of our British
specimens beyond question. We have therefore to add the name of
Cyclops rubellus, Lilljeborg, to the list of the British Entomostraca.

The following is abridged from our translation of Professor Lillje-
borg’s description, which he has kindly revised :—

“The female varies from ‘6 to ‘9 millim. in length. It appears
somewhat thick-set, having an ovate, moderately broad cephalo-
thorax, though the abdomen is comparatively slender. The first
thoracic segment is longer than the abdomen without the apical
bristles. The fifth thoracic segment bears on each side a rather
large bristle, directed backw are The abdomen is slightly more
than half the length of the cephalothorax, and its first segment is
equal to the three following taken together. The stylets are short
and broad, set closely together, and very slightly divergent. Their
length is about equal to the distance between the hinder margin of
the last abdominal segment and the middle of the last segment but
one. The bristle on the outer margin of each stylet is small and is
situated about three quarters of the way down. ‘The outermost
apical bristle is moderately stout, and shorter than the innermost

140 Miscellaneous.

one. The inner of the two intermediate apical bristles is con-
siderably longer than the outer and usually rather longer than the
abdomen. The lateral bristles (or cilia) on the proximal parts of
these bristles are short and thin. The anterior antennas when laid

back do not reach the hinder margin of the first thoracje segment. -

Ta old and large specimens they contain twelve joints, and in smaller
and younger but clearly mature specimens ten or eleven joints. The
foot of the first four pairs have two-jointed branches. In the first
pair the second joint of the outer branch has on the outer margin
three spines and on the inner three bristles, and at the tip two
terminal bristles. In the second and third pairs this joint has three
spines and four bristles and a terminal bristle and spine, and in the
fourth pair two spines and four bristles and a terminal bristle and
spine. The fifth foot consists only of a very small rod-shaped
joint, which has at the tip a small bristle.

«The male is decidedly smaller than the female. Its length without
the apical bristles is from -52 to ‘74 millim. It is somewhat slen-
derer than the female and has, like it, a comparatively long first
thoracic segment, which is slightly longer than the abdomen without
the apical bristles. The stylets are somewhat shorter than in the
female and are about the same length as the two last very short
abdominal segments taken together. The anterior antennas have
fourteen or fifteen joints, and have on the basal joint two pairs of
long, narrow, cylindrical, blunt, and papillated so-called * sensory a
clubs.

«< Both sexes are more or less reddish in colour, though subject to
variation, being darker or lighter or inclined to greyish red. The
cephalothorax is usually lighter than the abdomen. The egg-
clusters are narrow and generally contain six to eight eggs.

“This species is found sporadically throughout Sweden, but is not
common. It occurs for the most part only in small bogs, but is
sometimes also found near the shores of large pools. It is a bottom
form. It resembles C. varicans in its movements.” :

The above description applies exactly to our British specimens,
save that in the latter (1) the first thoracic segment is not “longer
than the abdomen without the apical bristles,” but slightly shorter ;
and (2) the side bristle on the stylet is situated about two thirds
instead of three quarters of the way down. Our mature female
specimens were about “70 or -75 millim. in size and their antennas
contained eleven joints. We found no males.

am,
29 Buckingham Terrace, Yours faithfully,
Edinburgh. BEATRICE SPRAGUE.

Noy. 1902.

MinternBros.imp.

A. Scott del R.E Mintern lth.

Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. $7. Vol. XT. PLL.

TAY

TUT LA)

A Scott del. RE Mintern hth. MinternBros.imp .

Bip Se Mg Nat: Hist. S.7 Vol. X1PUID.

A Scott del. RE Mintern hth. : MinternBros.imp.

Mintern Bros imp

Ann & Mag Nat Hist.S.7 Vol. X1PLIV.

A.Scott del.R E Mintern lth.

Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. S.7 Vol XI. PLY.

J,Green del.et ith, De Mintern Bros imp.
1. BARBUS PERCIVALI ZS ew INGEMIN Sits.
3.B.LINEOMACULATUS 4.B.AMPHIGRAMMA.

‘VNOZITTIVO VUNLdVNAS'G ‘MHLINS VHNLdVNAS T
duar' song wr98- Fury] “YaIT Ae Tap Waeds) (

IN Id IX IAL S953 FNC Oy wp uy

4 beh eM 2 En) teens y ‘
ee Z
VG vie iF “Tt
* war ty J
ae - Lene J
i * abe
i P
‘ 7 »
| i l é . -
; t : -
2 Li
:. ¥ J * ~
ni { ni
a ,
2 at |
~ y i ‘ _
‘ - ' :
A 1 ‘ : % j 1 ;
5 : \ f J i F \
. 7 cay 8 t ‘ 7 : >
3 , . ‘ , i \

Ann. § Mag. Nat. Hist. S. 7. Vol. XI. Pl. VII.

Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. S. 7. Vol. XI. Pl. VIIL

ahs you ¢

THE ANNALS

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[SEVENTH SERIES]

No. 62. FEBRUARY 1903.

XVII.—The Morphology of the Madreporaria—lV. Fisst-
parous Gemmation. By J. E. DuERDEN, Ph.D., A.R.C.Sc.
(Lond.), Bruce Fellow, Johns Hopkins University.

Most writers on Madreporarian corals have referred to the
occurrence of one or more specially enlarged calices on
colonies of which the usual method of vegetative increase is
by budding. Thus, while practically all the corallites con-
stituting a colony may display, say, twenty-four septa,
arranged in two cycles of twelve each, a comparatively few
may be found which are much larger than the others, and
contain nearly double the usual number of septa. Very
rarely one of the enlarged calices may exhibit some stage in
the process of fission. ‘The existence of such cases of fission
would seem to justify the conclusion that a single species of
coral may reproduce both by gemmation and by fissiparity,
at one and the same time.

The influence of these isolated cases of fission on the
growth of a gemmiferous colony is manifestly very insignificant,
and in systematic studies little or no attention is given to
their presence, while no attempt has been made to understand
their morphological significance. ‘Thus, Mr. H. M. Bernard
(1900, p. 491), referring to the claim of Mr. J. J. Quelch
that Porites possesses twenty-four septa, remarks :-—“ 'l'hese,
however, are obviously the large double calicles, one or two

Aan. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7, Vol. xi. 11

142 Dr. J. E. Duerden on the

of which can be found on almost any stock and must be
regarded as abnormalities.” Also, Prof. A. KE. Verrill (19901,
p- 96), in deseribing Orbicella acropora (Ell. & Sol.), simply
states :—‘* This species occasionally shows certain calicles
larger than usual, and with more septa.. Such calicles may
subdivide by regular fission, as is the case with the similar
unusually large cells in some species of Porites, Madrepora,
Poeillopora, &e., in which fission is elsewhere very unusual.”

An anatomical study of many enlarged polyps of this
character, found on various West-Indian corals, lias revealed
certain morphological facts bearing upon the more general
subject of asexual reproduction in corals.

In a firmer paper (1902), I have fully described the
peculiar method of growth of the enlarged polyps in the

vas oe ae
is .
~ -

IIL

pareitt,. =
Jog ppaOBSsUONGaDo DG

-
-

A Bil DC, Baha,

Transverse section through the stomodeal region of an enlarged, bioral
polyp ot Madrepora muricata, Linn. Two stomodiea occur, each
with the mesenteries anarged as in an ordinary simple pelyp of
Madrepera. Vhe ,rimury six paiis of mesenteries are indicated b
the Roman numerals J—J 4, ana the six later } ais by the letters A-F';
mesenteries 1/7, A and IV, Z on each side are directives,

porose genera Acropora (Madrepora) and Porites, and have
shown how the process of simple tissiun there takes place.
‘he figure of a section cf a double polyp of Madrepura is
again introduced, to illustrate the conditions under which the
phenomenon occurs in that genus (tig. 1). In the stages

Morphology of the Madreporaria. 143

leading up to that represented, it was found that new bilateral
pairs of mesenteries are added within the two directive ento-
coeles of an ordinary polyp, provided with only the six pairs
of primary mesenteries. ‘The new mesenteries are established
in complete or incomplete pairs, in such a manner that when
six additional pairs are fully formed the twelve mesenteries
on each side of the enlarged polyp are arranged as in an
ordinary polyp of Madrepora, including the presence of two
pairs of directives, The stomodzal tube being also divided
all the way, it is clear that when the two moieties of the
enlarged polyp eventually separate, along the median plane,
each will exactly resemble the original — parent polyp, as it
appeared before any additional mesenteries were formed.
Very rarely, one of the fission-polyps may contain more than
the usual six pairs of mesenteries, while the other will be
quite normal,

The final product has been found to be the same in the
enlarged polyps of Porites, but, in any individual polyp of
this genus, the additional six pairs of mesenteries appear
successively within only one directive entoceele, which may
be either the dorsal or the ventral extremity. Polyps
bearing two oral apertures on a single disk seem very rare on
colonies of the West-Indian species S of Porites, but are more
frequent in Madrepora.

The fundamental results in the present connexion are as
follows:—On any colony of Acropora (Madrepora) and
Porites, a few polyps become much larger than the others, by
the appearance of new tentacles, mesenteries, and septa
beyond the usual number twelve. In general, the new
members conform in size and character with the primary
tentacles, mesenteries, and septa, and the additions continue
until the polyps are practically double the size of the ordinary
polyps, and then fission supervenes. The two resultant
fission-polyps are exactly like the original, as regards the
arrangement and character of the mesenteries and other
organs. Half the mesenteries in each polyp are derivatives
of the primary polyp, and half are later formations.

‘nlarged and fission-polyps of the gemmiferous, imper-
forate coral, Cladocora arbuscula (Lesueur), have also been
studied in the same connexion. ‘The polyps of this species
usually contain from twelve to eighteen pairs of mesenteries,
and double this number of tentacles and septa, disposed
practically in two cycles. The mesenteries are arranged as
tollows:—Six complete primary pairs, including two pairs of
directives.; -six incomplete alternating pairs, forming a second

cycle; two to six other pairs, which are still smaller and
11s

144 Dr. J. E. Duerden on the

represent only a part of a third cycle. A section of a polyp
of Cladvcora, with sixteen pairs of mesenteries, is represented
diagrammatically in fig. 2 a.

Diagrammatic representation of the mesenterial arrangement in four
different polyps of Cladocora arbuscula (Les.). a, as found in most
mature polyps of a colony; 6d, as met with in three enlarged
polyps. In the enlarged polyps, many pairs of mesenteries have been
added to the first and second cycles, including an additional pair
of directives (D), but no new cycles or orders of mesenteries are
formed.

Colonies of C. arbuseula are sometimes found bearing one
or more polyps in which the tentacles, mesenteries, and septa
greatly exceed the numbers just given ; while now and again
an enlarged polyp occurs with two oral apertures on a single
disk, surrounded by a single system of tentacles.

The mesenterial plan of three of the enlarged polyps is
diagrammatically represented in fig. 2 (b-d). In all three
polyps, the usual hexameral plan of the mesenteries is alto-
gether departed from. Irregular numbers of mesenterial

Morphology of the Madreporaria. 145.

pairs, including an additional pair of directives (D),° are
united with the stomodeum; the corresponding additional
pairs of alternating second-cycle mesenteries also occur, and
a comparatively small number of third-cycle mesenteries.
The exact order followed in the appearance of the mesenterial
pairs beyond those present in fig. 2 a has not been established ;
the different polyps seem to show very diverse arrange-
ments. From the details available, it is not certain which are:
the primary directives, and which the new pairs. It will be
observed, however, that all tle new pairs arise as isocnemic
unilateral pairs, not as bilateral pairs, which is the manner
already shown to be characteristic of Madrepora and Porites.
The most important fact is that the additional mesenteries are
not arranged so as to add to the number of cycles originally
present, as in the growth of coral and actinian polyps gene-
rally, but become constituents of the first, second, and third
cycles already established.

nt)

Transverse section through the stomodzal regior of a bioral polyp of
C. arbuscula having only a single system of tentacles and a sixgle
column-wall. The polyp is in process of fission in a median entoceelic
plane, and when completed the mesenterial arrangement of each
polyp will closely resemble that of an ordinary bud-polyp like
tig. 2a.

A transverse section through the stomodzal region of an
enlarged polyp of Cludecora, which has undergone partial
fission, is represented in fig. 3. In the living polyp, two oral
apertures were present on a single disk, and the tentacles:

146 Dr. J. E. Duerden on the

formed only a single system. At the low scale of magnifica.
tion at which the section was drawn, most of the details could
be only diagrammatically displayed; two stomodxa are
present, and with each is associated nearly the same number
of mesenteries as occurs in ordinary polyps, including two
pairs of directive mesenteries. The plane of fission is included
within the entoccele of two opposite mesenterial pairs. Mani-
festly, if the two daughter polyps were to become completely
separated from one another, they would differ in no material
respect from one of the ordinary polyps of Cladocora, produced
in the usual manner by budding, or directly from the larva.
The cyclical hexameral plan of the mesenteries would be
preserved, and two pairs of directives would be present in
each.

The mesenterial conditions represented by fig. 2 (b-d) are
clearly stages toward the establishment of a double series of
mesenteries, including also two additional pairs of directives.
When this is reached, fission of the stomodeum takes place,
and practically half the total mesenteries, along with two
pairs of directives, are associated with each moiety.

The results attained by simple fission in Cladocora are thus
the same as in Madrepora and Porites. The two moieties
are to all intents and purposes new individual polyps, corre-
sponding in every way with polyps originating as buds or
from larve.

Though not quite so complete, similar results have been
obtained from the enlarged polyps on colonies of Stephano-
cenia intersepta (Esper), Solenastrea hyades (Dana), and
Oculina diffusa, Lamarck. On any colony of Stephanocenia
anterscpta most of the polyps contain only six complete pairs
of mesenteries and six alternating incomplete pairs, forming
two cycles, as shown in fig. 4a. In fig. 4 (J-d) the mesen-
terial plan of three enlarged polyps is represented diagram-
matically. In these many new mesenteries have been added,
yet without increasing the number of cycles ; the mesenteries
throughout are in complete and incomplete alternating pairs,
except in one or two places where an incomplete pair is
wanting. Among the new pairs of mesenteries an additional
pair of directives (D) has appeared in each case. On
macerated coralla the septa are also arranged in two alter-
nating cycles, larger and smaller, alike in both normal and
enlarged corallites.

_ Amongst the preserved material of S. ntersepta at present
available, I can find no example of an actual bioral polyp, or
of one undergoing fission. ‘I'he characteristics of the enlarged
polyps, however, are so closely comparable with those of

Morphology of the Madreporaria. 147

Cladocora arbuscula, already described, that undoubtedly they
possess the same significance—that is, they are polyps whose
exceptional enlargement will ultimately result in fission,
When this is reached, the two danghter polyps will be each
provided with two pairs of directives, and exactly resemble
bud-polyps in their cyclical and hexameral regularity.

~ ie)

Diagrammatic representation of the mesenterial arrangement in four
different polyps of Stephanocenia intersepta (Esper). a, as found in
most mature polyps of a colony; 6-d, as met with in three enlarged
polyps.

A transverse section through the lower stomodeal region
of a retracted polyp of Solenastrea hyades (Dana) is repre-
sented somewhat diagrammatically in tig. 5a. Six pairs of
mesenteries, incliding a pair of directives at opposite extre-
mities, extend as far as the stomodeum, and six alternating
pairs are incomplete, and constitute a second cycle. The
septal invaginations —entoceelic and exoccelic—are also
displayed, and at this level they are grouped in threes, by
the union of the entoseptum within each pair of the second
cycle mesenteries with the adjoining exosepta—one on each

148 Dr. J. E. Duerden on the

Fig. 5.

Mecenterial and septal arrangement in two poe of Solenastrea hyades
(Dana). a, as found in most polyps of a colony; 6, as displayed in
an enlarged polyp. Jn the latter a pair of complete and of incom-

lete mesenteries have been added on the left side, and a pair of
incomplete mesenteries on the right side. The new pairs are not
arranged so as to form new cycles.

Morphology of the Madreporaria. 149

side. The groups are separated by continuous septa, one
within the entoceele of each of the six primary pairs of
mesenteries.

The above is the condition of nearly all the polyps on any
colony of S. hyades, but occasionally examples are found in
which the mesenteries have undergone an increase. Such a
polyp is represented in fig. 5. Compared with the previous
figure, a pair of complete and of incomplete mesenteries have
been added on the left side of the directive axis, and a single
pair of incomplete mesenteries on the right side. As before,
the additional members conform in size, and relationship with
the stomodxum, with the mesenterial pairs already present.
Such a simple stage of increase, before a third pair of direc-
tives has arisen, serves to demonstrate that new pairs of
mesenteries may appear on both sides of the directive axis.

Other enlarged polyps of S. hyades have been examined
by means of sections, but they merely repeat what has been
already established by examination of Cladocora and Stephano-
cenia, as to the manner of increase of the mesenteries. ‘The
arrangement of the septa also supports the conclusions gained
from the mesenteries.

Figs. 6 a-c represent the septal plan of three distinct
corallites of S. hyades. Fig. 6a shows the number and
arrangement of the septa in nearly all the corallites consti-
tuting acolony. Twenty-four septa occur, arranged in six
groups of three, with an alternating continuous septum be-
tween any two groups. The condition corresponds with the
section of the polyp in fig. 5a. Fig. 66 represents the septa
of one of the few enlarged calices. In this thirty-six septa
occur in nine groups, and present exactly the same arrange-
ment as in the normal corallites with twenty-four septa.
With the increase in the number of ‘septa, no additional
cycles are developed, thus differing from the plan generally
followed in corals. Fig. 6 ¢ shows a calice with forty-three
septa, nearly double the number characteristic of most coral-
lites. Here the tricyclic character of the septa is still retained,
and fission is evidently in progress. When the process is com-
pleted, and the remaining five septa necessary to complete
the grouping in threes are formed, each moiety will exactly
resemble one of the ordinary calices. No corallite of S. hyades
has been found in which more than forty-eight septa
occur, thus showing that the septal increase is not continued
indefinitely, but only until the normal number of septa is
doubled.

‘The details, as to the mesenterial arrangement, occurring in
the enlarged and bioral polyps of Uculina diffusa, are so

150 Dr. J. E. Duerden on the

closely similar to those obtained from the three preceding
species that it is unnecessary to repeat them. In every case
the mesenteries above the usual number—twelve pairs in two
cycles—are arranged in conformity with the first and second
cycles, not in new cycles; and fission separates an enlarged
polyp into two halves, each with twelve pairs of mesenteries,
in every way recalling ordinary bud-polyps.

Fig. 6.

Septal arrangement in three different calices of Solenastrea hyades. a,
as wet with in most calices; b, an enlarged calice ; ¢, a calice in
process of fission. In 4 and c the septa are arranged cn the same

lan as ina; in ¢ the septa are nearly double in number those present
in an ordinary calice, so that when fission is completed each half
wil represent a new calice.

Thus in fission of the enlarged polyps of three gemmiferous
genera—Acropora (Madrepora), Porites, and Cladocora—
it is manifest that the resulting polyps are in every way
comparable with polyps produced by ordinary budding ;
these, in their turn, by the presence of directives and the
retention of the hexameral cyclic plan, resemble larval polyps.

Morphology of the Madreporaria. 151

The mesenterial and septal conditions met with in the
enlarged polyps of Stephanocenia, Solenastrea, and Oculina
practically prove the same for these gemmiferous genera. In
all six genera, the addition of new mesenteries and septa,
beyond those characteristic of the species, does not lead to an
increase in the number of hexameral cycles or orders, but
merely to an increase in the number of mesenteries and
septa belonging to the original cycles. It may therefore be
assumed that this is characteristic of the enlarged polyps of
gemmiferous corals generally, and, further, that the products
of simple fission are truly bud-polyps.

The products of simple fission, in species which are normally
gemmiterous, may be now contrasted with those found in
corals where fission is the usual method of vegetative growth,
and where budding seems to be unknown. In the third paper
of this series (1902"), I have given an account of the early
stages of fission in Manicina areolata (Linn.) and Favia
fragum (Esper), and compared the results from these two
familiar corals with the characteristics of other species of
fissiparous corals, such as Meandrina labyrinthica (Ell. &
Sol.). It is there shown that the larval polyps of Mancina
and Favia develop according to the normal Hexactinian
plan for some time, and that the first fission-plane divides the
young polyp into practically equal halves, in an entoccelic
plane at right angles to the directive plane or principal axis
of the polyp. The hexameral cyclical plan may or may not
be preserved in each moiety, but only one pair of directives
is present in each. Manifestly, therefore, the products of
fission are from the beginning different from those in Madre-
pora, Porites, Cladocora, and others where two pairs of
directives occur.

Fission continues in Manicina and its allies, and the
mesenteries become grouped in complete or incomplete
isocnemic pairs around numerous stomodza, but soon lose all
their hexameral and most of their cyclical regularity ; and,
further, no additions are ever made to the two primary pairs
of directives. ‘The products of fission in normally fissiparous
genera are not new polyps in the same sense as are bud-
polyps they are devoid of directives, and without any

iexameral cyclical regularity. Fission-polyps are more to
be regarded as fragments isolated from a complex large
polyP than as separate individuals. Morphologically, a sharp
ine of distinction is established between polypal fission and
budding, though such is not generally recognized by students
concerned with the skeleton only.
. Polypal fission, as represented-in the enlarged polyps of

152 Dr. J. E. Duerden on the

Madrepora, Porites, Cladocora, Stephanocenia, &c., is there-
fore not comparable with fission as manifested in normally
fissiparous genera, like Munictna, Pavia, Meandrina, &e.
Fission in the former gives rise to new individual polyps,
just as truly as in the more usual method of budding; while
in the latter fission does not produce new polyps, but merely
a complex multioral condition of the primary larval polyp.
In gemmiferous genera the process is not a division into
two of a simple hexamerous polyp, as in the first division of
Manicina, &c., but the separation of the constituents of two
individual polyps which have grown together, cne much later
than the other. Evidently the term fission cannot be applied
in the same sense to the two processes, for morphologically
the results are altogether different. The term is best retained
for the conditions met with in Manicina, Favia, and their
allies.

In what manner, then, should the phenomenon of appa-
rently simple fission in gemmiferous colonies be conceived ?
Though all the stages in proof thereof are not yet forthcoming,
a consideration of the facts presented leads to the conviction
that it is best understood asa specialized form of budding, and
the cntire process may be regarded as fissiparous gemmation.

In most species of gemmiferous corals the buds arise on
the polypal wall, within fairly definite limits, which are
characteristic of the species. ‘Thus, in the branching Madre-
pora, buds appear mainly on the ccenosare, a little below the
apical polyps; in Porites, Stephanocenia, and Solenastrea
they are intercalary in position—that is, arise at the point of
union of two or more adult polyps; in Cladocora buds are
developed toward the upper part of the column-wall of indi-
vidual polyps; while in Oculina they arise in a spiral
manner, close together at the apex of the branches, and become
wider apart below.

Though the above distribution of the buds seems fairly
constant for the particular species studied, there is no reason
to suppose that it is invariably followed; rather, I conceive.
that gemmation may occasionally take place at almost any
part of the free polypal wall, from the disk as well as from
the column-wall; and, if within the disk, then also around
the oral aperture. In this last case the one mouth and
stomodeum would be common to the bud and the parent;
the mesenteries of the one would intermingle with those of
the other; two additional pairs of directives would be deve-
loped, as in ail other buds; and the mesenteries as a whole
would have the same ordinal and cyclic value as in buds
arising on the column-wall. When the bud reaches its full

Morphology of the Madreporaria. 153

size, it will tend to separate from its parent, and in so doing
it will appear as if an enlarged polyp were undergoing fission
into equal halves, whereas, strictly speaking, it is the
components of the bud-polyp separating from the parent
body.

In such a specialized form of gemmation, the constituent
mesenteries of the bud and parent polyp may be so arranged
that division actually involves half of each polyp—that is,
half is new formation, and half is old. Such is manifestly
what happens in Porites and Madrepora, where the plane of
separation is along the primary directive axis; but in Clado-
cora, Siderastrea, &c. the actual distribution of the new and
old mesenteries in the two fission-polyps has not been
determined.

Fig. 7.

Transverse section through a bioral polyp of Cladocora arbuscula, below
the stomodzal region. The polyp to the left is as yet incompletely
developed, and may represent a bud which has developed indepen-
dently on the disk of another polyp, or a stage in fission beyond that
shown in fig. 3.

In no other way than as discal gemmation it seems to
me can one account for the occurrence of two oral apertures,
two stomodza, and two Hexactinian systems of mesenteries
within a single system of tentacles and a single column-wall.
In discal gemmation the division of the stomodeum has not
the same significance as in true fissiparity. It is rather a
separation of two distinct stemodwa, one belonging to the
parent and one to the bud; whereas, in true fission, it is the
division of an enlarged stomodzeum into halves, and neither
represents a distinct individual.

Some of the enlarged bioral polyps of Cladocora arbuscula
seem to afford evidence that discal gemmation may occur

154 On the Morphology of the Madreporaria,

without involving the parent stomodeum—that is, a bud may
appear on the oral disk, and from the beginning remain as a
distinct individual, as regards its mesenteries and stomodeum,
just as in the case of buds arising on the column-wall. In
the partly diagrammatic representation of a transverse section
of a bioral polyp of C. arbuscula, given in fig. 7, two appa-
rently distinct polyps are enclosed within one column-wall,
which was terminated by a single system of tentacles. The
larger polyp to the right is normally hexamerous, with two
pairs of directives, while the smaller to the left is still im-
perfect, and on its inner side is wanting a pair of directives.

I regard the small polyp as a bud which has arisen on the
disk of the larger polyp, but, on account of its closeness to:
the parent polyp on the inner side, the development of the
mesenteries has not proceeded symmetrically. It must be
admitted, however, that it is difficult to distinguish between
a new mesenterial system arising independently on the disk
of another polyp, and one which has developed as an integral
part of a polyp, and been pinched off later.

Summary.

a. The polyps in Madreporaria which arise asexually
by budding are new individuals, with all the characteristics
of hexamerous cyclical polyps reared directly from larve ;
whereas in asexual reproduction by continuous fission no
new polyps are ever formed.

b. On any gemmiferous colony a few polyps frequently
occur which are much larger than the usual adult form. The
additional mesenteries and septa of these, as observed in the
genera Torttes, Madrepora, Cladocora, Stephanocenia, Sslen-
astrea, and OUculina, do not continue the hexameral cyclic
plan of the polyp, but conform in character with the mesen-
teries and septa already present, and include one or two
additional pairs of directives.

c. In Madrepora and Porites the new mesenteries arise as
complete or incomplete bilateral pairs within one or both of
the directive entocceles; but in Cladocora, Stephanocenia,
Solenastrwa, and OUculina they arise as unilateral isocnemic
pairs within one or more exoccelic chambers.

d. Fission of the enlarged polyps takes place in such a
way that each of the two moieties resembles an ordinary bud
or Jarval polyp; each conforms with the hexameral plan, and
is provided with two pairs of directives.

e. Fission in gemmiferous corals is morphologically distinet
from the same process in fissiparous corals, tor in the latter:

On new and little-known American Coccidz. 155

the products of fission never resemble bud or larval polyps.
The first seems best understood as a moditied form of
budding, the organs of the bud having come into intimate
association with those of the parent polyp, so that separation
of the two involves the division of the mouth, stomodeum,
disk, and tentacular system (fzsiparous gemmation).

jf. Apparently true discal gemmation may take place in
species which usually reproduce by columnar budding.

Ieferences,

1900. Bernarp, HW. M. ‘On the Structure of Porttes, with Prelimi-
nary Notes on the Soft Parts,” Joura. Linn. Soe., Zool. vol. xxvii.

1901. Verrint, A. E. “ Variations and Nomenclature of Bermudian,
West Indian and Brazilian Reet-Corals, with Notes on various
Indo-Pacitie Corals,” Trans. Conn. Acad. Science, vo!. xi.

1902. DvrerpvEN, J. E. “The Morphology of the Madreporaria.—
II. Increase of Mesenteries in Madrepora beyond the Proto-
cnemic Stage,” Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 7, vol. x.

“The Morpholozy of the Madreporaria.—III. The

Significance of Budding and Fission,” Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.,

ser. 7, vol. x.

19022.

XVIII.—New and little-known American Coccidez.
By T. D. A. CockreRreELL.

CARDIOCOCCUS, gen. nov.

A Lecaniine Coccil allied to Inglista &e.; legs and an-
tennz small or rudimentary; insect covered by a brittle
waxy scale, with a dorsal pit or foramen.

Type C. umbonatus.

Cardiococcus umbonatus, sp. n.

¢.—About 2 millim. long, covered with white waxy
secretion, elevated ; low-conical as seen from the side, with
numcrous longitudinal strig ; nearly round as seen from above,
with a large and deep central pit, the waxy secretion radi-
ating from two contiguous rounded umbones, the whole
shaped like the shell of the genus Hemtcardium. No lateral
fringe. ‘The wax is rather opaque; the longitudinal (vertical)
grooves are minutely cross-gruoved, but I cannot see any
definite air-cells. Lenuded insect very shiny, dark brown,
mcre or less veitically striated. Removed from the twig, the
female leaves a dense white waxy pad. Legs and anteune

156 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell on

present, but rudimentary; antennze about 90 yw long, slender,
obscurely jointed, with a very blunt bristly tip. Legs dark
ferruginous, not very stout, anterior leg with tibia +tarsus
about 100 w long; hind leg with femur+trochanter 90 p;
tibia+tarsus 120 w. Skin orange-ferruginous, not clearing
upon boiling, obscurely tessellated, the tesserse about 15 »
diameter. Margin thickened, with a very few small simple
bristles and quite numerous very small (about 7 w long)
spear-head shaped spines. Near the margin are many large
gland-pits. There is a distinct median longitudinal groove
and also a large oval dorsal opening corresponding to the pit
seen in the waxy scale.

Larva (after boiling) pale lemon-yellow, about 375 p long
and 180 broad, tapering posteriorly, with the abdominal
segments very well marked. Caudal bristles short, about
40 » long. Legs long (about 165 yw), digitules filiform,
knobbed ; anterior legs with tibia and tarsus about equal
(42) ; if anything, the tibia is the longer. Antennz short
(hardly 90 w), last joint with a very lone bristle.

3 -—NScales on undersides of leaves, small and narrow,
covered with dense waxy secretion, which forms two large
dorsal tufts, one curling forwards, the other backwards.
There are also irregular lateral nodules. Apical cap placed
horizontally.

6 -—Pale yellow; wings iridescent.

Hab. Gapotlan, Jalisco, Mexico, on twigs of wild guava,
July 6, 1902 (C. H. T. Townsend).

Yo this genus I must also refer two Australian species,
Cardiococcus fossilis (Inglisia fossilis, Maskell, N. Z. ‘Trans.
xxix. p. 808) and C. foraminifer (1. foraminifer, Maskell,
N. Z. Trans. xxv. p. 213). They have the dorsal pit and
the conical spines so characteristic of C. umbonatus.

Ceroplastes mexicanus, Ckll.

Zapotlan, Mexico, July 7, on a composite near Par-
thenium ; collected by Prof. Townsend.

Adults are 53 millim. long, 5 broad, 4 high. Immature
examples are 38 millim. long, 24 broad, 1# high, dull white,
the plates indicated by grooves, but not at all by colour;
dorsal nucleus large, white, surrounded by dark purple-brown ;
lateral nuclei similarly coloured, but small, all very con-
spicuous ; sometimes a chalky line runs from the lateral nuclei
to the margin. Dorsum flat or sloping, not humped.

new and little-known American Coccidx. 157

Ceroplastes cistud/formis, Ckll. & Towns., var.
Tonila, Jalisco, Mexico, on plant like Parthenium, Aug. 3
(Townsend).
Possibly a distinct species, but there is only one adult
female. Closely allied is C. variegatus, Hempel. ‘These
species have a distinct dorsal hump.

Ceroplastes irregularis, Ckll.
El] Paso, Texas, on Afriplex, May 26 (Townsend).

Ceroplastes roseatus, Towns. & CkIl., var. B.

2? .—Scales 8 millim. long, 7 broad, 5 high, dull yellowish
white with a rosy tint, with two chalky spots on each lateral
margin, but no lines; apex pointed as described by Dolby-
Tyler ; denuded female very dark, liemispherical, length (not
counting horn) 5 millim., breadth 43, height 34. Caudal
horn sharp, directed backwards and slightly upwards; back
rounded, with only a small obtuse prominence, lateral nuclear
prominences small.

Skin after boiling ferruginous, with very numerous round
to suboval gland-orifices, about 10 w diameter, and minutely
reticulated patches as in allied species. Diameter of mouth-
parts 150 w. Caudal horn conical, about 1450 w long and
1000 broad at base, very dark coloured. Margin with short
broad spines about 12 w long. Legs with femur-+ trochanter
210 w (width of femur 57), tibia 129, tarsus 87. Antenne
about 330 w long, 7-jointed, with a long 4th joint; joint 2
short, 3 about 48 pw, 4 about 105, 5 is 24-27, 6 is 24, and
7is 40-48 pe _

Hab. Base of Volcan de Colima, Mexico, on stems of a tail
herbaceous composite, Aug. 3, alt. about 7000 feet (Townsend),

Ceroplastes brachyurus, sp. n.

@ .—Scale convex, long. 23, lat. 23, alt. 2 millim.; irre-
gular, with rounded prominences ; wax dull white, stained
with pink at the sides; two very conspicuous lines of chalk-
white secretion on each side, close together. The lateral
margins are swollen and the dorsal nucleus is more or less
depressed. Denuded female, long. 23, lat. 2, alt. 12 millim.,
rounded, very convex, very shiny, ferruginous ; caudal horn
extremely small; a small but distinct dorsal knob. Skin after
boiling brownish, semitransparent, mostly free from glands ;
antenne about 180 w long, 7-jointed, with a long 4th joint;

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xi. 12

158 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell on

joints measuring in w: (1) ring-like, (2) 21-27, (3) 33,
(4) 45, (5) 18, (6) 16-18, (7) 24-27. Breadth of mouth-
parts about 130 w. Anterior legs with femur-+trochanter
100 » (width of femur 30), tibia 78, tarsus 66. ‘The tarsus
has a deep constriction near its middle, so that it looks as if
2-jointed. Claw-digitules about 21 w long (twice as long as
claw), stout, with bulbous base and large knob.

Larva about 375 mw long.

Hab. Zapotlan, Mexico, numerous on small branches of
shrub with small pinnate leaves like Rhus, July 6 (Townsend).

This small species has not the wax divided into plates ; it
reminds one a good deal of C. albolineatus, but is much
smaller, and the lateral chalky lines are narrower and closer

together. The specimens are adult and have produced many
young.

Ceroplastes marmoreus, sp. n.

9 .—Scale long. 6—64, lat. 5-64, alt. 4-5 millim., rounded,
wax thick, not divided into plates, white, irregularly suffused
and marbled with madder-red; sides bulging below, with
two narrow bands of chalk-like secretion. Sometimes the
wax of two or more individuals runs together. Denuded
female about 34 millim. long, not very convex, with a dorsal
crest and six conspicuous pointed lateral projections; caudal
horn very short, pyramidal.

Boiled in KHO the insects impart only a slight reddish
stain to the liquid, but they nevertheless contain much
madder-red colouring-matter. Skin after boiling yellowish
ferruginous, semihyaline, without conspicuous glands.
Diameter of mouth-parts 130-140 ». Femur-+ trochanter
108-150 p, tibia 70-123, tarsus 40-78; the smaller size
refers to the anterior and the larger to the posterior legs.
Claw-digitules with rather large knobs. Margin without
spines. Anal plates about 90 ~ long and 36 broad, shaped
like the elytra of a beetle, and situated near the hind margin
ot a large subcircular or subtriangular orange-ferruginous
chitinous plate (520 mw diam.), which exhibits many gland-
orifices. Antenne about 270 uw long, slender, 7-jointed, with
a long 4th joint ; joint 7 short and blunt, 1 long. Measure-
ments of joints in w: (1) 30-36, (2) 33-40, (3) 45, (4) 75,
(5) 23, (6) 24, (7) 27.

Hab. Gapotlan, Mexico, on composite near Parthenium,
July 7 (Townsend & Boyd); also on sage and Catalpa
( Townsend).
~ C. marmoreus is easily recognized by its appearance; the

new and Wittle-known American Coccide. 159

antenne are almost exactly as in C. cultws, Hempel, but that
species has thin wax. ‘he specimens described had pro-
duced many young.

Ceroplastes purpurellus, sp. n.

? .—Scale 2} millim. long, 2 broad, 13 high; dull purple-
grey, plates indistinctly outlined by slightly darker lines ;
nuclei white, on large dark brown patches, the dorsal patch
covering the whole of the rather obliquely truncate apex.
From the lateral nuclei narrow bands of chalk-white secretion
run to the margin. The scales vary much in height.

Denuded female rounded, caudal horn distinct and sharp,
but very short; dorsum hardly cristate; wax fairly thick.
Boiled in KHO the skin becomes yellowish hyaline, mostly
without conspicuous glands. Anal plates 90 uw long and 42
broad, their outer sides rounded, not sharply angulate.
About 17 glands in stigmatic area. Antenne 7-jointed, first
ring-like; joints measuring im w: (1) 12-15, (2) 33, (3) 36-
42, (4) 51, (5) 20-24, (6) 18-21, (7) 24. Anterior legs
with femur+trochanter 135 w long, tibia 90, tarsus 60,
slightly constricted near the middle. ‘Tarsal digitules fili-
form; claw-digitules with large knobs.

Hab. Tonila, Jalisco, Mexico, on a tree 12 feet high,
Aug. 2 (Townsend). It occurs on the twigs, and on the
same twigs are specimens of Howardia biclavis (Comstock).

C. purpurellus is allied to C. brachyurus, but is easily
distinguished by its smaller size, more compact form, and
different colour. ‘The examples described had produced
young.

Ceroplastes Townsendi, Ckll., var. percrassus, nov.

9 .— Waxy scale about 16 millim. long, 13 broad, 12 high ;
wax white, with a faint yellowish tint (not in the least pink),
very watery, about 43 millim. thick; no division into plates ;
two chalky stripes on each side beneath, not at all visible on
the outside. Denuded female very dark reddish brown, long.
64, lat. 5, alt. 5 millim., not counting the long caudal horn,
which is 4 millim. long, black, and only very slightly inclined
upwards. ‘The sides have each three short pointed projec-
tions, of which the middle ones are the largest; the dorsum
is low-pyramidal seen from the side, conical seen fromm the
end, terminating in a distinct though rather blunt process,
having the torm of a short longitudinal keel. Boiled in
KHO the insects colour the liquid dark madder-red. Legs

very dark brown; femur+trochanter about 210 uw Lge tibia
12

160 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell on

144, tarsus 95; tarsal digitules rather slender, about 60 be
long, with rather large knobs; claw-digitules extending
beyond claw, rather slender, but with fairly large knobs.
The claw-digitules are more or less swollen at the base, as in
C. psidit. Dorsal skin strongly chitinous, ferruginous, with
many mostly oval gland-orifices, about 15-30 w in diameter.
Hore and there are large patches of tessellated (honeycomb-
like) structure. Antenne about 400 » long, 6-jointed, with
a very long 4th joint, which has a notch near its end.
Measurements of joimts in yw: (1) 36, (2) 63, (3) 60, (4) 126,
(5) 82, (6) 72.

Larve (dried) bright ferruginous.

Hab, Zapotlan, Mexico, on small branches and twigs of
Ficus, July 7 (Townsend & Boyd). The specimens were
preyed upon by a Phycitid larva. Also collected at Ira-
puato, Mexico, on oleander and on a yellow-flowered tree
with narrow leaves and a milky sap, July 4 (Townsend).

Immature specimens are similar to the original C. Towns-
endi, which was not observed to grow to anything like the size
of the present insect. It is probable, however, that typical
Townsend: grows to a larger size than has been observed.

Ceroplastes albolineatus, Ckll., var. vulcanicus, nov.

9 .— Waxy scale about 14 millim. long, 114 broad, 8 high ;
scales on small branches, often confluent; wax very thick
and watery, pale yellowish pink, not divided into plates. A
central white nacleus, and on each side a depression, below
which is a bulging, upon which the bands of chalky-white
secretion are more or less visible, often being very distinct.
Within, the wax is decidedly pinkish. Denuded female dark
red-brown, flattish, 54 millim. long, 4 broad, about 2 high,
with a large narrow dorsal crest ; the anterior and six lateral
processes quite long and sharp-pointed; caudal horn short
(about 1 millim.) and directed upwards at an angle of about
45°. Boiled in KHO the skin becomes hyaline, mottled with
brown, with numerous scattered small glands, and here and
there ill-defined patches of reticulation. The margin is
thickened and presents two rows of small, broad, conical
spines, hardly constricted basally. Antenne 7-jointed : joint 1
ring-like, short ; 2 very broad at base, with the apical third
suddenly narrowed and bearing two bristles, one very long
(about 90 w); 4 has the apical 10. m suddenly constricted,
and just before the constriction is a bristle. Measurement of
joints in w: (1) ?, (2) 66-70, (3) 68-70, (4) 105-120, (5) 21,
(6) 21-24, (7) 36-40. Anterior leg with femur + trochanter

new and little-known American Coccide. Tél

225 w long, tibia 162, tarsus 68. Claw strongly curved ;
claw-digitules extending far beyond claw, rather stout, with
dark brown knobs about § w diameter ; tarsal digitules fili-
form, about 58 w long, with distinct knobs about 4 # diameter.
Hab. Volcan de Colima, Mexico, on low bush below pines,
altitude about 7000 feet, Aug. 3 ( Townsend).
Very likely a distinct species,

Neolecanium plebeium, sp. n.

@.—Scale long. 54, lat. 4, alt. 2 millim., but variable ;
very dark brown, almost black, rough, with coarsely and
closely pitted sides; dorsum smoother, shiny, with sometimes
two obscurely indicated blunt longitudinal ridges. Surface
ef scale spotted with little patches of brownish-white secre-
tion. Dorsal skin yellowish ferruginous (after boiling), with
numerous small round gland-orifices of various sizes (diam.
6-15 w). Anal plates ordinary, about 180 w long and 93
broad. Mouth-parts dark brown, about 180 w diameter.
Trachee large. Antenne rudimentary. Margin apparently
without spines.

Larva ordinary, about 450 w long, with 6-jointed antenne
about 120 pw long.

¢ .-—Ncale glassy, broader than usual, dorsal area narrower
than lateral areas.

Hab. Colima, Mexico, on bark of “ Higuerra”’ (Ficus sp.),
July 13 (Townsend).

Allied to N. herrere, Ckll.

Neolecanium manzanillense, sp. n.

? .—Scale long. 6, lat. 43, alt. 4 millim., very convex,
Kermes-like, black or almost so, shiny, roughened all over
with small raised points; an irregular, often more or less
star-shaped, pale yellowish-brown patch surrounds the anal
plates. Sides slightly furrowed, but not plicate. Margin
very thick. Younger scales (about 44 millim. long) have the
sides light brown, with deep furrows separating rounded
ridges (about ten such ridges on each side), and the dorsal
area convex, varying from light brown to light lemon-yellow.
Skin (after boiling) of adult ferruginous, densely crowded
with small tubular glands, all about the same size; ventral
skin transparent. Spiracles large. Legs and antenne rudi-
mentary. Claw rather large, digitules well developed. Length
of leg about 150 w. Diameter of spiracular opening about
120 w. Anal plates dark brown, smal! (about 165 w long),

162 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell on

with two or three processes or teeth on the inner border ante-
riorly, apparently to lock them together; posteriorly the
plates each terminate in a chitinous rod, which joins a large
chitinous posterior to them. Anal ring oval, with eleven
bristles of no great length, placed two at each end, and in the
example studied four on one side and five on the other.
Margin without spines.

Larva.—Mr. G. B. King has prepared the following
description of the larva:—When dead and dry elongate-oval,
brown; colourless when boiled in KHO. Length 460,
breadth 272 w. Antenne 6-jointed, joints measuring in p:
(1) 20, (2) 20, (8) 44, (4) 20, (5) 16, (6) 44. Front leg
with coxa 48, femur-+trochanter 80, tibia 52, tarsus 44, claw
16 w long. Marginal spines ordinary, 16 mw long. Anal
Jobes prominent, with one long bristle 240 w long and two
short sharp spines 16 w long. Anal ring with six bristles
GO w long.

Hab. Manzanillo, Mexico, on a leguminous shrub with

mimosa-like leaves, infesting the small branches, July 18
(Townsend).

Neolecanium leucene, Cll.

Zapotlan, Mexico, on Mimosa, July 6 (Townsend).

The skin is very distinctly minutely reticulated in these
examples. The rudimentary antenne have six ill-defined
joints, of which the second and third are largest, and about as
broad as long.

Coccus [Lecanium] minimus (Newstead).

Colima, Mexico, on leaves of a fan-palm with a prickly
nut, July 30 (Townsend).

New to America; doubtless introduced on plants. Females
24 millim. long are full of larve, which are 315 pw long.
‘Lhe skin is not properly tessellate, but wrinkled so as to
appear so. The only character which does not agree with
Newstead’s description is the length of the tarsus; I find the
first pair of legs with tibia 75, tarsus 51 w long. Antenne
7-jointed, joint 3 always longer than 4. Anal plates 132 »
long, 75 broad.

Lichtensia zapotlana, Ckll., var. Townsendi, nov.

9 .—Very dark brown, with glassy covering as in zapot-
lana; remains brown after boiling ; ovisac long and narrow,
9 millim. long, 2 broad, more or less longitudinally grooved.

new and little-known American Coccide. 163

Second joint of antenna 33-42 yw, third 84-90, fourth 66,
fifth 48. Claw-digitules considerably longer than claw, not
nearly so broad as in L. lutea. Anal ring and plates about
as in L. mimose.

Hab. Armeria, Colima, Mexico, on copal, July 19
(Townsend).

Ceroputo orthezioides, sp. n.

? —Body 2300 pw long, 1150 broad, covered entirely with
white waxy secretion, which has a woolly appearance on the
underside, but on the upper is densely felted, with short,
broad, hardly separable, lateral lamella and a more or less
distinct, sharp, mid-dorsal, longitudinal keel. The rostral
loop projects forwards instead of backwards, and is seen ex-
tending trom the deep anterior emargination. The body (not
boiled) is perfectly colourless, except that each segment has
on each side a large (about 95 w diam.), convex, brown patch
beset with short (about 15 w long) spines. A pair of large
air-vessels extend from near the basal tips of the middle coxa
to the ends of the anterior projections of the body, antero-
laterad of the antennze. Anal ring with six very long bristles,
about 185 uw Jong. Labium 2-jointed, narrow, about 186 u
long and 96 broad. Legs and antenne yellowish ferruginous ;
middle leg with femur+trochanter 414 w long (width of
femur about 98), tibia 375, tarsus 174, claw 54. Antenne
8-jointed, joints measuring in pw: (1) 60, (2) 78, (3) 129,
(4) 90, (5) 81, (6) 84, (7) 84, (8) 90-96. The last joint is
very bristly. Claw with a large denticle on inner side,

Hab. Irapuato, Mexico, “on roots of dockweed,” July 4
(Townsend).

A very peculiar species, with its deep anterior emargination.
It looks like an Orthezia.

Ceroputo yucce (Coquillett), var. ceanothi, nov.

? —Length 33-4 millim.; legs and antenne dark sepia.
Antenne 9 jointed, joints measuring in pw: (1) 90-105,
(2) 114-135, (8) 185-195, (4) 147-150, (5) 140-165,
(6) 120-126, (7) 108-114, (8) 99-105, (9) 141-150.

Hab. Los Angeles County, California, on Ceanothus oli-
ganthus, June 9, 1898 (Coquillett).

Differs from typical yucce in the considerably longer
second and fourth joints of antenne.

164 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell on

Phenacoceus gossypit, Twns. & CkIL.,
var. psidiarum, nov.

@.—On leaves and bark; entirely covered by white
cottony sacs about 4 millim. long, not at all waxy in appear-
ance. They look like Hriococcus, except that the sacs are
more cylindrical, with broadly rounded instead of tapering
ends. Boiled in KHO does not stain liquid; eyes large and
prominent; skin transparent, colourless, with many small
round glands (4-5 w diam.) and rather numerous bristles,
some fully 105 w long. Lateral bristle-patches small. La-
bium ordinary. Legs and antenne very pale brownish; legs
quite bristly. Claw with the usual denticle on inner side.
Femur+trochanter 360 yw long, tibia 276, tarsus 95. An-
tenne 9-jointed, joints measuring in w: (1) 60, (2) 90,
(3) 81-84, (4) 45-51, (5) 57-63, (6) 45-48, (7) 33, (8) 35,
(9) 66.

Larva (after boiling) bright magenta, elongate, long. 405,
lat. 180 w. Legs, including femur, slender. The six bristles
of anal ring thick and yellowish brown, about 24 pw long.

Hab. Zapotlan, Jalisco, Mexico, on wild guava, July 6
(Townsend).

Perhaps a distinct species. The P. gossypii (typical),
collected by Townsend in 1898 (as reported in Biol. Centr.-
Amer.), were preyed upon by Syrphid larve. The fly has
been bred from these, and is kindly identified by Mr. D. W.
Coquillett as Baccha stenogaster, Williston,

Solenophora zapotlana, sp. n.

@.—On bark of twigs; broadly oval, about 24 millim.
Jong, with a slightly produced perforated caudal process,
directed a little upwards. Colour a sort of pale ferruginous,
but nearly covered with a _ greyish-white incrustation.
Younger specimens are coarsely cancellated and have irre-
gular, long, tongue-like, lateral processes. @ (adult) boiled
in KHOstains the liquid yellowish brown; the insect contains
a dull red pigment. @ a broadly pyriform bag; antenne
mere tubercles, consisting of a ring-like basal joint and an
oblong terminal joint (25-30 wu long), tipped with bristles
18mlong. Skin with very numerous large figure-of-8 glands,
about 18 mw across, some smaller. Diameter of mouth-parts
about 108 mw. Spiracles rather small. Caudal tubercles
about 65 w long, caudal bristles about 130. The caudal end
of the insect is abruptly narrowed, with subparallel sides, for

new and little-known American Coccide. 165

about 270 w. The base of this portion shows a broken ring
of large circular brownish glands, about 12-18 mw diameter.

6.—Scales cylindrical, pale brownish, rough, with an
oblique terminal cap.

Hab. Zapotlan, Mexico, on sage, July 7 (Townsend).

By its small size it resembles S. coloradensis.

Tachardia rotundata, W. P. & T. D. A. CKIL., sp. n.

? .—Scale hemispherical, about 6 millim. long, 54 broad,
4 high; black, with a pink tint here and there, with a slight
protuberance on each side, but not exhibiting the raised points
of T. gemmifera ; margin with short tongue-like processes.
From the dorsal orifices spring white waxen threads. 9
(boiled) is pink, broad-oval, about 5 millim. long (7. fulvo-
radiata, inge, rubra, and mexicana are about 3 millim. or
less) ; spine long and slender, abruptly broadened, but not
greatly, at the base. Caudal process long and tapering, the
apical half strongly chitinized. Dorsal excretory processes
very peculiar, dark brown and strongly chitinized, very
broad at base, inverted basin-shaped, with the apical portion
separated by a constriction, its broad termination truncate and
more or less trilobed. Young scales reddish, star-like in
form, with six rays.

Larva long and narrow. 6 scales as usual in the genus,
but broadened in the region of the round cap, which is not
much over a third the diameter of the scale.

Hab. EI Platanas, Mexico, on “ Zicna” and “ Guasima,”
Aug. 4 (Townsend).

Something like 7. gemmifera, but that species has the
dorsal excretory processes subcylindrical, not contracted before
the apex.

Tachardia nigra, Twns. & Ckll.
Tonila, Jalisco, Mexico, Aug. 3 (Townsend).

Conchaspis angrect, Ckll., var. hibisc?, Ckll.
Platanas, Jalisco, Mexico, on “Rosa Maria,” Aug. 4

(Townsend).

East Las Vegas, New Mexico, U.S.A.,
Nov. 28, 1902.

166 Canon A. M. Norman— Notes on the

XIX.—Notes on the Natural History of East Finmark. By
Canon A. M. Norman, M.A., D.C.L., LL.D., F.R.S.,
F.L.S.

{Continued from p. 32. }

PoposoMATA, Leach.

{=Pantopopa, Dohrn.)

Tn the following list the species without habitat have been
found by G. O. Sars in the Varanger Fiord except Nymphon
macrum and Chetonymphon macronyx, which were dredged
by the Norwegian North-Atlantic Hxpedition, Stat. 262,
Jat. 70° 36’ N., long. 32° 35’ E., in 148 fathoms, in the sea to
the east of Vardé *.

Pycnogonum littorale, Strom.
Phoarchilidium femoratum, Rathke. Vadsi, tide-marks,

Pseudopallene circularis, Goodsir,= P. intermedia and P. discoidea,
Kroyer,

spinipes, Fabricius.

Cordylochele brevicollis, G. O. Sars.

Nymphon longitarse, Kroyer. Dredged near Vadso.
gracilipes, Heller.

macrum, Wilson.

Chetonymphon hirtipes, Bell. Varanger and Bog Fiords.

macronyx, G. O. Sars.

Boreonymphon robustum, Th. Bell, = Nymphon abyssorum, Norman.
Varanger Fiord, 125 fathoms. It is the first time that this
species, which is abundant in great depths in the Arctic Ocean,
has been found in a fiord.

INSECTA.
COLEOPTERA.

Herr Schneider informs me that he knows about 400 species
of Coleoptera from Sydvaranger, but that he does not wish
to publish a fresh list until he has worked out certain groups,
The coleopterist may, however, refer to Herr Schneider’s
paper, “‘ Sydvarangers entomologiske Fauna, 1* Bidrag,
Coleoptera,” Tromsé Mus. Aarsh. xv. 1893, pp. 17-104.
One hundred and ninety species are recorded in that paper.

* Sars (G.0.), ‘ Norwegian North-Atlantic Expedition,’ Pyenogonidea
(1891).

Natural History of East Finmark. 167

JIYMENOPTERA.

Bombide of Sydvaranger. By J. SPARRE SCHNEIDER.

Bombus alpinus, Zetterstedt.
lapponicus, Fadr.
pratorum, LJinné.

—— terrestris, Linné.

jonellus, Kirby, = scrim-
shiranus, auct,

Bombus Kirbyellus, Curtis,=ni-
valis, Zetterstedt.

—— hypnorum, Linné.

hyperboreus, Schénh.

Psithyrus vestalis, Fourer.

lessonurus, Thoms.

The third part of the second volume of Romer and
Schaudinn’s ‘ Fauna Arctica’ has reached me to-day (Dec. 20,
1902). The first paper in this part is by Hans Kiaer, “ Die
arktischen ‘Tenthrediniden,” which contains many Kast
Finmark records; but these will be found more fully given
in a paper by the same author, “‘ Uebersicht der phytophagen
Hymenopteren des arktischen Norwegens,” in ‘'lromsé
Museums Aarshefter,’ vol. xix, 1898.

The second paper is by H. Friese, “ Die arktischen Hy-
menopteren mit Ausschluss der Tenthrediniden.” This is
illustrated by a plate, which gives excellent coloured figures of
Bombide, including some of the species in Herr Schneider’s
list here given, together with some notes by my friend on the
family. H. Friese gives the number of Hymenoptera (exclu-
sive of Tenthredinide) which are found in Arctic Norway
and Lapland as three hundred and eighty (including forty-
five Apide, of which fifteen belong to Bombus), but there is
no separate information with respect to the Hast Finmark
species.

LEPIDOPTERA of Sydvaranger*. By J. SPARRE SCHNEIDER.

RHOPALOCERA.
Papilio machaon, L. Lycena argyrognomon, Bergst.
Pieris brassice, L. (=argus, auct.).

—— rape, L.
uapis, L., var. bryoniz, O. :
Colias palzeno, Z., and var. lap- eumedon, Esp.

ponica, Stgr. Vanessa urtice, L., var. polaris,

| —— oplilete, An., var. cyparissus,
Hb

Thecla rubi, L. Stgr.

Polyommatus phleas, Z., var. | antiopa, L.
americana, Darb. | —— cardui, L.
amphidamas, Esper. | Meliteea iduna, Dalm.

* For full notes on the Lepidoptera of Sydvaranger see “ Sydvarangers
entomologiske Fauna, 2¢et Bidrag, Lepidoptera,” J. Sparre Schneider,
Tromsé Museums Aarshefter, xviii. 1895, A few species are added by Herr
Schneider in this list, in order to complete it up to the present time.

168 Canon A. M. Norman—WNotes on the

Melitwa parthenie, Bkh. | Argynnis polaris, B.

Argynnis aphirape, H6., var. ossi- | freya, Thhq.
anus, /dst. frizga, Thbg.
selena, Schiff, and var. hela, | aglaia, I.
Stgr. | Erebia lappona, Esp.

—— euphrosyne, Z., var. fingal, embla, Thhg.
Host. disa, Thdg.

—— pales, S. V., var. lapponica, (Eéneis norna, Thdg.

Stgr. bore, Schr.
—— arsilache, Esp., var. lapponica, | Syrichthus centaurez, Rbr.
Schdyen.
SPHINGES.
Acherontia atropos, LZ. ? Zygena exulans, Hoch, and var.
Sphinx pinastri, Z. ? yanadis, Dalm.
Deilephila Galii, Roth. Sesia culiciformis, L.
BoMBYCES.
Nola karelica, Tystr. (=arctica, | Leucoma salicis, L.
Schdyen). | Bombyx crategi, Z., var. aris, Hd.

Eriogaster lanestris, Z. ?

Arctia festiva, Bkh.
Saturnia pavonia, Z.

Quenselii, Payk., var. gelida,

Mésch. Notodonta dromedarius, Z.
Spilosoma fuliginosa, Z., var. | dictzoides, Esp., var. frigida,
borealis, Stgr. | Lett.
Hepialus fusconebulosus, De Geer | Cy matophora duplaris, Z.
(=vellida, Hé.). Asphalia fiavicornis, Z., var. fn-
Phymatopus hecta, cae marchica, Schoyen.

Psyche Standfussii, H-S,.

Nocru2®.

Acronycta auricoma, §. V., var. | Plusia parilis, Hd.
pyhevare, Hoffm. diasema, B.
Agrotis hyperborea, Zett. Hochenwarthi, Hoch.

gelida, Sp. Schneider. Anarta Bohemanni, Stgr.
speciosa, Hd., var. arctica, cordigera, Thdg.
Zett. — melaleuca, Thég.
—— (Pachnobia) carnea, Thbg. —— funebris, Hd.
conflua, 7'r. —— melanopa, Thég.
Mamestra glauca, Hb., var. lappo, | —— quieta, Hd. (=Schoenherri,
Dup. Zett.).

adusta, Esp. —— lapponica, Thbg.
Anomogyna ‘Leetabilis, Zett. Zetterstedtii, Stgr.
Orthosia iris, Ze¢t., var. crasis, H.-S. | Brephos parthenias, L.
Plusia interrogationis, L.

Hadena Maillardi, Hb. | —— Schoenhervi, Sig. (uon Zett.).
|

GEOMETRA,
Acidalia fumata, Stph. Psodos coracina, Esp.
Schéyeni, Sp. Schnerder. Pygmeena fusca, Thdg.
Selenia bilunaria, Esp. Fidonia carbonaria, CZ.
Ploseria pulverata, 7hbg. Anaitis paludata, Zhbg., and var.
Biston pomonarius, B. obscurata, Schéyen.
Gnophos sordaria, Thhg. Lobophora carpinata, BA,

Natural History of East Finmark.

Lygris prunata, L.
populata, Z.

Cidaria truncata, Hufn., var.
Schneideri, Sandberg.
munitata, Hé.
turbata, Hd., var. arctica,

Schoyen.
incursata, Hd,
fluctuata, Z.

ponica, Stgr.
dicearia, Bkh.
—— suffumata, S. V., var. arctica,
Schoyen.
designata, Hufn.
—— abrasuaria, H.-S.

montanata, Bkh., var. lap-

ferrugata, Cl., var. (ab.) spa- |

169
| Cidaria dilutata, Schiff.
cineraria, Schdyen.
—— cesiata, Lang.
— sociata, Bkh.
—— lugubrata, Staw?gr., var.

obhductata, Moeschl, ?
subhastata, Nolck.
affinitata, Stph., var. turbaria,
Stph.

minorata, T'r.
alchemillata, Z.
adeequata, Lkh.
albulata, Scheff.
Kupithecia togata, Hb. ?
hyperboreata, Stgr.
satyrata, Hod.
altenaria, Stgr.

C—

PYRALIDINA.

Scoparia centuriclla, Schiff.
gracilalis, Sét.

sudetica, Z.

murana, Curt., var. tuoniana,
Hoff.

Botys decrepitalis, H.-S.
inquinatalis, Z.

Crambus ericellus, Hd.

Crambus truncatellus, Zeé#.
maculalis, Zett.
furcatellus, Zett.
biarmicus, 7ystr.
Pempelia fusca, Hv.
Myelois annulatella, Zet¢.
—— tetricella, S. V.

TORTRICINA.

Tortrix ministrana, Z.
Forsterana, F.
viburnana, S. V.
rubicundana, H.-S.
—— lapponana, 7gstr.
Sciaphila ooseana, Scop.
Cochylis deutschiana, Zett.
Retina resinella, Z. ?
Penthina sororeulaua, Zett.
dimidiana, Sodoff.
sauciana, Hd,

—— lediana, Z.

—— turfosana, H.-S.

—— metallicana, Hb.

Penthina Schutziana, F., and yar.
jivaarana, Hoffm.
rivulana, Scop.

cespitana, Hb.

— lacunana, S. V.
bifasciana, Hv.

—— bipunctana, F.
Grapholitha subocellana, Don.
| tetraquetrana, Hw,
Steganoptycha ericetana, H.-S.
quadrana, Hb.

—— Gyllenhaliana, Thhg.

| mercuriana, Hb. ?

| Phoxopteryx uncana, ZL,

nebulosana, Zett. unquicella, Z.
palustrara, Z. —— mpyrtillana, 77.
Schefferana, H.-S,

TINEINA.

Taleporia borealis, Wh.
Solenobia cembrella, Z.
Scardia tessulatella, Z.
Blabophanes rusticella, Hd.
Tinea arcuatella, Stt.
cloacella, Hw.
picareHa, CZ.

Tinea sp. ?

Myrmecozela ocliraceella, Tgstr.
Incurvaria velutella, Zett.
capitella, C7.

rupella, Schiff.
Nemophora Panzerella, Hb.
Adela Esiarkella, Wocke,

170 Canon A. M. Norman— Notes on the

Adela cuprella, Thbg. | Gelechia viduella, ¥.
Swammerdamia griseocapitella, diffinis, Hv.
Lett. Pleurota bicostella, Z.
conspercella, Tgstr. (Ecophora stipella, L.
Argyresthia Geedartella, Z. similella, Ho.

Plutella cruciferarum, Z. Ornix, sp.

Semioscopis avellanella, 16. Coleophora laripennella, Z.

Depressaria ciniflonella, Z. | Butalis chenopodiella, Hb.

Gelechia infernalis, H.-S. | Endrosis lacteella, Schiff.
continuella, Z. | Elachista atricomella, Sét. ?
virgella, Thbg. | Lithocolletis rayella, Z.

—- perspercella, Wk. Nepticula sp.

lugubrella, |

MIcROPTERYGINA.

Micropteryx aureatella, Scop. | Micropteryx semipurpurelli, StpA.

PTEROPHORINA.

Platyptilia Zetterstedtii, Z. | Leioptilus tephradactylus, 14,

Notes on the List of Lepidoptera. By A. MLN.

Entomologists who desire to know the synonymy and
learn the Arctic distribution of the Sydvaranger Lepidoptera
may consult Dr. Arnold Pagenstecher’s ‘ Die arktische
Lepidoptera” in the ‘ Fauna Arctica,’ vol. ii. 1902, pp. 19S—
400. It should be borne in mind, however, that the catalogue
given here by Schneider is still later than that of Pagenstecher.

It may be interesting to throw into tabular form the Syd-
varanger Lepidoptera, and for comparison with them the
numbers of Lepidoptera which are known to inhabit a locality
in West Norway as well as those of other Arctic parts of
Norway.

Column 1 is filled in from Schneider (J. Sparre), ‘ Coleo-
ptera og Lepidoptera ved Bergen og 1 nermest omegn,”
Bergens Museum Aarbog, 1901.

Columns 3 and 5 from Schneider (J. Sparre), ‘‘ Lepido-
pterfauna’en pi Tromséen og i nermeste omegn,” ‘l'romsé
Museums Aarshefter, xv. 1893, p. 150.

Columns 2 and 4 from Schneider (J. Sparre), “ Tilleg til
Tromsé og omegns Lepidopterfauna,” ‘l'romsé Museums
Aarshefter, xxiii. 1901, p. 200.

Column 6 from this paper.

These figures show how very rich Sydvaranger is in larger
Lepidoptera, and especially in butterflies. No doubt con-
siderable additions will be hereafter made to the groups of
smaller species. Considering the small area of country

Jatural History of East Finmark.

included in Sydvaranger and its Arctic situation the list must

be considered altogether very full.

| ee

| Pia

edo e|

ey =

a cS es | 2 6
Slee a
ei) Pe aie a
Hhopalocera . .. . <f.<.5..2 0: 2S 40 1+ 30 18
RES ein oat? entender Garey LOM Pe 4
IBOMBY COS 2 Skah 2 es 24 29 | 14 4
IN[CCHTE Ss =e een ae eee 59 |. 50.) 25 14
Geomem ey. isc. 25 5+ 76 .| 84 57 20
yn abi@ ie.) oss seis =: 24 37 23 11
UPON a TO i tie ae ee 45 80 38 28
Plime inialoats creek he uloot ote | 24 | 109 5] 35
Mycroptervgina ........ ital AO t os 2
Pterophorina. 2s. 52.6.0 bt 10 7 2
| ENSUE CLE SAE oy ocr aj oh clays ae [Ye il 0 0 0
| ie 462 | 250 | 148

“tik

5
Eales
96 | 31
es) chhe
7 | 15
22 25
Pcie ies):
13 4
39 | 32
G2i ee
Bui 2
ie | ee
yl a

|
219 | 202

DIPTERA.

One most unpleasant experience in Sydvaranger is derived
These are bred in
the marshy ground near the margin of the fiords, and when
dredging clouds were perpetually settling upon us.
natives escaped, however, their persecution altogether; my

from the enormous swarms of mosquitos.

The

Norwegian friends were not much troubled; but I was a
victim, containing delicious sweet blood which no previous

mosquitos had tainted, and they made the most of me.
Hands, forehead, and neck were one mass of bites, and for a
fortnight the irritation was most trying ; however, smearing
all exposed parts with oil of cloves did not a little to keep
them off, and after a time they did not attack me so cruelly
as they had done at first. Why was this? It is a wonderful

thought, but yet it is, I believe, the fact that the bites of

these little wretches had at the same time that they sucked
my blood infused something into the blood they were sucking

which had affected the whole of that in my body in such a

way that their wonderful power of scent told other mosquitos

that it was no longer so delicious as it had been, in that it

had now been subjected to the attacks of their brethren.

Although the bites of these mosquitos are not malaria-

172 = Notes on the Natural History of East Finmark.

infecting, the extreme irritation naturally made their martyr
very feverish. Luckily they attack by day in bright
sunshine, and did not come into the house at night.

I think that there must be two species of these mosquitos,
because while all vestige of hundreds of bites has passed
away, about a dozen spots still remain, and through life will
remain, on the backs of my hands, to remind me of the
Sydvaranger pests, and to point to some of them as app es
rently belonging to a more venomous kind than the majority *

The following is what M. de Guerne writes concerning these
mosquitos (d. c.t p. 21), as experienced by him in Klosterelv
Fiord :—“ Malheureusement, au mois de juillet, les moustiques
gatérent tout lecharmedeceséjour. Ilss’abattaient en foule sur-
la navire, pénétrant jusque dans lacale, sans qu’il {at possible
de leur faire une guerre efficace. Un des officiers da bord
étant descendu A terre sans avoir revétu V’indispensable voile
de gaze, reparut méconnaissable au bout de quelques heures ;
ces maudites bestioles l’avaient tellement piqué autour des
yeux que ses paupidres gonflées Vempéc chaient de voir. Je
comprends aujourd’hui la kyrielle d’épithétes injurieuses
lancées contre ses insupportables diptéres par tous ceux qui
ont visité le Finmark. Avant le départ j’étais disposé &
trouver leurs récits exagérés sur le point; il n’enest rien. A
’heure présente, ayant “souffert comme mes prédécesseurs, je
suis d’avis que la vocabulaire francais m’offre pas le qualifi-
catif assez énergique pour désigner ce lamentable fléau, cette
peste vivante causée par une insecte si bien appelé par Pallas
infestissimus.”

Again, writing of the banks of the Pasvik River he says
(p. 33) :—“ II est impossible de sa faire une idée de l’abond-
ance extraordinaire de ces odieux insectes; tout les récits a
ce sujet paraissent absolutement exagérés, il n’en est rien.
On a plein les yeux de moustiques, plein la bouche en man-
geant, plein le nez; le moustiquaire est indispensable et l’on
ne peut quitter les gants. Je me suis plusieurs fois enfoncé
les mains dans les chausettes pour supprimer toute interrup-
tion entre les gants et la manche de l’habit ; les poignets sont
noirs de ces sales bétes. Plusieurs fois, tes sommeil m’a été
impossible & cause de ces maudits animaux; on a beau
s’entumer, se couvrir d’huile aromatique, il en vient tant et

* Herr Schneider informs me that common species of the district are
Culex nemorosus, Mug., C. pipiens, Linn., C. cantans, Mug., and C. annu-
latus, Fabr. ;

+ ‘Union Géographique du Nord de la France. Conférences faites
par M. Jules de Guerne. Souvenirs d’une Mission Scientitique en La-

ponie, 1880.’

On new Hymenoptera from the Khasia Hills. 173

tant qu’on est malgré tout forcé de souffrir. Jugez d’apres cela
de ce que sont les nuits passées en plein air sur les bords du
Pasvik, j’étais bien heureux de rencontrer en passant de
pauvres cabanes éclairées par la cheminée seule ; j’entrais
& genoux dans ces réduits enfumés ow j’avais au moins la
satisfaction de reposer tranquillement 4 l’abri des insupport-
ables diptéres. Une exploration scientifique est assez
méritoire dans les pareilles conditions.”

(To be continued. }

XX.—On some new Genera and Species of Parasitic and
Fossorial Hymenoptera from the Khasia Hills, Assam.
By P. Camrron.

Ichneumonid2.

JOPPINI.

IMERIA, gen. noy.

Head large, cubital, largely developed behind the eyes ;
the occiput roundly convex, its sides not distinctly mar-
gined. yes parallel; the malar space large. Clypeus not
separated from the face, indistinctly foveate at the base.
Mandibles large; their apex with two large, equal, widely
separated, long, sharply poimted teeth. Scutellum longer
than broad; its sides with large, narrow, leaf-like keels.
Median segment areolated at the base; the sides of the
apex sharply keeled, the middle of the keel with a blunt
tooth ; the spiracles elongate, curved, broadest at the base.
Prosternum large, leaf-like below, with a distinct margin.
Legs: the fore tarsi twisted at the base. Abdomen not
much longer than the head and thorax united, with eight
segments ; the ventral fold on the second and third seg-
ments; the ovipositor largely projects. Areolet oblique,
almost triangular. Antenne dilated and compressed towards
the apex.

Belongs to the Joppini and resembles somewhat the Neo-
tropical genus Cidicephalus. It comes near Xenojoppa,
Cam., olim Margrettia, Cam., from which it may be known
by the hinder coxz not being toothed, by the keels on the
scutellum not being raised and leaf-lke, by the face and
clypeus forming one piece, by the petiole not being per-
ceptibly thickened towards the apex, by its spiracles being

dAnn. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xi. 13

174 Mr. P. Cameron on new

much smaller, rounder, and not nearly so elongated, and
by the dorsal segments not being longitudinally striated.
Characteristic is the fact that the longitudinal keels on the
metanotum are obsolete, and, on the other hand, there are
transverse ones, as in the Cryptina. The mandibles are
peculiar; they are broad at the base, project largely down-
wards below the head, and appear as if they were attached
by the upper part only and not by the whole width of the
base.

The differences between Imeria, Xenojoppa, and Habro-
joppa may be shown thus :— .

A. Abdomen with seven dorsal segments, the meso-
notum coarsely reticulated, mandibles and fore
coxee normal,
Postpetiole widely dilated at the apex as in the
Platyuri, clearly separated, the hinder coxee
TOOUREE rec rectens Reig nga e eter estes XENOJOPPA.
Postpetiole not widely dilated, not clearly separated
trom the petiole, the hinder coxe not toothed. HaBrosoppa.
B. Abdomen with eight dorsal segments. Mandibles
very broad, thick, and developed straight downwards
at the base; the fore coxe large, globular, largely
developed behind the base of the trochanters;
the mesonotum not reticulated ................ IMERIA.

Imeria albomaculata, sp. n.

Black, shining; a line, broad and oblique on the top,
gradually narrowed towards the apex, on the inner, a some-
what oblong one on the outer orbits, not reaching to the
bottom of the eyes, a mark, broadly, triangularly dilated on
the outer side beneath, on the outer lower orbits, the clypeus
except a small black mark in the middle above, the mandibles
except the teeth, the palpi, the base of the pronotum, the
yellow continued more narrowly to the end of the pleure,
a short line on the sides in-front of the tegule, tubercles,
an irregular somewhat triangular mark on the lower side
of the mesopleure, at the apex, the scutellum, post-
scutellum, a large triangular mark on the side of the
median segment before the spiracles, the apex of the median
segment, following the outlines of the are, thus being
somewhat triangular above, aud laterally on the lower side
continued into the spiracular area immediately over the
cox, yellow. Wings hyaline, the stigma testaceous, the
nervures darker. ‘The four anterior legs rufo-fulvous, with
their coxz and trochanters white; the hinder coxe black,
their apical three fourths white above; the hinder tro-
chanters and femora rufo-fulvous; the basal joint of the

Hymenoptera from the Khasia Hills. 175

trochanters yellow above, blackish on the inner side ; the
hinder knees, the apex of the tibie, and the trochanters
black. The base of the petiole, of the second and third
abdominal segments brogdly, the apical two segments en-
tirely, and the apices of the middle segments very narrowly,
yellowish white. ?.

Length 10 mm.

Hob. Khasia Hills. Coll. Rothney.

Antenne as long as the body; the ninth to the fifteenth
or sixteenth joints white; the scape strongly panctured and
thickly covered with fuscous hair. Face closely, but not
strongly, punctured. Mesonotum closely, uniformly, but
not strongly rugosely punctured, and, especially at the
sides, is thickly covered with short fuscous hair. Scutellum
obscurely punctured and sparsely covered with long fuscous
hair. Median segment closely and strongly rugose, more or
less reticulated ; its extreme base in the middie depressed,
smooth; the supra-external aree large, wider than long;
on the outer side closely longitudinally striated, on the
inner closely and coarsely aciculated, almost punctured ;
the spiracular area is aciculated.

Cyanojoppa* cerulea, sp. n.

Blue, the head, thorax, and legs thickly covered with
white pubescence; the inner orbits, a small mark on the
sides of the clypeus, a longish line on the outer orbits,
a line on the apical two thirds of the pronotum, the outer
side of the tegule, the tubercles, and a mark on the lower
side of the mesopleure at the base, yellowish white; the
wings fuscous violaceous, the nervures and stigma black ;
the apex of the four front femora and the four anterior
tibiz in front yellowish white. @.

Length 15 mm.

Hab. Khasia Hills. Coll. Rothney.

Head and thorax thickly covered with white pubescence,
closely and distinctly punctured ; the scutellum more sparsely
punctured than the mesonotum, the postscutellum closely
longitudinally striated. The lower half of the propleure is
much more strongly punctured than the upper ; the punctu-
ation almost forms reticulations. Metathorax closely and
strongly punctured; the base is more sparsely punctured
than the rest; the areola is widely separated from the base;
it is slightly longer than broad, open at the base, and
slightly narrower there than it is at the apex; its sides are

* Cyanojoppa, Cam. Zeits. f. Hymen. u. Dipt. 1902, p. 398.
13

176 Mr. P. Cameron on new

roundly curved outwardly, its apex is roundly, but not much
curved inwardly. The postpetiole is closely longitudinally
striated ; there may be two small white marks on its apex.
The second and following segments are closely and somewhat
strongly punctured; the base of the second is longitudinally
striated ; the gastrocceli are obscurely striated at the base.

Cyanojoppa albonotata, sp. n.

Blue, the head and thorax covered with white pubescence
the inner orbits, the outer more narrowly in the middle, the
sides of the clypeus, an irregular mark outside the middle,
the maxillary palpi except at the base, a line on the pro-
notum, the tubercles, the apex and the apical half of the
sides, and two small marks on the apex of the basal three
segments of the abdomen, yellowish white; the wings fuscous
violaceous, the nervures and stigma black. ¢.

Length 15 mm.

Hab. Khasia Hills. Coll. Rothney.

Head and thorax closely and somewhat strongly punctured ;
the apex of the propleure more or less striated ; the apex of
the postscutellum impunctate in the middle. The areola has
the basal half somewhat more distinctly narrowed than the
apical; its sides are foveate, the central part irregularly
shagreened; the posterior median area distinctly projects
triangularly into it and is closely rugosely punctured ; the
spiracular area, except at the base, is coarsely irregularly
reticulated. Postpetiole finely and closely striated at the
base, the apex almost smooth. The second and following
segments have a distinct purple tint; the second, third, and
fourth are closely and rather strongly punctured, the second
in the middle at the base is strongly longitudinally striated ;
the gastroceli have a few stout keels at the base. Legs
coloured like the body; the four front cox, femora, and
tibize are more or less yellowish beneath.

Cyangjoppa striata, sp. nu.

Black ; the abdomen blue, marked with purple; the head
aud thorax thickly covered with white pubescence; the inner
eye-orbits, the base of the clypeus at the sides, a mark on
the base of the mandibles, a narrow line on the edge of the
pronotum, the scutellar keels, the tubercles, and a small
mark on the base of the mesopleurz, white ; the basal half of
the hinder femora red ; the wings almost hyaline, the nervures
and stigma black. 6.

Length 15 mm.
Hab. Khasia Hills. Coll. Rothney.

TTymenoptera from the Khasia Hills. 177

Face strongly and closely, the clypeus still more strongly,
punctured ; the front and vertex strongly punctured,
except between the eyes and the hinder ocelli; the front
in the middle obscurely transversely striated. Mesonotum
closely punctured, the parapsidal furrows indicated at the
base ; the scutellum as closely but not so strongly punc-
tured; the postscutellum closely punctured at the base.
Metanotum closely and distinctly punctured; the posterior
median area more or less transversely striated ; the lateral
areze obliquely striated, the basal one finely and closely, the
apical more strongly and with the strie distinct and clearly
separated ; the spiracular area is closely and weakly striated
behind the spiracles, its middle closely and strongly obliquely,
its apex more strongly and irregularly. Pleurz closely and
strongly punctured, the propleurz more strongly than the rest
and striated in the middle at the apex. The four front tibiz
and femora may be more or less obscure yellow in front.
The base of the petiole is smooth above and has its sides
keeled ; the middle is stoutly and irregularly and the apex
more closely and finely striated. The second segment has the
basal half stoutly and closely longitudinally striated; the
gastroceeli are stoutly striated in the centre. The tarsal
spines are blackish. The areola is small, broader than long,
separated from the basal slope by a narrow keel; it is
shining and 1s irregularly striated, the strize being more or
less broken and irregular ; it becomes gradually and slightly
wider from the base to the apex; the basal slope is closely
and finely transversely striated.

This species comes nearest to C. rufofemorata, Cam.; but
that species may be known from it by the hinder femora
being entirely red, by the areola being not separated behind
by a keel, and by its being closely reticulated or irregularly
punctured throughout, and by the lateral arez being closely
punctured and reticulated, not distinctly striated throughout
as in the present species. C. nigrocerulea and C. ceruleo-
caudis may be known from it by the much larger areola.
The median segment is more strongly striated than it is in
the other species. In some examples there are two white
marks on the apex of the scutellum. The wings may be
hyaline or distinctly fuscous throughout..

Aglaojoppa* flavolineata, sp. n.

Black, smooth, and shining; the face, orbits, clypeus,
labrum, base of mandibles, palpi, two long lines on the

* Aglaojoppa, Cam. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 7, vol. vil. p. 381.

178 Mr. P. Cameron on new

mesonotum, the scutellum, a mark on the base of the
scutellar keels, the postscutellum, a small mark behind the
spiracles, the outer apical area extending at the apex on to
the spiracular, a broad band on the pronotum, a smaller line
on the lower side of the propleurz, the lower half of the
mesopleure except at the base and apex, the mesosternum,
the tubercles, and a mark under the hinder wings, lemon-
yellow. The four anterior legs lemon-yellow, except the
femora above and an interrupted line on the tibie; the
hinder coxz, femora, and apical third of the tibiz black.
The apex of the petiole, a large mark on the sides of the
second, third, fourth, and fifth segments at the apex, lemon-
yellow ; the marks on the second larger, on the fifth much
smaller than on the others. Wings violaceous fuscous, paler
at the base; the stigma and nervures black. @.

Length 15 mm.

Hab. Khasia Hills. Coll. Rothney.

The scape and the basal third of the flagellum yellowish
fulvous beneath. Face and clypeus sparsely punctured, the
sides and apex of the clypeus smooth. Mesonotum covered
with large, rather widely separated punctures and with rather
long fuscous hair; the scutellum with longer and somewhat
paler hair. Areola twice broader than long ; its basal keel
semicircular and not so clearly defined as the others; the
posterior median area coarsely punctured, except at the
extreme base; all the punctures are deep and distinctly
defined. Pro- and mesopleure with shallow punctures ;
the apex of the propleure coarsely, deeply, and irregularly
punctured, of the mesopleurz crenulated, the lower part
with a small upper and a much larger lower fovea. Petiole
smooth, neither punctured nor striated. Gastroceli large,
deep, their base with five diverging striz; the space between
them closely striated; the second to fifth segments are
closely punctured.

Aglaojoppa femorata, sp. n.

Comes near to A. flavomaculata, but the yellow markings
are much less extensive (there are only four on the abdomen),
the mark on the mesopleure is much smaller, the two marks
on the mesonotum are shorter, and the areola is more clearly
defined.

Black, shining; the scape of antennz below, the face,
clypeus, labrum, base of mandibles, the palpi, the inner
orbits, the lower two-thirds of the outer more broadly, the
edge of the pronotum broadly except at the apex, two short

Hymenoptera from the Khasia Hills, “179

marks on the middle of the mesonotum, scutellum, post-
scutellum, the greater part of the lateral arez of the meta-
notum, the lower part of the propleure, the tubercles,
a large mark, slightly-longer than broad, on the mesopleure
on the lower side near the base, a small mark on the meta-
pleurz under the wings, and a larger irregularly oval mark
on their centre, lemon-yellow. Wings uniformly fuscous
violaceous ; the stigma and nervures black. Legs lemon-
yellow; the four anterior femora broadly, the fore tibie
behind throughout, the middle and hinder pair at the base
behind, the basal half of the hinder femora, and the basal
joint of the hinder tarsi black at the base. Abdomen
black; a mark obliquely narrowed behind on the apex of
the petiole, and two larger marks on the apex of the second
segment, lemon-yellow. <¢.

Length 15 mm.

Hab. Khasia Hills. Coll. Rothney.

The base of the median segment is smooth, its middle
obliquely depressed ; the areola is slightly longer than broad,
and is gradually and slightly widened towards the apex; the
posterior median area is closely, rugosely, transversely
striated ; the outer apical are stoutly obliquely striated ;
the spiracular finely rugose at the base, its apex stoutly
striated. The second and third abdominal segments are
closely punctured and striated in the middle; the gastrocceli
deep, obscurely striated at the base. Face and clypeus
covered, but not closely, with large punctures and sparsely
with short white hair; the clypeal fovere large. Apex of
propleure depressed, irregularly striated.

Aglaojoppa ceruleodorsata, sp. n.

Black; the face, inner orbits, clypeus, labrum, base of
mandibles broadly, the inner orbits narrowly above, broadly
below, the edge of the pronotum broadly, two short marks
in the centre of the mesonotum, a mark on the sides of the
scutellum, broad behind, narrowed to a point at the apex,
postscutellum, a mark on the lower side of the propleurz
behind, a large mark reaching to near the apex and prolonged
narrowly upwards at the base, the mesosternum in the middle,
the tubercles, a small and a large mark immediately under
the hind wings, a curved one immediately behind the
spiracles, a large mark in front of them over the coxe,
the sides of the petiole broadly, its apex narrowly, and
a mark on the abdominal segments 2 to 5 on the sides,
these marks becoming successively smaller, yellow. The

180 Mr. P. Cameron on new

second and following segments of the abdomen blue; the
second segment in the middle strongly longitudinally striated.
Wings fuscous, the stigma black. ¢.

Length 16 mm.

Hab. Khasia Hills. Coll. Rothney.

Antenne stout, the scape white beneath. Face and clypeus
punctured, sparsely covered with short hair; the labrum
projecting, rounded at the apex, and fringed with long
pale hair. Mesonotum strongly punctured, the punctures
becoming smaller towards the apex; the scutellum more
strongly punctured than it in the middle. Postscutellum
impunctate. Base of median segment smooth, with only a
few scattered punctures ; the areola is wider than long, and
is separated by its own length from the base of the segment ;
the posterior intermediate area is strongly transversely
striated ; the posterior median area is wide and is closely
transversely striated; the other arez are closely rugosely pune-
tured. Propleurz obscurely striated behind, the mesopleure
punctured, but not strongly; the metapleurz more closely
punctured and with a distinct keel on the lower side. Fore
legs with the femora and tibiz lined with black above, the
middle femora lined with black to near the apex and all
round at the base; the hinder femora black, except at apex ;
the metatarsus black, except at the apex; the base of the
second joint narrowly black ; the hind tibize black, broadly
white at the base. The middle of the petiole is longitudinally
striated. Areolet narrowed at the top, the nervures meeting
there.

This species is not quite a typical Ay/aojoppa; the areolet
is more narrowed at the top; the colour is paler, it being
almost white, and the blue abdomen also separates it from
the other species.

Acanthojoppa* indica, sp. u.

Luteous, marked with yellow; a black mark on the base
of the mesonotum, a line along the base from the middle of
the pronotum to the end of the tegule and the depression at
the base of the scutellum yellow; the wings beyond the
stigma fuscous, with a slight violaceous tint; the stigma
dark testaceous. ¢.

Length 13 mm.

Hab. Khasia Hills. Coll. Rothney.

Basal half of the antennz rufo-fulvous, the scape with a
yellowish tinge on the lower side. The fuce and clypeus

® Acanthojoppa, Cam., ‘The Entomologist,’ 1899, p. 109.

Hymenoptera from the Khasta Hills. 181

yellow ; the face closely punctured, the clypeus covered with
a pale pubescence; the vertex closely punctured and thickly
covered with short blackish pubescence. Mandibles pale
yellow, the teeth black. Mesonotum dark rufous, a mark
on the base, a line along the base from the middle of the
pronotum to the end of the tegule, and the depression at
the base of the scutellum, black. Scutellum paler, of a more
yellowish tint than the mesonotum ; it is more distinctly
and less closely punctured, and is covered all over with
longish black hair; its apex, on the top, has a shallow de-
pression ; its sides are not keeled. Metanotum strongly and
closely punctured ; its sides, base, and apex bordered with
black ; the apical half of the posterior median area black :
the areola is about as broad as long, its base is rounded, its
apex transverse ; inside it is a stout central keel, not reaching
to the base, and there is an oblique one on either side, the
base is hollowed. The upper half of the propleure is closely
punctured and striated obliquely on the lower side. Meso-
pleurze closely and distinctly punctured; the metapleure more
strongly punctured, behind the keel stoutly striated ; the
hair is long, close, and fuscous incolour. Legs coloured like
the body; the four anterior paler, more yellowish at the
base. The wing-areolet is triangular, the nervures touching
at the top; the second transverse cubital nervure is widely
bullated. The petiole is smoother and more shining than
the rest of the body; the gastroceeli narrow, smooth, and
deep at the base.

Acanthojoppa lutea, sp. n.

Luteous, the apical half of the antennz black, the basal
pale yellow ; the wings fuscous hyaline, the apex violaceous,
the stigma luteous, the nervures black. ?.

Length 17-18 mm.

Hab, Khasia Hills. Coll. Rothney.

The basal seventeen joints of the antennz are yellowish,
darker coloured at the base. The inner eye-orbits and the
sides of the clypeus broadly pale yellow. Face punctured,
more strongly and closely in the middle than on the sides;
the base of the clypeus sparsely punctured. Mandibles pale
yellow, their teeth black. Mesonotum darker coloured than
the rest of the thorax, coarsely and closely shagreened and
covered with a short, close, dark pile. Scutellum more dis-
tinetly and strongly punctured than the mesonotum ; its
apex transverse in the middle, its sides projecting into blunt
teeth. The base of the median segment irregularly rugose,

182 Mr. P. Cameron on new

the lateral arez smooth at the base, the apex is stoutly
transversely striated ; the posterior median black, with the
striz closer and narrower; the areola is large, longer than
broad, its apical half obliquely narrowed; the teeth are
large and rounded at the apex. On the thorax the following
parts are black: the base and sides of the median segment,
the posterior median area, an oblique line below the middle
of the propleurz, the sides of the mesosternum at the base,
and the pleure before the mesocoxe. ‘The wings have a
distinct yellow tinge to the base of the stigma, the apex
with a distinct fuscous-violaceous tint; the stigma luteous.
Abdomen shining, the second and third segments closely
punctured; the gastrocceli shallow, their outer side with a
few obscure strie.

The violaceous tint is much more distinct on the apex of
the fore wings than in the other species, while the areola
differs in being sharply narrowed on the apical half.

Xanthojoppa* nigrolineata, sp. 0.

Length 20mm. 4.

Hab. Khasia Hills. Coll. Rothney.

Yellow; the front and vertex broadly in the middle, the
former more broadly than the latter and the occiput still
more broadly, the sides and apex of the mesonotum broadly,
the latter more narrowly than the sides, a broad band in its
centre at the base and extending to shortly beyond the
centre, the band dilated and rounded at the apex, the space
at the base of the scutellum, including the fovex, the de-
pression at its sides, the base of the median segment, its apex
with the teeth, the black band projecting in the middle, the
middle of the propleurz, the mesopleurz round the top and
at tle apex, the base of the second abdominal segment, its
apex narrowly and it has a faint central line, which is narrowed
and faint at the base, the base of the petiole and the third
aud following segments broadly down the centre, black.
Wings fuscous violaceous, the nervures and stigma black.
Legs coloured like the body; the hinder tarsi, except at
the extreme base and apex, black. The basal eight or nine
joints of the antenne are rufous, the others black or brownish;
the scape yellow, almost smooth and sparsely covered with
black hair. Face and clypeus smooth, shining, impunctate,
and sparsely covered with white hair; the labrum fringed
with golden hair. Mesonotum shining, closely, but not
strongly, punctured and thickly covered with short fuscous

* Xanthgoppa, Cam. Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser, 7, vol. vii. p. 378,

Hymeneptera from the Khasia Hills. 183

hair. Scutellum punctured and thickly covered with fuscous
hair.. Postscutellum very smooth and shining, glabrous,
deeply and widely foveate laterally. The central depression
on the median segment is bordered behind by a short stout
keel. The rest of the segment is coarsely rugosely punctured ;
the areola is open behind and is longer than broad; the
posterior median and lateral apical arez coarsely reticulated,
longitudinally in the middle, more coarsely transversely at
the sides ; the teeth stout, black. Propleurz above punctured.
Mesopleure shining, the black wpper part shagreened, more
coarsely at the apex below, the upper part raised, the lower,
next to the sternum, also projecting, but not so strongly.
Metapleure strongly obliquely striated, less strongly at the
base. Petiole smooth and shining, the apex triangularly
dilated, the base of the second segment strongly longi-
tudinally striated ; the gastrocceli elongate, smooth on the
outer side, the apex testaceous and separated from the rest
by a stout transverse keel; the base of the petiole is stoutly
keeled down the middle and less stoutly at the sides.

Xanthojoppa crassispina, sp. D.

Length 11-12 mm. 9°.

Hab. Khasia Hills. Coll. Rothney.

Very similar in form and coloration to X. trilineata, Cam.
(Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 7, vol. vii. p. 378), but may be
known from it by the form of the scutellum, which has the
sides largely bordered by leaf-like expansions from the base
to the apex, by the depression at the base being bordered
laterally by a stout keel, by there being three are on the
base of the median segment, and by the gastrocceli being
stoutly longitudinally striolated.

Yellow, suffused with fulvous; the ocellar region, the
vertex in the middle, the front broadly, a broad line on the
middle of the mesonotum extending from the base to shortly
beyond the middle, the sides near the tegule, the scutellar
depression, the depression at the base of the median segment,
the middle of the areola, the.posterior median area entirely,
the middle of the propleurz, the base of the mesopleure and
the upper part below the tubercles, a mark over the middle
coxe, and the base and lower side of the metapleure, black.
Vertex finely punctured, the front very smooth and shining.
The face and base of the clypeus with large shallow punctures.
Apex of mandibles black, the base covered with soft white
hair ; before the apex on the lower side with golden hair.
Mesonotum closely punctured, dull yellow, suffused at the

184 On new ITymenoptera from the Khasta Hills.

sides and middle with rufous. Scutellum roundly convex,
large, its sides bordered by stout projecting keels, strongly
punctured and covered with long black hair. The depressed
base of the median segment is smooth and shining and is
bordered at the top in the centre by a curved keel; the de-
pression is wide, deep, and smooth. Postscutellum smooth,
shining, and finely striated in the middle at the base; the
depression bordered laterally by stout keels. Areola longer
than broad, rounded at the base, transverse at the apex ; its
centre bears some stout irregular striz. ‘The posterior
median area closely, transversely, rugosely punctured, the
base with three or four short, stout, longitudinal keels; the
sides stoutly transversely striated; the lateral teeth very
large, broad, curved, and rounded at the apex. Legs fulvous ;
the coxz and trochaniters more or less yellow ; the tarsi
stoutly spined. Wings hyaline, with a distinct fulvous tinge ;
the stigma fulvous, the nervures darker. Petiole smooth
and shining, except on the depressed sides of the apex, which
are punctured, the second segment strongly, the others
weakly punctured ; the gastrocceli shallow, narrow, longish,
strongly longitudinally striated. The apex of the petiole,
the base and apex of the second and third segments narrowly,
and the base of the apical segments more broadly, black ; the
sheaths of the ovipositor fulvous, black. The four anterior
coxe are, for the greater part, pale yellow ; the posterior
have the basal two thirds yellow above. Calcaria black.
Gastroceeli stoutly irregularly striated.

Erythrojoppa* lineata, sp. n.

Ferrugineous; the ocellar region, two broad lines on the
centre of the front, the antenne from the fourteenth joint,
a broad band shortly below the middle of the prothorax,
the base and sides of the mesonotum and two lines in the
centre on the apical half, the space at the sides of the
scutellum, the base of the median segment narrowly, the
posterior median area, the base, top, and apex of the meso-
pleure, and the base and lower side of the metapleure and
the apex of the metanotum narrowly, black. Legs coloured
hike the body, the binder tarsi black. Wings fuscous viola-
ceous, highly iridescent, the nervures and stigma black. ¢.

Length 2u mm.

Hab, Whasia Hills. Coll. Rothney.

‘Lhe face and pleurz have a faint, but distinct, yellowish
tinge. ‘lhe iace and base of clypeus are sparsely punctured ;

* Erythrojoppa, Cam, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 7, vol. ix, p. 146.

On British Freshwater Harpactids. 185

the front has a few transverse striz. Mesonotum closely
and rather strongly punctured and thickly covered with short
fuscous pubescence. The pyramidal scutellum is more
sparsely punctured and is covered with long pale fuscous
hair; on its sides are two or three longitudinal keels or striz.
The basal half of the postscutellum is closely longitudinally
striated. Median segment closely and strongly punctured,
except the areola, which is smooth and shining ; the posterior
median area is coarsely transversely striated, more regularly
at the base than elsewhere ; in the centre is a stout longi-
tudinal keel. Mesopleurz closely punctured, except on the
apex above, where itis smooth. The spiracular area, behind
the spiracles, coarsely obliquely striated; the metapleure
strongly and closely punctured, the punctures running into
striations. Abdomen uniformly coloured ; the postpetiole
obliquely stoutly striated in the middle; the segments are
closely and uniformly punctured; the basal half of the
second is stoutly, longitudinally, closely striated ; the gastro-
ceeli smooth, with curved stout striz on the basal half.

May be known from E. ferruginea by the abdomen being
entirely ferruginous.

Lagenesta ferruginea, Cam.*

The male of this species agrees with the female in colo-
ration. It has a long and narrow abdomen, as in Hrythro-
Joppa ferruginea, with which species it agrees closely in form
and coloration. It may be known easily from the latter
by the flat, not pyramidal, scutellum. The antenne are
serrate.

[To be continued. }

XXJ1.—Some Observations on British Freshwater Harpactids.
By Tomas Scort, F.L.S.

SINCE the publication of the Monograph of the free and
semiparasitic Copepoda of the British Islands by Professor
G. 8. Brady—a work which gave a fresh impetus to the
study of these interesting organisms and which is indispens-
able to those who desire to become familiar with the group—
greater attention has been devoted to the examination of the
freshwater forms, and a number of rare and, in some cases,

* Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 7, vol. vii. p. 377.

186 Mr. T. Scott on

new species have been added to the fauna of our inland
waters *. Several of these additional forms belong to the
Harpacticidz, which is one of the largest of the families of
the Copepoda.

The Harpactids which form the subject of the following
observations are all included in the subfamily Canthocamp-
tine, G. S. Brady, and are distributed amongst the
succeeding five genera, viz.:—Canthocamptus, Westwood ;
Nitocra, Boeck ; Attheyella, G. 8. Brady ; Moraria, T. & A.
Scott ; and Maraencbiotus, Al. Mrazek.

A few remarks are made on the distinctive characters of
each genus, but the species are not described; descriptions
and figures of these will be found in the works which are
referred to in connexion with each of the species recorded.

Subfamily Cayruocampriva, G. 8S. Brady.
Genus CANTHOCAMPTUS, Westwood, 1830.

The nine species grouped together under Canthocamptus
have eight- or nine-jointed antennules. The inner branches
of the first pair of thoracic feet are non-prehensile, and they
are usually three-jotnted and longer than the outer branches.
The inner branches of the next three pairs are shorter than
the outer ones and composed of two or three joints, the jirst
joint being considerably smaller than the one next to it.

Canthocamptus staphylinus (Jurine) t.

1820. Monoculus staphylinus, Jurine, Hist. des Monocles, p. 74, pl. vii.
figs. 1-19.

1880, Canthocamptus minutus, Brady, Brit. Copep. vol. ii. p. 48,
pl. xliv. figs. 1-17.

This is one of the more common and generally distributed
species belonging to the freshwater Harpacticide of the
British Islands; it is also the largest, and measures rather
more than a millimetre in length.

* Prof. W. Lilljeborg has recently published an important work on
the freshwater Harpacticide of Sweden, ‘ Kongl. Svenska Vetenskaps-
Akademiens Handlingar, Bd. xxxvi. no. 1. This work should be of
interest to British students, for of the seventeen species described by the
author twelve at least are also found in the inland waters of the British
Islands.

+ See Additional Note at end of this paper.

British Freshwater Harpactids. 187

Canthocamptus horridus, S. Fischer.

1860. Canthocamptus horridus, S. Fischer, “ Beitr. z. Kennt. d. Ento-
mostr.,” Abhandl, d. math.-phys. Classe der kénigl. bayer. Akad.
d. Wissensch. 8ten Bandes, 3te Abth. p. 670, t. ii. figs. 57-59, 59 a.

1880. Canthocamptus northumbricus, G. 8S. Brady, op. cit. yol. 1. p. 57,
pl. xlv. figs. 1-14.

This species, which has been identified as the Cantho-
camptus horridus of 8. Fischer, appears to be rare in British
inland waters. The only Scottish record I have for it is
Duddingston Loch, near Edinburgh; Dr. and Miss Sprague
also record it from Edinburgh, but they do not give any
locality *. Dr. Brady obtained it sparingly in the lake at
Bolam, Northumberland, and Mr. D. J. Scourfield has taken
it near London.

Canthocamptus gracilis, G. O. Sars.

1863. Canthocamptus gracilis, G. O. Sars, “ Overs. af den indenl.
Fersky.-Copep.,’ Vidensk. 1 Christiania Forhandl. for 1862 (Aftr.),
. 22.

1897. Canthocamptus inornatus, T. Scott, Fifteenth Rep. Fishery Board
for Scotland, pt. ili. p. 323, pl. ix. figs.- 1-12.

1902. Canthocamptus gracilis, Lilljeborg, Synopsis Spec. hucusque in
aquis dulcibus Sueciz obsery. Fam. Harpactic. p. 26, t. ii. figs. 8-13
(see footnote, p. 1).

There appears to be no doubt that the species which I
described in 1897 under the name of Canthocamptus ‘nornatus
is identical with the C. gracilis of G.O. Sars. I have found
it in several small lochs in Scotland, such as Rescobie Loch,
near Forfar, Linlithgow Loch, one or two small lochs near
Edinburgh, Loch Achroy (Trossachs), and others. It has
been taken in the Isle of Wight by Mr. D. J. Scourfield, and
my son, Mr. A. Scott, has sent it to me from Lancashire.

Canthocamptus trispinosus, G. S. Brady.

1880. Canthocamptus trispinosus, G.S. Brady, op. cit. vol. ii. p. 55,
pl. xlv. figs. 16-22.

This appears to be a rare species in the inland waters of
the British Islands, but it has apparently an extensive conti-
nental distribution; it has been recorded by Herr H.
Rehberg, Dr. S. A. Poppe, Dr. O. Schmeil, and Prof. W.
Lilljeborg. I know of no Scottish locality for C. tréspinosus,
and the only station for it mentioned by Dr. Brady is the
River Nene near Peterborough; but Mr. D.J.Scourfield records

* Trans, Edin. Field Nat. & Micros. Soe, vol. iy. (1900-1901).

188 Mr. T. Scott on

it from one or two ponds near London *, and the Rev. A. M.
Norman has quite recently sent me specimens from Wroxham,

Norfolk.

Canthocamptus minutus, Claus.

1863. Canthocamptus minutus, Claus, Die frei lebenden Copepoden,
. 122, t. xii. figs. 1-3.

1895. Canthocamptus minutus, T. & A. Scott, Ann. Scot. Nat. Hist.
(Oct. 1895), p. 236, pl. iv. figs, 14-20.

This is one of the smaller of the freshwater Harpactids,
and its distribution appears to be coextensive with the British
Islands; but it is only within recent years that it has been
recognized as a member of the British Copepod fauna.

Canthocamptus lirticornis, T. Scott.

1895. Canthocamptus hirticornts, T. Scott, Thirteenth Rep. Fishery

_Board for Scotland, pt. iil. p. 261, pl. ix. figs. 13-26.

1902. Caunthocamptus megalops, Lilljeborg, ‘ Synop. Spec. hucusque in
aquis dulcibus Sueciz observ. Fam. Harpact.,” K. Sy. Vet.-Akad.
Handlingar, Band xxxvi. no, 1, p. 30, pl. il. figs. 14-19.

This is a widely distributed species, at least in Scotland ;
it has been found in small lochs in the Outer Hebrides and
in Shetland, as well as in several places on the mainland;
but it occurs usually near the sea. It has been obtained in
water that appeared to be quite fresh, as well as in slightly
brackish water. I have no record of it from any inland
locality. Mr. D. J. Scourfield has taken C. hirticornis in a
marsh near Barmouth Junction, North Wales f.

The form recorded recently by Herr Prof. Lilljeborg in
his interesting work on the freshwater Harpacticide of
Sweden under the name of Canthocamptus megalops appears
to be identical with C. hirticornis.

Canthocamptus palustris, G. 5S. Brady.

1880. Canthocamptus palustris, G. S. Brady, Mon. Brit. Copep. vol. i.
p. 53, pl. xxxix. figs. 13-23.

1895. Canthocamptus palustris, var. elongatus, T. & A. Scott, Ann, &
Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) vol. xv. p. 459, pl. xvi. figs. 7-17.

Though Canthocamptus palustris has a distribution ex-

tending from Shetland to the Scilly Islands it does not appear
to be very common. Its usual habitat is in ponds and

* “The Entomostraca of Epping Forest, Part II.,” The Essex Natu-
ralist, vol. x. p. 260, tab. i. (1898).

+ “Entomostraca of North Wales,” Journ. Quekett Microscopical
Club, ser. ii. vol. vi. p. 185 (Noy. 1899).

British Freshwater Harpaetids. 189

marshes within reach of the sea. It was taken by Dr. G. S.
Brady in a brackish-water pond at St. Mary (Scilly), also in
the vicinity of the River Stour at Manningtree, and in Oulton
Broad (Suffolk) ; and the Rev. A. M. Norman obtained it at
Isle Oronsay, Skye. I found Canthocamptus palustris in
1890 in shore-pools on May Island, Firth of Forth; the same
species occurred in a gathering of Entomostraca sent to me
from Shetland by Mr. Robert Duthie, Fishery Officer,
collected in the Loch of Beiton in Unst in 1895; this loch
is situated somewhat above high-water mark, and at that time
the water it contained, if at all brackish, was only slightly so.
In 1896 C. palustris was taken with other brackish-water
forms in gatherings from shore-pools near Langbank and
near Dumbarton, Firth of Clyde, and in 1898 in a gathering
from shore-pools at Hunterston, also in the Clyde district.

Canthocamptus Schmeilit, Mrazek.

1893. Canthocamptus Schmeilii, Mrazek, “ Beitrag zur Kenntniss der
Harpacticidenfauna des Siisswassers,” Zool. Jahrb. sieb. Bd. p. 116,
t. vii. figs. 107-117.

1895. Canthocamptus Schmeilit, T. & A. Scott, Ann. Scot. Nat. Hist.
(Oct, 1895), p. 234, pl. iv. figs. 1-13.

Though this species resembles those previously mentioned
in having the inner branches of the first pair of thoracic feet
longer than the outer branches, it differs in having these
branches composed of two subequal joints, instead of being
three-jointed. C. Schmezlii appears to be moderately rare in
the lochs of Scotland. The only records I possess are as
follow :—Loch Leven, Kinross, collected in June 1890, but
not described till 1895 (in this gathering the species was
moderately frequent) ; Park Loch, near Campbeltown, Cantyre,
collected in August 1897; Loch Lomond, near Balmaha,
collected in June 1898.

Canthocamptus crassus, Gy. O. Sars.

1863. Canthocamptus crassus, G.O. Sars, “ Overs. indenl. Fersky.-
Copep.,” Vidensk. i Christiania Forhand]. for 1862 (Aftr.), p. 23.
1880, Attheyella spinosa, Brady, Mon. Brit. Copep. vol. ii. p. 58,
pl. xliii. figs. 15-18, pl. xlvi. figs. 13-18.

1893. Attheyella spinosa, T. Scett, Eleventh Rep. Fishery Board for
Scotland, pt. iii. p. 225, pl. vi. figs. 11-20.

1893. Canthocamptus crassus, O. Schmeil, Deutschl. freileb. Siissw.-
Copep., ii. Teil, Harpact. p. 37, t. iv. figs. 1-13.

In this species, though the inner branches of the first
thoracic feet are three-jointed, they are comparatively short,
being only slightly longer than the outer branches.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xi. it

190 Mr. T. Scott on

Canthocamptus crassus appears to be generally distributed
and moderately frequent in most of our inland waters from
Unst to Land’s End, and it is one of the more easily recog-
nized forms.

I am in doubt as to whether this species should be ranked
among the members of the present genus; but as it seems to
be equally out of place in any of the other groups of Cantho-
camptine, I thought it was better to leave it in the genus to
which G. O. Sars assigned it.

Genus Nrrocra, Boeck.

The species included under this genus resemble very
closely some of those in the genus Canthocamptus. The an-
tennules are usually eight-jointed ; the secondary branches of
the antenne are small and one-jointed ; the mandible-palp is
two-jointed, and the inner branches of the first pair of thoracic
feet, which are not much longer than the outer branches, are
three-jointed and prehensile. ‘The inner branches of the next
three pairs are also composed of three joints. The prehensile
character of the inner branches of the first pair appears to
constitute the chief point of difference between Nitocra and
Canthocamptus. One British freshwater Harpactid has been
assigned to this genus.

Nitocra hibernica (G. 8. Brady).
1880. Canthocamptus hibernicus, G. 8. Brady, Mon. Brit. Copep. vol. ii.
p. 52, pl. xlvi. figs. 1-12.
18938. Nitocra hibernica, Schmeil, Deutschl. freileb. Siissw.-Copep.,
ii. Teil, Harpact. p. 78, t. vii. figs. 1-16.

I do not at present know of any Scottish station for this
species. Prof. G. 8S. Brady states that specimens were sent
to him by the late David Robertson of Millport, who found
them plentifully in Mullingar Canal at Dublin and in a lake
near Newport, Co. Mayo. Mr. D. J. Scourfield has taken

Nitocra hibernica in a pond near London *.

Genus ATTHEYELLA, G. S. Brady, 1880.

The species included here under Attheyella have the an-
tennules short and usually eight-jointed; the secondary
branches of the antenne are small and one- (rarely two-)
jointed; mandible-palp small and composed of two articu-
lations ; inner branches of first pair of feet scarcely, if at all,

* “Entomostraca of Epping Forest, Part II.,” The Essex Naturalist,
vol. x. p. 260, tab. i. (1898).

British Freshwater Harpactids. 191

longer than the short outer branches, and composed of two
subequal joints; inner branches of the second, third, and

fourth pairs two-jointed, first joint small.

Attheyella pygmea (G. O. Sars).
1863. Canthocamptus pygmaeus, G. O. Sars, “ Overs. indenl. Ferskv.-
Copep.,” Vidensk.-Selsk. i Christiania Forhandl. 1862 (Aftr.), p. 21.
1880. Attheyella cryplorum, Brady, op. eit. vol. ii. p. 60, pl. lii.

figs. 1-18.
1893, Attheyella cryptorum, T. Scott, Eleventh Rep. Fishery Board

for Scotland, pt. iii. p. 225, pl. vi. figs. 21-31.

This small species appears to be generally distributed and
of frequent occurrence in the inland waters of the British
Islands. It may be distinguished from the closely allied
species Attheyella Zschokket (Schmeil) by the long curved
terminal sete of the outer branches of the fourth pair of
thoracic feet and by the depressed opercular plates.

Attheyella Zschokket (Schmeil).
1893. Canthocamptus Zschokkei, Schmeil, Copep. des Rhitikon-Ge-

birges, pp. 31-36, Taf. ili.
1893. Attheyella propinqua, T. Scott, Eleventh Rep. Fishery Board

for Scotland, pt. iil. p. 227, pl. vii. figs. 1-11.

This species, which may readily be mistaken for the one
previously described, appears to have an equally extensive
- distribution, but it is not so frequently met with. There are,
however, comparatively few of the Scottish lochs which I
have examined where it has been entirely absent. Mr. D. J.
Scourfield has taken A. Zschokkei near London. In this
species the terminal setze of the outer branches of the fourth
feet have not the long, slender, curved ends so characteristic
of A. pygmea, but the opercular plate is more prominent.
Dissection shows, of course, other points of difference, but the
differences just referred to may be seen without dissection

and with the aid of a hand-lens.

Attheyella Duthie’, T. & A. Scott.
1895, Attheyella Duthiei, T. & A. Scott, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6)
vol. xviii. p. 4, pl. ui. figs. 1-13; also Fourteenth Rep. Fishery

Board for Scotland, pt. iii. p. 241, pl. ix. figs. 1-11.
1902. Canthocamptus Duthiei, Lilljeborg, “Synop. Spec. hucusque in
aquis dulcibus Sueciz obsery. Fam. Harpactic.,” K. Sv. Vet.-Akad.

Handlingar, Bd. xxxvi. no. 1, p. 41, pl. iii. figs. 5-10.

Though the distribution of this species appears to be ex-

tensive, it has not been very frequently met with. It was
14*

192 Mr. T. Scott on

obtained in one or two small lochs in Shetland in 1894 by
Mr. Robert Duthie, Fishery Officer, who was at that time
stationed there. It was collected by myself in Loch Leven,
Kinross, in 1890 (but not determined till 1895), and again in
1897 and 1898, and these are the only British localities for
this species known to me. The discovery of it in Sweden by
Prof. Lilljeborg is very interesting and indicates an extensive
distribution for the species.

Attheyella rhetica (Schmeil).
1893. Canthocamptus rheticus, Schmeil, Copepodes des Rhatikon-
Gebirges*, p. 23, t. il.
1895. Attheyella MacAndrewe, T. & A. Scott, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.
(6) vol. xv. p. 457, pl. xvi. figs. 1-6.

I have found this species in only a single Scottish locality,
viz. in Lochan-a-Chaite—a small loch on Ben Lawers,
Perthshire, situated at an altitude of about 2400 feet above
sea-level. Mr. D. J. Scourfield has obtained the same species
amongst wet alge from Cym Glas, Snowdon, North Wales.
In September 1896 I collected in Loch Vennachar, Perth-
shire, specimens of what appeared to me at the time to be a

variety of Attheyella rhetica {; but these turned out to belong
to the next species.

Attheyella cuspidata (Schmeil).

1893. Canthocamptus cuspidatus, Schmeil, op. cit. p. 36, t. iv.
1897. Canthocamptus cuspidatus, T. Scott, Fifteenth Rep. Fishery
Board for Scotland, pt. iii. p. 328, pl. ix. figs. 21, 22.

This species has been obtained in Loch Vennachar, Perth-
shire, and Loch Fad, in Bute; also in Loch of ‘Tingwall
(Scalloway) and Loch of Brough (Bressay), both in Shetland.
lt was taken in Loch Btichan and in Loch-an-eion, Aberdeen-
shire, in 1898, by Mr. R. M. Clark, B.Sc., F.L.S. Loch
Etichan is situated to the northward of Braemar, the other is
a small loch on the north-west shoulder of Lochnagar, in
West Aberdeenshire §.

Genus Morarta, T. & A. Scott (March 1893).
Syn. Ophiocamptus, Mrazek.

The Harpactids included under Moraria have seven-jointed

* Abhandl. d. naturf. Gesellschaft zu Halle, Bd. xix.

+ “Entom. of North Wales,” Journ. Quekett Microscopical Club,
ser. ii. vol. vi. p. 10 (separate copy).

{ Fourteenth Rep. Fishery Board for Scotland, pt. ili. p. 169 (1896).

§ ‘Annals of Scottish Natural History,’ July 1901, p. 160,

British Freshwater Harpactids, 193

antennules ; the secondary branches of the antenne are small
and one-jointed ; the mandible-palp is small and composed
of two joints, the end one being smaller than the other; the
first pair of thoracic feet are short, the two branches are sub-
equal in length, and the inner branches are two-jointed, as in
Attheyella, the end-joint being the shortest; the inner
branches of the next three pairs are short and consist of two
subequal joints.

Moraria brevipes (G. O. Sars).

1863. Canthocamptus brevipes, G. O. Sars (non Mrazek & Scott), op.
cit. p. 24.

1889. one ee gracilis, S. A. Poppe (non C. gracilis, G. O. Sars),
aie d. naturwiss. Vereine zu Bremen, Bd. x. p. 544, t. viii.

os. 0-g.

1893. Moraria Anderson-Smithi, T. & A. Scott, Ann. & Mag. Nat.
Hist. (6) vol. vi. (March 1893) p. 218, pl. viii.

1893. Ophiocamptus Sarst, Mrazek, “ Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Har-
pacticidenfauna des Siisswassers,” Zool. Jahrb. (May 1893), Abth. f.
Syst., Geogr. u. Biol. d. Thiere, 7ter Bd. p. 113, t. v. figs. 60-65.

1893. Ophiocamptus Sarst, Schmeil, Deutschl. freileb. Siissw. -Copep.,
ii. Teil, Harpact. p. 86, pl. vi. figs, 1-16.

1900. Moraria Sarst, Ww. Hartwig, “Die freileb. Copep. der Provinz
Brandenburg,” Forschungsber. “der Biol. Stat. z. Plén (Separat-
abdruck), p. Ate

This species has been obtained in lochs in Unst and else-
where in Shetland; in Barra and North Uist, Outer
Hebrides? It was obtained in Loch Morar, Inverness-shire,
Loch Doon, Ayrshire, and other lochs in the west of Scotland ;
and in lakes in Aberdeenshire, Midlothian, and elsewhere in
the east of Scotland. Mr. D. J. Scourfield has also taken it
near London.

According to Lilljeborg * the form described by Herr Al.
Mrazek and myselt under the name of Moraria (Ophio-
camptus) brevipes (G. O. Sars) 1s not the species described
by Sars under that name, the true Canthocamptus brevipes,
G. O. Sars, being, on the contrary, the form described by me
under the name of Moraria Anderson-Smithi, and by Mrazek
under the name of Ophiocamptus Sarst. It is interesting to
note that this species, which is still retained in the genus
Canthocamptus by Prof. Lilljeborg, was, by Mrazek and
myself, unknown to each other, considered to be sufficiently
distinct from the typical Canthocamptus to warrant its
removal to another genus.

* ‘Svenska arter af. Familien Harpacticida,’ pp. 44-48 (1902).

194 Mr. T. Scott on

Moraria Mrazeki, T. Scott (new name).

1893. Ophiocamptus brevipes, Mrazek (not Sars), “ Beitrag zur Kennt-
niss der Harpact.-fauna des Siisswassers,” Zool. Jahrb. 7ter Bd.
p- 116, t. v. fig. 66, t. vi. figs. 67-70.

1895, Ophiocamptus brevipes, T. Scott, Thirteenth Rep. Fishery Board
for Scotland, pt. iii. p. 254, pl. x. figs. 1-9.

1897. Moraria brevipes, T. Scott, Fifteenth Rep. Fishery Board for
Scotland, pt. iii. p. 325.

As this is not the Canthocamptus brevipes of G. O. Sars,
the species will require to be renamed, and I propose that
Mrazeki should be adopted. The species has been obtained
in several Scottish lakes; it was first observed in Loch
Lubnaig, Perthshire, and afterwards in Rescobie Loch, Loch
Balgavie, and Forfar Loch, Forfarshire; Loch Achray,
‘Trossachs ; and in Loch Doon, Ayrshire. The recent increase
in the interest that is being taken in the examination of the
British lochs will probably add to the number of the stations
for this as well as the other species recorded here.

Moraria Poppet (Mrazek).

1893. Ophiocamptus Poppet, Mrazek, op. cit. p. 114, t. v. figs. 54-59.
1897. Moraria Poppet, T. Scott, Fifteenth Rep. Fishery Board for Scot-
land, pt. iii. p. 325, pl. ix. figs, 13-20.

This small species appears to be rare; it was first taken in
some marshy ground at the side of Loch Fad, in Bute,
and afterwards, in 1899, in shore-pools near Hunterston,
Firth of Clyde, and in 1901 in marshy ground near Ellon,
Aberdeenshire. These are the only British records for this
species known to me,

Genus MARAENOBIOTUS, Mrazek (1893).

This genus was established by Dr. Mrazek for an interesting
Harpactid discovered by him in the vicinity of Pribram in
Bohemia. ‘The antennules are eight-jointed. The secondary
branches of the antenne are small and two-jointed, the
mandible-palp is rudimentary, consisting of a tubercle bearing
two or three apical sete. First pair of thoracic feet short,
both branches two-jointed. ‘The inner branches of the next
three pairs short, two-jointed, the outer branches longer and
three-jointed. Only one species has been described.

Maraenobiotus Vejdovskyt, Mrazek.

1893. Maraenobiotus Vejdovskyi, Mrazek, op. cit. p. 103, t. iv. figs. 17-
382, t. v. figs. 83-37.

1896. Maraenobiotus Vejdovskyt, T. & A. Scott, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.
(6) vol. xviii. p. 3, pl. i. figs. 13-21, pl. ii. fig. 23 (July 1896).

British Freshwater Harpactids, 195

This species was obtained for the first time in Scotland in
a shore-gathering collected in Loch Vennachar, Perthshire,
and afterwards in shore-gatherings collected in Loch Doon,
Ayrshire, in December 1897, and in Loch of Park, Aberdeen-
shire, in 1899. I do not know of any other station for this
species in Britain.

Besides the Harpactids mentioned in the foregoing notes,
all of which, with one or two exceptions, are usually confined
to freshwater localities, there are a considerable number that
find a habitat in our brackish-water estuaries, ponds, and
marshes ; and though these for the most part belong to the
same subfamily as those already noticed, they include also
representatives of nearly all the subfamilies into which the
Harpacticide have been divided. And while the Cantho-
camptine comprise most, if not all, the British freshwater
Harpactids, the majority of the species belong to the genus
Canthocamptus, and are, with few exceptions, all freshwater
species. But Canthocamptus hirticornis, though found in
fresh water, occurs also occasionally in water that is slightly
brackish ; Canthocamptus palustris, as has been already men-
tioned, is usually found in places within the influence of the
tide; Canthocamptus parvus, 'T. & A. Scott, and Cantho-
camptus propinguus, IT’. Scott, are, on the other hand, marine
species, and for that reason have been excluded from the
preceding notes. C. propinguus has been obtained in the
Moray Firth and the Firth of Forth, and appears to be
moderately rare; C. parvus appears to be more generally
distributed ; the antennules of these two species are composed
of six joints instead of eight or nine, but otherwise there is
nothing to distinguish them from typical freshwater species.
For these and other reasons the line dividing the freshwater
species from brackish-water forms, and these again from
marine, is at best somewhat arbitrary.

ADDITIONAL NOTE.

After the preceding notes had been forwarded to the
printers I received a letter from my kind friend the Rev. A. M.
Norman, in which he refers, among other things, to- the two
freshwater Harpactids Canthocamptus staphylinus (Jurine)
and Canthocamptus minutus, Claus; and as his remarks on
these two species should be of interest to students of the
freshwater Copepoda, I have, with his permission, transcribed |
them here,

Referring to Canthocamptus staphylinus, he says :—“ O. F.

196 Mr. H. Druce on some

Miller described Cyelops minutus in 1776 and 1785, which
afterwards became Canthocamptus minutus of Baird, Fischer,
and Lilljeborg; Claus for this name substituted that of
Jurine— Monoculus staphylinus (1820)—and then immedi-
ately after described another Canthocamptus minutus of his
own. Now it will be admitted that, though without the
detailed drawings of Jurine, Miiller’s figures of C. minutus
are excellent representations for the time of a Canthocamptus,
and if not sufficient to distinguish it from some recent species,
the name ought to be retained for that species which is the
most common and the first determined. ‘Therefore I consider
that C. staphylinus (Jurine) should become a synonym of
Canthocamptus minutus (O. F. Miiller), and that C. minutus,
Claus—a name he should not have employed, on account
of confusion with Miiller’s species,—will have to give way
to Rehberg’s more recent name C. lucidulus.

‘That author was quite right in restoring the name of
Miiller’s to Jurine and Claus’s C. staphylinus, and substi-
tuting for Claus’s C. minutus his new name of Canthocamptus
lucidulus.”

I may add that, though I leave my notes on these two
species as they were written, I quite agree with the Rev. A. M.
Norman that O. F. Miiller’s name should be restored, that
C. staphylinus (Jurine) should become a synonym of
C. minutus (Miiller), and consequently that C. minutus,
Claus, will become a synonym of C. lucidulus, Rehberg.

XX1I—Descriptions of some new Species of Lepidoptera,
chiefly from South America. By HErBert Druce, F.L.S.

Fam. Syntomide.

Lsanthrene joda, sp. nu.

Male.—Head, antennez, tegule, thorax, and legs black,
collar and middle of thorax dark blue ; abdomen black, the
first four segments edged with yellow, the anal segments
banded with dark blue. Primaries yellowish hyaline, the
base and inner margin black, the apex broadly black, the
fringe black: secondaries yellowish hyaline, the costal and
outer margin edged with black; fringe black.

' Expanse 2 inches.
Hab. Peru, Cuzeo (Mus, Druce).

new Species of Lepidoptera. 197

Argyroeides lydia, sp. n.

Male.—Head, thorax, and abdomen black above, pale
yellow on the underside; the collar, tegule, and base of
thorax yellow; abdomen banded with yellow; antennz
black; legs yellow. Wings yellowish hyaline, the costal
margin of primaries edged with black, veins yellowish brown.
—Female very similar to the male, but with the primaries
clouded with yellowish brown; the tip of the antenne
yellow.

Expanse, ¢ 1, ? 13 inch.

Hab. South Brazil, Rio Grande do Sul (Mus. Druce).

Fam. Arctiade.

Automolis trovas, sp. n.

Female.—Head, antennee, collar, tegule, and thorax white,
tegule streaked with pale brown; abdomen chrome-yellow,
the sides and underside white ; a white spot on the first and
second segments of the abdomen. Primaries pale greyish
brown, the costal margin edged with white; a large hyaline
spot beyond the cell, edged with a waved white line, which
extends from the costal margin almost to the inner margin,
the apex white: secondaries pale whitish brown, the outer
margin bordered with darker brown from the apex to the
anal angle, the inner margin yellow; a large round brown
spot at the end of the cell; the fringes of both wings pale
brown.

Expanse 2 inches.

Hab. South Brazil, Rio Grande do Sul (Mus. Druce)-

Fam. Cyllopodida.

flavinia superba, sp. n.

Male.—Head, antennz, and thorax black ; collar chrome-
yellow ; abdomen yellow; anus and legs black. Primaries
chrome-yellow, the costal margin, apex, and outer margin
deep black, the end of the cell black : secondaries chrome-
yellow, edged with deep black from the apex to the anal
angle. Underside the same as the upperside.

Expanse 1? inch.

Hab. Peru, Cuzco (Mus. Druce).

A very distinct species allied to Flavinia alcidamia, Druce,
from Ecuador.

198 Mr. H. Druce on some

Darna conscita, sp. n.

Male.—Head, antenne, collar, tezule, thorax, and abdomen
black; legs black. Primaries deep chrome-yellow, the apical
third of the wing deep black; the inner margin black,
broadest in the middle: secondaries black, slightly greyish in
the cell; the fringes of both wings black.

Expanse 13 inch.

Hab. Peru, Chanchamayo, Upper Rio ‘Toro (Mus. Druce).

A very distinct species of which both sexes are alike.

Devara semidolens, sp. n.

Male——Head white, collar black; tegule black, streaked
with white; thorax and abdomen black, a white line down
the middle from the base to the anus; the underside of the
abdomen greyish white; legs black, streaked with white.
Primaries black ; a wide white streak from the base almost to
the middle of the wing; a square white spot nearest the
apex ; the fringe black: secondaries cream-colour, broadly
bordered with black from the apex to the anal angle. Under-
side: primaries very similar to the upperside, but with the
costal margin and apex greyish, crossed by black veins:
secondaries yellowish white, with all the veins black, slightly
dusky at the apex.

Expanse 1? inch.

Hab. Peru, Upper Rio Toro, Chanchamayo (Mus. Druce).

This species is allied to Devara chepta, Druce.

Fam. Lasiocampide.

Ormiscodes fornaz, sp. 0.

Male.—Head, collar, tegule, thorax, and abdomen black,
the abdomen clothed with long greyish hairs ; the legs black ;
antennee yellowish brown. Primaries pinkish brown, thickly
irrorated with grey scales; the base, a large elongated spot
about the middle of the costal margin, and a round spot at
the lower corner of the cell all black; the fringe reddish
brown: secondaries blackish brown, broadly bordered with
_ pinkish brown, irrorated with grey scales; a submarginal,
narrow, dark brown line extends from the apex to the anal
angle. Underside of both wings uniformly grey-brown,
crossed about the middle by a narrow greyish-white line.

Expanse 42 inches.

Hab. South Brazil, Rio Grande do Sul (Mus. Druce).

This species is “allied to Ormiscodes thliptophana, Felder,
from the Amazons.

new Species of Lepidoptera. 199

Fam. Notodontida.

Rosema lucia, sp. n.

Male.—Head and tegule green ; antenne and thorax pale
fawn-colour ; abdomen above bright orange-red, the under-
side yellowish white; the underside of the thorax and legs
reddish. Primaries whitish green, with a black dot at the
end of the cell surrounded with white; a white streak on the
inner margin close to the base; fringe green: secondaries
white, shaded with yellow along the inner margin; the
fringe white. The underside of the primaries greenish white,
the costal margin bright orange-red nearly to the apex ;
secondaries white.

Expanse 1? inch.

Hab. 8. Brazil, Rio Grande do Sul (JZus. Druce).

Rosema vitula, sp. n.

Male.—Head, antenne, and thorax brown; tegule green;
abdomen brownish white; legs pale brown. Primaries dull
green, the costal margin white; fringe green: secondaries
white. Underside of both wings greenish white, the costal
margin of the primaries yellow

Expanse 14 inch.

Hab. Venezuela, Merida (Mus. Druce).

Rosema eurytis, sp. n.

Male.—Head white ; antennae, thorax, and abdomen brown ;
tegule green; legs whitish brown. Primaries dark green,
the costal margin white; a white spot in the cell; the apex
and part of the outer margin dark brown: secondaries dark
brown, whitish close to the base; the fringe of both wings
brown. Underside yellowish white, much clouded with dark
brown.

Expanse 14 inch.

Ilab. Venezuela, Merida (Mus. Druce).

Fam. Noctuide.
Lycophotia atristriata, sp. n.
Female.—Head, thorax, and tegule black, tegule edged
with fawn-colour; antenne black trom the tip to “beyond the
middle, the base fawn- colour ; abdomen pale tawn-colour, the

anal segments the darkest ; underside of the abdomen and
legs blackish brown. Primaries fawn- -colour, striped with

200 Mr. H. Druce on some

black from the base to the outer margin ; fringe fawn-colour :

secondaries greyish white, shaded at the apex with pale

brown; the outer margin brown; the fringe greyish.
Expanse 13 inch.

Hab. Brazil, Parana (Mus. Druce).

Euthisanotia semiviridis, sp. n.

Ma/e.—Head, antenne, collar, tegule, thorax, and abdomen
black; a white line on the upperside of the abdomen, ex-
tending trom the base to the anus, the underside banded with
white, the legs black. Primaries olive-green, broadly bordered
with black ; two fine white lines extend from the apex round
the outer margin to the base of the wing; a rather large
dentated white band nearly crosses the wing beyond the cell
almost to the inner margin; the veins near the base of the
wing irrorated with white; the fringe black, excepting near
the anal angle, where it becomes greyish: secondaries dark
grey, broadly bordered with black, the veins black and the
fringe white. The underside very similar to the upperside,
but whiter, and the black marking more distinct.—The female
almost identical with the male.

Expanse, ¢ 12, 2 2 inches.

Hab. Peru, Cuzco (Mus. Druce).

Richia carnea, sp. n.

Male.—Head, antenne, collar, tegulee, and thorax reddish
fawn-colour; abdomen above whitish fawn-colour, palest at
the base; underside of the thorax, abdomen, and _ legs
reddish fawn-colour. Primaries reddish fawn-colour, with
four black spots along the costal margin; a short greyish
streak from the base of the wing, with two small black dots
on the upperside of the streak; the fringe reddish fawn-
colour: secondaries pure white, the fringe white.

Expanse 1? inch.

Hab. Chili (Edmonds, Mus. Druce).

Timora albiseriata, sp. n.

Male.—Head, collar, tegule, and thorax pale yellowish
cream-colour ; abdomen and legs rather darker ; the anal tuft
yellow. Primaries cream-colour, clouded with pink from the
base to the middle; a rather wide pink band, edged with
white on the inner side, extends from the apex to the inner
margin near the anal angle; the fringe cream-colour: second-
aries nearly white, slightly shaded with yellow at the apex

new Species of Lepidoptera. 201

and round the outer margin.—emale very similar to the
male, but slightly darker in colour.

Expanse, 3 ¢, 2 inch.

Hab. West Africa, Gambia (Mus. Druce).

Timora metarhoda, sp. n.

Female.—Head, antenne, collar, tegule, thorax, abdomen,
and legs brownish yellow. Primaries dull yellow; a narrow
pink line extends from the base of the wing to the end of the
cell; asmall white dot in the middle of the cell ; a pink band
enclosing a row of minute white dots crosses the wing from
the apex to the middle of the inner margin; the fringe pink:
secondaries pale brownish yellow, shaded with pink from the
apex to the anal angle; the fringe white.

Expanse 1 inch,

Hiab. W. Atrica, Gambia (Mus. Druce).

Thyria eubotes, sp. n.

Male.—Head, antenne, thorax, and tegule dark brown;
abdomen pale brown; legs brown; the underside of the
thorax whitish. Primaries dark brown, with several very
minute golden spots at tle end of the cell and a row of small
golden spots at the apex; between the end of the cell and the
anal angle are several very indistinct small black spots; the
fringe dark brown : secondaries chrome-yellow, very broadly
bordered with black ; the fringe yellowish brown. The under-
side of the primaries uniformly reddish brown, with several
small white dots along the costal margin ; secondaries very
similar to the upperside, but slightly greyish along the costal
margin.

Expanse 1 inch.

Hab. Columbia, Minca, 2000 feet (Mus. Druce).

Thyria meres, sp. 0.

Male.—Head, antenneze, collar, tegule, and thorax brown;
abdomen yellow, brown on the underside; a central row of
brown scales extends from the base to the anus; the anal tuft
black ; legs reddish brown. Primaries dark brown, crossed
from the costal to the inner margin with paler brown waved
lines ; a large cluster of silver spots at the end of the cell and
at the apex: secondaries yellow, bordered with blackish
brown. Underside of the primaries pale brown, yellow at
the base ; several white dots at the anal angle: secondaries
pale yellow, with the costal margin, apex, and outer margin

202 On some new Species of Lepidoptera.

greyish brown; the fringe yellow.—Female very similar to
the male, but considerably darker in colour on the underside.
Expanse, ¢ 2, 13 inch.
Hab. Colombia, Minca, 2000 feet; Ecuador, Sarayacu
(C. Buckley, Mus. Druce).

TLhyria scione, sp. n.

Male.—Head, antenna, collar, tegule, thorax, abdomen,
and legs pale reddish brown. Primaries pale reddish brown,
crossed by pale brown lines; a cluster of silvery-white spots
at the end of the cell and a large silvery-white spot at the
apex, below which are several smaller silvery-white spots :
secondaries white, bordered with pale reddish brown. Under-
side: primaries and secondaries silvery white, the costal
margin of the primaries shaded with pale reddish brown.

Expanse 1545 inch.

Hab. Antioquia, Frontino (Salmon, Mus. Druce).

Thyria phraortes, sp. n.

Female.—Head, antenne, and thorax brown ; collar and
tegule grey; the abdomen black, the base yellow ; underside
of the thorax white; legs greyish brown. Primaries brown,
the outer margin dark blackish brown; the cluster of silver
spots at the end of the cell Y-shaped; a large silvery-white
spot at the apex, with some very minute ones along the outer
margin; the fringe blackish brown: secondaries yellowish
white, the outer margin bordered with black. Underside of
the primaries dark brownish grey; the costal margin and a
submarginal row of spots white; secondaries white, clouded
with black at the anal angle and partly round the outer
margin; the fringe white. :

Exxpanse 13 inch.

Hab. §.E. Brazil, Rio Grande do Sul (Mus. Druce).

Fam. Pyralide.
Subfam. Currsaverna.

Anisothriz nobilis, sp. n.

Male.—Head, antenne, tegule, and thorax pale pinkish
brown; abdomen blackish brown; legs dark brown. Pri-
maries dark brown, crossed from the costal to the inner margin
by two curved purplish-brown bands, edged with black and
white lines; the fringe brown: secondaries black, streaked

Mr. W. L. Distant on Reduviide. 203

with purplish brown near the anal angle; a submarginal
white line on the outer margin nearest the anal angle; the
fringe blackish brown.

Expanse 1} inch.

Hab. British Guiana, Bartica (Parish, Mus. Druce).

Chrysauge eutelva, sp. n.

Male.—Head, collar, tegulee, and thorax bright yellow;
antenne, abdomen, and legs pale yellowish brown. Primaries
bright yellow, crossed from the costal to the inner margin by
two fine black lines—the first nearest the base, the second
beyond the cell; the costal and outer margin edged with
black ; the fringe blackish brown: secondaries bright yellow,
the marginal line and a submarginal line extending from the
costal margin near the apex to the anal angle both black ;
the fringe black.—Female similar to the male, but with the
abdomen yellow.

Exxpanse, ¢ 1345, 9 12 inch.

Hab. §. Brazil, Rio Grande do Sul (Mus. Druce).

Chrysauge citrina, sp. n.

Male.—Head, antenne, collar, tegule, thorax, abdomen,
and legs chrome-yellow. Primaries and secondaries chrome-
yellow, the primaries not quite so bright in colour as the
secondaries ; the fringes of both wings pale whitish yellow.—
Female very similar to the male, but considerably paler in
colour.

Expanse, ¢ 13, 2? 1% inch.

Hab. 8. Brazil, Rio Grande do Sul (Mus. Druce).

XXIII.—Rhynchotal Notes—XVI. Heteroptera: Family
Reduviide (continued), Apiomerine, Harpactorine, and

Nabine. By W. L. Distant.

THIS communication concludes the examination of Walker’s
descriptions of genera and species in the family Reduviide.
All have been allocated with the exception of two examples,
viz. Reduvius pubicollis and Prostemma tarsalis. Both are
unique—the first without a locality, the second a carded
specimen ; further material is therefore required before an
accurate determination can be attempted.

204 Mr. W. L. Distant on Apiomerine.

A PIOMERINE.

Genus APIOMERUS.
Apiomerus apicalis.

Apiomerus apicalis, Burm. Handb. ii. p. 232 (1835).
Apiomerus subapicalis, Walk. Cat. Het. vill. p. 72. n. 28 (1873).

Apiomerus nitidicollis.

Apiomerus nitidicollis, Stal, En. Hem. ii. p. 99 (1872).
Apiomerus pulchripes, Walk. Cat. Het. viii. p. 72. n. 26 (1873).

Apiomerus lituratus.

Apiomerus lituratus, Stal, En. Hem. ii. p. 99 (1872).
Apomerus lituratus, Walk. Cat. Het. vill. p. 71. n. 23 (1873),

It is probable that Stal, on his visit to the British Museum,
affixed his MS. name to this species, which he afterwards
descriptively published as above. Walker presumably found
the name and also described the species. Walker’s type
represents the variety in which the abdomen beneath is
fuscous and the apices of all the femora and the posterior
tibiz and tarsi are ochraceous.

Apiomerus amazonus.

Apiomerus amazonus, Stal, En. Hem. ii. p. 99 (1872).
Apiomerus bipunctatus, Walk. Cat. Het. viii. p. 70. n. 19 (1878).

Apiomerus geniculatus.

Apiomerus geniculatus, Evichs. in Schomb. Reis. Guiana, iii. p. 613
(1848) ; Stal, En. Hem. ii. p. 96 (1872).
Apiomerus lateralis, Walk. Cat. Het. viii. p. 71. n. 24 (1878).

The form described by Walker differs from the descrip-
tion of Erichson only in the colour of the connexivum,
which is spotted with sanguineous, in some examples almost
wholly sanguineous. ‘The same variation, however, is to be
found in the allied species A. nigrilobus, Stal, the small
white spots of the connexivum also sometimes being replaced
by sanguineous.

Apiomerus proteus.

Apiomerus flavipennis, Stal, Efy. Vet.-Ak. Forh. 1855, p. 188.
Apiomerus proteus, Stal, En. Hem. ii. p. 96 (1872).
Apiomerus tarsalis, Walk. Cat. Het. viii. p. 72. n. 27 (1873).

Mr. W. L. Distant on Harpactorine. 205

Genus AMAUROCLOPIUS.
Amauroclopius ornatus sp. n.

Black, finely greyishly pilose; margins of pronotum nar-
rowly, and two large discal inwardly converging fasciz on
posterior lobe, disk and apex of scutellum, base of rostrum,
and some spots at base of femora, luteous; a discal spot on
hemelytra near base of membrane, spots to connexivum above
and beneath, apices of femora, bases of tibiae, apices of inter-
mediate and posterior tibiee, and anal segment, sanguineous ;
anterior angles of pronotum tuberculously spinous, spines
luteous, directed upward and forward; anterior femora long
and curved, membrane passing apex of ablomen.

Long. 19 millim.; exp. pronot. angl. 6 millim.

Hab. Interior of Brazil (Brit. Mus.).

Genus HENIARTES.

Heniartes productus.
Heniartes productus, Stal, ifv. Vet.-Ak. Forh. 1866, p. 248.
Apiomerus xanthospilus, Walk. Cat. Het. viii. p. 71. n. 22 (1873).
Walker omitted to describe the following characters in his
type :—Anterior tibia black for more than half their length
and apices of posterior tibiz also black.

HarpPacToRiIna.
Genus HARPACTOR.

Harpactor fuscipes.

Reduvius fuscipes, Fabr. Mant. Ins. ii. p. 312. 33 (1787).
Harpactor bicoloratus, Kirby, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xxiv. p. 120

(1891).

Har pactor marginatus.

Reduvius marginatus, Fabr. Ent. Syst., Suppl. p. 196. n. 12 (1798).
Sycanus ? militaris, Kirby, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xxiv. p. 119 (1891),

Harpactor picturatus, sp. n.

Head black, ochraceous beneath and at the apical lateral
margins ; rostrum ochraceous, second and third joints piceous,
base of second joint ochraceous; pronotum ochraceous, the
anterior lobe sanguineous, its base and central longitudinal
sulcation black, its anterior angles and margin ochraceous ;
scutellum black, apex and apical margin ochraceous; corium
sanguineous, a central marginal spot and the apex black ;

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xi. 15

206 Mr. W. L. Distant on Harpactorine.

clavus and membrane bronzy-brown ; body beneath and legs
ochraceous, anterior and central areas of meso- and metasterna,
margins of abdominal segments, lateral marginal abdominal
spots, upper surfaces of anterior and intermediate femora, a
cential spot and apex above of posterior femora, tibiz, and
tarsi black ; a sanguineous marginal spot on fourth, fifth, and
sixth abdominal segments; antenne mutilated. First and
second joints of the rostrum subequal in length or second
slightly longer than the first ; ante- and postocular portions
of the head about equal, or postocular area slightly longer
than the anteocular area; membrane extending considerably
beyond abdominal apex ; "head very little shorter than pro-
notum ; posterior pronotal lobe much longer than anterior
lobe.

Long. to apex of membrane 13 millim.

Hab. Brit. East Africa: Machakos (S. LZ. Hinde, Brit.
Mus.).

Allied to 7, rapae, Stal.

Harpactor ornatellus, sp. n.

Pale luteous; head above, antenne, apex of rostrum,
transverse constriction and central suleation to anterior lobe
of pronotum, basal area of scutellum, apical angle of corium,
a line on each side of head beneath behind eyes, disk and a
transverse spot at base of mesosternum, margins of abdominal
segments, apices of femora, the tibia, and tarsi black; lateral
apical margins of head ochraceous ; abdominal segments
beneath w ith broad, transverse, sanguineous fasciz. Rostrum
with the second joint longer than the first ; ; head shorter than
pronotum ; posterior pronotal lobe nearly twice as long as
the anterior lobe ; membrane considerably passing abdominal
apex.

Long. to apex of membrane 13 millim.

Hab. East Africa: Ruwenzori (Scott Elliot, Brit. Mus.).

Harpactor flavus, sp. n.

Posterior lobe of pronotum and body beneath pale luteous ;
head above, antenne, rostrum, a fascia on each side of head
beneath behind eyes, anterior area of prosternum, disks of
meso- and metasterna; coxe, and legs black; abdomen
beneath with black, lateral, segmental, transverse fascie,
sometimes with only two or three black marginal spots ;
scutellum black, with the apex luteous; corium brownish
ochraceous or pale piceous ; membrane bronzy brown; con-

3
nexivum luteous, spotted with black. Rostrum with the

Mr. W. L. Distant on Harpactorine. 207

second joint much longer than the first ; postocular portion of
the head a little longer than the anteocular portion; head
about as long as the pronotum; posterior pronotal lobe not
quite twice as long as anterior lobe.

Long. to apex of membrane 10-11 millim.

Hab. Hong Kong (Brit. Mus.) ; Burma (Coll. Dist.).

Allied to H. nigricollis, Dall.

Harpactor chersonesus, sp. n.

Black ; anterior margin and posterior lobe of pronotum,
head beneath, sternum, cox, and abdomen luteous; disk of
posterior lobe of pronotum macularly infuscate; sternal and
abdominal segmental margins black; apical marginal area of
the corium dull reddish ; membrane semihyaline, piceous at
base ; antenne piceous, first joint (excluding base and apex)
brownish ochraceous; rostrum piceous, its second joint
ochraceous at base and longer than first joint; head about as
long as pronotum, the postocular longer than the anteocular
portion.

Long. 10 millim.

Hab. Penang (H. N. Ridley, Brit. Mus.) ; Burma (Coll.
Dist.).

In some specimens the posterior pronotal lobe is unicolorous,
the disk not macularly infuscate; the width of the pale
frontal margin to the anterior pronotal lobe is variable ; in
one specimen from Burma the femora are obscurely dull
ochraceously biannulate,

Genus VESBIUS.
Vesbius nitidus.
Apiomerus nitidus, Walk. Cat. Het. viii. p. 70. n. 20 (1873).

The type is without locality, but I have received the
species from North Borneo.

Genus GRAPTOCLOPIUS.
Graptoclopius helluo.
Reduvius helluo, Stal, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1863, p. 39.

In his diagnosis of this species (type in Brit. Mus.) Stal
omitted to include the anterior legs with the other details he
described as “ lutescentibus.”’

Graptoclopius pallescens, sp. n.

Head, antennz, rostrum, pronotum, and anterior legs
15*

208 Mr. W. L. Distant on Harpactorine.

reddish ochraceous; apex of first and the whole of the
remaining joints of antennz, scutellum, corium, membrane,
connexivum, cox, intermediate and posterior legs, lateral
areas of meso- and metasterna, and anal segment of abdomen
black ; two somewhat broad annulations to intermediate and
posterior femora, head, sternum, and abdomen beneath
luteous ; apices of intermediate and posterior tibia brownish
ochraceous. Body pilose; head and pronotum prominently,
and legs, especially basal areas of tibize, longly pilose ; discal
suleation to pronotum distinct and profound; head longer
than posterior lobe of pronotum. In fresh specimens the
disk of the corium is suffused with cretaceous white.

Long. 18-20 millim.

Hab. New Guinea; Dorey; Ké Islands (Wallace, Brit.
Mus.).

Genus BIASTICUS.
Biasticus Horsfieldi, sp. n.

g. Black; a lateral spot on each side of head in-
front of eyes, head beneath, posterior margins of first and
second abdominal segments, linear spots to connexivum above
and beneath, lateral margins of apical abdominal segment,
and anterior margin of anal segment luteous; margins of
third, fourth, and fifth abdominal segments brownish ochra-
ceous ; antennee piceous, first joint (excluding base and apex)
brownish.

?. Abdomen with about the apical fourth sanguineous.

Head with the postocular portion a little longer than
the anteocular; first joint of the rostrum a little shorter _
than the second; anterior pronotal lobe profoundly centrally
sulcate, posterior lobe distinctly ridged on anterior disk ;

body and legs finely pilose; femora obscurely apically
nodulose.

Long. 104 millim.
Hab. Java (Horsfield, Brit. Mus.).

Genus SPHEDANOLESTES.
Sphedanolestes subflaviceps.
Harpactor subflaviceps, Sign. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1860, p. 965; Leth. &
Sev. Cat. Gén. Hém, t. 11. p. 162 (1896).
Reduvius gulosus, Stal, Hem. Afr, iii. p. 91 (1865),
Sphedanolestes bicoloripes.

Reduvius bicoloripes, Dist. Trans, Ent. Soc. 1881, p. 106.
Harpactor bicoloripes, Leth. & Sey. Cat. Gén. Hém. t. iii. p. 158 (1896).

Mr. W. L. Distant on Harpactorine. 209

Sphedanolestes melanocephalus.

Reduvius ? melanocephalus, Stal, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1863, p.39. (Type
in Brit. Mus.)

Sphedanolestes signatus, sp. n.

Black; disk of posterior lobe of pronotum, lateral areas of
prosternum, connexivum, and abdomen beneath pale creamy
luteous ; corium luteous, with the veins black ; membrane
pale bronzy. Postocular portion of the head much longer
than the anteocular portion; second joint of the rostrum
much longer than the first; head about as long as the pro-
notum; posterior pronotal lobe broadly sulcated, anterior
lobe finely deeply sulcate; posterior pronotal angles sub-
prominent, rounded.

Long. to apex of membrane 83 millim.

Hab. 8. India: Utakamand (Atkins. Coll., Brit. Mus.).

Sphedanolestes stigmatellus, sp. n.

Black ; anterior area of posterior pronotal lobe, lateral area
of corium, posterior margin of prosternum, anterior coxa, and
disk of abdomen beneath sanguineous ; head beneath, a spot
near both the intermediate and posterior coxe, abdominal
margin, and a submarginal series of large subquadrate spots
very pale luteous; the abdominal margin black at incisures
on posterior half and the submarginal spots margined with
black. Greyishly pilose; head about as long as pronotum ;
second joint of rostrum considerably longer than the first ;
sulcation to anterior lobe of pronotum profound, posterior
lobe broadly and much more obscurely sulcate.

Long. § millim.

Hab. §. India: Utakamand (Atkins. Coll., Brit. Mus.).

Sphedanolestes incertis, sp. n.

Black ; lateral margins of head between eyes and bases of
antennz, anterior pronotal lobe, lateral and basal margins of
posterior pronotal lobe, narrow lateral and apical margins to
corium, marginal spots and sometimes lateral margin above
and beneath to connexivum, head beneath, coxe, and tro-
chanters sanguineous. Second joint of rostrum much longer
than first; head a little shorter than pronotum; posterior
disk of pronotum centrally sulcate, in some specimens obscurely
sulcate; body and legs pilose ; femora somewhat obscurely
nodulose near apex.

Long. 15-16 millim.

310 Mr. W. L. Distant on Harpactorine.

Hab. China: Kualun, N.W. Fokien (J. de La Touche,
Brit. Mus.) ; Kiukiang (Pratt, Brit. Mus.). Japan (Lewis,
Coll. Dist.).

In some specimens the lateral areas of the anal abdominal
segment are sanguincous.

Sphedanolestes funeralis, sp. n.

Black; trochanters sanguineous. Hlongate, hirsute ;
second joint of rostrum longer than the first; head a little
shorter than pronotum, the anteocular portion about as long
as the postocular portion ; posterior lobe of pronotum finely
but distinctly sulcate, the posterior angles rounded ; mem-
brane passing the abdominal apex. ‘The colour above is
somewhat opaque ; on the under surface and legs it is shining
with an indigo tint.

Long. 163 millim.

Hab. Kashmir (Brit. Mus.).

Sphedanolestes elegans, sp. n.

Luteous; anterior lobe of pronotum, disk of scutellum,
corium (sometimes only veins to corium), coxe, anterior and
intermediate femora pale sanguineous ; head above, antenne,
second and third joints of rostrum, suleation to anterior pro-
notal lobe, a broad subapical fascia to abdomen above and
beneath, apices of femora broadly, bases of intermediate and
posterior femora narrowly, narrow central annulation to
posterior femora, and lateral margins of scutellum, black ;
membrane piceous, its apex fuliginous.

Var.— Posterior femora wholly black ; head beneath and
first joint of rostrum pale sanguineous.

First joint of rostrum a little shorter than the second ;
postocular portion of the head a little longer than the ante-
rior portion; sulcation to anterior pronotal lobe profound,
disk of posterior lobe distinctly but less profoundly sulcate ;
femora distinctly sulcate near apices.

Long. 15-16 millim.; exp. pronot. angl. 5 millim.

Hab. Brit. East Africa: Samburu (C. S. Betton, Brit.
Mus.).

S phedanolestes ornatellus, sp. n.

Ochraceous ; head above, antenne, second and third joints
of rostrum, sulcation to anterior pronotal lobe, margins of
scutellum, membrane, central area of abdomen above and
beneath, posterior femora, bases and apices of intermediate
femora, apices of anterior femora, tibiz, tarsi, and narrow

Mr. W. L. Distant on Harpactorine. 21¥

basal fascia to abdomen, black. First joint of rostrum shorter
than the second ; ante- and postocular portions of head about
equal in length ; suleation to central pronotal lobe profound,
posterior pronotal lobe distinctly but less profoundly sulcate ;
femora distinctly sulcate near apices.

Allied to the preceding species (S. elegans), but, apart from
colour-differences, the lengths of the ante- and postocular
portions of the head are relatively different.

Long. 16 millim.; exp. pronot. angl. 43 millim,

flab. German East Africa (Capt. Atkinson, Brit. Mus.).

Genus VELINUS.
Velinus parvus, sp. n.

Dull dark ochraceous; head above (excluding eyes and
base), antenne, rostrum (excluding apex), corium (excluding
extreme base), membrane, tibiee, and apical halves of femora
indigo-black. Pronotum strongly centrally sulcate; legs
hirsute; tibiae narrowed towards apex; femora strongly
nodulose before apex; first joint of antenne about as long as
head and pronotum together.

Long. 12 millim.

Hab. Borneo: Sarawak (She/ford, Brit. Mus.).

Genus H @MATOCHARES.
Hematochares longiceps.
Prostemma longiceps, Walk. Cat. Het. vii. p. 137. n. 25 (1873).

Genus HoMALOSPHODRUS.

Homalosphodrus abdominalis, sp. n.

Bluish black; abdomen castaneous, basal segment and
somewhat large stigmatal spots black; first and second joints
of antenne, head beneath between eyes, and a subapical
annulation to posterior femora luteous; base and apex of
first joint of antenne narrowly black ; second and third joints
of rostrum castaneous; apex of membrane fuliginous and
considerably passing apex of abdomen, Head very elongate,
about as long as pronotum and scutellum taken together ;
first joint of antenne a little longer than head,

Long. 20 millim.

Hab. Cambodia (Mouhot, Brit. Mus.).

212 Mr. W. L. Distant on Harpactorina.

Genus SYCANUS.

Sycanus collaris.

Reduvius collaris, Fabr. Spec. Ins. ii. p. 880 (1781).

Sycanus leucomesus, Walk. Cat. Het. viii. p. 84. n. 31 (1873).
Sycanus fulvicornis.

Sycanus fulvicornis, Dohrn, Stett. ent. Zeit. xx. p. 99 (1859).

Sycanus caliginosus, Walk. Cat. Het. viii. p. 86. n. 37 (1873).
Sycanus annulicornis.

Sycanus annulicornis, Dohrn, Stett. ent. Zeit. xx. p. 98 (1859).

Sycanus invisus, Walk. Cat. Het. vill. p. 87. n, 38 (1878).
Sycanus dichotomus.

Sycanus dichotomus, Stal, GEfy. Vet.-Ak. Forh. 1866, p. 277.

Sycanus turbidus, Walk. Cat. Het. viii. p. 86. n. 36 (1878).

Sycanus versicolor.

Sycanus versicolor, Dohrn, Stett. ent. Zeit. xx. p. 96 (1889).
Sycanus miles, Walk. Cat. Het. viii. p. 86. n. 35 (1878).

Genus COLPOCHILOCORIS.

Colpochilocoris horrendus.

Yolinus horrendus, Walk. Cat. Het. viii. p. 79. n. 8 (1878).

Colpochilocoris fasciativentris, Reut. Act. Soc. Sc. Fennic. xii. p. 284
(1881).

Genus YOLINUS.
Yolinus glagovie.

Yolinus glagovie, Dohrn, Stett. ent. Zeit. xx. p. 95 (1859).

Yolinus rubrifer, Walk. Cat. Het. vill. p. 78. n. 6 (1878).

Walker writes that his species may be separated from the
one described by Dohrn “ by the red hue on both surfaces of
the sides of the abdomen and by the wholly black femora.”
The first character I take to be a misreading of Dohrn and
the second is erroneous, as the posterior femora in the two
specimens described by Walker are distinctly annulated.

Yolinus conspicuus, sp. n.

Black ; connexivum with the fifth and sixth segments
bright ochraceous; disk of abdomen beneath dull sanguineous;
antenne with the basal joint biannulated with ochraceous ;

Mr. W. L. Distant on Harpactorine. 913

posterior femora narrowly and obscurely annulated with
fuscous a little before apex.

Allied to Y. baro, Stal (type in Brit. Mus.), but with the
pronotum broader and its posterior angles not subnodulose ;
connexivum much more widely dilated; body and legs dis-
tinctly greyishly pilose.

Long., 9, 24 millim.; max. abd. exp. 13 millim.

Hab. Tavoy (Atkins. Coll., Brit. Mus.).

Yolinus Mouhott, sp. n.

Black ; pronotum (excluding disk of anterior lobe) and
corium (excluding apex) creamy white, densely pilose ; lateral
dilated lobes of the fifth and sixth abdominal segments pale
luteous; abdomen beneath with a double stigmatal series of
small whitish spots; femora with a luteous annulation before
apices ; second joint of rostrum reddish ochraceous ; antennee
piceous, basal joint biannulated with ochraceous. Basal joint
of antenne a little longer than head, which has the postocular
portion considerably longer than the anteocular portion ;
abdominal margins lobately and inwardly produced, the
lobations strongly inwardly convex ; legs somewhat strongly
pilose, the femora subapically nodulose.

Long. 17-19 millim.

Hab. Cambodia (Mouhot, Brit. Mus.).

Genus EULYES.
Eulyes sanguinolentus, sp. n.

Black; apex of head from antenniferous tubercles, basal
joint of rostrum, anterior pronotal lobe, basal margin and
lateral angles of posterior lobe, large subquadrate spots to
connexivum above and beneath, posterior area of prosternum,
coxee, trochanters, bases and apices of femora, and the apices
of the tibie sanguineous or bright reddish ochraceous ; an-
tennze mutilated. Basal joint of rostrum short, not reaching
eyes; head about as long as the pronotum; ante- and _post-
ocular portions of head about equal in length ; pronotum with
the disk broadly sulcated; abdomen with small greyishly
pilose stigmatal spots, its lateral margins broadly and
upwardly dilated.

Long. 33 millim. ; max. abd. exp. 11 millim,

Hab. Tondano (Wallace, Brit. Mus.).
[To be continued. ]

- 214 Mr. R. I. Pocock on

XXIV.—Some Arachnida collected by Mr. G. W. Bury in
Yemen. By R. I. Pocock.

Mr. G. W. Bury, who made a collecting-expedition,
organized by Mr. W. R. Ogilvie-Grant and the Hon. Walter
Rothschild, into the Amiri District of the Upper Haushabi,
S. Arabia, at an altitude of about 5000 feet, sent home
recently a small instalment of Arachnida, which contained so
many new and interesting forms that I have considered it
worthy of special notice. He is particularly to be congratu-
lated upon the capture of specimens of five new species of
Solifugee, and upon the rediscovery of the genus Monccen-
tropus, hitherto known only from Sokotra.

Order SCORPIONES.
Genus NEBO, Sim.
Nebo hierichonticus (Sim.).

Hemiscorpio hierichonticus, Sim. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1872, p. 255.

Subsp. pallidimanus, nov.

Legs and chelicere a pale lemon-yellow; chele the same
colour, except for the fingers and the keels on the hand and
other segments, which are deep blackish brown.

Loc. E) Kubar and Gerba.

The typical form of this species from the Jordan Valley is
described by Simon as shining black, with reddish-brown
legs. ‘This description nearly fits the S.-Arabian form to
which Simon gave the name flavipes (Ann. Mus. Genoy.
xviii. p. 249, 1883). Of this, the British Museum has
many examples from Aden and its neighbourhood, collected
by Col. Yerbury and the Marquis G. Doria, and from Muscat,
collected by Dr. A. J. Jayakar and Mr. F. W. Townsend.
Amongst these are co-typical examples of flavipes, received
from the Genoa Museum. They differ from palhdimanus in
having the trunk darker, the chele very dark brown, scarcely
paler than the trunk, and the legs deep ruddy brown.

Genus HETEROMETRUS, Hemp. & Ehrb.
Heterometrus fuscus, Hemp. & Khrb.

Heterometrus fuscus, Pocock, Aun, & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) vi. p. 363
(1900).

Loc. Dthala. A single example of the Syrian species was
collected.

some Arachnida from Yemen. 2109

A form from Beirut described by Simon as //. maurus,
var. berytensis (Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1884, p. 192), which I
overlooked in the aboye-cited paper on Heterometrus, and
which is also omitted from the ‘ Tierreich,’ apparently differs
from /, fuscus in having the femur of the chela smooth
above.

Genus Buruus, Leach.
Buthus scaber, Hemp. & Ehrb.

Subsp. dimidiatus, Simon.
Buthus dimidiatus, Sim. Ann. Mus. Genoya, xviii. p. 244 (1883).
Loc. Dthala and El Kubar.

Common in S. Arabia and Perim Island.

The typical form of scaber from Arkiko, in Abyssinia,
apparently differs from the Arabian form described by Simon
in the much paler colour of the dorsal side of the trunk,

Order SOLIF UG Ak.
Genus GALEODES, Oliv.

Galeodes Granti, sp. n.

? .—Colour., Head infuscate, paler in the middle, darker
than the yellowish mandibles, which have two weakly fuscous
stripes; palpi and legs pale, only the femora tinted with
brown ; terga of carapace and abdomen brownish.

Width of head in adult approximately equalling length of
tibial (penultimate) segment of palp, and the same segment
of the fourth lee. Upper and lower Jaws of mandible with
one minor tooth; sometimes a trace of a second minor tooth
on the lower jaw.

Palp with its femur spined beneath, apparently as in
G. arabs; the patella armed beneath with seven or eight pairs
of very long spines, for the most part alternately longer and
shorter, the longer being slightly thicker than the shorter.
Tibia armed beneath with eleven pairs of spines: the six
corresponding to those found in the male shorter than the
others, but mostly exceeding the height of the segment; the
rest, corresponding to the long sete found in the male, much
longer but scarcely thinner than the others, ‘Tarsi of second
and third legs typically armed with 1, 2, 2, 2 spines, the
distal pair being on the distal segment; tarsus of fourth
with 2, 2, 2,2 spines typically, sometimes an extra basal
spine in front; terminal segment always without spines.

$ .—Colour. Head and abdomen rather darker than in the

216 Mr. R. I. Pocock on

female ; femora and proximal portion of tibia of legs and palpt
also rather darker. Patella of palp with five pairs of very
long spines beneath, and some shorter and thinner intermediate
ones ; tibia (penultimate segment) with six pairs of spines,
shorter than the diameter of the segment, its lower surface
entirely free from small, erect, cylindrical or fusiform bristles.
No modified bristles on the fifth sternal plate of the abdomen.
Bristles on tarsus of fourth leg as in G. arabs; flagellum
scarcely expanded in its terminal portion, which is longer
than the basal portion and evenly pointed. |

Measurements in millimetres.— 2. Total length 44; width
of head 18; length of palp 54, its patella 17, tibia 13;
length of fourth leg 72, its patella 17, tibia 13.

3. Total length 44; width of head 12; length of palp 76,
its patella 26, tibia 18; length of fourth leg 86, its patella 20,
tibia 16.

Loc. El Kubar. One male and three females.

For the present it will suffice to point out that the male of
this species resembles those of G. citrinus, Poc. (Ann. &
Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xvi. p. 81), from Jask, and G. nigri-
palpis, Poc. (Faun. British India, Arachn. p. 144), from Omara,
which are nearly related, in the entire absence of short fusi-
form bristles on the lower side of the penultimate segment of
the palp. From both it differs in the colouring of the palp.
The first-mentioned character serves to distinguish it from
Egyptian forms of G. arabs, which, apart from the coloration
of the palp, it otherwise approaches. The female differs
from that of G. arabs and G. citrinus in the equality in
thickness between the spines and spiniform sete on the tibia
of the palp.

Genus RHAGODES, Poc.

Rhagodes Rothschildi, sp. n.

3 .— Colour. Mandibles yellowish white proximally, becom-
ing gradually reddish brown distally; head black; terga of last
two somites of cephalothorax yellowish white; abdominal terga
1-6 black, 7-9 pallid, 10th or anal black, rather paler close
to the anus; sides and ventral surface of abdomen yellowish
or greyish brown; palpi and legs uniformly pallid, with the
tarsi and distal half of the tibie (penultimate segment) of
the palp and first leg reddish brown; malleoli and coxe
uniformly pallid. Width of head equal to patella +4 the
tibia of the palp, to patella +3 the tibia of the fourth leg,
to patella +4 the tibia of the third leg. Pa/p nearly twice and
a half the width of the head in length.

some Arachnida from Yemen. 217

@ .—Resembling the male in colour and structure, but with
relatively shorter appendages. Width of head equal to
patella +3 tibia of palp and to patella+tibia of fourth leg.

Measurements in millimetres.— 8. Total length 25; width
of head 9; length of palp 21, of first leg 18, second 17,
third 21, fourth 30.

?.—Total length 37; width of head 10; length of palp
19-5, first lee 15-5, fourth leg 24.

Loc. El Kubar.

Resembling the Persian species R. nigriceps, Poc., in the
coloration of the head and mandibles, but differing in the
coloration of the abdomen. In the last particular it comes
nearest to the Panjab species R. semiflava, Poc., and the
Transcaspian 2. melanopyga, Walter, but differs from both
in the coloration of the mandibles and carapace.

Rhagodes Bury?, sp. n.

? .—Mandibles coloured as in the last species, but richer
yellow; head rich yellow, and ornamented with a median
black stripe involving and as wide as the ocular tubercle in
front, and gradually widening posteriorly to equal, on the
posterior margin of the head, the width of the thoracic
tergites ; the latter jet-black ; tergal plates and dorsal area
ot lateral membrane of abdomen jet-black; anal segment
black ; ventral surface of abdomen brown, darker posteriorly ;
palpi and legs coloured as in L. Rothschild: ; coxe also pale as
in the latter, but the malleoli marginally infuscate. Relative
proportions as in the female of R. Rothschildi.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 30; width of
head 7; length of palp 15, of first leg 11, of fourth 19.

Loc. Dthala.

Easily distinguishable by its coloration from all hitherto
described species.

Genus Dasta, C. Koch.

Desia laminata, sp. n.

g¢.—Colour. Head pale brownish laterally and in front,
pallid in the centre; tubercle black ; mandibles pallid, un-
striped ; palpi infuscate, penultimate segment nearly black,
tarsus and basal half of femur pale; third and fourth legs
infuscate, with distal and proximal ends pale; thoracic seg-
ments and abdomen pale.

Mandible : upper jaw with false basal articulation, slender,
straightish, slightly curved downwards apically, armed on

218 Mr. R. I. Pocock on

its distal half externally with about six denticles, of which
the first is larger and quadrate, and internally with one
denticle ; of the six cheek-teeth visible from the outer side
the first and second are long and strong, twice as long as
the others, which are subconical; lower jaw armed with only

a. Left mandible of Desia laminata; outer side. 6. Flagellum of the
same, its posterior end uppermost, its dorsal edge to the right.

two widely separated largish teeth, one near the base, the
other midway between it and the terminal fang. Flagellum
posteriorly narrow and pointed, gradually tapering; its basal
portion furnished dorsally and anteriorly with a laminate
expansion, which is fringed, as shown in the annexed figure (6).

Palp with penultimate segment armed beneath with three
external and four internal longish spines.

Abdominal sterna normally hairy.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length of body 13,
palp 17°5, third leg 11:5, fourth leg 23.

Loc. Dthala.

Distinguishable from all known species by the form of the
flagellum and the dentition of the jaws.

Desia sabulosa, sp. n.

9 .—Colour. Head, mandibles, and legs almost a uniform
yellowish brown, only slightly darker here and there where
infuscation commonly occurs; palp with the penultimate
segment deeply infuscate, nearly black, contrasting forcibly
with the pale colour of the two segments at either end of it.

Palp entirely without spines.

Mandible: first tooth of upper jaw much smaller than
second, which is subequal to the fourth, the third or inter-
mediate tooth nearer to the fourth than to the second; lower jaw
with its principal teeth widely separated, one intermediate
tooth nearer the second than the first tooth.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 13; width of

some Arachnida from Yemen. 219

head 8; length of palp 12, its two distal segments 4°8,
fourth leg 1°7.

Loc. Dthala. One female specimen.

In the coloration of the palpi this species resembles
D. Simoni, from Obok (see Kraepelin, Das Tierr., Solifuge,
p. 99, fig. 70), but is entirely different in the dentition of the
mandibles. ‘The coloration of the palpi serves to distinguish
it from D. tunetana, subsp. yemenensis, Simon, collected at
Aden, which it apparently resembles in dentition.

Order ARANE Zt.

Specimens of only three species of Arachnomorphe were
in the collection, namely, an example of Ocyale atalanta,
Aud., from Dthala, two examples of Sparassus Walckenaerit,
Aud., from El Kubar, and one of a species of Thomisus J do
not recognize, from the Azraki Hills.

Family Aviculariide.
Genus Monocentropus, Poe.

Monocentropus longimanus, sp. n.

3 .—Colour a uniform sooty mouse-brown.

Carapace shorter than tibia of palp, about as long as that
of the first or fourth leg, slightly longer than the protarsus of
the first, very distinctly shorter than that of the fourth ;
anterior median eyes distinctly larger than anterior laterals,
which are themselves larger than the posterior laterals; the
latter subequal to the posterior medians.

Legs 4,1, 2,3; fourth exceeding first by half the length of
its tarsus ; femur of third thicker than that of the other legs;
protarsi with from one to three inferior apical spines ; tibia of
first and second with a pair of inferior apical spinules, of
third and fourth unarmed ; scopule on protarsi of first and
second not reaching the base of the segment; tarsal scopula
of fourth basally divided; first leg unmodified, tibial spur
low, with pectination of spines.

Palp wnspined, very long, overlapping by its tarsus the
tibia of the first leg ; femur as long as that of the second leg ;
tibia cylindrical, more than twice as long as patella, a little
longer than that of the first or fourth leg, but shorter than
the protarsus of the latter; tarsus of normal form and length ;
palpal organ short, about as long as the tarsus; bulb piri-
form, gradually narrowing where it passes into the style, which
shows a slight sigmoid flexure when viewed from the front.

220 Mr. R. I. Pocock on

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 24; length of
carapace 10, of palp 27, of first leg 41, second 37, third 35,
fourth 44.

Loc. El Kubar.

Up to the present time the genus Monocentropus was re-
presented by a single species, M. Balfouri, Poc., known only
from Sokotra. The discovery of the genus in Arabia is
most interesting. ‘The Arabian species is much smaller than
the Sokotran, has uniformly coloured legs and exceptionally
long palpi.

XXV.—Deseriptions of Four new Arachnida of the Orders
Pedipalpi, Solifuge, and Aranee. By R. I. Pococr.

1. A NEW SPECIES OF PEDIPALP OF THE GENUS
HerEroPHRrrnvs.

Genus HETEROPHRYNUS, Poc.

Since writing the descriptions of the two new species of
Heterophrynus which appeared in the ‘ Annals’ for March
of last year, a fresh consignment of material from §. America
has brought two additional specimens of H. armiger, one
from Butim in N. Ecuador, the other from the River Durango,
N.W. Ecuador. Both of these substantiate the constancy of
the characters upon which the species was based, one of the
specimens being peculiarly interesting in this connection
on account of its immaturity. In addition to these, another
well-marked species of the genus was received from Peru.
This I propose to diagnose and describe as follows :—

Heterophrynus elaphus, sp. n.

Colour of carapace and chele deep reddish brown; legs
paler yellowish red, without annulations.

Carapace, chele, and femora less coarsely granular, outer
and upper side of “‘ hand” smooth, except for a few granules
at its proximal end on the outer side; chele short, shorter
than in any known species except H. alces, the femur much
shorter than the width of the carapace, the tibia as long as
its width, femora of legs about twice the width. All the
spines on the chele long; femur armed with five spines as in
H. cervinus, armiger, and alces, and with four below as in
cervinus, and progressively decreasing in length from the

Four new Arachnida. 2?1

proximal to the distal end of the segment, but owing to the
shortness of the femur the distal spine lies near its distal end,
not close to its middle as in HZ. cervinus ; the length of the
proximal spine, the longest of the series, is equal to half the
length of the upperside of the femur ; tibia armed with six
spines above and five below, as in H. cervinus, H. alces, and
H armiger, and, as in armiger and alces, the two distal
spines on the upperside are shortish, slender, and subequal
in thickness and strength (in cervinus the ultimate is much
stronger than the penultimate); on the underside the second
and third spines from the distal end are much the longest of
the series and equal ; in H. cervénus the second spine from the
distal end is shorter and thinner than the ultimate and
much shorter than the third or antepenultimate. In alces
and armiger the row of spines is practically the same as
in H, elaphus, except for the presence of an additional spine
between those that are the third from the proximal and
the second from the distal end; the first long spine on the
upperside of the tibia is about its own length from the
proximal end; the tibia weakly bowed, about four times
as long as high, and rather less than twice the length
of the hand. Hand spined as in HL. armiger, the inferior
proximal spine smaller than in Z/. cervinus ; much smoother
than in the latter,

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 32; width of
carapace 15, its median length 10°5; length of upperside of
femur of chela 11, of tibia 15, femur of second leg 32.

Loc. Marcapata Valley, E. Peru.

In the spine-armature of the chele this species is inter-
mediate between H. cervinus and H. armiger. The chele,
however, are much shorter and less coarsely granular than in
either of these species.

The only other species of this genus previously recorded
from Peru is H. gorgo of Wood (Tr. Am. Phil. Soc. xiii.
p- 440, pl. xxiv. fig. 1, 1869). This species is unknown to
me, but judging from the figure and description, neither of
which is good, it has the chele more granular and much longer,
the femur exceeding the width of the carapace by one fourth
of its length, the tibia exceeding it by one third of its
length. ‘The spines, moreover, are much shorter; on the
lower side of the femur there are five, of which the third
from the proximal end is longer than the second; there are
seven spines on the upperside of the tibia, two preceding the
first long spine. Width of carapace 16 millim.; length of
femur of chela 22, of tibia 25.

All these characteristics point to close relationship between

Ann, & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xi. 16

222 Mr. R. I. Pocock on

gorgo and the common lower Amazonian species, H. longicornis,
Butler—a fact which suggests that the locality on the label
was misread “ Peru” for “ Para.”

2, A NEW European Species OF SOLIFUGZ.

Genus Giuyia, C. K.
Gluvia Chapmant, sp. n.

3 .—Colour. Integument uniformly deep black on the
head, mandibles (with exception of the jaws, which are paler),
palpi, legs, and dorsal and ventral surfaces of the abdomen—
the genital segment, malleoli, and coxz of the appendages
alone being pale.

Right mandible of Gluria Chapmani; inner side.

The whole of the integument covered with a thickish coat-
ing of stiff, short, erect hairs of a dirty yellow colour, which
releves the blackness of the integument beneath.

Dentition of mandible apparently as in G. dorsalis, although

the intermediate tooth of the under jaw lies far back behind
the anterior large tooth, and not midway between the two
large teeth as represented in Kraepelin’s drawing ; the upper
jaw with its dorsal edge not evenly arched from base to
point, but abruptly narrowed distad from the flagellum (see

figure).

Flagellum (see figure) with its dorsal and ventral edges over-
folded; the lower edge with a deep and acutely angular ex-
cision, the borders of the excision and of the lower edge distad
from it pectinate; the distal fourth of the upper edge also
strongly pectinate, the pectinations interdigitating with those
of the corresponding area of the lower edge; the swivel-joint
of the flagellum remote from the rounded extremity of the fla-
gellum, and lying about one fourth of the length of this organ
trom that end of it. In G. dorsalis, according to Kraepelin,
only the dorsal border of the flagellum is overfolded, the ventral
border is strongly rounded in its proximal half and abruptly
narrowed distally, the constriction being rectangular in form ;

Four new Arachnida. 223

the margin, moreover, appears to be without the pectinations
which are so conspicuous in G. Chapmant.

Total length 13 millim.

Loe. Spain: Bejar (7. A. Chapman). A single male
example.

In addition to the structural features pointed out above,
this new species differs from the only other species of the
genus known up to the present time in being uniformly black
in colour. G. dorsalis, of which Mr. G. C. Champion has
collected female examples for the British Museum, in Spain,
has the head and mandibles yellow.

3. A NEW GENUS AND SPECIES OF TRAPDOOR SPIDER
FROM MADAGASCAR.

Genus FoRSYTHULA, nov.

Resembling the aberrant genus Diplothele, of which I have
seen no examples, in the retention of only a single pair of
spinners and other characters. The principal differences be-
tween the two may be expressed as follows :—

a. Thoracic fovea procurved, semilunar (sec. Simon) ; eyes

of the anterior line, at least in the female, forming a

quadrangle much wider in front than behind, the

distance between the anterior median eyes only half

as great as that between the anterior laterals; the

anterior laterals and posterior laterals forming the

angles of a parallel-sided quadrilateral ............ Diplothele.
6. Thoracie fovea straight, transverse; eyes of anterior

line forming a four-sided figure which is almost a

square, being only slightly wider in front than behind;

the quadrilateral formed by the anterior and posterior

laterals nearly or quite twice as wide behind as in

UI” ye dee 0s et TOE OIRO ne a ice oan Forsythula,

The discovery of this new genus is a valuable addition to
our knowledge of Trapdoor Spiders, both from a systematic
and faunistic standpoint. Its nearest ally, Drplothele, which
hitherto held the unique distinction amongst the Bary-
chelidze of being the only genus in which the spinning-
mammille of the anterior pair have atrophied, contains two
known species—one described from Orissa in India *, the
other from Ceylon}. ‘The discovery of the nearest ally of
this genus in Madagascar is therefere interesting, especially
as no kindred form has yet been met with in Africa. Also
in view of the probable derivation of most of the fauna of

* D. Walsh, O. P.-Cambridge, P. Z.S. 1890, p. 621, pl. liii. figs. 1-1 2,

+ D. Halyi, Simon, Hist. Nat. Araign. i. p. 123 (1892).
TG

224 Mr. R. I. Pocock on

the Afro-Mascarene continent from northern sources, it is
important to bear in mind that, judging from the arrange-
ment of the eyes, Diplothele is a more primitive type than
Forsythula.

Hitherto no genus of Barychelidz, the almost cosmopolitan
family to which the two genera here discussed belong, has
been recorded from Madagascar. In fact, the only members
of the Mygalomorphe known from this continental island
were Encyocrates (a genus of Aviculariide related to the
other genera composing the tropical African, Sokotran, and
South Arabian group of the Eumenophorine), two genera of
Dipluride related to 8. African forms, one of Ctenizide allied
to an Australian genus, and some genera of tree trapdoor
spiders of the group Migidee—a group which at the present
time is confined to Southern Africa, Madagascar, and Austral-
asia (Tasmania, New Zealand) *, and must be regarded

as affording evidence of a former land-connexion between
these countries.

Forsythula Majort, sp. n.

9 ad.— Colour. Carapace castaneous; legs and sternum
yellowish brown ; abdomen ashy black, without pattern.

Carapace raised and longitudinally convex in front of the
fovea, considerably longer than patella + tibia or than tarsus +
protarsus of fourth leg; anterior lateral eyes a little more
than their long diameter apart; anterior medians scarcely a
diameter apart, and rather more than their diameter from the
anterior and posterior laterals; outer edge of the posterior
medians about on a level with that of the anterior laterals,
the four forming a quadrilateral which is, if anything, slightly
wider behind than in front.

Mandible with rastellum composed of straight, not curved,
spines; armed below with a single inner row of seven or
eight teeth and at most a few denticles towards the basal
extremity. Labdéwm unarmed; maxille with about nine to
eleven small irregularly arranged cusps.
small, marginal.

Palpi and anterior two pairs of legs unspined, only one or
two stout setee on the tibia of the palp beneath apically ;
tarsi and protarsi of the legs subequal, scopulate, the protarst
scantily so, no clavate spines on the tarsi; third leg with
some small short spines on the anterior side of the patella and
tibia, protarsus unscopulate, with two or three strong and

Sternal sigilla

* T have recently learnt from Mr. H. R. Hogg that M. Simon has a
genus of this group from Chil,

Four new Arachnida. 225

long spines in front and one behind, also longer and shorter
spiniform sete below, sometimes a spine on the front of the
tarsus, which is laterally scopulate beneath ; fourth leg with
protarsus unscopulate, tarsus weakly scopulate; the former
armed with a few short spines beneath apically, and with a
small comb of spines on its posterior side beneath.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 10; length of
carapace 9, first leg 9, fourth 11.

Loc. Madagasear: Ambohimitombo, in the Tanala District
(C. I. Forsyth Major).

So far as what may be regarded as specific features are
concerned, this species differs apparently from the two known
species of Diplothele in the uniform dark colouring of the
abdomen, the greater height and convexity of the carapace,
the shortness and straightness of the teeth of the rastellum,
the larger number and irregular arrangement of the maxillary
cusps, and especially in the spine-armature of the third and
fourth legs,

4. A NEW TREE TRAPDOOR SPIDER FROM MALTA.

Genus NemesrA, Aud.
Nemesia arboricola, sp. n.

? .— Colour. Carapace uniformly fusco-castaneous, man-
dibles a little darker; legs uniformly yellowish brown;
abdomen uniformly fuscous.

Carapace scantily hairy ; head high. yes of anterior line
strongly procurved, anterior edge of medians noticeably
behind the posterior edge of the laterals; the two laterals on
each side separated by a wide space quite equalling the
diameter of the anterior medians, which are a little smaller
than the anterior laterals ; rastellum confined to inner angle
of mandible, consisting of about twelve stout spines. Labium
with two or three cusps; mazi/la with five in a single row.

Pa!p with tarsal scopula divided, the area apically spined ;
protarsal scopule of first and second legs entire, tarsi apically
spined beneath ; tibia of first and second legs armed externally
with two, beneath with a row of four external spines and
one internal apical, the protarsus with two basal, two apical,
and one additional external spine beneath and three internal ;
tibia of palp with three pairs of inferior spines; tarsus with a
pair of inferior basal spines.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 24; leneth of
carapace 7, first leg 15, fourth leg 19.

Loc. Malta (Rev. C. Redman, S.J.).

226 Mr. O. Thomas on

Structurally this species of Nemesia may be distinguished
by the wide space separating the lateral eyes and the presence
of a few cusps on the labium. In the strong procurvature
of the eyes of the anterior line it resembles the Chinese
N. sinensis, Poc. (P. Z. 8. 1901, p. 212).

The most remarkable feature connected with it, however,
is the habit of constructing its dwelling on the trunks of trees
instead of burrowing in the ground like the species of the
genus hitherto discovered.

The nest much resembles that of Moggridgea and other
allied genera. It consists of a subcylindrical silk tube,
stiffened and concealed with chips of bark and other debris.
‘The largest measures 52 millim. in length and 15 in width.
The shape of the tube, however, is not constant. The door
is fairly thick and strong, somewhat bevelled towards the
margin, and fits into the orifice when closed. One of the
nests contained the carcase of a fly and the leg of a bee

belonging, as I learn from Col. Bingham, to a male of the
genus Anthophora.

XXVI.—New Species of Oxymycterus, Thrichomys, and
Ctenomys from S. America. By OLDFIELD THOMAS.

Oxymycterus questor, sp. 0.

One of the large reddish forms allied to O. nasutus, but
larger.

Size fairly large. Median dorsal area yellowish tawny,
heavily lined with black, gradually passing on sides and
rump into deep reddish tawny, and from that again on the
belly into rich ochraceous, the hairs slaty grey at their bases.
Crown and middle line of face more heavily black-lined than
the back. Cheeks like sides. Lars rather large, their fine
hairs uniformly blackish. Front of forearms and upper
surface of hands brown; inner surface of arm dull greyish
buffy, a marked dark brown patch on each wrist. Legs dark
rufous; upper surface of feet brown. Tail finely haired,
blackish throughout.

Skull long and narrow, markedly narrower in the brain-
ease than in the more northern O. hispidus. Muzzle long,
narrow, parallel-sided; the nasals elongated, broadened, and
slightly retroussés. Palatal foramina reaching to the level of

the first third of m!; posterior nares level with the back
of m’.

new Species of Oxymycterus and Thrichomys. 227

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—

Head and body 140 millim. ; tail 100; hind foot, s.u. 30,
Gall, O45 ear 22,

Skull: greatest length 39°5; basilar length 29°7; zygo-
matic breadth 16°2 ; nasals, length 16°5, breadth anteriorly
4-4; interorbital breadth 6:15; brain-case breadth 14:5;
palatal length 15; palatal foramina 8:4; diastema 9:5;
breadth of palatal bridge 4°8 ; length of upper molar series 5:8.

Hab. Serra do Mar, 8.E. Brazil. Type from Roga Nova,
Parana, altitude 1000 m.; other specimens from Santa
Catherina (Lhering) and Theresopolis, Rio Janeiro (Goeldz).

Type. Female. Original number 692. Collected 2nd
November, 1901, by Mr. Alphonse Robert.

This species, coloured quite like O. nasutus, Waterh.,
differs from that by its larger size, from O. hispidus, Pict.,
of Bahia, by its smaller size and narrower brain-case, and
from O. rostellatus, Wagn., from “‘ Brazil,” by various cranial
details, of which the most tangible is its more elongate palate,
that species having its posterior nares level with the back of
the second molar.

Thrichomys Fosteri, sp. n.
J 7» 3]

Closely allied to the only known species of the genus,
7. apereoides, from Lagoa Santa, but darker in colour, with
blacker tail, broader palatal foramina, and larger bullz.

Size as in 7’. apereordes, or slightly larger. General colour
of whole upper surface grizzled ‘ broccoli-brown,” the hairs
light slate basally, darkening distally towards the drab sub-
terminal ring, their extreme tips black. Sides palerand more
drab. Under surface sharply defined white, the hairs pale
slaty at their bases, except in the inguinal region, where they
are wholly white; a band across the chest greyish brown.
Head like back above, a small, sharply defined, elongate
white patch above eye, another below it, and a third at the
outer base of the ear. Lipsand chin white. ars practically
naked, their few fluffy hairs greyish. Outer sides of arms
and legs like body, or rather more cinereous; inner sides
white; centre of metapodials brown, edges, and fingers and
toes, white. Tail furred and coloured lke the body for its
basal inch, then above it is completely black across its whole
breadth to the tip; below the proximal half is greyish,
gradually darkening to black distally. In Z. apereotdes the
black forms a comparatively narrow line above, and the
light of the lower surface extends further towards the tip.

Skull very similar to that of 7’. apereoides, but rather

228 On a new Species of Ctenomys.

heavier throughout. Nasals and interorbital region broader,
and the latter more heavily ridged. Palatal foramina much
wider and more open, half as broad again as in the allied
species. Bullee considerably larger and more inflated.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—

Head and body 276 millim. ; tail 206; hind foot, s. u. 43,
cu. 47°5; ear 24.

Skull: greatest length 57:5; basilar length (¢:) a42e
greatest breadth 29-5; nasals 19°3x 7 ; interorbital breadth
13:2; palate length 20:4; palatal foramina TLx5:435 dia-
stema 11; length of bulla 13°3; upper molar series 9,

Hlab. Sapucay, Paraguay.

Type. Old male. Original number 851.
September, 1902, by Mr. W. Foster.

‘“¢ Trapped among tumbled rocks.”

The discovery by Mr. Foster of this Paraguayan species of
Thrichomys is an exceedingly interesting one, as the genus is
excessively rare, and has been recorded hitherto from one
locality only, Lagoa Santa, where Lund obtained his “ Echimys
apcreotdes,” afterwards renamed by him Nelomys antr

icola,
under which term it is described in Winge’s ‘ Rodents of
Lagoa Santa.’

Collected 2nd

Four specimens.

The British Museum is indebted to the authorities at
Copenhagen for one of the specimens described by Dr.
and I have therefore been able to make
between the two forms.

Winge,

a direct comparison

Ctenomys Azar, sp. n.

Size medium, about as in C. tucwmanus and mendocinus.
General colour uniform brown (between “ wood-brown ” and
fawn-colour) above and pale buffy below, without darker
markings on the upper surface or white patches below, the

only variation being that the top of the muzzle is slightly
darker than the rest.

Skull in general shape most like that of C. mendocinus,
comparatively narrow

and slender, not flattened and squared
as in C. tucumanus, or thickened throughout as in C. Perrensi,
Nasals short and narrow. Interorbital region ridged, with
rudimentary postorbital processes; parietal ridges more marked
than in the allied species. Zygomata sloped backwards
gradually to the broadest point, instead of being evenly
rounded as in mendocinus, or square-shouldered as in tucu-
manus. Palatal notch level with the hinder edge of m?,
instead of with its centre as is more usual. Bulle much
more swollen than in either of the other species mentioned,

On a new Coleopterous Insect. 229

Molars comparatively small, broad, and rounded in section,
their enamel running almost completely round them, instead
of failing for a larger or smaller gap at their antero-external
and postero-internal corners. Last upper molar nearly half
the area in cross section of m’?,

Dimensions of type (measured in spirit) :—

Head and body 158 millim.; tail 77; hind foot, s. u. 30,
c.u. 3d.

Skull: greatest length in middle line 42; basilar length
31°5; zygomatic breadth 26; interorbital breadth 8°5 ; least
breadth above bullae 17:2; greatest posterior breadth on
auditory meatus 262; palate length 20; diastema 12:3;
bulla, greatest length 15°5; breadth at right angles to the
greatest length, excluding meatus, 8°8.

Hab. Sapucay, Paraguay.

Type. Adult male, in spirit. Collected by Mr. W. Foster.
An imperfect skin also received.

This species is most nearly allied to C. mendocinus, Phil.,
of which topotypical specimens, collected by Mr. Bridges, are
in the British Museum, but differs by various cranial details,
of which the most obvious are the less cut out palate, the
larger bullze, and differently shaped teeth.

Ctenomys Azare is no doubt the Tuco-tuco whose history
is given in Azara’s famous work on the Mammals of Para-
guay; and it is with the greatest pleasure that I take
this opportunity for naming a species in honour of that
naturalist, for whom I have always felt the most sincere
admiration. No one who has read his book, as I have
again and again, can fail to be attracted by his character,
his natveté, and his genuine love of his subject, or to
admire the excellence and accuracy of his descriptions,
which, while innocent of technicalities, were better than any
others of his date, and indeed than many of those produced by
technical zoologists for half a century later,

XXVIT.—Deseription of a new Coleopterous Insect belonging
to the Curculionide. By CHArRLes QO, WATERHOUSE,
F.E.S.

A sHorT time ago I received from Mr. G. H. Carpenter, of

the Science and Art Museum, Dublin, some weevils which

were injurious to ferns in greenhouses. Whence these insects
came is not known, but they belong to the genus Syagrius of

230 On a new Coleopterous Insect.

Pascoe, and are therefore almost certainly Australian. The
species, which appears to be undescribed, I propose to call

Syagrius tntrudens, sp. n.

Elongatus, crassus, subparallelus, piceo-niger, parum nitidus, rugo-
sus; antennis tarsisque picels.
Long. 7-10 mm.

Rostrum gently arcuate, thick, with a fine median smooth
line and with a groove on each side above the antennal groove ;
the apex shining and finely punctured. I*orehead rugosely
punctured, with a well-marked impression in the middle.
Thorax with its broadest part in front of the middle, a trifle
narrower at the anterior angles than at the posterior; the
sides arcuate; the base exactly fitting the base of the elytra,
but a trifle narrower. The surface very uneven, consisting of
closely placed irregular obtuse tubercles, some of which are
shining. ‘The interspaces with very short brownish pubes-
cence. Elytra very convex, humped up at the suture, with
a slight constriction at the base, gradually widening from this
to the apical declivity, where they are as wide as the widest
part of the thorax. Apical declivity almost vertical. The
region of the scutellum and some irregular, rather oblique,
vermiculate impressions dull black. The rest of the surface
covered with very irregular more or less confluent tubercles,
which are themselves ornamented with very small shining
tubercles. Near the suture, just at the apical declivity, there
are two tubercles which are rather more prominent than the
others; these and some of the others have more or less
brownish hair on them. There are also some of these short
brown hairs just within the humeral angle. At the sides
there are two or three rows of elongate deep fovee.

The punctuation of the basal portion of the rostrum varies
very much. Some specimens have it closely and rugosely
punctured; in others the punctures are separated and the
surface is shining. This difference is no doubt sexual.

This species resembles S. fulvitarsis, Pascoe (Ann. & Mag.
Nat. Hist. xvi. 1875, p. 56), but the rostrum is less strongly
curved and the tubercles on the dorsal surface of the thorax
and elytra are much more numerous. In S. /ulvitarsis the
dull black surface is greater than that occupied by the tubercles;
in S. intrudens the reverse is the case.

The specimens vary very much in size. I am told by
Mr. A. M. Lea that Syagrtus is injurious to ferns, especially
to Adiantum, in greenhouses in Sydney.

Mr. M. Burr—WNotes on the Forficularia. 231

XXVIIE.—On a new Silver-Pheasant from Burma.
By EuGene W. Oates.

Genneus affinis, sp. n.

3. Similar to Genneus Williamst, Oates, but with the
sides of the lower neck and of the breast streaked with white.

The female is unknown.

This species may be separated from all the other members
of the genus by its brown legs, by the feathers of the lower
back and rump being both vermiculated and fringed with
white, the fringe and the first vermiculation being separated
by a distinct black band about as wide as the fringe, and by
the white streaks on- the lower plumage.

The type specimen, the only one at present known, was
shot by Captain W. G. Nisbett of the Military Police of
Upper Burma, near the Namli River, east of Myitkyina on
the Upper Irrawaddy River, at 2000 feet elevation.

XXIX.—WNotes on the Forficularia.—VII. Some hitherto un-
published Descriptions of new Species, by the late M. Auguste
de Bormans. By MAucoLm Burr, B.A., F.L.S., F.E.S.

WHEN the British Museum acquired the de Bormans col-
lection of Forficularia, it was found that a number of indi-
viduals were marked with manuscript names by de Bormans
himself. When the paralysis struck down my unfortunate
friend, I was lucky enough to acquire, together with many
duplicates from his collection, all his notes and manuscripts,
wuch of his correspondence, and last, but not least, his album
of drawings, containing an illustration of almost every species
that had passed through his hands. Among the notes are
descriptions of a number of species corresponding with the
MS. names referred to, the types of which are partly in the
British Museum, partly distributed among other Huropean
collections, the majority being in the Brunner collection, now
in the Hofmuseum, Vienna. As all these specimens were
determined by him, and labelled by him under these manu-
script names, I have retained them in every case.

My desire to publish these descriptions, in order to avoid
confusion in synonymy, in the event of other authors describ-
ing the same forms under different names, has been increased
by Mr. Kirby telling me of the forthcoming appearance of a
general catalogue of the Orthoptera, including the earwigs.

232 Mr. M. Burr—Notes on the Forficularia.

These descriptions, which are copied direct from the manu-
script of my late friend, I have not altered. I have confined
myself to writing in full the words which were abbreviated ;
the fact that many are merely notes, not actually in the final
form for publication, explains the condensation of the language
into almost telegraphic brevity in some instances ; apparent
faults in grammar can be explained as ellipses.

Some descriptions call forth further remarks upon the
species, which will be published in a later paper.

Pygidicrana papua, de Bormans, sp. n.

3. Long. corp. 29 mm., long. force. 7 mm.

(1*¢ groupe.) Téte plate, plus large que le pronotum,
testacé ocreux, sauf la bouche, le front’ jusqu’aux yeux et
une fine bordure latérale noire. Antennes de 32 articles, couleur
de la téte, sauf les 2 premiers bruns. Pronotum couleur de
la téte, une fine bordure antérieure, une petite stria contre le
milieu du bord postérieur et 2 points enfoncés bruns. Elytres
testacées, bord externe et sutural, une bande longitudinale
médiane brune. KEcaille alaire, moitié externe brune, moitié
interne testacée. Pattes testacées. Abdomen brun foncé,
avec une villosité jaune. Branches de la pince brun fonceé,
écartées a la base, triquétres, faiblement arquées, divergentes,
un peu dirigées vers le haut, pointes courbées en dedans,
la gauche un peu plus longues et plus droite; 2 contigues,
semblables.

Nouvelle Guinée. Coll. Brunner, no. 21,293 ¢, 21,668 9°.
Voisin de P. Daemelt.

Pygidicrana biaffra, de Bormans, sp. n.

3. Long. corp. 6 mm., fore. 7 mm.

brun de poix, couvert d’une villosité jaune; téte de méme
largeur que le pronotum; bouche, palpes, antennes (37
articles) bords latéraux (en triangle) du pronotum, écusson,
alles, pattes jaun de cuir pale. Branches de la pince triqué-
tres, contigues, creuses en dessus et larges a la base, faible-
ment arquées en dedans, assez courbées vers le haut a partir
du milieu (la droite un peu plus courbée et plus droite),
fortement recourbées en dedans avant les pointes. Bord
interne entiérement et tiés finement denticulé.

Kamerun. Coll. Brunner, no. 21,376.

Voisin de Daemelt.

Pygidicrana quadriguttata, de Bormans, sp. n.
3. Long. corp. 20°5 mm., fore. 3°5 mm.

Mr. M. Burr—WNotes on the Forficularia. 23a

Téte plate, terreuse; bouche, palpes et antennes de 26
articles ? jaune d’ocre, sutures distinctes. Pronotum aussi
long et large que la téte, bords arrondis; les #? antérieurs
terreux, avec un sillon longitudinal médian ; le + postérieur
bien séparé de la premiére portion par une ligne courbée
creuse, concave en arriére, et les cétés jaune d’ocre clair.

cusson assez petit, jaundtre. Elytres ayant une fois et quart
la longueur du pronotum, qu’elles débordent peu a la base ;
épaules arrondies, cOtés sinueux, concaves au milieu, puis
dilatés et convexes; bord postérieur ]égérement concave.
Elles sont d’un noir mat avec quatre taches demirondes, d’un
beau jaune orangé, une sur chaque épaule, une sur chaque
apex. eaille alaire peu saillante, jaune blanchatre. Pattes
jaune d’ocre claire. Abdomen brun, couvert d’une pubes-
cence blanchatre, en trapéze trés allongé jusqu’au dernier
segment dorsal; celui-ci est subcarré, son bord postérieur
assez échancré au milieu et de chaque cété au dessus de la
racine de la pince, un trés faible sillon longitudinal médian
n’atteignant pas le bord postérieur. Branches de la pince
d’un noir luisant, assez robustes, triquétro-arrondies, presque
contigues, un peu sinueuses, arquées dehors et vers le haut ;
pointes croisées, la droite plus courbée que la gauche.

S. Celebes, Bua Kraeng, 5000! (Fruhstorfer).

“Coll. mea. Groupe de Daemeli, pince g et 2? comme
chez les Psalis.”

Pygidicrana celebensis, de Bormans, sp. n.

g. Long. corp. 20°5 mm., forc. 8 mm.

Téte, antennes brun marron, palpes couleur cuir. Pro-
notum couleur cuir, cé‘és téstacés, tiers postérieur brun.
Ecusson, élytres couleur cuir. eaille alaire jaune clair
uniforme. Pattes testacées, cuisses avec 2, tibias avec une
raie longitudinale brune, peu marquée. Abdomen brun
marron, pubescence courte jaunatre de longs poils clairs en
bouquets sur les cétés; dernier segment dorsal rectangulaire,
uni, inerme, couleur de cuir, rougeadtre. Branches de la pince
dilatées, creuses en dessus et subcontigues 4 la base diver-
gentes et arquées en ellipse allongée jusque vers les 3 ot
elles sont renflées, de 14 4 l’apex trés peu écartées, pointes
contigues (forme marmoricrura, ¢ ).

S. Celebes, Bua Kraeng, 5000’. Coll. Brunner, no.
20,869.

Carcinophora boliviana, de Bormans, sp. n.

3+ Long. corp. 11°5 mm., fore. 4 mm.
‘Téte noire, antennes (il reste 15 articles) brunes, sauf les

234 Mr. M. Burr—WNotes on the Forficularia.

trois premiers, couleur cuir; pronotum, élytres (4 longueur
du pronotum), abdomen bruns; plis des 2™* et 3™° segments
faibles, mais distincts. Pygidium trés court, en lame échan-
crée. Pattes de la couleur de cuir. Branches de la pince
dun brun rouge, triquétro-arrondies, trés écartées a la base,
d’un brun rougeatre, un peu arquée et sinueuses, convergentes,
points contigues, aréte interne dilatéeen dedans aux 3? longueur,
en dent tres obtuse.

Songo (Bolivia). Coll. Brunner, no. 21,037. .

Anisolabis ? incerta, de Bormans, sp. n.

3 seul. Reste 11 articles aux antennes; couleur du corps
(voir dessin tiés exacte*) de forme singuliére. Les trois
parties du thorax également de forme particuliére ; corps en-
tiérement d’un brun de poix (sauf les pattes testacées branatre,
celles-ci plus gréles que de coutume). Corps tres fortement
pointillé. Tarses ordinaires, 1% article double du 3™°; 2°
trés petit, cylindrique, sans touffe de poils longs, le tarse tout
entier avec une villosité courte. @ ignota.

Dimensions.

TONG GON P 6 *. kre istond wks Pals oe - wile 6 2osmam
Beet SIT sy deaths en ek 9 2220" 5.
Se MANONGINNS . rsa 2. SP needa O:305 lee
by ea dadliew)) MECANS | wits ee 0-35" 5
= lb sser “abd: @ hot Bere Lane ee
sie LOLGUDISIC: F 7 str < Se ee 5) 3

Lat-oprons antec 2a Ne tste oe emt ee
+ Be MED OSs ce ccs etctenets eek elev gs 3S =
yr. MNESOD DOS mee ont eae Se et ee tae
5» selnetan. post. cite a. niste dug eines OU ona
ss) dabd,med sec near Se elie |) a
i lilt: SeeaN AMET E ip etetcee WEE iy
ayo m5 sees MOSUL MaP Reaptistae et. Stent OME rcs

Habitat. Loja (Equateur) (Simon). 1 @, coll. Bolivar.

Spongiphora Lewisi, de Bormans, sp. n.

Long. corp. 12 mm., fore. 8°5 mm.

Brun-noir, mat, antennes, tarses, abdomen, pince un peu
plus clairs, glabre. Il reste 14 articles antennaires. Pro-
notum long et large comme la téte, subcarré, bords postérieur
arrondis. Abdomen trés finement pointillé, ses cétés presque
paralléles ; dernier segment trapézoidal, plus étroit a l’apex,
un peu plus large que long, brun rougeatre, le bord postérieur

* (This, of course, refers to the “album.” The species is represented in
the British Museum and will be dealt with again later.-—M. B. |

Mr. M. Burr— Notes on the Forficularia. 235

bien rebordé. Bords postérieurs de chaque segment faible-
ment granulé. Pygidium bien saillant, convexe, trapézoidal
avec les angles postérieurs aigués et bien prononcés, jusqu’au
tiers, puis creusé en dehors en finissant en pointe conique
allongée. Branches de la pince bien écartées a la base, assez
greles, d’épaisseur & peu pres constante, subdroites et conver-
gentes jusqu’aux ? environ, ott elles se courbent un peu et se
croisent. Le bord interne offre quelques denticulations
espacées et trés faibles jusqu’a une petite dent située au dela
du milieu.

Hako (Japon), sur les arbres, 12.v.81 (@. Lewis).

[This male, the only known specimen, is now in the collec-
tion of the British Museum.—M. B.]

Labia flavicollis, de Bormans, sp. n.

3S. Vix convexa, glabra, capite levi, elytris alisque punctatis,
nigro-fuscis ; antennis, abdomine levi, forcipeque rufo-castaneis,
femorum dimidio basali fusco, dimidio apicali, tibiis tarsisque
necnon pronoto flavo-testaceis: forcipis crura robusta, inermia,
basi remota, intus dilatata necnon lateraliter depressa, subtri-
quetra, circularia, valde ante apicem decussata, apice summo
tantum mucronata. Q ignota.

Woe compote. ls Syoees 2s tae. (eo mnmM
SON SDEOHOM y Hak cs Petes roe ee COU. & 3
Spa ClpEOLAHUS las clnteraa one Ta OMON | %
Roy Paden es ee oss. Sas oe hee ee OOO) 55
Sp SEGESS MET SEG. Sollee tree ot OPAOr i
pees LOPE U Nees jee Ro Fi Se asolohe as 0:50) m5

Latit. pronoti<). 00... Soe hve ate’ 0-50 ,,
5 GLY EON 3 oy... % BY Sarat. OO +5,
mee AM etere TWAS Ao sea ieialsYs) cas ee
fem WAC RC EGE Vso 8 285.504 5.5637 pee Ur oa 5

g. Tout le corps de l’insecte est glabre, sauf quelque longs
poils isolés ca et 14, peu épais, 2 peine convexe.

Téte d’un noir brun, sauf la bouche plus pale, 4 peu prés
aussi large que longue; sans suture ni marque distincte ;
yeux non saillants; antennes (il reste dix articles) de forme
typique, d’un marron grisatre, uniforme.

Pronotum d’un jaune testacé, subcarré, de la longueur et
largeur que la téte; son bord antérieur légérement oblique
de chaque cété, en prolongement du cou bien visible; ses
angles arrondis, et hérissés de quelques longs poils noirs hori-
zontaux; ses cétés droits, paralléles, 4 peine ourlés, mais bien
relevés en gouttiére, surtout postérieurement. Les trois

236 Mr. M. Burr— Notes on the Forficularia.

quarts antérieurs de sa surface sont bombés au milieu, le
reste légerement déprimé.

Elytres d’un brun presque noir, ponctuées, plus longues
que le pronotum de la moitié de celui-ci, qu’elles débordent
de chaque cété de sa demi-largeur environ ; angles huméraux
trés arrondis ; cétés droits, paralleles ; bord postérieur coupé
obliquement de dehors en dedans.

Partie saillante des ailes de la couleur et de la consistence
des élytres; de la longueur du pronotum.

Pattes de forme typique, moitié basale des cuisses brune,
le reste, les tibias et les tarses d’un jaune testacé.

Abdomen d’un marron clair rougedtre, un peu dilaté au
milieu, plis des 24° et 3™° segments visibles mais seulement
a la loupe, et placés tout prés du bord latéral. Dernier seg-
ment subrectangulaire, deux fois aussi large que long, son
bord postérieur un peu sinueux ; au dessus de chaque racine
des pinces un petit tubercule; au milieu, pres du bord pos-
térieur, une trés courte impression longitudinale.

Pygidium visible seulement avec un tres fort grossisement,
en forme de bourrelet transversal, fendu longitudinalement
au milieu.

Penultiéme segment ventral assez grand, son bord posté-
rieur arrondi et prolongé au milien en une lame minuscule,
plaine et étroite.

Branches de la pince robustes, inermes, de la couleur de
l’abdomen ; chacune d’elles a la forme d’un quart de cercle ;

elles sont peu écartées, triquétres, fortement dilatées en
dedans et déprimées sur les cétés externes 2 la base ; puis
elles s’amincissent subitement, deviennent cylindriques et
s’entre-croisent bien avant apex, tout en conservant une
épaisseur uniforme jusqu’aux pointes brusquement aigués.

Habitat. Iles Samoa. 1 @, coll. Dohrn.

““ Note.—Cette espéce a la plus grande analogie avec la
Labia curvicauda, Motsch., elle n’en différe que par la couleur
du pronotum jaune, et non brune, les ailes trés longues; le
pronotum, les élytres et les ailes glabres, et peut-étre la
couleur des derniers articles antennaires ; malheureusement,
Vexemplaire unique que nous avons sous les yeux n’a con-
servé que 10 articles aux antennes, et comme la L. curvicauda
a précisément le 10™° on 11™° article bianchatre, je ne puis
établir la comparaison.”

Labia pulchripes, de Bormans, sp. n.

Glabra, nitida, fusco-castanea, capite lete coccino-aurantiaco, ore
oculisque nigris; antennis 15-articulatis, castaneis (art. 2 et 3

Mr. M.-Burr— Notes on the Forficularia. 937

rufis exceptis); pronoti margine laterali antice angustato, postice
latius, alis vix prominulis, femorum tibiarumque dimidio apieali,
tarsis testaceis: abdomen maris parum, femine valde medio
dilatatum: pygidium ¢ breve, transversum, trapezoidale, con-
vexum, declive, apice vix emarginatum, angulis posticis prominulis ;
© haud distinctum : forcipis crura castanea, inermia, mucronibus
parum acutis; ¢ sat gracilia, cylindrica, elongata, basi remota,
usque ad medium fere recta, necnon parallela, deinde arcuata,
apice decussata; Q robustiora, subrecta, basi contigua, deinde
vix divergentia, paullo ante apicem decussata.

Rene. COFPOFISs 1. os cye. s- oe 6°50 mm. 6-75 mm.
Sieg, DEGHUE fas -etts, «alm. 379 1 1 s 1 is
Pere CLYCTOCUM: ere s.e noes 1 5 Es eae
Se MCHIALGMA te chee ate cake hss Obs O15 >
,, ult. segm. abdom. ...... 0°25 ,, 0:50 ,,
Wg OROLCI PIS ghatr nis Uae ls 8 ot 225i ~, 2 zs

Bait, prouptirs 1.086089" eDoer. 1-25. f.
ay PUGyLEOrULER 3 2 Pfs 2S. L-SOFh, Bad" 3
. SAbdoMmyvmax © tas 6. . 2c 2h 2 i DO" zs
», ult. seg. dors. antice.... 1°50 ,, 1°55 ,,
ws 3 ey, SPOSWEE =: =) AEDs. 554 1°50 ,,

Téte plus longue que large, peu bombée, d’un beau rouge
carmine orangé, la bouche et les yeux noirs. Sutures fines
mais distinctes, yeux petits, peu proéminents. Antennes de
15 articles, bruns, sauf les articles 2 et 3 rougeatres, et les
5 derniers plus pales. Le 1° article assez long, tronconique,
et trés épais a l’apex, le 2% trés petit; le 3me de la longueur
du 1¢, mais beaucoup plus gréle, conique; le 4™* un peu
plus grand que le second, court, épais, tronconique ; les autres
croissent trés réguliérement en longueur et conservent une
forme conique bien marquée jusqu’aux 4 derniers plus minces
et presque cylindriques.

Pronotum subtrapézoidal un peu plus court que la téte,
son bord antérieur droit, & peine plus étroit que celle-ci, ‘ses
angles antérieurs aigués ; cétés droits, légérement divergents ;
bord postévieur droit, ses angles bien arrondis. Sa surface
est convexe, et d’un brun marron foncé sur une espace en
forme de V, dont la pointe touche le milieu du bord pos-
térieur, et dont chaque branche aboutit & un des angles
antérieurs du pronotum ; le reste est plat et forme une bordure
testacée plus large en arriére qu’en avant.

Elytres brun marron foncé, de la longueur du pronotum,
qu’elles débordent & peine de chaque coté; angles huméranx
arrondis ; cOtés droits, paralléles, bord postérieur droit.

Ailes & peine saillantes an dela des élytres, sous forme
d’une petite écaille transversale testacée.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xi. Ay)

238 Mr. M. Burr—JNoles on the Forficularia.

Pattes de forme typique; cuisses robustes, leur moitié
basale ‘brune, le reste, les tibias et les tarses testacés; les
tibias parfois rembrunis a leur base.
~ Abdomen d’un brun marron luisant; plis des 24 et 3me
segments bien distincts: ¢ peu convexe et médiocrement
dilaté au milieu; 9 tiés bombée et méme bossue et forte-
ment élargie au milieu. Dernier segment: ¢ extrémement
court, plat, subtrapézoidal, uni, avec une élévation a peine
visible, au dessus de chaque racine de la pince; ses bords
droits, Vantérieur un peu plus grand que le postérieur ;
? deux fois aussi long que celui du ¢, de méme forme mais
assez convexe, déclive, son bord postérieur un peu sinueux ;
il offre au milieu un gros point bien enfoncé; ses bords
latéraux sont hérissés de quelques poils épais et longs.

Pygidium: ¢ noir, saillant de la longueur du dernier
segment, en forme de trapeze 4 cétés arqués, convexe, déclive ;
le bord postérieur un peu échancré, les angles postérieurs
accusés. 9 non visible.

Peuultitme segment ventral ¢ et 2 trés court, arrondi
en are d’ellipse transversal, cachant entitrement le dernier
segment,

Dessous du corps semblable au dessus pour la couleur et la
consistence.

Branches de la pince d’un brun marron, un peu plus clair
gue l’abdomen, rondes, inermes, leurs points peu aigués.
3 assez giéles, allongées, d’une épaisseur uniforme, écartées
et & peine dilatées a la base; elles sont presque droits et
paraliéles jusqu’un peu avant le milieu, puis courbées régu-
ligérement en dedans jusqu’aux pointes entre-croisées: 9,
presque droites, plus robustes que celles du g, surtout ala
base, ot elles sont contigues ; puis elles s’écartent a peine et
diminuent graduellement de grosseur Jusqu’aux pointes, qui
sont courbées et se croisent ; le bord interne offre une crénelure
trés fine, visible seulement a la loupe.

1g,19,1nymphe g; coll. Dohrn. Australie boréale.

“ Cette espéce offre la méme distribution de couleur et la
forme générale de la Forficula oceanica, Blanch.,= F. Erich-
soni, Dohrn, = F. ruficeps, Erichson. Elle en différe par les
caractéres génériques ; la présence d’ailes, la taille plus petite,
le pygidium du ¢@ différent. Elle a beaucoup d’analogie
avec L. amana, Stal; elle en différe par le nombre et la
coloration des articles antennaires, la pince inerme chez_les
deux sexes.”

Labia Rogenhoferi, de Bormans, sp. n.

d. Rufo-testacea, tota fulvo-pubescens, elytris alisque fusco-nigris ;
pygidium productum, triangulo-cordiforme ; forcipis bracchia

Mr. M. Burr—Notes on the Forficularia. 2239

robusta, basi remota interque (?) breviter dilatata, inermia, sub-
recta, paullo ante apicem leviter incurva, triquetra, carinis
acutis. (2 ignota.)

Rone conporsy <2. ses akerieens: G 5°50 mm.
SPUR OWGEL IU wiaiet eleva hoe aeateee ig. sod 1
Se Wiely bres scot ron waitin aod 204 "=
ay lA cots te: > ta. sie bys Sn uses
Pe edit: BOOT anor pent eiey > « Leger | 5) Uae
eg LOT CUPS le pags op oss icuct aye: © Ay ne ea rhs
aie ROMOUIG pono iay ajeael «sep sts hac 1
Peep CLV AN get iat otctte: aie tiseh ogee ee ermal ee? 1G ae
Boe MUG SOM car ose atoll ete, «Oro ore Ree hos
<a abdom.-baslrics..« seis. cs Ae ae a! Es

Téte presque aussi longue que large, peu bombée, d’un
testacé fauve, les organes buccaux plus clairs ; sutures indis-
tinctes; yeux noirs, petits; antennes (il reste 14 art.) de
forme typique et de la couleur de la téte.

Pronotum de Ja couleur et de la Jargeur de la téte, dont il
est séparé par un petit cou bien visible; trapézvidal, aussi
long que large; bord antérieur droit, un peu plus étroit que
Ja postérieur, ses angles aigués munis chacun d’un_ petit
bouquet de 3 ou 4 poils longs et raides; c6tés droits, bord
postérieur presque droit, ses angles arrondis. La surtace de
la moitié antérieure est convexe au milieu, séparée des bords
postérieurs et latéraux largement aplatis, par une dépression,
les cOtés & peine relevés et rebordés.

Elytres un peu plus longues que le pronotum, qu’elles
débordent de chaque cété d’un quart de sa largeur environ, d’un
brun noir, ainsi que les ailes; angles huméraux arrondis,
cétés paralléles, bord postérieur coupé droit.

Partie saillante des ailes d’une longueur égale au quart du
pronotum,

Pattes de forme typique, d’une testacé brunatre.

Abdomen d’un testacé fauve, peu bombé, se dilatant
réguliérement du premier au neuviéme segment; plis ordi-
naires des 24 et 3™° segments presque indistinctes; dernier
segment rectangulaire, plus de deux fois aussi large que long,
ses bords droits; il est un peu déprimé a partir du bord
postérieur entre deux petits tubercules placés au dessus les
racines de la pince.

Penultiéme segment ventral assez grand, subrectangulaire,
avec les angles postérieurs arrondis, couvrant entiérement
le dernier.

Pygidium bien saillant, en forme de triangle, ou plutot de
coeur terminé par une petite pointe émoussée,

Dessous du corps un peu plus clair que le dessus.

240 Mr. M. Burr—WNotes on the Forficularia.

Branches de Ja pince de Ja couleur de ’abdomen, robustes,
Jisses, triquétres, avec les trois arétes trés accusées et tran-
chantes; elles sont écartées dans tout leur longueur, l’aréte
interne dilatée & Vextréme base, en une petite lame trian-
gulaire. Elles sont presque droites et se rétrécissent gra-
duellement et modérément jusqu’aux pointes peu aigués,
Jégérement recourbées dedans et distantes l’une de l'autre.

Toute la surface du corps est couverte d’une pubescence
fauve trés serrée, ressortant surtout sur la couleur foncée des
élytres et des ailes, qu’elles font paraitre comme veloutées.

Habitat, Equateur. 1g (Musée de Vienne).

Observation.

Cette petite espéce ressemble beaucoup au premier aspect &
Ja Labia minor, L. Voici les caractéres qui l’en distinguent
nettement :—

1°. Par les antennes de 14 articles unicolores (chez minor
10-12 art. pales a la base et & apex).

2°. Par la forme du pygidium du ¢.

3°. Par le penultiéme segment ventral coupé droit pos-
{érieurement et nullement prolongé en pointe.

4°, Par la pince a trois arétes, trés marquées, et absolument
lisse (chez L. minor arrondies et denticu!ées au bord interne).

[In another note, speaking of Labia equatoria, Burr, he
writes, “‘ Voisine de L. Rogenhofert (inédit), mais pygidium,
pince, etc. différents.’ ]

Labia tristis, de Bormans, sp. n.

Long. corp. 9 mm., fore. 455 mm., ¢.

Marron rougedtre, peu luisant, glabre. Téte bombée sans
sutures visibles ; antennes de 13 articles, bruns clair, sauf
les 2 premiers testacés. Pronotum de la largeur de la téte
et un peu plus foncé, subtrapézoidale (plus large postérieure-
ment), plus long que large, moitié antérieure bombée en forme
de coeur, bords relevés tiés étroits, plus clairs. Elytres trés
peu plus longues que le pronotum, qu’elles débordent peu,
couyées droites a Papex,d’un noirmat. Ailes nulles. Pattes
brun clair. Abdomen a cétés subparalléles, dernier segment
dorsal snbrectangulaire, plus large que long, avec une légére
courte subovale dépression au milieu du bord postérieur.
Pygidium tiés peu saillant, large subrectangulaire, apex
un peu creusé. Branches de la pince allongées, sub-
droites, écartées a la base, de celle-ci jusqu’un peu avant le
milieu triquétres, aréte interne dilatée en lame arquée, mince,

Bibliographical Notices. 241

terminée par une dent, puis elles sont cylindriques, avec deux
dents microscopiques a laréte interne, jusqu’aux pointes
contigues.

Nouvelle Calédonie.

Voisin de L. dolicha et L. mexicana, ete.; en différe par la
coloration de la forme de la pince.

[To be continued. ]

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES.

Paleontologia Indica. Series XV. Himalayan Fossils. Vol. II.
Part 1. Whe Cephalopoda of the Lower Trias. By Cart Diener,
Ph.D., University of Vienna. Pages 181; platesi—xxiii. Folio.
Calcutta: Geol. Survey Office. London: Kegan Paul & Co.

In 1879 C. L. Griesbach (now Director of the Geological Survey of
India) discovered, near the Niti Pass, the Otoceras beds, which
contain the oldest Cephalopod-fauna of the Buntsandstein. They
lie just above the Permian Productus shales, and below shales and
limestones, which are overlain by true Muschelkalk. The same
observer discovered another Cephalopod-horizon higher up in the
series, and identical with Diener’s ‘‘ subrobustus beds” in the upper
part of the Lower Triassic series. In 1892 the surveyors discovered
some very characteristic Ammonites in a bed of the same age as the
last-mentioned in the Shalshal river-cliff opposite the Rimkin Palar
camping-ground, a little below the confluence of the Barahoti and
Chorhoti Rivers. Of this section a woodcut-figure is given at
_ page 3, showing :—

8. Dacnella beds.
7. Crinoidal limestones with fossils of the Monozdes horizon
(Johannites ef. cymbiformis).
. Halobia bed of the onoides horizon.
Muschelkalk { Mi Gi Ss
ower division.
Main layer of Ptychites rugifer.
Main layer of Ceratites Thuillert.
. Horizon of Sibirites Prahlada,
. Subrobustus beds.
(e. Shales alternating with limestones.
| d. Shales.
2. Otoceras beds< c. Limestones with Ophiceras, sp.
| 6. Shales with Medlicottia Dalailame.
(a. Main layer of Otoceras Woodwardi.
1. Productus shales (Permian),

OPS OOS

The characteristic Cephalopods of the several strata of the series
under notice in this and other sections are carefully compared,

242

Bibliographical Notices.

Eastern Alps.

Upper Muschelkalk.
Horizon of Ceratites
trinodosus.

Lower Muschelkalk.
Horizon of Ceratites
binodosus.

Lower Muschelkalk. | Upper Muschelkalk, }

|
|

| Campil beds.

Cephalopod-bearing

horizon with Meeko-

| ceras caprilente, Ti-

rolites Cassianus,

Dinarites dalmati-
nus, ete.

Buntsandstein.
Renton bade:

Seiss beds.

Bellerophon beds of
Southern Tirol and
Venetia.

Permian.

| chites rugifer, Ceratites |

Hitavayas.

Main region.

| Hallstatt development |

Salt-Range.

of Chitichun.

Muschelkalk with Pty- |

Thuilleri, Beyrichites
Khanikofi, Buddhaites |

rama, ete.

|
|
|
|
|

Brachiopod beds with

Sibirites Prahlada, Rhyn-|

chonella Grieshachi,
ete.

Subrobustus beds with
Ceratites subrobustus,
Flemingites rohilla, etc.

Unfossiliferous
shales and
limestones.

Main layer of
Otoceras Wood-
wardi.

Otoceras beds.

Productus shales with
Productus cancrini-

| belkichak) with Pro-

| Dolomite Group (?)

(pro parte).
Bivalye beds.
|

Red limestones of
Chitichun (Locbam-
sae | Upper Ceratite
cladiscites yasoda, | : 9
Monophyllites Con- | Limestone
fucti, Sturia mon-

goliea, etc.

(?) Ceratite Sandstone,

Ceratite Marls.
Lower Ceratite
Limestone.

Unfossiliferous shal
and sandstones.

Limestone-crag of Chidru

Chitichun No. 1 with |

formis, P. Abichi, Spi-
rifer musakhelensis, ete.

Popanoceras trimurti,
ete.

Upper Productus
Limestone

Bibliographical Notices. 243
|
E ¥ North-eastern ee
Julfa, Armenia. Siberia (Olenek Eastern eibenia Spitzbergen. idaho W. S.,
. (Ussuri district). America).
River).
|
|
| Daonella limestones.
Fauna of Mengilacch
with Beyrichites
affinis, Hungarites
triformis, ete.
Sandstones with
Beds with Monophyllites sich. Posidonomya
thizocorallium (?), | oticus, ete. (Russkij limestones,
| Island).
| |
— OOOO ee
| |
| Olenek beds with

Shaly limestone beds with Psendomonotis
cf. Clarai and (?) Tirolites.

toceras beds of
Ifa with Gastrio-
ras Abichianum,
toceras tropitum, |
ete.

Ceratites subrobus- |
tus, Dinarites
glacialis, ete.

Proptychites beds

with Proptychites

hiemalis, Kingites
varaha, ete.

gracilitatis, M. aplanatum, etc.

Meekoceras beds of Idaho with Meekoceras

244 bibliographical Nottces.

pages 3-10; and then the main object of this memoir, namely the
detailed description of the Lower Triassic Cephalopoda of the Hima-
layas, is carried out at pages 11-164, with good illustrations on
plates 1. to xxiii.

The following are the genera of Cephalopoda here figured and
described :—

Ammonea trachyostraca. Species. | Species.
Weratitests--c.s<.sses-nce-eeos ees 2 Mphiceras’ <c.sceizssceeeenss- oe 10
Wantbites: ce.cesess.. ee scesne LS) ‘Meekoceras ............ oD)

Ammonea leiostraca. Sub- | Koninckites............ 2
Prosphingtes! <°<-.-...-0c---+-- 2 genera | Kingites ............... i!
Med licotitare-.ese-2e.t-seee = 1 | ASPIUtGeS: .c2..c.<5sencos 1
Hedenstroemia ............... 2 dhetanibes!ocs-2.sces scree seer 2
Wannites wccccct see coeererce ee 2 IPriOnOlODUS! -.-yseceesse eats 1
Proptychnites-c...2--....-<.:-- 4 WUC UICES -5.-ccee- see ee nese 1
Wishnuttes #-p-e-teec-esc-sesnes 1 OLOCORAS <n seo ceescenensnssectes 6
Flemingites ..........2..2------- ae esi

The faunistic and geological results are worked out at pages 165-
179; and the accompanying tabular statement (pp. 242-243) shows
the correlation of the Upper Permian and Lower ‘lrias formations of
the Himalayas with those of other countries.

The Paleontology of the Niagaran Limestone in the Chicago Area.
The Crinoidea. By Srouart Wetter. Bull. Nat. Hist. Survey
Chicago, iv. part 1, 153 pp., xv. pls., and text-figures. 27th June,
1900.

Tuts is the first contribution to the paleontology of the area covered
by the Natural History Survey of Chicago, and including nearly
1800 square miles. It should be particularly useful to the students
of the Chicago University in its general account of the Crinoidea,
as illustrated by specimens which, though not particularly well-
preserved, are the nearest to theirhands. To students of this group
of animals the work is of interest as recording the occurrence of
Crotalocrinus, Pycnosaccus, and Corymbocrinus—genera previously
unknown within the limits of the present United States of America.
To those whose outlook on paleontology is wider the memoir should
appeal as presenting Dr. Weller’s views on the distribution of the
sea-basins of the Niagara-Wenlock Age. He believes that the
Scandinavian and English fauna was connected with that of the
Mississippi Valley, by the intervention of a North Polar Sea, more
closely than it was with the nearer sea-basin of New York, the
latter forming a separate bay, in which the development pursued a
somewhat independent course. Among highly specialized forms
common to the Mississippian and Scandinavian regions are: the
well-known Crotalocrinus, so far represented in America only by a
meagre fragment; the strange Petalocrinus, first made known by
Dr. Weller himself, and afterwards elaborately described by Bather ;
the curious operculate coral Goniophyllum; and the little twisted
Brachiopod Streptis.

A work of this size and importance should certainly have been
“provided with an index.

THE ANNALS

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.
[SEVENTH SERIES.]

No. 63. MARCH 1903.

XXX.—Rhynchotal Notes.— XVI. Heteroptera: Family
Reduviidze (continued), Apiomerine, Harpactorine, and

Nabine. By W. L. Distant.
[Concluded from p. 213. ]

Genus CYDNOCORIS.

Cydnocoris gilvus.

Myocoris gilvus, Burm. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1838, p, 104.
Reduvius erythrinus, Walk, Cat. Het. vii. p. 200, n. 62 (1873).

Cydnocoris tabularis, sp. n.

Sanguineous ; antenne, eyes and a transverse line between
them, anterior margin and angles of anterior pronotal lobe,
a spot on anterior lateral margins and two large discal spots
to posterior pronotal lobe, a basal spot to scutellum, membrane,
apex of rostrum, transverse sublateral spots to sternum and
abdomen, a central spot to meso- and metasterna, a double
series of discal segmental abdominal spots, and legs (ex-
cluding bases of femora) black. Anterior lobe of pronotum
strongly suleate, membrane passing abdominal apex.

Var.—Femora (excluding apices) sanguineous.

Long. 15 millim.

flab. Malay Archipelago: Batchian, Gilolo (Wallace),
Ternate (J. J. Walker, Brit. Mus.).

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xi. 18

246 Mr. W. L. Distant on Harpactorine.

Genus HIRANETIS.

Hiranetis coleopteroides.
Reduvius coleopteroides, Walk. Cat. Het. vii. p. 203. n. 69 (1873).

Genus HEza.
Heza perarmata.
Acrocoris perarmata, Kirby, Tr. Linn. Soc. Lond. viii. p. 72, pl. vi.
fic. A (1901). |
I have not been able to compare this with all the other
Brazilian species of the genus.

Genus EUAGORAS.
Euagoras dolosus.

Euagoras dolosa, Stil, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1863, p. 28. (Type, Brit.
Mus.)

Var. a.— Maculis lateralibus disci ventris nigris”’ (Sta/),

Var. b.—Resembling var. a, but with the legs annulated
with black. ¥

This var. was obtained by the ‘ Challenger’ expedition at
Aru and is contained in the British Museum collection.

Genus ENDOCHUS.

Endochus migratorius, sp. n.

Pale brownish ochraceous; in fresh specimens the head,
pronotum, and corium minutely spotted with cretaceous; in
faded or rubbed specimens these small spots are obsolete ;
eyes, lateral margins and lateral spines to pronotum, and
lateral margins of corium black; body beneath, legs, an-
tenne, and rostrum pale luteous; membrane pale shining
ochraceous ; antenne with the apex of second joint black,
third and fourth joints roseate, luteous at base. Lateral
pronotal spines acute, distinctly directed a little backward, a
central sulcate impression on posterior margin of anterior
lobe; head spined at antenniferous tubercles.

Long. 14 millim.; exp. pronot. angl. 4 millim.

Hab. Hong Kong (J.J. Walker, Brit. Mus.). In my own
collection are specimens from Ceylon and Tenasserim.

Allied to #. albomaculatus, Stal, from which it structurally
differs by the backwardly directed pronotal spines.

Mr. W. L. Distant on Harpactorine. 947

Genus EPIDAUS.

Epidaus pretiosus, sp. n.

Bright reddish ochraceous; head, antenne, rostrum, and
legs black; base of head, anterior lobe of pronotum, head
beneath, apex of prosternum, disks of meso- and metasterna,
disk and apex of abdomen, coxz, trochanters, and bases of
intermediate and posterior femora luteous; corium with a
central, discal, transverse, cretaceous spot. Basal joint of
antenne about as long as head, pronotum, and scutellum taken
together ; ante- and postocular areas of head about equal in
length; anterior lobe of pronotum posteriorly broadly sulcate ;
posterior pronotal lobe with two discal, subacute, tuberculous
spines, the lateral angles moderately produced and subacute ;
membrane pale bronzy, considerably passing abdominal apex.

Long. (incl. membr.) 17 millim.; exp. pronot. angl.
42 millim.

Hab. New Guinea ( Wallace, Brit. Mus.).

Epidaus bicolor, sp. n.

Head, pronotum, scutellum, sternum, coxe, and anterior
femora bright reddish ochraceous ; central lobe of head, an-
tenn, rostrum (excluding apex), corium, membrane, abdomen
beneath, apices of anterior femora, anterior tibize and tarsi,
and the intermediate and posterior legs pale luteous; eyes
and apex of rostrum black. Basal joint of antenne about
equal in length to head, pronotum, and scutellum taken
together ; postocular area of head a little longer than the
anteocular portion; anterior lobe of pronotum centrally sul-
cate ; posterior pronotal lobe with two somewhat long and
acute tuberculous discal spines, the lateral angles also longly
spinously produced, the posterior angles moderately promi-
nent and rounded; membrane about reaching or slightly
passing abdominal apex.

Long. 21-22 millim.; exp. pronot. ang]. 63 millim.

Hab, Malabar (Mesurier, Brit. Mus.) ; West China (Pratt,
Coll. Dist.).

PLATERUS, gen. nov.

Head long, about or almost as long as the pronotum, post-
ocular portion a little longer and more slender than the ante-
ocular portion, a long oblique suberect spine near the anten-
niferous tubercles; antenne mutilated; rostrum with the
first joint longer than the second; pronotum subtriangular,
the anterior lobe obsoletely tuberculate, its anterior angles

Lg*

248 Mr. W. L. Distant on Harpactorine.

moderately prominent, its posterior area profoundly and
broadly suleate, posterior lobe with the lateral angles longly
spinously produced, between which are two long, discal,
tuberculous, erect spines ; abdomen long, scarcely wider than
the hemelytra, the fifth segment a little dilated on each side ;
legs long, anterior femora a little incrassated and longer than
the tibie, intermediate and posterior femora and tibiz of equal
length.

Aid to Epidaus, but with the spined head of Cydnocoris.

Platerus Pilcheri, sp. n.

3g. Black; lateral margins of anterior pronotal lobe, a
waved transverse fascia to posterior lobe in front of the discal
spines, and reticulate markings to corium (excluding base)
cretaceous white ; three annulations to femora, two to tibie,
first and second joints of rostrum, and marginal spots to
abdomen luteous. Anal appendage in male with two long
posteriorly directed spines ; lateral pronotal angles strongly
spinously produced, their posterior margins distinctly notched
near base; membrane fuliginous, inner area black, apical
area pale hyaline; base and apex of first joint of rostrum
black.

Long. (incl. membr.) 23 millim.; exp. pronot. angl.
7 millim.

Hab. Sikhim (J. G. Pilcher, Brit. Mus.).

Genus ASTINUS.
Astinus siamensis, sp. n.

Pale brownish ochraceous ; abdomen piceous, its margins
and some obscure spots on lateral areas brownish ochraceous ;
three small rounded spots on anterior margin of posterior
pronotal lobe, a spot near each basal angle of scutellum, a
transverse spot near base and a larger transverse spot near
apex of corium creamy white; membrane pale bronzy.
Basal joint of antenne about as long as head, pronotum, and
scutellum taken together ; postocular portion of head con-
siderably longer than anteocular portion; frontal lobe of
pronotum with the anterior angles produced in short, lateral,
conical spines, and with two erect conical spines on disk,
between which the surface is centrally sulcate; posterior
lobe with two broad, central, laminate, tuberculous elevations,
the posterior margins of which are serrate, the lateral angles
strongly produced, obtusely angulate and toothed behind,

Mr. W. L. Distant on Harpactorine. 249

posterior angles moderately prominent; membrane about
reaching apex of abdomen.
Long. 22 millim. ; exp. pronot. angl. 63 millim.

Hab. Siam (Brit. Mus.).

Genus PANTHOUS.

Panthous bimaculatus, sp. n.

Head, pronotum, corium, rostrum, posterior and _ lateral
margins of prosternum, coxe, and legs dull reddish ochra-
ceous ; antenne, anterior margin of pronotum, scutellum, a
central discal spot on each corium, apex of rostrum, and body
beneath black; membrane shining, bronzy black ; base of
first and sometimes also base of second joint of antennae,
extreme apex of abdomen, and lateral margins of fifth and
sixth segments reddish ochraceous or luteous. Anterior
pronotal lobe strongly tuberculate and excavate; posterior
lobe very finely transversely striate, the lateral angles broadly
rounded and moderately prominent, the posterior margin
strongly produced and nearly covering the scutellum ; femora
moderately nodulose.

Long. 20-22 millim.; exp. pronot. angl. 53-63 millim.

Hab, South India: Trivandrum (Atkinson Coll., Brit.
Mus.).

Genus COoRANUS.

Coranus obscurus.
Harpactor obscurus, Kirby, Journ. Linn. Soe., Zool. xxiv. p. 120 (1891).

Genus VITUMNUS.
Vitumnus scenicus.
Vitumnus scenicus, Stal, Hem. Afr, iii. p. 70 (1865).

Var. sobrinus.

Harpactor sobrinus, Stal, Gifv. Vet.-Ak. Férh. 1855, p. 41.
Reduvius negamicus, Walk. Cat. Het. vii. p. 191. n. 38 (1873).

Genus COSMOCLEPTUS.

Cosmocleptus rubromarginatus, sp. n.

Black; rostrum, first joint of antenne (remaining joints
mutilated), tibie, and tarsi ochraceous; margins of connexi-
vum above and beneath broadly carmine-red ; corium piceous,
membrane fuliginous, with obscure discal and subapical pale
spots.

250 Mr. W. L. Distant on Harpactorine.

Allied to C. phemioides, Stal, but differing, apart from the
colour of the rostrum and connexivum, by having the posterior
pronotal lobe anteriorly profoundly suleate, connexivum more
dilated, with its lateral margins recurved.

Long., ¢, 28 millim.; max. abd. lat. 15 millim.

Hab. Philippine Islands? (Whitehouse ?, Brit. Mus.).

Genus PRISTHESANCUS.

Pristhesancus albipennis.

Pristhesancus albipennis, Walk. Cat. Het. viii. p. 88. n. 8 (1875).
Helonotus albipennis, Leth. & Sey. Cat. Gén. Hém. t. iil. p. 195 (1896).

Pristhesancus papuensis.
Pristhesancus papuensis, Stal, Stett. ent. Zeit. xxii. p. 134 (1861).
Pristhesancus luteicollis, Walk. Cat. Het. vill. p. 89. n. 10 (1873).
Helonotus luteicollis, Leth. & Sev. Cat. Gén, Hém. t. ili. p. 194 (1896).

Pristhesancus plagipennis.

Pristhesancus plagipennis, Walk. Cat. Het. viii. p. 88. n. 9 (1875).
Helonotus plagipennis, Leth. & Sey. Cat. Gén. Hém. t. iii. p. 194 (1896).

Pristhesancus Wallace?, sp. n.

Head, pronotum, scutellum, rostrum, sternum, and legs
very dark castaneous or black; corium pale stramineous,
infuscated at basal angle ; membrane pale hyaline; abdomen
above and beneath bright metallic blue, its apex ochraceous,
segmental margins beneath greyishly pilose; trochanters
sometimes partly ochraceous ; antenne castaneous, antennal
tubercles piceous. Anterior pronotal lobe with two conical
erectile tubercles, their apices slightly divergent; posterior
pronotal lobe broadly centrally suleate on anterior half, the
lateral angles angularly and somewhat conically straightly
produced, distinctly notched posteriorly, posterior angles
prominent ; base of scutellum obliquely erect, its apex tuber-
culous ; membrane passing the apex of abdomen.

Long., ¢ 2 (incl. apex membr.), 20-22 millim.; exp.
pronot. angl. 64 millim.

Hab. New Guinea (Wallace, Brit. Mus.).

Genus HELONOTUS.

Flelonotus sexspinosus.
Zelus sexspinosus, Fabr. Syst. Rhyng. p. 288 (1803).

Var. Lanittus vulnerans, Stal, Stett. ent. Zeit. xxii. p. 184 (1861).
Helonotus genualis, Walk. Cat. Het. vill. p. 90. n. 4 (1873).

Mr. W. L. Distant on Harpactorine. 251

Genus PLGOGASTER.

Pleogaster pallidulus.
Helonotus pallidulus, Walk. Cat. Het. viii. p. 90. n. 5 (1873).

I have not sufficiently compared this with other described
species of the genus to say that it is not a synonym.

Genus POLIDIUS.

Polidius australis, sp. n.

Ochraceous ; head, pronotum, two discal fascie to scutellum,
basal area of clavus, sublateral streak to corium, apical halves
of anterior and intermediate femora, apical third of posterior
femora, apices of tarsi, and bases of the posterior abdominal
spines fuscous; abdomen beneath with a sublateral black
marginal fascia.

General structure of P. armatisstmus, Stal, but differing by
the much shorter lateral pronotal spines, the sulcation of the
anterior pronotal lobe narrower and more profound, different
colour of the head, pronotum, and scutellum.

Long. 10 millim.

Hab. N.W. Australia: Adelaide River (J. J. Walker,
Brit. Mus.).

FORESTUS, gen. nov.

Body oblong-ovate ; head elongate, central lobe prominent
and spinously anteriorly produced, postocular portion longer
than anteocular; rostrum with the first joint short, about
reaching eyes, second joint twice as long as first ; antennz
short, setose, first joint moderately incrassate, about as
long as postocular portion of head, second and third joints
subequal in length, fourth shortest ; pronotum transversely
constricted before middle, disk more or less bicarinate, poste-
rior lateral angles more or less prominent; scutellum small,
the apex prominent ; abdomen more or less lobately produced
and distinctly centrally suleated; femora generally granulous
or spinous.

This genus I have placed in the vicinity of Blapton, Spin.

Forestus typicus, sp. n.

Ochraceous ; corium (excluding apical area), membrane, a
large spot on fourth and fifth segments of connexivum, base
of rostrum, and basal and apical joints of antenne brownish
ochraceous; a lateral fascia to meso- and metanota, anal

252 Mr. W. L. Distant on Harpactorine.

appendage (excluding apex), and some minute spots to abdo-
men piceous. Antenne longly setose; pronotum with two
discal curved carine and with two other much more obscure
near lateral angles, lateral margins with a series of short
robust spines, lateral angles somewhat broadly produced,
their apices subtruncate and armed with three spines, their
anterior margins also shortly spinous, their posterior margins
rounded and centrally concavely notched; connexivum at
fourth segment angulately produced, at fifth segment slightly
produced, lateral abdominal margins finely spinous and setose ;
femora coarsely granulate and setose, anterior tibize and femora
spined beneath; abdomen beneath centrally sulcate, the
sulcation with a fine central ridge.

Long. 124-14 millim.; exp. pronot. angl. 34-4 millim.

Hab. Sikhim, Mungphu (Atkinson, Brit. Mus.).

Forestus montanus, sp. n.

g. Piceous brown ; a spot between eyes and central line
to postocular portion of head, central sulcation to anterior
lobe of pronotum, clavus, a spot on apical margin of corium,
spots to connexivum, rostrum (excluding apex), and legs
more or less distinctly, ochraceous, but in some specimens
some of these pale markings become obliterated ; body beneath
pale brownish, greyishly pilose, the anal appendages piceous ;
tibiz annulated with luteous.

@. Much paler above, the pale spot to corium occupying
the whole apical angle.

Allied to the preceding species (F. typicus), but differing by
the pronotal lateral angles, which are spinous and strongly
recurved ; the fourth and fifth segments of the connexivuam
are much less produced ; the lateral abdominal margins finely
spinous, but much less setose; anterior tibiz not spined
beneath.

Long., ¢ 13, 9 16 millim.; exp. pronot. angl., ¢ 4,
9 4? millim.

Hab. 2 (type). Mungphu, in Assam (Atkinson, Brit.
Mus.). I possess males in my own collection from the

Khasi Hills.

Forestus spinosus, sp. n.

Luteous; a streak on each side of central lobe on ante-
ocular portion of head, a broad central longitudinal fascia on
postocular portion, clavus (excluding base), and a large spot
on fourth and fifth segments of connexivum piceous ; mem-
brane pale cupreous.

Mr. W. L. Distant on Nabinz. 253

Allied to #. montanus by the spinously recurved lateral
pronotal angles, but resembling F. typicus by the angulately
produced fourth and fifth segments of the connexivum and
the very longly spined under surfaces of the anterior femora
and tibiz ; the upper surfaces of all the femora are also more
shortly spinous; the carina to the pronotum are less pro-
nounced than in either of the two preceding species.

Long., ?, 14 millim.; exp. pronot. angl. 4 millim.

Hab. Sikhim (Atkinson, Brit. Mus.).

7 * *
Forestus inermis, sp. n.

Pale brownish ochraceous, sparsely greyishly pilose ; con-
nexivum spotted with luteous, membrane cupreous; third
joint of antenne (excluding apex) and base of fourth joint
luteous. Pronotum with two discal somewhat indistinct
carine, much more distinct on anterior lobe, where there are
altogether five carinz, none on posterior lobe near lateral
angles, which are only subprominent and not spinous; con-
nexivum produced, but not angulated; legs unarmed, ex-
cepting the anterior femora, which have a series of spines
beneath.

Long. 13 millim.; exp. pronot. angl. 3 millim.

Hab. Assam, Mungphu (Atkinson, Brit. Mus.).

Napive.
Genus PAGASA.
Pagasa ruficeps.
Prostemma ruficeps, Walk. Cat. Het. vii. p. 185. n. 19 (1878),

Genus PROSTEMMA.
Prostemma carduelis.

Prostemma carduelis, Dohrn, Stett. ent. Zeit. xix. p. 229, pl. i. fig. 8
(1858).
Prostemma placens, Walk. Cat. Het. vii. p. 187. n. 27 (1878).

The species queried by Walker as P. carduelis, Dohrn,
var. ?, is typical; his P. placens represents two larger speci-
mens of Dohrn’s species.

Genus ALL@ORHYNCHUS.

Alleorhynchus niger.
Prostemma nigra, Walk. Cat. Het, vii. p. 138. n. 29 (1878).

254 Mr. W. L. Distant or Apiomerine, de.

Summarized Disposition of Walker's Genera and Species
belonging to the Subfamilies Apiomerine, Harpactorine,
and Nabine.

Species considered valid and described under correct Genera.

Prostemma coneinna, Walk. Cat. Het. vii. p. 186, n. 24 (1878).
Nabis maoricus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 145. n. 41.

Apiomerus decorus, Walk. loc. ct. vill. p. 17. n. 25,

Yolinus siamicus, Walk, loc. cit. p.79. n. 9.

Sycanus marginatus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 85, n. 52.
pyrrhomelas, Walk. loc. cit. n, 33.
semimarginatus, Walk. loe. cit. n. 54.
Pristhesancus albipennis, Walk. loc. cit. p. 88. n. 8.
—— plagipennis, Walk. loc. cit. n. 9.

Species considered valid, but requiring generic revision.

Pachynomus zonatus, Walk. Cat. Het. vii. p. 151. n. 4 (1873), belongs to
gen. Staliastes (Acanthaspine).
Prostemma luteiceps, Walk. loc. cit. p. 185. n. 18, belongs to gen. Pagasa.
ruficeps, Walk. loc. cit. n. 19, belongs to gen. Pagasa.
longiceps, Walk. loc. ext. p. 187. n. 26, belongs to gen. Hematochares.
nigra, Walk. loc. cit. p. 188. n. 29, 5 », Alleorhynchus.
Stenopirates collaris, Walk. loc. cit. p. 139. n. 1, belongs to gen. Hentco-
cephalus (Henicocephalide ).
anthocoroides, Walk. loc. cit. n. 2, belongs to gen. Henicocephalus
(Henicocephalide).
Apiomerus nitidus, Walk. loc. cit. viii. p. 70. n. 20, belongs to gen. Vesbius.
Yolinus horrendus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 79. n. 8, belongs to gen. Colpochitlo-
corts.
Helonotus pallidulus, Stal, loc. cit. p. 90. n. 5, belongs to gen. Plwogaster.

Species treated as synonymic,

Prostemma placens, Walk. Cat. Het. vil. p. 187. n. 27 (1873), = Prostemma
carduelis, Dohrn.

Jabis elegans, Walk. loc. cit, p. 144. n. 81,= Hereus guttatus, Dail. (Ly-
geeidee).

bicolor, Walk. loc. cit. p. 145. n. 39,=Paromius piratoides, Costa
(Lygreide).

Apiomerus bipunctatus, Walk. loc. cit. viii. p. 70. n. 19,= Apromerus ama-
zonus, Stal.

erythromelas, Walk. loc. cit. n. 21 (nom. preoce.),= Apiomerus
Walkeri, Leth. & Sev.

aanthopilus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 71. n. 22,= Henartes productus,
Stal.

hturatus, Walk. loc. cit. n. 23,= Apiomerus lituratus, Stal.

—— lateralis, Walk. loc, cit. n. 24,= Apiomerus geniculatus, Evichs.

—— pulchripes, Walk. loc. cit. p. 72. n. 26,= Apiomerus nitidicollis, Stal.

tarsalis, Walk. loc. cit. n. 27,= Apiomerus flavipennis, Stal.

subapicalis, Walk. loc. cit. n, 28,= Apiomerus apicalis, Burm.

Prionotus patulus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 76. n. 5,=Arilus cristatus, Linn.

mundus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 77. n. 6,= Arilus gallus, Stal.

—— xanthopus, Walk. loc. cit. n. 7,= Arilus carinatus, Forst.

Mr. W. L. Distant on Lygeide, &c. 295

Yolinus rubrifer, Walk. loc. cit. p. 78. n. 6,= Yolinus glagovie, Dohrn.

Sycanus ncisus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 84. n. 80,= Sycanus blennus, Stal.

leucomesus, Walk. loc. cit. n. 31,=Sycanus collaris, Fabr.

miles, Walk. loc. cit. p. 86. n. 85,=Sycanus versicolor, Dohrn.

turbidus, Walk. loc. cit. n. 36,=Sycanus dichotomus, Stal.

caliginosus, Walk. loc. cit. n. 37,= Sycanus fulvicornis, Dohrn.

movisus, Walk. loc. cit. n. 838,=Sycanus annulicornis, Dohrn.

Bristhesancus luteicollis, Walk. loc. cit. p. 89. n. 10,= Pristhesancus papu-
ensis, Stal.

Helonotus genualis, Walk. loc. cit. p. 90. n. 4,= Helonotus sexspinosus,
Fabr., var. vulnerans, Stal.

To be treated as non-existent.

Species the types of which are not now to be found in the British Museum.

Prostemma nigricans, Walk. Cat. Het. vii. p. 135, n. 17 (1873).
Yolinus albigutta, Walk. loc. cit, viii. p. 78. n. 7.
Sycanus angulifer, Walk. loc. cit. p. 84, n. 29.

Still awaiting determination.

Reduvius pubicollis, Walk. Cat. Het. vii. p. 203. n. 70 (1873), Hab, un-
known.

Prostemma tarsalis, Walk. loc. cit. p. 188. n. 30. Hab. New Guinea.

SUPPLEMENTARY NOTES.

Fam. Lygeide.
Paromius piratoides.

Plociomerus piratoides, Costa, Ann, Mus. Nap. ii. p. 78 (1864).

Nabis bicolor, Walk. Cat. Het. vii. p. 145, n. 59 (1873).

Costa gave no locality; Lethierry and Severin in their
Catalogue give “I. Philippine” as the habitat; Walker’s
species came from Celebes.

flereus guttatus.

Orthea guttatus, Dall. List Hem. ii. p. 580 (1852).
Nabis elegans, Walk. Cat. Het. vii. p. 144. n. 31 (1873).

Fam. Hydrometride.

In these pages (vol. x. p. 173) I drew attention to some
synonymy appertaining to a species of Hydrometra found in
Japan, Bombay, and Ceylon, which left the name HH, albo-
lineata, Scott, the oldest and therefore legitimate name to be
used. Since then Dr. Sjéstedt has kindly let me see a cotype
of Stal’s Philippine species, H. vittata, which proves to be
conspecific, and therefore again necessitates further syno-
nymic revision, as follows :—

256 Mr. W. L. Distant on Reduviide.

LHHydrometra vittata.

Hydrometra vittata, Stal, (Efvy. Vet.-Ak. Forh. 1870, p. 705.

Limnobates albolineatus, Scott, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) xiv. p. 447
(1874).

Hydrometra Greent, Kirk, Entomol. 1898, p. 2.

Fam. Reduviide.
Euesinz.
Stenolemus Gireent, sp. n.

Brownish ochraceous ; three pale striz (one central and
two lateral) to mtermediate globose portion of the head ;
pedunculate portion of head and posterior margin of pro-
notum pale ochraceous ; legs luteous, anterior legs considerably
but obscurely annulated with pale brownish, intermediate
and posterior femora with several brownish annulations,
intermediate tibiz with a subbasal annulation, posterior tibize
mutilated ; antenne annulated with brownish ; tegmina
creamy white, with large brown spots, of which the two largest
are discal, one apical angular, a smaller spot at inner angle,
and a few very small and nebulous on apical area. Pedun-
culate portion of the head a little shorter than remaining
portion; anterior area of the pronotum tricarinate.

Long. 8 millim.

Hab. “ India” (Brit. Mus.) ; Ceylon (Green, Coll. Dist.).

Allied to S. crassirosiris, Stal, but with the pedunculated
portion of the head considerably longer.

Stenolemus Atkinsoni, sp. 0.

Creamy white, longly pilose; antennee with three broad
brownish annulations to first and second joints; head with
the eyes piceous and with a pale brownish lateral streak
behind eyes, also two central lines of the same colour on
the pedunculated portion; basal area of pronotum, three
annulations to anterior femora, five annulations to intermediate
and posterior femora, three annulations to anterior tibize, a
subbasal annulation to intermediate and posterior tibiz, coxal
spots, and broken fascize to abdomen brownish ochraceous ;
tegmina tinted with brownish about the veins and with three
distinct brown spots—one smallest and discal before centre,
one elongate discal, with a pale central vein beyond centre,
the third apical, also with a pale vein; pedunculated portion
of the head long, about as long as the remaining portion;
pronotum with a distinct central carination on anterior area,
the lateral angles obtusely tuberculate.

Long. 11 millim.

Hab. India: North-west Provinces (C. Horne, Brit. Mus.).

Mr. W. L. Distant on Reduviide. 2m

SAIcinz.
Polytoxus pallescens, sp. n.

Pale stramineous; eyes black; legs strongly pilose ; pro-
notal, lateral, and scutellar spines with their apices fuscous ;
anterior prosternal spines long, robust, prominent ; posterior
femora about reaching apex of abdomen; anterior pronotal
lobe somewhat broadly centrally foveate, with strongly
carinate margins; basal joint of antenne almost as long as
posterior femora.

Long. 14 millim.

Hab. Ceylon (Green, Brit. Mus.).

STENOPODIN2.
Genus ONCOCEPHALUS.

Oncocephalus naboides.

Pirates naboides, Walk. Cat. Het. vii. p. 121. n. 80 (1873).

Some confusion is likely to arise around this species.
Walker ((oc. czt. vill. p. 27. n. 17) also described a species
from Ceylon under the name of Oncocephalus naboides, the
type of which cannot now be found, and which I therefore,
in consideration of Walker’s method of describing, propose
to treatasnon-existent. Lethierry and Severin have included
the last description in their Catalogue (t. 111. p. 87), which
name can remain, but the reference must be corrected.

ACANTHASPINZ.

Genus INARA.
Inara flavopicta.

Inara flavopicta, Stal, defy. Vet.-Ak. Forh. 1859, p. 190.
Spiniger limbifer, Walk. Cat. Het. vil. p. 166. n. 61 (1873).
Spiniger conflictus, Walk. loc, cit. n. 62.

Genus STALIASTES.

Staliastes zonatus.

Pachynomus zonatus, Walk. Cat. Het. vii. p. 131. n. 4 (1873).
Opinus subater, Bredd. Abh. Senckenb. Ges. xxy. p. 165 (1900).

Prravine.
Pirates semifasciatus.

Redurius semifasciatus, Walk. Cat. Het. vii. p. 202. n. 66 (1873).

258 Mr. R. I. Pocock on

Additional Summary.

Species considered valid, but requiring generie revision.

Reduvius guttatus, Walk. Cat. Het. vii. p. 181. n. 7 (1878), belongs to
gen. Homatlocoris.

semifasciatus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 202. n. 66, belongs to gen. Purates.

coleopteroides, Walk. loc. cit. p. 203. n. 69, belongs to gen. Hiranetis.

Species treated as synonymice.

Reduvius negamicus, Walk. Cat. Het. vii. p. 191. n. 38 (1873),=
Vitumnus scenicus, Stal, var. sobrinus, Stal. °

erythrinus, Walk, loc. cit. p. 200. n. 61,= Cydnocoris gilvus, Burm.

Spiniger limbifer, Walk. loc. cit. p. 166. n. 61,= Inara flavopicta, Stal.

conflictus, Walk. loc. cit. n. 62,= Inara flavopicta, Stal.

XXXI.—Some new Spiders from the Camaroons collected by
Mr. G. L. Bates. By R. I. Pocock.

So far as arachnological collecting is concerned, Mr. G. L.
Bates has lately eclipsed his previous exploits by discovering
the Oriental genus Calommata in W. Africa. The other
new species recorded in these pages need no special mention.

Family Aviculariide.

Genus BATESIELLA, nov.

Allied to Phoneyusa, but with the protarsal scopula of the
first leg covering only the distal half of the segment, of the
second covering only the distal third, of the third and fourth
occupying only the apical sixth ; fourth leg much longer than
first, third as long as first; tibia and protarsi of third and
fourth furnished with numerous suberect curved bristles,
giving a characteristic ‘ bottle-brush”’ appearance to the
segments, the short hairs clothing the segments at the base
of these bristles thick and squamuliform.

Batesiella crinita, sp. n.

?.—Cvlour of body mouse-brown; femora of anterior
legs and palpi deep greyish brown, the remaining segments
noticeably rufescent.

Carapace with cephalic region rather high and with deep
grooves, as long as patella, tibia, and tarsus of palp, longer

new Spiders from the Camaroons. 259

than patella+tibia of first or fourth leg, shorter than pro-
tarsus + tarsus of fourth.

Legs with inferior apical protarsal spines; no spines on
tibie ; patella+tibia of first and fourth subequal, patella+
tibia of third subequal, their sum about equal to the protarsus
of this appendage ; protarsus of third as long as protarsus +
tarsus of second; protarsus of fourth almost as long as
patella + tibia of this limb, tarsus of fourth a little more than
one third the length of the protarsus; tarsi of third and
fourth distally tapering.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 32; length of
carapace 13, palp 19, first leg 29, second 26, third 28, fourth 35.

Loc. Efulen, in the Camaroons (G. L. Bates).

Family Atypide.
Genus CALOMMATA, Luc.

Calommata Simoni, sp. n.*

? .— Colour. Carapace clear testaceous, with darker stains
on the cephalic region ; mandibles pale ochre-yellow, darker
externally ; labium pale or infuscate; legs pale testaceous,
with the distal segment sometimes lightly infuscate ; abdo-
men dull greyish brown or dirty testaceous.

Carapace as in the typical species C. fulvipes from the
Sunda Islands.

Mandible also as in that species, except that the teeth on
the lower side form a single row curving inwards at the
distal end of the series.

Labium and sternum as in C. fulvipes.

Palpi as in the latter, except that the convex elevation at
the base of the upperside of the tibia is higher; maxillary
process longer and much more strongly curved in its distal
portion.

Legs of first and second pairs as in C. fulvipes; third and
fourth pairs also as in that species, but much more thickly
spinous.

Abdomen as in C. fulvipes.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length (large speci-
men) 26; length of carapace 10, width 7; length of basal
segment of mandible 6°5, of fang 8, of palpus 11, first leg 14,
second 13, third 14, fourth 15.

Loc. Etulen, in the Camaroons (G. LZ. Bates).

* I have great pleasure in dedicating this species to Mons. E. Simon,

as a slight tribute to the industry, ability, and unyarying courtesy to
others, with which he has pursued the study of arachnology,

260 Mr. R. I. Pocock on

The chief structural differences between C. fulv/pes and
C. Simoni may be briefly tabulated as follows :—-

a. The distal teeth of the row running along the underside of

the mandible forming an isolated internal series close to

the inner fringe of hairs; the posterior (external) edge of

the maxillary process forming a concave curve corre-

sponding to the convex curve of the adjacent segments of

the palp.when the femur of the latter lies vertically ; third

and fourth legs much less thickly spinous, only about a

dozen spines on the anterior side of the tibia of the fourth. fa/vipes.
6. Distal teeth on underside of mandible forming a continuous

curved series with the remainder, but not reaching the

internal fringe; posterior (external) border of maxillary

process with its concave curvature much stronger than

the convex curvature of the basal segments of the palp

when the femur lies vertically, z. e. when the apex touches

the underside of the femur a space equalling at least half

the width of the maxilla separates the two; third and

fourth legs much more thickly spinous, about thirty or

forty spines on the anterior side of the tibia of the fourth, Szmonz.

Up to the present time the remarkable and isolated genus
Calommata of Lucas has been represented by a single species,
C. fulvipes, Luc., from Java and Sumatra; one, C. obesum,
from Bankok; one, C. truculentum, from Burma; and one,
C. signatum, from Japan. These forms are not distinguish-
able by their diagnoses, and are, perhaps, identical. More-
over, the genus was held to be confined to South-eastern
Asia*. Little was it to be expected that it would turn up in
tropical West AfricayT. Mr. G. L. Bates is to be very
much congratulated on this unexpected discovery, which adds
one more to the many interesting novelties we owe to his
industry.

Family Pisauride.

Genus DoLoMEDES, Latr.
Dolomedes acteon, sp. n.

2 .— Colour. Carapace deep brown, obscurely marbled
with olive-brown and yellow patches; a large triangular

* CO. fulvipes was based upon a specimen alleged to have come from
Bahia. In Keyserling’s collection, now in the British Museum, there is
a specimen ticketed ‘“ Bahia,” and labelled as Lucas’s type. This speci-
men [ cannot distinguish specifically from a Javan specimen in the
Museum, which is presumably identical with Pelecodon sundaica, Dol.

+ Mr. Oldfield Thomas reminds me that this remarkable case of distri-
bution has several parallels amongst the Mammalia, notably that of the
rodent Nannosciurus, which is represented by species inhabiting Borneo,
the Philippines, and the Camaroon district of West Africa,

new Spiders from the Camaroons. 261

yellow patch on each side of the posterior slope; legs rather
obscurely banded above, with broad alternating darker and
lighter bands; upperside of abdomen clothed with short
yellowish and olive-brown hairs, forming broad indistinct
transverse bands, with specks of brighter yellow hairs forming
a narrow interrupted lateral band; ventral surface uniformly
olive-yellow, a slightly darker median ventral band on the
abdomen, broader in front and margined with an indistinct
narrow pale line.

Carapace high, flat along the top, a little longer than
patella+tibia+ tarsus of palp, a little shorter than tibia of
third leg and half the length of its tibia + protarsus.

Vulva large, the lateral lobes enclosing a more or less oval
space occupied by a large sclerite, triangularly pointed and
elevated in front and somewhat sharply constricted behind,
where it juts between the extremities of the lateral lobes.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 31; length of
carapace 14:5, first leg 64, second 65, third 59, fourth 71.

Loc. Efulen, in the Camaroons (G. ZL. Bates).

The difference in colour between the type of this species
and that of D. palpiger is too great to permit the view that
they belong to the same species.

‘This is the first female example of the genus Dolomedes
recorded from tropical Africa.

Dolomedes Batesiz, sp. n.

2? .— Colour. Legs banded as in D. acteon; carapace without
the posterior spots, covered with short greyish-red hairs,
mottled, but showing no definite pattern; darker on the
middle dorsal line; middle of clypeal area occupied by a
broad vertical brown stripe, broader below and set off by the
pale hairs clothing the sides of the clypeus.

Apart from colour-differences this species differs from
D. actewon in having the eyes of the anterior line recurved by
their centres instead of straight, the lower edge of the laterals
being on a level with the centres of the medians, and their
upper edge rather higher than that of the medians.

Vulva very large and convex, its central sclerite closing
the space except for a triangular area in front, and almost
indistinguishably fused to the lateral portions ; it is roundish
in shape, without any anterior angular process, thus differing
markedly from that of D. acteon.

Measurements in millimetres — Total length 23; length of
carapace 11, first leg 50, second 50, third 45, fourth 57.

Loc, Efulen, in the Camaroons (G. Z. Bates).

Ann, & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xi. 19

262 Mr. R. I. Pocock on

Dolomedes palpiger, sp. n.

$ — Colour. Integument of carapace ochre-brown, clothed
with olive-brown hairs above; clypeus, sides of head, and
margins of thoracic portion clothed with white hairs, forming
a broad band; mandibles brownish, clothed with longish
yellowish-brown hairs; legs yellowish brown, clothed above
with reddish-yellow hairs; sternum adorned like the legs;
upperside of abdomen dark, clothed with deep golden-brown
hairs, with a narrowish white lateral band extending to the
spinners; ventral surface olive-brown, with yellowish hairs.

Carapace longer than broad, longitudinally flat above, the
posterior area abruptly sloped; width equal to the length
between the posterior border and the posterior lateral eye ; its
length about equal to half that of the patella+ tibia of second
or fourth leg and as that of patella+ tibia of palp.

Palpi long, reaching apex of patella of first leg; tibia
longer than patella, lightly incrassate, armed externally near
the apex with a narrow subspiniform process projecting
almost at right angles and not abutting against the tarsus,
which is as long as the tibia and half the patella, inflated,
piriform, and strongly arched.

Legs long and slender.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 20; length of
carapace 10, width 85; length of palp 19, second leg 54,
third 46, fourth 57.

This species may be distinguished from D. transfuga, Poc.,
from the Benito River (P. Z. 8. 1899, p. 869), by the form
of the tibial apophysis and the slightly longer palpi. In
D. transfuga the palpi searcely reach the middle of the
patella of the first leg, although in the original description
they are in error described as extending past the middle of
the tibia.

Family Heteropodide.
Genus CTENUS.

Ctenus coccinetpes, sp. n.

? .—Colour. Carapace deep mahogany, clothed with short
yellowish-grey hairs; no red hairs on the clypeus or man-
dibles, the latter shining black in front, with black setae,
covered with greyish pubescence at the sides; sternum and
coxe sooty black ; palpi blackish brown; femur with some
reddish hairs below ; legs blackish, with greyish pubescence
above ; the femora with a coating of short blood-red hairs

new Spiders from the Camaroons. 263

below, deeper in tint on the first and second than on the third
and fourth pairs, the scopule ashy black ; abdomen blackish,
covered above with a coating of greyish hairs, laterally and
inferiorly with blood-red hairs; some stripes of the same
colour on the dorsal surface ; the middle line of the ventral
surface occupied by a median black band, which gradually
expands anteriorly to the width of the epigastric area, which
is black.

Carapace longitudinally flat above, as long as patella + tibia
of third leg, as protarsus of fourth, as tibia of first, as tarsus
aoe reer of second, longer than tarsus and protarsus of
third.

Vulva differing from that of C. scopulatus, Poc., from the
Benito River (P. Z. S. 1899, p. 871, pl. Ivii. fig. 25), in
being wider than long, fairly evenly oval transversely, though
with an anterior shallow emargination, and in having the
lateral uncate processes thinner and much less prominent.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 29; length of
carapace 12, first leg 42, second 40, third 33, fourth 43.

Loc. Efulen, in the Camaroons (G. L. Bates).

Distinguishable by the brilliant red coloration of the under-
parts of the femora and abdomen.

Ctenus Batesii, sp. n.

9 As largeas C. scopulatus, Poc. (P. Z. 8. 1899, p. 871),
but much blacker in colour; no red hairs on face or man-
dibles; legs uniformly dusky except for some coppery hairs
at the extremities above; abdomen almost entirely black
above, laterally, and below.

Mandibles sparsely hairy, highly polished, and blue-black.

Eyes of anterior ocular triangle smaller than in C. scopu-
latus, and apparently further apart, the distance between the
anterior and posterior medians equalling a diameter of the
former.

Vulva differing from that of C. scopulatus in that the emar-
gination for the lateral uncate process is nearer the middle of
the lateral border, the area in front of it being much shorter
in C. Batesii than in C. scopulatus. The vulva is more like
that of C. Kingsleyi,.but is broader, both the anterior “ neck ”’
and the posterior portion between the uncate processes being
less constricted.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 31; length of
carapace 15, first leg 49, second 45, third 37, fourth 48.

Loc. Efulen, in the Camaroons (G. L. Bates).

The females of the five large West-African species of
te

264 On new Spiders from the Camaroons.

Ctenus, of which the types are in the British Museum, may
be distinguished as follows :—

a, Median ventral area of abdomen black.
a. Median black area narrow, expanding in front,
sharply defined from the more lateral portions of the
lower surface; femora crimson beneath .......... coccineipes,
b'. Ventral area of abdomen either entirely black or -
mostly covered with a broadly parabolic black shield.
a>, Abdomen almost entirely black, the median
ventral area only a little more intense than the
rest ; mandibles and face without red hairs .... Bates.
b?, Black shield on ventral area of abdomen broad
and sharply contrasted from the rusty red hairs of
its lateral and dorsal surface; mandibles and face
withced hatrs*: oes Be eee ‘wee Scopulatus, -
6. Median ventral area of abdomen brown and ornamented,
like the rest of the lower surface, with pale spots running
into longitudinal stripes.
a®, Carapace longer than patella+tibia ili., and equal to

EPEOLATSUS IV toot Ae; ee On SEM ite eee RET aor occidentalis.
6%, Carapace slightly shorter than patella+tibia iii., and
considerably shorter than protarsus iv. .......... Kingsleyt.

Genus TORANIA, Sim.

Torania scutata, sp. n.

? .—Colour. Integument of carapace pale, with faint dark
stripes, clothed with yellowish hairs; ocular area blackish ;
mandibles pale, with two faint stripes, infuscate distally ;
palp pale, with black tarsus; legs pale, minutely speckled,
with black spines and dark greyish scopule ; labium, maxillz,
sternum, and underside of cox jet-black; lower side of
abdomen covered with a jet-black shield, slightly narrowing
posteriorly and reaching to the spinners, which are pale;
upperside of abdomen covered with hairs of a greyish-yellow
hue.

Structurally resembling TZ. variata, Poc., but without
anterior spine on patellee.

$ .—Resembling female in colour, differing from the male
of 7. variata, Poc., in the much wider interval that separates
the apices of the two branches of the tibial spur of the palp.

Measurements in millimetres.— ? . Total length 15; length
of carapace 6, first leg 27, second 29, third 22, fourth 23.

g. Total length 13; length of carapace 7, first leg 37,
second 40, third 30, fourth 31.

Loc. Efulen, in the Camaroons (G. L. Bates).

Kasily to be distinguished from 7. occ¢dentalis and variata
by colouring.

Mr. M. Burr—WNotes on the Forficularia. 265

XXXII.—Notes on the Forficularia—VII. Some hitherto
unpublished Descriptions of new Species, by the late
M. aoe de Bormans. By Matcotm Burr, B.A.,
B.S.) EES:

[Concluded from p. 241.]

Sparatta aculeata, de Bormans, sp. n.

2. Long. corp. 9 mm., fore. 3°25 mm.

Téte noire, les 3 premiers articles antennaires (il en, reste 12)
jaunes, le reste brun. Pronotum roux testacé. Llytres et
écaille alaire noires. Pattes roux testacé, avec de longs
poils jaunatres. Abdomen rouge marron clair, les bords
Jatéraux noiratres avec de longs poils clairs. Dernier seg-
ment dorsal carré, avec une courte impression médiane, bord
postérieur rugueux. Pygidium bien saillant en aiguille
émoussée. Branches de la pince couleur de labdomen,
triquétro-arrondies, assez giéles, écartées a la base, en arc
trés allongé, pointes se croisant, aréte interne denticulée du
tiers aux deux tiers, ot se trouve une petite dent; elles sont
hérissées de poils clairs.

S. Celebes, Bua Craeng, 5000’. Coll. Brunner, no. 20,868.

Chelisoches varicornis, de Bormans, sp. n.

3. Long. corp. 9 mm., force. 3°25 mm.

Téte noire, antennes (il reste 15 articles): les 2 premiers
noirs, 3-7 jaune clair, 8, 9 brun foncé, 10, 11 jaune clair,
12-15 brun foncé. Pronotum noir. Blytres et écaille alaire
bruns. Pattes brunes, sauf tarses testacés. Abdomen
court, ramassé, rouge marron, luisant; dernier segment dorsal
grand, carré, au milieu du bord postérieur, les plis longi-
tudinaux ordinaires ; pygidium bien visible, ah large,
rectangulaire, apex entier échancré, triangulaire. Branches
de la pince marron, courtes, réguligrement courbées en are,
bien écartées, et tres €paisses a la base, triquétro- -arrondies,
vers le tiers interne, une grosse épine triangulaire aigué,

ointe dirigée vers Papex et un peu vers le bas.

Ni. Celabes, Toli-toli. Coll. Brunner, no. 20,734. Voisin de

Ch. eeaer lites:

Chelisoches malgachus, de Bormans, sp. n.

Peu luisant, glabre. Téte brun noir, bouche et palpes
fauves ; antennes de 22 art. bruns sauf les 18°, 19° pales.
Pronotum brun foncé, plus large et une fois et quart aussi

266 Mr. M. Burr— Notes on the Forficularia.

long, en trapeze élargi & V’apex; les angles postérieurs
arrondis, cétés trés étroitement rebordés. Elytres une fois et
demie aussi longue que le pronotum, qu’elles débordent
modérément ; épaule arrondie, cétés subarqués, bord posté-
rieur droit; brunes avec une bande jaune médiane sur toute
Ja longueur. LEcaille alaire saillante du quart de la longueur
de l’élytre, moitié externe jaune, moitié interne brune. Pattes
brunes, tarses plus pales, jaunatres. Abdomen marron rouge-
tre, se dilatant régulitrement de la base a l’apex; bord
postérieur de chaque segment granulé; dernier segment
dorsal transversal: @ en trapeze plus large A l’apex, angles
postéiieurs tuberculeux, aigus, et bien prononcés, subrectan-
gulaire, angles postérieurs bien moins accusés. Pygidium
brun, 3 en lame subearré, un peu échaneré sur les cotés, 2
en lame trapézoidale, l’apex échancré en triangle. Branches
de la pince marron rougeatre, bien séparés a la base,
robustes, larges, un peu déprimées, triquétro-arrondies;
paralléles, Iégérement bisinueuses, pointes mousses, aussi
écaitées que les bases; ]’aiéte interne offre un peu avant le
milieu une grosse dent suivie de 8 ou 4 antres beaucoup plus
petites; 2 Ié -érement bisinueuses mais convergentes, se
croisant des les 2/3 jusqu’a) rés le milieu, pointes émoussées,
vers Je premier tiers l’aréte interne est un peu dilatée et
denticulée.

Long. corp., ¢ 22 mm., 9 19°5 mm.; |, fore., ¢ 7-5 mm,
§ 65 mm.

Madagascar. (3 ?, Musée de Genes; ?, coll. mea.)

Ancistrogaster javanus, de Bormans, sp. n.

gd. Brunnens, glaber, subnitidus ; antennis, ore, pronoti marginibus
tenuibus lateralibus, pedibusque brunneis dilutioribus, forcipe
dilute rufo-brunneo; abdominis segmentis 5, 7, 8 ad apicem
Jateralem leviter in spinas parvas retrorsum simpliciter curvatas
protractis: forcipis crura typica, brevia, robusta, subovata;
margine interno basali sat dilatato sed rotundato muticoque,
margine interno toto levi usque ad apicem typice bicuspidatum.

Long. corp. 9 mm.; fore. 2°5 mm,

‘Téte assez hombée, aussi longue que large, brune, luisante ;
parties buccales un peu plus claires, sutures indistinctes ;
antennes (i] reste 11 articles) d’un brun clair et de forme
typique (tous les articles, sauf le 2™° ties petit, cylindriques
et allongés). Pronotum plus étroit que la téte, plus Jong
que large, subrectangulaire, avec le bord postérieur assez
arrondi, assez bombé, luisant, le bord marginal trés étroite-
ment rebordé et plus clair. Elytres brunes, de la longueur

Mr. M. Burr— Notes on the Forficularia. 267

du pronotum, tous les cétés obliques, de telle sorte qu’ils
laissent voir une sorte de petit écusson. Ailes niulles.
Pattes allongées, assez gréles, typiques, d’un brun assez clair.
Abdomen bien convexe, s’élargissant et se renflant de la base
a la naissance du dernier segment, ot sa largeur se trouve
doublée ; brun, luisant, les plis des 2™° et 3™° segments forte-
ment accusés; les segments 5, 6, 7, 8 tres courtes et comme
rentrés les uns dans les autres, prolongés sur les cétés mais
faiblement, en courbe terminée par une petite pointe dirigée
en arrigre. Dernier segment dorsal typique, trapézoidal, de
moitié plus étroit et plus mince au bord postérieur, légérement
arqué, qu’au bord antérieur; il est lisse, luisant avec la
fossette ordinaire au milieu contre le bord postérieur. Py-
gidium non apparent. Branches de la pince d’un brun rouge
clair, courtes pour ce genre, arrondies, robustes, inermes ‘et
méme lisses, écartées, dilatées, mais non en lame, et presque
droites & la base, puis s’amincissant et formant un ovale
fermé trés peu allongé jusqu’aux pointes doubles en crochets
(forme typique) qui se touchent. ¢ inconnue.

Cette espéce remarquable est la premiére du genre Ancis-
trogaster rencontrée hors de |’ Amérique.

« Elle se rapproche de A. ¢mpennis, de Borm., par le facies,
Ja coloration, la forme des élytres, et de l’abdomen, l’absence
des ailes; mais elle est plus petite et en différe, 1°, par la
forme du 4™° segment dorsal absolument lisse, sans pli spini-
forme ; 2°, par la pince relativement beaucoup plus courte,
sans épine eylindrique au borde interne contre la base et
nullement crénelée.”

1 ¢, collection Brunner, no. 19,991.

Java occidental; Pengalengan, 4000! (H. Fruhstorfer).

Opisthocosmia Burri, de Bormans, sp. n.

Noir de poix luisant, le 7™° article des antennes (il en
reste 7), liseré latéral interne de l’écaille alaire , pattes, testacées.
Branches de la pince: ¢ contigues et arquées en dedans de
la base au tiers, puis formant un anneau sube elipHae, tres
allongé, bord interne un peu dilaté au tiers au $; ¢ gréles,
subdroites, presque contigues, inermes dans les deux sexes.

Dimensions :—Long. corps ¢ ¢ 65-7 mm., de la pince
é¢ 35mm.

Voisin de O. simplex.

S.Celebes, Lompa-Battau, 3000’. Coll. Brunner, no. 20,866,

9.
Ressemble 4 Forficula lugubris, Dohrn.

268 Mr. M. Burr— Notes on the Forficularia.

Sphingolabis Brunnert, de Bormans, sp. n.

Castaneo-rufescens ; ore, pronoto, pedibus, antennarum articulis 5
primis, macula media magna oblonga a quarta parte basali
elytrorum ad quartam partem apicalem alarum ducta, elytris
alisque circum maculam fusco-nigrescentibus, nitidis ; abdominis
ultimo dorsali segmento postice tumido, tuberculis duobus plici-
formibus transversis munito, fusco-castaneo: pygidium crassum,
cylindricum, breve, transversum; marginis posteriori mediospinula
bifida instructo: forcipis crura robusta, margine externo leviter
arcuato, basi distantia necnon lamina intus declivi et parum
emarginata, usque ad tertiam partem basalem dilatata, hujus
laminz angulo posteriori interno in dentem recurvum fortem
producto ; tum margine cruris interno fere semicirculariter emar-
ginato, dente parvo ad medium armato ; mucronibus parum acutis,
inter se remotis. ¢. (Q ignota.)

Lone corporis 75). 009.25 Fn een ot Same
5, /MAPEOHOLI2 2. 2hsee ale ole te Gah. 2 2 a
fre telyter. Ls eee eRe ee ue + 3
3 mlannmese... oO. 5 toate eee 2253,:
py mbites. dorset. lnc: Lets hbase

hat, “pronoti, “Seti Nak Wales Jab a Neste
of neat Ge SEO SMOOLK op igroeuaiiens be ete 3°40 ,,

Téte & peu prés aussi longue que large, ferrugineuse, plate
Beg Se; § , piate;
déprimée transversalement entre les yeux, sutures indis-
tinctes, bord postérieur trés peu échancré, parties buccales,
nalpes, et les 5 premiers articles des antennes (il en reste 7
Bese Y : :
testacés, les 2 articles suivants bruns, le tout de forme typique,
4 article plus petit que le 38, et le 5; yeux assez grands,
noirs, bien saillants.

Pronotum sensiblement plus étroit que la téte, un peu plus

ras . ’

long que large, bord antérieur presque droit, angles un peu
arrondis, cétés paralléles, finement rebordés et relevés en
. ? . ? . .
routtiére, bord postérieur assez arrondi; sa surface est lisse
e J raehAeaS ; ceed ee ecsiee
presque plaine, d’un jaune testacé, une dépression semicireu-
jJaire va d’un angle humérale a l’autre, par le milieu du_pro-
notum, qu’une ligne longitudinale médiane bien visible divise
en deux.

Elytres d’une longueur double du prenotum, et d’un tiers
plus large que celui-ci; elles sont peu bombées, fortement
arrondies & l’épaule, leurs cétés droits, légérement conver-
ents, de sorte qu’elles sont plus étroites 4 apex qu’a l’épaule.
pont’ a ; ; ‘ : B
Elles sont, ainsi que les ailes, d’un brun noir luisant, formant

’ 3 ’ : > :
bordure tout autour d’une grande tache jaune, oblongue, qui
part du quart basal de chaque élytre et s’étend sans interrup-
tion jusqu’au quart apical de Vaile. Cette tache occupe un

ae P
peu plus de la moitié de la surface en largeur.

Mr. M. Burr—Notes on the Forficularia. 269

Partie saillante des ailes un peu plus longue que la moitié
de l’élytre.

Pattes de forme et dimensions typiques, d’un jaune testacé,
Premier article tarsal un peu plus long que le 8™, le 2"° n’est
que faiblement dilaté en coeur et guere plus large que les
autres ; tous sont couverts en dessous d’une pubescence tres
épaisse et concolore.

Abdomen dilaté au milieu, peu bombé, luisant, lisse, d’un
marron rougeatre, le plis du 2° et 3™ seement " concolores.
Dernier segment transversal et rectangulaire, d’une largeur
double de sa longueur, assez plat, lisse, d’un marron foncé,
le bord postérieur épaisse en bourrelet avec une courte im-
pression triangulaire 4 chaque angle. Le bord antérieur du
bourrelet est formé par un repli transversal, qui se termine
de chaque cété au dessus du milieu de la racine de la pince
en un petit tubereule pointu ; ce repli est coupé perpendicu-
lairement en son milieu par un sillon trés court et assez
profond.

Dessous de tout le corps testacé, sauf les premiers segments
et la pince.

Penultiéme segment ventral grand, transversal, sa moitié
antérieure rectangulaire, sa moitié postérieure semicirculaire,
lisse, assez plate, couleur marron. II couvre entiérement le
dernier, sauf un trés petit triangle de chaque cété.

Pygidium bien distinct, en bourrelet transversal, luisant,
trois fois aussi large que. long. Au milieu du bord pos-
térieur part une petite épine noire bifide, bien distincte, et
dirigée horizontalement en arriére.

Branches de la pince d’un marron ferrugineux, en dessus
et en dessous plates, robustes, leur bord externe formant une
courbe elliptique regulitre. Elles sont écartées a la base, et
de ce point au tiers de leur longueur dilatées en lame déclive
en dedans, dont le bord est faiblement échaneré ; le bord
interne de cette lame se termine par une forte dent plate et
recourbée. A partir de ce point le bord interne forme une
courbe presque semicirculaire jusqu’aux pointes écartées et
émoussées, vers le tiers basal de cette courbure se présente
une toute petite dent noiratre.

Habitat. Hautes Amazon.

1 g, coll. Brunner, no. 15,485.

Cette espéce est voisine de Sph. versicolor, de Bormans, et
Sph. speculigera, Stal, mais bien distincte de l'une et de
autre par sa coloration, la forme de la pince, etc.

Forficula miranda, sp. n.
3. Long. corp. 10 mm., forcip. 6 mm., pygid. 2°20 mm.

270 Mr. M. Burr—Notes on the Forficularia.

Glabre, luisant. Téte, pronotum, élytres, brun testacé,
bouche, palpes et 2 premiers articles des antennes testacés,
les autres (il rest 11 articles) bruns. Elytres de la longueur
du pronotum. LEcaille alaire nulle. Pattes testacé2s (2™°
article tarsal typique mais petit). Abdomen étroit & la base,
se dilatant et se renflant fortement jusqu’au milieu, puis
s’atteignant un peu vers l’apex. Les 2 plis latéraux peu
accusés. Dernier segment dorsal rectangulaire, beaucoup
plus large que long. Branches de la pince testacées, rouge-
atres, subcontigues a la base mais enchassant entre elles le
pygidium étroit triangulaire, la point dirigée vers l’apex, trés
long, 2"° 4 assez dilaté en dedans et plat jusqu’au au bout
du pygidium, cette dilatation finissant en épine comme chez
fF auricularia ete. ; puis en are d’ellipse allongé, arrondies,
minces, vers le 2 le bord interne présente une petite dent
plus foncée ainsi que les pointes.

Lombok, Sambalan, £000’. Coll. Brunner, no. 21,349.

Dormans Park, East Grinstead,
December 1902.

XXXIITI.—WNotes on the Forficularia.n—VIII. Five new Species
from the de Bormans Collection. By Matcotm Burr,
BASE LS EES:

THE following five species have received manuscript names
from de Bormans, but no descriptions have been either drawn

up or published.
Anisolabis Dubronyt, Kirby.

Statura majore; colore rufo-nigro, capite rufo-ferrugineo, pedibus
testaceis ; antenne 21-segmentate, typice, fusco-brunne: ab-
domen minutissime punctulatum, vel vix perspicue, plicis latera-
libus indistinctis ; segmentum ultimum dorsale magnum, rectan-
gulare, quadratum, etiam minutissime punctulatum, sulculo
medio impresso; venter levis; segmentum penultimum ventrale
minutissime punctulatum, obtuso-triangulare, apice rotundatum,
segmentum ultimum angulos liberans, lineis longitudinalibus 6
indistinctis instructum: pygidium haud perspicuum: forcipis
bracchia valida, triquetra, inermia, recta quam sinistra fortius
incurva. ¢. 2 ignota.

Long. corporis ........ 20°25 mm.
5) eorelpish: sez teee on eT ”

Mr. M. Burr— Notes on the Forficularia. QTE

Colour entirely dark reddish black except the head and
feet.

Head ferruginous, the sutures indistinct ; mouth-parts
blackish, palpi testaceous; antenne 21-segmentate, typical of
the genus, dark brown.

Pronotum square, longer than broad, slightly broader poste-
riorly than anteriorly, anterior and posterior margins straight,
angles rounded, slightly tumid, the sides very slightly
elevated.

Mesonotum square, simple, nearly as long as broad.

Metanotum transverse, posterior border roundly emarginate.

Feet uniform testaceous.

Abdomen extremely finely punctulated, almost smooth, the
lateral tubercles very faint; last abdominal dorsal segment
large, square, also extremely finely punctulated, with a very
faint median longitudinal line; penultimate ventral seg: nent
also very finely punctulated, obtusely triangular, rounded at
the posterior margin, exposing the lateral corners of the last
segment; the rest of the venter quite smooth.

Pygidium not apparent.

Forceps with the branches stout, triquetre, blackish red,
darker towards the apex, unarmed except for a few fine
denticulations on the inner margin; the right branch is
strongly curved in above the left, which is much less strongly
curved. ¢.

2 unknown.

Habitat. 'Venasserim: Mt. Moolesit, 1000-1900 metres, in
April (de Bormans).

Anisolabis lata, de Bormans, 1888, Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. (2)
vi. p. 485; id. (2) xiv. 1894, p. 379 (nec Gerstaecker) ;
id. (partim) de Bormans, 1900, Tierreich, 11 Lief.,
Orth. p. 46.

Anisolabis Dubronii, Kirby, 1903, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.
(2) x12 p. 68:

Mr. Kirby has pointed out that de Bormans’s specimens
from Tenasserim are distinct from Gerstaecker’s A. leta,
described from Kilimandscharo. Gerstaecker only described
the female; but the Burmese specimens of de Bormans’s
collection, of which one—the type of A. Dubronyi—is in
the British Museum and another in my collection, do not
perfectly agree with Gerstaecker’s description. The two
differ as follows :—

Penultimate ventral segment. Almost smooth.

ya by Mr. M. Burr—WNotes on the Forficularia.

A. leta, A, Dubronyt.
Maines cei ei aay ex Red. Blackish.
Last dorsal segment ........ Strongly rugulose. Very finely punctulate.
Wentery tee ire sit a) aise Finely punctulate. Quite smooth.

longitudinal lines.

Teens Mer PONY .s 6. oo Se 15 mm. (2). 20:25 mm. (3).
abitavee a2 Srl eae Tenasserim. West Africa.

The ¢ of the true A. deta is unknown.

Gonolabis inca, sp. n.

Statura minore ; colore toto sordide fusco-testaceo; glabra: abdo-
men apice sat dilatatum, segmento ultimo dorsali levi: forcipis
bracchia ¢ basi remota, inermia, rotundata, regulariter incur-
vata, sed bracchia sinistra quam dextra subfortius incurvata; 2
brevissima, conica, basi subcontigua, valde incurvata ac decus-
sata: pygidium g haud perspicuum, @ minimum, acutum,
spiniforme. d Q.

Tone corporis 93. .< 2.4. 8 mm.
sat MROTCAUDIS tg. Seta e star Orvei as:

Small, smooth, dirty dark testaceous in colour, darker
posteriorly than anteriorly, glabrous.

Head dark brown; sutures not visible; eyes small, black ;
antenne (?) 20-segmentate, the first very large and stout, the
second very small, third larger and longer, the fourth again
smaller, scarcely larger than the second; fifth, sixth, seventh
very slightly longer each than the previous one, from these
gradually lengthening; brown.

Pronotum as broad as the head, oblong, smooth, the sides
straight, convex, with a very faint median sulculus hardly
visible ; lateral margins very narrowly flattened.

Mesonotum very narrow and broad.

Metanotum very nanow, transverse, roundly emarginate
posteriorly.

Elytra and wings entirely absent, no traces.

Feet typical, dull testaceous.

Abdomen darker brown than the anterior part of the body,
smooth; lateral tubercles only visible on the third segment,
extremely faint; abdomen gradually dilated towards the
apex, where it is slightly less than twice as broad as at the
first segment in the ¢; in the @ it is a little broader at the
first segment, slightly dilated as far as the sixth segment,
then attenuated slightly; last dorsal segment ¢@ large,
transverse, rectangular, smooth, with a barely distinguishable
obsolete tubercle over the insertion of the forceps at each side ;

Finely punctulate, with six

Mr. M. Burr—WN¢es on the Forficularia. 973

in the @ smaller, narrower; venter rich brown, smooth,
shining ; penultimate ventral segment ¢ large, broad, short,
rounded posteriorly, exposing the last segment at the angles.

Pygidium § not visible; very short, sharp point.
Forceps with branches: ¢ remote at the base, smooth,
unarmed, round, short, gradually and regularly incurved,
the left branch very slightly more ineurved than the right ;
the apices decussate, the lett branch above the right; in the
@ the branches are very short, conical, subcontiguous, round,
unarmed, strongly incurved and decussating, the right branch
above the left; the points themselves are comparatively
blunt in the ¢ and sharper in the ?.

Habitat. Peru, 1 8,1 2? (& from Bolivar, 2 from
de Saussure) ; Obrajillo, Cordilleras de Pérou, 1 g (Jeske).
(All three in my collection, ex coll. de Bormans.)

Not closely allied to any described species ; smaller than
G'. lativentris and much less strongly dilated; it falls nearest
perhaps to the Asiatic G. sumatrana, Borm. I can find no
reference to it in de Bormans’s notes. It bears a superficial
resemblance to Strongylopsalis inca, Burr, but has no traces
of organs of flight.

Labia canaca, sp. n.

Corpus angustum, elongatum; colore toto rufo-testaceo; elytra
aleque perfecte explicate: pygidium breve, subtus profunde
sulcatum, margine postico triangulariter excisum, lobos duos
triangulares acutos formanti: forcipis bracchia basi remota,
valida, triquetra, leviter incurva, apicibus attingentibus, dimidio
apicali margine interno fortiter denticulato. ¢. @ ignota.

Long. corporis..... erecta Bo Tete

Pre MOGCIDISe eres mre ov Sat. ates

FIead slightly darker, sutures obsolete ; antenne typical,
with 12 segments.

Pronotum slightly narrower than the head, widening poste-
riorly, anterior margin subrotundate ; lateral margins straight,
slightly diverging; posterior margin rounded ; anterior por-
tion very slightly raised; a few long bristles are visible at
the shoulders.

Elytra fulvous testaceous, truncated at the apex.

Wings long, of the same colour as the elytra.

Feet paler testaceous.

Abdomen long and slender ; lateral tubercles faint, darker
in colour than the rest of the abdomen, which is reddish ;
extremely finely punctulated, almost smooth; clothed at the

274 Mr. M. Burr— Notes on the Forficularia.

sides with a very fine, very short, yellow pubescence and a
few long stiff bristles. Last abdominal segment large,
smooth, rectangular, slightly narrower posteriorly, with a
very small tubercle in the middle of the hinder margin ;
penultimate ventral segment very large, rounded, slightly
roundly emarginate in the posterior margin.

Pygidium short, stout, deeply furrowed beneath, narrower
at the base than the apex, which is triangularly emarginate
and produced into a short triangular lobe on each side of this
excision. ‘The pygidium is better seen from beneath than
from above.

Forceps with the branches stout, triquetre, remote at the
base, reddish, darker apically, nearly straight, gradually
incurved, to meet at the apex; unarmed in the basal half,
with asmall tooth on the inner margin in the middle; beyond
this tooth fairly strongly denticulated on the inner margin
down to the apex. Covered with short fine yellow pubescence.

Habitat. New Caledonia, Noumea. (Type, 1 g, in Brit.
Mus.; 1 ¢ in my collection.)

This species was named, but not described, by de Bormans ;
it falls into the group of elongated species with prominent
pygidium: it falls nearest to L. pygidiata and L. ridens,
Borm.; its uniform reddish-testaceous colour distinguishes it
at a glance from either of these, and the form of the pygidiui
is very characteristic, as also of the forceps.

Chelisoches vittatus, sp. n.

Statura mediocri; caput rufum; antenne 17-segmentate, nigra,
ante apicem albo-annulate: pronotum nigrum, testaceo-variega-
tum: elytra alaque testacea, nigro-vittata: pedes testacei:
abdomen nigrum; segmentum ultimum dorsale transversum,
rectangulare, medio impresso: pygidium breve, vix perspicuum,
medio emarginato: forcipis bracchia basi remota, valida, basi
dilatata, hac parte dilatata in dentem validum, longum, acutum,
postice spectantem producta, dehine gracilia, inermia, leviter
incurva. oo. @ ignota.

Longe corporis 02g 7%. Pee 12°75 mm.
STONE IB Oe”. Sica. f(r

Head clear red, sutures obsolete ; eyes small, black.

Antenne with 17 segments, all black except 11 and 12,
which are clear white; the first segment is large and stout,
2 minute, 3 considerably longer; 4, 5, and 6 small, round,
almost knotted, the remainder gradually lengthening.

Fronotum as broad as the head, black, laterally and poste-
riorly bordered with fulvous; the anterior margin straight,

Mr. M. Burr— Notes on the Forficularia. 275

the sides slightly diverging posteriorly, the posterior margin
well rounded ; the anterior half slightly elevated and tumid,
the posterior portion flattened.

Elytra broad, smooth, short, truncated at the apex, testa-
ceous or fulvous, with two broad, longitudinal, black bands—
one on the inner, one on the outer margin.

Wings well developed, smooth, black, broadly banded with
fulvous exteriorly.

Feet uniform fulvo-testaceous.

Abdomen black, tinged with dark reddish ; lateral tubercles
distinct, rather broad, extremely finely granulated ; last dorsal
segment rectangular, transverse, tumid over the insertion of
the forceps, with a square depression in the middle of the
posterior margin ; penultimate ventral segment very large,
entirely covering the last segment, rounded, faintly emar-
ginate in the middle of the posterior margin.

Pygidium very short, not projecting beyond the penultimate
ventral segment, transverse, faintly emarginate in the middle.

Forceps reddish black, the branches remote at the base,
stout, dilated in the basal third ; the dilated part is terminated
by a long, stout, very sharp tooth on the inner margin,
pointing towards the apex; beyond this the branches are
more slender, not dilated, smooth, unarmed, simply incurved,
the apices meeting ; the whole forceps is slightly bent down-
wards.

Patria. West Africa, Ogowe (type, in British Museum, ex
coll. de Bormans): River Niger, Oguega (coll. mea). Both
od.

? unknown.

The last entry in de Bormans’s notes is the name of this
species, with the first words of the description; these are
probably the last entomological words he ever wrote, for the
paralysis struck him down before he could complete it. The
type, labelled by him under this MS. name, is in the British
Museum, and I have a single male in my collection.

It is, perhaps, most nearly allied to Ch. plagiatus, also an
African species, which it resembles in being brightly coloured.
It is, however, a very distinct form and not likely to be con-
fused with any known species.

Chelidura Peringuey?, sp. n.

Statura minore ; colore rufo-testaceo, fusco-variegato ; antennze 12-
segmentate; pronotum quadratum; scutellum perspicuum,
parvum ; elytra rudimentaria, haud libera, brevia, transversa ;
pedes testacei: abdomen fusco-rufum, g apicem yersus paullo

276 Mr. M. Burr—Notes on the Forficularia.

dilatatum, @ vix dilatatum, apice attenuatum; tuberculis late-
ralibus distinctis, atro-circumdatis ; segmentum ultimum dorsale,
gS transversum, rectangulare, margine postico sulculo medio
impresso, tuberculo parvo supra insertionem forcipis utrinque
instructum; © parvum, attenuatum, tuberculis obsoletis: pygi-
dium <¢ brevissime, rectangulare, multo latius quam longius,
medio spinnla parva acuta armatum; @ haud perspicuum : for-
cipis bracchia, ¢ basi remota, valida, margine interno prope
basin minute denticulata, dimidio basali recta, dehine attenuata,
sensim incurvata, apicibus hand attingentibus; Q recta, sim-
plicia, inermia. dQ.

Gin Se

Long. corporis...... 19mm. 195-21 mm.
Bit (LOrcipis ees 2O78 1:25-1°5 ,,

Head clear brick-red, sutures not distinct; eyes small,
black ; antennee typical, with 12 segments, clear testaceous.

Pronotum square, very slightly narrower than the head
anteriorly, slightly broader posteriorly, the whole surface
slightly convex, posterior margin straight.

Mesonotum covered by the elytra; scutellum minute, but
visible between the elytra at their base, triangular, trans-
verse.

Elytra vudimentary, not free, transversely triangular, the
suture being the juxtaposition of their apices,

Wings wanting.

Metanotum narrow, roundly emarginate posteriorly.

Feet typical, clear testaceous ; lobe of second tarsal segment
distinct.

Abdomen slightly dilated posteriorly in the ¢@, attenuated
in the 9; lateral tubercles very strongly marked, shaded
round with deep black; last dorsal segment in the @ rectan-
enlar, the hinder margin unbroken, with a blunt tubercle
over the insertion of each branch of the forceps ; in the ?
small, attenuated, with no tubercles visible; penultimate
ventral segment @ large, entirely round, completely covering
the last segment.

Pygiaium 8 very short, transverse, very broad, rectan-
gular, with a short sharp spine in the middle of the hinder
border, horizontal; in the 2 not apparent.

Forceps with the branches in the ¢ remote at the base, stout,
somewhat dilated in the basal part, and very finely denticu-
lated there on the inner margin, straight in the first half,
then attenuated and slightly incurved, the apices not
meeting ; in the ? straight, contiguous, simple, unarmed ;
entirely brick-red.

In colour the anterior part of the body is yellowish

A Revision of the Family Lophiide. 277

testaceous, the posterior part deep red shaded with black;
the whole body smooth and glabrous.

Habitat. Cape of Good Hope (Peringuey). 1 ¢,4 2,one
larva in my collection.

In size and in appearance most nearly resembles Ch. Boli-
vari, Dubr.; it is distinguished, among other things, by the
form of the pygidium of the g. It is the first species of the
genus discovered in Africa. The specimens are labelled under
this name by de Bormans, but I can find no reference to it
in any of his notes or letters except a drawing in the
“album.”

The single male is carded, so it is impossible to examine
the ventral surface.

Dormans Park, East Grinstead,
December 1902.

XXXIV.—A Revision of the Fishes of the Family Lophiide.
By C. Tate Reean, B.A.

THE Lophiide, as here understood, are equivalent to the
genus Lophius, Linn., as restricted by Cuvier and accepted
by Giinther, and may be defined as Pediculates * with large
depressed head, wide mouth, three gills, pseudobranchia,
pectorals each supported by a pair of basal bones, and ventrals
with one spine and five soft rays. In the present paper
twelve or thirteen species are recognized as probably distinct,
of which eight are represented in the British Museum collec-
tion, including three which are described below as new to
science. These species are grouped into three genera—
Chirolophius, gen. nov., Lophiomus, Gill, and Lophius, Linn.,
—the first being characterized by the position of the gill-

* The definition of the Pediculati given by Messrs. Jordan and Sindo
(Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. xxiv. 1902, p. 361) is applicable to the Lophiide
with the exception of the phrase “ Upper pharyngeals 2, similar, spatu-
late, with anterior stem and transverse blade.” Lophius piscatorius has
four branchial arches, the fourth without a gill, the first three bearing
gills in their lower halves only. The first three epibranchials are united,
but the limits of each can be distinguished ; the first is about 2 as long
as the second, to the basal part of which it is joined, and its upper pha-
ryngeal is wanting ; the second and third separate superiorly, and each
bears an upper pharyngeal, as does the fourth epibranchial, which is
strong, and at its upper end united to the third. The three upper pha-
ryngeals on each side are coalescent; the last bears hardly any teeth, but
is as well developed as the two preceding it, which are strongly toothed.
The “anterior stems” are obviously the epibranchials, the first three
uniting to form one “stem,” the fourth being the other.

Ann. & Mag: N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xi. 20

278 Mr. C. T. Regan—A Revision

openings, which in part lie in front of and above the pectorals,
differing in this respect from Lophiomus and Lophius, in
which the gill-openings are entirely below and behind the
pectorals, Chtrolophius and Lophiomus agree in having
about nineteen vertebre, the teeth in the lower jaw in three
or four series, and also the last ray of the dorsal and anal
cleft to the base, but borne by a single basal bone, whereas
Lophius has the vertebre in increased number, about two
series of teeth in the lower jaw, and the last ray of dorsal
and anal simple. The gill-openings in Chirolophius resemble
those of more normal fishes with regard to their position,
and the nature of the last dorsal and anal rays also seems to
indicate that in this family the most specialized forms are
those with the vertebre in increased number.

There are many features which are common to all the fishes
of the family which it is superfluous to repeat in specific
descriptions: the ridges and spines borne by the bones of the
head, more prominent in young examples than in adults, are
constant in position, as are the rays of the spinous dorsal, of
which the first two are supported by a single movable basal
bone which lies between the posterior processes of the pre-
maxillaries, the third is situated on the head behind the level
of the eyes, and the other rays, one to three in number, form
a more or less continuous fin behind the head. The lower
jaw has always an outer series of fixed teeth, wanting
anteriorly, increasing in size posteriorly, and internal to these
a number of pointed, hinged, depressible teeth, anteriorly
in two to five series, posteriorly in one or two, the inner
teeth being the longest. The premaxillaries have poste-
riorly a single series of small fixed teeth, and anteriorly a
double series of depressible teeth, those of the inner series
being the longest. ‘The palatines have each a few teeth in a
single series, the anterior of which are enlarged. ‘The sub-
spherical nasal sacs are very similar to those of some Tetrodonts,
in all cases the anterior nostril is on the front side, the poste-
rior on the top of the sac. The projecting lower jaw causes
the exposure of the anterior part of the floor of the buccal
cavity ; on this account the velum of the lower jaw and the
anterior part of the tongue, except the margin, which is
concealed beneath the velum, have a similar colour to the
upper surface of the body.

The characters which seem of most use in determining
species are the number of rays in the dorsal, anal, and pectoral
fins, the length of the rays of the spinous dorsal (the first
ray seems to become relatively longer during growth, but
if, as frequently happens, it is broken off, a fresh flap

of the Fishes of the Family Lophiidie. 249

develops at its end; the posterior rays become more and more
concealed with increase in size), the length and shape of the
humeral spine, the size and number of the teeth, and the sizs
of the eye, but all these features are subject to considerable
variation.

Synopsis of the Genera.

I. Gill-openings partly below, partly in front of
and above the pectorals. Teeth in the lower
jaw mostly in 3 or 4 series; about 19 ver-
Talitco seed Pa dativss accion sels wae kee wate ee: 1. Chirolophius, &.0.
If. Gill-openings entirely below or behind the
pectorals.
A. Teeth in the lower jaw mostly in 3 series;
BU OQHGUO VOTCODEA yaa pret eici t sie wie -ip/ oe 2. Lophiomus, Gill.
B. Teeth in the lower jaw mostly in 2 series;
POOR VORUOOTIC™ 4 900S> eine fae tetelore har 3 3. Lophius, Linn,

CHIROLOPHIUS, gen. nov.

Teeth in the lower jaw mostly in 3 series, anteriorly in 4
or 5 series ; opercular membrane with a free posterior margin ;
gill-openings extending on to the upper surface in front of the
pectorals ; pectorals with 13-18 rays, posterior to the gill-
openings. Dorsal with IV-VI, 7-9 rays, anal with 5-6, the
last ray of each cleft to the base and supported by a single
basal bone. Vertebree about 19.

The three species of this genus which are represented in
the British Museum are described below under the names
Ch. Nareswt, Giinther, Ch. Moseley?, sp. n., and Ch. Murray?,
sp. n. ‘The following also appear to belong to this genus :—
Lophius gracilimanus, mutilus, and lugubris, Alcock, and
Lophiomus spilurus, Garman,

‘Three specimens taken by the ‘ Challenger’ were described
by Dr, Giinther under the name Lophius Naresit, after
Sir George Nares. They appear to me each to belong to
distinct but closely allied species, and the largest example,
from the Philippines, figured in the ‘“‘ Challenger’ Shore-
Fishes,” pl. xxv., must be regarded as the type of Ch. Naresti.
This figure is excellent, except for the fact that the last dorsal
ray is represented as simple instead of being cleft to the base.

In all three species the head is longer than broad, the
angle of the mandible is on a level with the hind margin of
the eye, the humeral spine is simple, the spines borne by the
palatines, just behind the anterior ends of the maxillaries,
are three in number on each side (the first very small, the last

the longest), and the supraorbital ridgeiselevated and dentated,
20*

280 Mr. C. T. Regan—A Revision

There are VI, 8 dorsal and 6 anal rays, the first ray of the
spinous dorsal simple and ending ina flap, the others fringed.
There are two teeth on each side of the vomer.

Chirolophius Narestt, Giinther.

The single specimen was taken at the Philippines at a
depth of 115 fathoms. The humeral spine is curved up-
wards; the pectoral rays number 14; the posterior series of
fixed teeth of the premaxillary are 13 in number. The
principal measurements are :—Total length with caudal,
276 mm.; length without caudal, 220 mm.; length of head,
128 mm.; snout, 28 mm.; eye diameter, 19 mm. ; interorbital
width, 19 mm.; length of humeral spine, 13 mm.; length of
rays of spinous dorsal, I, 67 mm., II, 60 mm., III, 90 mm.,
1V, 76 mm., V, 64 mm.,and VI, 31 mm. Colour: brownish
above, lighter below; dorsal pale, unspotted ; caudal mottled
with blackish.

Chirolophius Moseley?, sp. n.

This species is based on a single small specimen obtained to
the north of New Guinea at adepth of 152 fathoms. It differs
from the preceding in having a long straight humeral spine,
second ray of spinous dorsal and caudal longer, snout some-
what longer, and, considering the difference in size of the
specimens, it would seem that the eyes are smaller and the
interorbital space wider in this species. The principal
measurements are:—Total length with caudal, 80mm.; length
without caudal, 60 mm.; length of head, 86 mm.; snout,
9mm.; eye diameter, 6 mm.; interorbital width, 6 mm. ;
humeral spine, 5 mm.; length of rays of spinous dorsal,
I, 18 mm., II, 31 mm., IJ, 25mm., 1V, 18 mm., V, 13 mm.,
and VI, 7 mm. Colour: brownish above, lighter below;
dorsal light, with rows of dark spots; caudal pale, immaculate.

Named in memory of the late Professor Moseley.

Chirolophius Murrayt, sp. n.

The single example of this species was taken at Nares
Harbour, Admiralty Islands. The pectorals have 18 rays,
instead of 14 as in the two preceding species. The simple
humeral spine is curved backwards. The snout is shorter,
eyes larger, and interorbital space narrower than in C, Nares??,
and the relative length of the rays of the spinous dorsal is
also quite different. The principal measurements are :—
Total length with caudal, 205 mm.; length without caudal,
160 mm.; length of head, 95 mm.; snout, 16 mm.; eye

of the fishes of the Family Lophiide. 281

diameter, 17 mm. ; interorbital width, 13 mm.; humeral spine,
13 mm.; length of rays of spinous dorsal, I, 85 mm., II,
48 mm., II, 55 mm., LV, 36mm., V, 24 mm., and VI, 1émm.
Colour: brownish above, lighter below; dorsal and cau al
barred with rows of dark spots.

Named after Sir John Murray.

The following three species, described by Dr. Alcock in
the ‘ Catalogue of Indian Deep-sea Fishes,’ and figured in
the ‘ Illustrations of the Zoology of the Investigator,’ seen
undoubtedly to belong to the genus Chirolophius.

Chirolophius gracilimanus, Alcock.

This species is described from three specimens, the largest
44 inches long, from off the Malabar coast; it is evidently
very close to C. Moseley, but has the humeral spine truncate
and bifid, the second ray of the spinous dorsal not fringed, and
the pectoral rays 18 in number.

Chirolophius mutilus, Alcock.

D. V, 8-9; A. 5; P. 15; second part of spinous dorsal
composed of two small rays only visible after dissection ;
supraorbital ridge with 3 teeth, eyes large, humeral spine trifid.
One specimen, 54 inches long, from the Bay of Bengal.

Chirolophius lugubris, Alcock.

D. IV, 7-8; A. 5-6; P. 13; differs from the preceding
species in having a smaller eye, and the second part of the
spinous dorsal reduced to a single slender ray, not hidden.
Three specimens, the largest 55 inches long, from off

Colombo,

The following species from the Pacific, off the coast of
Central America, is described by Dr. 8. Garman in the
‘ Albatross’ report. It seems to be pretty certainly a Chiro-
lophius, perhaps closely allied to C. Murrayt.

Chirolophius spilurus, Garman.

Head longer than broad, eyes large, the snout as long as
the eye, humeral spine simple. UD. VI, 8; A. 6; P. 17;
secoud ray of spinous dorsal longer than tie first, which is
sleuder, without a flap. 158 vertebrae.

282 Mr. GC. T. Regan—A Revision

Lopuiomus, Gill *.

Teeth in the lower jaw mostly in 3 series, anteriorly
in 4—5 series; opercular membrane without free posterior
margin ; gill-openings wide, below the pectorals and extending
beyond them posteriorly ; pectorals broad, with 22-23 rays,
their bases can be received within the gill-openings. Dorsal
with about VI, 8 rays, anal with about 6, the last ray of each
being cleft to the base and supported by a single basal bone.
Vertebre about 19. |

There is only one well-established species which certainly
belongs to this genus, viz., Lophiomus setigerus, Wahl.
After examining examples of Lophius indicus, Alcock, L have
no hesitation in pronouncing them to belong to L. setigerus,
as Dr. Alcock himself suggested might prove to be the case.
Sir Andrew Smith’s description of Lophius upsicephalus from
the Cape of Good Hope is, so far as it goes, perfectly applic-
able to L. setigerus; and I have examined a large stuffed
specimen of L. upsicephalus from Sir A. Smiths collection,
in which the number of dorsal, anal, and pectoral rays is
the same as in L. setigerus, with which it also agrees in
the general form of the body and in the dentition; in this
specimen the humeral spine is wanting. Several examples of
L,. setigerus show that during growth the posterior or lateral
series of small fixed teeth in the premaxillaries increases
owing to the appearance of additional teeth at its anterior end;
thus a specimen 150 mm. long has 8-9 teeth in this series on
each side, occupying the posterior third of the length of the
premaxillaries, one 200 mm. has 12-13, and one 400 mm.,
19-21, now extending over more than half the length of the
bone. The example of ZL. upsicephalus is 1040 mm. long
and these teeth occupy 3-2 of the length of the bone, and
are 31-34 in number. So far as is known, then, LZ. upsi-
cephalus is not distinct from L. setigerus; and as this species
is now known to range from the Malabar Coast to the Seas
of China and Japan, its occurrence at the Cape of Good Hope
cannot be regarded as surprising.

I have examined ten examples of L. setigerus ; the head is
as broad as long, and equal to about halt the total length,
without caudal; there are VI, 8 dorsal, 6 anal, and 22-23
pectoral rays ; the humeral spine is coarse and normally ends
in 5 points, but in two specimens there are 6-8 points; there
are 2-3 teeth on each side of the vomer. In the young the

* Lophiomus caulinaris, Garman, may belong to this genus. Head as
broad as long, humeral spine trifid. D. VI, 8; A. 6; P. 17-18. 18
vertebra.

of the Fishes of the Family Lophiide. 283

anterior part of the tongue is white with a network of. black
lines, which increase in thickness during growth, the adult
having pale spots on a dark ground-colour.

Lopuius, Linn.

Teeth in the lower jaw in 3 series anteriorly, in 2 pos-
teriorly ; opercular membrane without free posterior margin ;
gill-openings wide, below the pectorals and extending beyond
them posteriorly; pectorals broad, with 23-29 rays, their
bases can be received within the gill-openings. Dorsal with
VI, 8-12 rays, anal with 8-11, the last ray of each not
cleft. Vertebree 27-32 (? 25-35).

There are certainly four species of this genus, viz., L. pisca-
torius, Linn., L. litulon, Jordan, L. Budegassa, Spinola, and
L. Vaillant’, sp. n., and perhaps a fifth, viz. L. vomerinus,
Cuv. & Val. In all, as in Lophiomus, there are a pair of
divergent spines on the palatines, and the supraorbital ridge
is short and produced into two spines, thus differing from the
three species of Chirolophius described above, which have
three spines on the palatine and an elevated and dentated
supraorbital ridge.

Lophius piscatortus, Linn.

Length of head 2 (young) -23 times in the total length,
without caudal. Skeleton tairly well ossified, tissues firm.
Humeral spine stout, usually with three points (in one
specimen one spine, in another both have two points only),
short, its length 54-8 times in the distance from its base to
the anterior end of the premaxillaries; eye diameter 7-10
times in this distance; interorbital width 3-34 times; length
of snout 23 times. Spines on the head stout, rather blunt.
Teeth strong, conical, about 8-11 in the posterior series of
fixed teeth on the premaxillaries, 1-3 on each side of the
vomer. D. VI, 11-12; A. 10-11; P. 25-28. The rays of
the spinous dorsal are rather stout, the first ends in a flap
which may be simple or bifid; in one very large specimen
the flap is simple, broad, and has its posterior surtace entirely
white ; the second ray is nearly as long as the first. The
distance from the tip of the last ray of the soft dorsal, when
laid back, to the base of the caudal is not much more than
the depth of the caudal peduncle.

Dark brownish slate-colour above, somewhat sharply
separated from the white of the lower half of the body.
Pectorals blackish above, below white, with a sharply defined
black border. Ventrals white, blackish in young specimens.

284 Mr. C. T, Regan—A Revision

This description is based upon twelve spirit-specimens and
two skeletons in the British Museum. In two of the spirit-
specimens I have examined the vertebral column, and I find
the number of vertebree in these and the two skeletons to be
31, 32, 31, and 32 respectively. In each case there are 6
vertebrae posterior to the one below the last dorsal ray.
Dr. Gill gives 28 as the number of vertebrze in two specimens
examined by him. Cuvier gives the number as 30, and
Bonaparte as 28-31. The first vertebra is small, suturally
united to the skull, and easily overlooked. Some authors
have found only 10 dorsal and 9 anal rays, but it is possible
that one or two of the anterior rays have been missed by
them.

Hab, Coasts of both sides of the North Atlantic, Medi-

terranean.

Lophius litulon, Jordan.

This species is known to me only from very young
examples, in one of which I find 27 vertebra. There are
VI 10 (?9) dorsal and 9 (? 8) anal rays; the pectorals have
23-24 rays, The humeral spine is short and simple. This
species is extremely similar to LZ. piscatorius, from which it
appears to differ only in the simple humeral spine, the lesser
number of fin-rays, and in the greater prominence of the
branches of the lateral line on the upper surface of the head,
a feature indicated in Dr. Jordan’s fgure.

Hab. Coasts of Middle Japan, ranging farther north than
Lophiomus setigerus (Jordan).

Lephius Budegassa, Spinola.

The British Museum possesses three specimens of this
species, which differs from LZ. piscatorius in the following
points :—The spines on the head are somewhat longer and
sharper in specimens of equal size; the humeral spine is
longer, its length being contained 33-44 times in the distance
from its base to the anterior ends of the premaxillaries (in
two specimens the humeral spines have three points, in the
third that of one side is simple, of the other bifid); the teeth
are slightly shorter, a single tooth on each side of the vomer ;
the fin-rays are fewer in number, D. VI, 8-9, A. 9, P. 24,
and the rays of the spinous dorsal are more slender. ‘he
distance from the tip of the Jast dorsal ray, when laid back,
to the base of the caudal is considerably more than the depth
of the caudal peduncle. The blackish border of the under

of the Fishes of the Family Lophiide. 289

surface of the pectorals is broader and less clearly defined
than in L. piscatorius. In one specimen I have ascertained
the number of vertebra to be 28, 8 of which are behind the
vertebra below the last dorsal ray. Cuvier gives the number
as 25, and Bonaparte as 27-30.

Hab. Mediterranean.

Lophius Vaillanti, sp. n.

Five specimens, the largest 270 mm. in total length, were
taken by the ‘Talisman’ at the Azores and Cape Verde
Islands at depths of 460-760 metres; one of these is in the
British Museum, the others in the Museum of Natural
History at Paris. Professor Vaillant has very kindly looked
at these latter, and confirms my opinion that they belong to
a species distinct from L. piscatorius, differing notably in the
feeble ossification of the skeleton, delicacy of the tissues,
more elongate body, long slender teeth, bifid humeral spine,
larger eye, shorter snout, and slender rays of spinous dorsal—
characters which indicate that this fish probably descends
to considerable depths. In thesinglespecimen I haveexamined
there are VI, 10 dorsal, 10 anal, and 25 pectoral rays; 14-16
teeth in the posterior series of the premaxillary, and one on
each side of the vomer. Owing to the great delicacy of the
tissues, there is a large hole torn in the abdomen, which has
enabled me to see the anterior part of the vertebral column
without further injury to the fish, from which I should judge
that the vertebree may be in somewhat greater number than
in L. piscatorius. ‘The measurements of this specimen are as
follows :—Total length with caudal 266 mm. ; length without
caudal 216 mm.; length of head 96 mm.; snout 16 mm.;
eye diameter 12 mm.; interorbital width 15 mm.; humeral
spine 14 mm.; length of rays of spinous dorsal, 1 35 mm.,
If 31 mm., Il] 24 mm., IV 23 mm., V?, VI?.:

Colour pale brown ; dorsal, caudal, and pectorals blackish.

Lophius vomerinus, Cuv. & Val.

This species is founded on a single specimen from the Cape
of Good Hope, 660 mm. long. It is said to have no teeth
on the vomer, on which account M. Guichenot regards it as
the type of a separate genus (Lophiopsis). ‘The number of
rays, D. VI, 10, A. 9, P. 26, points to the probability that it

belongs to this genus, but it cannot yet be certainly regarded
as a distinct species.

ho
(o'2)
(or)

Mr. O. Thomas on

XXXV.—Two new Glossophagine Bats from Central
America. By OLDFIELD THOMAS.

Tue British Museum has recently received from Mr. C. F.
Underwood three specimens of a new Glossophagine bat
which, although nearly related to Chwronycteris, cannot be
referred to that genus, but requires a new one for its recep-
tion. In working it out I have also found a Cheronycteris
in the Museum collection to need description.

HYLONYCTERIS, gen. nov.

External characters as in Cheronycteris, the nose-leaf, —
ears, index-finger, interfemoral membrane, and tail all as in
that genus.

Dental formula :—

1.4, C. i, P. 3, M. 53x 2=30.

Upper incisors very small, in a curved row, nearly equally
spaced, the outer pair inappreciably larger than the inner.
No trace of lower incisors. Canines, premolars, and molars
as in Ch@ronycteris, but there is no wide space behind the
upper canine, where the “deciduous” anterior premolar
might have stood. (I have never seen a case of its persistence
in Cheronycteris, but there is always a wide space for it, and
it is treated as present in all the published dental formule.)

Skull of medium proportions, the muzzle neither so deve-
loped as in Cheronycterts mexicana nor so reduced as in the
species next to be described. Zygomata absent. Bony palate
elongate, the posterior nares level with the middle of the
glenoid surfaces. Pterygoid processes normal, not inflated or
produced backwards to reach the auditory bulle. Basi-
occipital deeply excavated on each side of a strong median
ridge, the latter continuous with a marked median vomerine
ridge. ;

‘Type, Hylonycteris Underwoodt, sp. n.

This bat is evidently very closely allied to Cheronycteris,
but the different structure of its pterygoid and sphenoid
regions and the permanent absence of the anterior premolar
appear to prevent its being definitely assigned to that genus.
In this conclusion I have been confirmed by a study of the
characters of C. Godmani, described below, which, at first
sight appearing far more distinct from Cheronycteris mext~
cana than does Hylonycteris Underwoodi, shows the same
essential structure of the base of the skull and the same

<ked diastema behind the upper canines.

ho
(oe
~I

new Glossophagine Bats.

Llylonycteris Underwoodi, sp. n.

Size about as in Charonycteris minor. Muzzle of medium
length, not so conspicuously whiskered as in C. meacana.
Nose-leaf small, narrow, pointed, without distinct midrib.
Kars fairly large, their inner margin evenly convex, tip
rounded ; outer margin slightly concave above, then convex,
a much sharper and deeper notch than in Charonycteris sepa-
rating the pointed antitragal part below. Wings attached to
the ankles. Interfemoral membrane well developed, the tip
of the short tail appearing in the middle of its upper surface.
Calear shorter than the foot. Feet short, the claws appa-
ey bearing a greater proportion to their length than
usual,

Fur practically confined to the body and the fleshy part of
the forearms and hind legs, not extending on to the wings or
interfemoral membranes.

Colour dark brown (seal-brown) above, the crown of the
head almost black, below very slightly paler. Individually
the hairs of the back are tricolor, darker brown basally and
terminally, with a whitish-brown mesial ring.

Skull with the muzzle of medium proportions, but the
palate is not so parallel-sided as in Ch@ronycterts, the two
rows of teeth diverging considerably behind. ‘Teeth generally
similar in form to those of Cheronycteris, but rather shorter
horizontally, and therefore less highly specialized than in that
animal,

Dimensions of the type :—

Forearm 34:5 millim.

Skull: greatest length 23; basal length 20°3; interorbital
breadth 4°2; breadth across brain-case 8°6; tip of muzzle to
just behind anterior zygoma-root 9°8; length of palate 14:2 ;
front of canine to back of m’* 8:5, ditto below to back of
m3 8°8.

Dimensions of a skin, softened and put in spirit :—

Forearm 32°5.

Nose-leaf, length 5:3; ear 11:5; thumb (c. u.) 10;
index 32; third finger, metacarpus 33°5, first phalanx 14,
second phalanx 185; fifth finger, metacarpus 29, first
phalanx 7°3, second phalanx 11; lower leg 12; hind foot,
s. u. 7, c. u. 9°8; calcar 6; tail 6; depth of intertemoral
in centre 13.

Hab. Rancho Redondo, Costa Rica (type). ‘wo other
specimens from Tarbaca, Costa Rica.

Type. B.M. no. 3. 2.1.5. Collected 30th June, 1899, by
C. F. Underwood. Three specimens,

283 On new Glossophagine Bats.

This forms the second new genus of bats that Mr. Under-
wood has discovered, the first having been Glyphonycteris,
described by me in 1896.

In studying this bat the following species also proves to
need description :—

Cheronycteris Godmani, sp. n.

Size, as judged by forearm, about as in C. mznor, but
owing to the great reduction of the muzzle the skull is con-
spicuously smaller. Snout less heavily whiskered than in
C. mexicana. Face small and pointed, very different to the
long face of the other species. Nose-leaf triangular, about
as broad below as high. Ears in shape and proportionate
size about as in C. mexicana, but, owing to the shorter face,
they reach when laid forward to the eye ; antitragal lobe low,
rounded, the notch behind it shallow. Calcar fairly long,
reaching when laid against the foot to the middle of the
claws.

Fur short and close, confined to the body and the fleshy
parts of the forearms and thighs. Its colour (in spirit) appears
to be a dull uniform brown above and below.

Skull differing conspicuously from that of the other species
of the genus by its disproportionally small, delicate, and
slender muzzle, the brain-case being nearly equal to that of
C. minor, while the muzzle is not two thirds its size in that
species. The measurements of the palate and_tooth-rows
given below afford evidence of this characteristic. Hinder
edge of palate level with middle of glenoid surface. Ptery-
goid processes bulbous and reaching backwards, as in C. mea?-
cana and minor, to the bulle. Basioccipital excavated
laterally, but the median ridge is not continued forward on to
the sphenoid, which is quite flat. Ramus of lower jaw very
slender, its vertical height behind p,; about 08 millim.
Teeth very delicate, with wide gaps between them, their
shapes as in C. minor; a large vacant space behind the upper
canines. Upper incisors subequal, in pairs, widely separated
in the middle line.

Dimensions of the type, measured on the spirit-specimen :—

Forearm 33°5 millim.

Head and body 47; tail 7; nose-leaf 3°5x 3:0; ear 95;
third finger, metacarpus 32, first phalanx 13, second phalanx
17; fifth finger, metacarpus 28, first phalanx 8, second
phalanx 9°3; lower leg and foot, s. u. 18°5, c. u. 19°8;
calcar 6°3 ; depth of interfemoral in middle line 12:5,

Skull: greatest length 19°6, basal length 17; breadth
across brain-case 8 ; breadth of muzzle at anterior premolar 8;

On the Technical Name of the Tasmanian Devil. 289

tip of muzzle to supraorbital foramen 7°5; palate length 12;
breadth between cuter corners of m’ 4; front of canine to
back of m® 7°1.

Fab. Guatemala.

Type. Adult male in spirit. B.M. no. 79. 12. 24. 1.
Collected by Mr. G. C. Champion and presented by F.
DuCane Godman, Esq., in whose honour I have named it.

This bat was on arrival determined as C. minor by Dobson,
but not only does its skull differ conspicuously from that
referred by the same author in his Catalogue to Peters’s
species, but in the original description no mention is made of
the proportions of the head or skull being in any way different
from those of the typical species C. mexicana. In fact, the
head-length of C. m¢nor (26 millim.) is alone sufficient to
prove the distinctness of the two forms.

XXXVI.—WNote on the Technical Name of the Tasmanian
Devil. By OLDFIELD THOMAS.

THE current name for this animal, Sarcophilus urstnus, is
based on the Didelphys ursina of Harris (Tr. Linn. Soc. ix.
p- 176, 1808), but not of Shaw (Gen. Zool. i. pt. 2, p. 504,
1800), which is the Tasmanian wombat. On the principle of

‘once a synonym always a synonym,” the name ursinus is
not available for the animal to which it was applied at the
later date, and a new name will therefore be required for the
Tasmanian Devil.

I would suggest for it that of Sarcophilus satanicus.

XXXVII.—A new Duiker from West Africa.
By OLpFIELD THOMAS.

Tue British Museum owes to Sir Douglas Brooke, Bart.,

the gift of three specimens—adult male, female, and youne—
of a Duiker from Fanti, from the gollection of his father
Sir Victor Brooke. These have hitherto been regarded as
Cephalophus Ogilbyt ; but an opportunity having occurred of
examining a fresh skin and skull of the latter animal, brought
home by Capt. Boyd Alexander from Fernando Po, I find
that the mainland form is distinct from that of the island, In

250 On a new Duiker from West Africa.

memory of the well-known authority on the Ungulata, Sir
Victor Brooke, from whose collection the specimens.come, I
have very great pleasure in naming it

Cephalophus Brooker, sp. n.

Size slightly less thanin C. Ogilby7. General colour very
much as shown in the figure of that animal in the ‘ Book of
Antelopes’ (pl. xviii. fig. 2) ; in fact, I am convinced that
that figure, which was one of those prepared under Sir V.
Brooke’s own directions, was taken from this animal. ‘The
supraorbital dark and light lines are, however, too strongly
marked, and the legs are too dark, these being uniformly
light to the hoofs in C. Brookei, while in C. Ogilbyi the
phalanges and front of the metapodials are black. Hairs of
middle line of nape reversed forwards for 3 or 4 inches, as in
C. Weynst and Johnston?. Dorsal stripe deep black, mucir
broader than in C. Ogilby?, about 2-25 inches broad at its
widest point, not continued on to the tail, but terminating
3 or 4 inches short of the root of that organ, which has, how-
ever, in the young specimen only, a renewed dark line on its
upperside. ‘Tail with a grizzled black-and-white terminal
tuft.

The young specimen is in many respects darker than the
adults, having a black frontal patch, brown fore-quarters, and
dark limbs; but the characteristic appearance of the dorsal
streak induces me to consider that it is probably associated
rightly with them.

Skull, as compared with that of C. Ogilby7, rather smaller,
narrower across the orbital region, and without the marked
frontal convexity found in that species; muzzle parallel-
sided, the nasals less broadened posteriorly; premaxille
broadly articulating with sides of nasals; anteorbital pits
shallow; median notch of palate broadly rounded, approxt-
mately level with the lateral ones; bulle variable, those of
the male very much smaller than those of the female.

Horns considerably smaller than those of C. Ogilby?,
lying back in or below the general line of the face; those of
the male 73 millim. Jong, with a basal diameter of 26 millim.,
these measurements being in the female 40 and 20.

Dimensions of the type (stuffed) :—

Head and body 900 millim.; tail 120; hind foot (s. u.)
195; ear 88. Height at withers 500.

Skull: basal length (c.) 172; greatest breadth 8£; muzzle
to.orbit 103; nasals 86 x 89; interorbital breadth 46; muzzle

On Three new Races of Tragulus kanchil. 291

to alveolus of p? 71; palate length 110; length of upper
tooth-row 56.

Hab. Fanti.

Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 97. 1.5.2. Collected by
Aubinn, acquired by Sir Victor Brooke, and presented by the
latter’s son, Sir Douglas Brooke.

This distinct species, the mainland representative of
C. Ogilbyi, is readily distinguishable from that animal by the
reversed hairs of the nape, the much broader dorsal streak,
which does not run on to the tail, the light-coloured feet, and
by the less swollen frontal region of its skull.

It is still possible that C. Ogi/by¢ may occur on the main-
land, but these Fanti specimens are certainly not referable
to it.

XXXVIU.—On Three new Races of Tragulus kanchil,
Raffles, with Remarks on the Genus. By J. Lewis
Bonuote, M.A.

A FEW months ago Messrs. Stone and Rehn published a paper
on some mammals from Sumatra *, and included in it a revision
of the genus Tragulus.

With their findings as a whole I quite agree, and, having
had occasion lately to look up the genus, I find that we have
in the British Museum three apparently undescribed forms of
the smaller Chevrotain from Borneo, Bunguran Island, and
Cochin China, which I propose to describe.

Before doing so, however, it may perhaps be as well to
make a few remarks on the whole genus.

Many naturalists cavil greatly at the mass of names that
is slowly but surely rising round each group, which they
would call a single species, and thereby refuse to recognize
geographical forms. Now these races, which arise from their
geographical position, represent no doubt the initial differen-
tiations of new species, and, far from being ignored, should
be most closely studied. ‘The easiest and simplest method of
doing so is to describe them and recognize them by means of
trinomials.

I cannot agree with those who, while using trinomials for
continental races, refuse to allow them for insular races, on

* Proc. Acad. Nat, Sci. Philad. p. 127 (1902).

292 Mr. J. L. Bonhote on Three new

the plea that, as intermediate forms do not exist, they must
be regarded as separate species.

The present genus offers a very good example of the con-
fusion that may arise from adhering to binomials for insular
races.

Messrs. Stone and Rehn, omitting all Mr. Miller’s late
species, give a list, excluding synonyms, of eight species, with
nothing to show that some are much more closely related
than others.

If Mr. Miller’s recent forms be taken into account, we find
the number of species doubled, and this mass of names, if not
connected in groups as indicated by trinomials, can only lead
to confusion rather than to a clearer understanding of the
genus.

If the subject be carefully studied, we find that there are
only four, or, at the most, five species, viz., 7’. meminna,
T. Stanleyanus, T. javanicus (Osbeck, nee Gm.) (the 7..napu
of authors), 7’. kanchi/, Raffles (the 7’. javanicus (Gm.) of
authors), and possibly 7’. fulviventer. Of the first two species
but little is known, while 7. gavanicus and T. kanchil are
represented by a slightly different form on almost all the
islands of their range.

With regard to 7. fulviventer, externally it much resembles
some of the forms of 7. kanchil, but there are certain cranial
differences which would seem to point to its being a distinct
species. If its true habitat be Malacca, as is stated by Gray,
it must, of course, be regarded as distinct; but from its
general appearance I suspect its real home is to the east
either on the mainland or one of the islands, in which case
it can only be considered a race of 7. kanchil.

The differences between 7’. kanchil from Sumatra and
T. kanchil pelandoc from Java, as stated in the paper quoted
above, do not appear to hold good in all cases. In two
specimens from Java which I have examined one resembles
pelandoe on the throat and kanchil on the nape, while the
other has the nape of pelandoc and throat of kanchil, so that
further evidence is required as to the distinctions between
these forms.

Messrs. Stone and Rehn appear to have overlooked a
species described by Gray under the name of Tragulus affinis
(P. Z. 8. 1861, p. 138). Gray, in his description, states
that it is a pale-coloured variety much resembling those from
Cochin China, and that it is supposed to have come from
Singapore. Under these circumstances Mr. Miller was quite
justified in describing the form found in the Malay Peninsula
as new.

Races of Tragulus kanchil, Raffles. 993

Gray’s type, however, is in the British Museum, and a
comparison with specimens from the Peninsula shows that it
agrees with them exactly, but does not agree with the
specimen from Cochin China described in this paper.

Under these circumstances, therefore, Mr. Miller’s name of
ravus has to give place to Gray’s name, and the small chevro-
tain from the Peninsula should be known as TY’. kanchil affinis.

The following belong to apparently undescribed races of
T. kanchil :—

Tragulus kanchil Pierret, subsp. n.

Size as in Trag. kanchil affinis, Gray.

General colour throughout very uniform and of a dull
yellowish brown, slightly darker on the back, the general
tone being between ‘* wood-brown and tawny olive” *, shading
in the darker portions to “mummy-brown” *. The under-
part of the chin and throat (except for the usual markings),
the chest, and the inner sides of all four limbs are white.
The belly is pale ochreous and the markings on the throat,
which form a complete triangle, brownish clay.

The skull does not appreciably differ from that of 7. k.
affinis of the Peninsula, except in being a trifle more stoutly
built. The nasals are narrower and the bulle somewhat
broader, 7. e. projecting farther downwards. ‘The basioccipital
is more constricted and its downward processes much more
marked.

Dimensions (from skin) :—Head and body 420 millim. ;
tail 57; tarsus 81.

Skull.—Greatest length 89 millim. ; basallength 76; pala-
tal length 57; length of nasals 25; maxillary tooth-row 32 ;
zygomatic breadth 42; length of bulle 17; greatest breadth
of bulle 7-5.

Hab. Bien Hoa, Lower Cochin China.

Type. B.M. 78. 6. 17. 18. Collected by M. Pierre, Feb-
ruary 1877.

The very brownish colour of this animal and absence of
any black serve to distinguish it from all other forms. It is
most nearly related to 7. k. affinis, Gray.

Tragulus kanchil Hoset, subsp. n.

A brightly coloured Tragulus slightly larger than 7. hk,
affinis.
* These are the names given in Ridgway’s ‘ Nomen. of Colours.’

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xi. 21

294 Mr. J. L. Bonhote on Three new

General colour on the back black, strongly grizzled with
rufous, which latter colour predominates, but is slightly
yellower in tint on the sides. Head and face as the back,
lighter on the cheeks. Nape-stripe very well defined and
neatly pure black. Sides of neck and fore feet rufous, hind
feet similar in colour to the back. Well-defined orange
markings start from inside the fore legs and run backwards
and inwards to join in the middle line, thence passing back-
wards along the median line to the vent, where it widens out
into a broad irregular transverse band. There is a further
narrow line of this colour bordering the colour of the upper
parts and bordering both sides of the white on the inner side of
the thighs. The median ventral stripe is also carried forward
to meet the transverse stripe on the neck. The markings on
the neck are of the usual shape and are orange-rufous thickly
grizzled with black. The remainder of the underparts are
pure white. The tail, which is longer than in 7’. k. affinis,
is similar in colour to the rest of the body, viz., grizzled
rufous above and white below.

The skull is similar but larger than that of JT. kh. affinis,
the most noticeable point of difference being in the bulle,
which are very much swollen and rounded and nearly twice
as large; as aresult of this the constriction of the anterior
portion of the basioccipital, noticed when dealing with the
last species, has gone a stage further and become still more
constricted, so that the whole bone is rather wedge-shaped,
with the sharp edge downwards, leaving a fairly deep groove
on either side between the wedge and the bulle. Another
point of difference is in the anterior margin of the premaxille,
which bends abruptly downwards from the anterior end of the
nasals, whereas in 7”. k. affinis and T. k. Pierrevit goes down
in a more gradual slope.

Dimensions (of type) from dried skin:—Head and body
472 millim.; tail 75; hind tarsus 98.

Skull—Greatest length 98 millim.; basal length 86;
palate length 62; length of nasals 29 ; zygomatic breadth 42 ;
icngth of maxillary tooth-row 32; length of bulle 20;
greatest breadth of bulle 10.

Hab, Baram River, Sarawak.

Type. Adult female. B.M. 0. 8. 4. 10. Collected and
presented by Mr. C. Hose.

This handsome race is most nearly allied to 7. fulviventer,
from which it differs chiefly in its larger size and rather paler
coloration. 1’. fulviventer has, in addition, a clear orange
transverse band on the throat connecting the apex of the
triangle with the colour of the upper parts on either side,

Races of Tragulus kanchil, Raffles. 290

while it lacks the irregular transverse band across the vent.
I am doubtful if there is any specific value attaching to these
markings of the underparts, but perhaps it is as well that
they should be noted.

If we turn to the skull we find that 7. fulviventer is inter-
mediate in form between T. affinds and the present subspecies.
It is intermediate in size, intermediate in the constriction of
the basioccipital, and intermediate in the amount of swelling
undergone by the bulla. The premaxilla, however, are of
the 7. Hosec type. The maxillary tooth-row is precisely the
same length in all three forms, and in the case of 1’. affinis
and J’. I/oset the teeth are practically alike, but in 7. fulvi-
venter there is a curious change, which I take to be merely an
individual variation. The second molar in the upper jaw on
either side is considerably broader, measuring 7 millim., as
against 5 millim. in 7. Hosez, and the last molar is reduced
to a single conical cusp.

Tragulus kanchil Everetti, subsp. n.

Appearance similar to 7. &. Hose?, but deeper in colour
and rather smaller.

General colour like T. k. Hosez, except that the red on the
flanks is much deeper, being rutous (‘‘ ochraceous rufous,”
Ridgw.) instead of deep buff (“ orange-rufous,” Ridgw.).

Underparts pure white, with the exception of one long
median ventral stripe, broad and of an orange colour over the
belly, but narrow and grizzled anteriorly. There is a very
faint trace of the transverse abdominal band, and a patch of
orange on the thighs narrows down the white to a thin stripe.

The skul/, which is slightly smaller than that of J. hk.
Hosei, may be at once distinguished by its large teeth and
small bulla. The premaxille, instead of sloping gradually
downwards after leaving the nasals, as in I’. affinis, or
narrowing abruptly, as in 7. Hosez, continue forwards at
their original breadth for some 3 millim., and then suddenly
turn down abruptly. In other respects the skull does not
differ from that of 7. k. Hose.

Dimensions (of type) from dried skin:—Head and body
450 millim. ; tail 73; hind tarsus 89.

Skull.—Basal length 83 millim.; palatal length 60;
length of nasals 29; length of maxillary tooth-row 35; zygo-
matic breadth 44; length of bulla 16; breadth of bull 7.

Hab. Bunguran Island, Natunas.

Type. Adult female. B.M. 94. 9. 28.21. Collected on
the Ist October, 1893, by Mr. A. H. Everett.

7 We

296 On Three new Races of Tragulus kanchil.

Externally the bright colour of this race is sufficient to
distinguish it at a glance. As regards cranial characters, the
large teeth and small bulle are such conspicuous and readily
seen features as to enable it to be very easily identified, while
at the same time forming characters which leave no doubt in
my mind that the island race is a good and well-marked form.

I append a list of the hitherto described species, with
references to the original descriptions and the localities in
which they were obtained :—

1. Tragulus meminna, Erxl. Syst. Regn. An. p. 322 (1777).
—-Ceylon and 8. India.

2. Tragulus Stanleyanus, Gray, P. Z. S. 1836, p. 65.—Loe.

Unknown.

3. Tragulus javanicus (Osbeck, nec Gm.) (7. napu of authors).

Cervus javanicus, Osbeck, Reise nach Ostindien und China, p. 357
(1765).—Java.

Tragulus javanicus napu (F. Cuy.), Hist. Nat. Mamm, pl. ccexxix.
(1822),—Sumatra.

T. j. nigricans, Thos. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. ix. p. 254
(1892).—Philippines.

T. 7. rufulus, Miller, Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci. ii. p. 227 (1900).—Tioman
Island.

T. 7. canescens, Miller, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. xiii. p. 185 (1900).—
Tury, L. Siam.

T. j. umbrinus, Miller, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. xiii. p. 191 (1909).—
Pulo Lankawi.

T. 7. bunguranensis, Miller, Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci. iii. p. 113 (1901).—
Bunguran Island.

T.j. pretiosus, Miller, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. p. 144 (1902).—
Linga Island.

T. 7. borneanus, Miller, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash, xy. p. 174 (1902).—
British North Borneo.

4. Tragulus kanchil, Raffles (1. gavanicus (Gm.) of authors).

Tragulus kanchil, Raffles, Trans. Linn. Soe. xiii. p. 262 (1&22).—
Sumatra.

T. k. pelandoc, Ham. Smith, Griff. Anim. Kingd. iv. p. 66 (1827),—
Java.

T. k. fulviventer, Gray, P. Z. 8. 1836, p. 65.—Malay Peninsula ?

T. k. affinis, Gray, P. Z. 8. 1861, p. 158.—Singapore.

T. k. pallidus, Miller, Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci. iii. p. 116 (1901).—
Pulo Laut.

T. k. Prerrei, mihi.—Lower Cochin China.

T. k. Hosei, mihi.—Baram River, Sarawak.

T. k. Everett?, mibiimBunguran Island.

On the Genera of the Dromiide. 297

XXXIX.—Deseription of a new Species of Balanus from the
Collection of the British Museum. By Prof. A. GRUVEL.

Balanus violaceus, sp. n.

Diagnosis.—Walls and base porous. Radii well deve-
loped, not pierced by pores. ‘Test violaceous in general
colour, with numerous narrow, longitudinal, clear grey-blue
ribs. Base entirely porous. Scuta with the articular
ridge very prominent, the ridge of the adductor feebly
developed and situated a little nearer the rostral than the
tergal margin; pit for the adductor muscle deep; cavity
for the lateral depressor muscle also deep. Terga with the
ridge and the articular furrow very clearly marked; spur
prominent at the rounded lower extremity, and situated
at a slightly less distance than its own width from the basi-
scutal angle; crests for the depressor muscle very distinct
and prominent ; noexternal longitudinal furrow, but, on the
contrary, a longitudinal ridge; apex slightly projecting,
terminating in a blunt point.

Habitat. Unknown.

N.B.—This species comes near to B, nubilus, Darwin, and
consequently its place is in section C.

XL.—On the Genera of the Dromiide. By L. A. BORRADAILE,
M.A., Lecturer in Natural Sciences at Selwyn College,
Cambridge.

Since Bouvier’s paper “ Sur l’Origine homarienne des Crabes”’
(Bull. Soc. Philom. 1896) the limits of the genera of this
family of primitive crabs have become very uncertain. In
the list of genera and species of the Dromiacea which he has
lately published * Alcock has included Stimpson’s Dromidia,
with Dromia as a subgenus, and placed Dromidopsis T with
Dromidia as synonymous, regarding Cryptodromia, Stimps.,
as still an independent genus. In working out the collection
of Dromiide made by the late Maldive Expedition I have
been led to conclusions which differ from these with regard
to the genera Dromidia and Dromidiopsis and support
the view hitherto held of their generic distinctness. More-
over, it has seemed that certain other rearrangements are

* ‘Catalogue of the Indian Decapod Crustacea in the Collection of the
Indian Museum,’ part i. fascic. 1, pp. 74-80 (1901).
+ Borradaile, P. Z. S. 1900, p. 672.

298 Mr. L. A. Borradaile on the

necessary and that a new genus must be established for one
of the new Maldive species. In these circumstances a set!le-
ment of the question may be forwarded by the following
short survey of its position, in the shape of a redefinition of
the central group of genera and a key which includes them
with the others of the family.

The definition of each of the revised genera is followed by
a list of those species which I am at present able to assign to
it. References to all of these which have been already
described will be found in Alcock’s work cited in the foot-
note. ‘lhe new species will be described in the ‘ Fauna and
Geography of the Maldive Islands,’ vol. ii. part 1.

The features of which I have made use for systematic
pu poses are for the most part those taken by other writers.
‘The principal are: —The presence or absence of an epipodite
on the first leg (cheliped), the distinctness or otherwise of
the furrows on the back which mark off the regions, the
proportion of the length of the carapace in the middle line
to its greatest breadth, the shape of the legs, and the arrange-
ment of the sternal furrows. ‘These are a pair of grooves,
one on each side, which run fore and aft over the thoracic
sternites of the female, beginning on the hindermost and
ending on that which corresponds to the first, second, or
third pair of legs. Their forward ends may be raised on
knobs, and are either wide apait, side by side but not meeting,
or curving to meet.

Definitions of Genera of Dromiide.
1. Dromia, Fabr.

“ Dromiide with an epipodite on the cheliped, the walking-
legs not knobbed or ridged, the carapace broader than long,
the regions well marked or indistinct, the ridges of the
efferent branchial channels broken, indistinct, or well made,
the sternal grooves of the female ending apart behind the
chehped segment, the fifth leg shorter than the third and
with no thorn on the outer side of its last joint.”

D. vulyaris, D. dormia (=D. Rumphi), &c.

2. Dromipiopsts, Borradaile.

“ Dromiide with an epipodite on the cheliped, the walking-
legs not knobbed or ridged, the carapace longer than broad,
the furrows between the regions almost completely lost, tle
ridges of the efferent branchial channels well made, the
sternal grooves of the female ending together on the cheliped
segment or on that of the first walking-leg, the fifth lee

Genera of the Dromiidee. 299

about as long as the third and often with a thorn on the outer
side of its last joint.”

D. australiensis, D. tridentatus, sp. n., D. cranioides,
D. orientalis, ? D. caput-mortuum, &e.

3. DromipiA, Stimps. (?+ Pseudodromia, Stimps.).

“ Dromiide with no epipodite on the cheliped, the walking-
legs not knobbed or ridged, the carapace narrow but not
longer than broad, the furrows between the regions almost
completely lost, the ridges of the efferent branchial channels
well made, the sternal grooves of the female ending together
usually on the segment of the cheliped, the fifth leg longer
than the fourth, as long as or rather shorter than the third,
and with no thorn on the outer side of its last joint.”

D. hirtissima (probably), D. antillensis, D. unidentata,
&e.*

4, DROMIDES, gen. nov.

“Dromiidx with no epipodite on the cheliped, the walking-
legs not knobbed or ridged, the carapace longer than broad,
the furrows between the regions almost completely lost, the
ridges of the efferent branchial channels well made, the sternal
grooves of the female ending apart in the fore part of the
segment of the second walking-leg, the fifth leg shorter than
the third and with no thorn on the outer side of its last joint.”

D. Hilgendorji, &e.

5, CRYPTODROMIA, Stimps. (+ Hpidromia, Kossm.).

“ Dromiide with no epipodite on the cheliped, the walking-
legs knobbed or ridged, the carapace usually broader than
long, the regions present and usually well defined, the ridges
of the efferent branchial channels well made, the sternal
grooves of the female ending apart behind the cheliped
segment, the fiith leg shorter than the third, and its last joint
without a thorn on the outer side.”

C. coronata (probably), C. piletfera, C. canaliculata,
C. bullifera, C. Demani, C. ebalioides, C. Gilest, C. granu-
lata, C. hirsuta, sp. n., &e.

6. CRYPTODROMIOPSIS, gen. nov.

“ Dromiide with no epipodite on the cheliped, the walking-
legs knobbed or ridged, the carapace broader than long,

* The species known as Dromidia globosa (Lam.) seems to me te
belong to Cryptodromia. The question can only be settled by an
examination of the sternal grooves of the female, which appears to be
unknown.

300 Mr. L. A. Borradaile on the

especially broad in the forepart, and with the furrows be-
tween the regions almost completely lost, the ridges of the
efferent branchial channels well made, the sternal grooves of
the female ending together on the cheliped segment, the fifth
leg shorter than the third, and a spine on the outer side of its
last joint.”

C. tridens, sp. n., &e.

7. PETALOMERA, Stimps.

“ Dromiide with an epipodite on the cheliped, the walking-
legs bearing sharp ridges, the carapace varying in the relation
of its length to its breadth, but usually broader than long,
the regions clearly or indistinctly marked, the efferent
branchial channels well made, the sternal grooves of the
female ending apart behind the cheliped segment, the fifth leg
shorter than the third, and without a thorn on the outer side
of its last joint.”

P. granulata, P. pulchra, P. indica, P. lateralis*, &e.

It is as yet impossible to assign most of the species hitherto
placed under Dromia, Dromidia, and Cryptodromia to any
of the genera above defined, owing to lack of knowledge,
especially with regard to the epipodites and sternal grooves.
Making use of such information, direct or implied, as can be
found in the works of former writers on the subject, as well
as that given by my own examination of a number of speci-
mens, I have placed all the species I could. Till further
details be forthcoming it will probably be found convenient
to keep the others where Aleock has placed them. No
doubt later knowledge will also make it needful to drop
several items in the diagnoses, so as to give room for species
which clearly belong to some particular genus but infringe
its definition in certain respects. Alteration may also have
to be made in the naming of the two genera which I
have called Dromidia and Cryptodromia. With regard to
the type species which carry these names—V. hirtissima
(Lam.) and C. coronata, Stimps.,—we are as yet in ignorance
on the all-important question of the epipodites. It seems
likely, however, from their other features that they resemble
in this respect the species with which | have placed them.

* Cryptodromia lateralis has epipodites on the chelipeds. There is
also a distinct tendency to the formation of sharp ridges on the walking-
legs. I am inclined to think that this species should be placed between
the immediate ancestor from which Cryptodromia and Petalomera arose
and Dromia (see trce on p. 302). In any case, the epidodites forbid its
being placed in Cryptodromia, and its differences from the species of
Jetalomera as originally defined do not seem generic.

Genera of the Dromiidie, 501

The following key sets forth, in a more or less empirical
way, the principal characters of the genera of Dromiide * :—

I. No vestige of the sixth abdominal limb.
Last joint in legs of hinder two pairs has
the shape of a half-moon, fastened by its
outer side to the end of the leg. {No epi-
podite on the cheliped. Sternal grooves
end apart on segment of second walking-
leg. Carapace incompletely and more or
less indistinctly divided into regions.] .. Hypoconcha, Guér. , 1854,

II. A vestige of the sixth abdominal limb.
Last jomt in legs of hinder two pairs has
the shape of a hook, fastened at the blunt
end to the leg.

A. Sternal grooves not reaching level of
genital opening. Front triangular,
notched in the middle. [Carapace sub-
globose, without regional grooves in the
fore part. Epipodites?] ............ Spherodromia, Alc., 1899.

B. Sternal grooves reaching level of genital
opening. Front usually with a middle
tooth and one on each side,

i. Fourth pair of legs shorter than third,
but stout and ending in a very large
hooked joint. Carapace flat. [Fifth
leg slender. Epipodite on cheliped.

__ _Sternal grooves end apart.]........ Concheecetes, Stimps.,
ii. Fourth pair of legs not as in Conche- [1859,

cetes. Carapace more or less swollen.
a. Front deeply cleft into two bitid
lobes. {No epipodite on cheliped.
Sternal grooves end apart on cheli-
Pead=serments| ca wstees dav one os 6 Lasiodromia, Alc., 1901.
b. Front not as in Lastodromia,
1, Epipodites on the chelipeds.
a, Sternal grooves end together,
Carapace longer than broad.
Almost without regions.
Usually a thorn on the outer
side of the last joint of the
HCH Me gis crus ote so ate erator: Dromidiopsis, Borradaile,
8. Sternal groovesend apart. Cara- [1900.
pace usually broader than long,
Regions more or less clearly
marked. No thorn on the
outer side of the last joint of
the fifth leg.
(1) Noridges on the legs. Cara-
pace not granular ........ Dromia, Fabr., 1798,
(2) Ridges on the legs, some of

* For lack of information Iam unable to include Pseudodromia, Stim ps.
1859 (Proc. Ac. Philad. 1858, p. 226), or Platydromia, Fulton and Grant,
1902 (Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria, 1902, p. 55). The first of these genera
seems to be closely allied to Dromidia, and the second should perhaps
be placed somewhere in the neighbourhood of Cryptodromiopsis.

302 On the Genera of the Dromiide.

which are sharp. Carapace
more or less granular .... Petalomera,Stimps., 1859.
2. No epipodites on the chelipeds.
a, Legs knobbed or ridged. Cara-
pace broader than long.
(1) Regions more or less clearly
marked. Sternal grooves
end apart. No thorn on
hinder edge of last joint of

fifth les-ree ie. 7st, 2a mere Cryptodromia, Stimps.,
(2) Regions almost lost. Ster- 1859 (+ Epidromia,
nal grooves end together. KXossm.).

A thorn on the hinder edge
of the last joint of the fifth :
lees ts ees sine eres Cryptodronvopsis, g. Nn.
B. Legs not knobbed or ridged.
Carapace narrow, often longer
than broad. [Furrows_ be-
tween the regions almost
absolutely lost. |
(1) Sterral groovesend together.
(a) Frontdeeply clettinto two
prominent rounded lobes. Eudromia, Hend., 1838.
(6) Front not asin Ludromia, Dromidia, Stimps., 1859.
(2) Sternal grooves end apart .. Dromides, g. n.

The probable genealogical relations between the genera

may be represented by the following tree :—

Dromidia* t. Lasiodromia*. Cryptodromtopsis* t. Cryptodromia*,
. / re
/ 4 va
me ; I ee, - —— Petalomera.
Eudromia*}.—_ Dromides*.

Dromia.

lair | ee

Dromidiopsist..-_—__

Conchecetes.

Spherodromia.

Hypoconcha*.

On Melolonthid and Rutelid Coleoptera. 303

In view of the great complexity of the subject and the
small amount of information as yet available on several im-
portant points, it will easily be understood that the above
arrangement only professes to be tentative*. It is given
here not alone for its own interest, but because it shows
very clearly a phenomenon often to be met with in the
attempt to deal with problems of this kind. The group of
genera on the right-hand branch have broad, usually well-
regioned bodies, and legs which are knobbed and ridged
(except the walking-legs of Dromia). Those on the left-
hand branch have simple legs and narrow bodies, almost
without trace of regions. Now, the names followed by a star
are those of genera which have lost the epipodites of their
chelipeds, and it is easy to see that a division made on this
feature would cross that made on the shape of the body and
legs. Again, the genera after whose names a dagger stands
are those in which the sternal grooves end together, so that
by these grooves a third separation could be made. And,
to take one more criterion, a thorn appears on the outer side
of the last joint of the fifth leg in genera which, on other
grounds, are separated as widely as Dromidiopsis and Crypto-
dromicpsis. Indeed, the whole tree is a good example of that
kaleidoscopic shuffling of characters which so often meets the
student of zoological genealogy, and whose interest lies in the
suggestion that it makes of a tendency in the organization of
the animals in which it is found to fall into certain types of
structure somewhat reminiscent of the discontinuous variation
ot the Neo-Mendelians.

XLI.— On the Affinities and Nomenclature of certain Genera

of Melolonthid and Rutelid Coleoptera. By Giteert J.
ARROW.

In Gemminger and Harold’s Catalogue of the Coleoptera
the genus Stethaspis (in the Melolonthide) is represented by
the single species suturalis, Fabr., of which Micronyx chloro-
phyllus, Boisd., and Puranonca prasina, Cast., figure as
synonyms. lacordaire expressed himself very doubtful of
the correctness of the latter identification, and in 1873 Para-
nonca was reterred by Lansberge to its right position with the

* This is especially the case with Lasiodromia, Cryptodromiopsis, and.
Dromides, whose position is extremely doubtful.

Tt With some exceptions it may be said that species belonging to
genera on the right half of the diagram are broad, those on the left long.

304 Mr. G. J. Arrow on

Australian Rutelide. Recently Mr. F. Bates has called my
attention to the fact that this genus is not really distinguish-
able from Schizognathus as at present constituted ; but the
nearest ally of Castelnau’s species cannot be exactly deter-
mined from the curious fact that, although it does not appear
to be rare, the male is not yet known. In all the species at
present referred to Schizognathus, on the contrary, the female
appears to be by far the less common.

The forms collected together under the name of Schizo-
gnathus will have to be separated when adequate collections
are available for study, for they do not constitute a homo-
geneous series; but, although in the absence of the male
sex we are dependent on analogical reasoning, there is
cause to believe that Paranonca prasina, Cast., will eventually
be found truly congeneric with Schizognathus prasinus,
Boisd., and &. Macleay?, Fisch., the typical species of the
genus.

In consulting Hope’s description of his genus Stethaspis I
have been surprised to find that there is no correspondence
with the Fabrician species named as its type, that species
having been described from a specimen now in the British
Museum. In order to clear up this fresh complication I have
examined the original specimens in the Hope Collection, and
found, as I was led to expect, that the true Stethaspis is
based, not upon the New Zealand Melolontha suturalis, F.,
but upon the Australian Xylonychus eucalypti, Boisd. Hope
appears to have had specimens of both before him, but the
one which he identified as the Fabrician species (and which
he correctly recorded as from Australia) belongs to the second
species. It is probable that it was to the New Zealand insect
he referred as a second species of the same genus; but he
obviously did not make any careful examination of it, having
apparently no information as to its habitat. There are con-
siderable differences between the two forms, but I cannot
agree with Lacordaire in placing them at opposite ends of the
family.

‘There are thus two names for the Australian genus and
none for that from New Zealand, for the name given by
Boisduval (Micronyx) had been previously used in the Coleo-
ptera. Zoologists may differ as to which of the names now
employed should be retained, for Xy/onychus was in use many
years before the appearance of Hope’s name, although generic
characters were not attached to it until twenty years after.
My own view is that, since a mistaken identification, such as
that of Hope, must always be considered possible when the
founder of a genus has not had before him the type of the

Melolonthid and Rutelid Coleoptera. 305

species upon which it is founded, a name is not entitled to
recognition so long as it is unaccompanied by a description to
afford evidence as to its identity. For this purpose, of course,
description of the typical species, or even a statement that
the genus is based upon an actual type specimen, must be
admitted as sufficient.

I therefore consider that eucalypt’, Boisd., and its con-
geners should properly be called Stethaspis, and for the New
Zealand insect (suturalis, Fabr.) I propose the new name
Chlorochiton. The genus has been fully characterized by
Lacordaire, but I have given its essential characters in the
table which follows, in order to compare it with its nearest
allies, with which it was not associated by that entomologist.
One of these has hitherto been wrongly placed with the
Rutelide; this is Modialis prasinella, Fairm., a Chilian
insect, whose closest affinity seems to me to be with Phytolema,
another Chilian genus belonging to the Heteronycides of
Lacordaire.

The latter genus and Chlorochiton (Stethaspis, Lacord.) were
assigned to different groups by Lacordaire on account of the
produced metasternum of the latter. Later knowledge has
shown that this feature is exceedingly inconstant and liable
to be misleading as a basis of classification, and its occurrence
in Modialis seems to me to necessitate the fusion of the
groups Stethaspides and Heteronycides. With the exception
of Phytolema and one or two other small genera occurring
on the Pacific coast of South America, all the insects placed
in both divisions belong to the Australian Region, so that this
course is supported by their geographical distribution.

The following table shows the differential characters of
these hitherto scattered genera which I am proposing to bring
together. Although all highly peculiar forms, and differing
in important particulars, I consider that they have closer
relationships among themselves than with any other genera
known to me. They all agree in a superficially Ruteloid
appearance, in their prominent front coxee, distinct and
emarginate labrum, and ligula fused with the mentum.

Junction of mentum and ligula straight ; claws simple.
Antenne 8-jointed; club 3-jointed ...... Chlorochiton (New Zeal.),
Antennz 9-jointed ; club 5- or 6-jointed .. Stethaspis (Australia),

Junction of mentum and ligula angulate ; claws toothed.

Antenne 8-jointed; club 4-jointed (7);

metasternum not produced .......... Phytolema (Chili),
Antenne 9-jointed; club 3-jointed; meta-
ALGTAIMMSPTODUCEE .. eeretne o0j5 + spenn Subs Modialis (Chili).

Stethaspis (Xylonychus, Lacord.) was placed with the true

306 Mr. G. E. H. Barrett-Hamilton on

Melolonthides by Lacordaire; but that author cannot, I think,
have compared it with Chlorochiton, or he would not have
widely separated them. He has described the front coxe of
the former as transverse, but a very casual examination shows
that there is practically no difference in this respect between
the two genera. He was also mistaken in the number of
joints in the antennee of Chlorochiton and Phytolema, to both
of which he attributed nine joints. As to the latter there
has been a curious difference of opinion. Solier stated that
there were nine antennal joints in P. mutabilis. Blanchard
counted eight in the same species, as did Redtenbacher in
P. elaphocera, while Lacordaire corroborated Solier. After
a careful examination of two species of the genus I have
concluded that the two last authors mistook a condylar process
at the base of the first lamella of the club for an additional
joint.

Of the other genera most nearly related to the foregoing,
Colymbomorpha and Pyronota (respectively inhabiting Aus-
tralia and New Zealand) are united in the Munich Catalogue
(following the rather hesitating opinion of Burmeister). They
are entirely distinct, however, differing widely in the antenne,
mouth, claws, and the front tibize of the male.

XLIT.—On Two new Voles of the Subgenera Pitymys
and Microtus. By G. E. H. Barrert-HAMILTON.

I. Microtus (Pitymys) Thomasi, sp. n.

Colour. Above near “ mummy-brown ” *, the general effect
being due to the tips of the hairs, which are thus coloured
for a length of about 2 millim.; the remaining 6 miilim. are
“ slate-black,” which colour, showing unevenly through the
brown tips, gives the whole a finely grizzled appearance.
The colour of the upper surface becomes lighter and more
yellowish on the sides, but passes without any very distinct
line of demarcation into the dirty light buff of the underside.
Feet dirty white.

The ears are nearly hidden in the fur. The length of the
hind foot is about three quarters that of the tail.

* Names of colours placed in inverted commas are taken from
Mr. Robert Ridgway’s ‘ Nomenclature of Co:ours,’ 1886.

Two new Voles, 307

The dimensions (in millimetres) as given by the collector
are as follows :—

Head and Hind
body. Tail. foot. Ear.
Collector’s no.1. , Ist Sept., 1899.
Beri, Montenegro, 60 metres .... 180 23 16 10
Collector’s no. 85 (type of species). o,
Ist Oct., 1900. Vranici, Monte-
green LOO) wai aejscts +. halon sts agscops-n "ne 1D 20 15 10
Colleetor’s no. 16. , 25th March,
1900. Doljane, Monteneyro,40m. 117 24 16 8
Collector’s no. 86. 9, Ist Oct., 1900.
Vranici, Montenegro, 100m. .... 149 22 15 10

The sku/l resembles those of Af. S:vit and subterraneus,
but is far larger and more massive. It is flattened above.
The teeth are powerful. The interparietal is well formed
and in shape is almost a true triangle. The palatal fora-
mina are slightly contracted posteriorly. The pits at the
hinder edge of the palate are well defined. The opening of
the posterior nares is V-shaped and broad. The auditory
bulle are large.

The dimensions (in millimetres) are as follows :—

Breadth of
Greatest brain- Lengthof Length of

Length of breadth case upper lower
Greatest Basilar Palate palatal at above molar molar
length. length. length. foramina. zygoma. zygomata. series, serics.
etor’s no. 85 (type | 5~ e eK
ee ne 89 (HYPE gs 985 14 5 155 «12 7 7
Of species)! -......
Collector's no.16 .... 27 24 14:5 5:25 “ 15 7 7
Collector’s no. 86 .... 26 23 14 4-75 16 1133 7 if

Hab. Montenegro, whence I have examined specimens
caught at Beri, Vranici, and Doljane.

Type, a female, collector’s no. 85. Taken 1st October,
1900, at Vranici, Montenegro, by Herr A. Fiihrer.

This is a very interesting vole of peculiar coloration and,
for its subgenus, exceptional size. It may be appropriately
associated with the name of Mr. Oldfield Thomas, who has
done so much to further the accurate study of Huropean
manimals.

Il. Microtus (Microtus) Hartingi, sp. n.

Colour and form resembling that of MZ. Guenther’, Danford
& Alston, but yellower above and whiter beneath. In the
type the upper surface is near grizzled “tawny olive,” the
grizzled appearance being due to the black tips of the hairs,
‘The under surface is white, slightly washed with yellowish,

308 Mr. H. R. Hogg on

but more decidedly on the chin. The legs an1l fect are
yellowish. The line of demarcation between the colours of the
upper and lower surfaces is fairly well marked, passing along
the upper lips to the shoulders and thence along the thighs
to the anus. The tail is near “ buff,” lighter beneath. The
bases of the hairs are everywhere “ slate-grey.” The typ:
was skinned from spirit, but its coloration appears to be
perfectly natural.

The ears project slightly above the fur.

The skull is more massive than that of J. Guenthert.

Dimensions in millimetres.

Skull.
- “A ~
o
a2
3 Sa
. a cS sie ae PP AS 3
os = eee 4 gg €du gio Bees
° a 2 fag) Stet eur Se Oe
= é S20 hag Bie gays) Sac aeee
a. 8 2: 88 3S. Se On eee
- A : 3 a 2 o5 a is Sis H 3 Se
Noggemnin 2 2 § , @22 HH fe
fe ‘De per Ge Bg § ES ¢ ga gh a bee
a cs PS aS eS Se aes
*92.12.7.1.. 3, cm oe e ; H
Thessaly (Dr. F.$ 101 25(28) 18(20) 11 30 175 15 7:5 “7-6 26:52 ds0eee
Luffer) ....-.
* O° CO oF oO ~ ~ ~ and ~ <
eae 2+! 100 27(80) 1820) 11 285 17 15 75 75 26 18 5
o3M5. 1.7 Go las)
rissa, Thessaly, | * za } |
Jan. 1893 (J. E. > 107 +26 13 C9) Sy lb 7A 7a 7 12-5 53a
Harting). (Type | |
of species.) ..++ | |

Hab. Thessaly.

Type, a male, no. 93. 4. 5. 1 of the British Museum collec-
tion. From Larissa, Thessaly, January 1893. Presented by
Mr. J. E. Harting.

This is the species of the Thessalian vole plagues.

I have pleasure in naming it after Mr. J. E. Harting, to
whom the British Museum is indebted for the type specimen.

XLIM.—Two new Australian Spiders of the Family
Ctenizide. By H. R. Hoae, M.A., F.Z.S.

Since I finished a paper on the Australian suborder of
Mygalomorphe, which includes the above family, two fresh

% These dimensions were taken from specimens in spirit, and are
therefore, as regards the body, only approximate.

new Australian Spiders. 309

specimens have come to hand at the British Museum, from
Western Australia and Tasmania respectively, of this inter-
esting family, which, as they are both new, I propose to
put on record.

I have already described several species of Aganippe from
South Australia and one species which—partly from a distinct
modification in the shape of the eye-space, but more particularly
from an alteration in the shape of the spurs at the anterior
end of the tibia of the first pair of legs (this being a character
which is usually very persistent)—I rather thought should be
placed in a separate genus (Blakistonia).

In the present specimen (a male from Roebourne, on the
N.W. coast of Western Australia) the eyes are distinctly
intermediate between the two above genera: the apophyses on
the tibial joint of the palp are of an Aganippe character, while
the tibial spur of the first pair of legs conforms more nearly
to the Blakistonia pattern. Until we have more material [
add it to the Aganippe series.

The specimen from Tasmania was sent to Dr. Peckham in
America, and by him forwarded on to the British Museum.
It is an associate of the New Zealand forms of the genus
Arbanitis, L. Koch, but, from the difference between their
tarsal claws and those depicted by L. Koch of his type species
from Queensland, the type specimen of which is not known,
I have always had considerable doubts as to whether they
can be considered to come within the bounds of that genus,
to which their eyes conform.

Aganippe occidentalis, sp. n.

Cephalothorax, mandibles, lip, maxille, sternum, and legs
a uniform chocolate-brown colour, the hairs a darker, nearly

Aganippe occidentalis, sp. n.

a. Male palp.
b. Ditto, showing in profile apophyses on tibial joint.
ce. Tibial joint of first pair of legs, showing spurs at anterior end.

Ann. & Mag, N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. x1. rae.

310 Mr. H. R. Hogg on

black-brown. The abdomen dark grey, nearly black-brown
above and on the sides; light reddish brown on the under-
side.

The cephalothorax descends sharply behind the eye-space,
thence nearly straight to the cephalic fovea, where there is
another rather sharp fall to the fovea, the thoracic part being
fairly flat, but rising moderately from the edges.

The cephalic fovea is really straight and deep, but, being
enlarged at each end, appears to curve slightly both forward
and backward as looked at from behind or in front.

The rastellum consists of two or three rows of rather thin
hardened bristles.

The rear row of eyes is slightly recurved, the side eyes
being scarcely larger than the median, their narrow diameter
apart. The rear median are their long diameter from the
front median. ‘The front median eyes, more than 13 times
the long diameter of the rear eyes, are 1 diameter apart ; their
laterals, which are smaller, are almost vertically below them,

FESS
OS OY,

Cte b
Aganippe occidentalis, sp. n.

a, eyes ; }, profile.

about the diameter of the latter distant. The distance be-
tween the outside edges of the front laterals only very slightly
exceeds the same measurement of the front median and rear
median, where it measures the same. ‘Thus the outer edges
of the rear and front median and front lateral eyes lie on the
sides of a parallelogram,

The greatest breadth of the eye-space 1s 1°65 millim., its
length 1:3.

The lip is nearly twice as broad as long, hollowed in front,
and there are no spines on either lip or maxilla.

The sternum is rather long, pear-shaped, truncate, and
smallest in front; the rear pair of sigille moderately large,
not quite marginal.

The third tarsal claw is quite small, without pectinations ;

new Australian Spiders. Sid

on the superior pair of claws there are about five teeth on the

basal half, longest posteriorly.
Tarsi i. and ii. only are scopulated and none of the meta-

tarsi.
The measurements in millimetres are as follows :-—

Long. Broad.

Cephalothorax.... 7 4 in front.
6
Abdomen’. :..0... 6 5
Mandibles ...... 2 hor’,
3 total length.
Eye-space ...... 1-65 x 1:5.
Tr, & Pat. & Metat.
Coxee. fem. tib. & tars.
Topas. sae ths aie 1 3 8 1x 73 = 26
2 o 7 a 7 = 24
3 3 Gries GE 8 =e aoe
4 3 9 9 12 = 3
raliptya ts, «slot cies. <2 : 2% = Fe = = 16

One male, from Roebourne, North-west Australia.

Arbanitis maculipes, sp. n.

Cephalothorax yellow-brown, with three narrow darker
brown lines reaching from the fovea to the eye-space ; man-
dibles dark red-brown. Sternum, lip, and maxille dark
yellow, inclining to brown; the legs are yellow; on the
outer side at the anterior extremity of the femora of palpi and
first and second pairs of legs is a dark brown patch, also
similar smaller patches at base and middle of tibia and base
of metatarsus and tarsus of same pairs of legs.

The abdomen is dark brown above, with yellow patches at
each side anteriorly, dark brown with yellow chitinous parts
underneath. Spinnerets yellow.

The cephalothorax is a long oval, truncate in front, the
cephalic part highest about the middle of the longitudinal
median line, thence sloping to the cephalic fovea, which is
straight, but slightly curved round the base of the cephalic

art.

The rear row of eyes is straight, the median their short
diameter from the laterals and front median, and their distance
from one another equals the total width of the front median
pair. ‘The latter are not quite their diameter apart ; the line
touching their lowest points also touches the highest points
of the front laterals, which are, however, quite clear of them
beaatens ik ‘The front laterals are larger than the rear laterals,

whose long diameter equals the front median. The clypeus
22*

312 On new Australian Spiders.

is the same width as the latter, of which there are a few on
the lower inner corner of the maxille.

Arbanitis maculipes, sp. n.

a, eyes; 6, profile.

The lip is slightly longer than broad and without spines.

The sternum is long and piriform, truncate in front.

There are scopulz on the anterior tarsi only ; three spines
in the scopula at the anterior end and on the distal joint of
the palp.

The first joint of the superior spinnerets is stout and
longest, the third almost hemispherical. ‘The inferior pair
of spinnerets are short, stout, and close together.

Measurements in millimetres :—

Broad. Long.

Cephalothorax.... 10 5 in front.
7

Abdonmient..3% 2. 8 7

Kye-space ...... 16x°8

Clypeus, .. <4. ‘3

Tr. & Pat. & Metat.
Coxe. fem. tib. & tars.

Ge re erecta re ieerate J. 4 8 8 6 = 26
2. z (4 i 6 = 234
3. 3 6 55 6 = 204
4. 33 8 9 8 = 281

Palpis:scwireeneae ss Ave 33 6 5 3h = 18

Superior spinnerets .... af $ i + = 13

At first sight this seems rather like Karsch’s Hermeas
erzspus (Zeitschr. f. d. ges. Nat. Berlin, 1878, vol. li. p. 823).
He, however, says the eyes are very near the margin of the
clypeus, the rear row broader than the front. Scopula on
tarsus and metatarsus i. and 11. Abdomen foxy red, with no
mention of yellow spots, nor of the very distinctive brown
spots on the two front pairs of legs, by all of which
characters A. maculipes is clearly differentiated therefrom.

One female, from ‘Tasmania (without closer designation).

On new Hymenoptera from the Khasia [ilis. 313

XLIV.—On some new Genera and Species of Parasitic and
Fossorial Hymenoptera from the Khasia Hills, Assam.
By P. Cameron.

{Coneluded from p. 185.}

HERESIARCHINI.

N2NaBIA, gen. nov.

Mandibles toothless, becoming gradually narrowed. La-
brum large. Antenne dilated beyond the middle. Scutellum
flat, not margined. Median segment areolated; the areola
open at the base, about three times longer than broad ;
spiracles linear. Abdomen with seven segments, narrow,
long; its apical segment bluntly rounded, large, not narrowed
below ; the sheath of the ovipositor projecting, pilose; the
ventral keel extends to the end of the third segment. Areolet
5-angled, narrowed above. Clypeus broad, its apex trans-
verse. Occiput rounded inwardly, not distinctly margined.

The abdomen is longer and narrower than usual, and is of
almost equal width to the penultimate segment; it has a cylin-
drical appearance; the pygidium is semicircularly depressed
between the cerci. Head larger than usual, as wide as the
mesothorax. The apex of the hind femora reaches to the
middle of the third abdominal segment. The middle abdo-
minal segments project at the apices below.

A genus easily known by the large head, unidentate man-
dibles, and long, narrow, cylindrical abdomen.

Nenaria grandiceps, sp. n.

Black; the face, clypeus, labrum, inner orbits narrowly,
the outer narrowly above, the base of the mandibles, a line
on the pronotum, two short lines on the mesonotum, the
scutellar keels, the scutellum broadly laterally, postscutellum,
a square mark enclosing the spiracles on the metanotum, a
larger mark on the apex extending on to the spiracular area,
base of pronotum, the lower half of the propleure at the base,
the lower half of the mesopleure in the middle, a line, gradu-
ally narrowed below, on the metapleure under the wings, and
two irregular marks on the apex of the sternum, pale yellow.
The four apical segments of the abdomen have a bluish hue,
the apex of the petiole broadly, two large conical marks on
the apex of the second segment, a large triangular one on
the side of the third, a much smaller one rounded and

314 Mr. P. Cameron on new

narrowed at the base, a narrow line on the apex of the fourth
and fifth, a broader one on the sixth, and a still broader one
on the seventh, yellow. The four front legs pallid yellow,
the tibize and tarsi lined with black, the middle and “hinder
femora black, and the hinder coxe yellow at the apex above
and below. Wings hyaline, with a fulvous tint, especially
at the base; the areolet is much narrowed above; the stigma
fusecous. @.

Length 20 mm.

Hab, Khasia Hills. Coll. Rothney.

Joints 8-16 of antenne white. Face and clypeus closely
punctured, the former covered with short, the latter
with longer white hair. Thorax closely punctured. Scu-
tellum slightly convex, its sides with a perpendicular slope.

‘he basal half of the areola is transversely shagreened,
the apical deeply furrowed laterally ; the posterior median
area stoutly, irregularly, transversely reticulated. The petiole
is stoutly keeled down the sides, its middle irregularly
punctured, the postpetiole closely punctured; the second
and third segments longitudinally striated in the middle at
the base. Gastroceeli smooth, deep, punctured on the outer
side above.

Chiaglas varipes, sp. u.

Black ; the inner orbits narrowly, the outer broadly on
the lower half, the face, except for a bell-shaped black mark
in the centre, which follows the shape of the clypeus, the
palpi, a line on the pronotum, a similar line on the lower
edge of the propleure, the tegule, tubercles, a large mark
(rounded below) on the lower half of the mesopleure, two
short lines on the mesonotum, the scutellums, two large
marks, extending on to the pleura, on the apex of the median
segment, the apex of the postpetiole, two large marks on
the apex of the second segment, two smaller narrower ones
on the apex of the third, the apices of the fourth, fifth, and
sixth, and the whole of the seventh, the ventral fold and the
apices of the ventral segments, pale yellow. Legs rufous ;
the anterior and the base of the tibiz paler, more yellowish
in tint; the four anterior coxze and trochanters and the
basal joint of the hinder trochanters yellow, the hinder tarsi
and the apices of the anterior blackish. Wings hyaline, the
stigma fuscous, the nervures darker. Antenne with a broad
white band in the middle, the top of the band marked with
blackjs <2 i

Length 13 mm.

Hab. Khasia Hills. Coll. Rothney.

Hymenoptera from the Khasia Hills. d15

Head thickly covered with white pubescence below the
antenne ; the face and, to a less extent, the clypeus punc-
tured; the front closely, finely, transversely striated in the
middle, its sides sparsely punctured. The median segment
is more closely and strongly punctured than the mesopleure,
the areola is irregularly reticulated, most strongly on the
apex; the apical slope is irregularly striated, the strie
running into reticulations on the sides. Postpetiole ob-
scurely, finely, longitudinally striated in the middle; the
second and third segments are closely and distinctly punctured
in the middle; the gastrocceli are stoutly striated at the base.

This is a smaller species than the type of the genus
(C. nigripes, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.; Feb. 1902, p. 152),
and may be easily separated from it by the rufous legs.

Algatiia* albitarsis, sp. n.

Black; the face, clypeus, a band on the middle of the
upper inner orbits (narrowed obliquely on the lower half),
an oval mark on the lower edge of the outer orbits, the edge
of the pronotum behind, the scutellum, except at the base,
the postscutellum, two large marks on the sides of the apex
of the median segment, covering the spines above, the base
of the pronotum, a small mark on the apex of the propleure
behind, and the tubercles, white ; the apex of the first abdo-
minal segment, the base of the second, its apex more broadly,
aud the apex of the third segment, yellow, tinged with fulvous ;
the apical two segments clear pale yellow. The four front
coxe and trochanters are white, the rest of the legs fulvous,
except the apices of the tarsi, which are black ; the hinder
legs rufous, their coxe black, broadly white above and dull
rufous at the base below ; the trochanters on the outer side,
the apex of the femora, of the tibiz, and the basal joint of
the tarsi, black ; the rest of the tarsi white. Wings hyaline,
the stigma and nervures black. Antenne black, the scape
beneath and a band in the middle white. 6.

Length 10-11 mm.

Hab, Assam.

Algathia khasiana, sp. u.

Black ; the face, clypeus, mandibles, the inner eye-orbits to
the lower ocellus, a mark, longer than broad, behind the
posterior, the outer orbits on the lower two thirds (narrow
above, broad below), the malar space, the tegulz, a narrow
line on the pronotum, a broader one on the lower edge of

* Algathia, Cam. Zeits. f. Hym. u. Dipt. 1902, p 392.

316 Mr. P. Cameron on new

the propleurz, the tubercles, the lower third of the meso-
pleure, the scutellum, postscutellum, the outer arez on the
apex of the metanotum, the yellow extending on to the
metapleure on the lower edge, lemon-yellow. Legs rufous ;
the four front cox and trochanters pale yellow; the hinder
coxze black, marked with obscure rufous on the inner side ;
the apex of the hinder femora black ; the hinder tarsi white,
the basal joint black. Wings hyaline, the nervures and
stigma black. The antennz longer than the body; black,
the scape yellowish; the flagellum with a broad white
TINS: ois

Length 7 mm.

Hab. Khasia Hills. Coll. Rothney.

Head closely punctured, the clypeus almost smooth ; there
is a short wide furrow below the ocelli. Thorax closely
punctured ; the base of the metanotum and the areola
smooth ; the rest of the metanotum and the spiracular area
closely transversely punctured. Abdomen black; the apex
of the first segment yellow; the apex of the second broadly
rufous, and with a narrow yellowish line on the end; the apex
of the third is narrowly rufous, and there is a large rufous
mark on the apical half of the segment on the sides; the
Jast segment is white, as is the case with all the species of
this genus. The second and third segments are closely
punctured ; the second in the centre is closely, irregularly,
and finely reticulated. The areola is wider than long, and is
broadly rounded backwards at the base and apex.

Myermo * fumipennis, sp. n.

Black, shining; the sides of the face broadly to the base
of the mandibles, the sides of the clypeus broadly, the mark
extending upwards to the outer side and above the fovee, the
malar space, the upper inner orbits (more broadly above than
below), a line on the upper edge of the pronotum, a narrower
one on the lower edge of the propleure, the tegulz, tubercles,
a large, oblique mark (narrowed and rounded at the apex)
below the middle of the mesopleurz, the scutellum, post-
scutellum, a large mark (obliquely narrowed behind) on the
sides of the median segment and enclosing the spiracles, the
apical half of the postpetiole, and a mark more or less
narrowed inwardly on the sides of the abdominal segments,
pale yellow. Wings fuscous violaceous, iridescent, the stigma
and nervures black. Legs black, the greater part of the

* MWyermo, Cam, Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser, 7, vii. p. 523,

Hynienoptera from the Khasia Llills. 317

four anterior femora and the four anterior tibiz in front
pallid yellow. @.

Length 17-18 mm.

Hab, Khasia Hills. Coll. Rothney.

Antenne serrate towards the apex, the eleventh to
seventeenth joints white below. Face and clypeus closely
punctured; the apex of the clypeus more sparsely. Meso-
notum closely and distinctly punctured. Median segment
more coarsely punctured than the rest ; the areola is more
or less coarsely reticulated and stoutly, irregularly, longi-
tudinally striated ; the posterior median area is coarsely,
irregularly, transversely striated ; the outer are are coarsely
reticulated. Pleurz strongly and closely punctured. Post-
petiole smooth ; its base in the middle closely longitudinally
striated. The marks on the abdominal segments are larger
and more narrowed on the inner side on the second and
third ; the marks on the last segment are small and longer
than broad.

Myermo maculitarsis, sp. n.

Length 15-16 mm. 2? ¢.

Hab. Khasia Hills. Coll. Rothney.

This species is identical in the coloration of the body
with M. fumipennis, but the legs are more widely marked
with yellow, and, more particularly, there is a broad white
band near the base of the tibiz ; otherwise the two may be
known by the form of the areola: in fumipennis its apex is
roundly bent inwardly ; in the present species it is transverse,
and it is finely and closely punctured throughout, and is
without any striations; the posterior median area is closely
rugosely punctured, not stoutly transversely striated.

There may be two small marks on the mesonotum; all
the tibize have a broad white band near the base; the basal
joint of all the tarsi is broadly white, and the other joints
may be marked with white; the wings are clearer, more
hyaline than in /umipennis, the stigma is testaceous; the
gastroceeli are not so strongly punctured, and the striz are
fewer, weaker, and more curved. The white ring on the
antenne wide. Face and clypeus rather strongly punctured ;
the front and vertex alutaceous, opaque; the clypeus edged
with black. Mandibles white at the base, the middle rufous,
the apex black. Palpi white. Thorax alutaceous. Scutellum
sparsely and not very distinctly punctured; the median
segment is more strongly punctured than the mesonotum,
especially on the sides; the areola is broader than long

318 Mr. P. Cameron on new

and is bluntly rounded behind. Pleurz alutaceous, except
under the hind wings, where there is a smooth spot of
plumbeous hue.

PNEUSTICI.

FEpDALMA, gen. nov.

Areolet irregular in shape, triangularly produced below;
the apical nervure faint ; stigma elongate. Apical tooth of
mandibles elongate. Metathoracic are undefined; the
areola twice longer than broad, its apical keel indistinct ; the
spiracles small, round. Abdomen twice the length of the
thorax ; the petiole long, narrow, the apex slightly dilated,
curved ; the small round spiracles are placed near the apex,
behind the middle of postpetiole. Gastrocceli shallow.
Ovipositor short, hardly projecting.

This genus cannot well be confounded with any of the
genera with circular metathoracic spiracles. The apex of the
clypeus is rounded; its sides at the top are widely and
deeply depressed ; the eyes are margined on the inner side ;
the wings are short, reaching only to the apex of the third
abdominal segment; the transverse basal nervure is inter-
stitial; the hase of the second abdominal segment is de-
pressed ; the apical nervures in the hind wings are indistinct,
almost obsolete.

The long tricoloured abdomen and the short wings give
this insect a rather noteworthy appearance.

Fedalma tricolor, sp. n.

Black ; the petiole and basal half of the second abdominal
segment bright red; the third and the apices of the apical
three segments are yellow; the front legs testaceous, their
coxee and trochanters pale yellow, as are also the middle
trochanters and coxe; the hinder coxe rufous; the rest of
the hinder legs broken off. Wings clear hyaline, the stigma
and nervures testaceous. @.

Length 9 mm.

Hab. Khasia Hills. Coll. Rothney.

Antenne long, black, the basal two joints and a broad
band on the middle yellowish white. Face, front, and vertex
closely and distinctly punctured, the clypeus smooth, almost
impunctate ; the lower part of the front with stout, straight,
transverse striz, separated in the middle by a longitudinal one.
Thorax closely punctured, the metathorax thickly covered
with short white hair; it is elongate, and its apex has an

Hymenoptera from the Khasta Hills. 319

oblique slope; from the middle of the areola a transverse
keel runs to join a longitudinal one placed inside the spiracles.
There is a short shallow furrow on the sides of the meso-
sternum at the base; the sternal furrow is wide at the
apex. Petiole smooth and shining; the red base of the
second abdominal segment is closely, distinctly, and longi-
tudinally striated; the black part is strongly aciculated.

Fossores.
Ampulex montana, sp. i.

Length 16 mm. 2.

Hab. Khasia Hills. Coll. Rothney.

This species agrees closely with A. trigona, Cam., in size
and coloration, and in having the head obliquely narrowed
behind the eyes, but may be known from it as follows :—

The upper third of the mesopleure coarsely deeply punc-

tured; the sides of the median segment closely, distinctly,

transversely striated ; the vertex not distinctly furrowed

UOT STS) AVG a UU) 72) 1 10s OR a a montana,
The upper third of the mesopleure not distinctly punc-

tured; the sides of the median segment not closely,

regularly, transversely striated ; the vertex distinctly and

deeply furrowed in the middle behind .............. trigona, Cam.

Antenne entirely black ; the third joint nearly as long as
the following two united. Head green with bluish tints ;
the sides and apex of the clypeus and its central keel black.
There is an oblique irregular row of punctures on the sides
of the vertex ; the antennal tubercles are large, and their
keels extend halfway up the front; between them is an
elongated tubercle. The clypeus has a row of punctures
near the apex; its middle at the apex is bluntly rounded,
with a shallow rounded incision on either side. The head
is distinctly obliquely narrowed behind the eyes. Pronotum
large ; the apical part somewhat longer than the width at
the base ; smooth, the base depressed in the middle and with
a distinct longitudinal furrow on the basal half. Mesonotum
smooth in the middle; the sides with some large scattered
punctures. Behind the scutellum is a row of stout longi-
tudinal keels, which are weaker in the middle than on the
sides. Median segment completely transversely striated ; the
strie on the outer edge stouter than on the rest of the
segment; the apex is smooth; the three central keels reach
to this smooth part ; the apical slope is transversely striated
in the centre; the sides and top are irregularly striated-
reticulated. The upper part of the mesopleure from above

318 Mr. P. Cameron on new

and is bluntly rounded behind. Pleurz alutaceous, except
under the hind wings, where there is a smooth spot of
plumbeous hue.

PNeEvUsTICcI.

FEDALMA, gen. nov.

This genus cannot well be confounded with any of the
genera with circular metathoracic spiracles. The apex of the
clypeus is rounded; its sides at the top are widely and
deeply depressed ; the eyes are margined on the inner side ;
the wings are short, reaching only to the apex of the third
abdominal segment; the transverse basal nervure is inter-
stitial; the base of the second abdominal segment is de-
pressed ; the apical nervures in the hind wings are indistinct,
almost obsolete.

The long tricoloured abdomen and the short wings give
this insect a rather noteworthy appearance.

Fedalma tricolor, sp. n.

Black ; the petiole and basal half of the second abdominal
segment bright red; the third and the apices of the apical
three segments are yellow; the front legs testaceous, their
coxze and trochanters pale yellow, as are also the middle
trochanters and coxe; the hinder coxe rufous; the rest of
the hinder legs broken off. Wings clear hyaline, the stigma
and nervures testaceous. 2.

Length 9 mm.

Hab. Khasia Hills. Coll. Rothney.

Hymeno;tera from the Khasia Hills. 319

Fossores.
Ampulex montana, sp. i.

Length 16mm. 9°.

Hab. Khasia Hills. Coll, Rothney.

This species agrees closely with A. trigona, Cam., in size
and coloration, and in having the head obliquely narrowed
behind the eyes, but may be known from it as follows :—

The upper third of the mesopleure coarsely deeply punc-

tured; the sides of the median segment closely, distinctly,

transversely striated ; the vertex not distinctly furrowed

505) 0V39 10078 (0 NED) Ce) SUC Ie ne oh Rae ce montana.
The upper third of the mesopleure not distinctly punc-

tured; the sides of the median segment not closely,

regularly, transversely striated ; the vertex distinctly and

deeply furrowed in the middle behind .............. trigona, Cam.

Antenne entirely black ; the third joint nearly as long as
the following two united. Head green with bluish tints ;
the sides and apex of the clypeus and its central keel black.
There is an oblique irregular row of punctures on the sides
of the vertex ; the antennal tubercles are large, and their
keels extend halfway up the front; between them is an
elongated tubercle. The clypeus has a row of punctures
near the apex ; its middle at the apex is bluntly rounded,
with a shallow rounded incision on either side. The head
is distinctly obliquely narrowed behind the eyes. Pronotum
large ; the apical part somewhat longer than the width at
the base ; smooth, the base depressed in the middle and with
a distinct longitudinal furrow on the basal half. Mesonotum
smooth in the middle; the sides with some large scattered
punctures. Behind the scutellum is a row of stout longi-
tudinal keels, which are weaker in the middle than on the
sides. Median segment completely transversely striated ; the
strie on the outer edge stouter than on the rest of the
segment; the apex is smooth; the three central keels reach
to this smooth part ; the apical slope is transversely striated
in the centre; the sides and top are irregularly striated-
reticulated. The upper part of the mesopleurze from above

322 Mr. P. Cameron on new

central furrow at the apex are some broad furrows. The
sternal process is widely divergent ; the lobes longish, nar-
rowed and widely hollowed in the middle. The coxe,
trochanters, the fore femora, and the tibiz behind are green;
the apex of the fore femora and the tibize are rufous in
front; the tibial and tarsal spines are rufous; the tarsal
joints become gradually wider towards the apex, the pad
reaches to the middle of the joint; the inner tooth of the
claw is shorter and thicker than the outer. Wings smoky
fuscous, clearer towards the apex ; the nervures and stigma
fuscous, testaceous towards the apex; there are only two
transverse cubital nervures; the apical nervure on the radial
cellule is broadly rounded and is united to the second trans-
verse cubital; the appendicular cellule is open at the apex ;
the first recurrent nervure is received in the middle, the
second in front of the middle of the cellule. Abdomen
blue at the base, dark green in the centre, darker towards the
apex; the second segment is wider at the base than at the
apex, its length is not quite double the width at the apex.

A distinct species. Characteristic is the row of squarish
are bordering the apex of the median segment and the
interstitial second transverse cubital nervure.

Ampulex pilosa, Cam.*

This species appears to be the commonest form in
Assam. The females vary from 15-25 mm. in length; the
males also vary greatly in length, some being as small as
11 mm. The males are densely pilose like the females, and
have the labrum and the greater part of the mandibles
testaceous. Most of the males have the median segment
and the abdomen for the greater part purple. The basal
two segments are punctured all over, but not very closely ;
the apical segments are more closely rugosely punctured.
The head is rather strongly punctured and, as usual, is
obliquely narrowed behind the eyes.

The wings in both sexes vary im tint, ranging from lght
to dark smoky ; the nervures may be black or fuscous ; and
the first transverse cubital nervure may be complete, indicated
at the top and bottom only, or completely obliterated. A
few examples show distinct brassy tints on the head and
thorax. In the larger males there is a more or less well-
defined longitudinal furrow in the middle of the head. The
pleurze and breast in the males are thickly covered with

* Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 7, vol. v. p. 37.

Hymenoptera from the Khasia Hills. 323

soft white pubescence. The species in both sexes is much
more thickly pubescent than any of the other Indian species ;
and the antenne are also longer than usual.

Discolia erythropoda, sp. n.

Black ; the front, vertex, a line on the upper outer eye-
orbits, the sides of the metanotum, two small marks on the
first and the greater part of the second and third abdominal
segments above, lemon-yellow; the legs dark red and
covered with reddish hair; the hair on the head, thorax,
base of abdomen, and its ventral surface reddish; on the
rest of the abdomen the hair is black: the wings fulvo-
hyaline, darker and deeper in tint along the costa; in the
centre, near the apex, is a longish fuscous cloud ; the stigma
and nervures dark fulvous. 9°.

Length 24-26 mm.

Hab. Khasia. Coll. Rothney.

Front and vertex shining, impunctate; the centre of the
face is raised, surrounded by a smooth shining line, which
is broadly rounded above. Mesonotum smooth and shining,
rather strongly irregularly punctured round the edges. Scu-
tellum sparsely punctured. Metanotum punctured somewhat
closely, but not strongly, except on the centre at the base.
The second dorsal segment of the abdomen is narrowly
bordered with black at the base, more broadly at the
apex; on the sides, united to the last by a narrow neck,
is an irregular black mark ; the third segment at the base
and apex is irregularly lied with black, and the basal band
projects in the centre, the projection becoming gradually
narrowed towards the apex; the apical three segments
are thickly covered with long black hair. ?.

The male has the clypeus, except for a triangular black
mark in the middle, the eye-incision, a large broad mark
on the pronotum, two large marks on the base of the
second abdominal segment, and the greater part of the third,
lemon-yellow. The legs are coloured as in the female ; the
cox and trochanters are black; the antenne are entirely
black ; the median segment wants the large lateral yellow
marks found in the female; the apical streak seen in the
female wings is absent, and the fulvous tint is almost absent,
except along the fore margin, in the wings; the hair on the
thorax is pale. The tegulze in both sexes are rufous; the
scape may be rufous in the female; and the ventral surface
is entirely black. The base of the petiole has a straight

324 Mr. P. Cameron on new

oblique slope. In fresh examples probably the whole of the
mesonotum would be covered with reddish pubescence.
Belongs to the group of Discolia histrionica, F.

Tiphia Rothneyi, sp. n.

Black ; the wings fuscous violaceous ; the pro- and meso-
pleure smooth, impunctate; the postscutellum smooth,
distinctly furrowed down the centre; the central keel on
the median segment indistinct on the apical half of: the
segment. 2.

Length 16-17 mm.

Hab. Khasia. Coll. Rothney.

Head above the antenne coarsely punctured, shining; the
clypeus closely punctured, its apex smooth and with a
rounded incision. Pronotum coarsely punctured; the apex
and the basal slope smooth. Mesonotum in the middle
coarsely punctured ; the scutellum with a row of large punc-
tures round the sides and apex, and with a few punctures in
the middle. Postscutellum smooth and deeply furrowed
down the middle. Median segment opaque, shagreened ;
there are three keels, the middle keel interrupted beyond
the middle; the apex depressed and striated behind the keel.
Pro- and mesopleurz smooth, shining, and almost glabrous ;
the basal half of the metapleurz smooth, the apical closely
punctured. Abdomen shining; there is arow of punctures on
the apex of the first, and an interrupted one on the base of the
second segment, which is depressed; the third, fourth, and
fifth segments are minutely punctured, except in the middle;
the apices of the dorsal segment and the greater part of
the pygidium bear long fuscous pubescence; the ventral
segments fringed with long white hair.

Characteristic of this species are the smooth impunctate
pro- and mesopleuree and the smooth deeply furrowed post-
scutellum. It comes close to J. fumipennis, Sm., from
Borneo, which may be known from it by the mandibles
being entirely ferruginous, by the pro- and mesopleure being
distinctly punctured and thickly covered with longish white
pubescence, and by the postscutellum not being furrowed.
In 7. fumipennis the median segment is opaque; the surface
is strongly and closely aciculated, more strongly at the base
than at the apex; the central keel does not reach to the
apex of the basal part of the metanotum, on either side of
it is an irregular, waved, longitudinal keel; on the apical
third some stout irregularly curved keels which almost form
reticulations; there is a distinct keel above the antenne ;

Hymenoptera from the Khasta Hills. 325
the apex of the clypeus is smooth and has a round incision ;
the scutellum is punctured round the edges, but the apex
itself is smooth; the postscutellum is sparsely and more
finely punctured at the apex ; the basal half of the pygidium
is closely and strongly punctured, and thickly covered with
long black hair. The hinder wings are lighter coloured than
the anterior.

T. fumipennis of Bingham (Fauna of Brit. India, Hym.
p- 58) is clearly a different species from Smith’s, and probably
represents a new species.

Ceropalide (olim Pompilide).

The name Pompilus has been found by Mr. Wm. J. Fox
(Ent. News, xii. 1901, p. 268)—see also Mr. Wm. H.
Ashmead, Canad. Ent., April 1902, p. 79—to be preoccupied,
and its use therefore must cease in the Hymenoptera.
Mr. Ashmead has revised the classification of the family.
He has divided it into six subfamilies. His subfamily
Aporine he divides into two tribes, the Anopliini and the
Aporini. The former he divides into thirty-one genera, and
it is practically equal to the genus Pompilus of Bingham’s
‘Fauna of Brit. India” Hymen. If Mr. Ashmead’s views
are to be adopted, the Indian species must be split up into a
large number of genera. Ifonly one genus is to be used, as
in Bingham’s work, then the name Anoplius, Lep., must be
adopted. Not having had time to examine the European
and Asiatic species with the aid of Mr. Ashmead’s papers, I
use here the name Anoplius in the sense in which Bingham
employs Pompilus. The latter name has been in use since
1798. Its disappearance and displacement by Anoplius will
certainly cause some confusion for a time.

Anoplius omerus,sp. 0.

Black, shining, bare; the wings fuscous hyaline, the
stigma and nervures black, the third cubital cellule appen-

diculated. _ 9.
Length 10 mm.
Hab. Khasia. Coll. Rothney.
Antenne black, bare. Head shining, bare, except for a

few long black hairs on the vertex. yes distinctly con-
verging above; the hinder ocelli are separated from each
other by the same distance as they are from the eyes; there
is a narrow longitudinal furrow on the lower half of the
front. Apex of clypeus transverse. Mandibles black, piceous

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xi. 23

326 Mr. P. Cameron on new

near the apex. Palpi black. Thorax almost bare, impune-
tate, only slightly shinmg. Median segment with a broadly
rounded slope from the base to the apex. Legs black; the
tibial and tarsal spmes black. Wings uniformly fuscous
hyaline; the stigma and nervures black; the first transverse
cubital nervure is obliquely bent above the middle, the
larger lower part is more curved; the second is straight and
oblique, the pedicle is not one fourth of its length; the
third is roundly broadly curved ; the first recurrent nervure
is received shortly beyond, the second almost in the middle
of the cellule; the accessory nervure in the hind wings is
interstitial. Head not much developed behind the eyes;
the occiput transverse.

This species cannot well be confounded with any of the
described species with petiolated third cubital cellule. The
second and third cubital cellules at the bottom are almost
equal in length; the apical abdominal segments are sparsely
covered with long black hairs. There are indications of
silvery pubescence on the body.

Anoplius icades, sp. 1.

Black ; the basal two segments of the abdomen rufo-
testaceous; the four anterior coxze beneath, the clypeus,
and the lower inner orbits pale yellowish white ; the wings
hyaline, their apical third smoky, the nervures and stigma
black. ¢.

Length 8 mm.

Hab. Assam.

Antenne stout; the joimts not dilated beneath, those of
the flagellum fuscous beneath. Head black, covered with a
white pile ; the elypeus and the inner orbits opposite the
antenne pale yellowish white. | Mandibles pale yellowish
white, their apices piceous ; the palpi dark fuscous. Ocelli
in a triangle ; the hinder separated from the eyes by a dis-
tinctly greater distance than they are from each other. The
thorax is covered with a white pile; the sides and base of
the prothorax are narrowly pale testaceous. The median
segment has a gradually rounded slope. Legs black; the
four anterior coxe are pale yellow beneath ; the four anterior
femora and tibiz are more or less testaceous in front; the
hinder femora are brownish towards the apex ; the spurs are
black. Wings hyaline, infuscated from the base of the
stigma; the extreme apex is slightly paler in tint; the
second and third cubital cellules are equal in length above
and below; the first transverse cubital nervure is broadly

Hymenoptera from the Khasia THHills. 327

roundly curved, the second is slightly curved, the third is
oblique ; the first recurrent nervure is received shortly beyond,
the second shortly behind, the middle of the cellule. The
basal segment of the abdomen and the greater part of the
second are rufo-testaceous; the other segments have the
apices narrowly pale testaceous.

The apex of the clypeus is transverse in the middle, with
the sides broadly rounded; the accessory nervure in the
hind wings is interstitial.

In Bingham’s arrangement (Faun. Brit. Ind., Hym. p. 148)
this species would come in near acceptus, Sm.

Anoplius styrus, sp. 0.

Black ; the lower two thirds of the inner and outer orbits,
the apical half of the clypeus, a narrow interrupted line on
the apex of the pronotum, the greater part of the frontal
keel, and the basal fourth of the hinder femora on the outer
side yellow; the wings hyaline, the apex smoky, the stigma
and nervures fuscous. <.

Length 9 mm.

Hab. Assam.

Head smooth and shining, not developed behind the eyes,
which distinctly converge above; a distinct furrow extends
from the ocelli halfway down the front. There is a longish
stout keel between the antennze, which is yellow on the lower
part. Apex of clypeus rounded. The flagellum of the
antenne yellow in the middle beneath. Thorax pruinose ;
the postscutellum, the base in the middle, and the sides of
the median segment covered thickly with longish white
pubescence. Legs black, the calcaria pale, the spines black.
The second cubital cellule at the top is one third longer
than the third; both the recurrent nervures are received
shortly beyond the middle of the cellule.

The palpi are pale testaceous. Comes near to P. macu-
lipes, Smith. Characteristic is the stout antennal keel.

Anoplius atargates, sp. n.

Black ; the wings fuscous violaceous, with semihyaline
patches; the third cubital cellule at the top more than
half the length of the second, below not quite double its
length. 9.

Length 13 mm.

Hab. Khasia. Coll. Rothney.

Iintirely black and covered with a silvery pile. Front
indistinctly furrowed down the centre. Median segment

328 Mr. P. Cameron on new

with a gradually rounded slope from the base to the apex;
the base distinctly depressed in the middle. The apical
abscissa of the radius is slightly roundly curved downwards
towards the apex; the second cubital cellule at the top
is one third longer than the third above and below; the
first transverse cubital nervure is roundly curved, the top
with a more oblique slope than the lower part; the third
has a gradually rounded slope; the first recurrent nervure
is received near the base of the apical third of the cellule,
the second near the middle; the basal cellule in the fore
wings 1s almost hyaline, the rest uniformly fuscous violaceous ;
the himder wings are almost hyaline, darker towards the
apex.
Comes near to P. parenthope, Cam., which may be separated

from it thus :—
The second and third cubital cellules below almost

equal in length; above the second is distinctly

more than double the length of the third; the

wings dark fuscous violaceous throughout; the

median segment furrowed in the middle ;

the long spur of the hinder tibiz not reaching

to the middle of the metatarsus.............. parthenope, Cam.
The second cubital cellule below one third shorter

than the third, above not double its length ;

the wings not uniformly fuscous violaceous ;

the median segment not furrowed in the

middle; the long spur of the hinder tibize

reaching to the middle of the metatarsus .... atargates.

Vespida.
Rhynchium curvimaculatum, sp. 0.

Black ; the scape of the antennz beneath, a mark over and
between the antennz, a curved almost interrupted mark on
the top of the clypeus, an interrupted mark rounded behind
on the pronotum, an irregular mark on the mesopleure below
the tegulz, a transverse mark on the base of the post-
scutellum, the sides of the metanotum to the teeth and
narrow bands, somewhat interrupted in the middle, on the
apices of the basal two abdominal segments, yellow. Legs
black, the apex of the four hinder femora broadly rufous.
Wings fuscous violaceous. @¢.

Length 23 mm.

Hab. Khasia Hills. Coll. Rothney.

Front closely and strongly rugosely reticulated, the
vertex more widely and irregularly punctured ; in the centre
behind is a curved, deep, smooth depression. Clypeus longi-
tudinally rugosely punctured, the punctures longer than

Hymenoptera from the Khasia Hills. 329

broad and larger in its centre; the apex is depressed, irre-
gularly punctured, and with a rounded incision in the middle.
Mesonotum rugosely reticulated; the scutellum more strongly
rugosely reticulated ; the postscutellum coarsely longi-
tudinally striated. Median segment reticulated above; the
centre with curved striz, the bottom alutaceous; the central
keel is triangularly cleft and has a keel in the centre of the
fork. Pro- and mesopleure rugosely reticulated; there is a
longitudinal depression in the middle, which bears six per-
pendicular keels. ‘The base and lower part of the metapleure
smooth, the rest reticulated. ‘The basal segments of the
abdomen closely, but not very strongly, punctured ; the
third, fourth, and fifth are more strongly and deeply punc-
tured than the basal; the apical sparsely punctured, smooth
at the apex. The basal part of the petiole beneath is coarsely,
irregularly, transversely striated; the apical smooth, bounded
behind by a transverse furrow and covered with white pile.
This is the largest of the known Indian species.

Rhynchium collinum, sp. n.

Black; the scape of the antenne below, a mark narrowed
towards the middle above, over and between the antenn, an
interrupted line on the pronotum, the greater part of the
basal half of the postscutellum, two marks on the sides of
the median segment, the lower longer and narrower than the
upper, a mark, longer and broader, in front of and below the
tegule on the pleure, and a yellow line, interrupted in
the middle, on the base of the basal two abdominal segments,
yellow. Legs black, thickly covered with white pubescence ;
the extreme apex of the anterior femora, the apical third of
the middle, and almost the apical portion of the hinder half
of the posterior reddish; the apices of the tarsi rufous.
Wings fuscous violaceous. 9?.

Length 17 mm.

Hab. Khasia Hills. Coll. Rothney.

Front and vertex coarsely punctured, the punctures almost
forming reticulations in the centre ; they are thickly covered
with long fuscous hair. Antennal keel distinct, sharp. Face
and clypeus rugosely reticulated and punctured ; the apex of
clypeus projects in the middle, smooth and depressed ; the
sides obliquely project. Pro- and mesonotum closel y rugosely
punctured, the punctures larger and running into reticula-
tions on apex of mesonotum. ‘The scutellum is more strongly
rugosely punctured. The basal half of postscutellum rugosel
punctured, the apical longitudinally striated. The apical half

330 Mr. P. Cameron on new

of the median segment is irregularly reticulated and punc-
tured, the rest transversely striated ; in the middle of the
area is a longitudinal stout keel. Pro- and mesopleure
rugosely reticulated and punctured; the apical part of the
metapleure irregularly reticulated; the upper part of the
base smooth, the lower indistinctly and irregularly reti-
culated. The basal two abdominal segments are closely,
almost uniformly, but not deeply punctured; the third and
following are much more deeply punctured, the last more
irregularly than the others.

The male has the clypeus entirely yellow; the apical
Incision is wide and shallow; the four front tibize are marked
with yellow on the outer side, and the bands on the basal
two segments of the abdomen are united, but this may be
also the case with the female.

Apide.
Halictus carianus, sp. 0.

Black, the pubescence white; the head and thorax closely
and strongly punctured; the front with a narrow, not very
distinct keei; the area on metanotum stoutly longitudinally
striated; the wings fuscous violaceous, the nervures and
stigma black. 9.

Length 8 mm.

Hab. Khasia Hills. Coll. Rothney.

Head large, closely and strongly punctured, the punctures
larger on the vertex than elsewhere ; ou the clypeus they are
much sparser; the pubescence is sparse and white; the
clypeus is fringed with long bright golden hair. The keel
on the front is siender and is indistinct on the top. The
pronotum projects distinctly above ; its outer edge is raised
into a sharp keel; the top imside this is flat and bears some
irregular keels. The propleurz above smooth and shining,
the rest irregularly and somewhat strongly striated. The
mesonotum is almost rugose. Mesopleure strongly rugosely
punctured, the punctures running into reticulations in places.
Postscutellar region strongly rugosely punctured. The area
on the median segment is longitudinally striated ; the punc-
tures are stout and are clearly separated. The apical slope
is keeled on the top and on the sides, and there is a narrower
central keel which commences near the top; it is aciculated
and indistinctly irregularly striated near the top. The hair
on the cox, trochanters, and femora is long and white, on
the tibiz it is black, on the underside of the tarsi it is
rufous; the spurs pale; the claws rufous. The wings are
paler at the base; both the recurrent nervures are almost
interstitial. The hair on the ventral surface of the abdomen

Hymenoptera from the Khasia Iills. 331

is white, on the back it is darker; the pygidial area is
rufous.

Comes near to H. timidus and H. gutterosus. The male
is similar; the apical half of the clypeus is pallid yellow;
the flagellum of the antenne is fuscous beneath. The furrow
near the base of the mesopleure is wide and stoutly striated ;
the tubercles are fringed behind with white pubescence.

This species is easily known by the violaceous wings, by
the strongly punctured head and thorax, and by the strongly
keeled prothorax and median segment.

Halictus trincomalicus, sp. 0.

Dark blue, with brassy tints, thickly covered with white
pubescence; the base of the median segment irregularly
longitudinally striated; the apices of the abdominal seg-
ments brownish; the anal rima dark hrown; the wings
hyaline, the stigma and nervures fuscous. 9°.

Length 6 mm.

Hab. Trincomali, Ceylon (Col. Yerbury).

Antenne stout, black, the apical joint fuscous ; the scape
shining, covered sparsely with short pale hair. Head closely
and distinctly punctured; the face brassy and more sparsely
punctured than the rest; the base of the clypeus more
sparsely and less strongly punctured than the apical half,
which is dark purple. Mandibles ferrugimous. Front in-
distinctly keeled. Pro- and mesothorax shining, punctured,
but not strongly or closely, and thickly covered with white
hair. Median segment closely and. distinctly punctured ;
the strie on the base are irregular, longitudinal in the
middle, more oblique on the sides. Legs black ; the calcaria
testaceous ; the pubescence white, on the metatarsus fulvous.
Abdomen shining, impunetate; the apices of all the segments
brownish ; the anal rima dark brown; the apex of the anal
segment in the centre and laterally lighter, more testaceous
in colour ; the apex bears fulvous hair.

Comes near to H. vernalis, Sm.

Muililla acidaha, Cam.

This species was described by me in Proc. Manch. Soe.
1897, p. 56, in both sexes, from Trincomali, Ceylon, where
they were taken by Col. Yerbury. 'The species has been
overlooked by Bingham, who does not mention it in his
work on Indian Hymenoptera. The species is probably, as
André suggests (Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1899, p. 34), a form of
M. ceylanensis, Sichel & Rad., Hore Soc. Ent. Ross. vi.
p. 247, of which M. hexapos, Sauss. (also from Ceylon), is
certainly a variety.

332 Bibliographical Notices.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES.

An Account of the Indian Triaxonia collected by the Royal Indian
Marine Survey Ship Investigator” By Franz Ertuarp Scauze,
Ph.D., M.D., Professor of Zoology at the University of Berlin.
The German original translated into English by Roserr von
LenpenFeLp, Ph.D., Professor of Zoology at the University of
Prag. Calcutta: Printed by Order of the Trustees of the Indian
Museum, 1902. Price 16 Rupees. 4to. Pp. 113; pls. xxiii.

THE work before us includes the substance of three separate papers
published by Dr. Schulze in the ‘Abhandlungen der Konigl.
Preussischen Akademie der Wissenschaften’ for 1894, 1895, and
1900, on the Hexactinellida collected by the ‘ Investigator’ in 1885-
1898. These papers have been thoroughly revised by the author,
and then translated into English.

Previous to the ‘Challenger’ expedition only four species of this
beautiful group of sponges were known from the Indian Ocean.
_ Upwards of fifty are now enumerated by Dr. Schulze, of which
only twenty-one were known previous to the ‘ Investigator’ expe-
dition.

The group, however, is widely distributed in different parts of
the world, and some of its representatives, such as the “ Venus’s
flower-basket” from the Philippines (Zuplectella aspergillum), and
the glass-rope sponge from Japan (Hyalonema Sieboldi), may be seen
in every museum. They are mostly deep-sea forms with skeletons
frequently resembling spun glass or lacework, and are often of
very elegant forms.

Dr. Schulze’s work is too highly technical to appeal to any but
specialists, except, perhaps, as regards the beautifully executed
plates. He commences with an introduction, giving a list of the
twenty-one species known before the ‘ Investigator’ expedition ;
then follows the descriptive part of the work, in which two or three
closely printed pages are usually devoted to each species; and the
work concludes with three tables of the species known from the
Indian Ocean, with full localities. The work is a valuable addition
to the literature of one of the more modern branches of scientific
exploration—deep-sea dredging.

Who's Who. London: Adam and Charles Black. 1903.

By this time nobody requires to be told the nature and aims of this
most valuable book. As a work of reference it is indispensable.
We take it for granted that there are few zoologists who do not
possess it ; our advice to those who do not is “ get it.”

A wise discrimination in the selection of individuals has most
undoubtedly been exercised throughout the whole course of this
work. We have searched the pages of the present volume diligently
for the names of biologists, and have come to the conclusion that
only a very few who deserve mention in these pages have been.
missed—their names may be reckoned on the fingers of one hand.

Geological Society. 333

Handbook of Instructions for Collectors. London: The Trustees
of the British Museum. 1902.

Tuts little volume will undoubtedly prove a boon to collectors both
at home and abroad.

In the space of some fourteen chapters the whole duties of a
collector of natural-history specimens are set forth, so that in the
compass of a small pocket-book he will find directions for the preser-
vation, and often identification, of all kinds of specimens, from an
elephant to microscopic organisms, fossils, plants, and minerals.

The capture and, where necessary, the killing of animals is also
thoroughly dealt with. Furthermore, a complete list of the tools
required, with many figures thereof. has also been included.

In a future edition, which is certain to be required, we should
like to see special attention called to the need for the collection and
preservation of birds’ skeletons, and to the use of the alcoholometer
not only as a test for spirit containing specimens, but also for the
determination of the strength of clean spirit. It is not always
possible to get reliable information as to the strength of spirit.
With the help of the alcoholometer the collector can set all doubts
at rest and save, perchance, most precious specimens.

This little work is well illustrated, well printed, and strongly
bound.

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.
GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

November 5th, 1902.—Prof. Charles Lapworth, LL.D., F.R.S.,
President, in the Chair.

The following communications were read :—

1. ‘The Fossil Flora of the Cumberland Coalfield, and the Palzo-
botanical Evidence with regard to the Age of the Beds.’ By E. A.
Newell Arber, Esq., M.A., F.G.S.

The succession of Upper Carboniferous rocks in the region in
question is apparently twofold: an essentially arenaceous series, at
Teast 600 feet thick, consisting of massive sandstones alternating
with shales and fireclays, overlying argillaceous and carbonaceous
deposits ; the latter forming the productive portion of the coalfield
and containing three great coal-seams, traceable throughout the
district, although known locally under different names. The Upper or
Sandstone Series has yielded very few plant-remains from its upper
division, but from the lower division a long list is given of plants
collected by the Author, or preserved in the Woodwardian Museum.
A second list of plants, from the upper division of the Carbonaceous
Series, is also given, nearly all the specimens having been collected

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xi. 24

aad Geological Society.

by the Author. The consideration of the paleobotanical evidence
enables him to classify the rocks as follows :—

PERMIAN. Brockram. Lower Permian.
f | Sandstone { UW pper) snc. .s.ceeeecs see (?) Transition Coal-Measures.
Urrna | meres: 1) Ul Liowersssecstkeacceseee
| 4 t / em Middle Coal-Measures.
CARBONIFEROUS. Productive E Epes (Bannock and
; a ands). fs
Sea es Vibawer (anes ae '(?) Lower Coal-Measures and
Millstone Grit.

2. ‘Some Remarks upon Mr. E. A. Newell Arber’s Commu-
nication: On the Clarke Collection of Fossil Plants from New
South Wales.’ By Dr. F. Kurtz, Professor of Botany in the
University of Cordoba, Argentine Republic.

The Author agrees with Mr. Arber’s identification of Rhiptozamites
Gepperti, which he takes to be a synonym of Neggerathiopsis
Hislopi. Podozamites elongatus, however, he regards as different
from Neggerathiopsis Hislopi. Reasons are given for holding this
opinion. Further, the Author does not consider that there is sufficient
evidence to warrant the separation of Otopteris ovata from LRhaco-
pteris inequilatera, in which species it may be retained, perhaps asa
variety. th. inequilatera has been found in the Argentine, and
was described by Geinitz as Otopteris argentina. A bibliography is
appended.

December 17th, 1902.—Prof. Charles Lapworth, LL.D., F.R.S.,
President, in the Chair.

The following communication was read :—

‘The Elk (Alces machlis, Gray) in the Thames Valley.’ By
Edwin Tulley Newton, Esq., F.R.S., F.G.S.

During the construction of the Staines Reservoirs some mamma-
lian remains were obtained from the alluvium of the Wraysbury
River, near the Thames at Youveney. At the request of Mr. T. I.
Pocock, of the Geological Survey, who is working in the district,
the engineers, Messrs. Walter Hunter & R. E. Middleton,
courteously submitted their specimens to the Author, who recog-
nized among them the skull and antlers, with other parts of the
skeleton, of a true elk (Alces machlis). These are described ;
allusion is made to the earlier records of this animal in Britain ;
and its distribution in time in this country, on the continent of
Europe, and in North America is also discussed. It appears that
Alces machlis has been frequently found in peaty deposits in many
parts of Great Britain and on the continent of Europe, but never
in Britain in association with the mammoth; and it
seems probable that in Europe and North America it was a rare

Geological Society. 335

animal in Pleistocene times, if indeed it was present before the close
of that period.

January 7, 1903.—Prof. Charles Lapworth, LL.D., F.R.S.,
President, in the Chair.

The following communication was read :—

‘On the Discovery of an Ossiferous Cavern of Pliocene Age at
Dove Holes, Buxton (Derbysbire).’ By William Boyd Dawkins,
M.A., D.Sc., F.R.S., F.G.S., Professor of Geology in Owens College,
Victoria University (Manchester).

The Carboniferous Limestone, riddled with fissures and potholes,
in the neighbourhood of Dove Holes, has from time to time, in the
course of the working of the quarries, yielded remains of extinct
mammalia of Pleistocene age. The latest discovery of a group of
mammalia, of far higher antiquity than the Pleistocene, is now
brought before this Society. ‘The Victory Quarry, Bibbington, in
which the discovery was made, is excavated in a rolling plateau of
Carboniferous Limestone, from 1100 to 1200 feet above Ordnance-
datum, and forming at this spot the water-parting between the tribu-
taries of the Goyte, flowing past Chapel-en-le-Frith westward into the
Mersey, and those flowing southward and eastward, past Buxton, to
join the Derwent. It isa little to the north of the centre of the divide.
On the western side the limestone dips at an angle of 15° under-
neath the Yoredale sandstones and grit, which form the lower half
of a range of hills, extending southward to Buxton and beyond.
The upper half is composed of shales and sandstones of the Mill-
stone Grit Series, that rise in Black Edge to a height of 1662 feet.
The drainage of the eastern slope of these hills passes downward,
until it arrives at the limestone, where it sinks into the rock,
through the many swallow-holes which mark the upper boundary
of the limestone. There are no surface-streams in the limestone in
the immediate neighbourhood of the Victory Quarry, which; from
its position on the divide, could not, under existing geographical
conditions, receive the drainage from this western range of hills,
or any other source.

In the course of working the quarry, in the beginning of 1901,
a cave was discovered, and fully exposed in the course of 1902. It
was about 90 feet long, 15 feet high, and 4 feet broad. It ran
nearly horizontally north and south, and consisted of a large
chamber and a small passage, both eroded in a master-joint. On
the south it contracted to a dead end, now quarried away. Its
continuation to the north is obscured by a great accumulation of
broken rock and clay, which has not yet been removed. It was
filled with a horizontally stratified red clay, containing angular and
rolled pebbles of limestone, and a few sandstone-pebbles from the
Millstone Grit and Yoredale rocks. There were also a few pebbles
of white vein-quartz and of quartzite. Scattered through the mass
were mammalian bones and teeth: some waterworn, and others

336 Geological Society.

with sharp fractures. The contents had clearly been introduced
into the cave by water, flowing under geographical conditions
which no longer exist.

The mammalian remains belong to the following species :-—

Machairodus crenatidens, Fabr. Rhinoceros etruscus, Fale.
Hyena sp. Equus stenonis, Nesli.
Mastodon arvernensis, Croiz. & Job. Cervus etueriarum, Croiz. & Job.

Llephas meridionalis, Nesli,

All these species are found in the Upper Pliocene deposits of
France and Italy, and undoubtedly belong to that age. The
Mastodon, elephant, rhinoceros, and horse occur also in Britain in
the Upper Pliocene deposits of the Crag.

Some of the bones present the characteristic teeth-marks of the
hyenas; and the preponderance of the remains of the young over
the adult mastodons points to the selection by the hyznas, who
could easily master the calves, while they did not as a rule attack
the large and formidable adults. The Author has observed a similar
selection in the case of mammoths in hyena-dens, into which the
remains had been brought by those cave-haunting animals. He
therefore concludes that the animal-remains have been washed out
of a hyzena-den, which then existed at a higher level, and carried
down deep into the rock, into the cave in which they were found,
along with the clay and pebbles brought down in flood-time from
the Yoredale and Millstone-Grit hills.

The area of the Victory Quarry must then have been at the
bottom of a valley, instead of in its present position on the divide.
The denudation of the limestone which has taken place since that
time is estimated at not less than 330 feet—an amount sufficient to
destroy the ravine formed by the stream above the bone-cave, and
all the eaves and rock-shelters in the district, which were accessible
to the Upper Phocene mammalia.

The Author appends a map illustrating the physical geography
of the British Isles in Upper Pliocene time. In it the British area
is represented as joined to the Continent by a barrier of land,
extending from the Straits of Dover, westward, as far as the 100-
fathom line in the Atlantic, which sweeps southward from Scandi-
navia, off the West of Ireland, into the Bay of Biscay. There were
then no physical barriers to forbid the migration of Machairodus,
Mastodon, Elephas meridionalis, and the rest, from Central and
Southern France into Britain. They could find their way freely
from the valleys of the Loire and the Garonne, across the valley
now occupied by the English Channel, into England and, it may be
added, Ireland. Over this area the animals migrated in the Upper
Pliocene age. The discovery of a few of them in Derbyshire is to
be looked upon as a monument of their former existence over the
whole of this region. It is also a striking example of the great
destruction of the surface which has taken place since that time,
and of the imperfection of the geological record. It is the only
eave in Europe that has yielded remains of the remote Pliocene

Epoch.

THE ANNALS

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,
[SEVENTH SERIES\]

No. 64. APRIL 1903.

XLV.—Descriptions of new Syntomide and Arctiade.
By Sir Georce F. Hampson, Bart., F.Z.5.

THE following species of Syntomide and Arctiade form a
second supplement to the first three volu mes of the ‘ Catalogue
of Lepidoptera Phalenz of the British Museum,’ the first
paper on the subject having been published in the Ann. &
Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 7, vol. viii. pp. 165-186 (1901), and
the numbers before the species indicating the position of the
species in the classification adopted in those volumes. The
types are in the British Museum.

Syntomide.
58 a. Tricheta proleuca, sp. n.

Black, shot with purple; frons and fore coxe in front
white; antenne white at tips. Fore wing with quadrate
hyaline antemedial patch below the cell and small postmedial
spot above vein 1 sometimes connected with the antemedial
patch ; a postmedial band between veins 7 and 3, expanding
outwards below vein 5.

Hab. SUMATRA, 2 $,2 92 type. LHzp. 30 millim.

67 a. Trichewia monoleuca, sp. n.

?. Black; frons and patches on patagia and pectus white ;
Ann. & Mage N. Hist. Ser. 7%. Vol: xt. 25

338 Sir G, F. Hampson on

abdomen dorsally tinged with green and with white basal
patch, the ventral surface with white segmental lines. Fore
wing with elongate hyaline patch below cell and base of
vein 2, a small wedge-shaped spot in cell, a larger spot
above vein 6, and a rounded spot above and below vein 4.
Hind wing with hyaline patch below the cell and between
veins 2 and 5.
Hab. Sincapore (Ridley), 1 2 type. Exp. 30 millim.

1l4a. Syntomis endocrocis, sp. n.

2. Black, suffused with brilliant blue; antennz white at
tips; pectus with lateral scarlet patches; abdomen with
scarlet dorsal patch at base and dorsal and lateral bands on
third, fourth, and fifth segments. Fore wing with the costal
area metallic green; a hyaline patch below base of cell, with
its lower part orange; a wedge-shaped patch in end of cell
and oblique patch below vein 2; an elongate patch above
vein 6 and patches above veins 3 and 4. Hind wing with a
patch below base of cell, its upper part hyaline, its lower part
orange ; a patch above vein 2 and point above 5.

Hab. MASHONALAND, Salisbury (Marshall), 1 2. Hap.
40 millim.

1154. Syntomis rubritincta, sp. n.

Head, thorax, and abdomen black, shot with blue-green ;
antenne white at tips; patagia with some reddish-brown
hair; pectus with cupreous-red patches ; frons, coxe of male,
and parts of tibie and tarsi ochreous white ; abdomen with
dorsal scarlet band on first segment and dorsal and lateral
bands on third, fourth, and fifth. Wings shot with purple,
the costal area of fore wing with green, the patches reddish
hyaline. Fore wing with the inner area cupreous red to
beyond middle; a patch below base of cell; a wedge-shaped
patch in end of cell; an oblique patch below vein 2 extending
nearly to termen; an elongate patch above vein 6 and patches
above veins 3 and 4. Hind wing with the basal half reddish
hyaline, on inner area extending nearly to tornus; a rounded
postinedial patch above veins 2 and 3; cilia brownish towards
tornus.

Hab. Br. E. Arrica, Londiani (Betton), 4 3, 4 2 type.
Eep. 36 millim.

193 a. Syntomis melanocera, sp. n.

3g. Black, shot with bright purple; pectus with lateral
orange patches; abdomen with dorsal orange patch on first

new Syntomide and Arctiade. 339

segment and dorsal and lateral band on fifth segment. Fore
wing with small quadrate subbasal hyaline patch below the
cell, a quadrate patch in end of cell and oblique wedge-shaped
patch below vein 2 and elongate spots above veins 6, 4, 3.
Hind wing with hyaline spot below the cell, a spot above
vein 2, and sometimes a small spot above vein 3, the spots
varying much in size.

Hab. N. Cutna, Wei-ha-wei, 1 $ type; Leu-kung-tau
(J. B. Fletcher),8 g. Hup. 28-32 millim.

212 a. Hressa xanthostacta, sp. n.

3g. Fuscous brown. Head orange, except palpi, antenn,
and a band between their bases ; tegule and patches on
patagia, pro- and metathorax orange; fore and mid legs
fuscous brown, hind legs pale red-brown; abdomen with
seven orange bands, the anal tuft orange, with brown dorsal
patch. Fore wing with semihyaline orange angled spot
below origin of vein 2, a quadrate spot in end of cell and
small rounded spots above bases of veins 2, 3,4, and 6. Hind
wing with small orange spots in and below cell and above
veins 2 and 3.

?. Hind legs dark ; abdomen with six orange bands, the
anal tuft greyish brown.

Hab. QUEENSLAND, Townsville (Dodd), 1 ¢,1 @ type.
Exp., 3 28, % 32 millim.

233 a, Epitoxis albicincta, sp. n.

3S. Black, slightly shot with blue; head, thorax, and legs
with some white hair; abdomen with narrow segmental white
bands. Fore wing with slight white streaks below costa and
costal nervure ; a quadrate hyaline patch below base of cell ;
an elongate patch in end of cell; an oblique patch below
vein 2; an elongate spot above vein 6 and spots above veins
3and 4. Hind wing with basal hyaline patch from cell to
inner margin ; a postmedial spot between veins 2 and3; cilia
white at tips.

Hab. Br. E, Arrica, Fort Ternan (Betton), 1 3g type.
Exp. 28 millim.

233 b. Epitoxis nigra, sp. n.

3. Black; head and thorax with a little yellowish hair ;
abdomen with lateral yellow line not reaching extremity.
Fore wing with quadrate hyaline patch below base of cell ;

an elongate patch in end of cell; an oblique patch below
25%

340 Sir G. F. Hampson on

vein 2; an elongate spot above vein 6 and spots above
veins 3 and 4. Hind wing with patch below base of cell and
rather small spot above vein 2; cilia of inner margin whitish.

Hab. GAZALAND, Mt. Chirinda (Marshall), 1 3 type.
Ep. 82 millim.

310 a. Sphecosoma nigriceps, sp. n.

3d. Head and thorax black ; palpi with some yellow hair
at base and whitish in front; tegule with yellow band;
patagia with yellow streaks; pectus and legs yellow; abdo-
men with the first segment yellow, blackish at sides, the next
three fulvous, with yellow segmental lines, the terminal four
blackish with yellow segmental lines, the ventral surface
yellow. Wings hyaline, the veins and margins narrowly
brown; both wings with the costa and fore wing with the
inner margin yellow; the costal half of fore wing clouded
with pale brown.

Hab. Bourvia (Berg), 1 3 type. Exp. 26 millim.

607 a. Saurita cryptoleuca, sp. n.

6. Black ; vertex of head with metallic blue points behind
ocelli; tegulee with some blue scales; shoulders with ver-
milion points, metathorax with vermilion spot ; abdomen with
a few dorsal blue scales on first segment, the two penultimate
segments with lateral spots and the last segment with dorsal
patch. Fcre wing with the cell hyaline, intersected by the
black discal streak, a hyaline fascia below the cell and slight
marks just beyond its extremity. Hind wing with hyaline
fascia below the cell, extending just into and beyond it.
Underside suffused with white, except costal area of fore wing
and cell and costal area to beyond middle of hind wing.

Hab. Braziz, Organ Mountains, Tijuca (2. J. Wagner),
1 $ type. zp. 32 millim.

674a. Euchromia vitiensis, sp. 0.

Black; frons and coxa in front white; vertex of head,
tegule, patagia, and sides of pectus with patches of metallic
blue; abdomen with orange-red bands on first and fourth
segments dorsally and on third and fourth ventrally, and with
dorsa], lateral, and sublateral series of metallic blue spots.
Fore wing with metallic blue spots at base and end of cell;
an elongate hyaline antemedial spot below base of cell, quad-
rate spots in and below end of cell, and elongate spots above
veins 2, 38, 4, and 6. Hind wing with hyaline patch at base

new Syntomidx and Arctiade. 341

in and below cell; a metallic blue mark on discocellulars and
a band beyond the cell between veins 7 and 2.
flab. Fis1, 1 3,3 Q type. Hxp. 40 millim.

850 a. Teucer brunnea, sp. n.

d. Dull reddish brown; neck with orange ring ; tarsi with
pale rings ; abdomen with orange subdorsal spots on fifth,
sixth, and seventh segments and white sublateral fascie.
Fore wing with slight discoidal point on a very obscure medial
dark band, angled at lower angle of cell; an indistinct pale
dentate subterminal line.

Hab. ARGENTINA, Goya (Perrens), 1 g type. ap.
26 millim.

1182 a. Hyaleucerea picticeps, sp. n.

6. Black-brown ; back of head with two brilliant crimson
spots ; coxe crimson; abdomen with lateral metallic blue
patches. ore wing with semihyaline streaks in cell, below
the cell, and before and above origin of vein 2, the area below
them greyish ; semihyaline patches beyond the cell above
veins 6 and 5, the area from below them to termen above
tornus greyish. Hind wing hyaline, the veins black; a
terminal blue-black band with irregular inner edge expanding
at costa and from vein 2 to inner margin.

Hab. Brazin, Organ Mountains, Tiuca (S. Rk. Wagner),
1 g type. xp. 42 millim.

Arctiade.
Noiinz.

17 6. Celama omphalota, sp. n.

@. White; palpi and antenne pale reddish brown;
patagia with rufous spots; legs tinged with fuscous ; abdo-
men tinged with pale rufous. Fore wing tinged with pale
rufous in places, especially on basal half of inner area and on
termen; the buttons of raised scales in cell near base and at
middle large, silvery and black mixed; the antemedial line
only visible from cell to inner margin and obliquely curved ;
a pale rufous spot on middle of costa; the postmedial line
punctiform, bent outwards below costa and at vein 3 strongly
recurved ; a trisinuate subterminal line. Hind wing tinged
with pale reddish brown.

Hab. W. Arnica, Old Calabar (Crompton), 2 8 type.
Exp. 16 millim.

342 Sir G. F. Hampson on

21b. Celama fovifera, sp. n.

g. Antenne ciliated; fore wing with an elongate hyaline
fovea in end of cell. Pure white ; palpi tinged with black at
sides; legs irrorated with black, the tarsi black, ringed with
white. Fore wing with curved black subbasal line from cell
to median nervure, with brown and black scale-fan on its
outer edge in cell; an interrupted black antemedial line,
oblique trom costa to below cell, where it is angled, obsolete
below submedian fold, with a large brown and black scale-fan
on its outer edge in cell ; a similar scale-fan at upper angle of
cell, with some black irroration below it at lower angle and
a black patch above it on costa; an interrupted, irregularly
and minutely dentate postmedial line excurved from costa to
vein 4, then incurved; a trisinuate subterminal line with
black suffusion in its curves ; some brown suffusion on termen.
Hind wing with the termen slightly tinged with fuscous,

Hab. QUEENSLAND, Townsville (Dodd), 1 8 type. Eup.
16 milim.

126a. Reselia infuscata, sp. n.

3. Head and thorax grey, tinged with fuscous and irro-

rated with black; abdomen brownish white, the ventral
surface-nrorated with black. Fore wing grey, tinged with
fuscous and irrorated and suffused with black to the post-
medial line ; the tufts in cell blackish; the antemedial line
hardly traceable on costal area, strongly angled outwards
on median nervure and vein 1 and inwards in submedian
fold; the postmedial line highly dentate, very oblique from
costa to vein 4, where it is angled, then inwardly oblique
and double; an indistinct irregular subterminal line, bent
inwards to costa; a terminal series of points. Hind wing
white, suffused with fuscous.

Hab. MASHONALAND, Umtali (Marshall),1 3 type. Exp.
22 millim.

LiIrHOStanan.

226a. Lexis minima, sp. n.

3g. Uniform bright silky straw-colour. Fore wing with
vein 6 from the cell; hind wing slightly paler.

Hab. NEw GutxeA, Port Moresby (Kowald), 2 g type.
Exp. 16 millim.

new Syntomide and Arctiade, 843

233 a. Phryganopsis atrescens, sp. 0.

?. Black-brown; palpi, back of head, tegule, stripes on
legs, ventral surface of abdomen, and anal tuft orange-yellow.
Fore wing with the costal area orange-yellow, narrowing toa
point before apex ; cilia yellow. Hind wing with the termen
and cilia yellow, diffused inwards in submedian interspace.

Hab. Care CoLtony, Grahamstown, 1 9? type. zp.
22 millim.

297 a. Ilema melasonea, sp. n.

2. Head pale orange-yellow ; palpi black at tips ; thorax
greyish fuscous, with ochreous spot on metathorax; legs
streaked with ochreous; abdomen grey, the anal tuft and
ventral surface ochreous. Fore wing brownish grey; the
costal area whitish to beyond the postmedial band, the costal
edge ochreous; the postmedial band black, somewhat
diffused, oblique from costa to discal fold, where it is angled,
then incurved, somewhat narrower and expanding in sub-
median fold. Hind wing pale yellow. Fore wing with
veins 3, 4 stalked; 6 from upper angle; 7, 8, 9 stalked;
11 anastomosing with 12.

Hab. Br. E. Arrica, Lagari (Betton), 1 9 type. Hap.
36 millim.

Genus MICRILEMA, nov.

Proboscis fully developed ; palpi short, porrect ; antenne
of male minutely serrate and with long fasciculate cilia; tibie
with the spurs moderate. Fore wing long and narrow;
vein 2 from middle of cell, curved at base; 3 from well before
angle; 5 absent; 6 shortly stalked with 7, 8, 9; 10 from
cell; 11 anastomosing with 12. Hind wing with vein 2 from
middle of cell; 3, 4 from angle; 5 absent; 6, 7 shortly
stalked; 8 from middle of cell.

374 a. Micrilema Craushay?, sp. n.

g. Head, thorax, and abdomen black, suffused with leaden
grey; back of head with two yellow spots. Fore wing
leaden fuscous ; a broad costal orange fascia. Hind wing
orange, a little leaden fuscous at base ; cilia leaden fuscous,
except at tornus. Underside of fore wing orange, with
diffused fuscous streaks from base and a slight discoidal
spot.
ee BAsuTOLAND, Machacha, 10,000 feet (Crawshay),
3 6 type. zp. 20 millim.

344 Sir G. F. Hampson on

Genus ANAPHOSIA, nov.

Probescis fully developed; palpi porrect, not reaching
beyond the rounded frontal prominence; antenne of male
ciliated ; tibize with the spurs moderate; the fore tibiee with
long curved claw on inner side and short claw on outer.
Fore wing long and narrow; vein 2 from middle of cell; 3
from well betore angle; 4, 5 from angle; 6 from upper
angle; 9 from 10 anastomosing with 8 to form the areole ;
11 free. Hind wing with vein 2 from middle of cell; 3, 4,5
from angle; 6, 7 shortly stalked.

528 a. Anaphosia cyanogramma, sp. 0.

&. Head, tegule, patagia, and abdomen orange-yellow ;
antenne, tibie, and tarsi brown; thorax blue-black above.
Fore wing pale yellow ; markings black, shot with metallic
blue; a costal fascia tapering to apex; a fascia on inner
margin from near base to tornus, tapering at extremities; a
slightly curved medial line; a postmedial line oblique from
costa to just beyond lower angle of cell, then slightly in-
curved, and giving off below vein 6 a fascia curved upwards
to termen, and below vein 4 an oblique fascia; cilia blue-
black. Hind wing pale yellow.

Hab. MASHONALAND, Mpodzi River (Aarshall), 1 3 type.
Exp. 40 millim.

544.4. Stictane apicalis, sp. n.

@. White; palpi, frons, antennz, and tarsi fuscous ;
abdomen brownish. Fore wing with indistinct diffused
brownish antemedial patches in cell and above inner margin ;
a similar postmedial patch above inner margin and a spot on
costa; the apical area tinged with fuscous and with a blackish
subapical spot; cilia brown. Hind wing brownish white.

Hab. W. Arnica, Old Calabar (Crompton), 1 ¢ type.
Exp. 14 millim.

575 a. Darantasia pervittata, sp. n.

@. Head and thorax orange-yellow ; antennz brownish ;
abdomen black ; the terminal segments orange. Fore wing
brown, suffused with purple; the base orange-yellow, with
irregular outer edge, emitting a fascia on costa to before
middle and another in submedian fold to near termen ; a very
obliquely curved postmedial band from just below costa to
vein 2, tapering at extremities. Hind wing brown; a large
orange-yellow patch from just below middle of costa to near

new Syntomide and Arctiade. B45

termen at submedian fold, on underside produced. towards
base below the cell.
Hab. S.W. New Guinea, Kapaur (Doherty), 1 9 type.

Exp. 24 millim.

579 a. Heliosia micra, sp. n.

g. Head, thorax, and abdomen pale yellow. Fore wing
orange-yellow, with indistinct waved antemedial, postmedial,
and subterminal lines formed of dark scales. Hind wing
pale yellow.

Hab. QUEENSLAND, Cedar Bay (Meek), 1 3 type. Hap.
12 millim.

593 a. Scaptesyle fovealis, sp. n.

Fore wing of male with large fovea below the cell con-
taining flocculent tufts of scales; the cell long, narrow,
curved, the veins distorted and vein 2 becoming coincident
with 3, 6 from below angle of cell. Hind wing with the costa
highly lobed, with a large glandular swelling below its
middle, the veins distorted, and veins 3, + and 6, 7 coincident.

&. Head and tegule golden yellow ; thorax and abdomen
red-brown, tinged with purple. Fore wing red-brown, tinged
with purple and suffused with blue-green at edges of yellow
areas ; an antemedial golden-yellow band expanding towards
costa; a terminal yellow band wide at costa, narrowing to a
point at tornus, the edge of brown area being angled outwards
at vein 6. Hind wing with the basal area pale yellowish,
the terminal half pale purplish brown, with some yellow on
apical half of termen and cilia.

Hab. New GutneEa, Port Moresby (Kowald), 1 ¢ type.
Exp. 16 millim.

642 a. Chionema flavicincta, sp. n.

g. Fore wing with the costal fringe moderate; a thick
fringe of long hair on underside below the cell; the lobes
large.

Head and thorax white; palpi black; antenne red;
tegule and patagia edged with scarlet; metathorax with
scarlet patch; tibiee and tarsi banded with orange; abdomen
white, slightly tinged with red on dorsum, the anal tuft
yellow. Fore wing white, the costal edge yellow; the sub-
basal band scarlet, expanding towards costa and ending above
inner margin; an antemedial scarlet band, excurved from
costa to median nervure, then oblique, a black line on its inner
edge ; a black spot in end of cell and two on discocellulars ;

346 Sir G. F. Hampson on

a yellow and vermilion bar from costa before the postmedial
scarlet band, which is erect from costa to submedian fold,
then bent outwards, a black line on its outer edge except
towards costa; a yellow terminal band with a slight red
tinge above tornus. Hind wing pink, the costal area yellow ;
the cilia yellow at base, white at tips.

Hab. AssaM, Khasis, 1 g type. Hyp. 34 millim.

645 a. Chionema selangorica, sp. n.

g. Head and thorax white; palpi and edges of tegule
and patagia deep orange; legs banded with orange; abdo-
men orange, the ventral surface white. Fore wing white;
the costal edge orange; a deep orange subbasal band ex-
curved above inner margin; an antemedial band bent inwards
to costa and emitting a short fascia in cell; two black dis-
coidal spots; a postmedial band forking at costa, oblique
and narrow to vein 4, where it is angled, then stronger and
incurved; a broad terminal band. Hind wing and underside
of fore wing pale orange, tinged with pink.

Hab. SELANGOR, Semangho, 2700 feet (HZ. C. Robinson),
1 g type. zp. 34 millim.

651 a. Chionema amelena, sp. n.

g. Fore wing with the outer lobe large, the inner small
and closely applied.

Head and thorax white; palpi and antennez vermilion ;
tegule and patagia edged with vermilion ; metathorax with
vermilion patch ; tibiz and tarsi banded with orange ; abdo-
men dorsally yellow tinged with red, ventrally white. Fore
wing white ; the costal edge vermilion to antemedial line ;
the subbasal line excurved below costa, incurved at sub-
median fold, then bent outwards and finer ; a rather broad
antemedial band, slightly incurved below the cell; a trian-
gular spot in end of cell; two small red discoidal spots, with
some black on them ; postmedial line forking towards costa,
angled outwards at vein 4, then incurved, the costal edge
vermilion ; a dentate terminal band. Hind wing pale yellow,
the termen suffused with red except at tornus.

Hab. SINGAPORE (Ridley), 1 g type. Lp. 26 millim.

655 a. Chionema yunnanensis, sp. n.

9. White; palpi fuscous; tegule edged with orange;
tibia and tarsi banded with fuscous. Fore wing with the
costal edge orange to antemedial line; a subbasal orange

new Syntomide and Arctiade. 347

line from costa to submedian fold, an antemedial line slightly
incurved to costa, then oblique; a black spot at middle of
cell, with a point beyond it on median nervure and a discoidal
spot; the postmedial orange line oblique from costa to vein 2,
then erect, slightly incurved at discal fold. Underside of
fore wing suffused with fuscous.

Hab. YUNNAN, ‘Teng Yeuk (H. EF. Hobson), 1 2 type.
ep. 30 millim,

682 a. Chionema capensis, sp. n.

g. White; palpi, tegnle at base, and fore legs orange.
Fore wing with some black scales at base of costa; an irre-
eular waved orange subbasal band, with black scales on its
outer edge; an antemedial band, with black line on its inner
edge, incurved to costa, then oblique, a black point just beyond
it in cell; the postmedial band expanding into a patch at
costa, oblique to vein 3, then erect, and ending at tornus,
some black scales on its outer side and traces of a black
discoidal point on its inner side. Underside of fore wing with
tlhe costa orange to near apex.

Hab. Cape Cotony, Grahamstown, 1 ¢ type. Lup.
22 millim.

695a. Eurosia fuliginea, sp. n.

g. Fuscous black, with a bluish tinge. Fore wing with
small round whitish discoidal spot and slight whitish marks
in submedian fold just before middle and below end of cell.
Hind wing with hyaline patch below basal half of cell.

¢. Head and thorax tinged with olive-brown. Fore wing
with the ground-colour pale olive-brown ; the basal half
suffused with black, leaving whitish subbasal and antemedial
spots below the cell; black spots in middle and at end of cell,
with a white spot between them ; a diffused black postmedial
line excurved round end of cell, then retracted; a diffused
maculate subterminal band; a spot on middle of termen.

Hab. Navar, Durban (Leigh), 1 $ type; Care Coxony,
Annshaw (Miss F. Barrett), 1 9. Exp. 18 millim.

768 a. Lilice endoxantha, sp. n.

Hind wing of male with the tornus produced to a very long
lobe, with fringes of hair and scales on upper and under sides,
the termen very strongly excised before it.

¢. Head, tegulze, and patches on patagia yellowish white ;
a slight band above frons, antenne and thorax purplish

348 Sir G. F. Hampson on

brown; legs yellow, the fore legs purple-brown, with the first
tarsal joint pale; abdomen orange. Fore wing purplish
brown, with broad yellowish fascia on basal half of inner
margin, a somewhat conical postmedial patch on costa, and
semicircular pateh on inner margin. Hind wing yellow,
with the inner area orange; a small brown apical patch ;
veins 6, 7 stalked.

?. Hind wing with the inner area yellow.

Hab. Brazit, Petropolis (Doer),1 3, 1 9 type. ap.

24 millim.

777 a. Illice flagrans, sp. n.

Head and thorax deep orange; frons, antenne, and patagia
black; legs black ; abdomen crimson. Fore wing fuscous
black, with orange-yellow fascia on inner margin, expanding
into a conical patch before tornus. Hind wing scarlet, with
black terminal band very wide at costa, narrowing to a point
at tornus.

Hab. ARGENTINA, Goya (Perrens),2 3,5 2 type. Hap.
18 millim.

783 a. Lilice persimilis, sp. n.

gS. Head, tegule, and patches on patagia yellowish white ;
palpi, frons, and thorax purplish brown ; antenne black, with
white patches on the joints above ; pectus, legs, and abdomen
yellow, the fore legs striped with fuscous. Fore wing
purplish brown, with broad yellowish-white fascia on basal
half of inner margin ; a somewhat conical postmedial patch
on costa and inner margin. Hind wing yellow, with small
apical brown patch.

@. Fore wing without the postmedial patch on costa;
hind wing and the discal area of fore wing on underside
tinged with scarlet, the former with hardly a trace of brown
at apex.

Hab. Brazit, Rio Janeiro (Doer), 2 6,2 2 type. Hap.
22 millim.

783 6. Illice cryptopyra, sp. n.

Head, tegule, and patagia orange-yellow ; thorax purplish
fuscous; legs mostly purplish fuscous; abdomen scarlet.
: Peas: SBS gas ce
Fore wing fuscous, suffused with purple; an orange-yellow
fascia on inner area from base to middle and semicircular
postmedial patches on costa and inner margin. Hind wing
scarlet, the cilia black. Underside of fore wing scarlet, with

new Syntomidee and Arctiade. 349

the basal half of costa and a patch in and below end of cell
black ; a black terminal band with sinuous inner edge.

Hab. Brazit, Organ Mountains, Tijuca (S. 2. Wagner),
1 g,2 92 type. Hap. 24 millim.

868 a. Parasiccia perirrorata, sp. n.

3g. White, strongly irrorated with fuscous; palpi marked
with black. Fore wing with diffused subbasal band; a curved
antemedial band expanding at costa into a patch which is
angled outwards below costa; a point in middle of cell, with
a spot on costa above it; a discoidal lunule; a brownish band
on inner side of the postmedial line, which is excurved below
costa and at median nervules, then strongly incurved ; an
irregular subterminal line, angled inwards in discal fold and
incurved below vein 3; a terminal series of small spots.
Hind wing white, suffused with grey. Underside of fore
wing fuscous grey ; hind wing white, with indistinct discoidal
spot and irregular subterminal line.

Hab. W. CHINA, Kia-ting-fu, 1 g type; Omei-shén,1 ¢.
Exp. 28 millim.

873.a. Ovipennis Binghami, sp. n.

?. Head and thorax white ; palpi at base, antenn, base
of tegule, and a band across patagia and thorax fuscous ;
fore and mid legs and extremity of hind tibie and tarsi
fuscous above ; abdomen ochreous, with the terminal segments
grey, the ventral surface white. Fore wing with the basal
area orange, with obliquely sinuous outer edge; the rest of
wing pale reddish brown, becoming fuscous towards apex,
the margins white. Hind wing fuscous, the inner area pale
reddish brown; the cilia white.

Hab, Urrer Burma, Byingui, 2500 feet (Bingham), 1 9
type. zp. 20 millim.

Genus PRINASURA, nov.

Type P. pyrrhopsamma.

Proboscis fully developed; palpi porrect to just beyond
frons ; antenne of male ciliated ; hind tibiae with two pairs
of spurs; abdomen clothed with rough hair. Fore wing
rather short and broad, clothed with hair-like scales; veins 3
and 5 from near angle of cell; 6 from below upper angle ;
7, 8, 9 stalked; 10 free; 11 anastomosing with 12. Hind
wing with veins 3 and 5 trom angle of cell; 4 absent; 6, 7
stalked; 8 from middle of cell.

350 Sir G. F. Hampson on

898 6. Prinasura pyrrhopsamma, sp. n.

3. Orange fulvous; antenne and legs above blackish.
Fore wing with black hair mixed with the orange; diffused
dentate antemedial, medial, and postmedial black lines ob-
tusely angled on median nervure; traces of a subterminal
line; a terminal series of black points. Hind wing with
fuscous-black terminal band, broad at costa, narrowing to a
point at tornus.

Hab. New Soutu WaAtes, Sydney (Ollif#’), 1 3 type.
Eup. 24 millim.

Genus CHRYSOMESIA, nov.

Type C. barbicostata.

Proboscis fully developed ; palpi porrect, extending as far
as frons; antenne of male ciliated; tibiae with the spurs
moderate. Fore wing with the cell very long and narrow;
vein 2 from well before middle of cell; 3 from just beyond
middle; 5 from well above angle; 6, 7 stalked; 8, 9, 10
absent; 11 free ; male with a costal fold on upperside with
a fringe of large scales, spatulate scales and hair from under
it. Hind wing with the cell very long; vein 2 from before
middle; 3 from well before angle; 5 from angle of disco-
cellulars; 6, 7 stalked ; 8 from middle of cell; male with a
fringe of long hair below medial part of costa on upperside.

11514. Chrysomesia barbicostata, sp. n.

3. Head and tegule golden yellow; palpi and antennz
rufous ; thorax rufous, suffused with purple; pectus, legs,
and abdomen ochreous, the last dorsally rufous towards ex-
tremity. Fore wing red-brown, suffused with purple, the
medial half of wing golden yellow except costal fold and
fringe; the basal area defined by an oblique blackish line and
the terminal area by a curved line. Hind wing pale rufous,
the area below the costal fold whitish.

Hab. New Guinea, Port Moresby (Kowald), 1 g type.
Ep. 20 millim.

ARCTIANA,

12204. Prumala ignipicta, sp. n.

g. Antenne bipectinate ; hind wing with veins 6, 7 ona
long stalk, 8 from near end of cell.
Head and thorax red-brown, the latter with some red hair

new Syntomide and Arctiade. 351

at sides; palpi and legs brown; abdomen scarlet, the ventral
surface yellow. Fore wing yellow-brown; a small yellow
patch below base of costa, suffused and edged with scarlet and
with some dark spots on it; a yellow spot suffused with red
on middle of inner margin; veins tinged with red. Hind
wing pale yellow, tinged with scarlet. Underside ochreous.

Hab. Braztt, Organ Mountains, Tijuca (S. R. Wagner),
1 S type. Exp. 36 millim.

09a . s
1239 a. Amaxia flavipuncta, sp. n.

3. Head, tegule, and base of patagia bright yellow ; palpi
white in front and with some crimson behind; antennz
brownish, white at tips; thorax pale brown, edged with
crimson ; pectus and legs white, fore femora brown above,
the tibia yellow, with crimson spot; abdomen crimson, the
ventral surface white. Fore wing yellow, a large basal
brown patch extending below costa to before middle, and
thence with irregular outer edge to termen above tornus, the
veins crossing it, a streak in submedian fold, and two points
in cell crimson; a yellow spot edged with crimson on middle
of inner margin; a small brown spot in end of cell; a series
beyond to cell, the spot above vein 5 displaced inwards; a
postmedial series with the spots towards costa larger and
edged with crimson; a subterminal series of small spots.
Hind wing yellowish white, suffused with brown, except
costal area and inner margin.

Hab. Brazit, Organ Mountains, Tijuca (S. &. Wagner),
1 go type. Hap. 34 millim.

1769 a. Diacrisia euryphlebia, sp. n.

3. Head and thorax yellowish white; palpi, patch on
frons, tegule, patagia, and dorsal stripe on thorax black ;
pectus and stripes on legs black; mid and hind femora
orange above; abdomen orange, with dorsal black bands,
lateral stripe, and ventral series of spots. Fore wing yellowish
white ; the veins rather broadly striped with black, especially
the medial part of vein 1; narrow stripes in cell and sub-
median fold; cilia yellow. Hind wing orange-yellow.

Hab. ZULULAND, Lower Tugela (Reynolds), 1 3 type.
Hep. 38 millim.

352 Mr. W. L. Distant on Reduviide.

XLVI.—Rhynchotal Notes—XVII. Heteroptera: Family
Reduviide. By W. L. Distant.

THE following contribution relates entirely to the family
Reduviide, and contains descriptions of genera and species
belonging to the collection in the British Museum. Some cf
these possess a peculiar interest in having been collected by
old and well-known naturalists, such as P. H. Gosse in
Jamaica, H. W. Bates on the Amazons, Hamlet Clark in
Brazil, and A. R. Wallace in the Malayan Archipelago.

Fam. Reduviide.
SALYAVATINZZ.
Lisarda ethiopica, sp. n.

Brownish ochraceous ; head, pronotum, scutellum, sternum,
broad sublateral areas and a very narrow subobsolete central
line to abdomen, spots to connexivum above and beneath,
biannulations and apices of femora, biannulations to tibic
(near base and apex), piceous; rostrum, coxe, legs, and abdo-
men beneath Juteous; hemelytra (especially membrane) with
paler mottled markings; anterior spinous production of head
prominent ; first joint of antenne shorter than head, about
half the length of second; anterior lobe of pronotum centrally
suleate, and more narrowly discally sulecate on each lateral
area, lateral angles subangularly prominent; body sparingly
pilose ; antenne and legs longly pilose.

Long. 18 millim.

Hab. Brit. East Africa: Taru Desert (C. S. Betton, Brit.
Mus.).

Differs from LZ. cenosa, Stal, by the non-rounded and sub-
angularly prominent lateral pronotal angles.

A CANTHASPINZA,

Centrogonus ducalis, sp. n.

Ochraceous ; pronotum, scutellum, lateral areas of sternum,
segmental fascia to abdomen, brownish ochraceous ; head
between and behind eyes (above and laterally), base ot clavus
and corium, apical angle of corium, membrane, and large
segmental spots to connexivum piceous ; ocelli pearly white ;
second joint of antenne almost as long as head and pronotum
together, anterior pronotal lobe with six long spines (two

Mr. W. L. Distant on Reduviide. 353

discal and two on each lateral margin), posterior lobe finely
rugulose, centrally finely sulcate, posterior angles longly
spinous, the spines directed backward; apex of scutellum
with a very long oblique spine ; membrane about reaching
the abdominal apex; antenne very pale fuscous, first joint
and extreme base and apex of second joint ochraceous.

Long. 26 millim.; exp. pronot. angl. 6 millim.

Hab. West Australia: Champion Bay (H. Du Baulay,
Brit. Mus.).

Edocla Slateri, sp. n.

Piceous; head, antenne, anterior angles and central dis‘
of anterior pronotal lobe, two central spots near anterior
margin, lateral angles, a very small spot before them, and
narrow hind margin to posterior pronotal lobe, scutellar spine,
base of clavus, base and a large subapical spot (extending
from lateral to apical margins, angulate on each side) to
corium, connexivum, coxe, legs, abdomen, lateral margins of
metasternum, and anterior acetabula pale luteous; annulation
to first joint of antenne, biannulations to femora and tibia,
apices of tibiw, spots to connexivum above and beneath,
lateral areas and apex of abdomen, and the membrane pale
violaceous brown; antennz pilose, second joint more than
twice the length of first; head transversely constricted behind
eyes; first and second joints of rostrum about subequal in
length ; anterior angles of anterior pronotal lobe longly
spinous, the spines suberect and a little recurved, anterior
lobe sculptured, posterior lobe granulate, lateral angles spinous
and recurved, scutellar spine long, suberect.

Long. 9 millim.; exp. pronot. angl. 3 millim.

Hab. Brit. India: Mysore (H. K. Slater, Brit. Mus.).

Edocla pilosula, sp. n.

Black, opaque; corium and membrane dark fuscous brown ;
abdomen beneath and femora castaneous ; two spots to corium
(one near base and one near centre of apical margin), spots to
connexivum (above and beneath), extreme apices of femora,
tibie, tarsi, and antennz ochraceous; body and legs very
longly pilose; head distinctly sulcate between the eyes,
central lobe terminating in two small central spines ; anterior
lobe of pronotum with the anterior angles longly spinously
produced and with four long erect spines near its posterior
margin, posterior lobe granulate, with an obscure broad
central sulcation, the lateral angles spinously produeezd ;

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xi. 26

354 Mr. W. L. Distant on Reduviide.

scutellar spine long, erect; bases and apices of tibiae and
apices of tarsi fuscous.

Long. 8 millim.

Hab. Brit. East Africa: Samburu (C. S. Betton, Brit.
Mus.).

Resembling L. quadrisignata, Stal, but differing by the
spined pronotum and the longly pilose body and legs.

Acanthaspis Binghami, sp. n.

Black; a spot behind eyes, a spot at base of corium and a
much larger one before apex (the last a little excavate ante-
riorly and posteriorly), spots to connexivum above and
beneath, and the legs luteous; a broad annulation to femora
before apex and extreme bases of tibiee black ; first joint of
rostrum a little longer than the second; antenne and legs
pilose ; anterior lobe of pronotum sculptured, posterior lobe
granulate, with a distinct central longitudinal impression,
lateral angles subprominent; scutellar spine long, slightly
ascendant.

Long. 18 millim. ; exp. pronot. ang]. 5 millim.

Hab. Upper Burma: Ruby Mines District (Col. Bingham,
Brit. Mus.).

Acanthaspis apicata, sp. n.

Piceous ; a spot at base and a much larger spot near apex
of corium, large spots to connexivum (above and beneath),
tibie, tarsi, and apices of femora luteous ; apex of membrane
broadly greyish, with a small apical fuscous spot ; first joint
of rostrum a little longer than the second ; anterior lobe of
pronotum sculptured, posterior lobe finely granulate, with a
narrow central longitudinal impression, lateral angles mode-
rately prominent, their apices a little recurved; scutellar
spine long, very slightly ascendant; legs longly pilose ;
antenne mutilated.

Long. 17 millim.; exp. pronot. angl. 5 millim.

Hab, Brit. India: Utakamand (Atkinson Coll., Brit.
Mus.).

Acanthaspis subrufa, sp. n.

Black ; posterior lobe of pronotum, a large spot before apex
of corium (extending from lateral to apical margins), con-
nexivum, rostrum, legs, and lateral margins of abdomen
reddish ochraceous ; rostrum with the first joint a little longer
than the second; anterior pronotal lobe strongly sculptured,
posterior Jobe with two strong ascendant spines near posterior

Mr. W. L. Distant on Reduviide. 350

margin, and the lateral angles strongly spinously produced,
the spines directed a little backward; scutellar spine long,
laterally produced ; antennz mutilated.

Long. 17 millim.; exp. pronot. angl. 6 millim.

Hab. Brit. India: Bangalore (Atkinson Coll., Brit. Mus.).

Acanthaspis tavoyana, sp. n.

Black ; head, anterior lobe of pronotum, lateral and poste-
rior margins of pronotum (the last arcuated and inwardly
bicurved), lateral margins of corium (widened near base and
only extending about two thirds from base), a small spot on
apical margin, connexivum, a spot on each side of head
beneath behind eyes, and lateral margins of sternum and
abdomen dull red; first joint of rostrum a little longer than
the second ; anterior pronotal lobe strongly sculptured, poste-
rior lobe granulate, the lateral angles spinously produced
and directed a little backward; scutellar spines obliquely
ascendant.

Long. 19 millim.; exp. pronot. angl. 6 millim.

Hab. Pegu: Tavoy (Atkinson Coll., Brit. Mus.).

Acanthaspis Gregoryt, sp. n.

Dark opaqne fuscous brown; basal joint of antenna,
rostrum, abdomen beneath, and tibiz castaneous ; basal angle
of corium and a large rounded spot near centre of its apical
margin, spots to connexivum above and beneath (more elon-
gate beneath than above), and the tarsi ochraceous ; rostrum
with the first joint distinctly shorter than the second; first
joint of antenne much longer than the anteocular portion of
head ; pronotum with the anterior lobe excavate, the posterior
lobe finely rugulose, the lateral angles angularly subpromi-
nent; scutellar spine long, only moderately directed upward.

Long. 16 millim. ; exp. pronot. angl. 4} millim.

Hab. Brit. Kast Africa: Nagalana (J. W. Gregory, Brit.
Mus.).

Acanthaspis noctis, sp. n.

Black, opaque; four small spots to corium (one near base
and one near centre of apical margin), large spots to con-
nexivum (above and beneath), luteous; legs castaneous, the
extreme apices of femora and bases of tibize obscurely luteous ;
first joint of rostrum slightly shorter than the second ;
antennz pilose, first joint about as long as the anteocular

portion of head; pronotum with the anterior lobe strongly
26*

356 Mr. W. L. Distant on Reduviide.

excavate, posterior lobe finely granulate, the lateral pronotal
angles subspinously prominent; scutellar spine mutilated ;
anterior tibial furrow occupying about one third of tibial
length.

Long. 14 millim.; exp. pronot. angl. 4 millim.

Hab. Kast Africa: Uganda Protectorate (C. S. Betton,
Brit. Mus.).

Allied to A. vidua, Stal, but differing by the more pointed
pronotal lateral angles, shorter basal joint of antenne,
differently spotted corium, &e.

Leneus Ulysses, sp. n.

Sanguineous ; second joint of antenne (excluding base),
apex of rostrum, eyes, clavus and subclaval streak, apical
margin and angle of corium, and membrane black ; antenna
pilose, second joint about as long as head; anterior lobe of
pronotum somewhat strongly sculptured, posterior lobe finely
granulate ; rostrum with the first joint shorter, but more
than half the length of second.

Long. 14 millim.

Hab. Brit. East Africa: Maziwa, Mitatu, and Maungu
(C. 8. Betton, Brit. Mus.).

This is the first Ethiopian species described of a hitherto
restricted Oriental genus.

CASTRUCCIUS, gen. nov.

Subelongate ; head about as long as anterior lobe of pro-
notum, anteocular portion a little longer than postocular
portion of head, eyes large and prominent; antenne pilose,
basal joint not quite reaching apex of head; rostrum with
the first and second joints thickened and almost subequal in
length ; pronotum somewhat long, anterior and posterior lobes
nearly equal in length, anterior lobe subquadrate, the anterior
angles obtusely prominent, posterior lobe widened to lateral
angles, which are subprominent, both lobes centrally sulcately
excavate, very broadly on posterior lobe ; scutellum centrally
excavate at base, its apex laterally and posteriorly produced ;
membrane just passing abdominal apex; connexivum
broadly and somewhat upwardly produced; legs short, aute-
rior femora strongly incrassated and finely serrate beneath.

Allied to Staliastes.

Castrucctus tnsignis, sp. n.

Black; apex of head, anterior lobe of pronotum, connexi-
vum, rostrum, prosternum, abdomen (excluding apex), femora,

Mr. W. L. Distant on Reduviide. 397

and extreme bases of tibie sanguineous ; head in front of eyes
excavately striate, behind eyes finely granulate; anterior lobe
of pronotum moderately excavate, posterior lobe finely granu-
late; corium and membrane opaque.

Long. 73-8 millim.

Hab. North-west Australia: Adelaide River (J. J. Walker,
Brit. Mus.).

Tiarodes picturatus, sp. n.

Head, anterior lobe of pronotum, scutellum, body beneath,
rostrum, antenne, and legs castaneous ; posterior lobe of pro-
notum, a large marginal spot to corium at apical angle, first
three segments of connexivum above and beneath, lateral
posterior angles of prosternum, and the tarsi luteous; head
slightly longer than pronotum; anterior pronotal lobe cen-
trally suleate, posterior lobe (excluding margins) finely
punctate, lateral angles rounded, their margins callous ;
femora finely serrate beneath; tibize finely pilose.

Long. 10 millim.

Hab. Batchian (Wallace, Brit. Mus.).

[TARPACTORINE.
Velinus pallidus, sp. n.

Very pale stramineous; head above from behind antennze
(excluding extreme base), apices of femora, bases of tibie,
and two spots on connexivum at fourth and fifth segments
black; antenne black; biannulations and apex of first joint
luteous ; membrane very pale shining ochraceous and passing
abdominal apex ; body finely and obscurely pilose, legs more
prominently pilose ; first joint of antenne about as long as
head, pronotum, and scutellum together; anterior pronotal
lobe subglobose, profoundly centrally sulcate, posterior lobe
with the anterior disk finely and obscurely sulcate ; apices of
femora nodulose, the apices of posterior femora more promi-
nently so.

Long. 18 millim. ; exp. pronot. angl. 4 millim.

Hab. N.W. Borneo (£. Everett, Brit. Mus.).

Velinus princeps, sp. 1.

Luteous ; head, rostrum, base of first joint and base and apex
of second joint of antennz, a wide transverse basal fascia to
pronotum centrally produced to transverse constriction,
scutellum, apex of clavus, corium (excluding base), membrane,
abdomen above and beneath, posterior angles of prosternum,

358 Mr. W. L. Distant on Reduviide.

lateral areas of meso- and metasterna, trochanters, central
and apical annulations to femora, bases of tibie, and central
annulations to anterior and intermediate tibiew, bluish black ;
connexivum with small luteous segmental spots.
7ar.— Abdomen beneath much suffused with luteous.

First joint of antennz about as long as head and pronotum
together; pronotum centrally longitudinally sulcate, anterior
lobe subglobose, posterior angles rounded, subprominent,
suberect; lateral margins of corium moderately concavely
sinuate; body and legs moderately pilose, apices of the
femora nodulose and more prominently pilose.

Long. 20-21 millim.; exp. pronot. angl. 43-5 millim.

Hab. Australia: N. and N.W. coast (Surgeon J. Bynce,
Brit. Mus.).

NARSETES, gen. nov.

Head long, about as long as the head and scutellum taken
together, postocular portion a little longer than the ante-
ocular, rostrum with the second joint very long, about twice
as long as first; body depressed, flat; pronotum trans-
versely constricted before middle, anterior lobe centrally
sulcate, anterior angles obscurely tuberculous, posterior lobe
entire, lateral angles obscurely angulate but non-prominent,
posterior margin very slightly sinuate, nearly straight;
scutellum unarmed ; hemelytra about reaching the apex of the
abdomen, membrane nearly twice as long as corium ; abdo-
men on each side moderately dilated and compressed ; legs
long, tibie about as Jong as femora, posterior tibiz a little
longer ; prosternum distinctly suleated. Antenne mutilated.

Allied to the genus Homalosphodrus ; differs by structure
of rostrum &e.

Narsetes longinus, sp. n.

Black, shining; posterior lobe of pronotum and corium
cither ochraceous or greyish white; margins of abdomen
alove and beneath luteous or ochraceous, sometimes spotted
vith black ; clavus (excluding basal area) piceous ; body and
legs moderately pilose, the lateral margins of head and the
legs longly pilose. Antenne mutilated.

Long. 25 millim.

Hab. Cambodia (Brit. Mus.). India: Khasi Hills (Coll.
Dist.).

Mr. W. L. Distant on Reduviide. 359

Arcesius annulatus, sp. n.

Head, pronotum, rostrum, and antenne luteous; head
behind eyes (not reaching base), base and apex of first
antennal joint, whole of second joint and extreme apex of
third, and the basal joint of rostrum black, between antennz
and eyes the head is brownish ochraceous; scutellum ochra-
ceous, black at apex; corium purplish brown; membrane
dull ochraceous; body beneath dull ochraceous; sternum
brownish ochraceous; legs black; coxe, anterior femora
beneath (excluding apex), a subapical annulation to inter-
mediate femora, biannulations to posterior femora, and about
apical halves of tibize luteous or ochraceous. Head about as
long or very slightly longer than pronotum ; first joint of
antennze about as long as head and anterior pronotal lobe
together ; legs longly pilose; posterior pronotal lobe with
two discal obtuse tuberculous spines.

Long., g 20 millim.

Hab. New Guinea ( Wallace, Brit. Mus.).

Agriolestes melanopterus, sp. 1.

Black, shining ; basal joint of rostrum, head beneath and
lateral margins in front of eyes, anterior lobe of pronotum
(excepting black reticulate markings), subapical annulation
to femora, underside of basal half of anterior femora, coxe,
trochanters, apex of abdomen, and the last two segments of
connexivum ochraceous or reddish ochraceous. Body and
legs pilose ; first joint of antenne about as long as head, the
aute- and postocular portions of which are about equal in
length; abdomen on each side moderately and somewhat
lobately dilated.

Long. 28 millim.

Hab. Upper Burma (Col. Bingham, Brit. Mus.).

Ticolla femoralis, sp. n.

Brownish ochraceous ; abdomen beneath ochraceous; an-
tenn, antennal spines to head, spines to pronotum, abdominal
marginal spines, and legs black ; bases of femora stramineous,
apices of femora, bases of tibiz, and head reddish ochraceous ;
central carina and apex of scutellum dull ochraceous ; veins
to corium greyish white; basal joint of antenne about as
long as posterior femora; spines at base of antenne long,
divergent ; anterior lobe of pronotum centrally deeply sulcate ;

360 Mr. W. L. Distant on Reduviide.

posterior lobe with four long spines (two forming the lateral
angles and two discal and erect); abdominal lateral spines
moderately long and prominent ; a central fascia to sternum
and the disk of abdomen beneath stramineous.

Long. 16 millim.

Hab. Amazons: Ega (Bates, Brit. Mus.).

Ricolla jamaicensis, sp. n.

Luteous; spines to posterior lobe of pronotum, clavus,
base and apical angular area (connected inwardly) of corium,
membrane (excluding IES) and extreme apices of femora
carmine-red; antenne with the apices of first and second
joints piceous ; apex of abdomen sometimes piceous. Abdo-
minal marginal spines very long and strong; head about as
long as pronotum, with a long spine on each side at base of
antenne ; posterior lobe of pronotum with four long spines
(two forming the lateral angles and two discal) ; spines at

apices of anterior femora distinct; membrane passing the
abdominal apex.

Long. 14-15 millim.
Hab. Jamaica (P. H. Gosse, Brit. Mus.).

Endochus modestus, sp. n.

Pale brownish ochraceous, sparingly greyishly pubescent ;
apices of femora and tibie fuscous, anterior femora with
fuscous longitudinal lateral lines ; abdomen beneath and legs
pale ochraceous ; head with a prominent spine at base of each
antenna, transversely impressed between eyes; pronotum
with two small piceous spines near posterior m largin of ante-
rior lobe, posterior lobe with two long discal spines between
the lateral angles, which are also longly laterally spinous ;
abdomen elongate and attenuated ; membrane with a shining
greenish tint, not reaching apex of abdomen; first joint of

antenne about as long as head, pronotum, and scutellum
together.

Long. 10 millim.

Hab. North-west Australia: Adelaide River (J. J. Walker,
Brit. Mus.).

Domnus coloratus, sp. n.

Head black ; antenna and rostrum ochraceous; bases and
apices of first and second joints of antenne and extreme apex
of first joint of rostrum black ; pronotum, sternum, scutellum,
membrane, abdomen beneath, "and legs pale purplish brown ;

Mr. W. L. Distant on Reduviide. 361

abdomen with a double discal series and a submarginal series
of ochraceous spots ; tibize castaneous; corium stramineous,
its apical area infuscated; connexivum above and beneath
luteous, spotted with black. Head very slightly shorter than
pronotum, the postocular portion longer than anteocular
portion ; body sparingly pilose; pronotum unarmed, poste-
rior lobe finely rugulose, lateral angles rounded, subpromi-
nent; rostrum with the first joint about half as long as
second ; first joint of antenne a little longer than head; lateral
margins of abdomen moderately dilated, fourth and fifth
segments somewhat lobately produced.

Long. 22 millim.

Hab. Brit. East Africa: Samburu (C. S. Betton, Brit.
Mus.).

Margasus luridus, sp. n.

Black; corium piceous, with the clavus and a connected very
broad subclaval fascia stramineous ; head, rostrum, and legs
ochraceous ; antenne, a large spot behind eyes, and a spot on
upper surface of anterior and intermediate femora a little
beyond middle black ; membrane shining bronzy, its apex
pale hyaline; lateral margins of meso- and metasterna
stramineous; ante- and postocular portions of head almost
equal in length ; first joint of antenne nearly as long as
head and pronotum together; anterior lobe of pronotum with
two long discal conical spines, the anterior angles tubercu-
lously subprominent, posterior lobe with the lateral angles
spinously produced and with two long discal conical spines ;
lateral abdominal margins ampliated.

Long. 22 millim. ; exp. pronot. angl. 64 millim.

flab, Madagascar: Fort Dauphin (Cloisel, Brit. Mus.).

Allied to ML. femoralis, Sign.

Paloptus papuensis, sp. n.

Head, rostrum, scutellum, and corium pale reddish ochra-
ceous, the anterior pronotal lobe and the corium a little paler
in hue; antenne, second and third joints of rostrum, con-
nexivum, legs, and abdomen beneath black ; lateral margins
of connexivum (excluding central angle) above and beneath
luteous ; base of first joint of antennz reddish ochraceous ;
basal joint of antennee about as long as head and pronotum
together ; anterior lobe of pronotum centrally suleate, poste-
rior lobe with four long spines (two forming the lateral angles,
the other two erect and discal near posterior margin); scutel-
Jum tuberculously tumid, its apex pale luteous, laterally

362 Mr. W. L. Distant on Reduviide.

spinously produced ; connexivum centrally prominently
angularly ampliated; membrane considerably passing the
abdominal apex.

Long. 123-13 millim.

Hab. New Guinea (Wallace, Brit. Mus.).

Paloptus sulphurellus, sp. n.

Luteous; antenne, apices of anterior and intermediate
femora, apical halves of posterior femora, and apex of scutel-
lum black; basal joint of antenne as long as head and
pronotum; head a little shorter than pronotum; anterior
pronotal lobe sculptured, longitudinally impressed, posterior
lobe with four long spines (two forming the lateral angles
and two erect, discal) near posterior margin ; abdomen mode-
rately angularly ampliated at lateral margins of fourth and
fifth abdominal segments.

Long. 123 millim.

Hab. New Guinea (Wallace, Brit. Mus.).

Paloptus molochinus, sp. n.

Dull ochraceous ; apices of the femora and the abdomen
beneath piceous; lateral margins of the abdomen luteous ;
antenne reddish ochraceous, apex of the first joint and the
whole of the remaining joints fuscous. Basal joint of an-
tenne about as long as head and pronotum together ; anterior
lobe of pronotum sculptured, centrally sulcate, posterior lobe
smooth, with four long spines (two long, forming the lateral
spines, and two erect, discal) near posterior margin; scutel-
lum posteriorly, laterally, spinously produced ; fourth to fifth
abdominal segments angularly dilated at lateral margins.

Long. 13 millim.

Hab. Malayan Archipelago: Waigiou (Wallace, Brit.

Mus.).
Pristhesancus variabilis, sp. n.

Ochraceous; head, basal joint of rostrum, and legs (ex-
cluding coxe and trochanters) black ; first joint of antenne
and rostrum (excluding basal joint) castaneous ; apex of first
joint of antennze and the remaining joints piceous; membrane
shining ochraceous.

Var.—Apex of head, basal joint of rostrum, and bases of
femora ochraceous; clavus, apical angles of corium, and
sternum piceous; basal joint of antenne about as long as
head, pronotum, and scutellum; anterior lobe of pronotum
with two rather long conical spines, posterior lobe with the

Mr. W. L. Distant on Reduviide. 363

lateral angles conically spinous and directed outwardly ;
scutellum with a long conical spine near base, the apex also
shortly conically spinous; membrane considerably passing
the abdominal apex.

Long. 17 millim.

Hab. New Guinea: Dorey (Wallace, Brit. Mus.).

Pristhesancus nigroannulatus, sp. n.

Ochraceous ; femora with a broad black central annulation,
bases of femora stramineous ; basal joint of antenne about as
long as the posterior femora; postocular portion of head con-
siderably longer than anterior portion ; anterior pronotal lobe
with two divergent conical spines, postericr lateral angles
laterally conically produced ; scutellum with a long semierect
discal conical spine, the apex terminating in a much smaller
and more lateral spine; membrane considerably passing the
abdominal apex. °

Long. incl, membr. 18 millim.; exp. pronot. angl. 44
millim,

Hab. New Guinea (Wallace, Brit. Mus.).

Pristhesancus uniformis, sp. n.

Pale ochraceous; head, rostrum, pronotum, and sternum
brownish ochraceous ; first joint of antennz about as long as
head and anterior pronotal lobe together ; head with the post-
ocular area considerably longer than the anteocular ; anterior
pronotal lobe with the anterior angles tuberculously prominent
and with two long erect conical spines, lateral and posterior
angles tuberculously spinously produced; scutellum with a
long discal conical spine ; body somewhat strongly pilose.

Long. 24 millim.; exp. pronot. angl. 73 millim.

Hab. Australia: Queensland (fet, Brit. Mus.).

Allied to P. melitus, Dist.

FTelonotus nigritus, sp. n.

Head, antenne, rostrum, pronotum, scutellum, and legs
black ; corium and sternum purplish brown; membrane and
abdomen beneath ochraceous; greyishly pilose, especially on
the pronotum and sternum ; first joint of the antenne about
as long as head, pronotum, and scutellum together; ante-
rior lobe of pronotum with two long discal spines, posterior
lobe with two shorter discal spines, lateral angles acutely
conically produced, their apices directed slightly upward and
backward ; membrane about reaching the apex of the abdomen.

Long. 18 millim.; exp. pronot. angl. 44 millim.

Hab, Malayan Archipelago: Gilolo (Wallace, Brit. Mus.).

Mr. W. L. Distant on Reduviide.

(SS)
lor)
i

Flelonotus malayanus, sp. n.

Ochraceous ; head, antennze, rostrum, and anterior pronotal
lobe reddish ochraceous; legs black, apices of femora and
the whole of the tibiz and tarsi ochraceous ; membrane very
pale ochraceous, about reaching the apex of the abdomen;
connexivum black, its lateral margin luteous; first joint of
antenne about as long as head and pronotum together ;
anterior lobe of pronotum with two long discal spines, poste-
rior lobe with two shorter discal spines; lateral angles
conically spinously produced.

A somewhat variable species, the abdomen sometimes
darkly tomentose and the posterior margin of the apical
segment somewhat broadly black.

Long. 18-19 millim.; exp. pronot. angl. 43 millim.

Hab. Sumatra: Macassar, Waigiou (Wallace, Brit. Mus.).

Helonotus confusus, sp. 0.

Closely allied to the preceding species (H. malayanus), but
differing in the following respects:—The first joint of the
antenne is longer and is about as long as head, pronotum,
and scutellum together; head in front of eyes black; legs
castaneous, the apices of the femora black; connexivam
ochraceous, spotted with black.

Long. 18 millim.; exp. pronot. angl. 43 millim.

Hab. Malayan Archipelago: Batchian (Wallace, Brit.
Mus.).

CERELLIUS, gen. nov.

Body elongate; head as long as pronotum, anteocular
about as long as postocular portion, the last somewhat attenu-
ated towards base, widest and most robust between antenne
and eyes, strongly transversely constricted between eyes;
antenne long, first and second joints almost subequal in
length; rostrum with the first joint little more than half
the length of second; pronotum strongly transversely con-
stricted, the anterior lobe subglobose, centrally finely sulcate,
posterior lobe broadly sulcate anteriorly, its lateral angles
subprominent and rounded, its base inwardly sinuate ; scutel-
lum subconically tuberculous near base and at apex, between
which it is much deflected; membrane about reaching abdo-
minal apex; abdomen upwardly dilated at each lateral
margin ; legs long, anterior femora not prominently incras-
sate, femora and tibie about equal in length, intermediate
tibize very slightly curved.

Mr. W. L. Distant on Reduviide. 365

By the peculiar structure of the scutellum I place this
genus near Helonotus; in other superficial appearances 1t
somewhat resembles Velinus.

Cerellius typicus, sp. n.

Luteous ; anterior pronotal spines, lateral margins of poste-
rior pronotal lobe, scutellum, and femora stramineous; an-
tenn, a spot near base of head, apex of rostrum, a transverse
spot at each lateral angle of pronotum connected by an arcu-
ated line, an angulated spot at base of scutellum, transverse
spots to connexivum at segmental incisures both above and
beneath, biannulations and apices of femora, a spot near each
coxa, a spot at lateral angles of prosternum, and a lateral
segmental series of spots to abdomen black; tibiae castaneous,
their bases black, followed by a stramineous annulation, tarsi
castaneous ; posterior margin of pronotum angularly sinuate
before base of scutellum.

Var. a.—The black spots at lateral angles of pronotum
arcuately connected posteriorly as well as anteriorly.

Long. 14 millim.

Hab. Madagascar (Clozsel, Brit. Mus.) ; Fianarosta (Coll.
Dist.).

Cerellius nigricans, sp. n.

Pale reddish ochraceous; head, antenne, anterior lobe of
pronotum, lateral angles of posterior pronotal lobe (arcuately
connected posteriorly and anteriorly), base of scutellum, trans-
verse spots to connexivum at segmental incisures both above
and beneath, lateral marginal areas of sternum, a spot at
lateral angles of prosternum, disk of abdomen, and legs
black; apex of head above, central area of head beneath,
margins of posterior lobe of pronotum, scutellim (excluding
base), acetabula, cox, trochanters, bases of femora, a sub-
basal annulation to tibiz, and some discal spots to abdomen
beneath luteous; rostrum with the basal joint ochraceous,
remaining joints piceous.

Differs from the preceding species (S. typzeus), apart from
the considerable colour-difierences, by having the posterior
margin of the pronctum moderately concavely and not angu-
larly sinuate.

Long. 12 millim.

Hab. Madagascar (Shaw, Brit. Mus.).

Sindala purpurascens, sp. n.

Purplish brown; head and connexivum black; marginal

366 Mr. W. L. Distant on Redaviidse.

spots to connexivum at second, third, fourth, and fifth
segments, and intermediate and posterior legs ochraceous ;
anterior tibia, bases and apices of intermediate and posterior
tibia, and apices of the tarsi black ; first joint of antenne
brownish ochraceous, its base and apex and the whole of the
remaining joints piceous; rostrum brownish ochraceous, its
first joint piceous; membrane pale bronzy. Spines of head
and anterior femora arranged as in S. granuligera, Stal,
from which it differs, apart from the very different coloration,
by the shorter head, distinctly shorter than the pronotum.

Long. 114 millim,

Hab. Brazil: Petropolis (H. Clark, Brit. Mus.).

Scipinia arenacea, sp. n.

Dull sanguineous; head, antenne, anterior lobe of pro-
notum, scutellum, clavus, apex of rostrum, and disks of meso-
and metasterna black; head beneath, eyes, apical margin of
scutellum, and abdomen beneath ochraceous; legs brownish
ochraceous ; membrane dark bronzy. Head armed with six
spines, arranged in pairs from eyes to base of antenne,
behind eyes to base a series of discal and lateral spines mostly
shorter, a prominent spine at base of antenne; pronotum
with a broad central depression, the area of the lateral angles
also depressed, anterior lobe tuberculous or spinous, with four
prominent discal spines arranged in pairs, posterior lobe
rugulosely granulate, posterior margin distinctly a little
notched near each posterior angle, lateral angles subpromi-
nently angulate; anterior femora strongly nodulose, inter-
mediate and posterior femora obscurely nodulose.

Long. 11-12 millim. ; exp. pronot. angl. 3 millim.

Hab. Australia: Queensland (Brit. Mus.).

Irantha doreyana, sp. n.

Ochraceous ; posterior lobe of pronotum and margins and
apex of scutellum stramineous; antenne with the first joint
ochraceous, remaining joints piceous; head above with six
long spines arranged in pairs (two behind base of antenne,
two between and two behind eyes) ; first joint of rostrum
considerably passing the region of the eyes; first joint of
antenne about as long as head and anterior lobe of pronotum ;
pronotum with the anterior lobe tuberculously rugose and
with two conical spines near its anterior margin, posterior
lobe finely granulate, the lateral angles spinously produced
and directed backward, posterior angles subprominent ;
femora nodulose, anterior femora nodose, with a very long

On new Generic Names for some Entomostraca. 367

spine on their upper surface near apex and with four shorter
spines arranged in pairs beneath.
Long. 7 millim.; exp. pronot. angl. 3 millim.

flab. Dorey (Wallace, Brit. Mus.).

NaBine.
Nabis subcoleoptratus.

Nabis subcoleoptratus, Kirby, in Rich. Faun. Bor.-Amer. iv. p. 282
(1837).
Nabis xanthopus, MSS., Walk. Cat. Het. vii. p. 143. 22 (1873).

XLVII.—New Generic Names for some Entomostraca and

Cirripedia. By Canon A. M. Norman, F.B.S. &e.

In preparing for publication a second edition of the Catalogue
of the Crustacea in my collection and tracing the generic
names of the lower orders in that class I find that the
following changes are necessary.

CLADOCERA.

Genus Simosa *, nov. nom,
= Simocephalus, Scheedler.

Two genera named Simocephalus were published almost
simultaneously. The name was used for a genus of snakes
by Dr. Giinther in his ‘Catalogue of Columbrine Snakes,’
the exact date of the publication of which, I learn from him,
was October 9, 1858; and the name was applied to a
genus of Cladocera by Schcedler in a paper read September 22,
1858, and as it was illustrated by a quarto plate, it is not
likely that it could have been published within so short a
time after the reading as October 9.

Genus RHYNCHOTALONA f, nov. nom.

In 1861 G. O. Sars instituted a genus Harporhynchus for
the interesting species he was describing—JZ/. falcatus ; but
that name having been previously (in 1848) employed by
Cabanis for a genus of birds, in 1884 C. L. Herrick substi-
tuted the name Leptorhynchus—a still more unfortunate
choice, for that name had been employed at least three times
previously, and it is therefore necessary to supersede it.

* gipos, snub-nosed.
T pvyxw7és, having a beak.

368 On new Generic Names for some Entomostraca.

CoOPEPODA.

HALICYCLOPS *, nov. nom.

Tn 1893 Claus instituted a genus Hemicyclops with the type
Cyclops equoreus, Fischer ; but the name had been previously
used in a different sense by Boeck in 1872.

Genus EUTERPINA, nov. nom.

In 1873 Claus employed the name Euterpe for a genus of
marine Copepoda with the type £. gracilis; but that generic
name was preoccupied by Swainson (1831) among the
Lepidoptera.

Genus TEGASTES J, nov. nom.

I propose this name as a substitute for Amymone, Claus,
1860, type A. satyrus, Claus, since Amymone was not only a
name given in 1785 to a larval form by O. F. Miiller, of
which Claus was aware when he instituted his genus, but was

employed by Savigny in 1817 for a genus of Annelids.

Genus DACTYLOPUSIA, nov. nom.

Dactylopus is in use for a genus of fishes thus named by
Gill in 1859, and therefore it is necessary that the same name
applied to a genus of Copepods by Claus in 1862 should be
changed. Type D. Stremi (Baird).

CLAUSIDIUM, Kossman, 1874.

This name must be employed instead of Hersilia, Philippi,
a name preoccupied by Savigny in Arachnida and by Dejean
in 1834 for a genus of Coleoptera.

Genus PHYLLOTHYREUS f, nov. nom.

Instead of Phyllophora, H. Milne-Edwards, a name which
had been three times earlier employed. The type is Phy/lo-
thureus cornutus (H. Milne-Edwards). I may take this
opportunity of announcing this interesting species as a member
of the British fauna. It has been known to me for more than
forty years. It was sent to me by William Laughrin at a

* Xs, the sea.

+ reyaorns for oreyaorns, like réyos for aréyos, one who coyers up
(Stegastes already in use). :

{ pvAXov, a leaf; Gupeds, an oblong shield.

On British Land Isopoda. 369

time when I was employing that old coastguardsman to collect
fish-parasites for me. He said that he had found it on the
blue shark at Polperro.

The two Cornish specimens agree in every particular with
Milne-Edwards’s description and capital figures (Hist. des
Crust. vol. iii. p. 472, pl. xxxviii. figs. 18, 14). I am not
aware that the species has been recorded by any other author;
and the type specimen was from near Tongatubu, Friendly
Islands!

CoNGERICOLA, J. van Beneden.

This name must be used with van Beneden’s type C. pal-
lida. ‘The earlier name Cyenus, H. Milne-Edwards, 1810,
had been preoccupied by Hiibner, 1816, for a genus of
Lepidoptera.

CIRRIPEDIA.
Genus TRYPETESA *, nov. nom.

Type Trypetesa (Alctppe) lampas (A. Hancock).

Unfortunately the name Alczppe, which Hancock gave to
this very interesting burrowing Lepas found off the North-
umberland coast by him, was preoccupied by Blyth in 1844,
and is in use for a genus of birds. The genus Alecppe,
Hancock, is not to be found in either Scudder or Waterhouse
and Sharp. In Scudder, moreover, Alcippe, Blyth, did not
appear; and it was no doubt in consequence of this that a
third genus Alcippe was instituted in 1896 among insects.

XLVIII.— British Land Isopoda.— Supplement.
By Canon A. M. Norman, F.R.S. &e.

In the ‘ Annals’ for January 1899 (ser. 7, vol. iii. p. 70) I
published a paper containing notes on all the Land Isopoda
known to belong to our fauna up to that date. Three species
have since been added, which I will now notice, with some
other brief remarks.

Genus TRICHONISCUS, Brandt.
Trichoniscus vividus (Koch).
Dr. Scharff has recorded this species from Cappagh, Co.

* rpunntys, aborer. I have used this particular ending because Tiy-
petes and 7T'rypeta are already in use.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xi. 27

370 Canon A. M. Norman on

Waterford (‘ Irish Naturalist,’ vol. ix. p. 158), and has kindly
sent me specimens from another locality, viz. Borris, Co.
Carlow. It has not as yet been found in England.

Genus HAPLOPHTHALMUS, Schobl.

Haplophthalmus Mengti (Zaddach).

1844. Itea Mengii, Zaddach, Synops. Crust. Prussic. Prodromus, p. 16.

1860, Haplophthalmus elegans, Schobl, Zeits. f. wiss. Zool. vol. x. p. 449.

1885. Haplophthalmus Mengii, Budde-Lund, Crust. Isop. Terrestr.a,
p. 250.

1898. Haplophthalmus Mengit, G. O. Sars, Account of Crustacea of
Norway, vol. ii. Isopoda, p. 167, pl. Ixxiv. fig. 1.

I found two specimens of this small but most strongly
characterized addition to our fauna in 1900 at Coreumroe
Abbey, Co. Clare, Ireland. The abbey is a ruin and in a
most lonely spot. The Haplophthalmi were met with under
a piece of moss growing on an old tombstone. I was very
anxious to find more, but a long search produced no further
specimens.

Genus PorcELLIO, Latreille.

Porcellio Ratzeburgit, Brandt.
1853. Porcellio Ratzeburgi, J. F. Brandt, Conspectus Monog. Crust.
Oniscodorum Latreillii, p. 13.
1885. Porcellio Ratzeburgu, Budde-Lund, Crust. Isop. Terrest. p. 83.
1898. Porcellio Ratzeburgi, G. O, Sars, Crust. Norway Isopoda, p. 182,
pl. Ixxx. fig. 1.

It is also P. nemorosus, Koch, P. quercuum, Sclinitzer, and
probably P. lugubris, Koch.

In 1899 Mr. W. M. Webb sent me some specimens of this
species from Essex to determine. They were only young
examples, but seemed clearly referable to P. Ratzeburgii (see
Webb, ‘ Essex Naturalist,’ vol. xi. 1899, p. 127). Ihave
taken the species commonly in the Tyrol, at ‘T'rafoi, St. Mar-
tini, and Capitello.

Porcellio dilatatus, Brandt.

I have found this species at Berkhamsted, Herts. In Ire-
land Dr. Scharff has recorded it from Dundrum, and Mr. C. W.
Bugkle writes respecting it (‘ Irish Naturalist,’ vol. xi. 1902,
p- 43) :—“ Occurs abundantly in outhouses in Antrim Road,
Be fast.” He says that he has also received it from near
Dunmurray, Co. Antrim, and adds, “ I have also taken it
near Chichester, Sussex.”

British Land Isopod. ane

Genus ARMADILLIDIUM, Brandt.

Armadillidium vulgare (Latreille).

Dr. Scharff, in his paper on “ The Irish Woodlice ”’ (‘Irish
Naturalist,’ vol. iii. 1894), wrote of this species:—“ In Ire-
land it is more common in the plains than in the mountains,
and it has not been taken on the west coast.” Remembering
this, when in Galway in 1900 I sought for the species where-
ever | was, but saw nothing of it in the north; but in the
south of the county I met with it in some numbers at
Ardrahan,

Armadillidium pulchellum, Zencker.

"3 etc pulchellus (Zencker), Panzer, Heft 62. 21 (fide Budde-
und),
1833. Armadillidiun pulchellum, J. ¥, Brandt, Conspectus Monog.
Crust. Onisc. Latr. p. 26.
1885. Armadillidium pulchellum, Budde-Lund, Crust. Isop. Terrest,
210:

182, Armadillidium pulchellum, A. Dollfus, “ Tableaux synoptiques de
la Faune Francaise: Le genre Armadillidium,” Feuille des Jeunes
Naturalistes, iil. série, 1892, p. 14 (separate copy) and woodcuts.

1808. Armadillidium pulchellum, G, O. Sars, Crust. Norway Isop.
p. 191, pl. Ixxxii. fig. 4.

1900. Armadilidium pulchellum, Scharff, Iri-h Naturalist, vol. x. p. 109,

This is the third addition to our fauna made since my
previous paper was published. I have received from
Dr. Scharff specimens which were found at Sligo.

Dr. Kinahan, in his first paper on the British Land Isopoda
(Nat. Hist. Review, vol. iv. 1857, p. 258), mentioned that
twelve out of the fourteen species he then recorded had been
found in his garden, not 60 yards square, at Dublin. Gardens,
in fact, are especially favourable hunting-grounds for woodlice.
In my own here, and even in the part nearest to my house
(separated by a fence from a farther garden), which is of
ubout an acre in extent, | have found ten species. It may
be of interest to note the woodlice found under similar circum-
stances by Dr. Kinahan and myself. I use present nomen-
clature and place the names employed by Dr. Kinahan in
brackets.

Garden at Dublin (Dr. Kinahan’s) :—Trichoniscus pusillus
(Philourgria celer) ; Oniscus asellus (O. murarius and fossor) ;
Philoscia muscorum; Metoponorthus pruinosus (Lorcellio
pruinosus) ; Metoponorthus cingendus (Porcellio cingendus) ;
Porceilio scaber, levis, pictus, and dilatatus; Cylisticus con~
w.wus (Porcellio armadilloides) ; Armadillidium vulgare.

7 Hh

372 Mr. C. T, Regan on the Skeleton and
Garden, Red House, Berkhamsted, Herts :—Haploph-

thalmus danicus ; Trichoniscus pusillus and roseus ; Oniscus
asellus; Philoscia muscorum; Platyarthrus Hoffmanseggit ;
Metoponorthus pruinosus; Porcellio scaber; Cylisticus con-
vexus; Armadillidium vulgare.

In my former paper at the bottom of p. 75—in consequence
of a wandering mind, I suppose—the word “Porcellidium”’ is
substituted for Armadillidium.

XLIX.—On the Skeleton and Systematic Position of
Luvarus imperialis. By C. Tate Reaan, B.A.

In a recent paper * I pointed out numerous resemblances
between Luvarus imperialis and the Acanthuridw. About a
month previously Mr. E. R. Waite + had published in
Australia an account of the skeleton of a large specimen
stranded at Bermagui, New South Wales—a fact of which I
could not have been aware when my own paper was written.
I have now had an opportunity of examining the skeleton
of one of these fishes taken in September last near St. Martin’s
Point, Guernsey, and as a result I find that Luvarus must
be considered to be a most abnormal and specialized Scom-
broid, and that the features in which it approaches the
Acanthuride—the most notable of which are the restricted
gill-openings, united pelvic bones, small numbe1 of vertebree,
short first vertebra, and maxillaries attached to the non-
protractile premaxillaries, as well as the correspondence in
the visceral anatomy—are to be regarded as the result of
convergence. Examinaticn of a large and considerably
damaged specimen previously led me to believe that the
palatines lacked the posterior (prefrontal) articulation ; but
in this I was evidently mistaken.

In the skeleton now dealt with the anterior part of the
skull has been considerably injured; in other respects it is
very complete. Mr. Boulenger has pointed out to me that
the Scombricz and Xiphiude are remarkable in that the
deeply forked bases of the rays of the caudal fin are inserted
nearly vertically and extend over the hypural so as to almost
entirely conceal that bone, those of the upper and lower
series nearly meeting in the middle line on each side. This

* Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) x. 1902, p. 278,
t+ Ree. Austral. Mus. iv. 1902, p. 292.

Systematic Position of Luvarus imperialis. 373

feature is also seen in Luvarus, and is well illustrated in
Mr. Waite’s photograph. In the Scombride the vertebra of
the caudal peduncle are square and have broad flat neural
and hemal spines, which are directed horizontally backwards,
so as to embrace the succeeding vertebre above and below,
and the vertebree between the procurrent caudal rays are
greatly and progressively shortened. A similar condition
obtains in Zuvarus, in which, however, the first vertebra of
the caudal peduncle is only half as long as the one preceding
it, but otherwise normal; it is succeeded by two square ver-
tebrae, as in the Scombride, and between the last of these
and the hypural there is an extremely short vertebra. The
sessile blade-like ribs exactly resemble the sessile anterior
ribs of a Thunnus; epipleurals are absent.

The pectoral arch is remarkable for the large size of the
post-temporal and for the fact that there is no supra-clavicle,
which may be regarded as having disappeared or as being

prt--f-.

ps} Dp: pr 0.

Greater part of Skull of Zuvarus imperialis.

so., supra-occipital ; epo., epiotic; ptte., post-temporal; par., parietal ;
sq., squamosal; fr., frontal; prf., prefrontal ; pif, postfrontal ; psp.,
parasphenoid; pro., prootic; bo., basioceipital; vert., centrum of
first vertebra.

represented by the lower part of the post-temporal. The
post-clavicle is small, the clavicle, scapula, coracoid, and
pterygials exactly like those of Thunnus. ‘The pelvic bones
are completely united, but do not diverge posteriorly at the
vent, as has been erroneously stated. ‘The vent is surrounded
by a cartilaginous ring, to which is joined the pelvis ante-
riorly and the bone formed by the united anterior interhemals

374 Mr. J. L. Bonhote on a

posteriorly. In the skull, which is best understood by com-
parison with that of a Yhunnus, the ossified sclerotic and
broad opercular bones are typically Scombroid features. In
a Thunnus the roof of the skull is composed of a posterior,
short, nearly vertical portion, formed to a great extent by the
exoccipitals, and above them by the supra-occipital and
epiotics, and of an anterior, long, nearly horizontal portion,
mainly formed by the frontals, and behind them by squamosals,
parietals, epiotics, and supra-occipital. The upper forks of
the post-temporals are attached to the epiotics, which almost
meet in the middle line, the posterior part of the supra-
occipital being very narrow; the frontals only meet in the
middle line posteriorly, anteriorly they bound a cavity in —
front of the brain-cavity, open above, the floor of which is
formed by the ethmoid, and which is filled with a loose oily
tissue, The skull of Luvarus may be regarded as that of a
Thunnus in which the posterior, neatly vertical part of the
roof has become very long and oblique, the epiotics being
greatly enlarged and united in the middle line behind the
supra-occipital, whilst this latter bone is carried forwards to
the level of the prefrontals and forms the roof of the cavity
between the frontals, which is extremely large and is
Open anteriorly, its floor now being formed mainly by the
united alisphenoids and prefrontals. From Mr. Waite’s
figure it would appear that ethmoid and supra-occipital are
connected. ‘The posterior part of the skull below is remark-
able for its extreme shortness and great depth.

In conclusion, I must express my thanks to Mr. A.
Collenette, Hon. Curator of the Guernsey Museum, and to
Mr. E. Gerrard, by whose courtesy I have been enabled to
examine this skeleton.

L.— On a new Species of Cat from China.
By J. Lewis Bonuore, M.A.

In working out some of the small spotted cats of China I
find the following species to be undescribed, and I propose
for it the name

Felis Ricketti, sp. n.

Intermediate in size between F. euptilura and F. chinensis.
General ground-colour bluish grey, except across the shoul-
ders, where rufous tips to the hairs predominate. White

new Species of Cat from China. 375

stripes in front of the eye conspicuous but short, Josing them-
selves before reaching level of the ear. Starting from the
outer margin of these stripes on either side a black stripe
runs backwards, which broadens out considerably behind the
ear, gradually becoming rufous at the base of the neck, and
ending abruptly over the shoulders. ‘The black inner margins
to the white eye-stripe remain narrow and, becoming more or
less suffused with rufous over the shoulders, may still be
traced, although very much broken up, as far as the hind-
quarters. The remainder of the upper parts are covered with
elongated spots of rufous with or without black centres, those
on the limbs showing most black. Underparts white, with a
row of clear-cut black spots on either side of the ventral
median line. Across the lower part of the neck are three or
four irregular black collars, much broken up and suffused with
rufous. The tail is light grey in colonr, annulated with
black, the annulations being about equal in breadth to the
spaces between them. ‘The outer sides of the ears are black,
with a small patch of white.

The skull is large and strongly built, but, except in size,
does not differ appreciably from that of /. chinensis.

Dimensions (from dried skin) :—Head and body 26 inches ;
tail 11.

Skull (see below).

Hab, Foochow, China.

Type. B.M. 98. 6.21.1. Collected by C. B. Rickett, Esq.,
on the dth April, 1898.

‘There are two other specimens in the Museum, one from
Ningpo and the other from Corea. ‘his species is nearly
allied to F. euptilura, of which the British Museum has
specimens from Amurland and Corea. JF’. euptilura is, how-
ever, a much larger cat with long fur and a thick bushy tail.
It has hardly any markings except on the head; there is a
slightly darker area along the middle of the back and a few
faint rufous spots may be traced on the flanks, limbs, and
tail. On the underside, except for some broken rufous
collars on the throat, there are no distinct markings, the
general colour being pale buff; in specimens from Corea the
markings are more distinctly visible.

In the general tone of its colour /, Ricketti is not unlike
F, tristis, especially resembling it in the predominance of the
rufous tint over the shoulders and the blue-grey colour of the
rest of the body, J tristis, however, is much larger and its
markings are broad, irregular, light patches with dark edgings,
resembling in shape those of /. marmorata; whereas in the
present species the markings are in the shape otf spots, and

376 Mr. O. Thomas on

where there is a differentiation of colour the dark part lies
in the centre. One other species, F. chinensis, has to be
taken into account; but apart from size, for it is smaller,
F. chinensis may be distinguished by the ground-colour being
buff, not grey; the shoulders are not noticeably more rufous
than the rest of the body, and the spots are much smaller and
more cleanly cut.

I append the measurements of the skulls of /. euptilura,
F. Ricketti, and F. chinensis.

Breadth

between
Greatest inner
breadth-of roots Length

Greatest Basal Palatal Zygomatic brain- ofcar- ofcar- -
length. length. length. breadth. case. nassials. snassials.
mm, min. ma, mm, mm. nia, mm.

F. euptilura, El. a
BM. OB S211.f dD 35 £025 c89) yt Ont ger at. tweets tue

F. Ricketti. # 2 és:
B M. 98.6.21.1. 105s P88.) “250s y 0e 2 ca 0) ae
F. chinensis. 88 - s : : i
B.M. 2.6.10.9. approx. GO.) 9B. 60), Ae! ee

LI.—New Mammals from Chiriqut.
By OLpFIELD THOMAS.

A FURTHER collection received from Mr. H. J. Watson, of
Boquete, Chiriqui, contains, besides examples of almost all
the species described from that locality by Mr. Outram Bangs,
specimens of the following new forms :—

Cebus imitator, sp. n.

Like C. hypoleucus, but the female with elongated frontal
tufts.

Speaking first of the female only it may be described as
follows :—

Size and colour in all respects as in C. hypoleucus, except
on the frontal region, where, as in certain of the South-
American species, the hairs are elongated to form prominent
frontal tufts which entirely alter the appearance of the face.
These hairs are about 40 mm. in length, and are therefore
very different from the short hairs covering the frontals in
C. hypoleucus ; they are also of a distinctly brownish tinge,
markedly different from the white of the cheeks and throat.
White fur on and surrounding the ears longer than in
C. hypoleucus—indeed the fur throughout, on body, limbs,

new Mammals from Chiriqui. old

and tail, is slightly longer and more woolly than is usual in
C. hypoleucus. —

Skull and dentition as in the allied form.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—

Head and body 450 miilim.; tail 510; hind foot 123.

Skull: greatest length 91, basal length 64°5; length of
upper cheek-teeth 22°3.

Hab. Boquete, 4000 feet.

Type. Adult female. B.M. no. 3.3.3.18. Original
number 113. Collected 15th October, 1902.

Such are the characters of two female specimens, and I
have no hesitation in saying that they cannot be referred to
C. hypoleucus, the only Cebus hitherto recognized in Central
America, much as they resemble it. The British Museum
possesses a number of examples of both sexes from other
localities, and the females show no tendency to a greater
frontal development of hair than the males.

But with the females sent by Mr. Watson are two
skins, marked as males, and apparently correctly so. But
these specimens have their heads short-haired, exactly as in
ordinary C. hypoleucus, from which they only differ exter-
nally by their white parts being a clearer and less yellowish
white than in that animal. But their canine teeth are quite
small, as though they were females, in fact barely larger
than in the females sent with them.

‘The interesting problem therefore remains to be settled as
to whether these specimens, which come from exactly the
same place as the females, are really wrongly sexed females
of C. hypoleucus, or whether the male C. ¢mitator differs in
its frontal covering from its female and in its small canines
trom all other Cebz.

Diclidurus virgo, sp. n.

As in JD, albus, but with differently shaped incisors and
premolars.

General characters as described in D, albus by Dobson,
whose account is based in part on a Central-American ex-
ample *. Colour above either pure white to the roots of the
hairs, or grey-mixed, the hairs being then slaty at base.
Below the hairs on the belly are always broadly slaty for
their basal halves ; those on the chin and sides of body pure
white.

* Specimen a of the ‘Catalogue of Chiroptera,’ p. 392, is not from
“South America,’ but is the example from Pueblo Nuevo, N.W.
Panama, mentioned in the ‘* Voyage of the ‘Sulphur,’ ”

378 Mr. O. Thomas on

Upper incisors exceedingly weak, their main cone without
any posterior secondary cusp, though their cingulum develops
a minute cusplet anteriorly, and a second posteriorly, the
latter being, however, at least as far from the tip as is the
secondary cusp of the canine from its tip. (In the specimen
which I refer to D. albus each incisor is bitid, with a dis-
tinct posterior secondary cusp rather more than halfway up
the main cusp, while the cingulum does not develop any
trace of additional cusplets.) Small premolar not nearly
filling up the space between the canine and the large pre-
molar, but well separated from the latter.

Dimensions of the type, in skin (soft parts measured by
collector in flesh) :—

Forearm 66 millim.

Head and body 80; tail 22; hind foot 10; ear 13.

Third finger, metacarpal 64, first phalanx 10. Fifth
finger, metacarpal 35, first phalanx 17. Calear 22.

Greatest length of skull 18. Front of canine to back
of x 8°1.

flab. Central America. Type from Escazu, Costa Riea.
Other specimens from Guatemala, San Jo-é, Costa Rica,
Pueblo Nuevo, N.W. Panama, and Boquete, Chiriqui.

Type. Adult female. B.M. no. 98.10. 9.3. Collected
2ud November, 1897, by C. F. Underwood.

The six Central-American specimens of Diclidurus in the
British Museum all agree in the above characters, and are
clearly different from an individual believed to be from
Surinam, which latter may be taken provisionally to represent
the Brazilian D. albus.

It does not seem to have been hitherto noticed that the
remarkable horny tail-capsules characteristic of Diclidurus
are present only in the male, the female having merely a
slightly modified indication of their position.

Diphylla centralis, sp. n.

Externally quite similar to D. ecaudata, except that the
legs are rather less heavily haired, and there is not so much
white on the digits and tips of the wings. Colour of back
and belly, where the hairs are dark to their bases, near
“seal-brown”’; anteriorly on the shoulders and neck the
colour is markedly lighter, owing to the broad whitish bases
to the hairs, 2, ecuudata is rather darker throughout,
with less white on the bases of the shoulder hairs.

Skull rather rounder and less sharply arched above than in

new Mammals from Chiriqut. 379

D. ecaudata; interorbital region narrower. Zygomata more
widely and evenly spread. Bulle larger and higher.

Upper teeth apparently quite as in D. ecaudata, but below
the last three cheek-teeth (3, p4, and m,) are subequal in
size, while in three South-Brazilian examples of D, ecaudata
the penultimate (p,) is fully twice the size of m,, and half
as large again as p;. Lower canine rather shorter, and
with a more strongly marked posterior basal ledge.

Dimensions of the type :—

Forearm 54 millim.

Head and body 87; ear 15; third finger, metacarpal 54 ;
first phalanx 11, second phalanx 28,

Skull: greatest length from tip of incisors 22°8; basal
length from same point 17:2; zygomatic breadth 12:6;
breadth of brain-case 11:3; palate length 7; post- palatal
length 10-2.

Hab. Boquete, 4500 feet.

lige: Adult male; 7:3: M.. no. 3.3.5.3... Original
number 62. Collected 4th March, 1902. One specimen.

In spite of their general resemblance to each other the
difference in the proportions of the lower teeth seems to
necessitate the distinction of the Central-American Diphylla
from that of Brazil.

Bassariscus Sumichrasti notinus, subsp. n.

Size rather smaller than in B. S. vardabilis, Pet.*. General
colour approximating to “smoke-grey,” though slightly more
olivaceous, lighter and less heavily black-lined than in
variabilis, Across the shoulders especially the colour is a
much clearer grey than in that form, and there is but little
trace of the mesial dark nuchal band. Muzzle and orbital
rings brown; the forehead lighter, but divided between the
eyes by a dark line. Cheeks and patch behind eyes white.
Outside of ears more thinly haired than in variabdlis, and
only brown for their basal halves, the terminal halves light-
ening to white on the edges. Postauricular dark patch
present, but less developed than in variabilis. Under
surface dull buffy white, more or less mixed with grey.
Upper surface of hands and feet grizzled fawn-grey, dark-
ening nearly to black on the digits, but with less black than

* In the absence of good specimens of the geographically more dis-
tant B. Sumichrasti the comparisons are made with the Guatemalan
B. variabilis, of which the British Museum possesses several excellent
specimens from the Volcan de Fuego, Guatemala, agreeing absolutely
with Peters’s description and figures of the skull.

3380 Mr. O. Thomas on

in vartabilis. Tail with ten black rings, the terminal two
continued into the end tuft, the white rings along its middle
portion as broad as the black ones, better developed than in
variabilis.

Skull as compared with that of vartabilis smaller, flatter,
with a broader interorbital region and more gently expanded
zygomata. Notches at back of palate about a millimetre
behind the level of the back of m?, while in variabilis they
come opposite the middle of that tooth; a long (85 mm.)
median spine present, much longer than in the allied form.
Bullee low.

Teeth small throughout. Incisors short and narrow. Car-
nassial very small, and practically without any trace of the
sinall supplementary cusps in the middle of the antero-internal
and postero-internal borders, the internal lobe being there-
fore unusually small and simple.

Dimensions of the type (measured in skin) :—

Head and body 457 millim. ; tail 396; hind foot, s. u. 84,
c.u. 89; ear 45.

Skull: greatest length 87°3; basal length 77; zygomatic
breadth 56; nasals 166 (in middle line) x 6°5; interorbital
breadth 18; breadth of brain-case 35; palate length 38.
Greatest diameter of p* 7°5, of m1 85, of m? 6, of m, 76,
of ma, 6°7.

Hab. Boquete, 6000 feet.

Type. Adult male. B.M. no, 3. 3. 3. 22. Original
number 149. Collected 5th August, 1902. One specimen.

The present is the most southern record of the group.
B. 8S. notinus may be distinguished from B, S. variabilis by
its paler colour, smaller skull and teeth, and longer palate.
An example from the Volean de Cartago, Costa Rica, agrees
with it in some respects and seems to indicate intergradation
with vardabilis, on which account I consider it a subspecies
only.

i am not prepared to accept Dr. Jentink’s identification of
Wagner’s Paradoxurus annulatus with Bassariscus Sumi-
chrasti, as the type was so young as to make any satisfactory
determinationimpossible. When visiting the Munich Museum
in 1887, I looked for the specimen, but nothing was there
under Wagner’s name, and in the catalogue, in his hand-
writing, I found the following note to P. annulatus: “jung,
= P. musanga, juv.” Moreover, there is a young Musang in
the collection which agrees in many respects with the de-
scription of annulatus, and might be the type.

On the other hand, Jentink’s name Wagneria, being based
on a specimen really assignable to Bussariscus Sumichrastt,

new Mammals from Chiriqut. 381

might be accepted by those who think this group should be
generically separated from true Bassariscus.

Coendou lenatus, sp. n.

Allied to C. mexicanus, but smaller, more heavily clothed,
and with less inflated skull.

General external appearance as in OC. mewicanus and
C. m. yucatanie ; the woolly coat very thick, soft, and long,
and more entirely hiding the spines than usual, the spines
only showing through the fur on the head, and very incon-
spicuously along the sides, not on the tail or limbs. Colour
of fur blackish brown throughout.

Spines of back attaining to about 38-40 millim. in length,
their basal three fifths pale yellowish white, less yellow than
in the allied forms, their ends brownish black with a slightly
paler horny tip. Spines of head shorter, only attaining about
30 millim. in length, still whiter, their basal fourth only
tinged with yellow, and with their dark end only about one
sixth of their length. Under surface blackish, the spines as
usual bristly and black-ended. Hands, feet, and tail wholly
black.

Skull entirely different from that of C. mexicanus. Much
smaller, flatter, and not inflated in the frontal region.
Muzzle not abnormally thrown forward, the anterior part of
the premaxilla projecting but little in front of the nasals, so
that the plane of the nasal opening is almost vertical. Nasals
broad in front, strongly and evenly narrowing backwards—
in meaicanus they are parallel-sided, or even narrow for-
wards. Supraorbital edges square posteriorly, with well-
defined ridges. Palatal foramina ending just at the pre-
maxillo-maxillary suture. Hinder edge of palate level with
the back of m?. Bulle rather smaller than in C. mexicanus.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—

Head and body 452 millim. ; tail 256; hind foot, s. u. 65,
¢.u. 790.

Skull: greatest length 80; basilar length 67; zygomatic
breadth 47 ; nasals—length 24, breadth anteriorly 16, breadth
at fronto-premaxillary suture 12°8; interorbital breadth 25:5;
height of forehead at back of nasals from palate between
premolars 27°7; diastema 21; length of palate 85°7; length
of upper tooth-series 19.

Hab. Boquete, 5000 feet.

Type. Adult (not sexed). B.M. no. 3. 3.3. 94. Original
number 124. Collected 15th November, 1902.

“Caught in forest. Native name: Gato de spinas.’—

Hed s Wi

382 Mr. O. Thomas on

It is of much interest to find this representative of the
more northern C. mexicanus group existing side by side with
the southern type to which C. Rothschildi belongs.

As a species C. lenatus is readily recognizable by the
peculiar characters of its skull, and especially of its nasal
region.

LII.—TZwo South- American Forms of Rhogeessa.
By OLpFieLp THOMAS.

In his monograph of North-American Vespertilionide *
Mr. Gerrit S. Miller has given an account of the species of
Rhogeessa occurring in North and Central America and in
Margarita Island, but he had not seen any from the mainland
of South America.

In the British Museum there are examples of two forms
from the latter continent closely allied to each other and to
the Central-American 2. tumida, but sufficiently distinct to
require names.

The first may be called

Lthogeessa vo, sp. N.

Size rather less than in R. tumdda and skull more delicately
built. General colour rather more yellowish than in A, tu-
mida, the optical mixture across the shoulders of the usual
light bases + and dark tips of the hairs resulting in a hue
approaching Ridgway’s raw umber,” while in &, tumida it
is deader and nearer ‘ broccoli-brown.” The dark brown
ends to the hairs are the same in both. Under surface again
slightly more yellowish and less brown than in R. tumida.
hese comparisons are made on specimens which have never
been in spirit, and are therefore trustworthy for the purpose.
Ears rather smaller, and narrower in proportion than in
R. tumida, the length from the inner basal lobe to the tip
10 millim. as against 11 millim. in the allied form. Wing-
membranes uniformly brown, without posterior white edging.

Skull markedly smaller and more delicate throughout,

* N. Am. Faun. no. 13, p. 122 (1897).

+ A topotype of R. parvula, H. All., from the Tres Marias Islands, has
the bases of the hairs light as usual, although Mr. Miller speaks of the
species as being distinguished by the hairs being “darker at base.”
But Dr. Harrison Allen’s words do not necessarily bear the interpretation
Mr, Miller has put upon them, as he speaks of the colour as a “ light
greyish brown at basal third.”

South- American Forms of Rhogeessa. 383

flntter above, with lower and narrower brain-case, less widely
expanded zygomata, and less convex forehead. Occipital
‘helmet ” well developed, the posterior outline in upper view
markedly angular mesially.

Teeth as in 2. tumida, but slightly smaller throughout.

Forearm of the type (¢) 28 millim. Of three paratypes,
(3) 27°6, 28°3, (2?) 29.

Other dimensions of an adult male in spirit :—

Head and body 38 millim.; tail 28; head 15; ear-length
12°5; third finger, metacarpus 25:5, first phalanx 10, second
phalanx 9°3; lower leg and foot (c. u.) 15°5; calcar 10.

Skull: greatest length 12:1; length in middle line above
10°3; zygomatic breadth 8°1; breadth of brain-case 6:0;
front of lower canine to back of mz 5:0.

Hab. Valencia, Venezuela.

Type. Skin. Male. B.M. no. 94. 9. 25. 1. Collected
Nov.-—Dec., 1893, by A. Mocquerys. ‘Three paratypes in
spirit and an additional skin from Bogota (@. D. Child).

Rhogeessa velilla, sp. n.

Closely similar to #2. zo in all respects, agreeing with it in
size, colour *, and proportions, but the skull is quite without
the marked ‘ helmet” found in all the other forms, the poste-
rior line of the skull running directly across without mesial
angular projection behind. ‘his character is an important
one and has even been made the basis of the generic distinc-
tion of “ Hptesicus”’ from Vespertilio. Like, therefore, as
R. velilla is to R. to in other respects, I am compelled to
consider it distinct on this account. ‘The specimen is at least
as old as, if not older than, the Venezuelan examples with
which I have compared it.

Dimensions of the type :—

Forearm 28 millim.

Head and body 40 millim.f; tail 357; third finger, meta-
earpal 25, first phalanx 8°83; lower leg and foot (c. u.) 16;
calcar 10,

Skull: greatest length 11°8; length in middle line above
10:0; interorbital breadth 3°1; breadth of brain-case 57;
front of lower canine to back of m, 4°9.

ITab. Pund, Puna Igland, Gulf of Guayaquil, Ecuador.

Type. Old male. B.M. no. 99. 8. 1.5. Original number
43. Collected 11th November, 1898, by the late P. O.
Simons.

* Light bases to hairs rather more whitish.

+ Measured by collector in the flesh. The other dimensions from the
diied skin,

384 On a Parasite on the Wallaby.

LITI.— Parasite on the Wallaby.
By W. Wescue, F.R.M.S.

Mr. Frank Litter, of Launceston, Tasmania, sent me,
through the medium of ‘ Science Gossip,’ a fly which he tells
me is parasitic on the wallaby ; these animals, when sick, are
said to swarm with them.

The insect is a Dipteron, and belongs to the family Hippo-
boscide, but is unknown to me; and a search in the cabinets
at the British Museum (Natural History) failed to determine

Fig. 1.—Parasite on wallaby, dorsal view,
Fig. 2.—Head, lateral view.

Fig. 3.—Tarsi and claws of middle leg.
Fig. 4,—Tarsi and claws of hind leg.

it. It can, however, now be seen there, as I deposited
specimens, including the “type” specimen, with Mr. E. E.
Austen. It is remarkable for two curious spined tubercles—
one might almost call them epaulets—on the shoulders, a

On the Musk-Rat of the Antilles. O85

median suture on the thorax, and for a peculiar venation of
the wings.

The family Hippoboscide is represented in England by
six genera, and it is impossible to place this insect in any one
of them. I therefore propose, till a fitting genus has been
found for it, provisionally to call it Hippobosca tasmanica.
I here give a figure of the insect seen dorsally and showing
the venation of the wings.

The species may be briefly characterized as follows :—

Hippobosca tasmanica, sp.n., ¢ or ?.

Head broad and flat. Viewed laterally it has a rather
pointed crown. No haironeyes. Antenne sunk in cavities;
a few short hairs on them, but no arista. Proboscis of usual
Hippobosca type, with pronounced palpi. A long bristle on
each side of the mouth, pointing downwards like a tusk.

Thorax leathery, light brown; has a spined tubercle on
each shoulder. Suture very marked—a median suture on
the anterior portion.of the thorax ; starting from the posterior
side of the transverse suture, it bisects it at right angles.
No tegule (?). Halteres appear to have lost their knobs, but
owing to the condition of specimens nothing certain can be
said on these two points.

Abdomen darker in colour than thorax, short and stout.

Wings very long, with characteristic venation.

Legs. Hind pair long and fringed with fine long pubes-
cence; apical sete on tibie. Middle legs shorter, tarsi
reduced in size. Fore legs with stout femora.

No characters to distinguish sex made out.

Length of body 5 millim., or to extremity of wing 8 millim.

Hab. ‘Tasmania; parasitic on the wallaby (Macropus
ruficollis) .

LIV.—The Musk-Rat of the <Antil/es (Mus pilorides) as
Type of a very distinct Genus (Megalomys, T'rt.) under the
new Generic Name Moschomys. By Dr. KE. L. TROUESSART,
C. M. Zool. Soe. of Lond. (in. Paris).

T.—WHEN in 1881* I created the genus Megalomys for the
“ Rat musqué (Pilori)”’ of Rochefort (Mus pilorides, Des-
marest, 1826) I regarded this type simply as a subgenus of

* ‘Le Naturaliste,’ no. 45, p. 5 (1831); Ann, Se, Nat., Zool. xix. 1885,
article 5, p. 15, pl. i.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xi. 28

386 Dr. E. L. Trouessart on

Hesperomys, because the subdivisions of this great group of
American rats were at that time considered by naturalists
merely as subgenera.

Now the subgenera Rhipidomys, Oryzomys, Calomys,
Onychomys, &c. are looked upon as true genera, and several
of them are already subdivided. Megalomys having the
same importance, it seems right to raise it also to the rank of
a genus.

Yet in 1897, when writing the ‘ Catalogus Mammalium’
(Pars III. Rodentia), I allowed myself to be influenced by a
prior suggestion of Mr. O. Thomas *, and in contradiction
to the opinion for which I contended, with some reason,
in my work of 1881 and 1885, based on the original
specimens of Plée (from Martinique) in the Museum of Paris,
1 referred, too hastily, Megalomys to the genus Holochilus,
Brandt, as a simple subgenus. Indeed, Megalomys pilorides
and Holochilus vulpinus are alike only as regards their
large size.

More recently, Dr. C. I. Forsyth Major, in a short pre-
liminary note f, and without giving the reasons for this
identification, connects Megalomys with the genus Oryzomys,
another subdivision of the old genus Hesperomys.

On this occasion I fear my learned friend, Dr. Forsyth
Major—who is, first of all, a paleontologist, that is to say, an
anatomist,—let himself be influenced by the cranial features
of Mus pilorides, which are, in my opinion, common to all
the large species of Muride, and disregarded the important
zoological characters which clearly distinguish Megalomys
from Oryzomys.

In reality Megalomys pilorides and Oryzomys palustris (the
type of the last genus) are much more distinct than, for
example, Lvotomys glareolus and Arvicola amphibius. One
is exclusively terrestrial, the other aquatic, and the characters
of both are perfectly in accordance with their habits. This
will be seen from the following table, in which I quote the
words employed by Baird { in his description of Oryzomys
palustris, or, more correctly, those used by Elliott Coues §,
to distinguish this type species :—

* “On a Collection of Muride from Central Peru” (Proe. Zool. Soe.
Lond. 1884, pp. 447 et seq.).

Hy oe Musk-Rat of Santa Lucia” (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 7,
vii. 1901, pp. 204-206).

{ ‘Mammals of North America,’ 1857, pp. 458 & 482-483. It should
be noticed that the characters of the subgenus Oryzomys (p. 458) are
incomplete, as only those are mentioned in which it differs from Hesper-
omys, properly so-called, and from Onychomys.

§ ‘Monograph of the Rodentia of Noith America,’ Muride, 1877,
pp. lil-11s.

the Musk-Rat of the Aniilles.

Megalomys pilorides.
Terrestrial.

a. Ears entirely naked both
sides, largely overtopping the fur,
without tuft of hairs on the con-
cavity.

6. Hind feet very long, but com-
pressed, with parallel short and
stout toes.

c. No trace of web at the base
of the toes.

d87
Oryzomys palustris.
Amphibious.
a. Ears hirsute both sides,

small, little overtopping the fur,
with a fluffy tuft of hairs on the
concavity.

6, Hind feet very long and large
(as in Fiber), with obliquely set
long and slender toes.

ec. A slight but evident web at
the base of all the toes.

These three characters are quite sufficient to necessitate
the separation of the two genera. That being granted, I shall
willingly acknowledge that very likely Megalomys represents
the terrestrial type of Oryzomys. As regards the superciliary
crests of the skull, the anteorbital foramen, and even the
structure of the teeth, I shall prove elsewhere that they
have nothing peculiar to permit of uniting the two genera,
but are characters of all the largest Muride or of many of
the American Cricetinze.

The genus Megalomys includes at the present time three
species :—(1) Jus pilorides, the type of the genus ; (2) Ory-
zomys lucie, Major (loc. cit.) ; and (8) the fossil species (of
Barbuda) referred to, but not described, by Dr. Forsyth Major
in the above-mentioned note.

I1.—There remains still to elucidate a double question of
nomenclature—(1) The genus of which dlus pilorides is the
type might retain the name Megalomys ; (2) the species must
be called “ pdlorides; Desmarest, 1826,” as I have admitted,
or be known by the name of “ piloris, Zimmermann, 1777,”
as Dr. Forsyth Major wishes, or else, again, as Mr. J. A.
Allen * suggests.

First, it must be remembered that Laurillard, in 1848,
created under the name ‘ Afegamys” a genus of fossil
Rodentia which includes the largest mammals of this order at
present known. Now, this name of Megamys is wrong as an
abbreviation of “A/egalomys,” the only name correctly formed.

In agreement with the rules of nomenclature prescribed by
the International Zooldgical Congresses, ‘ Megamys” ouglt
to be rectified into ‘* Megalomys,” and, consequently, Mega-
lomys (Vrouessart, 1881), given to Mus pulorides, is not
available, as preoccupied, and must be altered.

Accordingly | propose to substitute for Megalomys (Trt.,

* Bull. Amer, Mus. Nat. Hist. xvi. 1902, pp. 13, 20.
2a

388 On the Musk-Rat of the Antilles.

1881, nec Laurillard, 1848) the new name of MoscnHomys
(Musk-Rat).

As for the specific name of the type of this genus, the
question is more complicated. The name “ pilorides”
(Pallas, 1778) ought to be dropped, Pallas* having under
this name included two very distinct species. One is the
Mus albus ceylonicus, Brisson (Quadr. Epitome, p. 122, sp. 8),
given as being from Ceylon (!), the description of which
indicates that it is really the type of Mus pilorides, and in
nowise agrees with the second species, the musk-rat of the
Antilles, the fur of which is black on the back.

The name “ piloris,” proposed by Dr. Forsyth Major is
also untenable, Zimmermann having only used it in imitation
of Buffon as a vernacular name. Indeed, in the ‘ Geograph-
ische Geschichte’ (ii. p. 360) he refers the ‘ Rat musqué”
of Rochefort to A/us pilorides, Pallas, whose synonymy he
copies entirely. The name ‘Castor pilorides”” was bestowed
by Pallas, who latinized, in 1778, the vulgar name given by
Zimmermann in 1777.

The name “Cavia mozchata,” latinized also by Pallas
from the “‘ Musk-Cavy” of Pennant, is synonymous with
“ pilorides, Pallas,” and for the same reasons must be rejected,

Finally, there remains the name “ Desmaresti,” created in
1829 by Fischer 7 for the Mus pilorides, Desmarest (nee
Pallas), which is incontestably the “ Rat musqué de la
Martinique” of Rochefort ¢; and this name is applicable to
the species under consideration, as already proposed by
Mr. J. A. Allen (loc. cit. 1902).

The genus Moschomys will thus include the following three
species :—

1. Moschomys Desmaresti, Fischer, 1829 (La Martinique).
2. lucite, Major, 1902 (Santa Lucia).
3. nova species (fossil), Major (Barbuda).

* “Novee Species ordine Glirium,’ 1778, p. 91. Likewise the identifi-
cation of Mus pilorides, Pallas (= Mus albus ceylonicus, Brisson), with
the Capromys from Cuba is yery doubtful, and practically nut allowable.
Consequently the name “ Capromys Fourniert, Desmarest, 1882,” is
preferably to be applied to this species, and “ pzlorides”’ must be entirely
cancelled as a systematic name and rejected from the synonymy.

tT ‘Synopsis Mammalium,’ 1829, p. 316 (=Mus pilorides, Desmar.,
Dict. Se. Nat. t. xliv. (1826) p. 483)—not ‘ Nouv. Dict.,’ as Fischer says
by mistake.

¢ Fischer says “ In insula Martinica, D. Plée.”

On the Flight of Flying-fish. 389

LV.— Observations on the Flight of Flying-jfish
(Exoccetus, sp. incerte). By G. K. H. BArrert-HAmi.ton.

In reply to a request for advice on the subject, Mr. Boulenger
has been good enough to inform me that, despite what has
been already written, there is still room for a small contribu-
tion to the literature of the flight of flying-fish. Hence
arose the following notes, the result of much study of these
beautiful creatures during several ocean voyages.

The precise use of the so-called “wings” of flying-fish
and the nature of their flight have given rise to much discussion
amongst naturalists, some of whom, as Professor C. O.
Whitman *, hotly maintain that the wings are flapped, while
others, amongst whom are Professor K. Mébius*, deny that
genuine muscular movements ever occur. Although [ have
never enjoyed the opportunity of observing the flight of the
flying-gurmards (Daetylopterus), I have frequently and care-
fully watched and studied that of the flying-herrings, with
the result that I can thoroughly corroborate the late Professor
Moseley’s observation ¢ that in this genus at all events the
Wings are never moved as organs of true flight. They may
vibrate or quiver under the action of air-currents or the
shifting a little of their inclination by the fish; the whole
motive power is supplied by the powerful tail. The wings
are a parachute to augment the action of this propeller.
Their motions are in no way comparable to those of the wings
of a bird.

Whatever objections may be raised against observations
taken from the artificial height of the deck of an ocean-
going steamer, this method affords an unrivalled opportunity
of overlooking the expanded pectorals as the fish emerge
from the water almost directly beneath the observer. Again,
since the cause of the numerous flights which take place in
the immediate proximity of the ship is undoubtedly fear at
her approach, the fish which thus come under observation
invariably use their utmost powers of flight, and, could any
single one of them voluntarily flap its wings, it would certainly
do so to the extent of its entire ability. A careful observer

* See K. Mobius, “Die Bewegungen der fliegenden Fische durch
die Luft,” Zeitschrift fiir wissenschaftliche Zoologie, Suppl. vol. xxx.
p. 343 (1878); and C. O. Whitman, ‘American Naturalist,’ vol. xiy.
p- 641 (1880). ‘

+ H.N. Moseley, “Notes by a Naturalist on the Voyage of H.M.S,
‘Challenger,’ ” new edition, 1892, p. 495; an opinion formed also by
Mr. W. L. Distant, ‘A Naturalist in the Transvaal,’ 1892, pp. 2-4.

390 Mr. G. E. H. Barrett-Hamilton on

should therefore with practice be able to assure himself of the
correctness of his observations.

Some naturalists further declare that these flying fish can
fly only against the wind, and no doubt the assistance thus
derived enabled those which I have seen to leave the water
more numerously to windward than to leeward of the ship.
My experience shows, however, that while the larger fish can
fly in any direction, the smaller only possess the power of
flying down-wind. Rising in the air with a leap against the
wind, they turned over before its force, and were carried
before it for a short distance like a piece of paper until they
touched the water, when they restarted their flight by another
active leap. ‘There could be no doubt that the highly mus-
cular tail supplied the motive power, and a high wind is
probably needed for the most successful flights. On one
occasion I observed a fish accomplishing a far longer flight
than usual, rising straight up against the wind in its course,
and once again quite a large individual came aboard and was
shown to me. It reached about a foot in length, and though
partially dried up and moribund exhibited well the muscular
power of the tail when placed in a pan of salt water.

I find it a little difficult to reconcile a statement like the
following from the penof Mr. Alfred Russel Wallace* with my
own very careful observations. Writing of a species which
he found numerous on December 30th, 1856, near the Island
of Teor, in the Banda Sea, he declares that it is both smaller
and ‘more active and elegant in its motions ”’ than that of the
Atlantic. ‘ As they skim along the surface they turn on their
sides, so as to fully display their beautiful fins, taking a flight
of about a hundred yards, rising and falling in a most graceful
manner. At a little distance they exactly resemble swallows,
and no one who sees them can doubt that they really do fly,
not merely descend in an oblique direction from the height
they gain by their first spring.

It seems likely that this description applies to some species
not of Exocetus, but of Dactylopterus. It is, however, not
altogether inapplicable to Hwocwtus, which turns on its side
frequently when struck by currents of wind, and, when
skimming along the surface of the water, renews its flight
whenever contact takes place by an almost imperceptible
muscular effort. I have often observed this, as well as the
resemblance to the flight of a swallow. ‘This results from
the perception of the up-and- down movements of several fish,
which, moving in company, the eye is unable to separate.

* “The Malay Archipelago,’ &e., ed. of 1898, p, 316.

the Flight of Flying-fish. 301

The flight of two or three individuals, one falling, another
rising, is thus blended into one apparently continuously
undulating movement, while the sudden leap which precedes
each rise in the air escapes notice. The fish is, in fact, so
silvery and difficult to follow with the eyes, especially when
of small size, that I would on no account trust the casual
observations of an ordinary observer. I suspect that even
Mr. Wallace, who had no especial scientific purpose in view
when he saw the flying-fish, may have been deceived by their
rapid motions. This is the more likely since Professor
Kukenthal, who took particular trouble to investigate the
flying-fish of almost the same seas, and who used a small
boat in order that his observations should be the more accu-
rate, is quite convinced that he never saw an instance of true
flight amongst them.

More positive and inexplicable are the statements of
Professor Whitman, who declares that he was able to see
“ distinctly the individual flaps of the large pectorals, while
the ventrals were held in quiet expansion. The flapping
movement, which is quite regular and rapid—so rapid that
it is not easily recognized at any great distance until expe-
rience has sharpened the eye,—may be continued for the
whole or part of the flight, but it is generally discontinued
after the first few rods, and the course completed by a pure
skimming or sailing movement. In some cases I have seen
the flapping of the fins renewed once or twice after short
intervals of the sailing movement” *.

Similarly, Captain A. R. S. Anderson t describes “a very
rapid fluttering of their wings, lasting for two or three seconds,”
and has “ very occasionally .. . . observed these fish fluttering
their wings without touching the water with their caudal and
ventral fins.”

Such diametrically opposing statements repeated by well-
qualified observers make it seem extremely likely that the
tish which came under the notice of Professor Whitman,
Captain Anderson, and myself were (as is more than possible)
totally distinct. But amongst so much apparent contradiction
there is really almost complete accord on the one important
point—namely, that the so-called “ fluttering ” or “ flapping,”
if it does occur, is almost invariably discontinued after the

* Op. cit. p. 646.

+ ‘Administration Report of the Marine Survey of India for the Official
Year 1898-1899.’ Bombay: Government Central Press, 1900. Noticed
by R. L. in ‘Nature, February 28, 1901, p. 427. I have not been able
to see the original. A like observation has been made by the editor of
the ‘ Royal Natural History.’

392 On the Flight of Flying-fish.

flight has really commenced. It is in nearly every case
merely an accompaniment of the initial spring into the air.

In this fact I venture to think that agreement may be
found ; but I feel no misgivings as to the accuracy of my own
observations, which were not confined to a single voyage, but
extended to many in the most diverse oceans, such as the
Atlantic, the Pacific, the Indian, as well as the China Sea.
And yet, although constantly on the look out, I have never
once seen anything at all approaching Professor Whitman’s

“flapping movement.” Further, I tind myself in the ex-
cellent company of Moseley, of Professor Kukenthal # (whose

careful study leads him to lend his complete support to those
who declare that the wings of the flying-herrings are of mere
parachute-like function), and of the American ichthy rologists T,
Messrs. D. 8. Jordan, B. W. Evermann, and C. H. Gilbert,
who have studied flying-herrings under the most favourable
conditions, and who describe the rapid vibration” of the
pectorals as “apparent only, due to the resistance of the air
1o the motions of the animal. Movements of the fias there
certainly are, as I too admit, but they are merely connected
with the initial muscular spring, with balance, or, perhaps,
even with alterations of direction. The originating and only

cause of the flight, as it came under my eyes, is the muscular
leap from the ocean.

When we come to deal with other genera of flying-fish,
however, there are undoubtedly very different grades of
perfection of flight, since Moseley distinctly observed rapid
# buzzing” of the wings in the case of a species of “ flying-
gurnard.” The flight ‘of this species appeared to him “ to be
closely similar to that of many forms of grasshoppers, which

cannot fly for any great distance, but raise themselves from
the ground with a spring, and, eking out their momentum as
much as they can by buzzing their wings, fall to the ground
after ashort flight.” If this represent the acme of perfection
of flight reached by a fish, we have at the other end of the
scale species such as that which the sailors aptly name the
* Skipjack” (probably a member of the genus Hemirhamphus).
This is a small silvery fish, which I have seen in the Atlantic
a few days south of the Canaries on the run to Cape Town.
It occurred in large numbers on particular areas of the water’s
surface, from which it constantly leapt to a height of a few
inches. It was impossible to tell the cause of the disturbance

* See ‘ Abhandlungen herausgegeben von der Rene i
naturforschenden Gesellschaft,’ Band xxil. 1896, pp. 9-11.

+ “ The Fishes of North and Middle America,” Bulletin U.S. National
Museum, uo. 47, part 1. 1806, pp. 730-731, footnote.

On new Indian Aculeate [lymenoptera. 39

er whether the fish were pursuing or being pursued by some
other creatures. Food must have been abundant, since a good
many birds of some unknown species were present in the near
distance, and there were great herds of small dolphins which
made the water boil again around the ship. Annectant be-
tween the skipjacks (Hemirhamphide) and the flying-herrings
(Exoccetide) is Mr. H. W. Fowler’s genus Hemiexocetus *.
Less skilful again, but still, perhaps, foreshadowing the
flying leaps of Ewocetus, are the shoals of herrings and
mackerel which on calm nights stir British waters into
phosphorescence.

Instances of the jumping of fish of numerous kinds above
tle surface of the element in which they live are, as is well
known, frequent.

One of the most interesting is that afforded by a close ally
of the flying-fish, the little gar- or needle-fish (Belone),
which came under the observation of Moseley t. These fish,
he writes, when hotly pursued by the ‘ skipjacks,” ‘‘ dashed
out of the water, and by violent lashing of their tails managed
to keep themselves above the water in a nearly upright position
for a distance of several yards as they moved swiftly from
the danger.” The leap of the gar-fish as well as those of
the whip-ray and king-fish have been beautifully figured by

Mr. J. Turner-Turner f.

LVI.— New Species of Indian Aculeate Hymenoptera.
By Major C. G. Nurse, Indian Army.

THE insects dealt with in the present paper form part of a
collection made by me during the last eighteen months. The
greater part of the collection was made at Deesa, where I was
stationed most of the time; but a number of Hymenoptera
obtained during a two months’ leave to Kashmir are also
included, as well as a collection made by a native, whom I
employed for two months at Mount Abu in 1901.

Deesa is situated at the extreme north of the province of
Gujarat, being about 40 miles distant from Mount Abu.
The climate is very\hot and dry, and the rainfall, which in
ordinary years averages from 25 to 30 inches, has been very

* ‘ Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia,’
April 1901, pp. 293-294.

T Op. cit. p. 414.

{ ‘The Giant Fish of Florida,’ 1902, plates opposite titlepage and
pages 66 & 142.

394 Major C. G. Nurse on new

short during the last few years, and the district has con-
sequently suffered to a considerable extent from famine. The
best months for collecting Hymenoptera are March and
April, and again in September and October ; but there is no
month in the year when a certain number of species cannot
be obtained, and some specimens occurred during the cold
weather which I never saw at any other time.

I had previously collected at Deesa and elsewhere for
about three years, and new species from my collections have
already been described by Lt.-Col. Bingham in the Journal
of the Bombay Natural History Society, by Mr. Cameron in
the same Journal and in various other papers, some of which
are still in course of publication, and by myself in the
Journals of the Bombay Natural History Society and of the
Asiatic Society.

In the present paper I have included descriptions or
remarks on a few species already known, in cases where only
one sex has hitherto been described, or where the descriptions
published appear to require amplification. My collection
contains, in addition to the species now described, and those
enumerated in the papers mentioned above, a number of
species which I have set aside as possibly new, but which
require comparing with types, and also several which pro-
bably belong to new genera. ‘These I have reserved for
further study. The number of new species already obtained
from a single locality so apparently unpromising as Deesa
renders it highly probable that when the bees and wasps of
India are more fully known, the number of species will con-
siderably exceed the estimate of 2000 made by Bingham
and others, although doubtless many so-called species will
disappear as varieties as further material becomes available.

Mutilla Philippa, sp. n.

@. Head and abdomen finely and shallowly, but not very
closely, thorax somewhat more deeply punctured ; antenne
rather shorter than the head and thorax united, third and fourth
joints of the flagellum subequal; head somewhat narrower
than thorax, eyes slightly emarginate, the vertex shining ;
mesonotum with two parallel longitudinal furrows from base
to apex; median segment coarsely reticulate, widened and
rounded posteriorly, with a wedge-shaped groove, widest
above, bounded by carinee; abdomen with the basal segment
very small, with a ventral keel, which has a slight curve,
and is dentate at apex. Head, thorax, and first abdominal

segment black, remainder of abdomen light, shining, red ;

Indian Aculeate Hymenoptera. 395

scape of antenne, head, thorax, and legs with somewhat long
grey pubescence, thickest on the pronotum and scutellum ;
abdomen with golden pubescence. Wings fuscous, with three
cubital cells ; radial cell short, obtuse at apex, the apex of
the third cubital cell not reaching beyond that of the radial
cell; in the fore wing the third transverse cubital nervure and
second recurrent nervure are narrower than the other nervures;
nervures and tegule black.

Long. 12-14 millim.

Flab. Deesa; fairly common.

This species would come into Bingham’s key on p. 9 after
M. Emery2, under a new section &. “ Abdomen, except basal
segment, red.” In general appearance it looks like a small
and faded male of J. sex-maculata, which sometimes has the
apical abdominal segment red. But the scutellum is normal
and very different from that of J. sea-maculata (see Cameron’s
description in Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. for July 1899, p. 62).

Mutiila suspecta, sp. n.

g. Head, thorax and abdomen strongly punctured, the
punctures on the median segment being larger and coarser
than elsewhere; head narrower than pronotum, rounded
posteriorly ; pronotum transverse anteriorly, mesonotum and
scutellum much raised, median segment rounded posteriorly ;
first abdominal segment rather short, at apex about one third
the width of second segment, which is wider than thorax, apical
abdominal segment rounded. Black, the antenne rufous at
apex; scape of antennze, head, thorax and abdomen covered
with silvery pubescence, intermixed with a few black hairs,
the pubescence on the head and pronotum having a matted
appearance; narrow apical bands on first and second abdominal
segments, the whole of the third segment, and two median
spots on the second segment, in addition to the apical band,
one spot being basal and minute, the other apical and larger,
the latter joining on to the apical band, all of silvery
pubescence ; apical! abdominal segment with the black hairs
predominating ; legs with white pubescence, calcaria black.
Both wings hyaline at base, infuscated at apex, the median
third of fore wing with a flavous tinge, nervures and tegule
black; radial cell vey short, rounded at apex. The number
of cubital cells varies from two to three; when the latter
number are present the third is very much narrowed at the
top, the second and third transverse cubital nervures almost
joining at the radial nervure.

Long. 9-10 millim.

Hab. Deesa ; several specimens.

396 Major C. G. Nurse on new

This species is allied to MW. climia, described by Mr.
Cameron in the Journal of the Bombay Natural History
Society, vol. xiv. p. 267; but M. André, to whom I sent a
specimen, considers it distinct. I have always taken it in
close proximity with MM. durga (Bingh.), and strongly
suspect it to be the male of that species.

Mutilla adscripta, sp. n.

@. Head closely and rather coarsely, thorax rugosely
punctured ; abdomen with fine and close punctures hidden by
pubescence ; head large, wider than thorax, concavo-truncate
posteriorly ; thorax wider at apex than at base, the edges,
viewed from above, rough and almost dentate; abdomen
about as long as head and thorax united. Black, the thorax
above dark red, the second abdominal segment is under the
pubescence bright red, but this is not apparent until the
pubescence is rubbed off; abdomen below red; pubescence
on head and thorax greyish white, sparse above ; abdomen
with black velvety pile, second segment with two very large
sublateral oval marks of golden pubescence, these spots some-
times, owing to attrition, appearing to coalesce, third seg-
ment with two sublateral round spots of white pubescence,
fourth segment ciliated with white; sometimes the fourth
and fifth segments have white spots similar to those on the
third segment, but less clearly defined; legs spinose, with
white pubescence, the spines black, calcaria pale.

Long. 6-8°5 millim.

Hab. Deesa; common.

Comes into Bingham’s key on p.3 after JL. pectinospinata,
but is a much smaller species, and differs from it in many
~ respects.

Mutilla vincula, sp. n.

9. Head and thorax coarsely punctured, the punctures of
the abdomen hidden by the pubescence; head as wide as
thorax, the latter, when viewed from above, subquadrate, the
edges rough, rounded posteriorly ; abdomen shorter than the
head and thorax united, second segment considerably wider
than thorax ; pygidium finely longitudinally striate. Black,
the thorax and median segment in the centre above red,
leaving a black basal and lateral margin when viewed from
above; head, including scape of antennz, with white pubes-
cence, matted and decumbent, the red portion of thorax
with sparse golden, below with white pubescence ; abdomen
velvety black, apex of first segment ciliated with golden,

Indian Aculeate Hymenoptera. 397

second segment with two median spots of silvery pubescence,
one at base and one at apex, the basal spot the larger, also
two ill-defined lateral larger spots of more sparse white pubes-
cence, not entirely covering the black; third segment with
a band of white pubescence, narrowly interrupted in the
middle, a little white pubescence on the sixth segment; all
the segments below with fringes of white pubescence; the
legs spinose, with white pubescence, the spines black, calcaria
pale; the whole of the head, thorax and abdomen more
or less covered with erect black hairs, longer than the
pubescence.

Long. 11-12 millim.

Hab. Deesa; rare.

This species would come into Bingham’s key on p. 4 next
to MM. blanda, but it is larger, the pubescent band on the
third abdominal segment is interrupted in the middle, and
the thorax is red only in the centre above, not at the sides.

Mutilla argenteomaculata, Smith.

¢. The thorax and second (not first) abdominal segment
are, when carefully looked at with a lens, not red but black,
though the short depressed golden pubescence makes them
appear at first sight red; the white pubescent spots on thie
abdomen are as follows: one median on first segment, one
median basal, one median apical, and two lateral on second
segment, one median and two lateral on third, fourth, and
fitth segments, of which the median spot on third segment is
frequently obsolete.

3d. The white pubescent spots on the ablomen are as
follows: median apical on second to sixth segments, lateral
on apical margin of second segment (often obsolete) ; the
whole of the basal half of the third segment is also covered
with white pubescence.

These notes are taken from a considerable series of fresh
specimens, while Bingham’s description was probably taken
from an old or worn example.

Mutilla fumipennis, Bingh.

A variety of this species has the basal half of the fore wing
clear hyaline instead of deep yellow.

Mutilla aversa, sp. n.

?. Head closely but somewhat shallowly punctured,
thorax striate in the centre above, punctured at the sides and

398 Major C. G. Nurse on new

between the striations ; abdomen apparently finely punctured,
but the sculpturing is more or less hidden by the pubescence ;
head massive, broader than the thorax, eyes small, not emar-
ginate, head behind them wider than their length; clypeus
short, its apex hidden in the type specimen by the mandibles;
thorax of equal width throughout, sloped gradually upwards
to the scutellum, where there is a row of conspicuous teeth,
and from whence the median segment is steeply sloped down-
wards, forming almost a right angle with the rest of the
thorax ; abdomen non-petiolate, second segment wider than
_ the thorax, but not or scarcely wider than the head; apical
abdominal segment punctured, with a median longitudinal
keel. Black, the head and thorax above red; head and
thorax with sparse greyish pubescence, intermixed with a
few black hairs; legs with grey or white pubescence, tibiz
very spinose, tarsi inclining to rufous, calcaria pale; abdomen
with somewhat dense black pubescence, a round spot at the
apex of first segment, a semicircular one at the apex of
second, and a similar smaller spot at the apex of third
segment, white; the long hairs on the apical segment and at
the sides of the abdomen grey.

Long. 8 millim.

Hab. Deesa; not common.

Comes into Bingham’s key, section B, after J. ocellata,
and is allied to Cameron’s JZ. perswasa, but the row of
teeth at the apex of thorax suffices to distinguish it from
either.

Mutilla optima, Smith.

$. Stoutly built; head, thorax and abdomen closely punc-
tured, the puncturing much hidden by the pubescence ; head
narrower than the thorax, eyes small, not emarginate ; thorax
subquadrate, median segment roundly truncate posteriorly ;
abdomen with the basal segment very short and narrow.
Black, the mandibles in the middle, and the antennz below,
dark red; head, pronotum, scutellum, a broad basal band,
emarginate in the centre on the second abdominal segment,
and the whole of the third and fourth segments with silvery
pubescence; legs sparsely spinose, the spines and calcaria
black, the pubescence silvery, except on the mesonotum,
median segment, apical portion of the second and the fitth
and following segments, where it is black; wings with only
two cubital cells, the radial cell very short and rounded at
apex ; fore wing with the basal three fifths subhyaline, with
a flavous tinge, remainder subfuscous ; hind wing hyaline at

Indian Aculeate Ilymenoptera. 399

base, becoming somewhat darker at apex; nervures dark
testaceous, tegule black or reddish black.

Long. 6-9 millim.

Hab. Deesa.

I took a specimen of the above in cottu with a female
which I think is without doubt Smith’s MW. optima, and I
subsequently obtained a long series of both sexes. ‘hey
vary a good deal in size, especially the female.

Mutilla malinka, sp. n.

9. Head and thorax closely but not very deeply punc-
tured, abdomen with fine and somewhat sparse punctures ;
head as wide as thorax, when viewed from above almost
round, the eyes small; thorax subquadrate, roundly truncate
at base, rounded at apex; abdomen pseudosessile, shorter
than head and thorax united. Head, antennez, thorax, legs
and apical two or three abdominal segments light red; abdo-
men immaculate, basal three or four segments very dark
brown, almost black, their apical margins red; pubescence
grey ish w hite, sparse but long, especially on the abdomen.

Long. 4 millim.

Hab. Deesa; a single specimen.

This species, having the abdomen immaculate, comes into
Bingham’s key on p. 8, near to W. pulchrina. It is, however,
only about a quarter the length of that species.

Mutilla officia, sp. n.

3g. Head somewhat sparsely, pronotum and mesonotum
more closely and deeply punctured, median segment coarsely
reticulate ; abdomen somewhat sparsely and shallowly punc-
tured; antennz as long as the head and thorax united,
the third joint of the flagellum slightly longer than the
fourth ; the portion of the vertex between the ocelli much
raised, eyes emarginate, head slightly narrower than thorax ;
pronotum truncate anteriorly, gradually widening towards
tegule ; mesonotum with two parallel longitudinal furrows ;
e atellam with a slight median furrow, median segment
convex, roundly truncate posteriorly, first abdominal seg-
ment with a ventral gubercle. Head, thorax, and basal and
apical abdominal segments black, "with Sparse grey pu-
bescence intermixed with some bl: ack hairs; remainder of
abdomen light red and shining, with golden pubescence ;
legs with grey pubescence, calcaria white. Wings light fusco-
hyaline, paler, almost hyaline at base; three “cubital cells,
not extending beyond the apex of the ‘radial cell, which is

400 Major C. G. Nurse on new

short ; measured on the cubital nervure, the first lonzest,
second and third subequal; nervures and tegule black, the
latter finely punctured.

Long. 12 millim.

ITab. Deesa; a single specimen.

This species comes into Bingham’s key on p. 9 next to
M. Tornatore’ under a new sub- -section, ‘‘second to sixth
abdominal segments red.”

Mutilla kraciva, sp.n.

g. Head and thorax closely but rather coarsely punctured,
the puncturing of the abdomen hidden by the pubescence ;
head small, not quite as wide as the thorax, eyes not emar-
ginate, antenna about as long as the head and thorax
united; thorax transverse anteriorly, roundly transverse pos-
teriorly, mesonotum and scutellum much raised, median
segment rather steeply sloped; abdomen slightly petiolate,
first segment with a ventral keel, pygidium transverse at
apex. Black: head and thorax with white pubescence, which
is somewhat long and matted, except on the mesonotum and
scutellum, where it is sparse; first abdominal segment with
an apical band of white, second, third, and fourth segments
above entirely covered with thick bright golden- yellow pu-
bescence, their apical margins, especially at the sides, ciliated
with white hairs; filth and sixth segments with large median
round spots of white pubescence; second to fifth segments
below with apical bands of white hairs, sixth and seventh
segments above with black pubescence; legs moderately
spinose, spines and ealcaria black, pubescence white. Wings
subfuscous, the basal half of fore wing lighter, with a slightly
flavous tinge, base of hind wing subhyaline ; three cubital
cells, the radial cell short, its apex reaching to about the
middle of the third cubital cell; nervures and tegule black,
the latter punctured.

Long. 12 millim.

Hab. Deesa ; one specimen only.

This handsome species would, according to Bingham’s
key, come on p. 9, somewhere near to MV. discreta, but it is
quite unlike that or any other species that I have seen.

Tiphia exacta, sp. n.

9. Head and base of pronotum sparsely punctured, meso-
notum almost impunctate ; abdomen with a few shallow and
scattered punctures; head, pronotum, mesonotum, scutelluin
and abdomen shining, median segment opaque, the latter

Indian Aculeate Hymenoptera, 401

truncate apically, finely transversely striate, with three
median longitudinal carine, slightly converging at apex, and
reaching the verge of the truncation. Black, with sparse
greyish pubescence ; mandibles red in the centre ; fore wing
flavo-hyaline, hind wing hyaline, nervures testaceous, stig-
mata and tegule nearly black.

Long. 9 millim.

- Hab, Kashmir, 5000-6000 feet. Three specimens.

This species is closely allied to my T. conscia described
from Deesa in Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. vol. xiv. no. 1,
p- 81. The latter should come into Bingham’s key at p. 57
after 7’. consueta, and not as stated by me in describing it,
as the tarsi are black, not testaceous. The present species
is larger than J’. conscia, the fore wing has a more decidedly
flavous tinge, and the median segment is distinctly, though
very finely, transversely striate, and not smooth.

Myzine apimacula, Cam.

3. Head, thorax and abdomen sparsely punctured, shining,
clypeus rounded anteriorly, the apex curved inwards, scarcely
emarginate; head about the width of pronotum, which is
transverse anteriorly, median segment narrower than pro-
notum, rounded at sides and apex; abdomen nearly half as
long again as head and thorax united, almost pseudo-sessile,
the petiole being extremely short, all the segments more or
less constricted. Black: the clypeus anteriorly, two lateral
spots at base of the pronotum and its apex narrowly, a spot
on all the tibiz at base, the tarsi, and transverse median
spots on abdominal segments 2—5, with minute lateral spots
on the same segments, pale yellowish white; mandibles,
flagellum of antenne, and apical three abdominal segments
dark red; wings hyaline, nervures and stigmata testaceous,
tegulz pale yellow, with a black median spot.

Long. 9 millim.

Hab. Deesa.

This species would come into Bingham’s key on p. 65
under a new subsection a’, ‘‘ Abdomen black at base, red at
apex.” When Cameron described the female I had only
taken that sex, but I subsequently obtained the male above
described, which I feel sure is of the same species as the
female described by Cameron in Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc.
vol. xiv. no. 2, p. 272.

Scolia pila, Nurse.

When I described this species in the Journ. Bomb. Nat.
Hist. Soc. vol. xiv. no. 1, p. 82, I had not a specimen of

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xi. 29

402 Major C. G. Nurse on new

the female. I have now obtained that sex, of which the
following is a description :—

Similar to the male, but more slenderly built, the head
almost impunctate; clypeus with the centre much raised,
shining; the ground-colour is dark red, and not black, the
head, except the mandibles and antenne, being entirely
orange-yellow, and the markings on the thorax and abdomen
of the same shade, and not bright yellow as in the male.

Long. 12-13 millim.

fTab. Deesa.

Seolia vivida, Smith.

The female of this species has not, I believe, been hitherto
described.

Head smooth, except the portion of the front near the base
of antennee, which is somewhat closely but irregularly
punctured, and a few punctures on the vertex near ocelli ;
thorax closely punctured, the punctures, especially those on
the median segment, being shallow; abdomen impunctate.
Dark red, the clypeus being somewhat lighter; a broad
irregularly-shaped transverse band across the head in front
of the anterior ocellus, reaching into the emarginations of the
eyes, the vertex posteriorly, and the cheeks, yellow; the
second, third, and tourth abdominal segments are black above,
with broad median yellow bands, narrowed in the centre.
Wings similar to those of the male. Pubescence on the red
portion of the body and on the legs rufous, elsewhere greyish.

Long. 16-17 millim.

Hab. Deesa; not common.

Elis rubricata, sp. n.

é. Head, thorax and abdomen pubescent, the pubescence
on the former two hiding the sculpturing, the latter smooth
and shining; clypeus convex, transverse anteriorly, bare and
shining in the centre; median segment short, the sides
rounded posteriorly ; first abdominal segment long, sub-
petiolate, and much constricted. Black: the clypeus, except
a large triangular spot in the centre, and a line on the
anterior and intermediate tibiz above, pale yellow; an
obscure narrow apical band on first, wide apical bands on the
second and third, the whole of the fourth, fifth and sixth,
and the apex of seventh abdominal segments, dark red, the
red band on the third segment emarginate in the centre;
abdomen black below; pubescence hoary grey, except on the
red portion of the abdomen, where it is fulvous red. Wings,

Indian Aculeate Hymenoptera. 403

with two cubital cells, clear hyaline, nervures testaceous,
tegulee very pale testaceous ; the costal margin of the fore
wing has a very faint inclination to yellow.

Long. 15 millim.

Hab. Deesa; a single specimen.

my) . . —) . . 9

This species would come in Bingham’s key on p. 92 under
a new heading “C.”? Male known, female unknown.

Pseudagenia mutilata, sp. n.

?. Head, thorax, abdomen and legs sparsely pruinose ;
clypeus very convex, much broader than long, its apex much
produced, the sides rounded; eyes slightly convergent above,
median segment gradually sloped, the sides rounded ; pos-
terior portion of metanotum with a deep median longitudinal
groove, continued on to the median segment, where it
becomes shallow and inconspicuous; both these segments
longitudinally striate, the former finely, the latter less finely ;
legs long, tibiee and tarsi with minute spines. Head and
thorax black; abdomen dark red ; mandibles at apex, clypeus
anteriorly, inner margin of the eyes narrowly, antenne, ante-
rior legs except the coxa and the tegule, more or less red ;
intermediate and posterior legs reddish black; wings sub-
hyaline, nervures testaceous, stigmata paler.

Long. 9 millim.

Hab. Deesa; a single specimen.

This species would come into Bingham’s key on p. 108
under “ C,” new subsection ‘‘c.” ‘ Head and thorax black,
abdomen red.”

Salius avidus, sp. n.

@. Smooth and shining, the median segment lightly
transversely striate, second and third abdominal segments at
base with minute and shallow punctures; head broader than
thorax ; clypeus very convex, its anterior margin raised and
transverse; an impressed line from the antennal tubercles to
the anterior ocellus; pronotum with its posterior margin
slightly depressed; an obscure median longitudinal groove
on the median segment. Black, with sparse and short
silvery pile; apex of abdomen with long reddish hairs;
wings flavo-hyaline, nervures testaceous, tegule black ;
tarsal claws unidentate.

Long. 12-14 millim.

Hab. Mount Abu; not common.

This species would come in Bingham’s key on p. 126
after S. verticalis, in a new section “ ¢.”’ “ Entirely black.”

[To be continued. |
29%

404 Mr. W. F. Kirby—Notes on Blattide.

LVII.— Notes on Blattide &ec., with Descriptions of new Genera
and Species in the Collection of the British Museum, South
Kensington—No. 1. By W. F. Kirpy, F.L.S., F.E.S.

In comparing my ‘ Catalogue of Blattide’ with the Museum
Collection I have found a considerable number of new
species ; and I herewith offer descriptions of a first instal-
ment of species belonging to the subfamilies Panchlorine,
- Bc a Ss
Blaberinee, Corydiine, Polyphaginz, and Panesthiine.

BLATTIDA.
PANCHLORINZ.
Genus RuyparosiA, Krauss.
Ehyparobia thoracica, sp. n.

Long. corp. 387 millim.

Female.—Black, the upper and hinder orbits narrowly
bordered with red; the lower mouth-parts and the greater
part of the centre of the abdomen above: and below ferru-
ginous. Tegmina testaceous subhyaline, with two reddish-
brown shades: one lies below the scapular black basal streak
and widens out, covering more than the outer half of the
lower basal area, and extending beyond and bordering the
anal nervure; the second brown area occupies about the
middle of the left tegmen, extending to the inner margin,
but not to the costa; on its upper part it becomes irregular
and submacular, and there are several spots between it and
the basal streak. Wings nearly hyaline, with pale nervures.
Antenne black ; legs dark ferruginous, shading into blackish
above. Abdomen rugose above towards the extremity ; the
terminal segment carinated as far as the incision in the middle
of its hind border.

Hab. Ntunda, Shire River.

Allied to &. Capellot, Bolivar, from the Quango.

BLABERINE.
Genus BLABERUS, Serv.
Blaberus Distanti, sp. n.

Long. corp. cum tegm. 60 millim.; long. pron. 8 millim. ;
lat. pron. 20 millim.

Female.—Head black, except the lower mouth-parts and
the neighbourhood of the base of the antenne; pronotum

Mr. W. F. Kirby—Notes on Blattide. 405

rich tawny in front, the centre filled up with a large black
figure, with irregular front and side borders, and slightly
narrower below, where it unites with a deep black terminal
band, which extends slightly upwards on the sides nearly to the
middle ; one or two indistinct tawny spots in the black figure;
tegmina light tawny, broadly varied with darker, with the
usual black basal line extending to two fifths of the length ;
abdomen above apparently tawny, with a broad black sub-
marginal band on each side; underside generally tawny,
abdomen with a festooned moderately broad submarginal black
band on each side, meeting at the extremity.

Hab. ? (Distant).

Allied to B. Sulzerti, Guér. Guérin’s description does not
agree with Sulzer’s figure of B. surinamensis, which is bad,
and probably represents another species. B. postica, Erichs.
(=thoracica, Sauss.), belongs to the same group.

CorypDiInz.

Genus CorypiA, Serv.
Corydia tonkinensts, sp. n.

Long. corp. cum tegm. 18 millim. ; lat. tegm. 11 millim.

Female.—Closely punctured, pubescent; pronotum trans-
versely oval, broadest at about two thirds of its length ;
pronotum and tegmina dark metallic green or blue, sometimes
with purplish reflections on the hinder half of the tegmina;
tegmina crossed beyond the middle by a fulvous band, ex-
panded on the costa, and projecting towards the base in the
middle, and on the inner margin ; abdomen beneath violet-
black, with the three subterminal segments tawny ; antenne
black, slender, hardly moniliform, with about seven of the
middle segments pale yellow.

Hab. Tonkin (Fruhstorfer).

Described from two specimens. This and the two follow-
ing species appear to be somewhat intermediate between
Corydia and Dyscologamia.

Corydja purpuralis, sp. n.

Male.—Allied to the last species, but rather longer and
narrower. Pronotum and tegmina deep metallic greenish
black, the costa shading into rich purple; tegmina with a
large oval fulvous blotch on the costa beyond the middle,
and a rather darker transverse band on the inner margin
opposite extending half across the wing, beyond this the

406 Mr. W. F. Kirby—WNotes on Blattide.

tegmina are brownish towards the tip. Wings fusco-hyaline.
Abdomen beneath fulvous, with the three subapical trans-
verse segments and the apical segments shining black; the
first of the former slightly and irregularly bordered with
fulvous. Antenne broken; the remaining basal segments
moderately stout, black, submoniliform.

Hab. Kuatun, 8.W. Fokien (De la Touche).

Allied to the last species.

Described from one specimen.

Corydia hilaris, sp. n.

Long. corp. 13 millim.; lat. abd. 7 millim. ; exp. tegm.
27-30 millim.

Pronotum and base of tegmina deep metallic blue, the
costal area for two fifths of the length, and the rest for
nearly half the length, deep ochre-yellow, becoming more
or less paler towards the tip. Wings yellowish hyaline,
darker towards the costa, and with darker nervures. Abdo-
men orange, except at the base and tip, both above and
below. Antenne rather slender, submoniliform, black, with
a pale yellow band occupying about three or four joints before
the tip.

Hab. Not recorded (Distant).

Described from three specimens, 1¢,29 9.

Allied to the last two species.

PoLyPHAGIN2.

Genus DyscoLOGAMIA, Sauss.

Dyscologamia cesticulata, Sauss.
Dyscologamia cesticulata, Sauss. Rey. Suisse Zool. i, p. 298 (1893).

¢. Long. corp. 21 millim.; exp. al. 54 millim.

Male.—Wead reddish brown, paler below, eyes contiguous,
ocelli conspicuously yellow, and antennal pits yellow;
antenne, scape, and second joint yellow, the former with a
broad black ring; the greater part of the flagellum brown,
shading into pale reddish towards the extremity ; pronotum
thickly punctured, chestnut-brown varied with reddish, and
clothed with long coarse reddish hair, transversely oval, with
the sides rounded off; the rest of the upper surface of the
body and the under surface and legs reddish ; tegmina chest-
nut, the left paler towards the extremity, the costa bordered
towards the base by an ill-defined blackish line, anal furrow
marked by a slender pale yellow line, and intersecting a

Mr. W. F. Kirby—WNotes on Blattide. 407

large irregular pale yellow blotch on the inner margin ; just
before the curve of the furrow is a small black dash beneath
it; the right tegmen almost bisected by an oblique brown
line running towards the tip, which it does not reach ; within
this the tegmen is chestnut like the other, but outside it is
subhyaline, darkest towards the line, and the cross-nervures
towards the margin narrowly bordered on each side with
white; the narrow anal furrow on crossing the transverse
line is lost in a large triangular hyaline spot on the inner
margin. Wings brownish hyaline, darkest towards the tips,
the costa clouded with brown and rust-colour beyond the
middle; most of the transverse nervures narrowly bordered
with whitish. Supra-anal plate rounded, slightly incised in
the middle ; cerci rather long, moniliform.

Saussure’s description relates to the female only ; and I
have nothing to add to it. His specimen was from Singa-
pore; the Museum possesses both sexes from Selangor, and
also two specimens of allied species from East and West
Africa, which I no not care to describe without a longer
series.

Genus PotypPHaaa, Brullé.

Polyphaga camelorum, sp. n.

Long. corp. 86-40 millim.; lat. abd. 28 millim.

Female.—Very convex. Dark chestnut-brown or blackish,
shining ; head varying from reddish chestnut to blackish, the
antennal pits, the lower part of the labrum, the base of the
labium, and a narrow space at the extremity of the latter,
where it is triangularly incised, yellow; antenne reddish,
the basal half brownish ; thoracic segments narrowly bordered
with red and edged with long hairs; prothorax narrowly
bordered with yellow on each side above, but not to the ex-
tremity ; prothorax yellow beneath, with the border, and a
broad space behind, reddish ; meso- and metathorax beneath
black, with a yellow space on the inner side; thoracic and
abdominal sutures narrowly yellow; thorax and abdomen
above thickly rugose-punctate, except a broad band at the
base of each seginent of the abdomen, which is black and
shining, abdomen b@neath smooth, reddish; terminal plate
of abdomen above very broad, flattened, deeply and tri-
angularly incised in the middle, and then sloping slightly to
the outer angles, which are obtusely rounded off ; the edge is
set with short strong denticulations.

Two specimens from Hari Rud, and one from Badghis,
collected by the Afghan Delimitation Commission.

408 Mr. W. F. Kirby— Notes on Blattide.

“These were seen usually on sandy soil, where camels
had been resting for the night, moving about amongst the
dung.”—Dr. J. E. T. Aitchison.

A very large and remarkable species, most nearly allied to
P. indica, Walk.; but P. indica is a smaller and darker
insect, less shining, and with the last abdominal plate more
rounded. A fourth specimen of Polyphaga, obtained by
Dr. Aitchison at Badghis, agrees with a series trom Kashgar,
which should probably be referred to P. indica, the type
of which is somewhat damaged.

PANESTHIINE.
Genus SALGANEA, Stal.

Salganea dux.

Long. corp. 43 millim.; lat. pron. 17 millim.; lat. abd.
22 millim. ; exp. al. 117 millim.

Female——Dark reddish chestnut above, shading into
blackish at the extremities and on the. lower part of the
clypeus ; under surface and legs of a lighter red; head dark
reddish brown, shining; ocelli, labrum, and base of labium
testaceous; labium otherwise light red; terminal plate of
abdomen black above and below; pronotum with a broad
upeurved ridge, from whence rises a semidetached frontal
hood, deeply indented in the middle; pronotum thickly
punctured, the central tubercles of the raised portion quite
small, the outer ones rising into very large pyramidal but
somewhat obtuse teeth ; meso- and metanotum with deep
caring, enclosing a triangle very broad at the base and
obtusely pointed behind; the metanotum, and to a less
extent the mesonotum, is obtusely and broadly angulated
behind ; the meso- and metanotum and the basal segments
of the abdomen smooth and very sparingly punctured, the
last three abdominal segments and the terminal plate in-
creasingly thickly punctured both above and below ; terminal
plate, hinder half of the last segment of the abdomen, the
extremity of the one preceding, and the cerci clothed with
short testaceous hair; seventh segment with the sides dis-
tinctly dentated, and with a large terminal tooth ; terminal
plate rounded and entire, with only a strong tooth on each
side just beyond the cerci. Front femora with only a ter-
minal spine on the outer carina beneath. Tegmina and
wings smoky brown, the extremities and the anal half of the
wings smoky hyaline.

Hab. Obi (Van Duivenborg).

Mr. W. F. Kirby—Votes on Blattidee. 409

This fine species is evidently closely allied to, if not iden-
tical with, S. ternatensis, Brunn.; but as that species was
described from another island, apparently from damaged
specimens, and too briefly to admit of a proper comparison,
I have decided to give a full description, and to treat it as
provisionally distinct.

Genus MICRODINA, nov.

Centre of pronotum projecting over the head in a sort of
hood, excavated in front, and tuberculate on the sides; the
sides of the pronotum produced into large curving horns,
with a strong blunt tooth at the base above ; front femora
unarmed, the penultimate segment of the abdomen slightly,
and the last strongly dentated at the sides ; terminal plate
broad, rounded, and dentated, with a very large tooth beyond
the cerci. Tegmina laterally rudimentary, as long as the
metanotum.

Type Panesthia forceps, Saussure.

flab. Pondicherry (Sauss.), Nilgiris.

Allied to Salganea, Sauss., to which Saussure subsequently
referred his Panesthia forceps; but differing in the remarkable
structure of the pronotum, which is not unlike that found
in some Dynastidee among the Coleoptera, and by the rudi-
mentary tegmina, ;

Saussure describes his insect as a female, but of six
specimens now before me, one only, a male, agrees with
his figure ; in the others, which are females, the horns are
shorter, and the concavity in front of the pronotum is shallower
and more rounded. I may note that the antenne are black
for three fourths of their length, and then orange, shading
into brown at the tip.

Genus DIcELLoNOTUS, Butl.

To this genus | refer the types D. /ucanotdes and D. morsus,
Butl., Panesthia monstruosa, Wood-Mason, and P. Panteli,
Bol., and two new species.

Dicellonotus levis.

Long. corp. 50 millim.; lat. 22 millim.

Female.—Uniform black above ; the labrum, the joints of
the palpi, and the pulvilli ferruginous; the under surface of
the antenne, the greater part of the legs and of the under
surface of the body, and the cerci more or less of a dark
chestnut-red ; terminal plate of abdomen black above and

410 Mr. W. F. Kirby—WNotes on Blattide.

below ; head smooth, very finely punctured, lower part of
clypeus finely transversely striated ; front femora with four
spines ; pronotum broadly and almost squarely concave in
front, with the sides rising into short horns, narrowed and
recurved at the summit; front depression of the pronotum
dull, finely granulated, slightly carinated in the middle, and
with a slight ridge on each side ; the rest of the upper sur-
face smooth and shining, sides of pronotum sparingly and
finely punctured; abdomen very slightly punctured, except
increasingly on the last two segments and on the terminal
plate, though even there much less coarsely and thickly
than usual; raised part of pronotum with two strong tubercles
in front, nearly as wide apart as the horns, terminal segment
with about six irregular teeth in the middle, most of which
are short, broad, and obtuse.

flab. Animalli Hills, 8. India.

A narrower and much less strongly punctured species than
the others of the genus.

Dicellonotus insularis. -

Long. corp. 41-42 millim ; lat 22-24 millim.

Black, a line within each antenna, the labrum and labium
(but not the mentum, which is black), and the pulvilli testa-
ceous ; spines on legs, claws, and some shades on the under
surface of the abdomen ferruginous; front of pronotum
curved up into a stout moerately long rounded horn on
each side, separated by a rounded space; frontal depression
thickly punctured, with two parallel carine running to the
raised part of the pronotum, which is strongly bituberculate
in the middle in front, and with two shallow channels on
each side in front; it is nearly smooth, but is very slightly
punctured, as are also the other divisions of the upper surface,
till towards the hinder segments of the abdomen, where
large rounded punctures become increasingly numerous to
the extremity, especially on segments 6 and 7, and on the
terminal plate, which is rather strongly, but broadly, dentated
at the extremity. Tegmina lateral, extending as far as the
base of the metanotum, narrowed and slightly upcurved at
the extremity. Front femora with two spines.

Hab. Bara, W. Bouru.

Described from two specimens. The female is narrower,
and the horns are less strongly developed than in the male.
I place this species provisionally in Dicellonotus, but it
ditters from the types in possessing short tegmina.

Mr. W. F. Kirby—WNotes on Blattidee. AIL

Genus PANESTHIA, Serv.

Panesthia quinquedentata, sp. n.

Long. corp. ¢ 19-25 millim.; ? 25-34 millim.

Apterous, deep black ; the labrum and more or less of the
under surface and legs in the male varying from rufo-
testaceous to dark red ; the female much less marked with
red, and sometimes almost entirely black ; pronotum with
the front edge slightly raised in the female, leaving the head
just visible, but scarcely at all in the male; it is slightly
concave only in the largest female, in which specimen alone
the usual two tubercles (large and wide apart) are visible in
front of the raised part of the pronotum. ‘The division
between the lower front and the higher back portions of the
pronotum is less slightly marked than usual. The front is
depressed in the middle behind the ridge, and more coarsely
punctured than on the sides of the thoracic segments, where
the punctuation is extremely fine. ‘The punctuation on the
abdomen is slight, the punctures only becoming large and
numerous towards the extremity and on the terminal plate.
Terminal plate with five large teeth, two just behind the
black cerci and three terminal. Front femora unarmed.

Hab. Nilgiris.

Probably allied to P. ferruginipes, Brunn., but in that
species the terminal plate of the abdomen is described as
‘multi-crenulata.”’ There are also a number of immature
specimens, perhaps belonging to P. guinquedentata, judgiig
by the structure of the abdomen, but they show no trace of the
peculiar structure of the thorax. ‘They are black, with more
or less of the borders of the thoracic segments, the legs and
under surface ferruginous. It is curious that most of these
immature specimens are males, whereas the contrary is the
case in the adult specimens.

Panesthia javanica, Serv.

The best series of this species at present in the Museum is
from a doubtful locality (probably Burma), including four
specimens of the male, a female, and a number of larve.
The males exhibit a very interesting series of progressive
development, varying in size from 34-47 millim., while the
pronotum is scarcely more developed in the smaller specimens
than in the female, while in the largest it is provided with
very large horns, incurved and pointed at the tips. The
larvee agree with Penang specimens in having the red spots
much larger than in typical P. javanica, and those of the

412 Mr. W. F. Kirby—WNotes on Blattide.

metanotum almost united. There are probably several
Species united under the name of P. javanica in various col-
lections ; but we require longer series, showing the various
forms of the species from each locality, before this can be
done satisfactorily.

Panesthia ethiopis, Stoll.
Blatta ethiopis, Stoll, Blatt. pl. 1 v. fig. 3 (1818).

Hab. Philippines.

This is amuch larger and darker insect than the common
P. javanica, Serv., with which it is usually considered to be
synonymous,

Panesthia ruficeps, sp. n.

Size, shape, and general appearance of P. javanica, Serv. ;
front femora likewise trispinose, and the punctuation very
similar. Differs as follows:—Dark brownish red, instead of
black mixed with red; the centre of the pronotum, the
terminal plate of the abdomen above and below, and the
labium shading into blackish. Head otherwise light red
(black im typical P. javanica), smooth and shining, clypeus
below transversely striated. Tegmina rather lighter chestnut
than in P. javanica. Pronotum in front with a distinct
central carina in the male, but scarcely more excavated in
front in the male than in the female.

Larva with more or less distinct oblique red marks on the
meso- and metanotum, often curving round behind into a
continuous band, and frequently with additional red marks
on the sides.

Hab. Christmas Island.

The difference in the larvz, is quite sufficient to establish
the claims of this insect to be regarded as a distinct species,

Panesthia Tepper?, n. n.
|| Panesthia transversa, Tepp. (nec Burm.), Tr. R. Soc. S. Austral. xvii.
p. 125 (1893).

flab. Port Darwin, Northern Territory of South Australia.

Differs, according to the description, from the other yellow-
banded species of Panesthia in the band on the tegmina
being interrupted.

Panesthia morosa, sp. n.

Long. corp. 26-28 millim. ; exp. tegm, 48-53 millim.
Head and body black, a dot within each antenna, the

Mr. W. F. Kirby—Notes on Blattidee. 413

lower mouth-parts, the apical third of the antenne, a spot
on each side of the base of the abdomen, and the pulvilli
yellowish or tawny. Front femora unarmed. Pronotum
slightly concave on the front edge in the male. The front
part is separated as usual by a curved depression from the
raised hinder part, which is slightly bituberculate in the
male. Abdomen covered with large depressed punctures ;
terminal plate with the hinder edge very slightly waved in
the male, and scarcely at all in the female. ‘Tegmina shining
purplish brown, with the anal nervure narrowly yellow.
Beyond the costal convexity is a paler space, crossed by
oblique dark nervures. Wings smoky hyaline, with the
costa and apex purplish brown.

Hab. Animalli Hills, 8. India.

Allied to P. plagiata, Walk. (inerm/s, Brunn.), from
Ceylon ; but that species has a yellow band oa the tegmina,
The too brief description of P. antennata, Brunn., from
Burma, might apply to this insect; but the former has
spines on the frout femora.

Panesthia hilaris, sp n.

Long. corp. 82 millim.; exp. tegm. 62 millim.

Female.—Head smooth, black, face with a few fine punc-
tures, eyes, ocelli, and antennal pits yellow, lower mouth-
parts reddish, antennee black, with a ring formed of two
yellow joints at three fourths of their length; thorax above
dark chestnut-brown, shading into blackish in front, except
at the sides; metathorax light reddish; abdomen mostly
black; under surface and legs mostly reddish chestnut.
Prothorax with a rounded concavity on the frontal margin,
leaving the vertex visible; front of prothorax sparingly
punctured, with three shallow carinew, the middle one very
fine, converging behind, where a shallow lyrate depression,
sparingly punctured, separates the front of the pronotum
from the slightly raised and more thickly punctured hinder
part. Front femora with a terminal spine beneath, and a
preceding one on the left femur; pulvilli yellow. Abdomen
with large depressed punctures; the terminal plate with
larger and fewer punctures, the margin somewhat flattened,
the extremity rounded. ‘legmina yellowish hyaline, the
basal third and a spot on the middle of the costa of the right
tegmen, corresponding to a stripe on the left tegmen not
reaching the inner margin; wings yellowish hyaline, darker
towards the base, and lurid towards the costa.

Hab. Sandakan (Creagh).

414 Mr. W. F. Kirby—Notes on Blattidee.

Allied to P. necrophoroides, Walk., mandarinea, Sauss.,
&e., but differs from them in the colour of the antenne and
in the rounded terminal plate.

Panesthia perfecta, n. n.
Panesthia australis, Sauss. (nec Brunn.), Rey. Suisse Zool. iii. p. 323.
n. 30 (1895).
Hab. New South Wales.
Differs from P. australis in the fully developed wings.

Genus MYLACRINA, nov.

Female.—Front of pronotum bordered by a raised rounded
ridge, deeply and triangularly excavated in the middle; the
surface rugose, the sides thickly punctured ; two broad con-
verging ridges running towards the raised hinder portion,
which is furnished with a large tubercle on each side in front,
and two in the middle; halfway between the front and
hinder tubercles is a shallow depression. Upper surface of
body sparingly punctured, except on the sides; but the
sixth segment of the abdomen with large and numerous
punctures ; the seventh coarsely, and the terminal plate
more finely, rugose. Fifth and sixth segments of the abdo-
men with distinct, though small, projecting lateral angles,
that on the seventh larger, and slightly oblique, seventh
segment twice slightly indented ; terminal plate with nume-
rous short blunt teeth. Tegmina lateral, subtriangular,
rounded at the extremity, not much longer than the pro-
notum, and with large and numerous punctures. Wings not
visible. Front femora with a strong curved spine at the
extremity of the inner carina, Cerci short, rounded, set
with fine reddish hair.

Differs from typical Dicellonotus, Macropanesthia, &e. in
the presence of short tegmina, in the lateral projections on
segments 5 and 6, &e.

Mylacrina Wray, sp. n.

Long. corp. 38 millim. ; lat. 17 millim.

Female.—Black ; antenne, knees, and tarsi dark ferru-
ginous, scape of antenns, mouth-parts, and pulvilli lighter
reddish, upper part of head black, smooth and shining, with
a few very fine punctures,

Fab, Perak (Wray).

Mr. W. F. Kirby—Notes on Blattide. 415

Genus HETEROPLANA, nov.

Differs from Macropanesthia, Saussure, in the presence of
rudimentary tegmina and wings. Body broad; pronotum
excavated in front, the excavation thickly and finely punc-
tured, the front of the raised crest behind it with two
tubercles near the middle. Body mostly smooth, but the
abdomen with the sixth and seventh segments thickly
covered with large depressed punctures, both above and
below; seventh segment with a large securiform tooth, slightly
poiuting backwards, on each side at the extremity; terminal
plate very closely and finely punctured above, and with large
depressed punctures below ; at the base on each side are two
large teeth, the first raised; beyond these the extremity is
strongly and regularly dentated. Front femora unarmed,

Heteroplana Thomsont.

Long. corp. ¢ 28-35, 2 25-26 millim.; lat. corp. ¢
17-18, 2? 15 millim.; long. tegm. 8 millim., cum alis
11 millim.

Dark reddish brown, the antennae, lower mouth-parts,
and legs much redder; eyes honey-yellow ; tegmina lateral,
extending just beyond the extremity of the metanotum,
uniformly broad for three fourths of their length, and then
contracting rather suddenly; wings narrow, extending to
beyond the first abdominal segment, and then curved up
suddenly to an obtuse point, as are also the tegmina; the
first tooth in the terminal segment of the abdomen upcurved,
and clothed with short reddish hair.

Described from seven specimens (three males, four females)
brought by Mr. Basil Thomson from the island of Aignan in
the Louisiade Archipelago.

The insect has considerable resemblance to the figure of
Maecropanesthia Milleri, Sauss., but the rudimentary wings of
the male, and the difference in the shape of the appendages
and crenulation of the last two abdominal segments, sutfi-
ciently indicate it as distinct.

FORFICULIDA.

Additional nete on Labidura bidens, Oliv.
(antea, p. 66. n. 16).

All the observations under this name apply to LZ. ery-
throcephala, Fabr. The true L. b¢dens is described a3
having a black head, and is not yet represented in the
Museum.

416 Dr. W. T. Calman on Maerurous Crustacea

LVill.—On Macrurous Crustacea obtained by Mr. George
Murray during the Cruise of the ‘Oceana’ in 1898*. By
W. T. Catman, D.Sc., University College, Dundee.

Tue Macrurous Crustacea sent to me for examination by
Mr. George Murray, F.R.S., are all of small size and all,
with one possible exception, immature. Only one could be
referred with any confidence to a species already described ;
but I have not thought it necessary to give more than brief
descriptions of the solitary specimens of the other species. In
addition, there will be found below some remarks on the
characters and synonymy of the genus Amalopeneus and on
the order of development of the gills in Pasiphea. <A speci-
men of Sergestes which proves to belong to a new species
will be separately reported on by Dr. H. J. Hansen of
Copenhagen.

Family Penzidea.

Amalopeneus elegans, S. I, Smith.

Amalopeneus elegans, 8. I. Smith, Rep. Crust. ‘Blake,’ Bull. Mus.
Comp. Zool. Harvard, x. pp. 87-91, pl. xiv. figs. 8-14, pl. xv. figs. 1-5
(1882); Hansen, ‘ Malacostraca marina Grcenlandie occidentalis,”
Vidensk. Meddel. fra den naturh. Foren. i Kjébenhavn, 1887, p. 52;
Ortmann, Decapoden u. Schizopoden d. Plankton-Expedition,
pp. 27-28 (1898).

Locality. Lat. 52° 18’ N., long. 15° 53/9” W. Netno.5h.

1410 fath.+ 21/11/98. One specimen.

The specimen recorded under this name is an immature
male about 20 millim. in length, 7. e. about two thirds of
the length of the smallest specimen recorded by Smith, with
whose excellent description and figures, however, it agrees
minutely, except in the one detail, to which Hansen has
already called attention, that the upper edge of the rostrum
is microscopically serrate. The genital appendages of the
first pair of pleopods (‘‘ petasma”) are of small size and
imperfectly developed, but the various lobes and processes
indicated by Smith can all be identified. When first
received the specimen (preserved in formalin) retained to a
considerable extent the striking coloration referred to by
Smith, the anterior appendages, and especially the maxillipeds,
being more or less suffused with bright purple, while the
marginal sete of these limbs were of a brilliant scarlet.

* See Journ. Geograph. Soc. vol. xiii. no. 2, Feb. 1899.

+ The method of capture was that of open tow-nets in series ; the depth
given in relation to each net refers to the computed position of the net.

obtained during the Cruise of the ‘ Oceana,’ 417

By recent writers the genus Amalopeneus of Smith has
generally been regarded as synonymous with the earlier
Gennadas of Spence Bate *, and it has been suggested + that
of the two imperfectly described species referred to the last-
named genus by Spence Bate, G. parvus, and possibly also
G. intermedius, may be specifically identical with A. elegans.
Both Ortmann and Faxon {, however, call attention to the
important difference in the branchial formule assigned to
these two genera. Amalopeneus was stated by Smith to
possess only one podobranch, attached to the second maxil-
liped, in contradistinction to the closely allied Benthesicymus,
where five podobranchs are present ; for Gennadas, on the
other hand, Spence Bate gives a formula agreeing in this
respect with that of Benthesicymus. Ortmann, in recording
A. elegans from the Plankton Expedition, states that his
specimens agreed with those of Smith in this as in all other
respects, and suggests that some error has crept into Spence
Bate’s formula for Gennadas. This solution of the difficulty
might well have been accepted were it not that Alcock §,
referrmg to G. parvus specimens from Indian seas, states
that the genus, and by implication this species, does not
differ from Benthesicymus in the number of its gills.

On account of the small size of the present specimen, the
determination of its complete branchial formula is a matter
of some difficulty; but it can be seen without doubt that
it is devoid of podobranchs on the perzopods, and that
in so far it agrees with A. elegans and differs from G. parvus.
IT am unable to point out any other characters of importance
whereby it may be distinguished from the last-named species.
Spence Bate’s figure of the third maxilliped of G. parvus
shows the ischial and meral joints subequal in length, while
in our specimen, as in Smith’s figure, the ischinm is nearly
twice as long as the merus ; the eye-stalk is not more than
one fifth of the length of the carapace (in Spence Bate’s
figure the proportion is about one third) and is proportion-
ately slender, while the whole body is less robust than in the
figure. None of these differences, apart from the branchial
formula, are sufficient to decide the question of the specific
distinctness of the two forms. ;

* Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) viii. p. 191 (1881), and Rep. Crustacea

Macrura ‘Challenger,’ p. 359 (1888).
+ Wood-Mason and Alcock, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) vi. p. 189

(1891), and Ortmann, J. ¢.
“Stalk-eyed Crust. ‘ Albatross,’ ’’ Mem, Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard,

xviii. p. 208 (1895).
§ Cat. Indian Deep-Sea Macrura and Anomala, p. 45 (1901),

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xi. 30

418 Dr. W. T. Calman on Macrurous Crustacea

The evidence given below as to the late appearance of
certain gills in Pasiphea might, perhaps, suggest that the
apparent absence of podobranchs in our specimen was merely
a character of immaturity, were it not that Smith’s much
larger specimens, with which it agrees in this respect, appear
to have been quite mature. All that can be said at present
is that our specimen confirms the original account of the
gill-formula of Amalopeneus and leaves undecided the
question of its identity with Gennadas.

Distribution. A. elegans is recorded by Smith from various
localities off the east coast of the United States at depths of
372-1632 fathoms ; by Hansen from West Greenland (from
stomach of a fish) ; and by Ortmann from the Sargasso Sea,
1300-1500 m. (closing tow-net), and south of the Cape- Verde
Islands, 0-400 m. (vertical net). G. parvus was obtained by
the ‘Challenger’ at numerous stations in the Atlantic and
Pacific Oceans at depths of from 345-3050 fathoms, and is
recorded by Alcock from the Bay of Bengal and the Arabian
Sea at 738-1043 fathoms. G. intermedius was found by the
‘Challenger ’ at the surface and at a depth of 1850 fathoms
in the Atlantic.

Family Pasiphzide.

Pasiphea sp.

Locality. Lat. 52° 276 N., long. 15° 40’ W. Netno. 4h.
1670 fath. 20/11/98. One specimen.

The total length of the specimen is about 17 millim., of
which the carapace occupies rather more than one third.
The body is only shghtly compressed. The rostrum has the
form of a forwardly directed, compressed, triangular tooth
extending to the middle of the length of the eye-stalks ; it is
continued backwards by a ridge on the dorsal surface of the
carapace, rising slightly to form a low, obtusely triangular
prominence at about one third of the length of the carapace
from the front, and becoming obsolete posteriorly. The
sides of the carapace present several obscurely marked ridges
and impressed lines, a horizontal ridge running backwards
along the branchial region being the most conspicuous. The
sixth abdominal somite is about twice as long as the fifth.
The telson is transversely truncated at the tip and is shorter
than the exopod and subequal to the endopod of the uropods.
The eyes are small, not wider than their stalks, the corneal
surface obliquely placed, faintly pigmented, and with a blunt
tubercle above on the inner side. The mandibles have no
palp. The other mouth-parts agree closely with those of

obtained during the Cruise of the ‘ Oceana.’ 419

Pasiphea. The chelipeds of the first pair are shorter than
the second, the merus has a few setz on its lower edge, and
the palm is but little longer than the fingers. The second
pair have the merus armed with five spines on its lower edge
and the chela is more slender and longer by one half than
that of the first pair. The fourth pair of legs are a little
less and the fifth pair a little more than one half the length
of the third pair.

The gills comprise five pleurobranchs corresponding to
the five legs, a minute papilliform epipod on the third
maxilliped, and four simple processes representing arthro-
branchs attached to the third maxilliped and the first three
legs, the most posterior being exceedingly minute. It is
very probable that this rudimentary condition of the arthro-
branchs is an indication of immaturity, for I find that in
specimens of P. sivado of 20 millim. in length (7. e., not more
than one third of the adult size) the three arthrobranchs,
which in the adult are well-developed gills *, are represented
by simple papilla, while of the fifth pleurobranch, rudimen-
tary in the adult, no trace can be detected. Although these
specimens of P. sivado have assumed in most other respects
the characters of the adult, there is no certainty that such is
the case with the specimen now under consideration. All
that can be said with regard to the latter is that while the
absence of a mandibular palp and the characters of the other
mouth-parts refer it to the genus Pasiphea, as limited by
recent writers, the deep rostral tooth, the truncate telson,
and the relative sizes of the chelipeds seem to differentiate
it from all the species at present included in the genus.

Family Acanthephyride (?).

Locality. Lat. 52° 18/1 N., long. 15° 53"9W. Netno. 5e.
1070 fath. 21/11/98. One specimen.

The single specimen, about 13 millim. in length, bears a
general resemblance to the group of larval forms for which
Spence Bate founded his genus Caricyphus, and in particular
to his C. gibberosus +, with which it agrees especially in the
broad laminar tooth with downwardly directed apex on the
third abdominal somite. It differs in the stouter form of
the body and in the relatively shorter carapace, which is only
about one fourth of the total length. The rostrum is
slender, slightly longer than the eyes, having seven teeth

* See the figure by Claus, “ Neue Beitr. z. Morph. der Crust.,” Arb,
Zool. Inst. Wien, vi. 1886, pl. iv. fig. 36. 1
+ ‘Challenger’ Report, Macrura, p. 716, pl. cxxi. fig. 4.

308

420 Mr. R. T. Giinther on

above and one below. The number of gills could not be
definitely ascertained, but there are five well-developed
pleurobranchs and a single series of rudimentary arthro-
branchs, as well as a series of epipods ceasing apparently on
the third last leg. All the thoracic legs bear exopods, and
the first two pairs are chelate.

Spence Bate’s family Carycyphide*, being founded
entirely on immature forms, cannot be sustained. It seems
not unlikely that some at least of the species are larval
Acanthephyride, and in the present instance the arrange-
ment of the gills lends some support to this view.

Distribution. Various forms referred to the “genus”
Caricyphus were taken by the ‘Challenger’ in the Pacific,
and by the Plankton Expedition in the Atlantic, in all cases
at or near the surface.

Family Paguride.

Locality. Lat. 52° 4/5 N., long. 11°20'1 W. Net no. 16.
20 fath. 19/11/98. One specimen.

This specimen is a zoéa-larva at a stage in which none of
the abdominal appendages are yet dev eloped, although the
telson bears seven pairs of spines instead of six as in the
first stage of the Pagurid zoéa. It differs from the zoéa of
Eupagurus bernhardus as described by Sars + in the shorter
rostral spe and in the broader telson, the posterior margin
of which is straight, not incised in the middle as in the
earlier stages of that species, nor convex as in Anapagurus
chiroacanthus.

LIX.—Report on the Celenterata from the intermediate waters
of the N. Atlantic, obtained by Mr. George Murray during
the Cruise of the ‘ Oceana’ in 1898. By R. T. Gtnruer,
M.A., Fellow of Magdalen College, Oxford.

[Plates IX. & X.]

ALTHOUGH a great deal of care was bestowed upon the

collection and preservation of the material presently to be

described, it was not easy to refer some of the individual

specimens to their proper place in the system. Many of
* Op. cit. p. 927, Appendix B.

+ “ Bidr. til Kundskaben om Decapodernes Forvandlinger,” Arch, f.
Math. og Naturvid. xii. p. 146, pl. ii. (1890).

Coelenterata from the North Atlantic. 421

the more delicate Hydrozoa lacked organs which must
necessarily be examined before an unhesitating opinion
with regard to their position in a classification can be
formed. Their incompleteness was partly due to damage,
almost inevitable when such flimsy creatures are removed
from the depths of the Atlantic to an Oxford laboratory,
and partly to their having been taken in November, at a
season when senile decay has robbed them of organs charac-
teristic of the prime of life earlier in the year.

Nevertheless, Mr. Murray’s collection of the Hydrozoan
fauna of the intermediate depths of the North Atlantic is
quite sufficient to indicate some important and interesting
facts of distribution.

The material was collected on the 19th, 20th, 21st, and
22nd of November, 1898, in various depths from 1770 fathoms
to the surface, at about lat. 52° 20’ N., long. 11° W. to 15° W.,
about 200 miles west of Valencia. The method of fishing
has already been described by Mr. Murray in the ‘ Geogra-
phical Journal” Open tow-nets were towed in series at
ascertained depths, and it was intended that the organisms
common to the surface-nets and the deep nets should be
subtracted from the total catch of the latter, so as to discount
those organisms captured during the descent and ascent of
the nets.

The method would be an absolutely perfect one if it were
possible to rely upon the plankton of the various depth-zones
being uniformly distributed during the interval of time which
must necessarily elapse between the lowering and the raising
of the series of nets. The obvious defect in the method is
that it might lead to erroneous conclusions if the plankton
be not uniformly distributed in a zone. The occurrence of
particular species in dense swarms is a very well-known
phenomenon, and it is not at all impossible but that open
nets during their descent to the deeper waters might catch
a great number of individuals of such a swarm which
might be altogether missed by the nets following employed
nearer the surface. However, although Mr. Murray’s
method is open to this objection, I think that the final results
will show that it is a very useful and practicable one, and that
even if a certain proportion of the results be discounted
there will remain a balance in favour of Mr. Murray’s
main contention that the deeper intermediate waters of the
ocean are inhabited by living organisms.

_ The details of distribution are set forth in the accom-
panying table. The figures in the fifth column show the
number of individuals of all species captured in the nets

Mr. R. T. Giinther on

422

“pays so syjdap ayr wolf synvy pouoaes oyp fo uoyrsodmoo ay) burmoys ‘ajgny, joouhjouy

423

Celenterata from the North Atlantic.

‘maxopuy ydeoxny 4.

Pa 0) Rad bake
Tee on
1h ml
Geli |Mae

I ok

aire

QI sho oD SH

"pyjunjpb yy ydooxy

ele: sea eke
rite | cael dealt haus
Teleoe

(for eal oe
“19 td || a
oS) pacar fe
Oe | peal ales
aliopelgpeogelec
DAEs medley eal) onli rec
Pas | THLull ote cane theese
ell aie one ces
Toes |e

Tall daar

6 |G tha!
caer alfucte fac

Teel shoal eile se

ie Wege tes
z ‘

at Ske
XS Cape
ep ete
Ci Se Saal
Ge lee | ee
Chim
G Bil Pe
I ite

oat eo lee
oe heated
cate |e as
Si aie

CGA os Gillan
Saline ye
oe
5 ee ler
Paleees lire
sf dg
Ee)

Sele as ley
vr fae lg
: 19
; V
1 | ee a4
ool oe le=s
: lg
er ‘|
Se leas |g
Sem leicien|
Bode Seg

I O19 ¥9
OT | o9¢ eS)
P Org #9
j ia a9
I Gls Pd
iS OST DO

9 00S 9.8
6 OLZT | 7P
GI} OZ9L | YF

M 6-2 oGT ‘Su0y

‘

"N 106 069 “38'T

"M 648 GT ‘Su0T

“N TST 069 “387

424 Mr. R. T. Giinther on

at the depths indicated in the previous column. The figures
in the next give the total number of species captured in the
haul, and the remaining columns show the proportions in
which different species or groups of species occur in each
catch.

It must, of course, be remembered that the distribution of
life indicated in the table may only hold good for the late
season of the year, and it is desirable that other collections
should be made at other seasons and by nets which could
be opened or closed with certainty at any desired depth.

The table shows that the richest hauls were made from
depths below 1000 fathoms. The results of 32 hauls were
submitted to me for examination ; 17 hauls were from above >
1000 fathoms and 15 from below 1000 fathoms. The average
number of Ccelenterate specimens from the deeper hauls was
about 21, whereas about 5 (that is, only a quarter) came
on the average from the hauls of less than ]000 fathoms.
It will, of course, remain an open question whether any
individual specimen was caught at a considerable depth or
quite near the surface; but I think that the figures just given
demonstrate conclusively that the deeper waters, 7. e. below
1000 fathoms, are not less densely populated than the more
superficial waters, and that they teem with Celenterate
life. And when a particular species is repeatedly present
in the deeper hauls but is entirely absent from the more
superficial, it may be assumed to be peculiar to the deep
water.

ANTHOMEDUSA.
Tiaride.

Bythotiara Murray, gen. et sp. n.
(Pl. X. figs. 4 & 5.)

A single specimen of this interesting new form was obtained
in a haul from a depth of 1610 fathoms in lat. 52° 181 N.,
long. 15° 53°9 W. It was nearly globular in shape and
7 millim. in diameter. In general characteristics, and in the
disposition of the gonads upon the manubrium, this Medusa
resembles the Tiarid Anthomedusz ; but whereas the four
radial canals in the latter are said to be, so far as I know
without recorded exception, simple, in the new Medusa they
fork at a short distance from the base of the manubrium ;
so that at first sight it seemed as if this form really belonged
to the Cannotide, but the genital ridges are distinctly inter-
radial in position, having nothing to do with the radial

Coelenterata from the North Atlantic. 425

canals, and are upon the manubrium, as in the Antho-
meduse. At the end of each of the eight canals there is
a tentacle.

I have therefore no hesitation in establishing a new genus
for this Tiarid, which seems to belong to the deep inter-
mediate waters or mesoplankton of the Atlantic Ocean.

ByYTHOTIARA, gen. nov.

Characters. Tiarid with four radial canals, which bifurcate
and open into the circular canal by eight adradial terminal
branches. Four gonads arranged interradially along the
manubrium.

Bythotiara Murrayi, sp. n.

Umbrella nearly as high as broad. Manubrium divided
into two regions; the proximal part receiving the four radial
canals is squarish in cross section, bearing the gonads in
four ridges along the interradial angles. The distal region
is smallest, free from gonads. Mouth surrounded by four
oral lips. Four radial canals bifurcate close to the manu-
brium. Eight long tentacles at the ends of the eight adradial
terminal branches.

I have much pleasure in naming the species after its
discoverer Mr. George Murray.

LEPTOMEDUSZ.
Thaumantide.

Laodice Chapmani, sp.n. (Pl. IX. figs. 1, 2, 3.)

One specimen of this fine form was obtained in lat. 52°
18/"1 N., long. 15° 53"9 W., between 1070 fathoms and the
surface. It measured 17x12 millim. It differs from other
species of Laodice hitherto described in the character and
distribution of the gonads. The reproductive cells are deve-
loped upon four fimbriated processes of the subumbrella
situated upon the course of the four radial canals at points
rather nearer the manubrium than the umbrella margin in
the proportion of 5:8. In L. Chapmani the gonads (fig. 2
are far more restricted to one point than in L. cruciata,
L. calcarata, or even in L. ulothrizx, in all of which Atlantic
species they extend either to the mauubrium or to the umbral
margin.

Tentacles 32 in number. Over the junctions of the radial
with the circular canal are four ocelli, each of which seems

426 Mr. R. T. Giinther on

to be provided with a central, clear, refringent, lenticular
body surrounded. by deeply pigmented cells (fig. 3).

The species is named after my former tutor, Mr. Edward
Chapman, M.P., who, as Science Tutor and Fellow of
Magdalen College, has done so much _ to promote the
interests of natural science in Oxford.

iquoride.
Halopsis ocellata, Agassiz (?).

Two Aiquorid Medusie were taken from between 1470 and
1275 fathoms and the surface. They were without gonads,
but possessed a short manubrium, a well-developed velum, a
very muscular subumbrella, 8 radial canals, and about 60
and 42 tentacles respectively. The diameter of each was
6 millim. Owing to the imperfect preservation of the
specimens, it is difficult to refer them to their proper position
with any degree of certainty, although they would seem, if
mature individuals, to belong to the genus Octocanna.

I am rather inclined, however, to consider them as
immature forms of Halopsis, since they bear a considerable
resemblance to the young of Halopsis ocellata as described
by Agassiz (‘ North-American Acalephe,’ fig. 148).

NARCOMEDUS#,
Solmaride.
Solmaris sp. (?).

Up to the present time this genus has been regarded as
belonging to the southern rather than to the northern fauna ;
it is therefore a matter of considerable interest to find that
the isolated case of a young Solmaris with 15 tentacles,
recorded by Browne from Plymouth, has now been fol-
lowed by others from 52° N. lat. from deep water. The
‘Oceana’ specimens were all taken in hauls from between
1300 and 1610 fathoms. The number of tentacles varied ;
six individuals having 28, 32, 32, 39, 40, and 43 tentacles
respectively.

Cunanthide.

A Cunanthid (?) 11 millim. in diameter, with 12 tentacles
and large tentacle-roots, was taken between 1670 fathoms
and the surface.

Coelenterata from the Nerth Atlantic. 427

TRACHOMEDUSA.
Geryonide.
Liriope sp. (?).

A single young specimen of almost spherical shape,
5 millim. in diameter, with four tentacles about 3 millim.
long, was taken in a haul from a depth of 1275 fathoms on
the 20th of November.

Aglauride.

Aglantha rosea, Forbes. (PI. X. figs. 6-8.)

By far the most abundant Medusa captured by the
‘Oceana’ was an Aglantha. It was found in hauis from
almost all depths, occurring in the greatest numbers in
catches made below 1000 fathoms ; but in hauls from between
1600 and 1700 fathoms it becomes less frequent. The
interior of the bell was often full of Copepoda.

There is some difficulty im identifying the species on
account of the absence of manubrium, tentacles, sense-organs,
and gonads. On the other hand, the eight radial canals,
the thimble-shaped muscular umbrella, and the highly charac-
teristic cone-shaped summit (“Scheitel aufsatz”’) suggest that
this Medusa is Aglantha rosea.

Browne found fully developed A. rosea in April and May
in Valencia Harbour. Maas describes A. digitalis from the
Plankton Expedition material collected in July in the North
Atlantic in the latitude of the Orkneys and Shetlands. It
seems possible that fully developed Aglantha may live near
the surface during the summer months, but may sink into
deeper waters with the advancing season, and may then lose
their manubria, tentacles, and other organs.

A typical ‘Oceana’ specimen is shown in fig. 6. Fig. 8
represents the margin of the umbrella (u.), from which the
velum (v.) has become detached, tearing away with it a
number of notch-like depressions (¢e.), which afford us some
indication of the number (about 80) of tentacles. The tear
has occurred along the line of the circular canal.

The exumbrella is produced into a characteristic cone-
shaped summit, which is a highly variable structure. The
Aglantha shown in tig. 6 may be regarded as of the normal
shape; but in many individuals the cone-shaped summit has
dwindled to the condition depicted in fig. 7. In no case,
however, did an ‘ Oceana’ specimen exhibit the other extreme
variation described by Maas in A. digitalis, in which the
summit was larger than the rest of the bell.

428 Mr. R. T. Giinther on

Jelly-masses.

In hauls from 1670 and 1770 fathoms were lenticular
masses of jelly 20 and 13 millim. in diameter respectively,
which seemed to have been parts of the umbrella of some
Medusa which had died, perhaps, in a higher stratum of
water. I have thought their occurrence worthy of notice,
because a problem to which future investigators should turn
their attention is that of the degree of permanence of the
jelly, which forms the bulk of many pelagic organisms,
after death and in the middle depths of the ocean. It would
be interesting, for example, to learn the extent to which
such jeily-masses are the food of organisms livmg in the
greater ocean depths. .

SIPHONOPHORA.
CaLYcoPHOR#.
Monophyidz.
Spheronectes gracilis, Heckel.

Specimens of about 8 millim. in diameter were taken in
hauls from depths of 510, 810, 1510, 1670, and 1770 fathoms.

Doramasia picta, Chun.

To this species belong three individuals in a haul from
1570 fathoms and three taken in the three hauls from 1170,
1190, and 1300 fathoms.

Diphyide.

Diphyes bipartita, Costa.
Eudoxia campanula, Leuckart.

A number of Eudovie were present in hauls from below
810 fathoms and down to 1610 fathoms.

It seems that they are to be identified with the Eudozia
campanula, Leuck., which was caught in such large numbers
in the North Atlantic during the Plankton Expedition. It
has already been shown that this species is often present in
large numbers in the deeper waters of the Mediterranean
and in the North Atlantic. Their relative abundance is
indicated by the following catches made by the ‘Oceana?’ :—

Between 810 fathoms and the surface, 6 individuals.

920s, » Bye 35
950 3 2» 2 ”»
1070 ? oy) 4 »?

oP
2)

Celenterata from the North Atlantic. 429

Between 1190 fathoms and the surface, 5 individuals.

3) 1300 3+) 3) 3 >
ato 3 ” 4, »
os IAZO 4 ¥ 3 e
a 1610 3 ii 11 ”

Praya sp.?
Tsolated bracts in hauls from between 375, 1510, and
? 1170 fathoms and the surface.

Diphyopsis sp.?
Specimens referable to this genus were taken in hauls
from the very varying depths indicated in the table of
distribution.

Polyphyidz.

Vogtia pentacantha, var. levigatus, nobis.

Isolated nectophores occur in the hauls from 620, 1275,
and 1470 fathoms. In shape they resemble the nectophores
of Vogtia pentacantha, Koll., but their margin is smooth,
instead of being surrounded with spinous processes.

Hippopodius sp. ?

A damaged Hippopodius was found in the tube containing
organisms taken between a depth of 1570 fathoms and the
surface. The fragments must have belonged to a large
species which might have been some 6 inches in length.

CTENOPHORA.
Beroide.

Beroe ovata, Esch.

A single specimen measuring 17 millim. long and 9 millim.
in diameter was taken between 1510 fathoms and the surface,

List of Authors referred to.

Acassiz, A.— North-American Acalephe.’ 1865.

Brownz, E. T.—“ On British Medusze.” Proc. Zool. Soc. 1897.

Cuun, C.— Die Siphonophoren der Plankton-Expedition.’ 1897,

HaickEL, K.—‘ Das System der Medusen’” J ena, 1879.

——. “Report on the Siphonophore collected by H.M.S, ‘Chal-
lenger.” 1888,

430 Bibliographical Notices.

Maas, O.— Die Craspedoten Medusen.” Ergebnisse der Plankton-
Expedition. 1893.

Murray, G.—* Exploration of the Intermediate Depths of the Ocean.”
Geogr. Journal, xiii. pp. 147-154. 1899.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES IX. & X.

Fig. 1. Laodice Chapmani, sp. n.

Fig. 2. Ditto. Genital organ upon one of the radial canals (7.c.).

Fig. 3. Ditto. An ocellus seen from the side near the root of a radial
tentacle (¢e.).

Fig. 4. Bythotiara Murrayi, gen, et sp. n.

Fig. 5. Ditto. Diagram showing the bifurcation of the radial canals (7.c.)

and their relation to the base of the manubrium and its genital
ridges (9.).

Fig. 6. Ag glantha rosea, with normally developed conical process upon
the exumbrella,

Fig. 7. Ditto. Exumbrella with shrunken conical process,

Fig. 8. Ditto. Portion of umbrella margin near the termination of one
of the radial canals (r.c.). The velum (v.) has partially sepa-
rated from the umbrella along the line of the circular canal,
and the zone of tentacular depressions (te.) has separated with it.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES.

Zoological Wall-plates. By Prof. Dr. Paun PrurrscHEeLier.
Pichlers, Witwe, and Son: Vienna and Leipsic. 1902.

Jupeiné by the sample plates which have been sent us, the zooto-
mic:] wall-diagrams of Prof. Pfurtscheller should find many
purchasers in this country. They are obviously the outcome of a
practical experience in the teaching of elementary zoological
anatomy, and in small class-rooms would prove admirable adjuncts.

Geological Survey of Canada. Contributions to Canadian Paleon-
tology. —Vol. VIL. Part 2. On Vertebrata of the Mid-Cretaceous
of the North-west Territory. By H. F. Osporn and L. W. Lamse.
Ato. 84 pages; with frontispiece, 20 plates, and 24 blocks of
text-figures. Ottawa, 1902.

I. Distinctive Characters of the Mid-Cretaceous Fauna.
By Harry Farrrirerp Osporn.

Tue determination by the Canadian Survey of a Mid-Cretaceous
and freshwater fauna, including fishes, batrachians, reptiles, and
mammals, is a forward step of great importance in vertebrate
paleontology. The Belly-River formation has been determined
geologically to be Mid-Cretaceous, lying lower in the series than the
Montana(?] and the Fort Pierre and Fox Hills groups, and lying
above the Fort Benton and Dakota. The Belly-River vertebrate

Bibliographical Notices. 431

fossils are apparently comparable with those from the Judith-River
beds proper in Montana. The Judith-River beds of the Laramie
group le above the Fort Pierre and Fox Hills beds; but the Belly-
River vertebrates, judging by the stages of vertebrate evolution,
have older characters—that is, they present more primitive features
than are found in those of the Laramie and the Fort-Benton groups.

Mr. Osborn’s provisional correlation of the formations (at page 9) is
as under :—

Freshwater. ee ° | Fort Union.

y : ( Triceratops, Torosaurus
Brackish and | Laramie and nade "
Edmonton. 3 5 Dryptosaurus, Orni-
freshwater. Judith River. thomimus.
Pierre and | Fox Hills.
Fox-Hills group. J Fort Pierre.
( Stereocephalus, Mono-
: - _ | clonius, Ceratops
Fe ann } Baty River, {Manes ier | hachon, Deine
rackis ; Darrin’ don Ornithomimus,
| Compsomys, Ptilodon.

Sandy clays and } 910 feet. Sage.
sandstones.
Fort Benton. Fort Benton.
Dakota.

It has yet to be determined whether or not all the fossils recorded
as from the Judith-River beds are from Montana or from the
Laramie group.

The geological succession of the groups according to the Geolo-
gical Survey appears to be as follows :—

f Paskapoo (Hocene Tertiary).

| Edmonton (Upper Cretaceous).
Fort Pierre and Fox Hills.

Belly River,

Niobara and Fort Benton.

Dakota (with an Upper Cretaceous flora),

Laramie

“‘The conclusion is that the Belly-River fauna is more ancient
in character, both as to the older types of animals which it con-
tains and as to the stages of evolution [shown] among animals
which are also represented in the Laramie. The geological interval
represented by the Fort-Pierre and Fox-Hills marine beds was
accompanied by the extinction of certain Jurassic types and pro-
gressive evolution of persistent types. Finally, the fossil vertebrates,
hitherto described from Montana, probably are, in part at least, of
Mid-Cretaceous or Beliy-River age” (page 21).

Details of the fossils are given at pp. 16-21 and tables of rela-
tionship and distribution at pp. 10-15.

432 Bibliographical Notices.

II. Mew Genera and Species from the Belly-River Series
(Mid-Cretaceous). By Lawrence M. Lames.

The history of geological research by the Canadian Surveyors in
the Belly-River district is explained at pp. 25-28, and then, at
pp. 28-81, detailed descriptions are given of five fishes, one batra-
chian, twenty-six reptiles, and three mammals—altogether thirty-
four, of which eleven are new. There are two short comparative
tables of generic features of Monoclonius and Polyonaaw at p. 68
and specific of Trachyodon and Pteropelyx at p. 77.

The Evolution of the Northern Part of the Lowlands of South-castern
Missouri. By C. F. Marsor, Professor of Geology. Pp. vii & 63;
7 plates of views and maps. 8vo. Published by the University
of Missouri. 1902.

THis memoir belongs to vol. i. of ‘The University of Missouri
Studies.’ It is very properly directed to the description and
explanation of a portion of the State itself. This south-eastern
part abuts on the western bank of the Mississippi below its
junction with the Missouri River and above that with the Ohio.
The northern part of the area is occupied by belts of low lands and
ridges of no great height ; it is limited on the west by the Ozark
limestone-range. The relative levels and breadths are very carefully
recorded, and their surface-characters are indicated by a few photo-
graphs in plates 1. and ii.; and pl. iii. gives an admirable view of a
crowded, melancholy, water-logged cypress-swamp. ‘To show how
the natural drainage of the country is traceable through its many
changes, by the silting and banking-up of the rivers and the changes
of their channels, is the object of the author, who, with his friends,
has taken great pains to show that the Mississippi is now occupying
its third successive channel, having been modified more than once
by its junction with the Ohio River. Necessarily the relative hard-
ness and softness of the strata composing the district have been
important factors in this history, and so also has been from time to
time the influx of water at the close of glacial periods. The
Trenton Limestone (Lower Silurian) is at the base, constituting also
the flanking Ozark territory, and seen in the bed of the Mississippi
(pl. ii.). After the period of this being uplifted and eroded, Tertiary
strata, as clay (Idalia), sands (Benton),and gravels (Princeton), came
to be deposited there ; and after a while the valley-deposits, namely,
the Lafayette sands and gravels, the Loess, and the Terrace loam.
The local distribution of all of these is shown by the map pl. vii.

~
* “)S ioe r .

"Ann. be.Mag Nat. Hist.§.7Vob.XD. Pl IK.

af og eS ae 7 : ‘ ay
is, é us AT ta ae ae. Ss /
“LAODICE CHAPMAN. Ber 5
en Tor ee “lg! : Ve oy

| Arav.& Moog. Nat. Hist. §.7 Vol.XI. PLX.

- 4,5. BYTHOTIARA MURRAVI.
-67,8. AGLANTHA ROSEA.

a
2

| re 7 Dy 7

*. ve) P ee
; ¥ \ . : Nn)
ie ; ms
y ~ ‘
— —_—. a Seer 72 7 ;

THE ANNALS

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.
[SEVENTH SERIES.]

No. 65. MAY 1903.

LX.—Fifteen new Species and Two new Genera of Tropical
and Southern Opiliones. By R. I. Pocock.

[Plates XI. & XII.]

Family Phalangiida.

Genus PRIONOSTEMMA, noy. nom.

(For Prionomma, Loman, 1902, preoce. by White in 1835 for a
Longicorn beetle.)

Prionostemma insculptum, sp. n.

g.—Colour. Dorsal surface yellowish or blackish brown,
sometimes the black, sometimes the yellow predominating, no
median band; ventral surface marbled black and brown;
femora of legs mostly blackish ; palpi blackish, paler distally.

Dorsal surface densely sculptured with close-set pits,
separated by a close reticulation of ridges. Ocular tubercle
high and vertical in front, higher here than it is wide;
mesially grooved above and on each side of the groove beset
with numerous irregularly arranged small tubercles. The
dorsal scute without trace of segmentation,

Palpi studded with small tubercles and short hairs; patella
a little shorter than tibia, its process short, conical, about one

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xi. 31

434 Mr. R. I. Pocock on

sixth the length of the segment ; tarsus about twice as long
as tibia.

Legs with femora finely spicular; cox granular, with
marginal tridenticulate, columnar tubercles. Genital plate
granular.

Abdominal sterna sparsely granular.

Total length about 3 millim.; femur of first leg 5, of
second 8 (entire appendage about 34), of third 4°5, of fourth 7.

Loc. Venezuela: Merida.

Specimens from the same locality which I regard as the
females of the above-described males are larger, reaching
5:5 millim. in length, and have a pale median, sometimes
+-shaped dorsal band, and the legs more annulate.

Prionostemma sciniillans, sp. 0.

9 .—Colour. Trunk a tolerably uniform blackish or dark
brown, with a metallic golden marginal patch on each side of
the fore part of the carapace, a similar one on the outer side
of the distal portion of the coxa of the fourth leg, and two on
the second free tergite of the abdomen; ventral surface,
mandibles, palpi, and legs yellowish, with the exception of the
trochanter and extreme base of femur, which are blackish.

Structurally closely allied to the preceding species; the
dorsal surface similarly sculptured; but the ocular tubercle,
which is rather lower, is nearly smooth above and furnished
only with a small and inconstant number of irregularly
disposed denticles, a single anterior pair being the only ones
of invariable occurrence.

Length 4°5 millim.

g.—Resembling female in colour and other characters,
but smaller.

Total length barely 4 millim.; femur of first leg UI, es
second 16 (length of entire appendage about 55), of third 11,
of fourth 13.

Loc. Guatemala: Barrancos, Guatemala city (0. Stoll).

Prionostemma bicolor, sp. n.

3 @.—Very nearly allied to P. scintillans, but differing
in colour; dorsal scute yellowish brown, obscurely mottled,
about the same tint as femora of the legs, the carapace with a
suffusion of gold; mandibles and palpi yellowish brown ;
genital plate and the abdominal sterna much paler yellow ;
cox and trochanters of the legs deep brownish black and
contrasting with the paler dorsal and ventral areas; the mem-
brane between the trochanter and coxa greyish white.

new Tropical and Southern Opiliones. 435

Measurements in millimetres.— 8. Total length 3; femur
of first leg 9, of second 16 (entire appendage about 50), of
third 10, of fourth 13.

Loc. Guatemala: the Barrancos, Guatemala city (O. Stoll).

Prionostemma citrinum, sp. n.

Colour. Dorsal surface pale (almost lemon-) yellow, with the
ocular tubercle black, and a longitudinal black stripe on each
side of the abdominal shield ; palpi, coxe, and sternal surface
also yellow, trochanters black, legs dark blackish brown ;
mandibles yellow proximally, blackish distally; apex of
maxillary process of first leg black.

Dorsal surface closely granular; ocular tubercle as in
P. insculptum; ventral surface and cox much less granular
than in the foregoing species; the coxe without distinct
marginal tubercles.

Paipt much smoother than in the other species; the patellar
process shorter and blunter.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 3°5; femur of
first leg 10, of second 17 (entire appendage about 78), of.
third 9, of fourth 13°5.

Loc. Brazil: Lages.

The species here referred to Prionostemma differ from the
two species described by Loman (Zool. Jahrb. Syst. 1902,
pp- 178-179) in the weakness of the denticulation of the
ocular tubercle and the shortness of the patellar apophysis.
They may be distinguished as follows :—

a, Carapace and dorsal scute with sculpturing of
pits and ridges.
a’. Ocular tubercle nearly smooth, with only
a few granules.
a*, Coxe yellow, that of fourth leg with
golden patch ; dorsal surface dark .... scintillans.
b?, Coxe blackish, no golden patch on
fourth; dorsal surface pale .......... bicolor.
b'. Ocular tubercle with numerous small
Gonieles! «vee. Boe dc hei, 5 tlw as tio Ae aay insculptum.
b. Carapace and dorsal scute with granular sculp-
turing.
a, Ocular tubercle weakly and irregularly den-
ticulate ; patellar apophysis much shorter
than half the length of the segment .... cttrinum.
b°. Ocular tubercle strongly and regularly den-
ticulate ; patellar apophysis equal to half
the length of the segment ............ coronatum & unicolor,
Loman.

olf

436 Mr. R. I. Pocock on

Genus PANTOPSALIS, Sim.
In the Proc. Zool. Soe. 1902, ii. pp. 399-400 (published A pril

1903), I described two new species of this genus, P. albi-
palpis and P. nigripalpis, and suggested that the former was
perhaps based upon the male of P. Listert, White. I also
referred to a specimen, collected by Mr. Jennings at Maun-
gatua, as the female of P. nigripalpis. This specimen,
however, turns out to bea male. Hence the supposition that
the differences between P. Lister? and P. albipalpis are of a
sexual nature proves to be without the foundation that was
claimed for it; and I am compelled to regard the above-
mentioned example from Maungatua as the representative of
a new species. ‘This I have described below, in addition to
two new forms received since the printing of my paper in

ines iano.

Pantopsalis coronata, sp. n.

Colour mostly black, but the last segment of the carapace
and the first tergite of the abdomen ornamented with a bright
transverse orange-red band; second segment with a mesially
interrupted pale band, the rest with a narrow chalky-grey
band; palpi paler than the rest of the appendages, reddish
brown, with the distal half of the tarsus yellow; forceps of
the mandibles also yellowish brown.

Carapace smooth, with at most a few tiny granuliform
spicules ; ocular tubercle also almost entirely smooth, one or
two minute spicules on its posterior portion.

Terga and sterna of abdomen smooth.

Coxe of appendages smooth.

Palpi smooth, studded with short hairs; femur about as
long as patella+tibia; tarsus longer than patella+ tibia by
one third of its length.

First and second segments of mandibles beset with sharp
spiniform tubercles, the tubercles fewer on the inner side; the
basal segment exceeding in length the width of the carapace
and rather longer than the body, subcylindrical ; the second
segment of about the same length, gradually incrassate
distally, about five or six times as long as its distal thickness ;
the digits each armed with one strong tooth and some apical
denticles ; the denticles on the immovable digit borne upon
an eminence.

Femora of legs (? of fourth) sparsely spicular; patelle
apically spicular; tibia of second composed of four subseg-
ments; femur of first a little longer than basal segment of
mandible.

new Tropical and Southern Opiliones. 437

Measurements in millimetres.—T otal length 3:8; width of
carapace 2°5; length of basal segment of mandible 4°5, of
second segment 5; femur of first leg 5:5, of second 9, of
third 5; first leg about 23.

Loc. New Zealand: Timaru in Canterbury (C. H. Tripp).

For the type of this and of the following species of Panto-
psalis from Timaru I am indebted to Mr. F. F. Laidlaw, of
Owens College, Manchester. Both specimens were collected
by Mr. C. H. Tripp, after whom I propose to name the sub-
joined species.

Pantopsalis Trippt, sp. n.

g.—Very nearly related to the foregoing, but without the
orange-red band on the abdomen, the palpi more infuscate,
and the forceps of the mandibles not so noticeably reddish.

Carapace with about half a dozen strongish spicules in
front.

Mandibles much longer than in P. coronata ; first segment
nearly four times as long as the width of the carapace and
longer than the femur of the first leg by at least one third of
its length ; the second segment a little longer, its distal fourth
incrassate.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length (contracted)
about 3; width of carapace 2°5; length of first segment of
mandible 9:5, second segment 10°5; femur of first 6, of
third 5, of fourth 8; length of first leg 25.

Loc. New Zealand: ‘Vimaru in Canterbury (C. H. Tripp).

Pantopsalis Jenningst, sp. n.

Pantopsalis nigripalpis, Poe. P. Z. 8. 1902, i. p. 400, 2.

3g .—Colour. Body blackish, all the appendages a deep
blackish brown, with faint annulations on the legs.

Carapace with its median frontal area studded with sharp
denticles ; ocular tubercle with two rows of minute denticles.

Mandible with its basal segment about twice as long as the
palpus and shorter than the femur of the first leg; second
segment incrassate, about six times as long as wide; both
segments studded with sharp tubercles.

Measurements in millimetres.— W idth of carapace 3; length
of basal segment of mandible 5, of second segment 6; femur
of first leg 7°5, of second 13, of fourth 10.

Loc. New Zealand: Maungatua in Dunedin (J. V. Jen-
mings).

The type of this species was wrongly determined as a
female, and referred to one of the forms of P. nigripalpis.

438 Mr. R. I. Pocock on

It is a male, and differs from the male of P. nigripalpts in
the characters pointed out in the subjoined tables.

Synopsis of the Species of Pantopsalis.

a. Mandibles shorter, basal segment shorter than femur
of first leg and about as long as palpus.
a’, Carapace and ocular tubercle smooth ; anterior
end of abdomen with broad transverse red stripe. coronata, sp. 0.
b}, Carapace studded with spiniform tubercles on its
frontal portion ; no red stripe on abdomen.
@?: Palpi uniformly, black < «ties ce. peet ie ... JSenningst, sp. 0.
b?. Palpi uniformly yellow ............. we... Lastert, Wh.
b. Mandibles very long, basal segment much longer
than femur of first leg and about twice the length
ot the palp.
a®. Ocular tubercle and carapace almost smooth
(palpus paler than legs, its tarsus yellow in the
CLIStaAE EEE) sui na e< Perewete «ale ah lene clbhs el etate: abet Trippi, sp. D.
63. Ocular tubercle and frontal area of carapace
studded with fine sharp denticles.
a‘, Palpi uniformly blackish ...............+ nigripalpis, Poe.
6*. Palpi uniformly yellow..... APRS CONT albipalpis, Poe.

Tf in the future it be discovered that the males of the species
of Pantopsalis are dimorphic as to their mandibles, growing
them either long and thin or short and thick, the number of
species at present referred to the genus will perhaps be
reduced to one half by the union of the pairs of species
classified together in the following alternative table :—

a, Carapace and ocular tubercle almost entirely without
spicules.
Gh Mandibles Jong ss rerr craicite te oiciesl Se ates heen Trippi.
bi: Mandibles: short :'2.2° craett., 2c weheintecles Aer earete ets coronata.
b. Carapace and ocular tubercle studded with spicules, at
least in front.
a*, Palpi yellow.

a®, Mandibles long and slender................6+ .. albipalpis.
6°. Mandibles short and thick ....... Rita ts eG hsets . Lasteri.

b?, Palpi uniformly blackish.
a*, Mandibles long and slender...........-++ee-0e nigripalpis.
b*, Mandibles short-and thick 7.05; 2 VB. i ide. oes Jenningst.

Genus PHALANGIUM.

Phalangium Bettoni, sp. n.

?.—Colour olive-yellow, with black pigment in the
depression on the carapace and black spots laterally on the
abdomen; mandibles yellow, marbled with brown; palpi
yellow, banded with blackish ; legs with femora and tibiz
distally infuscate and patelle black in front.

new Tropical and Southern Opiliones. 439

Dorsal scute very finely and closely granular, the segments
marked by transverse rows of small spicules; a few spicules
on the sides of the carapace and many more in front, those in
front of the tubercle arranged in two rows uniting behind
midway between the tubercle and the anterior border, an
isolated denticle in the middle of the lateral border. Ocular
tubercle armed on the summit with two pairs of largish
denticles, behind with one pair, and in front with two small
denticles on one side, four on the other, all pointing upwards.

Mandibles unarmed except for three or four denticles in the
middle of the upperside of the first segment.

Palpi unarmed ; inner surface of patella and tibia studded
with short erect hairs; the distal angle of the patella rounded
and slightly produced.

Legs with femora and patelle armed with serially arranged
spicules; tibie compressed, quadrangular in section, with
hairy edges,

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 9; width of
head 4; length of palp 6 ; femur of first leg 4, second leg 7,
third 4, fourth 6; total length of first leg 20.

Loc. British East Africa: El donyo eb Urru, on the
Mombasa-Uganda Railway (C. S. Betton).

This species may be at once distinguished from the South-
African species P. Leppane, Poe. (P. Z. S. 1902, i. p. 392),
by the much smaller dorsal denticles, the smoothness of the
coxe, the slight production of the inner apex of the patella
of the palp, &e.

Family Triznonychide.

Genus SORENSENELLA, Poc.
[Proe. Zool. Soe. 1902, ii. p. 409 (April 1903). ]

Sorensenella bicornis, sp.n. (Pl. XI. figs. 3, 3a.)

9 .—Oolour. Body blackish, median area of scute clearer
reddish ; palpi reddish; legs olive-black, obscurely ringed
with paler markings.

Anterior portion of dorsal scute with a single long suberect
spike near its antero-lateral angle ; no tubercles on its ante-
rior border apart from those that project between and on each
side of the mandibles, and no spinitorm tubercles above the base
of the second leg. Ocular spike higher than in S. prehensor.
First segment (carapace) of dorsal scute defined behind by
a conspicuous procurved groove; the second, third, fourth,
and fifth defined by feeble grooves and low tubercles ; the

440 Mr. R. I. Pocock on

second antero-posteriorly constricted in the middle and, like
the third, with a pair or two pairs of weak tubercles (grains) ;
fourth with a pair of much stronger submedian tubercles and
some weaker ones at the side; fifth with a transverse row of
tubercles, of which two are larger but more wide apart than
those of the fourth ; sixth with a row of weak tubercles some
distance in front of the posterior border of the scute, with a
shallow transverse groove running just behind them. First
and second free abdominal tergal plates also with a weak
groove and weak row of tubercles, third more coarsely and
numerously tubercular. Sterna grooved and tuberculated.

Palp. 'Trochanter with 1 long and 1 short spine below;
femur with 6 spines below, the fourth and sixth the shortest,
third the longest ; 6+2 spines above and 3 on the inner side ;
tubercular externally; patella with 2 long internal spines ;
tibia with 4 internal and 5 external, whereof the first and
third are small and subtubercular, this segment also with scat-
tered tubercles ; tarsus with 3 pairs of very long spines, also
1 small proximal spine on outer side and 1 small distal tubercle
on each side.

Legs as in &. prehensor; the lateral branches of the claws
of third and fourth legs almost twice as long as the median
branch. (Pl. XI. fig. 3 a.)

¢.—Like the female, but with dorsal area flatter, less
convex longitudinally.

Palpi longer and stouter, with the spines shorter, except
one on the inner surface of the femur, which is very long,
crossing its fellow of the opposite side in front of the man-
dibles, when the two palpi are approximated.

Measurements in millimetres.— 2? . Total length 6; palp 5 ;
first leg 7, second 12, third 11, fourth 8 (approx.).

Loc. New Zealand: Christchurch (Arthur Dendy).

‘This new species and S. prehensor (the only other species
of this genus that has been discovered) may be compared as
follows :—

a. Carapace with two small tubercles near the middle of

its anterior border and three spines on each side;

spine on ocular tubercle low, not higher than long ;

dorsal tubercles woneser.j:, 26 5 Sema fins wt aie «= prehensor, Poe.
b. Carapace without anterior submedian tubercles and

with only a single long spine on each side; ocular

spine higher than its basal length; dorsal tubercles

RVCRREE OS: 24. orl See ienee eer atic sieia wis 6 nest bicornis, sp. 0.

With regard to the claws of the third and fourth legs of
the Trizenonychide, it may be observed that the suppression

new Tropical and Southern Opiliones. 441

of the small lateral branches seen in Trienonyx or Acu-
montia would lead to the one claw of the Plagiostethi,
whereas the suppression of the median branch and the ex-
tension of the median cleft to the base of the claw in Soren-
senella would yield the two-clawed condition seen in the
Mecostethi.

Genus AcumMonTIA, Loman.
In the Proc. Zool. Soe. ii. pp. 405-409, for 1902, I described

two new species and one new subspecies of this Mascarene
genus, basing them for the most part upon a few rather
badly preserved specimens recently received from Dr. Forsyth
Major. What were presumed to be the males and females of
the two species were described, and attention was drawn to a
peculiarity in the structure of the protarsus of the first leg of
the supposed female specimens. Additional and _ better-
preserved material received during the passage of that paper
through the press has convinced me that I fell into error in
the following particulars :—Firstly, the distal emargination
of the first protarsus is not a female, but a male character
of some species, e. g. A. Major, though not found in the
males of A. rostrata; its absence in the male of A. rostrata
and its presence in what were regarded as the females of this
species were the causes of the errors in sexual determination
that I made: secondly, the specimen described as the female
of A. rostrata is the male of another species: thirdly, the
specimens described as A. Majori probably represent the
sexes of two distinct species: fourthly, the specimens described
as A. rostrata subsp. Cowan? are males and females of a
form which must be regarded as a valid species.

Acumontia rostrata, Poc. (Pl. XI. figs. 2, 2 a.)

Acumontia rostrata, Poc, P. Z. 8. 1902, ii. p. 405, g¢ nec 9°, text-fig,
82 A nec B,

The female of this very distinct species is unfortunately
unknown. ‘The penis of the male terminates in a tridentate
glans retractile between an upper and a lower valve; the
upper is double, being mesially cleft to its base, the lower is
strongly curved and furnished beneath on each side with two
strong sete.

Acumontia echinata, sp. n.
Acumontia rostrata, Poc. P. Z. 8. 1902, ii. p. 407, 9, text-fig. 82 B.

3.—Dorsal scute more closely granular than in A. ros-
trata; ocular tubercle not tubercularly spinous, but coarsely

442 Mr. R. I. Pocock on

granular ; the carapacic portion of the dorsal scute with a
single tubercle on each side midway between the ocular
tubercle and the lateral margin, and two widely separated
papilliform tubercles or spines before the sulcus defining its
posterior limiting groove. The first segment of the abdo-
minal constituents of the scute marked with a pair of erect,
rounded, papilliform spines; spines on the second and third
segments erect, subcylindrical, bluntly rounded at the apex,
basally tubercular, as long as the spiniform process of the
ocular tubercle. Spines on the fourth segment of the scute
papilliform, cylindrical, bluntly rounded, alternately larger
and smaller, one in the middle quite small, then on each side
come a larger, smaller, larger, smaller, and a small marginal.
First and second free terga similarly armed, but the spines
are longer, the longest at least twice as long as wide at the
base, the third with a pair of submedian tubercular papille
and a marginal tubercle.

Mandibles spined much as in A. rostrata. Palpi also as in
that species, but of the four spines on the dorsal side of the
femur the first and fourth are low and tubercular, and on the
lower side of the femur there are two subequal spines distad
of the strong basal spine. First leg not so strongly tuber-
culous, its protarsus distally excavated beneath.

9 .—Not differing appreciably from the male in structure,
except for the unmodified first protarsus and rather smaller

alpi.
Meaoeretats in millimetres.— g. Total length 6; width 4 ;
length of palpus 7°5, of first leg 11, second 21, third 15,
fourth 21.

Loc. Madagascar: Ambohimitomdo, a village in the forest
of the Tanala district (C. LZ. Forsyth Major).

Acumontia Cowant, Poc.
Acumontia rostrata, subsp. Cowant, Poe. P. Z. 8. 1902, ii. p. 407.

Very nearly allied to A. echinata, but distinguishable by
the smallness of the spines, the two longest on the scute not
exceeding the height of the eye from the carapace and less
than the height from the eye to the apex of the ocular spine.
Spines on the posterior border of the scute and on the first,
second, and third free terga all low, tubercular, and not higher
than wide. Of the four spines on the upperside of the femur
of the palp, the first is fairly long, a little shorter than the
second, but longer than the fourth.

Measurements apparently as in A. echinata.

Loc. Betsileo (Rev. Deans Cowan).

new Tropical and Southern Opiliones. 445

Acumontia Majori, Pocock.

Acumontia Majort, Pocock, P. Z, S. 1902, ii. p. 407, text-fig. 88, A-A?
(the specimen questionably described as a female).

Two specimens—a male and a female—were originally
described under this name, but the example described as the
male is the female, and vice versé. Moreover, the evidence
supplied by other species does not justify the opinion that the
very considerable structural differences between these two are
merely attributable to sex. External sexual characters in the
genus Acumontia and other genera of Trizwnonychidez are
usually slight as compared with what obtains in some of the
Mecostethous Opiliones. Hence I feel compelled to regard
the two specimens in question as representatives of distinct
species.

The type of A. Majori is the specimen described on p. 409
as questionably a female, and figured on p. 408, figs. A,
a A

Acumontia Roberti, sp. n.
Acumontia Majori, Poe. P. Z. S. 1902, ii. p. 407 (¢d ?).

To diagnose this species it will be only necessary to con-
trast it with A. Major.

a. Scute armed in front near the base of the ocular emi-
nence with a single small spiniform tubercle, the
lateral tubercles absent or small; dorsal spines on
scute shorter, basal distance between those of the
median pair greater than the length of the spine,
apical distance between those of the posterior pair
not less than the length of the spine; trochanter of
palp unspined above; femur with three strong upper
spines, five or six inferior spines, and one long in-
ternal spine remote from the distal end; distal spine
on inner edge of tibia much shorter than the median,
the latter close to the distal, remote from the proxi-
mal spine; proximal spine on inner surface of tarsus
recurved: ( Ge oat wnls desma naa ddan s Rohess at ore Majori, Poe.

b. Scute armed in front with two spiniform tubercles,
the upper (inner) of which is remote from the ocular
eminence; dorsal spines on scute longer, the basal
width between the medians less than their height,
apical distance between the posteriors only about
half their length; trochanter of palp with two spines
above, the outer smail; femur with five spines
above, four in a series, the fifth isolated and more
internal; the longish spine on the inner surface of

* In this figure the two inferior tubercles near the anterior border of
the head-shield are much too large.

444 Mr. R. I. Pocock on

the femur close to the distal end; three or four spines
on lower side of femur; distal spine on inner side of
tibia long, almost as long as the proximal, the me-
dian spine only a little nearer to the distal than to
LHS PROMILA! ) aie ys jacste cts cose Bye taka sive vie ais eee Fe Roberti, sp. n.

Loe. Ambohimitombo (C. I. Forsyth Major).

This species is named after Mons. A. Robert, who accom-
panied Dr. Major on his expedition to Madagascar and added
largely to the value of the collections brought home.

Synopsis of the Species of Acumontia.

a. Legs short ; first a little longer than body, second less
than twice as long, fourth about twice as long;
ocular spine sharply differentiated by its greater
narrowness from the tubercle (¢ Q) ........-00. armata, Lom.
b. Legs long; first about twice as long as body, second
and fourth more than three times as long; ocular
tubercle and spine forming a long and more or less
evenly attenuated process.
a’, Protarsus of first leg of male unmodified; first,
second, and third free abdominal terga with a
few longer and shorter spines (Q unknown) .... rostrata, Poc.
6', Protarsus of first leg in male distally emarginate
beneath ; four abdominal terga armed with short
spines or tubercles.
a*, Of the two hindmost pairs of spines on the scute
the posterior are much longer and stouter than
the anterior and narrowly separated at the base.
a®, One spiniform tubercle on anterior portion of
scute near ocular tubercle ; trochanter of palp
unspined aboye, femur with four large dorsal
SPIHGN, MC. Ma,, nr sehen inc ans Mie iete caren eye Majort, Poc.
&. Two spines on anterior portion of scute on each
side remote from the tubercle ; trochanter of
palp spined above; femur with five dorsal
BPINIGS, ues ar Oo. St, OP ete an de Roberti, sp. n.
b?, Spines of the two hindmost pairs on the scute
subequal and widely separated at the base.
a*, Tubercles on free abdominal terga subspini-
form, much longer than wide; length of
spines on dorsal scute much exceeding height
of eye from ‘carapace Ws ./.2)./t. aioe neta echinata, sp.n.
b'. Tubercles on free abdominal terga not higher
than wide ; spines on scute low, about as high
as height of eye above carapace .......... Cowant, Poe.

Genus MoNOXYOMMA, nov.

Ocular tubercle not rising from the anterior border of the
carapace, but distinctly behind it, moderately high, and armed
with along suberect spine. Scute furnished with a single pair
of long spines on what appears to be its third abdominal

new Tropical and Southern Opiliones. 445

seoment, the rest of the segments of the scute indicated by a
transverse series of granules. Dorsal valve of penis distinctly
trilabiate, the protrusible portion (glans) elongate, simple,
not tridentate.

Differing from Acwmontia in the backward position of the
ocular tubercle, in the presence of only a single pair of spines
on the scute, and in the structure of the penis, the dorsal
valve of which in Acwmontia is bilabiate, the protrusible
glans being strongly tridentate. (PI. XI. figs. 1-1 a, 2-2 a.)

In many respects this genus seems to resemble Trienonyzx,
the type of which (7. rapax) is unknown to me; but it at
least differs in that the ocular tubercle does not rise from the
anterior border of the carapace, and the ocular and dorsal
spines are very much longer. Moreover, sketches of the
carapace of 7. valdiviensis which Dr. Hansen has kindly sent
to me show that the latter species, although referred by
Sdrensen to Trienonyx, has no distinct spines either on the
ocular tubercle or on the scutum.

In the paper above quoted (P. Z. S. 1902, ii. pp. 403-
405) I have referred several species of ‘Triznonychids
to the genus ZTriewnonyx. One of them, namely, 7. sub-
levis, is certainly congeneric with Nuncta sperata, Loman,
with which I have been able, through the kindness of
Dr. Loman, to compare it. ‘The two differ in the form
of the maxillary processes of the second leg and in some
other specific features, but must be referred to the same
genus. Now the ocular tubercle in 7. sublevis occupies the
same position as the tubercle of J. valdiviensis, and differs
only in being lower and smooth. In neither does it rise
“ex ipso margine scuti,” as is said to be the case in T. rapax
and as is the case in 7’. verrucosa, Poc. I am unable without
more material to settle how many genera are here involved,
provided all the species hitherto referred to Triewnonyx and
Nuncia represent more than one genus.

Monoxyomma spinatum, sp. n.

(Pl. XI. figs. 1-1.)

.—Colour a tolerably uniform reddish brown, lightly
clouded with black.

Dorsal scute not thickly granular; a series of small
tubercles above its anterior border, some more on the sides
and above the margin of the thoracic portion; the abdominal
portion marked with transverse rows of segmentally-arranged
tubercles; a single pair of longish spines rising near the
middle of the area between the posterior border of the scute

446 Mr. R. I. Pocock on

and the shallow depression defining the thoracic area;
anterior margin with the normal 5 porrect spines. Ocular
tubercle rather low, the eye not much more than its own
diameter from its base; the spine longer than the height of
the tubercle. The first and second /ree terga with a single
row of tubercles, the third with more tubercles subserially
arranged.

Sterna with transverse rows of weak granules, obsolete in
the middle line.

Mandibles with basal segment armed distally with 1 or 2
spines, second segment with 2 or 3 strongish spines.

FPalpt. 'Trochanter spined below ; femur thick, arcuate, and
armed above with about 9 spines in two rows, 3 spines on the
inner side, 3 beneath externally, and some smaller ones
internally, and a large stout bifid or trifid vertically directed
spine at its proximal end beneath, also some scattered
tubercles ; patella unarmed externally, bispinate internally ;
tibia and tarsus with 3+-3 spines, tibia granular below.

Tarsal segments of legs 6,12, 4,4; protarsus of first modified
as in Acumontia Majori; coxa of first leg with strong cylin-
drical spines, coxee of remaining legs scarcely granular.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 7; palpus 10;
first leg 13, second 21, third 15, fourth 20.

Loc. New South Wales: Hill Grove (2. Broom).

Family Phalangodide, Simon.
[ =Epedanide, Thorell, Loman. |

Genus EpepAnus, Thor.

Epedanus geniculatus, sp.n. (Pl. XII. fig. 1.)

2? .—Colour a rich deep or paler brown, with a large pale
green spot on each side of the cephalic area slightly behind
the level of the ocular tubercle; legs and palpi dark, the
former paler towards the extremities.

Dorsal scute polished, a row of marginal tubercles and a
row upon each of the four sharply defined divisions. Ocular
tubercle longitudinally oval, about twice as wide as long,
about its own median length from the anterior border of the
head-shield ; spine smooth, erect, not so long as the width of
the tubercle. Abdominal sterna smooth, each with a row of
short bristles.

Basal segment of mandible smooth, second segment with
two series of setiferous tubercles in front.

Palpt long; trochanter with 1 dorsal and 1 or 2 ventral

new Tropical and Southern Opiliones. 447

spines; femur slender, lightly arcuate, nearly two thirds
the length of the trunk, tubercular above and below in its
proximal half; patella proximally constricted, smooth,
without spines or tubercles, about two thirds the length of the
tibia; tibia with its proximal extremity bent upwards at
right angles, hence the segment lies at right angles to the
patella, armed inferiorly with three pairs of long spines,
of which the distal are the shortest, and 1 short spine, varying
in position, between the bases of the four proximal spines ;
tarsus bent at right angles to the tibia, oval, armed below
distally with 3 external and 4 internal spines, which decrease
in length towards the claw; claw about as long as tarsus.

Legs unarmed ; coxa of first and second with a few low
tubercles below; some marginal tubercles on that of the
third ; tarsal segments of first leg with 10 or 11, of third and
fourth with 8 or 9 tubercles.

3 .—NMandible larger, with a few low tubercles on the
basal segment, the second elevated at its proximal extremity,
its tubercles larger. Tubercles on lower side of femur of
palp produced into stout subcylindrical spines.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 7; greatest
width 5:3; length of palp (including trochanter, but ex-
cluding claw) 10-11, its femur 4; second leg 17, third leg 16,
fourth leg 21, its femur 6.

Loc. Hong Kong (J. C. Bowring).

This species apparently differs from the Malaysian species
referred by Thorell to Epedanus, which are unknown to me,
in the geniculation of the palpi and the absence of spines from
the patellar segment.

Genus PLISTOBUNUS, nov.

Resembling Epedanus in the position, shape, and armature
of the ocular tubercle, the number and depth of the sulci of
the dorsal scute, the exposure of the spiracles, &c., but
differing in the presence of a pair of long erect spines on the
second abdominal segment of the scute, the mandibles very
large and long, recalling those of Rhampsinitus amongst the
Phalangiide, and the two distal segments of the palpi rotated
so as to fold in a horizontal plane with their lower surface
looking inwards ; also in the presence of spines on the femur
of the first leg.

Plistobunus rapax, sp.n. (Pl. XII. fig. 2.)

Colour a uniform yellowish brown.
Dorsal scute smooth, polished; ocular tubercle about the

448 Mr. R. I. Pocock on

middle of the carapace, more than its long diameter from the
anterior border, its spine erect ; anterior border of carapace
with a series of small suberect spines, lateral border of scute
with a row of tubercles; spines on the second abdominal
segment a little shorter than the ocular spine and a little
shorter than the basal distance between them; _ posterior
segment of the scute with a series of suberect spines, those on
its median third the longest; the first, second, and third free
abdominal terga also spined, though less strongly.

Basal segment of mandible long, subcylindrical, slightly
incrassate, rather longer than the dorsal area of the carapacic
segment of the dorsal scute, armed with scattered tubercles or
short spines and one very long spine near the middle of its
dorsal surface and a shorter one nearer the base; the second
segment oval, beset with setiferous bristles.

Palpi long, rather slender; coxe armed above with 2,
below with 3 tuberculiform spines ; trochanter with 1 above
and 3 below; femur slender, arcuate, armed above and below
with short blunt spines ; patella distally incrassate, elongate,
armed with 1 short inferior spine and 3 long distal spines on
the inner side; tibia rather shorter than the patella, armed
with 5 long inferior (external) spines and 3 superior (internal)
spines, also a few short spines on its lower surface ; tarsus
oval, slightly shorter than the tibia, armed with four pairs of
long spines, and its lower surface furnished with a median
denticulated crest, upon which the claw closes.

Femur of first Jeg with a series of spiniform tubercles
below, that of the second leg similarly but less strongly
tubercular, of the fourth leg practically smooth; coxa of
first, second, and third legs with a series of granules.

Total length 3 millim.; palpi about 5, fourth leg about 10.

Loc. Hong Kong (J. C. Bowring).

Genus Popactis, Thorell.

Podactis pictulus, sp.n. (Pl. XII. figs. 3, 3a.)

Colour. Trunk yellowish red, ornamented with large deep
green patches, exhibiting an alternate or chequered pattern
(arrangement), mandibles and palpi a deep rich green;
ventral surface of abdomen mesially yellow, laterally green.

Dorsal scwte coarsely coriaceous, subgranular; from its
anterior border on each side arise about 5 tubercular spines,
the inner of which is the largest and meets and fuses with
the end of a spiniform apophysis, which runs forward from
the ocular tubercle in front of the eyes, the two forming a
distinct archway. In addition to the paired larger dorsal

new Tropical and Southern Opiliones. 449

tubercles, the last two segments of the scute and the following
free terga have a median tubercle equalling the others in size.

Mandibles of normal size; basal segment with 1| distal
tooth, second segment with 3 proximal teeth.

Palpi scarcely longer than dorsal scute ; trochanter armed
with 1 upper and 2 lower spiniform tubercles ; femur with 4
inferior (whereof 3 are proximal) and 1 inner distal ; patella
with 1 external, 2 internal; tibia with 3 pairs, tarsus with 2
pairs of long spines; patella, tibia, and tarsus of palp sub-
equal in length.

Femur of first leg with 5 spines below, the second and
third the longest, the fifth the shortest; the rest of the femora
unspined, granular; coxe granular, not spined, except the
posterior aspect of that of the second leg, which bears 1 spine.

Abdominal sterna with a transverse row of small tubercles.

Measurements in millimetres——TYotal length about 4°5
(contracted) ; palp 3°5; first leg 7, second 12, fourth 15.

Loe. Ceylon: probably Kandy (4. £. Green).

On the evidence supplied by one specimen I do not feel
justified in separating this form generically from the Pinang
species described by Thorell as Podactis armatissimus (Ann.
Mus. Genova, (2) x. pp. 99-103, 1890). Specifically the
two certainly differ in colour. A further difference is furnished
by the larger size of the dorsal tubercles, justifying their
description as “ dentes fortes”? in P. armatissimus. Nor is
the ocular spine in P. pictulus describable as “‘dentem sat
fortem obtusissimum”; nor has the femur of the first leg
spines on its dorsal margin.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
Puate XI.

Fig. 1. Monoxyomma spinatum, gen. et sp. 0. Lateral view of dorsal
scute and of first three free terga.

Fig. 1a. Ditto. Dorsal aspect of extremity of penis. gl., glans; v.v.,
ventral valve; m.d.v. and /.d.v., median and lateral lobes of dorsal
valve.

Fig. 1b. Ditto. Lateral aspect of same, with lettering as in 1 a.

%g.1e. Ditto. Claw of fourth leg, showing small lateral branch.

Fig. 2. Acumontia rostrata, Poc. Dorsal aspect of extremity of penis
with glans partially retracted. Lettering as in fig. 1 a, with
d.v., left lobe of dorsal valve. ;

Fig. 2a. Ditto. Lateral aspect of same, with lettering as in fig. 2.

Fig. 3. Sorensenella bicornis, sp. n., ¢. Anterior end of dorsal seute,

Fig. 3 a. Ditto. Claw of fourth leg, showing large lateral branches, for
comparison with fig. le.

PuaTE XII,

Fig. 1. Epedanus geniculatus, sp. n. External side of right palp.
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xi. 32

450 Capt. T. Broun on new

Fig. 2. Plistobunus rapax, gen. et sp.n. Lateral view of scute, anterior
three free terga, mandible, and palpus, the latter with tarsus
and claw omitted.

Fig. 3. Podactis pictulus, sp.n. Lateral view of scute and anterior three
free tergal plates.

Fig. 3a. Ditto. Ocular tubercle from the front.

LXJ.—Descriptions of new Genera and Species of
New Zealand Coleoptera. By Capt. 'T. Broun, F.E.S.

Group CNEMACANTHID.

Mecodema costellum.
intricatum.
nitidum.
variolosum.
Metaglymma rugiceps.
calcaratum.

Group ANCHOMENID®.

Dichrochile cordicolle.
Anchomenus Walkeri.
Tarastethus simplex.
le yicollis.

Group FERONIID.
Trichosternus Walkeri.
akaroensis.
bucolicus.
Pterostichus Kirkianus.
memes.
prasignis.
setiventris.

Group HarPaLw2.
Allocinopus sculpticollis.

Group PoGoNnIp&.
Odpterus latipennis,
probus.
parvulus.

Group BempBrpmp ®.
Jembidium actuarium.

Group PEricaLip2.
Scopodes viridis.

Group HyDROPHILID®.
Rygmodus nigripennis.

Cylomissus elabratus.
Zeadolopus spinipes.

Group OXYTELIDA.
Trogophleeus maritimus.

Group Lucanip=.

Lissotes auriculatus.
Mitophyllus comognathus.

Group PycNoMERIDA,

Pycnomerus nitiventris.
Bothrideres picipes.

Group OPATRID®.

Syrphetodes simplex.

Group CEDEMERID&.

Thelyphassa fuscata.
Techmessa longicollis.
Exocalopus antennalis.

Group OTIORHYNCHID®,

Cecyropa lineifera
striata.
Brachyolus albescens.
cervalis.

Aphela pictipes.

Group CYLINDRORHINID#,
Anagotus pallescens,
Sargon carinatus.

Group RaypaRosoMip®,

Memes rufirostris,

Genera and Species of New Zealand Coleoptera, 451

Group ERIRHINID®. Group Lammp 2.
Xerostygnus binodulus. Hy areca cae
Stephanorhynchus pygmeus, é ay

eracilipes.
eenalis.

Group CERAMBYCID.
P gi Group CrypTocEPHALIDm.

Drototelus politus. Eualema Walkeri.

Group Cnemacanthida.

Mecodema costellum, sp. n.

Robust ; head and thorax shining black, elytra rather dull,
legs and antenne nigro-piceous.

Head smooth on the middle, with longitudinal ruge in
front and near the eyes; behind these there are numerous
moderately small punctures. J/andibles unusually prominent.
Eyes moderately distant from thorax, rather smali, their orbits
swollen. Antenne pubescent from the fifth joint onwards,
second joint as long as third. Thorax 4} lines in width by

8 in length, widest near the front, rather gradually narrowed
backwards, but contracted to 22 lines at the base; lateral
margins only feebly crenulate; disk with slightly impressed
transverse strie; these, however, become more distinct
towards the sides; the dorsal longitudinal groove is well
marked, it does not attain the base or apex, but is almost
foveiform at the extremities; the basal region bears short
longitudinal striz, and the fosse are moderately large and
close to the sides; just before the middle there is a puncti-
form impression near each side. Slytra oblong-oval, nar-
rower at the shoulders than elsewhere; each with three
slightly raised discoidal coste, the central one somewhat
abbreviated, the first and third united near the apex ; inter-
stices more or less rugosely but not coarsely punctated, the
sides with rather coarser sculpture.

Underside almost smooth.

3d. Length 17, breadth 54 lines.

Described from a specimen forwarded by Captain I’. W.
Hutton.

Hab. Stephen’s Island.

Mecodema intricatum, sp. n.

Elongate; brilliant black, the antennee, tibize, and tarsi
only slightly rufescent.

Head longitudinally rugose near the eyes and in front,
vertex transversely rugose, the occiput with rugosely puncti-
form sculpture. Antenne reaching backwards to base of

32*

452 Capt. T. Broun on new

thorax ; basal four joints glabrous, the others pubescent. Eyes
prominent. Thorax of nearly equal length and breadth, apex
slightly incurved, base feebly emarginate, lateral margins
crenulate and hispid; it is widest near the middle and more
or less abruptly constricted towards the base; the basal fosse
and central longitudinal groove are well marked; the trans-
verse linear sculpture of its surface is most obvious near the
sides, the basal and apical impressions are longitudinal.
Elytra elongate, oviform; sutural region nearly plane and
feebly strigose, the other portions are without regular strie or
serial punctures and appear as if covered with much inter-
rupted cost or catenulate sculpture.

Legs moderately slender, anterior tibiz slightly produced.

Underside glossy pitchy black ; the sides of the head and
flanks of prosternum densely rugose; abdomen more finely
sculptured, with transverse linear impressions on the terminal
segments,

The species may be readily recognized by the very irre-
gular, almost chain-like sculpture of the elytra.

Length 11-13, breadth nearly 34 lines.

Te Oneroa, west coast of Otago.

Three examples kindly forwarded by Mr. P. Seymour.

Mecodema nitidum, sp. n.

Elongate; brilliant pitchy black; the terminal articulations
of the antenna, the basal portions of the joints of the posterior
tarsi, and the claws rufescent.

Head with coarse ruge, chiefly longitudinal, the sculpture
behind the eyes almost punctiform. yes small but promi-
nent. Thorax very nearly as long as broad (2 lines), its
sides rounded, abruptly contracted at the base, lateral margins
crenulate ; the disk bears transverse strize which are deepest
towards the sides; near the deeply impressed dorsal groove
these stria seem irregular, owing to the presence of short
oblique or longitudinal strie; near the front and base the
ruge are longitudinal, the basal fovee are deep, close to each
side, but more distant from the hind margin; this last and
the apex are incurved. /lytra elongate, oval, their sculpture
well marked, consisting of series of punctiform impressions ;
the two series nearest to each side of the suture are elongated
and rather irregular, the third and fourth are deeper, evidently
larger and distinctly longer; those nearer the sides are also
deep, but many are of quite rounded outline.

Tarsi setose, the basal three joints of the anterior prolonged
at the outer extremity. The middle ¢2bce rather more asperate
and setose externally than the posterior.

Genera and Species of New Zealand Coleoptera. 453

Underside shining, the sternum more or less finely punctate.

This species most nearly approaches the I. rugiceps,
Sharp, but is differentiated therefrom by its smaller size,
glossy surface, disparities of sculpture, and emarginated base
of thorax.

6. Length 74, breadth 21 lines.

Westport.

Mr. J. J. Walker, F.L.S., of H.M.S. ‘ Ringarooma,’ a
well-known European entomologist, who discovered this
species, also found a specimen of JZ. metallicum, which he

kindly placed at my disposal.

Mecodema variolosum, sp. n.

Body slightly convex, brilliant fuscous black; legs, an-
tenn, and palpi rufo-piceous, these last more rufescent.

Head rather short, nearly as broad as the thorax, its hinder
portion distinctly but not closely punctured; the vertex
nearly smooth, near the eyes it is irregularly and coarsely
rugose, but on the epistome and labrum the ruge are longi-
tudinal. yes but little prominent. Antenne pubescent
from the fifth joint onwards, their fourth joint rather shorter
than the contiguous ones; they reach backwards as far as
the thoracic fosse. Thorax 3 lines long by 34 broad, its sides
evidently crenulate, only gently rounded, but abruptly con-
tracted behind, this narrowed portion parallel-sided, with
rectangular angles; apex widely incurved, the base medially
emarginate; the median furrow is entire and rather broad, so
that the middle seems slightly depressed lengthways ; the
basal fossz are large and placed close to the lateral margins,
the disk is rather finely wrinkled transversely, the sides
coarsely so; the base and apex are scored with short longitu-
dinal ruge. lytra oblong-oval, their widest part scarcely
exceeds that of the thorax; their lateral sculpture is very
coarse and irregular; on each side of the suture there are
two series of elongate impressions, which, however, can
hardly be termed punctures, but form furrows near the base ;
the apical sculpture is also irregular and the whole surface is
more or less marked by aciculate impressions.

There are eight or nine sete along each side of the thorax,
several on the elytra, four setigerous punctures on the labrum,
and four at the extremity of the last ventral segment.

Underside black, shining; the head with dense zigzag
sculpture; flanks of prosternum closely punctate-rugose ;
abdomen nearly smooth, but punctate near the base.

Anterior tarst with the four basal joints dilated, the first
two somewhat prolonged at the outer angles.

454 Capt. T. Broun on new

At first sight I thought this might be Redtenbacher’s
M. crenaticolle. The head, however, is not elongate and
narrow and the underside is far from being smooth. The
head of Castelnau’s MM. crenicolle is simply 2 rugose and the
back part seems to be impunctate. A specimen of M, linea-
tum found by meat Tuakau agrees better with Redtenbacher’s
description, but it has the same close undulating sculpture on
the lower surface of the head that is seen in J/. variolosum.

3g. Length 12, breadth 3# lines.

Rotorua.

A single individual, given to me by Mr. J. J. Walker.

Metaglymma rugiceps, sp. n.

Subopaque, piceous black ; antenne and tarsi pitchy red,
palpi paler.

Head with coarse longitudinal ruge near the eyes and finer
intervening transverse ones. Eyes convex, distant from
thorax. Antenne almost nude, there being only a little fine
pubescence on the three or four terminal joints. Thorax
13 lines long, 24 broad; the lateral curvature is slight, but
near the base the contraction, though considerable, is not very
abrupt; the hind angles are obtuse, the base and apex sub-
truncate; the disk bears numerous transverse striole, which
become deeper towards the sides; at the base there are short,
irregular, longitudinal striz ; the fosse are large and some-
what oblique, the dorsal furrow does not attain the front, and
the lateral margins are a little explanate and feebly crenulate.
Elytra ovate-oblong, broader behind than they are elsewhere,
shoulders rather narrow; they. are deeply punctate-striate,
the interstices nearest the sides are distinctly narrower than
those near the suture, apical sculpture coarsely punctiform or
rugose. Zbie asperate, the outer angles of the anterior
strongly produced, the intermediate moderately, the posterior
scarcely at all. Yars¢ setose, the basal two articulations of
the front pair considerably prolonged externally, the third
less so, yet more distinctly than the fourth.

Abdomen smooth at the base, the last segment transversely
strigose and bearing two setigerous punctures on each side of
the middle at its apex, the intermediate segments with a
transverse series of similar punctures on each.

M. tersatum is most like this species, but the sculpture of
the head and thorax is quite different, and in J/. rugiceps the
joints of the front tarsi are more evidently prolonged.

dg. Length 74, breadth 23 lines.

Albury (Ur. J. H. Lewis). One example.

Genera and Species of New Zealand Coleoptera. 455

Metaglymma calearatum, sp. n.

Shining, rufo-piceous ; legs, antenne, and palpi pitchy red.

Head smooth. yes prominent, distant from thorax.
Mandibles elongate, distinctly punctured above, rugose near
the base. Antenne nearly glabrous, having only a little
pubescence on the last four joints. Thorax 2% lines in
breadth by 12 in length; apex arcuate-emarginate, slightly
wider before the middle than it is elsewhere ; its sides, how-
ever, are apparently gradually narrowed backwards ; lateral
margins somewhat explanate from the rounded front angles
to within a short distance of the base, where they form quite
a thin edge; the base is slightly emarginate in the middle,
but rounded towards the sides, so that the posterior angles
are obsolete; basal fossa rather large, median groove abbre-
viated. lytra oval, rather broader than the thorax, shoulders
rather narrow, distinctly punctate-striate ; posterior sculpture
irregular and intermingled with several setigerous punctures,
of which there are also three on the seventh interstices.

Tibie moderately asperate, the anterior somewhat explanate
along the outer edge and prolonged at the extremity ; the
inner calear is long and extends as far as the apex of the
third tarsal joint; intermediate also prolonged outwardly, the
posterior less so; the two spurs on each of the hinder pairs
are elongate. ‘Tarsi setose, their basal articulations but little
angulate.

Underside piceo-rufous ; basal abdominal segment with two
pairs of setigerous punctures, the second and third with a
transverse series on each, the terminal transversely strigose
and with a single puncture on each side of the middle at its
apex.

This species should be located next to M. modicum, but the
shape of the thorax, the general sculpture, the development
of the tibial spurs, and antennal pubescence distinguish it.

Length 72, breadth 23 lines.

Maniototo, ‘Taieri.

One individual from Mr. J. H. Lewis.

Group Anchomenide.

Dichrochile cordicolle, sp. n.

Subdepressed, ovate-oblong, glossy black ; tarsi and an-
tennz rufo-piceous; the basal three joints of these latter, the
knees, and tips of palpi rutescent.

Head large, minutely and irregularly wrinkled in front.
Labrum deeply notched. yes prominent. Antenne elongate,

456 Capt. T. Broun on new

reaching backwards to intermediate femora; basal three
joints glabrous, the others pubescent, first stouter and rather
longer than third, second about one third shorter than the
following one. Thorax 1} lines long by nearly 13 broad,
widest before the middle, gradually narrowed behind, poste-
rior angles obtuse, apex widely incurved, base medially
emarginate and obliquely rounded towards each side, lateral
margins a little reflexed; the discoidal stria extends from
base to apex, the basal fosse are large; there is a curvate
transverse impression in front, with some feeble longitudinal
strie similar to those at the base. lytra oblong, shoulders
rounded and slightly narrowed, apices oblique; they have
deep impunctate striz.

There are two sete on each side of the thorax, one at the
hind angle and the other near the middle, and there are four
on the hind margin of the last ventral segment of the female.

Male.—Anterior tarst with three dilated basal joints, each
almost cordate, the first longest. Mandibles obtuse at extre-
mity, the right one with a small blunt tooth on the inside,
more evident in the other sex.

This is the largest species known to occur here. The
thorax is quadrate-cordate. LD. subopaca and D. ovicollis
have dull elytra.

Length 53, breadth 22 lines.

Te Aroha.

Three examples from Mr. J. J. Walker.

Anchomenus Walkeri, sp. n.
» S}

Subdepressed, somewhat nitid, rufescent; legs, palpi, and
antenne testaceous.

Head oviform, longer than the thorax and almost as broad
as that is; two large sulciform impressions extend from the
occiput to the forehead, they are situated nearer to the centre
than they are to the eyes; the sides, outside the deep stria
which proceeds forwards from each eye, are slightly angu-
lated at the point of antennal insertion ; the genz are broadly
rounded. Labrum somewhat incurved. Mandibles elongate.
Eyes rather small and but little prominent, distant from
thorax. Antenne elongate, slender, their third joint nearly
twice the length of the second ; they are finely pubescent, the
basal two joints, however, are glabrous. Thorax as long as
broad, widest before the middle, well rounded there, deeply
sinuate behind, so that the acute posterior angles appear large
and prominent ; the base is truncate, the apex emarginate ;
the median furrow extends from the front and is a little

Genera and Species of New Zealand Coleoptera. 457

expanded at the base; the fosse are large and broad. Elytra
ample, one-half longer than broad; shoulders rounded, the
apex also rounded, so that the extremity of the hind body
seems broad; their striae are well marked, but the punctua-
tion is indistinct; the suture is bent forwards at the apex, so
as to form a carina in line with the sixth interstice; the
apical sculpture is obsolete ; there are three punctures on the
third interstices.

Legs slender; basal joint of the anterior tars? oblong,
fourth small and cordiform, without lobes, and hardly the
width of the long terminal one; intermediate joints short ;
claws simple. ‘The pa/p? are similar in structure to those of
Anchomenus.

The long, deep, interocular furrows, relatively small thorax,
with large outstanding basal angles, and the rather large
hind body, broadly rounded posteriorly, give this species a
peculiar aspect. The discovery of the male, years hence
perhaps, will probably cause its removal from Anchomenus ;
its natural position, however, should be between that genus
and Tarastethus.

?. Length 24, breadth 1 line.

Westport.

My unique specimen is another of Mr. J. J. Walker’s
interesting captures. I have much pleasure in attaching his
name to it.

Tarastethus simplex, sp. n.

Body slightly nitid, piceous; head and thorax more
rufescent than the hind body ; legs red; palpi, antenne, and
tarsi paler.

Head with two erect sete near each eye. Antenne gradu-
ally thickened towards the extremity, the basal three joints
glabrous, second joint not much more than half the length of
the third, eleventh oval. yes but little convex. Thorax
slightly transverse, widely incurved in front, widest near the
middle; its sides distinctly margined, moderately rounded,
gradually narrowed behind, posterior angles rectangular ;
the disk is slightly convex, the central groove does not attain
the front margin, there are no basal fovee, and only indistinct
sculpture near the hind margin. lytra ovate-oblong, their
sides gently curvate; they have fine impunctate striz and
simple interstices ; the external, however, form fine carine
near the apices.

The chief peculiarity consists in the entire absence of the
usual thoracic fosse. The hind body is more oblong and flatter

458 On new Genera and Species of Coleoptera.

than in the typical species (7. puncticollis, Sharp), so that the
lateral margins are conspicuous throughout.

?. Length 28, breadth 1 line.

Port Chalmers.

A single individual, found by Mr. J. J. Walker.

Tarastethus levicollis, sp. n.

Nitid, black, legs and antenne rufous, antenne and palpi
paler.

flead with a deep groove alongside each eye, the frontal
impressions feebly punctured. yes convex. Thorax nearly
as long as it is broad, base and apex truncate; it is widest
before the middle, the sides are only moderately rounded and
narrowed behind, the lateral margins are distinct, the poste-
rior angles rectangular ; the dorsal furrow does not extend to
the base, where there is no apparent sculpture, and the usual
fosse are absent. ilytra ovate-oblong, rather wider than
thorax at base, humeral angles obtuse, lateral margins some-
what explanate; they are punctate-striate, but the striz
outside the three sutural on each are very lightly impressed
or obsolete near the base; the apical carinze are well deve-
loped. Legs stout, posterior tibia slightly bent.

The elytral sculpture is considerably finer than that of
T’. puncticollis, but more sharply impressed than in 7’. simplex,
which, moreover, is a smaller and narrower insect.

@?. Length 33, breadth 14 lines.

Te Aroha.

One individual was found quite recently by Mr. J. J.
Walker.

Obs.—Zolus femoralis. This was described about ten years
ago from a female found at Wellington. Lately I received
a male from Mr. J. V. Hudson for identification, and Mr. J. J.
Walker has given me one from Westport and another from
Picton, all of which have been subjected to a careful scrutiny,
without, however, detecting anything that would justify the
separation of any one specimen from my type. ‘l’he femora
are usually clear testaceous, sometimes the legs are wholly
pale castaneous. The frontal foveze on the head in some
individuals extend as far as the back of the eyes. The
punctuation near the base of the thorax, though feeble in the
female, is quite distinct in the other sex. The thorax itself
is actually as long as it is broad in some cases, but just
perceptibly broader in others. All may be distinguished
irom Sharp’s Z. Helmsi by the fine, yet quite distinct, punc-
tures of the elytral striz.

(To be continued. ]

On the Gadotd or Anacanthine Fishes. 459
A
‘ae cep |
_~ LXII.—On the Systematic Position and Classification of the
Gadoid or Anacanthine Fishes. By C. Tate Recan, B.A.

In the order Anacanthini Dr. Giinther * included those
fishes which were brought together by the definition “ Vertical
and ventral fins without spinous rays; ventral fins, if present,
jugular or thoracic; air-bladder, if present, without pneumatic
duct.” Of these the Ammodytidee are now usually regarded
as allied to the Scombresocide, whilst the remaining families
have been included within the Acanthopterygii by most modern
authors. In Messrs. Jordan and Mvermann’s ‘ Fishes of
North America’ t we find that the Lycodide, Brotulide,
Ophidiide, &ec. are considered to be degraded forms allied to
the Blennies, whilst the Gadide and Macruride are placed
next to them, being, however, distinguished by the foramen
between scapula and coracoid, and the Pleuronectide form a
third group, whose nearest relations are stated to be probably
with the Gadide.

In recent papers Mr. Boulenger{ has shown that the
Pleuronectide are nearer to the Cyttide than to any other
living fishes, and also that the Trachinide, Callionymide,
and Nototheniide resemble the Gadide and Macruride in the
position of the scapular foramen, on which account, and taking
into consideration the jugular position of the ventrals, he
would associate all the Gadoid, Trachinoid, Blennioid, and
Batrachoid fishes in one division of the Acanthopterygii,—
Jugulares.

‘The importance of the position of the scapular foramen had,
however, been overestimated, for the same author § has since
discovered that 7rematomus differs from all the other Noto-
theniide in having the foramen entirely within the scapula.
I find a similar instance in the Macruride, a species hitherto
referred to the genus Bathygadus—viz., B. longifilis, Goode
and Bean ||—having the scapula perforate. This species also
differs from Bathygadus in the presence of a slit behind the
fourth gill, and I propose to make it the type of a new genus
Gadomus ; it is worth noting that this is undoubtedly a very
generalized Macrurid, as is shown by the terminal mouth,
cycloid scales, subcontinuous dorsal fins, and the first dorsal

* Cat. iv. p. 317 (1862), and ‘Study of Fishes,’ p.537 (1880).

t+ Vol. iii. pp. 2458, 2528, and 2602,

{ Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) viii. 1901, p. 261, and x. 1902, p. 295.

§ ‘Southern Cross’ Fishes, p. 177.

|| B. multifilis, Giinther, and B. furvescens, Alcock, are identical with
this species. B. melanobranchus, Vaillant, has a slit behind the fourth
gill and the foramen between scapula and coracoid ; I propose for it the
generic name Melunobranchus.

460 Mr. C. T. Regan on the

ray articulated, and there can be little doubt that the foramen
between scapula and coracoid is a specialization which has
independently arisen within the Gadoid group, and does not
indicate affinity with other fishes in which this specialization
has also arisen, concurrently with the forward shifting of the
ventral fins.

Since, then, the position of the scapular foramen cannot be
used as an absolute character for separating the Gadoids from
the Zoarcide, Brotulide, &c., other distinguishing features
must be found if these families are not to be associated in the
same group; and after examining all the skeletons available,
and in several cases making dissections, it appears to me that
the following generalizations hold good :—

In the Gadoids (Gadide and Macruride) the ventral fins
consist of 1-12 soft rays and are below or in front of the
pectorals, whilst the pelvic bones are posterior to the clavicular
symphysis, to which they are loosely attached by a liga-
mentous connexion; the first two vertebre have no epi-
pleurals, the first epipleural being attached to the first rib.

In the Blennioids (Blenniide, Zoarcide, Brotulide, Ophi-
diide, &c.) the ventrals, when present, consist of less than 5
soft rays, sometimes with the addition of a spinous ray, and
are jugular, the pelvic bones being directly and firmly
attached to the clavicular symphysis; whilst the first two
vertebre bear sessile epipleurals.

It is evident that the Blennioid fishes are modified Acantho-
pterygii, but that the Gadoids have originated from some less
specialized stock, and that the absence of non-articulated fin-
rays, the large number of rays in the ventrals, and the lack
of direct attachment of the pelvic bones to the clavicles, taken
together, must be regarded as primitive features. From their
anatomy and appearance I am inclined to think that the
Gadoids are not related to the Percesoces, but are derived
from some Haplomous stock from which the Berycide have
also descended, and of which the Stephanoberycide may well
be the living representatives. They may be distinguished
from the Percesoces by the extreme development of the
opisthotic, which forms a large part of the lateral wall of the
brain-case and extends down to the basioccipital, thus sepa-
rating the pro-otic from the exoccipitals. In most Teleostei
the exoccipital extends forward below the opisthotic and
meets the pro-otic*.

* Exceptions are the Fierasferide and Gobiide, in which the opisth-
otic has the same relation as in the Gadoids (see Emery, ‘ Fauna und

Flora des Golfes von Neapel,’ Fierasfer (1880); but in other characters
these three groups are widely different.

Gadoid or Anacanthine Fishes. 461

Most of the Gadoids can be referred to one of two families,
viz. Macruride, with ventrals below the pectorals and with
tapering tail, without separate caudal fin, and Gadide, with
ventrals anterior to the pectorals and with a distinct caudal
fin, which is, however, secondary, symmetrical, and composed
mainly of dorsal and anal rays.

Fig. 1.

1 a

A. Skull of Brotula multibarbata, seen from the side.
B. Skull of Trachyrhynchus trachyrhynchus, seen from below.

bo., basioccipital ; e0., exoccipital ; so., supra-occipital ; eot., epiotic ; 00.,
opisthotic ; pro., pro-otic ; par., parietal ; f., frontal; ptf, postfrontal ;
prf., prefrontal ; sq., squamosal ; os., alisphenoid ; ps , parasphenoid ;
eth,, ethmoid ; v., vomer; z., nasal ; pal., palatine ; por., prorbital ;
sor., suborbitals; entp., entopterygoid; ectp., ectopterygoid; ¢.,
quadrate ; pop., preoperculum ; péte., post-temporal.

In the Macruride I would provisionally include Melanonus,
a genus known only from one specimen and placed by
Dr. Giinther* in the Gadide. It differs from most Ma-
crurids in its only moderately elongate body, in having

* “Challenger ’ Deep-sea Fishes, p. 84, pl. xiv.

462 Mr. C. T. Regan on the

vomerine and palatine teeth and a single continuous dorsal
fin. Lyconus, regarded by Dr. Giinther * as the type of a
distinct family on account of the undivided dorsal and the
presence of pseudobranchizw, should also be placed in the
Macruride. 4 ad ‘La

In the Macruridz we pass from the more generalized forms
with cycloid scales, terminal mouth, and continuous or sub-
continuous dorsal fins, to those with rough or spinous scales,
inferior mouth and projecting snout, and a well-differentiated
anterior dorsal. In these latter the snout is formed by the
enlarged nasal bones, which unite in the middle line, and
are supported below by the united przorbitals; in them also
the suborbitals are enlarged and angulated, their upper portion
forming an oblique shelf supporting the eye. ‘This feature
is most distinct in the genus Trachyrhynchus, which repre-
sents the extreme of specialization, and in which the posterior
suborbitals extend back and join the preoperculum, and there
is no trace of a median suture between the frontals. ‘he
post-temporal of Trachyrhynchus is also peculiar, as in
addition to the two forks which are‘attached to the epiotic
and opisthotic there is a third which runs to the exoccipital,
and the interspaces between all three are filled in by an
osseous membrane, so that it appears to form an integral part
of the skull, and has, indeed, been mistaken by Supino f for-
the opisthotic.

Specialization within this family would seem to have been
accompanied by an increase innumberof the pectoral pterygials,
for whilst Bathygadus and Gadomus have three and Macru-
ronus four, in Hymenocephalus there are five, andin Macrurus,
Coryphenoides, and Trachyrhynchus six. The extreme
interest of the genus Macruronus, represented by a single
species, M/. nove-zealandiw, has not yet been appreciated.
Although a true Macrarid in the position of the ventrals and
the absence of a caudal fin, it is at least as nearly related to
the Gadid genus MMerluccius as to any member of its own
family (the evidently closely allied Stezndachneria excepted).
The appearance of the head, with the wide terminal mouth,
strongly toothed jaws, &c., is exactly that of a Merluccius ;

* ‘Challenger’ Deep-sea Fishes, p. 158, pl. xlil.

+ “Ricerche sul Cranio dei Teleostei, II. Macrurus” (Ric. Lab. Anat.
Univ. Rom. ix. fase. 2-3, 1902). In this paper the sutures are not too
accurately depicted ; as has been said, the post-temporal is mistaken for
the opisthotic, and the large opisthotic has not been recognized. The nasal
bones are named ‘“ mesethmoid,” and a pair of inferior frontal ridges
“ orbitosphenoid.” Moreover, I cannot find any trace of a basisphenoid
in this species or in any fishes of this suborder,

Gadotd or Anacanthine Fishes. 463

and this correspondence extends to minute structural details,
the upper surface of the skull being precisely similar in
both, and unlike that of any other Gadoid, in having a
pair of divergent frontal ridges, starting from the supra-
occipital crest, and enclosing a large triangular depression.
Macruronus differs from the Macruridee and resembles
the Gadide in the intimate union of the first vertebra
to the skull, whilst its neural spine is directly and firmly
attached to the supra-occipital crest. Moreover, in both
Macruronus and Merluccius the frontal bones are paired,
the pectoral pterygials are four in number, the vomer 1s
toothed, the scales are small and cycloid, concealed glandular
pseudobranchiz are present, and the dorsal fin has an elevated
anterior portion composed entirely of articulated rays and
subcontinuous with the rest of the fin.

The vertebral column in Macruronus is quite normal, the
parapophyses being only moderately expanded, and bearing
ribs, whereas in Merlucctus the anterior vertebree only bear
ribs, the other pracaudals having strong and much expanded
parapophyses, without ribs.

Messrs. Jordan and Kvermann* make Bregmaceros the
type of a distinct family, which they place near the Brotu-
lide, on account of the supposed similarity in the structure
of the pectoral arch. I find that this genus is typically
Gadid, the foramen being between scapula and coracoid, the
pelvic bones free from the pectoral arch, and the caudal fin
symmetrical,

Diagrams showing the relations of scapula, coracoid, and pterygials in
(A) Ganomus longifilis and (B) Murenolepis marmoratus.

The genus M/urenolepis, represented by a single species,

* Fishes N. Am. ili. p. 2526,

464 Mr. C. T. Regan on the

M. marmoratus, known only from two specimens from Ker-
guelen, was placed by Dr. Giinther* in the Gadide. It
is a highly specialized type, whose nearest relations are with
the Gadid genus Onos, which it resembles in general appear-
ance, as well as in the composition of the fins, the structure
of the skull, and the dentition. The foramen is between
scapula and coracoid, but the pterygials are no less than ten
in number. The gill-membranes are united, but free from
the isthmus, and the gill-openings are restricted from above,
commencing below the level of the pectorals. The scales are
peculiar, being oblong and arranged at right angles to each
other, much as in the Anguillide or in some species of Ophi-
dium; there is no distinct caudal fin. All these features
indicate so considerable a differentiation from the Gadide
that this genus might well be considered as the type of a
distinct family. In his generic diagnosis Dr. Giinther states
that the air-bladder has a pneumatic duct; the anterior
part of the air-bladder is very muscular and the so-called
duct is probably a vascular and nervous strand supplying
this muscular portion.

The suborder Anacanthini and its component families and
subfamilies may be defined as follows :-—

Suborder ANACANTHINIfF.

Parietals separated by the supra-occipital; pro-otic and
exoccipital separated by the enlarged opisthotic; pectoral
arch attached to the skull; no mesocoracoid ; no infra-clavicle.
Vertical and ventral fins without spinous rays (except the
first dorsal ray of some Macrurids) ; ventral fins anterior in
position, the pelvic bones posterior to the clavicular symphysis
and only loosely attached to it by ligament. Gills pectinate.
Air-bladder without pneumatic duct.

Family 1. Macruride.

Suborbitals not forming an internal subocular lamina.
Post-temporal forked, attached to the epiotic above and the
opisthotic below.

* ‘Challenger’ Shore-Fishes, p. 18, pl. viii.

+ Certain features of the suspensory apparatus seem to be constant
throughout the suborder, and may prove to he of some importance. The
head of the hyomandibular articulates within a single socket, to the
formation of which the squamosal and postfrontal contribute. The ento-
pterygoid is well developed, attached to the ectopterygoid below and in
front by a vertical suture to the palatine. The palatine is attached ante-
riorly only to the prefrontal, and has a long maxillary process.

Gadotd or Anacanthine Fishes. 465

Basis cranii simple. Vertebree numerous, the first two
without parapophyses, ribs, or epipleurals, those following
without parapophyses and with sessile ribs to which epipleurals
are attached, most of the precaudals with well-developed
parapophyses, bearing ribs, the epipleurals attached either to
the ribs or the parapophyses. Anterior caudal vertebre with
much enlarged hemal canal. Pectoral pterygials 3-6 in
number. Foramen between scapula and coracoid (except in
Gadomus). Gills four, a slit behind the fourth (except in
Bathygadus) ; gill-openings wide, the membranes free from
or narrowly joined to the isthmus; 6-8 branchiostegals ;
pseudobranchie, if present, usually glandular, reduced.
Mouth protractile, terminal or inferior. Body elongate,
tapering, without distinct caudal fin; dorsal and anal fins
long, confluent posteriorly, the former with or without a
separate anterior portion; ventrals below the pectorals, with
@-12 rays. A mental barbel usually present.

Subfamily Baruyeapivz.

The first vertebra articulating normally with the skull, its
neural spine not directly attached to the occipital crest.
First dorsal ray not spinous. First gill-arch entirely free
anteriorly.

Genera :—NMelanonus, Lyconus, Gadomus, Bathygadus,
Melanobranchus, Trachyrhynchus.

Subfamily Macrvrivz.

Differ from the preceding in that the epibranchial and
lower part of the ceratobranchial of the first gill-arch are
connected by membrane to the wall of the gill-chamber,
leaving only a narrow slit in front of the first gill. The first
dorsal ray is a non-articulated spine.

Genera :— Hymenocephalus, Malucocephalus, Macrurus,
Coryphenoides, &c.

Subfamily Macrvroviw2.

Neural arch of first vertebra suturally united to exoccipitals
and its neural spine directly and firmly attached to the supra-
occipital crest. In other respects like the Bathygadine.

Genera :—Macruronus, Steindachneria,

Family 2. Gadide.
Closely allied to the Macruroninz, from which they differ
Ann, & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xi. 33

466 On the Gadoid or Anacanthine I'ishes.

only in the more anterior ventrals, which have 1-9 rays, and
in having a separate caudal fin. Frontal bones united to
form an undivided plate (except in Merlucctius), as in the
more specialized Macruride. Vertebral column as in the
Macruride (except in Merlucctus, in which ribs are absent
from the vertebree with the strong expanded parapophyses).
Pectoral pterygials 4-5 in number. Scales small, cycloid.
Dorsal and anal fins often divided into two or three portions.
A mental barbel usually present.

It has already been pointed out by Mr. Boulenger* that
the Gadide must be derived from fishes like the Macruride
which have lost their caudal fin, as otherwise the structure of
the Gadid caudal, which is symmetrical, and supported by
the neural and hemal spines of the posterior vertebrae, and
by basal bones similar to those supporting the preceding
dorsal and anal rays, is inexplicable. The Macruride,
although including many very aberrant types, are, in the two
essential characters of the more posterior ventrals and absent
caudal, less specialized than the Gadide, which latter are
connected with the more generalized Macrurids through
Macruronus.

Genera :—Merluccius, Gadus, Halargyreus, Lotella, Phycis,
Physiculus, Haloporphyrus, Lota, Molva, Onos, Bregmaceros,
Brosmius, Raniceps, &e.

Family 3. Murenolepidide.

Closely related to the Gadidew, from which they differ in
not having a separate caudal fin, in the gill-openings restricted
to below the base of the pectorals, in the increased number
(ten) of the pectoral pterygials f, and in the peculiar scales,
similar to those of the Anguillide. Ventrals with 5 rays.
A mental barbel. Frontals forming an undivided plate.

Genus :—Murenolepis.

* Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) x. 1902, p. 295 et seg.

+ The increased number of pectoral pterygials has been regarded by
Sagemehl (Morphol. Jahrb. x. 1885, p. 17) as indicating generalization,
and has been a great stumbling-block in his discussion of the affinities of
Gymnotus with the other Ostariophysi, and especially the Characinide.
The fact, as Mr. Boulenger has pointed out to me, that the same feature
is repeated in three such distinct families as the Gymnotide, Anguillide,
and Murzenolepididze, and occurs in genera which are in all other respects
more specialized than their neighbours, goes far to prove that Sagemehl
was mistaken in his interpretation of this character.

On Coleoptera from the Nilgiri INills. 467

LXIII.—Lameilicorn Coleoptera from the Nilgirt Hills.
By D. Suarp, M.A., M.B., F.R.S., &c.

Fourreen species of Phytophagous Lamellicorn Coleoptera
were recently sent by Mr. C. A. Barber (Government Botanist
at Ootacamund, 8. India) to the Cambridge Museum to be
named. On studying them it appeared that names could not
be found for nine of the species, and I here give descriptions
of seven of them. Of the other two species only single
examples were sent, and they remain to be dealt with when
more material shall have been received. A complete set of
the new species has been placed in the British Museum
(Natural History) and also one in the Museum of the Univer-
sity at Cambridge.

Ffolotrichia repetita, sp. n.

Elongata, testacea, plus minusve picescens, parce punctata; supra
nitida, subtus pectore sat dense villoso; capite ecarinato, dense
fortiter punctato, clypeo fere rotundato; thorace brevi, parce
punctato ; elytris fortiter et irregulariter punctatis, subcostatis,
utrinque ad basin impressis, impressione oblique strigulosa.

Long. 18-20 mm.

This species has quite the aspect of a somewhat long and
narrow Lthizotrogus. The clypeus is slightly emarginate in
the middle and the whole of the upper surface of the head is
coarsely subrugosely punctate. ‘The thorax is very short,
the hind angles are definite and obtuse, not at all rounded,
the lateral margin is very fine, its front half is very obscurely
crenate, there is no expansion, or at most a very slight one,
at the front angles; the punctuation is rather distant and
coarse, the surface quite shining. Scutellum broad, coarsely
punctate. HElytra coarsely and irregularly punctured, elevated
along the suture, and each with four other longitudinal
elevations—the one next the suture diverges from it in front
and disappears before reaching the base ; the second is parallel
with the first, and between the two at the base there is a
depression which is always crossed by two or three fine
ruge; the third elevation is much shorter, and the fourth is
a slender one parallel with the outer margin. Pygidium
rather small, densely punctate, not convex. Legs long and
slender. Labrum deeply divided, its lobes subtruncate.
Mentum with only four or five sete on each side in front.
Antenne 10-jointed, the club about as long as joints 2-7. I
am not sure whether all the specimens before me are males or

DO %
—0o*

468 Dr. D. Sharp on Lamellicorn

not; if the female is among them it 1s extremely like the
male externally.

May be placed early in the genus, near H. parallela. The
collection in the British Museum includes a very old specimen
labelled “montana, Reiche, Ghauts,” which I believe is this
species.

Ootacamund (C. A. Barber, no. 202 a). In the collections
of the Cambridge Museum, British Museum, and D. Sharp.

Holotrichia conferta, sp. 0.

Testacea, plus minusve piceo-obscurata, densissime punctata, opaca,
pectore densius villoso ; vertice alte carinato, carina emarginata ;
clypeo brevissimo, dense punctato, medio emarginato; elytris
ecostatis.

Long. 16-18 mm.

Mentum in front on each side with a series of iong appressed
golden hairs covering its surface. Labrum very deeply
emarginate. Antenne 9-jointed, joints 3 and 4 rather short,
sharply divided. Clypeus very short and broad, greatly
yeflexed in front, and broadly but not deeply emarginate.
Vertex elevated to form a very strong carina, slightly notched
in the middla Thorax with the hind angles extremely
obtuse, the side margin explanate at the front angles, the
anterior margin thick, sharply elevated, so as to have a
perpendicular face, adapted to the carina of the vertex ; the
whole surface extremely densely punctate. Scutellum not
covered by the hair of the thorax, punctate. Elytra very
densely punctate, with a longitudinal impression near the
suture, abbreviated in front, and limiting a broad, more
coarsely and less densely punctate space. Pygidium broad,
rather feebly punctate. Abdominal sutures less effaced than
usual. Breast densely clothed with tawny pubescence.
Club of antenna short in the female, moderately long in the
male.

This may be placed near /. sinensis. There is a very old
specimen in the British Museum labelled “ Madras.”

Ootacamund (C. A. Barber, no. 202 6). In the collections
of the Cambridge Museum, British Museum, and D. Sharp.

Metaserica, Brenske.
Melaserica, Brenske, Berlin, ent. Zeitschr. xlii. 1897, p. 421.
This genus has been recently characterized by Herr Brenske

and is based on two male specimens found in Tibet at Ta-
tsien-lu. Brenske’s description is necessarily very brief, and

Coleoptera from the Nilgiri Hills. . 469

there is consequently some doubt whether a large Serica
found by Mr. Barber in the Nilgiri Hills really belongs to it.
It possesses, however, the chief character of JMelaserica, viz.
that in the male the club of the antenna has five leaflets. In
the Nilgiri species there are really five leaflets in the male,
and, in addition, a considerable prolongation of the fifth
joint. In the female of M/. Barberi there are only four
leaflets in the club, The eyes in M. Brenskei are remarkably
large, and as they are small in MM. thibetana, and as the
specific characters of the two are very different, it must
remain doubtful whether the two forms are really congeneric.

Melaserica? Barberi, sp. n.

Suboblonga, valde conyexa, rufescens, supra (presertim anterius)
late nigricans ; obsolete punctata, elytris leviter striatis.
Long. 11 mm.

Clypeus red, vertex black, the former shining and coarsely
punctate, the latter dull and impunctate, so that the two parts
are very different. yes large and convex. ‘Thorax short,
narrowed in front, the side very little rounded, the hind
angles nearly rectangular, only prevented from being so by a
short obliquity or change of direction in the base close to
them; the surface broadly black, redder about the sides,
very dull, almost impunctate. Scutellum elongate, obso-
letely punctate. Elytra about the base and suture black,
feebly striate, with the interstices slightly convex; dull and
almost destitute of punctuation. Pygidium large, black,
marked with red along the middle and at the sides. Under
surface red, very dull; middle coxe but little separated ;
lower face of hind femur dull and impunctate.

The female agrees rather closely with the male except in
the structure of the antennez and in the eyes being a little
smaller.

Ootacamund (C. A. Barber, no. 210); Nilgiri Hills (Str
G. F'. Hampson, 94-89, Brit. Mus. Coll.). In the collections
of the Cambridge Museum, British Museum, and D. Sharp.

Serica nilgirensis, sp. n.

Affinis S. indice, Bl. . Suboblonga, rufescens, supra vix opalescens ;
elytris crebre irregulariter punctatis, leviter striatis, interstitiis
subconvexis.

Long. 7-73 mm.

Differs in numerous details from S. indica, to which it is
closely allied. Male club of antenna very elongate, twice as

470 Dr. D. Sharp on Lamellicorn

long as the scape, in the female not half as long. Clypeus
small, very coarsely punctate, similar in the two sexes, very
slightly concave in the middle; front plate of mentum
strongly transverse, almost oblong. Head and thorax some-
times red, sometimes infuscate, sparingly though not finely (on
the disk of the thorax obsoletely) punctate; hind angles
strongly rounded. Scutellum elongate, very coarsely punc-
tate, with an indefinite smooth space along the middle.
Elytra with a coarse subrugulose sculpture, and each with
eight longitudinal shallow grooves; on tlie interstices the
sculpture is less concentrated than it is in the grooves, where,
indeed, it is concentrated and irregular; the sete are exces-
sively minute and scanty, though this evidently depends to
some extent on attrition. Pygidium obsoletely punctate.
Metasternum elongate in the middle, its lateral wings not
much more than half as long as the hind coxe; these
are very densely coarsely punctate. Hind femora nearly
smooth below, their lower hind margin nearly straight, their
upper hind margin very strongly curved, and projecting, near
the base, farther back than the lower margin. ‘Tarsi very
long and shining.

Ootacamund (C. A. Barber, no. 207); apparently abun-
dant. In the collections of the British Museum, Cambridge
Museum, and D. Sharp.

The species shows numerous differences from that de-
termined (I believe correctly) in the British Museum as
S. indica, Blanch.

Serica pilula, sp. n.

Xotundato-ovalis, convexa, nigra, opaca, obsolete punctata; clytris
obsolete striatis ; antennis rufo-sordidis, tarsis piceo-rufis.
Long. 5-6 mm.

This is a peculiar species, that becomes very compact and
subspherical in form when contracted. This, with the com-
paratively small eyes and the condition of the specimens,
seems to indicate very subterranean -habits. Antenne
10-jointed, the sixth and seventh joints extremely short; the
club rather long, longer than the scape. Clypeus small,
emarginate in front. Front of mentum smooth and shining,
rather large, depressed, its lower margin strongly curved.
The sculpture of the whole of the surface peculiarly effaced,
the surface dull ; the striation of the elytra very fine, indistinct.
Middle cox widely separated; metasternum short in the
middle, almost without channel. Hind coxe not large,
sparingly punctate. Abdomen short ; pygidium short.

Coleoptera from the Nilgiri Hills, 471

This species did not exist in the British Museum
collection.

Ootacamund (C. A. Barber, no. 214); apparently rare.
In the collections of the British Museum, Cambridge Mu-

seum, and D. Sharp.

Anomala Oliviert, sp. n.

A, variantis, Ol., affinis, sed superne picea vel nigricans.
Long. 20-21 mm,

Melolontha varians, var. 6, Olivier, Ent. i. 5, p. 8, pl. x. fig. 123 8.

This species has been long known, and was in fact treated
by Olivier as a variety of A. varians when he first charac-
terized that species. It is apparently distinct, no inter-
mediates having been discovered. ‘The series forwarded by
Mr. Barber exhibits a little variation in colour. The sides
of the thorax are sometimes extensively pallid, and the dark
colour has a variable degree of extension on the pygidium.
The legs and under surface of the three thoracic divisions are
pallid, the tarsi and ventral segments piceous, and the dark
colour extends more or less on to the middle of the meta-
sternum ; the terminal ventral plate and the hind margin of
the penultimate one are dirty yellow, the broad intervening
membrane being more pallid.

The male and female are very much alike, but the male
has the hind femora punctate and covered with long pubes-
cence over the whole of the lower face, while in the female
there is a smooth space along the middle, limited posteriorly
by a series of bristles, behind which the surface is coarsely
sculptured and somewhat pubescent. There are also slight
differences in the club of the antenna, in the clypeus, in the
shape of the claws and the length of the legs, as well as in
the shape of the pygidium. In the series before me the
female is very much rarer than the male.

In the collections of the Cambridge Museum, the British
Museum, and D. Sharp.

Ootacamund (C. A. Barber, no. 201).

Anomala globulosa, sp. n.
Brevis, convexa, nigricans; antennis, palpis tarsisque testaceis ;
corpore subtus parce testaceo-hirsuto ; elytris punctato-sulcatis.
Long. 6-7 mm.

This little species is not at all allied to any other and has
the appearance of a minute Dynastid rather than of a Rutelid.

472 On Coleoptera from the Nilgirt Hills.

It may be compared with A. ¢gnicollis, which is as much
like it as any other species I know. I have only males
before me.

The club of the antenna is remarkably long, being equal to
the width separating the eyes. The head is small, the clypeus
very much rounded, strongly margined ; the surface of the
head coarsely irregularly punctured, uneven and rugose.
Thorax black and shining, sparingly punctate, the basal
margin obsolete except near the angles. Scutellum only very
finely punctured. Elytra with deep but irregular strie,
which are coarsely and irregularly punctured. Pygidium
rather large, elongate and vertical, not convex, coarsely
rather sparsely punctate, shining. Legs short; hind femora
very broad. Claws unequal, those on the anterior feet quite
short, the anterior of the two thick, and with a very short
division, which is scarcely separated from the body of the
claw ; on the other feet the claw is not divided. The abdo-
men is very short.

Ootacamund (C. A. Barber, no. 213); apparently rare.
In the collections of the British Museum and the Cambridge
Museum.

The elytra are obscure reddish in one of the British Museum
examples.

Adoretus ovalis, Blanchard.

Fusco-niger, antennis testaceis, pedibus rufo-sordidis; tenuiter
breviterque pallide setosus, nullo modo squamosus ; elytris obso-
lete tricostatis.

Long. 12-13 mm,

One of the most obscure species of the genus, destitute of
any salient character, and with only a slight difference
between the sexes. Mr. G.J. Arrow considers the specimens
here described to be A. ovalis, Blanch. (Cat. Coll. Ent. p. 233),
and as there is nothing in Blanchard’s brief description to
contradict this, and as the locality agrees, this determination
may be accepted, though I at first thought that the species
was undescribed.

Upper surface somewhat shining, rather finely and indefi-
nitely subrugosely punctate, clothed with scanty, short,
pallid, adpressed hairs, none of which are at all like scales.
Clypeus rather narrow, eyes only moderately large. Thorax
short, in the male a little, in the female strongly narrowed in
front ; basal margin fine, distinctly sinuate on each side of
the middle. Elytra with a scarcely perceptible metallic
shimmer and each with three very fine and faint coste.

On a new Rat from Simla. 473

Under surface sparingly setose, the hairs longer than on the
upper surface. The chief distinction between the sexes is
that in the female the pygidium is extremely short; in the
male it is twice as long.

Ootacamund (C. A. Barber, no. 205). In the collections
of the British Museum, Cambridge Museum, and D. Sharp.

Cambridge,
March, 1903,

LXIV.—On a new Rat of ihe Mus rufescens Group
from Simla. By J. Lewis Bonnore, M.A.

WHEN revising the Oriental rats of the Mus rattus group a
short time ago I came across a series of eleven from Simla,
differing, so far as I know, from the numerous rats of this
group which have already been described. I therefore
propose to describe it under the name

Mus vicerex, sp. n.

Similar in size to typical Mus rufescens, but with shorter
tail.

General colour yellowish grey, lighter on the flanks and
darker on back, interspersed with long black hairs which,
when seen in certain lights, have a greenish gloss. Under-
parts and feet white, the facial portion and top of the nose
very grey. ‘Tail of medium length, not exceeding that of
the head and body, markedly bicolor and well clothed with
numerous very fine hairs. Lars large and uniform dark
brown in colour, having a very narrow line of white hairs
round the extreme margin. Fur thickly beset with long and
slender spines.

The skull resembles that of IM. rufescens very closely ;
it differs, however, in the greater breadth of the nasals,
with which is correlated a stouter muzzle. The audital
bullze are rather less inflated on their outer surface, giving
them the appearance of lying more obliquely on the skull.

Dimensions (of type) from dried skin:—Head and body
173 millim. ; tail (tip broken) 130 ; hind foot 33; ear 23.

Skull: greatest length 42 millim.; basal length 34;
palatal length 20; length of nasals 15; breadth of nasals
anteriorly 4°5; greatest breadth of muzzle 7; zygomatic
breadth, approx., 21; greatest breadth of brain-case 16,

Hab, Simla.

474 Mr. J. L. Bonhote on

Type. B.M. no. 85. 8. 1.313. Adult female, 25th Octo-
ber, 1877, collected and presented by Mr. A. O. Hume.

Although closely allied to Mus rufescens the short bicolor
tail clothed with fine hairs forms an unmistakable character
by which it may always be easily recognized. Although the
majority of the series are of a very uniform pale colour,
several specimens show a tendency to become more rufous,
but in no case do they become nearly so bright as in Mus
rufescens. The narrow white edging to the ear is also a
well-marked feature. Externally and at first sight this
species bears a considerable resemblance to Mus Blanfordi, but
the presence of spines in the fur, which are entzrely absent in
M. Bianfordi, as well as the pure white terminal portion of ©
the tail of the last-named prevent any risk of confusion.
The skulls of the two species are not closely alike.

The average length of tail in the series of eleven specimens
is 158 millim. (145-170) ; the tail of the type is slightly
broken at the tip.

LXV.—On Two new Species of Cat from China.
By J. Lewis Bonnore, M.A.

Tue Museum has just received from Mr. Henry Brelich the
skin of a small cat from the province of Kweichow, which is
so distinct from the cats hitherto recorded from China that I
have no hesitation in describing it as new, and propose for it
the name

Felis Ingrami, sp. 0.

Size very small, and tail less than half the length of the
body. General colour pale buff, shading to white on the
underparts. Body thickly covered with dark markings of
irregular shape, showing especially on the sides a tendency
to’: form rosettes, the centre of the spot being of a warm
rufous brown. Along the median dorsal area the markings
become linear and form two broken lines the whole length of
the body, the ground-colour in this area being similar to
that in the centre of the spots. The limbs are spotted in a
similar manner to the body right down to the toes. On the
underparts the spots are pure black, without any of the rufous
hairs. ‘The head above the cheeks is of the same ground-
colour as the rest of the body, and from above the eyes four
narrow clear-cut black stripes run backwards as far as the
shoulders, where they lose themselves in a transverse rufous

Two new Cats from China. AT5

collar. There isa short but distinct black stripe starting
from the outer angle of the eye and continuing to a little
behind the ear; this is bordered below by a pure white stripe,
which is in turn succeeded by another black one, the latter
ending in a rufous spot. The chin and throat are white with
several black collars. The tail is somewhat lighter than the
general body-colour, spotted near the base and marked above
with six or seven incomplete black rings, which are only
slightly narrower than the spaces between them.

Skull. There is no skull with the skin.

Dimensions (approximate) from the skin :—Head and body
480 millim. ; tail 200; hind foot 75.

Hab, Van Gin Shan Mts., N. Kweichow, Central China.

Type. B.M. 3. 3. 14. 2. Collected and presented by
H. Brelich, Esq.

In its size, proportions, and markings this cat is so distinct
that there is no risk of its being confounded with any of the
other known species. In the general colour and character
of its markings it somewhat resembles F’. scripta, M.-K., but
that is larger and has a longer tail; while in the extreme
shortness of the tail it approaches F. minuta from Java and
Borneo.

I have named this species in honour of Mr. Herbert
Ingram, at whose instigation Mr. Brelich collected the present
specimen and the fine monkey recently described as Rhino-
pithecus Brelichi, Thos.

The recent acquisition of some fine leopard-skins from
China, presented by Mr. F. W. Styan to the British Museum,
has caused me to go carefully into the differences between
the various forms found in that country, with the result that
I find a specimen in the collection from Amur Bay, E. Siberia,
so different in form and colour as to require description, and
I would propose to call it

Felis villosa, sp. n.

Fur long and soft. General colour very pale cream
shading gradually off at the sides and on the limbs to pure
white. Many of the black markings, especially along the
centre of the back, forming complete circles. On the limbs
and quarters the spots are pure black with no light centres.
Markings on the tail very much broken up and ending in
four black bands, which do not completely encircle the tail,
The face, head, and cheeks covered with very small black
spots.

476 On Two new Cats from China.

I have not been able to examine the skull, which is in
the skin.

Dimensions from stuffed specimen :—Head and body 4 feet;
tail 2 feet 4 inches.

Hab. Amur Bay, E. Siberia.

Type. B.M. 95.10.19.1. Presented by the Hon. W.
Rothschild.

I should hesitate to describe this species of leopard without
access to the skull, were I not convinced that the type
(a skull only) of Gray’s Leopardus chinensis belongs to a
species distinct from Kelis Fontaniert of Mr. Milne-Edwards,
and probably to an animal of the present species.

It appears to be a much thicker-set animal, though this
may be due to the manner in which it is stuffed, while its
longer hair and very pale coloration enable it to be at once
distinguished from F. Fontanier?.

The skull of Gray’s L. chinensis 1s totally different in its
general shape and build from that of &. Fontaniert. One
cannot say whether it belongs to the species I have just de-
scribed or not, but it is unlikely that there should be three
_ species of leopard in N. China; and if Gray’s name of
L. chinensis was not preoccupied by the same author’s
F. chinensis, I should not have ventured to give a new name
to the Amur Bay skin.

The differences between the skulls of L. chinensis and
F. Fontanieri may be best understood by a comparison of
the figures, P. Z. 8. 1867, p. 264, and Rech. Mamm. pl. xxxi.,
noting especially the upper line of the cranium, which in
chinensis runs in a regular and unbroken curve, whilst in
Fontanieri it tends to reach an apex at the supraorbital ridges,
falling off in both directions from that point. The orbit in
Gray’s chinensis is much more inclined to the vertical and
does not lie back as it does in Fontaniert. The vertical
distance from the lowest point of the auditory bullee to the top
_of the skull is considerably greater in Fontaniert. There are
also many other minor differences: the bull in the last-
named species are more rounded and swollen, and the muzzle
is also longer and narrower. The teeth are the same size.
The skull of F. Fontaniert which I have chiefly used for
comparison in the above description is of nearly the same age
as Gray’s type, possibly rather younger, but nevertheless
quite adult: some skulls of Fontanierz, however, reach a
much larger size, equalling those of the Indian leopard; the
differences in shape between them and L. chinensis are,
however, the same as in the particular case described above.

Prof. E. W. MacBride on EHehinoderm Lirve. A477

LXVI.—Report on a small Collection of Echinoderm Larve
made by Mr. George Murray, F.R.S., during the Cruise of
the * Oceana, in November 1898. By E. W. MacB ne,
M.A., D.Sc., Professor of Zoology in M‘Gill University,
Montreal.

Aut the larve which I found in the collection were Bipinnarie,
and, with the reservations made hereafter, they seem all to
belong to the same species, viz. Bipinnaria asterigera (Sars),
which is the larva of Luidia Sarsi.

In the synopsis of all the known species of Bipinnaria
given by Mortensen (‘ Die Echinodermenlarven der Plankton-
Expedition’) two species are distinguished from all the rest
by the great elongation of the preoral lobe, or part of the
body in front of the mouth, which is bifurcated at the tip
into two processes, one belonging to the preoral and one to
the postoral band of cilia. These two species are believed
to be the larve of Luidia Sarsi (Bipinnaria asterigera) and
of Luidia ciliaris respectively. The first of the two species
is discriminated from the second by the circumstance that
the dorsal process of the prieoral lobe is longer than the
ventral and is heart-shaped, being marked on the border by
a median indentation.

All the specimens which are in good enough condition to
permit of the determination of these points belong unequivo-
cally to Bipinnaria asterigera. Many of them show most
distinctly the disk of the future starfish, but in several this
is not yet developed. All specimens of Bipinnaria asterigera
hitherto described have been late larvee with a well-developed
starfish disk ; in this collection, for the first time so far as I
am aware, the younger stages have been recorded. Where
the lateral and posterior processes of the ciliated rings are
preserved they are exceedingly long, so as to deserve the
name of tentacles ; but in many specimens they are mutilated,
owing possibly to the shaking up they received on their
trans-Atlantic journey.

Garstang, it is true (“Some Bipinnarie from the English
Channel,” Quart. Journ. Micr. Se. vol. xxxv.), described a
young Bipinnaria which Mortensen considers to be probably
a young stage of Bipinnaria asterigera. This I consider
possible, but not probable, for the dorsal process of the
preoral lobe is described by Garstang as lanceolate in outline,
whereas the youngest specimens of B. asterigera in the
present collection in which there is not as yet a trace of the

478 Prof. E. W. MacBride on Echinoderm Larve.

disk of the future starfish have in each case a heart-shaped
dorsal process on the preoral lobe.

In the case of two or three of the specimens submitted to
my inspection the preoral lobe had been so injured that it
was not possible to be certain as to its shape; but, except in
one case, the other characteristics left no doubt in my mind
that these larvee were also to be regarded as B. asterigera.
In the case specially referred to—the only larva recorded in
haul 5 (see below) —there was a well-marked five-rayed disk
and a very long preoral lobe ; but the processes were shorter
and the whole larva decidedly smaller than the typical full-
grown Bipinnaria asterigera. The only other species of
Bipinnaria so far known which possesses such a long preoral’
lobe is the larva of Luidia ciliata, and this is at once distin-
guishable by the fact that the starfish disk which it bears is
seven-rayed. On the whole I conclude that this somewhat
aberrant larva is also to be regarded as Bipinnaria asterigera.
Dwarf larvee are not of uncommon occurrence in other species
of Echinoderms (I have met them in Asterina gibbosa and in
Echinus esculentus). .

Subjoined is a list giving the contents of each haul as
submitted to me :—

Haul 1.—lat. 52° 4/-5 N., long. 12° 27’ W. Depth 270
fathoms. Net 20.
One damaged specimen of Bipinnaria asterigera with no
trace of the starfish disk.
Haul 2.—Same place and same depth. Net 2c.
Several full-grown specimens of Bipinnaria asterigera with
a large disk ; one with rudimentary disk.
Haul 3.—Same place and same depth. Net 2e.
Two young Bipinnaria asterigera; the starfish disk not
yet formed.
Haul 4.—Same place. Depth 620 fathoms. Net 2/,
Several Bipinnaria asterigera with far-advanced startish
disk ; one or two younger stages without disk.
Haul 5.—Lat. 52° 45 N., long. 11° 201 W. Surface.
Net la.
One aberrant larva with five-rayed disk (see above).

Montreal,
Jan. 16, 1900.

Dr. H. J. Hansen on a new Species of Sergestes. 479

LXVII.—On a new Species of Sergestes obtained by Mr.
George Murray during the Cruise of the ‘Oceana’ in 1898 *.
By Dr. H. J. Hansen, of Copenhagen.

Sergestes inermis, sp. 0.

Locality. Lat. 52° 4'-5 N., long. 12° 27’ W. Net no. 2f.
620 fath. 19/11/98.

A single rather mutilated specimen which measures
24 millim. from the end of the rostrum to the tip of the
telson. It seems to be rather far from full-grown, but its
eyes are quite black, as in mature specimens of other species.

The rostrum (fig. 1, p. 480) is of medium length, directed
forwards and somewhat upwards, its apex produced as a small
horizontal spine, at the base of which the upper margin shows
arudimentary projection. Supraocular and hepatic spines are
wanting, the gastro-hepatic groove is rather developed. The
eyes (figs. 1 and 2) are moderately large, a little shorter than
the distal joint of the eye-stalks and somewhat broader than
long. The peduncles of the antennulz have their basal
joint somewhat shorter than the two other joints together ;
the second joint is slightly more than twice as long as deep,
seen from above its inner margin is two and a half times
longer than its breadth and a little longer than that of the
third joint; the third joint is rather thick, seen from the
side as deep as the second and slightly more than twice as
long as deep, seen from above a little more than two and a
half times longer than broad. The antennal squama is
distally broad (fig. 2). The pleurobranchiz (fig. 3) of the
second thoracic leg and the first one of the third leg are
long; the second branchia of the third leg is well developed,
but not quite two thirds as long as the first, and nearly as
long as the anterior branchia of the fourth leg, and this is
somewhat longerthanthe posterior branchia. The maxillipeds
and the four anterior pairs of thoracic legs have been broken
off. The last pair of legs are as long as the peduncles of the
antennul, narrow; the penultimate joint (fig. 4) about six
times longer than broad. The external branch of the
uropods is four and a half times longer than broad (fig. 5),
its spine situated slightly beyond the proximal two thirds of
the margin.

This species is rather closely allied to S. robustus, Smith
(Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. x. 1882, p. 97, pl. xvi. figs. 5-8 4),

* See Journ. Geograph. Soc. vol. xiii. no, 2, Feb. 1899, where the
method of capture by a series of open tow-nets is described.

480 Dr. H. J. Hansen on a new Species of Sergestes.

but the last-named form differs from S.inermis in the following
particulars :—The body is stouter; the rostrum (fig. 6) is
longer, directed more upwards, and distally of another shape.
The eyes are larger, seen from the side (fig. 6) they are much

Fig.l. (x 9.) Fig. 2. (x 9.)

Fig. 4. (x 12.)

oe G
GU hs ow epee BIOL BS ie

Fig. 7. (x 6.)

Fies, 1-5. Sergestes inermis, sp. 0. Figs. 6 & 7. Sergestes robustus, Smith.

longer than the upper margin of the distal joint of their
stalks. The joints of the peduncles of the antennulz are
considerably thicker in proportion to their length. The
three posterior branchie are longer (comp. fig. 6 on pl. xx.
in Smith, Report Decap. Crustacea, Rep. U.S. Comm. Fish
and Fisheries for 1885). The fifth pair of legs are of the same

On Batrachians and Reptiles from Venezuela. 481

length, but considerably broader (fig. 7), with the penulti-
mate joint slightly more than four times longer than broad ;
the external branch of the uropods only three and a half
times longer than broad.

S. inermis is not a young specimen of S. robustus: in
specimens of Sergestes which have acquired black eyes the
length of the eyes in proportion to the length of their stalks
is not altered during growth, and the proportion between
length and breadth of the external branch of the uropods
remains constant. Furthermore, I have examined specimens
of a full-grown Mastigopus which I refer to S. robustus, and
these specimens agree rather well with the adult S. rodustus
and differ from S. inermis in some of the features just
mentioned—for instance, in the breadth of the fifth pair of
thoracic legs and of the external branch of the uropods.

LXVIII.—On some Batrachians and Reptiles from Venezuela.
By G. A. Boutencer, F.R.S.

A SMALL collection made by Sr. S. Bricefio at Merida,
Venezuela, at an altitude of 1600 metres, which it is hoped
will be acquired for the British Museum, is interesting as
extending the known distribution of several Batrachians and
Reptiles and as containing types of four undescribed species,

BATRACHIANS.
1. Hyla crepitans, Wied.
2. Leptodactylus caliginosus, Gir.
3. Hylodes Briceni, sp. n.

Tongue oval, entire. Vomerine teeth in two small,
rounded or oblique groups behind the level of the choane.
Snout rounded, as long as the diameter of the orbit; canthus
rostralis distinct; loreal region concave; nostril nearer the
tip of the snout than the eye; interorbital region as broad as
or slightly broader than the upper eyelid; fronto-parietals a
little concave, with prominent edges as in H. Buckley?, Bler.;
tympanum distinct, about half the diameter of the eye.
Fingers moderate, first shorter than second ; toes quite free ;
disks small, smaller than the tympanum; subarticular tuber-
cles very feebly prominent; a rather large oval inner, and a
small round outer metatarsal tubercle. The tibio-tarsal

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xi. 34

482 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on some

articulation reaches the tympanum or the eye. Skin smooth
above, granular on the belly and under the thighs; a rather
broad, feebly prominent glandular fold on each side of the
anterior part of the back. Reddish or purplish brown above,
spotted or freckled with dark brown; a dark canthal and
temporal streak ; a dark cross-bar between the eyes; a dark
X-shaped marking or chevron-shaped bars may be present
on the back; limbs with dark cross-bars; whitish beneath,
more or less spotted or closely vermiculate with dark brown.

From snout to vent 43 millim.

Several specimens, females and young.

4, Phyllobates alboquttatus, sp. n.

Snout rounded, hardly as long as the eye; canthus rostralis
obtuse ; loreal region feebly oblique, concave ; nostril equally
distant from the eye and the end of the snout; interorbital
space broader than the upper eyelid; tympanum rather indis-
tinct, about half the diameter of theeye. Fingers rather short,
flattened, first not extending as far as second; toes with a
rudiment of web at the base; disks of fingers and toes small ;
a very small, feebly prominent, inner metatarsai tubercle.
The tibio-tarsal articulation reaches the posterior border of
the eye. Skin smooth. Black above, with small round
white spots, disposed in a regular longitudinal series on each
side of the back; throat, breast, and anterior part of belly
dark brown with round white spots ; posterior part of belly
and lower surface of limbs white.

From snout to vent 25 millim.

A single specimen.

5. Lhyllobates trinitatis, Garm.

REPTILES.
1. Gonatodes albogularis, var. fuscus, Hallow.
2. Anolis jacare, sp. n.

Head twice as long as broad, once anda half as long as
the tibia; snout obtusely acuminate, with strong canthus ;
forehead slightly concave; frontal ridges short and feeble;
upper head-scales smooth or slightly rugose, not keeled ;
scales of the supraorbital semicircles large, separated by one
or two series of scales; a few enlarged, feebly keeled supra-
ocular scales; occipital as large as or a little larger than the
ear-opening, separated from the supraorbitals by one or two
series of scales; canthal scales four; loreal rows four or

Batrachians and Reptiles from Venezuela. 483

five ; seven or eight upper labials to below the centre of the
eye; ear-opening moderately large, oval. Gular appendage
Jarge in the male, small in the female; gular scales smooth.
- Body compressed; a small nuchal fold in the male. Scales
small, granular, feebly keeled, a little larger on the back
than on the sides; ventral scales rather large, squarish,
juxtaposed, smooth. The adpressed hind limb reaches the
neck in females, between the ear and the eye in males ;
digital expansions well developed; 20 to 22 lamelle under
phalanges II. and III. of the fourth toe. Tail feebly com-
pressed, not crested. Male with enlarged postanal scales.
Male greyish above, speckled and reticulate with dark green
on the head, body, and limbs; a white streak along the
upper lip, continued to the ear ; tail with dark annuli; lower
parts white, gular appendage bright yellow. Female greyish
above, without spots, with a broad coppery vertebral band
edged with dark grey; limbs with dark cross-bars.

d. ‘

millim. millim.
Potaldength. 2.3... .+.. HoeAcrgueae 233 218
JE [DEVEL Ryker wa ny ee ne ye eet prt a 23 20
Witdthtotwlresdi. sae see ete 10% 10
BOCA. cache oad Senet actin ove 50 50
Horevlimibngey scat ott oes cee 30 25
Dtindelimr styaceie sect vane eo 42
GREW Dey Cee hepa S| say an 160 148

Several specimens.
3. Polychrus marmoratus, L.
4, Cnemidophorus lemniscatus, Daud.
5. Mabuia agilis, Raddi.
6. LHelminthophis Petersit, Blgr.
A single specimen, measuring 265 millim., diameter of
body 4, length of tail 5. Black; snout white.
7. Glauconia macrolepis, Ptrs.
8. Drymobtus Boddaertit, Seutz.

9. Atractus erythromelas, sp. n.

Snout obtuse. Rostral small, nearly as deep as broad,
just visible from above ; internasals very small; preefrontals
as long as broad ; frontal as broad as long or a little longer
than broad, a little shorter than its distance from the end of
the snout, much shorter than the parietals ; loreal twice to

twice and a half as Jong as deep; two postoculars ; temporals
DAK
34.

484 Mr. O. Thomas on

1+ 23 seven upper labials, third and fourth entering the eye ;
three (rarely four) lower labials in contact with the single
pair of chin-shields, which are moderately large and separated
from the symphysial. Scales in 17 rows. Ventrals 159 .
to 168 in males, 171 to 186 in females; anal entire; sub-
caudals 28 to 31 in males, 23 to 25 in females. Coloration
very variable. Red above, with black spots disposed quin-
cuncially, or black with red cross-bars continuous across the
back or interrupted and alternating; head reddish brown
above with black spots ; a black streak on each side of the
head, passing through the eye; body red beneath, largely
and irregularly spotted with black, or with a narrow or broad
black median band, or with a median series of small black
spots ; lower surface of tail uniform red or with a few black
spots.

Total length 430 millim.; tail 40.

Several specimens.

Closely related to A. crassicaudatus, D. & B. Distin-
tinguished principally by the greater number of ventral
shields. .

10. Petalognathus nebulata, Linn.

LXIX.—On Three new Forms of Peromyscus obtained by
Dr. Hans Gadow, F.R.S., and Mrs. Gadow in Mexico.
By OLDFIELD THOMAS.

DuRING their trip last year to Mexico, Dr. and Mrs. Gadow
were good enough to collect a number of mammals for the
British Museum, and among these there occur examples of
three Peromysci which I cannot identify with any known
forms and now describe.

It may also be noted that among the other animals they
obtained were four examples, from San Mateo del Mar,
Tehuantepec, of a hare precisely agreeing with Wagner's
Lepus callotis, var. flavigularis, which had not hitherto had
an exact locality recorded for it.

Peromyscus leucurus Gadovit, sp. n.

* Characters. Size rather large; ears large; tail long and
much more hairy than in other Mexican species; almost
comparable in this respect with P. californicus. Pelage

* Description arranged as in Dr. Merriam’s important paper on the
group, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash, xii. p. 115 (1898).

Three new Forms of Peromyscus. 485

long, but comparatively harsh; hairs of back about 10 mm.
in length. Colour brownish.

Colour. Upper parts pale brownish with a slight buffy
tinge; sides scarcely more buffy than back. Underparts
soiled greyish, about as in true /eucurus, without fulvous
suffusion on chest; chin white; hands and feet white;
ankles dusky, the dark colour not passing on to the meta-
tarsals ; tail bicolor, white below and for the terminal inch
or so all round, blackish above proximally, the two colours
passing into each other, not abruptly separated.

Skull with a large rounded brain-case and short muzzle ;
supraorbital edges square, sharp-edged, but without vertically
rising bead; palatal foramina almost reaching to the level
of mi.

Measurements of type :—

Total length 265 millim.; head and body 115; tail 150;
hind foot, 8. u. 27°6, c.u. 29; ear 25.

Skull: greatest length 31°5; basilar length 24; zygo-
matic breadth 15:4; nasals, length 11°5, interorbital breadth
42; breadth of brain-case 14; interparietal 4°2x 11°5;
diastema 85; palate length 12°5; palatal foramina 6°6 x 2°6;
length of upper molar series 4°7.

Hab. San Carlos Yantepec, Oaxaca, Mexico (between
Oaxaca city and Tehuantepec). Altitude 2250 feet. Other
specimens from the neighbourhood of Oaxaca city.

Type. Female. B.M. no. 3.3.4. 55. Collected September
1902 and presented by Dr. Hans Gadow.

‘This fine Peromyscus seems to be a well-marked subspecies
of my P. leucurus*, from which it differs by its darker,
browner, and less cinereous colour, longer sparser fur, larger
ears, and more thickly haired tail. It does not appear to be
closely related to any of the forms described by Dr. Merriam.

While the true P. leucurus is probably an inhabitant of
the low sandy flats near Tehuantepec, P. /. Gadovii repre-
sents a darker inland form of the same type.

Peromyscus Beate, sp. n.

Characters. Size small medium, about as in P. aaztecus ;
ears rather large; tail longer than head and body, well
haired, though not so thickly clothed as in the other two
species now described.

* Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xiv. p. 864 (1894). The dorsal hairs of
P. leucurus are said to be “7 or 8 mm. in length,” but only the isolated
longer hairs. attain this latter length, and were I now describing it I
should consider 7 mm, as the full length of the general mass of the fur.

486 On Three new Forms of Peromyscus.

Colour. Brownish fulvous, greyer on head and fore-
quarters, darker and well-lined with black on back, dull
fulvous on sides *. Under surface dull grey (between greys
nos. 8 & 9), not sharply defined laterally ; a small buffy
pectoral spot occasionally present. Hands and feet dull
white, the dusky of the ankles encroaching considerably on
the metatarsals. Ears blackish, with a scarcely perceptible
whitish edge. Tail blackish above, dull white below, the
contrast not strongly marked.

Stull of about the size of that of P. aztecus, but more lightly
built, especially anteriorly ; supraorbital edges square, not
angular or beaded; interparietal large; palatal foramina
variable, particularly long in the type.

Measurements of the type :—

Total length 215 millim.; head and body 97; tail 118;
hind foot, s.u. 21, c.u. 22; ear 20.

Skull: greatest length 28°25; basilar length 21°6; nasals
11:5 x 3°3; interorbital breadth 4:2, interparietal 3°9x 9-4;
palate length 11°5; palatal foramina 6°8x2°3; length of
upper molar series (of another specimen, those of the type
being worn to the roots) 4°5.

Hab. Xometla camp, Mt. Orizaba, 8500 feet.

Type. Aged female. B.M. no. 3.3.4.21. Collected
19th July, 1902.

Five specimens from Xometla, besides a rather doubtful
young one from the Santa Barbara camp, 12,500 feet.

This pretty species, which I have named in honour of
Mrs. Gadow, who assisted in making the collection, is very
different to any known to me. Superficially it looks like a
larger long-tailed edition of the more common type repre-
sented by P. Ceczliz, but has really no relationship to that
animal. Perhaps it is allied to P. aztecus, but is entirely
without the bright buffy and white contrasts shown by that
species. P. gratus, Merr., is much paler, with a far whiter

belly, and has a quite differently shaped skull.

Peromyscus Cecilit, sp. n.

Characters. Small, with medium ears and heavily furred
tail. Like P. melanotis, Allen, but darker throughout, and
especially heavily blackened along the dorsal area.

* A nearly exact idea of the colour may be gained by American
zoologists from the fact that a well-marked specimen of Peromyscus
texanus saturatus, Bangs, from the type locality, cannot be distinguished
in an upper view by colour of body from among the fully developed
examples of P. Beate, though the fur is, of course, woollier and every
other character is different.

On new Forms of Sciurus, Oxymycterus, &e. 487

Colour. Upper parts very dark greyish fulvous, becoming
more fulvous posteriorly. Dorsal area heavily lined with
black, so as to be nearly black in old specimens, and quite
black in young ones, in which it is sharply detined from the
lighter lateral colour. Sides dull fulvous brown, rather
darker than in allied forms. Underparts dull grey (grey
no. 7), darker and less sharply defined than in melanotis.
Ears black, their white edge more conspicuous than in
melanotis. Feet dull whitish above, the dusky of the ankles
trespassing a little on the metatarsals. ‘Tail heavily haired,
black above, white on sides and below.

Skull practically as in melanotis, but the muzzle and
frontal region inappreciably narrower.

Measurements of the type :—

Total length 169 millim.; head and body 94; tail 75;
hind foot, s.u. 20, c.u. 21; ear 18.

Skull: greatest length 26°5; basilar length 20; nasals
11x 3; interorbital breadth 3-9; palate length 10°9; palatal
foramina 5°82; length of upper molar series 3°7.

Hab. Santa Barbara camp, southern slope of Mt. Orizaba,
at 12,500 feet.

Type. Old male. B.M. no. 3. 3.4.23. Collected 21st
July, 1902.

Four specimens, two old and two immature.

This animal may be regarded as a saturate mountain ally
of the species described as P. melanotis from Las Vigas by
Allen and Chapman *, with which it may hereafter prove to
intergrade. The darker colour, and especially the heavy
blackening of the back, is equally conspicuous in the old and
young specimens. ‘The type is quite strongly fulvous on the
rump, but this peculiarity is not observable in the other
examples.

LXX.— New Forms of Sciurus, Oxymycterus, Kannaba-
teomys, Proechimys, Dasyprocta, and Caluromys from
South America. By OLDFIELD THOMAS.

Sciurus tgniventris tedifer, subsp. n.
Coloured in all respects like the typical S. ¢gniventris of
the Rio Negro, as described by Waguer J, with the exception

* Bull. Am. Mus, ix. p. 23 (1897). The British Museum possesses
an adult paratype of this animal.
+ Abh. Ak, Munch. v. p. 276 (1850).

488 Mr. O. Thomas on

that the hairs of the terminal half of the tail, broadly ringed
subterminally with black in dgniventris, are wholly red
beyond their basal } inch, which is dark brown. A very
few hairs at the extreme tip of the tail are, however, indis-
tinctly black-ringed. Size rather less than in the typical
form, and ears apparently rather shorter.

Dimensions of the type (measured in skin) :—

Head and body 285 millim.; tail 285; hind foot (s. u.)
(wet) 59; ear (wet) 31.

Skull: greatest length 65; basilar length 50; zygomatic
breadth 36°5; diastema 17°8; palatal foramina 4°5; length
of upper tooth series 10-1.

Hab. Sabafhia Grande, near Bogota.

Type. Male. B.M. no. 98. 7.3.6. Collected 15th May,
1896, by Mr. G. D. Child, and presented by Oldfield
Thomas.

This is the squirrel which, in 1900 *, I assigned to the true
S. igniventris, but further study and material induce me to
think it represents a definable local form.

Sciurus castus, sp. n.

Allied to S. pyrrhonotus, Wagn., but with white belly.
General colour above grizzled tawny ochraceous, darker and
greyer on the head. lars, cheeks, and upper surface of
fore limbs richer tawny. Outer side of hips and upper
surface of hind feet deep ferruginous red. Chin tawny,
ctherwise the whole of the under surface and the inner sides
of the limbs pure sharply defined white. Basal two inches
of tail like back, the hairs of the remainder blackish brown,
broadly washed terminally with bright rufous.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—

Head and body 244 millim.; tail 250; hind foot (s. u.)
60; ear 30.

Skull: greatest length 65; basilar length 48°5; length of
upper molar series (true molars only) 8.

Hab. of type. Chimate, Bolivia, 68° W., 15°S., on the
Upper Rio Beni. Alt 700 m.

Type. Female. B.M. no. 1.2.1.7. Original number
1229. Collected 19th September, 1900, by Mr. P. O. Simons.

A second specimen collected by Signor L. Balzan, also in
the province of Yungas, is rather redder on the back, but
has the same pure white belly.

This fine squirrel is evidently the Beni representative of
S. pyrrhonotus, Wagn. (type locality, Borba, on the Lower
Madeira), from which it differs by its pure white, instead of
“ weisslichgelb oder ockergelb,” under surface.

* Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) vi. p. 187.

new Forms of Sciurus, Oxymycterus, &e. 489

Oxymycterus delator, sp. n.

A large species of a uniformly blackish colour.

Size fairly large. Fur close and straight; hairs of back
about 10 millim. in length, their ends with a slight metallic
sheen. General colour of whole upper surface very dark,
darker than in any other species of the genus, nearly approxi-
mating to Ridgway’s ‘“clove-brown,” not rufous at all.
This is when viewed from behind and above, but if the
specimen is held between the light and the observer, with its
nose towards him, its upper surface appears blackish with a
purplish sheen. Sides scarcely lighter than back. Under
surface dull cream-buff with the slaty bases of the hairs
showing through. Head like back, a small lighter patch
behind and above each eye. Lips and chin dull soiled buffy.
Ears small, well-haired, blackish. Arms and legs smoky
grey; hands and feet dark brown with some shining lighter
hairs on the metapodials. Tail thickly and uniformly haired,
black above, rather lighter below.

Skull not specially developed in the muzzle, narrow and
elongated, the brain-case being unusually narrow, high, and
rounded in section ; zygomata but little expanded. Palatal
foramina ending opposite the first third of m!; posterior nares
slightly behind the back of m’*.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—

Head and body 155 millim.; tail 106; hind foot, s.u. 26,
Exdiczo o; car 17. )

Skull: greatest length 34:5; basilar length 28; zygomatic
breadth 14; nasals 12°1x3°5; interorbital breadth 5:1;
brain-case breadth 13°4; palate length 13-4 ; diastema 8°65 ;
palatal foramina 7:1 x 2-9; length of upper molar series 5.

Hab. Sapucay, Paraguay.

Type. Adult male. Original number 880. Collected
24th October, 1902, by Mr. William Foster.

This very remarkable Oxymycterus is readily distinguish-
able from all its allies by its uniformly dark colour, in which
respect it is only approached by the otherwise widely different
O. juliace, Allen.

Kannabateomys amblyonyx pallidior, subsp. n.

General characters as in K. amblyonyx, but colour paler
throughout, the belly being almost white.

Size as in K. amblyonyx. General body-colour dull buffy
yellowish, not dissimilar to that of young examples of the
type form, but very different from the strong ochraceous of
adults. Head grizzled grey and black, without yellowish
suffusion ; ear-tufts grey ; light patches behind ears yellowish

490 Mr. O. Thomas on

white; sides of muzzle brown; lips, chin, chest, and inner
sides of limbs white. Belly whiter than ‘ cream-buff,” that
of amblyonyx being “ buff” or “ ochraceous buff.” Hands
and feet coarsely grizzled grey, the digits white. Tail dull
brown, lightening to white terminally, its under surface white
all along. In the type there is an intermediate piece of the
tail abruptly white all round, but this is probably an acci-
dental variation; the extreme tip of the tail appears to be
lost, so that I cannot say what is the colour of the terminal
pencil.
Skull apparently quite as in true amblyonyz.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—

Head and body 250 millim.; tail 315; hind foot, s.u. 51,
Calls O2 5 ear ae

Skull: greatest length 64, basilar length (c.) 49; length
of upper molar series 15,

Hab. Sapucay, Paraguay.

Type. Old female. Original number 886. Collected
14th November, 1902, by Mr. William Foster.

“Caught in monte.—Pregnant: one at birth.’—W. F,

Though strikingly different in colour, especially in that of
the underside, from the true AK. amblyonyx of Sao Paulo,
this fine animal is too essentially similar in other respects to
be regarded as more than a subspecies. Its discovery, like
that of Thrichomys Fostert, adds a new genus to the known
fauna of Paraguay.

Proechimys vacillator, sp. n.

Allied to P. Cherriet, Thos., but larger, with shorter tail,
shorter palatal foramina, and other cranial differences.

Fur of medium length; spines of back about 18 millim.
long. Rump entirely spineless.

General colour above tawny or tawny ochraceous, more or
less heavily lined with the blackish tips of the spines. Sides
more brownish. Whole of under surface pure sharply defined
white. Face dull greyish brown. Outer side of limbs like
sides, inner white; hands white; feet white along their inner
halves (outer in the prepared skin), pale brownish along
their outer, hallucal, halves. ‘Tail well haired, dark brown
above, dull white below.

Skull nearly as large as that of P. cayennensis; muzzle
not so elongated as in that species and the ¢trénttatis group.
Nasals with their sides more or less bowed outwards, their
posterior end narrowing nearly to a point, level with the hinder
edge of the pre-orbital bridge. Supraorbital ridges well deve-
loped and forming a distinct postorbital angle, but fading away

new Forms of Sciurus, Oxymycterus, &c. 491

halfway across the parietals. Palatal foramina short, widely
open, extending backward but little more than midway
between the premaxillo-maxillary suture and the front of
w*; not leading posteriorly into gutters along the palate.
Opening of posterior nares narrow, sharply V-shaped, its
anterior point in front of the hinder edge of m?. Bull small,
though longer than in Cherrde?, the vacuities in front of
them widely open.

Molars very small, rounded, one or more of them with
three lamin only, but this character, at first sight so im-
portant, varies within the series.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—

Head and body 230 millim.; tail (lost, of another specimen
165) ; hind foot, s.u. 46, c.u. 51; ear 23.

Skull: greatest length 56°5; basilar length 40; zygomatic
breadth 26°5 ; nasals 21°5 x6°7; interorbital breadth 12°2 ;
palate length 18; palatal foramina 5:8 x 3°2 ; length of upper
tooth series 7°5.

Hab. Kanuku Mountains, British Guiana. Altitude
600 feet.

Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 1.6.4,112. Collected 6th
December, 1900, by Mr. J. J. Quelch, and presented by
Mr. F. V. McConnell.

This is the species assigned provisionally to P. cayennensis
in my paper on the mammals from the Kanuku Mountains
obtained by Mr. Quelch*. The Museum has now received
a set of spiny rats from Cayenne, topotypical of P. cayen-
nensis, Desm., collected by Messrs Cherrie and Gault, and
these show Desmarest’s species to be nearly allied to P. tri-
nitatis, with long parallel-sided nasals and large teeth,
certainly distinct from the Kanuku animal.

The variation in the number of the lamine to the pos-
terior molars is very remarkable and will need further
specimens for its elucidation. One specimen has all three
molars trilaminate, the premolar alone being quadrilaminate,
another (the type) has the two posterior molars trilaminate,
while a third has the last molar alone of this structure. A
fourth specimen, indeed, has all the teeth quadrilaminate, as
is usual in the allied species, but this example shows certain
other differences which make its identity with P. vacillator
a little doubtful.

Dasyprocta lucifer, sp. n.
A yellow-rumped species allied to D. rubrata, but larger.
Size considerably greater than in D. rubrata. General
* Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) vill. p. 152 (1901).

492 Mr. O. Thomas on

coloration as in the Cumand subspecies flavescens—that is to
say, dark punctulated olive-brown, the limbs darkened ter-
minally to black, and the long hairs of the rump rich orange
(near “ orange-buff”’). Chin dull whitish ; chest and belly
brown, the latter with a median line of dull yellowish.

Skull large, long and narrow, especially elongated in the
muzzle. Nasals narrow, evenly rounded into a uniform semi-
circular curve behind, surpassing by 6-7 mm. the pre-
maxillary processes, which are of fair normal breadth.
Teeth stout and strong, conspicuously larger than in
D. rubrata.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—

Head and body 502 millim. ; tail 41; hind foot, s.u. 115,
c.u. 128; ear 47.

Skull: greatest length 114 ; basilar length (c.) 86; zygo-
matic breadth 49; nasals 44°5x18; interorbital breadth
31:5; palate length 45; diastema 30; length of upper
tooth series (p* up and in wear) 20°2.

Hab. Caicara, River Orinoco. .

Type. Old female. B.M. no. €8.12.1.21. Original
number 11250. Collected 22nd October, 1593, by Mr. G. K.
Cherrie.

Native name “ Picuré” or ‘ Acuré.”"—G. K. C.

Exactly as in the case of the Philander Opossums, a form
of the small species inhabiting Trinidad (D. rubrata) occurs
in Cumand (subsp. flavescens), while the animal found
further east on the Orinoco and in Cayenne is conspicuously
larger than either. But in the present case the Cayenne
form shows certain differences from the Orinoco one, and may
itself be subspecifically separated as

Dasyprocta lucifer cayenne, subsp. nD.

General colour as in lucifer, but the nape and fore back
nearly uniform brown, scarcely punctulated at all.

Skull readily distinguishable from that of lucifer, with
which (allowing for age) it agrees in size, by the very
different shape of the nasals, which are broad, nearly squarely
truncated behind, and scarcely surpassing the premaxillary
processes ; these latter run to a fine point and are unusually
narrow, being only 2°2 millim. broad 8 millim. from their
tips.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—

Head and body 500 millim. ; tail 85; hind foot, s. u. 119,
c.u. 1386; ear 42.

new Forms of Sciurus, Oxymycterus, &e. 493

Skull: greatest length 104°5; basilar length 78 ; nasals
35 x 18:5; interorbital breadth 31; palate length 42; dia-
stema 27; length of upper molar series (milk p* still in
place) 22.

Hab. Approuague, Cayenne.

Type. Immature female. Original number 1077. Col-
lected 9th December, 1902, by G. K. Cherrie and B. T. Gault.

With most animals the skull-differences above noticed
would have necessitated specific separation, without further
question, but this part is so variable in Dasyprocta that for
the present I prefer to leave the Cayenne Agouti with the
form to which its general appearance allies it.

Caluromys trinitatis venezuele, subsp. n.

Agreeing with true érénitatis in essential characters of size
and coloration, but paler and with longer softer fur.

General characters quite as in the Trinidad C. trinitatis,
Thos.* Fur, however, much longer, softer, and woollier, the
lengths of the dorsal hairs about 12-13 millim., as comparel
with 8-9 millim. Colour above, instead of “tawny ochra-
ceous,”’ paler and duller, near Ridgway’s “ clay-colour”’ ; the
crown of the head alone showing a tinge of tawny. Cheeks
and under surface, instead of ochraceous buff, dull “ cream-
buff.” This latter colour is also more uniformly spread, the
whole of the under surface and inner sides of the limbs being
alike, while in trénitatis the greyish suffusion of the flanks
encroaches on the sides of the middle part of the belly, so as
to narrow the clear buffy part to a mere median line.

Skull and teeth as in C. trinitatis.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—

Head and body 185 millim.; tail 275 ; hind foot (s. u.)
31; ear dl.

Skull: greatest length 47; combined length of three
anterior molariform teeth 6°7.

Hab. Ypuré, Cumana, Venezuela. Altitude 2350 feet.

Type. Old female. B.M. no. 0.5.1.57. Collected 8th
March, 1899, by E. André.

This mainland form of C. trinitatis shows no approximation
in size or other characters to the Guianan C. philander, L.

* Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xiii. p. 438 (1894),

494 Mr. O. Thomas on Two new

LXXI.—Two new Dormice of the Genus Kliomys.
By OLpFIELD ‘THOMAS.

In working out a Saharan Lerot recently received by the
Tring Museum I find the two following new forms in the
British Museum collection to need description :—

Eliomys gymnesicus, sp. 0.

A small short-eared form, coloured like the European
E. quercinus.

Size rather less than in the true /. quercinus, consequently
very much less than in the large H. Amori of Spain, which,
on the analogy of other members of the fauna, should have
been the closest ally of the Balearic Lerot. General colour
closely similar to that of ordinary German examples of quer-
cinus, the bright rufous of the back similarly becoming
greyish on the sides, the grey getting slightly darker where
it edges the light colour of the belly. Cheeks, shoulder-
patch, arms, inner sides of legs, and whole of under surface
dull creamy. Facial markings arranged as in querctnus, but
less extended, the orbital ring narrower and the black at the
roots of the whiskers cut off from the rest by a narrow light-
coloured space. ars decidedly shorter than in quercinus.
Tail unusually slender, its coloration as in qguercinus, but the
subterminal black is very narrow and surpassed on each side
by the fringing edge of the white, which is conspicuously
developed.

Skull short and broad, the zygomata boldly expanded.
Brain-case narrower than in guercénus. Palatal foramina
widely open. Bulle short, highly inflated, more spherical
than in quercinus. Teeth markedly larger, and especially
broader, than in guercinus. In these respects the skull is
more like that of 4. sardus.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh by myself) :—

Head and body 131 millim. (110-131)*; tail 107 (100-
107) ; hind foot (s. u.) 26 (25°5-27) ; ear 21 (20-22).

Skull: greatest length 33°5; basilar length 26:1; zygo-
matic breadth 19°6 ; nasals, length 11°8 ; interorbital breadth
4:1; palate length 12:1; diastema 7:2; palatal foramina
4:7 x 2°4; length of upper tooth-row 5°6; breadth of m* 1-9.

Hab. San Cristobal, Minorca, Balearic Islands. Alt.
100 m.

* Measurements in brackets show the extremes in a series of five.

Dormice of the Genus Eliomys. 495

Type. Old male. B.M. no. 0. 7.1.47. Original number
277. Collected and presented by R. I. Pocock and Oldfield
Thomas.

Deceived by its close similarity in coloration to E. quer-
cinus, 1 have hitherto assigned the Balearic ‘* Rata sarda ” to
that species; but closer study of the group shows not only
that it is distinct, but inclines me to think that it is allied
rather to the southern forms of the group—Amori, sardus,
pallidus, and evncticauda,—all of which differ from it by
having a black ring round the tail.

Eliomys lerotinus tunete, subsp. n.

A small E/iomys with the tail almost wholly black (except
the extreme tip) ; ears of normal size.

Size about as in the typical form. General colour above
dull fulvous, about as in &. quercinus. Cheeks and under
surface uniform cream-colour, almost ‘“ cream-buff,” not
sharply defined laterally. Facial markings about as in the
type, the lines on the whole narrower than in &, quercinus.
Kars of normal size, not enlarged as in melanurus. Hands
and feet creamy white. Tail rather short, bushy terminally,
not distinctly distichous, its basal fourth above grey, heavily
grizzled with black, the remainder deep black above and
below, except that the hairs of the extreme tip are white or
ringed with white. In the typical /. derotinus there is much
more white on the tail, whose basal third below is dull
whitish, middle third black largely mixed with white, and
terminal third pure white.

Skull and teeth as usual in this group; the palatal fora-
mina rather longer and the bulle larger than in true lerot/nus.

Approximate dimensions of the type (measured in skin) :—

Head and body 120 millim. ; tail 83; hind foot (s. u.) 24.

Skull: tip of nasals to back of parietal suture 31; length
of upper molar series 95.

Hab. (of type). Karouana, Tunis. Two specimens in the
Lataste Collection from Bone, N.E. Algeria, near the Tunisian
frontier.

Type. Adult female. B.M. no. 46. 11. 4.1. Collected
by Louis Fraser.

This dormouse had been long supposed to be Wagner’s
EE. melanurus, but the recent acquisition of two specimens of
that most distinct species from Sinai has enabled me to
correct the mistake.

Lataste’s “ Bifa lerotina” is unquestionably an Eliomys
which has lost its posterior molars. ‘Lhe genus will therefore

496 Mr. O. Thomas on the

fall, but the specific name may be used for the Mzab Eliomys,
of which for the present the Tunisian and Eastern Algerian
form may be looked upon asa subspecies. It may, however,
prove to grade into the still earlier described H. munbyanus,
Pomel, of Morocco and Western Algeria (typical locality
Oran), of which both lerotinus and tunete in that case would
have to rank as subspecies.

LX XII.—On the Species of the Genus Rhinopoma.
By OLDFIELD THOMAS.

Tue Egyptian Pyramids are inhabited by large numbers of
bats of the genus Ahinopoma, the mouse-tailed bat, first
recorded by Belon as long ago as 1554. By Dobson, in his
Catalogue, the members of this genus, whether from Egypt
or India, were all combined under one heading, &. miero-
phyllum, “ Geoffroy,” although both Peters and Heuglin had
pointed out that in Egypt two forms were present, a larger
and a smaller, the former having the tail shorter than the
forearm, the latter longer *.

But in giving new names the two German authors, misled
by their belief that Geoffroy’s measurements were the original
ones, affixed the names to the larger form. Now, however,
that Anderson and de Winton’s work ¢ has drawn attention
to the fact that it was Briinnich, and not Geoffroy, who first
described the species, I am able to state, on measurements
kindly furnished me by Dr. Winge, that the type, still pre-
served in the Copenhagen Museum, is the large form with
short tail (forearm 67°5 millim., tail 61). ‘The smaller one,
as to whose distinction from the larger no one who had com-
pared the skulls could doubt for one moment, will therefore
require a new name, and may be called

Rhinopoma cystops, sp. n.

Size comparatively small (forearm averaging about 52
millim., and rarely attaining 55). Nose-leaf more developed
than in 2. microphyllum. Ears proportionally large, the
frontal band joining them particularly high. ‘Tail very long
and slender, longer than the forearm.

* =e al lepsianum, Peters, MB. Ak. Berl. 1859, p. 222 (Blue
Nile).
Weipa cordofanicum, Heugl. Reise N.O.-Afyr. ii. p. 24 (1877).

Fitzinger also applied two names—R. senaarense and longicaudatum—
to members of this genus, but gave no descriptions,

+ Mamm. Eeypt, pp. 143 & 147 (1902).

Species of the Genus Rhinopoma. 497

Skull small, narrow and delicate (greatest length 16-17
millim., as compared with 19-20 in R. microphyllum) ;
muzzle with two inflated projections, one on each side of and
above the nasal opening, with a longitudinal groove between
them. In &. microphyllum this region is almost flat, and its
angles, although thickened, are not conspicuously inflated.
Sagittal crest but little developed, not connected anteriorly
with the nasal projections.

Dimensions of the type (an adult female, measured in
spirit before skinning) :—

Forearm 53 millim.

Head and body 53; tail 59; hind foot (s. u.) 11°5; ear 17.

Skull: greatest length 16°7; basal length 14; occipito-
nasal length 14:5; zygomatic breadth 10; breadth of brain-
case 7°2; front of canine to back of m* 5:6.

Hab. (of type). Luxor, Lower Egypt. Other specimens
from many Egyptian localities, southwards to Gebel Auli,
Soudan (H. F. Witherby). Examples from Palestine (7’ris-
tram), Midian (Burton), and Aden (Percival & Dodson) are
also assignable to &. cystops.

Tyne. Adult female. B.M. no. 2. 1.17.2. Collected
and presented by the Hon. N. Charles Rothschild.

Not only, however, are these two Egyptian species distinct
from each other, but the members of the genus elsewhere
appear to fall into two groups corresponding to them both in
external proportions and in the characters of the skull.

To the first or mécrophyllum group, besides the type species,
whose range extends from Egypt and Palestine (Tristram)
to Persia (Witherby), there belongs the large form described
below as &. sumatre.

To the second, besides cystops itself, the species recognizable
are Hardwickei from India and muscatellum from Muscat.

Apart from the differences in size and length of tail that
separate the two groups, the species are very like each other
externally; but the skull-characters are in all cases most
obvious, and leave no room for doubt as to the distinctness of
the various forms.

Rhinopoma sumatre, sp. n.

A large species allied to R. microphyllum.

Size very large, the largest of the genus. General colour
dull brown, little lighter below. Nose-leaf and ears short,
the connecting band between the latter comparatively low.
Tail shorter than forearm.

Skull large and heavy, considerably larger than those of

Ann, & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xi. 35

498 On the Species of the Genus Rhinopoma.

R. microphyllum and Hardwicket. Sides of top of muzzle
thickened and rounded, but not inflated. Sagittal crest very
high in the frontal region.

Dimensions of the type (measured in spirit) :—

Forearm 72 millim. (in another specimen 70).

Head and body 73; tail 65; ear 20; connecting band,
height behind in centre 3; third finger, metacarpus 52, Ist
phalanx 10, 2nd phalanx 19; fifth finger, metacarpus 47,
Ist phalanx 10, 2nd phalanx 10; lower leg and hind foot
(s. u.) 40°5. .

Skull: greatest length 21:2 ; basal length 18-2; occipito-
nasal length 18:6; zygomatic breadth 12°8; breadth of brain-
case 9°2; front of canine to back of m? 8.

Hab. Balighe, Lake Toba, N.W. Sumatra.

Type. Old male. B.M. no. 0.8.2.17. Collected by
Dr. EK. Modigliani, and presented by the Museo Civico,
Genoa.

This is the largest species of the genus, and differs from
the Indian R. Hardwickei not only.in size but in the non-
inflation of its nasal prominences.

Rhinopoma muscatellum, sp. n.

Allied to R. cystops, but rather smaller, with larger bullz
and smaller teeth.

Size rather less than in R. cystops, therefore the smallest
member of the genus. Lars large, thin, with a high con-
necting band. External characters generally as in cystops.

Skull small, slender, and delicate, almost or quite without
sagittal crest. Its anterior portion narrower than in cystops
and more parallel-sided, so that the outline as seen from
above runs backwards and then abruptly turns outwards at
the zygomata; in cystops and other species the general out-
line diverges evenly to the broadest point of the zygomata.
Nasal prominences large, thin, inflated, projecting forward
decidedly in front of the anterior end of the middle line of
the nasals. Supraorbital edges scarcely ridged. Brain-case
small, low, its walls unusually thin and translucent. Hinder
edge of the palate distinctly behind the level of the last
molar. Bulle conspicuously larger than in the allied forms.
Teeth very small, both above and below, the lower molars
noticeably less high-crowned than usual; lower incisors thin
and barely touching one another instead of being pressed
closely together; anterior lower premolar barely half the
height of the posterior.

On new Eastern and African Lepidoptera. 499

Dimensions of the type (measured on a spirit-specimen) :—

Forearm 49 millim.

Head and body 53; tail 60; ear 17°5; third finger, meta-
carpal 33, first phalanx 7:2, second phalanx 14°7; fifth finger,
metacarpal 30, first phalanx 8, second phalanx 7:2; lower
leg and hind foot (s.u.) 32.

Skull: greatest length 16; basal length 14; occipito-nasal
length 14°2; zygomatic breadth 9°5; breadth of brain-case
67; front of canine to back of m? 5:3.

Hab. Muscat. Type from Wadi Bani Ruha.

Type. Old male. B.M. no. 94.3.9.17. Collected and
presented by Dr. A. 8S. G. Jayakar. Eight specimens
examined.

This species is readily distinguishable from all others by
its delicately built, nearly unridged skull, its small teeth, and
large bulle.

LXXIII.—New Species of Kastern and African Lepidoptera.
By Colonel C. Swinnog, M.A., F.L.S., &c.

Family Nymphalide.
Subfamily Hurrawz.
Crastia circutta, nov.

g. Rufescent brown, the borders paler; a small round
subcostal spot beyond the middle on the fore wings, one a
little above the origin of vein 3, another evanescent in the
interspace below; the marginal and submarginal white spots
above and below as in EZ. Distanti, Moore, from Sumatra,
but the spots are rounder and more uniform in size, the sub-
apical spots of fore wings less than one third the size.

Expanse of wings 3,5 inches.

Tonkin (Fruhstorfer).

Crastia tonkinensis, nov.

& ¢. Paler than the above and more rufescent, the apical
border nearly as pale as some specimens of C. Godaréi,
Lucas ; spots disposed of as in the above, but much smaller ;
no spot in the first interspace of fore wings, the next three
mere dots ; the last spot of the submarginal series next to
the subcostal dot altogether absent, and the spots on the hind
wings evanescent.

Expanse of wings 3,8, inches.

Tonkin (Fruhstorfer).

This species is nearest to C. Binghamt, Moore, from Burma.

30%

500 Col. C. Swinhoe on new

Subfamily Nywparri2.
Symbrenthia florida, nov.

3. Belongs to the hippoclus group, the fulvous markings
of the wings above much darker: the longitudinal fulvous
band on fore wings is merged into the outer band, this band
and the two upper spots being joined together, there being
only a slight rounded line and two black spots within the
joined space ; on the hind wings the outer band is as large as
the inner and has a fulvous spot running from its centre into
the black submarginal band. The underside is almost
exactly similar to S. Adppoclus, Cram.

Expanse of wings ly'5 inch.

Amboina.

Family Zygenide.
Illiberis discoidalis, nov.

g. Antenne black, with greenish-golden metallic scales
on the shafts; frons grey, with golden-orange glittering
scales in front of the antenne; head, thorax, and abdomen
black ; collar golden orange; a similarly coloured spot on
the thorax behind; segmental bands on the abdomen, the
tip shining blue-green. Wings hyaline, with black veins; a
thick discoidal band closing each cell ; marginal black bands
uniform in thickness, but not continued on to the abdominal
margin of the hind wings ; base of both wings suffused with
black.

Expanse of wings 1 inch.

Tonkin, Montes Manson, April and May, 2300 feet
(Fruhstorfer).

Family Chalcosiide.
Corma mirifica, nov.
¢. Antenne, palpi, and head black, crimson immediately
behind the antenne, and the collar crimson all round; thorax
abdomen, and both wings of a uniform dull black ; veins
of fore wings pale pinkish yellow, veins 1 and la joined
together by a band of that colour before the middle, and a
patch of that colour from the costa across the end of the cell
to vein 2, like two large round spots joined together, each with
a black spot in its centre, and connected by a thin band with
the hinder margin; below same as above, except that the
veins of fore wings are not marked.
Expanse of wings 2/5 inches.
Siam, Muok-Lek, 1000 feet, January (Lruhstorfer),
Allied to nothing I know of.

Eastern and African Lepidoptera. 501

Family Lithosiida.

Asura acteola, nov.

9. Head, frons, palpi, legs, and body beneath ochreous ;
thorax and fore wings scarlet, tinged with ochreous, markings
pale black; an erect thin black band in the middle of the
fore wings, some very short longitudinal streaks on the inner
part of the wings, and some rather longer similar but more
distinct streaks forming a band on the disk, parallel with
the outer margin: abdomen and hind wings pale ochreous,
without markings. Wings on the underside ochreous, tinged
with scarlet, without any markings.

Expanse of wings 48; inch.

Siam, Muok-Lek, 1000 feet, January (Fruhstorfer).

Asura orsova, nov.

3. Palpi, thorax, and fore wings bright orange, smeared
in parts between the veins with pale scarlet; two transverse
blackish bands of short longitudinal streaks—antemedial and
discal—neither of them reaching the costa, the former out-
wardly curved, the latter parallel with the outer margin;
abdomen and hind wings ochreous grey, unmarked. Under-
side of a uniform ochreous grey, with the bands of the fore
wings much paler than they are above.

Expanse of wings 4°; inch.

Siam, Muok-Lek, 1000 feet, January (Fruhstorfer).

Asura undulata, nov.

S$. Palpi, head, and thorax bright ochreous; abdomen
ochreous grey, the anal tuft, a little space before it, and the
underside blackish brown: fore wings with a black subcostal
spot close to the base and a large blackish cloud running
through the wing, twice angled towards the costa and twice
towards the hinder margin, occupying nearly the whole wing,
leaving the margins broadly yellow; hind wings ochreous
grey, nearly white. Underside paler, a brown suffused sub-
apical mark on hind wings.

Expanse of wings | inch.

Khasia Hills (£lami/ton).

Eugoa immunda, nov.
9. Wings of a dull obscure whitish colour; on the fore
wings there are very minute grey striations, a chocolate-
coloured basal band, and a similarly coloured marginal band

502 Col. C. Swinhoe on new

occupying the outer third of the wing: hind wings with a
very obscure greyish marginal band, which occupies half the
wing. Underside dull grey, without markings; head and
thorax, body below, and legs ochreous.

Expanse of wings 355 inch.

Siam, Muok-Lek, 1000 feet, January (Fruhstorfer).

Family Nolide.

Vola lauta, nov.

?. Pale greyish yellow ; fore wings with a black dot in
the middle of the cell and another at its end, the entire wing
sparsely irrorated with very minute brown atoms; lines and
markings olive-brown ; antemedial and postmedial transverse
lines outwardly curved, the former somewhat angled above
its middle ; a discal band of suffused streaks bends inwards,
touches the outer line, and then turns abruptly to the hinder
angle; marginal lunules; ochreous cilia, with brown tips:
hind wings without markings.

Expanse of wings ,5 inch.

Siam, Muok-Lek, 1000 feet, January (Lruhstorfer).

Nearest to N. dmplens, Walker, but that species has no
inner line to fore wings.

Family Limacodide.

Thosea sybilla, nov.

g. Antenne and palpi grey ; head and body pure white:
fore wings with the upper two thirds suffused with chestnut-
red, the lower part white; a brown spot at the end of the cell,
another below the middle, and some discal brown spots: hind
wings ochreous white; cilia of both wings greyish white.
Underside without markings, of a uniform ochreous white.

Expanse of wings 4 inch.

Siam, Muok-Lek, 1000 feet, January (Lruhstorfer).

There are seven unnamed examples from Singapore in the
B.M., Limacod drawer no. 12.

Family Drepanulide.

Phalacra acutipennis, nov.

3 ?. Wings long: fore wings narrow and produced at
the apex, costa rounded before the apex, outer margin nearly
straight ; hind wings with the outer margin produced and
acutely angled at vein 6. Upperside greyish ochreous, with

Eastern and African Lepidoptera. 503

a pinkish tinge, irrorated with minute brown atoms ; a black
spot on the middle of the discoidal vein, another at its lower
end in all the wings: fore wings with suffused brown bands
—basal, medial, and marginal,—the middle band running
only a short distance from the hinder margin, leaving the
upper disk and spaces between the bands pale, the latter with
a crenulated line on each side and a grey suffused line running
through them ; the outer margin of the outer pale band with
black dots: hind wings suffused with brown, with six short
pale lines at the base, four towards outer margin, the inner
one crenulated, and a crenulated submarginal line ; antecilial
line on both wings pale. Underside much brighter ochreous,
with the discoidal spots and the outer lines distinct.

Eixpanse of wings, ¢ 17%, 9 14 inch.

Khasia Hills. ‘Types in B. M.

Marked somewhat like Phalacra eacisa, Umpsn., but that
has angulated fore wings.

Family Aganaide.

Aganais conspicua, nov.

dg ?. Of a uniform dark bright ochreous colour; antenne
and last joint of the palpi black, a black and a white spot at
end of first and second joints; legs white with black stripes,
a black spot on each shoulder, three or four black dots on
abdomen, and a double row beneath: fore wings with a sub-
basal black spot on the costa, followed by two pairs, the last
on the middle of the costa, a white angulated basal mark, in
which are two spots, a spot in the middle of the cell and four
or five spots below it, nearly all the spots with white around
them.

Expanse of wings, ¢ 2,55, 9 23% inches.

Transvaal (Crowley Bequest). ‘Types in B. M.

Not unlike the female of A. borbonica, Boisd., from Mada-
gascar, but darker and brighter and spots larger and more

numerous.
A yanais concolora, nov.

2. Of a uniform dark ochreous colour : the hind wings and
the underside of both wings slightly paler than the colour of
the fore wings above; the wings and body above and below
without any markings; the antenne ochreous brown; palpi
black above, end of second joint and all the third joint wholly
black, all the tarsi black, fore and middle legs black above.

Expanse of wings 2}, inches.

Madagascar. Type in B. M.

504 Col. C. Swinhoe on new

Asota spadix, nov.

3. Palpi, head, and body dull ochreous: both wings of a
uniform dull purplish brown ; fore wings with a pale spot at
end of cell, and some dull ochreous colour at the base: hind
wings also with a pale spot at the end of the cell, and the
costal space above, from the base to a little beyond the cell
end, pale ochreous, nearly white. Underside: legs and body
without markings ; the basal half of both wings dull ochreous,
the outer half purplish brown.

Expanse of wings 1} inch.

Florida Isl., Solomons (Meek). Type in B. M.

The shape of the wings is somewhat as in A. plagiata,
Walker, from Australia; it is a curious-looking insect and is
allied to nothing I know of.

Asota donatana, nov.

¢. Palpi with the last joint and end of second joint black ;
head and body ochreous yellow; thorax with some black
spots; abdomen with black segmental bands. Wings pure
white: fore wings ochreous at the base, with four black
spots; a spear-shaped purple-grey mark on vein 1 outside the
yellow base, with the white vein running through it; borders
of both wings purple-grey, much in accordance with the
usual pattern of the A. plana group, but in the fore wings
the usual two grey spots on the inner edge of the costal
border of the fore wings are absent, and the upper white spot
towards apex is merged into the central white band; in the
hind wings the band is narrow and is divided by the vein
ends, and the three interdiscal spots usual in A. persecta,
Walker, are present.

Expanse of wings 23% inches.

Donat Hills, Tenasserim. Type in B. M.

Family Notodontide.

Pydna hunyada, nov.

g. Greyish yellow irrorated with grey, except on the hind
wings, which are pure greyish yellow without markings;
abdomen with pale segmental bands, the last three segments
suffused with blackish brown: fore wings with a brown spot
at the end of the cell, three brownish spots near the base, and
two on the subcostal vein, one before and the other beyond
the middle, a row of submarginal dots, and two pale trans-
verse outwardly curved bands, one before and the other

Eastern and African Lepidoptera. 505

beyond the middle, the latter much bent inwards. before
descending to the hinder margin. Underside: wings, body,
and legs pure white.

Expanse of wings 2,2; inches.

S. Java, 1500 feet (Hruhstorfer).

Family Noctuidae.
Cerynea decorata, nov.

3 %. Frons, palpi, head, and patagia white; thorax,
abdomen, and both wings uniform chocolate-brown ; abdomen
with the first two segments white: fore wings with an ante-
medial rather broad white band, outwardly angled above its
middle, some basal white lines, a white line from the angle
to the costa, then bent outwards and downwards, a sub-
marginal sinuous white line joined to the outer margin below
the apex, where there is some white suffusion, and again
above the middle: hind wings with a white basal space, and
white abdominal margin, an inner white line nearly straight,
and a discal white line acutely angled to the outer margin at
the middle ; marginal line of both wings white, with white
points.

Expanse of wings ,%, inch.

Siam, Muok-Lek, 1000 feet, January (Pruhstorfer).

There is a female from Bhutan in the B. M., with C. ret?-
culata, Walker, 'T'rifid drawer no. 209.

Corgatha pusilla, nov.

¢. Palpi, frons, and collar ochreous grey ; body and wings
above of a uniform chocolate-brown colour ; costa of fore
wings with four prominent white spots—first at base, second
before the middle, third beyond the middle, fourth at the
apex ; faint indications of antemedial and postmedial bands ;
marginal line of both wings brown and crenulated, with
white points on the fore wings. Underside : wings, body, and
legs ochreous white; outer veins grey; a grey, outwardly
curved, thin, discal band on the fore wings.

Expanse of wings 8, inch.

Siam, Muok-Lek, 1000 feet, January (4ruhstorfer).

There are some examples in the B. M. wrongly named
quadricostaria, Walker; but that species has only two white
spots on the costa of fore wings, the first subbasal and the
other in the middle, and is figured from a photograph of the

type in Cat. Het. Mus. Oxon. 11. p. 69.

506 Col. GC. Swinhoe on new

Metachrostis fausta, nov.

3S ?. Palpi, head, and thorax blackish brown: fore wings
with the basal third of the same colour, a pale basal transverse
band and another antemedial within the blackish space, which
is limited by a pale band edged with black, acutely angled
outwards, the reniform stigma being inside the angle, there
is also an orbicular visible, the former the larger, both pale
with black centres and white eye-speck; the outer part
of the wing is pale olive-grey, with blackish diffuse and
somewhat large apical spot, and some black marks on the
hinder angle: hind wings olive-grey, a black dot at end of
cell and some brownish suffusion at the base; both wings |
with black marginal points.

Expanse of wings 48) inch.

Tenasserim, Tandong, 4000 feet, May (Fruhstorfer).

Superficially resembles several species of this genus, but
is distinguishable by the outer pale band of fore wings having
a single angle.

Hyblea vasa, nov.

& ¢. First and second joints of palpi below and pectus
orange-yellow, with some dark orange hairs ; last joint of
palpi and first and second joints above black ; head and thorax
dark chestnut, some dark orange hairs at the base of thorax:
fore wings with the basal half and costal apical space, and
the whole of the hind wings, black, the remaining lower outer
half of fore wings paler pinkish brown, almost exactly as in
Il. firmamentum, Guen.; abdomen black. Underside: fore
wings brown, hind wings black, the latter with three thick
stripes from the base of bluish white, and three spots above
them of the same colour ; the female has two bright orange
spots on the hind wings, one below the middle of the costa,
the other towards the outer margin below the middle.

Expanse of wings 1}%) inch.

Fergusson Isl., D’Entrecasteaux, July (/ruhstorfer).

‘There are two examples from Kiriwini and three from
Kapaur in the B. M. unnamed.

Lineopalpa orsara, nov.
¢. Head, thorax, and fore wings red-brown: fore wings
with a small brown orbicular with a white pupil; reniform
like an indistinct whitish figure of eight; two transverse
lines, ante- and postmedial, both crenulated and nearly
straight: hind wings whitish towards the base, suffused with

Eastern and African Lepidoptera. 507

dull red outwardly. Palpi, legs, and entire underside pale
ochreous grey: fore wings tinged with brown; hind wings
with the outer parts similarly tinged, and with a discal row
of grey dots.

Expanse of wings 14 inch.

Kina-Balu.

Thyas pallescens.

Lagoptera pallescens, Walker, Journ. Linn, Soc. Lond. vii. p. 179
(1864).

Thyas pallescens, Swinh. Cat. Het. Mus. Oxon. ii. p. 144 (1900).

Lagoptera violetta, Pag. Abh. Senck. Ges. 1897, p. 449, pl. 20. f. 15.

Type, Sarawak, Borneo, in O. M.

Type (violetta), Borneo, in coll. Pagenstecher.

I have it also from Borneo and Singapore, and Mr. Ernest
Swinhoe received one from Cherra Punji which is now in coll.

Rothschild.

Pleeoptera pellicea, nov.

3. Palpi, head, thorax, and fore wings ochreous grey:
fore wings with a small black spot on the costa before the
middle, a large black angular patch at the middle, its down-
ward point rounded and slightly bent inwards on its outer side ;
below this patch is a small black spot on vein 2, and there is
a black subapical patch with its downward end flattened,
followed by a small black spot close to the apex; there are
indications of a sinuous discal line: hind wings brown without
markings; both wings with indistinct grey marginal lunules,
an ochreous marginal line and brown cilia, with a pale inter-
line: abdomen brown with an ochreous anal tuft.

Eixpanse of wings 1,5 inch.

Siam, Muok- Lek, 1000 feet, January (Pruhstorfer).

With the black costal marks somewhat as in P. irimaculata,

Hmpsn.
Noorda accensalis, nov.

3. Antenne, palpi, head, and thorax bright orange-red ;
thorax with some pale yellow spots ; abdomen dull reddish
ochreous: fore wings pale yellow, with bright orange-red
bands, basal, subbasal, medial, discal, and marginal, the last
two close together, the others have vere spaces between
them intersected by red longitudinal lines: hind wings white,
with a slight red ae on the outer border.

Expanse of wings 48 inch.

Siam, Muok-Lek, 1000 feet, January (Fruhstorfer).

Nearest to MV. ignealis, Hmpsn.

£08 Col. C. Swinhoe on new

Calesia vinolia, nov.

3 2. Palpi, frons, face, pectus, thorax below, and legs
scarlet ; tarsi grey ; top of head, thorax, and both wings above
of a uniform dark brownish-slate colour, without any mark-
ings, except a faintly indicated medial thin band, slightly
darker than the colour of the wings, very slightly outwardly
curved: the outer portion of the fore wings has in some
lights a coppery sheen ; the abdomen has the first two seg-
ments brown, the rest scarlet ; on the underside it is suffused
with grey, and the wings are uniformly paler than they are
above and without markings.

Expanse of wings 2 inches.

Fergusson Island (Meek).

Near C. pellio, Felder (Reise Nov. pl. 117. fig. 19), but
that species is represented as having the whole of the head
and the entire abdomen bright scarlet.

There are two males and one female from Fergusson Island
and a pair from Kiriwini, unnamed, in the B. M., Quadrifid
drawer no. 152.

Eqnasia franconia, nov.

@. Ofa uniform dark olive-brown colour above, the wings
striated with darker brown: fore wings with three subapical
dots on the costa, indications of a postmedial whitish trans-
verse line edged with dark brown, only apparent on the
costa and towards the hinder margin ; hind wings with a
corresponding medial line which is complete: cilia of both
wings with a pale interline; both wings with the outer
margins crenulate; outer margin of fore wings excised
from apex to middle, of hind wings excised between veins
4 and 6: the colour on the underside is much paler than on
the upperside, is more or less smeared with white, and the
brown striations give it a handsome marbled appearance.

Expanse of wings 1; inch.

South Java, 1500 feet, 1896 (Fruhstorfer).

Sir George Hampson, in his diagnosis of this genus in his
excellent work on the Moths of India, vol. ii. p. 15, incor-
rectly says that the third joint of the palpi has a tuft of hair
on the inner side; this certainly is not the case with the
type of the genus, EH. ephyrodalis, Walker, nor with recti-
linca, Swinhoe, accingalis, Walker, participalis, Walker ; the
only one of Hampson’s species in my collection with this
tuft is eastanea, Moore, and this is not a typical Hgnasia.
The whole family of the Focillide is much in want of a
careful revision.

Eastern and African Lepidoptera. 509

Avitta cupienda, nov.

9. Antenne, last joint of palpi, abdomen, and hind wings
above black, without markings, the first two joints of the
palpi ochreous on their inner sides ; the outer sides of the
palpi, head, thorax, and fore wings above dark brown-pink,
the last with thin indistinct ochreous transverse bands or
thick lines, antemedial, inclining outwards, angled below
costa, then nearly straight and outwardly edged with brown ;
another postmedial, deeply angled below costa, then dislo-
cated, then continued to the hinder margin parallel to and
shaped like the first line ; an apical ochreous indistinct smear,
two blackish spots at the end of the cell, marginal line pale,
cilia black ; the cilia of the hind wings are black with the
outer half nearly white.

Expanse of wings 1,'5 inch.

Kina-Balu (Zverett).

Talapa gebenna, nov.

3d. Of a uniform dark pinkish-grey colour, sparsely
irrorated with brown atoms; indications on the fore wings of
subbasal, medial, and discal transverse lines, the last den-
tated ; orbicular a round reddish spot, reniform larger, nearly
square, and of the same colour, both indistinct; a black
angular subapical spot on the costa: hind wings with an
indistinct dentated discal line corresponding to the middle
line of the fore wings; outer margin of both wings shaded
darker, an anteciliary white line. Underside paler, with a
medial outwardly curved line on both wings.

Expanse of wings 1,°5 inch.

Siam, Muok-Lek, 1000 feet, January (Fruhstorfer) ;
Singapore (Davison).

‘There is an example, without palpi, from Sumatra, in the
B.M., unnamed.

Llypena cremona, nov.

3 %. Palpi, head, thorax, and fore wing pinkish brown:
fore wings with a prominent white spot in the cell of male, a
central broad band, slightly darker than the rest of the wing,
limited by a subbasal sinuous pale line and a postmedial
similar line, the former edged outwardly with brown, the
latter edged inwardly ; a submarginal series of black dots
with white flecks, some distance from the margin: hind
wings dark brown without markings.

Iixpanse of wings 1% inch.

510 On new Eastern and African Lepidoptera.

Fergusson Island (Meek). Types in B. M.
I have in my collection a worn example from the same
collector.

Family Orthostixide.

Celerena siamica, nov.

3 %. Bright yellow above and below: fore wings with a
well-defined purple-grey streak, from the costa across the end
of the cell, where it is elbowed acutely outwards to the
middle of the discoidal vein, and extends downwards below
vein 2; a similarly coloured band on the costa, from the base
to the discoidal streak, the outer marginal band paler purple-
grey, limited inwardly by a dark purple band, as in the
common Indian form C. divisa, Walker.

E:xpanse of wings 2345 inches.

Siam, Muok-Lek, 1000 feet, January (Fruhstorfer).

Much brighter and of a darker colour than C. divisa which
it resembles, but the discal streak is clean cut, more acutely
angled, and extends below vein 2.

Family Geometride.
LEpisothalma cognataria, nov.

2. Above dark green, darker than in Z. robustaria, Guen.,
but much the same tint of colour; costa of fore wings minutely
speckled with yellow, a black dot at the end of each cell, a
discal row of white dots across both wings, marginal pale
points, whitish cilia, interlined with grey. Underside very
pale green, nearly white, marginal line black.

Expanse of wings 1, inch.

Siam, Muok-Lek, 1000 feet, January (Fruhstorfer).

Differs from 2. robustarta and its allies in the outer margin
of fore wings, which is quite even.

Family Pyraustide.

Pagyda pullalis, nov.

3. Pale ochreous brown, bands dark brown: fore wings
with an outwardly curved inner band touching both costa
and inner margin ; a median straight and erect band, from the
inner margin to the subcostal vein, where there is a blackish
dot ; a discal straight band from the costa to vein 3, inclining
inwards and joined to the central band by a large brown
patch: hind wings with inner and outer erect bands, corre-

On new Indian Aculeate Hymenoptera. ial

sponding to the first two bands on the fore wings ; a sub-
marginal, indistinct, brown line on both wings.

Expanse of wings 7 inch.

Siam, Muok-Lek, 1000 feet, January (Fruhstorfer).

Allied to P. arbiter, Butler. Some of the examples are
very little more than half an inch in expanse of wings.

Bocchoris amandalis, nov.

3. Palpi ochreous, top of second joint and the whole of
the third joint purple-brown; head and thorax purple-brown
spotted with yellow ; abdomen with the first three segments
yellow above, the remaining segments purple-brown, with
white segmental bands: fore wings with the costa purple-
brown ; both wings with the outer third of the same colour;
the interior of both wings yellow, the fore wings having
many yellow spots ringed with purple-brown ; the hind wings
with an acute medial transverse purple-brown line, touching
a white spot in the middle of the wing, and four yellow spots
on the interior border of the marginal band, one near the
costa, the other three in the middle, touching each other.
Underside of body and legs white; wings pale, with the
upperside markings showing through them.

Expanse of wings 58, inch.

Siam, Muok-Lek, 1000 feet, January (Pruhstorfer).

LXXIV.—New Species of Indian Aculeate Hymenoptera.
By Major C. G. Nurse, Indian Army.

[Continued frcm p. 403. ]

Pompilus venenatus, sp. n.

@. Head and the greater portion of the thorax very
closely and finely punctured, the punctures only visible with
a microscope ; abdomen smooth and impunctate ; the post-
scutellum, episternum and median segment finely and
shallowly transversely striate ; head much wider than thorax,
clypeus very convex, arched anteriorly, a tubercle behind
the base of antenne, bisected by a longitudinal impressed
line, which reaches the anterior ocellus ; thorax when viewed
from the side very convex, the pronotum short and rounded
anteriorly, median segment emarginate at apex, the sides
rounded, with an obscure median longitudinal furrow ; abdo-
men very convex, second segment with a ventral furrow.

jl Major C. G. Nurse on new

Black: the abdomen, except the extreme base of the first
segment, and the legs, except the cox, red; pruinose, a
very little sparse silvery pile on the clypeus and front. Wings
fusco-hyaline, nervures fuscous, tegule red; second and third
cubital cells subequal at top and bottom, each more than half
the length of first cubital cell; legs very long, tarsal claws
unidentate.

g. Similar, but more slenderly built; head much smaller ;
first abdominal segment sub-petiolate.

Long. 10-12 millim. |

Hab. Deesa, Mt. Abu; a single example of each sex.

This species would come in Bingham’s key on p. 149 next
to P. reflexus; “b/” would then stand as follows :—

“$',” Abdomen more or less red.

a’, Abdomen, except base of first segment, red ...... venenatus.
b*. Only first, second, and third segments red ...... reflerus.

Pompilus kashmirensts, sp. n.

@. Smooth and shining; head wider than pronotum,
clypeus slightly emarginate in the centre anteriorly, the sides
rounded ; an impressed line from the base of antenne to the
anterior ocellus ; pronotum rather short, rounded anteriorly,
median segment rounded posteriorly ; abdomen generally
shorter than the head and thorax united; legs stout and
sparsely spinose, tarsal claws unidentate, the tooth long and
conspicuous. Jet-black: the wings fusco-hyaline or sub-
fuscous, second and third cubital cells measured on the
cubital nervure subequal; third cubital cell subtriangular,
sometimes petiolate; apical abdominal segments with a few
stiff fuscous hairs.

g. Similar, smaller, the third cubital cell nearly always
petiolate.

Long. ? 7-9, ¢ 6-8 millim.

Hab. Kashmir, 5000-6000 feet ; common.

This species would come into Bingham’s key on p. 149
next to P. ariadne, from which it differs in being devoid of
pile, and in other respects.

Pompilus Julius, sp. 0.

@. Smooth, the abdomen somewhat shining, the median
segment obscurely transversely striate ; head slightly wider
than thorax, clypeus very convex, its anterior margin
rounded ; a faintly impressed line from base of antennz to
anterior ocellus ; pronotum short, rounded anteriorly, with a
median impressed line ; scutellum compressed at the sides,

Indian Aculeate Hymenoptera. 513

median segment much below the level of mesonotum and
scutellum, rounded posteriorly, and sloping gradually to apex ;
abdomen about the length of head and thorax united. Red:
the antennz at apex fuscous, and the apical second, third, or
fourth segments of the abdomen shading off into black or
fuscous ; pruinose, in some specimens there is a little silvery
pile on the clypeus and front, otherwise almost devoid of
pile; apical two segments of abdomen with a few stiff fuscous
hairs. Wings hyaline at base, shading off into subfuscous at
apex ; three cubital cells, the second measured on the cubital
nervure longer than the third, which is about half as wide at
the top as at the bottom ; nervures dark fuscous, tegule red.

Long. 10-12 millim.

Hab. Deesa, Mt. Abu ; not common.

This is closely allied to the three rufous Pompilide de-
scribed by me in the Journal of the Bombay Nat. Hist. Soe.
vol. xiv. no. 1, p. 84 (P. horatius, brutus, and cassius). It
can be distinguished from all of them by having the median
segment red, not black, and the abdomen black or dark
fuscous at apex.

Pompilus Antonius, sp. n.

¢. Slenderly built, smooth and somewhat shining ; head
wider than pronotum, very convex in front, clypeus trans-
verse anteriorly ; pronotum short, rounded anteriorly, median
segment rounded posteriorly ; abdomen narrow, as long as
head and thorax united, and having a flattened appearance
above, the first segment much longer than its width at apex ;
legs sparsely spinose, the calcaria of intermediate and pos-
terior legs remarkably long. Black: the apex of posterior
femora and the whole of posterior tibis red; two small sub-
lateral spots on second, and a band, narrowed in the centre,
at base of third abdominal segment, yellowish white ; head,
scape of antenne, and pronotum with somewhat sparse
fuscous pubescence ; median segment posteriorly and sixth
abdominal segment with greyish pile ; wings hyaline, slightl
infuscated at apex, nervures and tegule blackish, the latter
with a yellowish-white central spot.

Long. 6-8 millim.

flab. Kashmir, 5000-6000 feet; rare.

Nearest to P. capitosus.

Ceropales Marcia, sp. n.

g. Head, thorax, abdomen and legs smooth and pruinose ;
head wider than thorax, clypeus transverse anteriorly, an

Ann. & Mag. N, Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xi. 36

514 Major C. G. Nurse on new

impressed line from the base of antenne to the anterior
ocellus; pronotum short, transverse anteriorly, scutellum
and postscutellum conspicuous, raised and convex; median
segment gradually sloped, with a median furrow at apex,
the sides rounded posteriorly ; abdomen about the length of
thorax, first segment nearly twice as long as its breadth at
apex; third segment shorter than second. Black: the
clypeus, except its posterior margin, which joins on to and
forms part of a wedge-shaped central mark, a narrow line on
the pronotum posteriorly, the anterior tarsi, and all the
calcaria yellowish white; the anterior tibie and intermediate
tarsi reddish testaceous; a little silvery pile on the front
and median segment. Wings hyaline, a very faint fuscous
cloud across the radial, second and third cubital, and second
discoidal cells ; nervures and tegule blackish.

Long. 5-6 millim.

Hab. Kashmir, 6000 feet; Mt. Abu. Rare.

Nearest to C. albovariegata.

Astata lubricata, sp. n.

?. Head with somewhat sparse and shallow punctures,
the vertex almost impunctate ; mesonotum closely punctured
anteriorly, more sparsely posteriorly, scutellum shining, with
a few punctures, median segment rather coarsely rugose ;
abdomen shining, finely aciculate microscopically ; head with
a median impressed line from the base of antenna to anterior
ocellus; pronotum rather long and narrow, scutellum with a
median longitudinal impressed line; median segment very
long, with an obscure median line, truncate at apex, and very
steeply sloped, a median depression just below the base of
truncation. Black ; the base of the mandibles, scape of the
antennee below, abdomen, and all the legs deep red; wings
shining hyaline, apex of the fore wing from just beyond the
stigma infuscated, nervures, stigmata, and tegule reddish
testaceous ; head and thorax with somewhat sparse greyish
pubescence.

3. Similar, the median segment more finely rugose,
tegulee yellowish white.

Long. 7-9 millim.

Hab. Deesa; not common.

This species would come in Bingham’s key in a new
section: ‘*C. Abdomen and legs wholly red.”

Tachytes flagellata, sp. n. :

6. Head and thorax finely and closely punctured; clypeu
rounded anteriorly, its anterior margin bare and shining;

Indian Aculeate Hymenoptera. 515

the eighth to the eleventh joints of the flagellum of the antenne
remarkably produced on the inside; median segment mode-
rately long, convex, its sides rounded, with a central fovea.
Black; the fourth and following joints of the flagellum of
the antenne, and the apical joints of the anterior tarsi, more
or less red; the front covered with somewhat thick silvery
pubescence ; thorax pruinose, with sparse greyish pubescence ;
abdomen with short and rather sparse silvery pile, pygidium
with silvery hairs; wings flavo-hyaline, nervures and tegulz
reddish testaceous.

Long. 11-13 millim.

Hab. Mt. Abu; fairly common.

Nearest to 7. vicina, but the remarkably produced joints
of the antenne are sufficient to distinguish it from any other
species.

Tachytes proxima, sp. n.

? g. Thickly covered with golden pile, which to a con-
siderable extent hides the sculpturing, but the head and
thorax appear to be closely punctured under it; clypeus
rounded anteriorly, front somewhat concave, with an im-
pressed median line reaching the vertex; scutellum and
median segment with a median longitudinal impressed line,
which on the latter terminates in a hollow or depression, this
segment is short, very convex, the sides rounded. Black or
reddish black; the femora, tibiz, and tarsi red; the pile on
the clypeus and front is longer and of a brighter golden than
elsewhere; head and thorax with some sparse greyish pu-
bescence in addition to the pile; on the abdomen the pile
has a tessellated appearance ; apical two abdominal segments
with a few stiff fuscous hairs; pygidium with bright golden
hairs ; abdomen below shining, second segment minutely and
closely punctured, remaining segments sparsely punctured,
all the ventral segments except the first with a few stiff
fuscous hairs at apex; wings flavo-hyaline, sometimes very
slightly infuscated at apex, nervures flavo-testaceous, tegula
red.

Long. 13-16 millim.

Hab. Deesa; common.

Nearest to 7. taprobane.

Tachysphex nudus, sp. n.

9 g. Head moderately closely punctured; mesonotum
and scutellum sparsely punctured and shining, median seg-
ment above rugose; abdomen very finely and closely punc-

tured, shining; clypeus rounded anteriorly, the front near
36*

516 Major C. G. Nurse on new

the base of antenne very concave, the portion midway
between base of antennz and anterior ocellus raised, bare,
and shining, almost tubercular; that between the ocelli
similar ; mesonotum broad anteriorly, median segment
roundly truncate posteriorly, with a semicircular space in the
centre above bare, rugose, and defined by a furrow ; apical
portion of segment with a median longitudinal furrow ; abdo-
men short, not much longer than thorax. Head and thorax
black; mandibles, scape and first joint of flagellum of
antenne, legs, and abdomen red; median segment reddish
brown; clypeus and front with thick golden pile; cheeks and
sides of median segment with rather short silvery pubescence,
which has in some lights a golden tinge; abdomen bare;
wings hyaline, with a very faint subapical fuscous cloud
across the fore wing, nervures and tegule light testaceous,

Long. 7-8 millim.

Hab. Deesa; rare.

This species would come into Bingham’s key in a new
section: ‘*C. Head and thorax black, abdomen red.” In
appearance it is more like a Tuchytes than a Tachysphea,
and the abdomen being bare makes it look at first sight as if
it belonged to neither genus.

Tachysphex polluz, sp. n.

$. Head and abdomen closely punctured; mesonotum,
scutellum, and postscutellum more sparsely punctured ; median
segment somewhat finely rugose; clypeus bidentate ante-
riorly, the space near the ocelli raised and bisected by
a longitudinal impressed line; median segment roundly
truncate posteriorly ; abdomen scarcely longer than thorax,
the segments constricted at apex. Black, with silvery pile,
thickest on the clypeus and front, elsewhere sparse, forming
narrow apical bands on abdominal segments; the anterior
tarsi on the underside, and the apical margins of abdominal
segments, where denuded of pile, testaceous. The emar-
gination at the base of anterior femora, characteristic of the
genus, 18 conspicuous.

Long. 8 millim.

Hab. Deesa; a single specimen.

This species would come into Bingham’s key next to
T’, testaceipes, from which it differs in sculpturing and other
respects,

Tachysphex inventus, sp. n.

g. Slenderly built; head, mesonotum, and scutellum
closely but shallowly punctured; median segment finely

Indian Aculeate Hymenoptera. 517

rugose ; abdomen finely aciculate ; clypeus convex, slightly
rounded anteriorly, front concave near base of antennss, but
convex in the ocellar region, with the usual ocellar pad,
which is bisected by a longitudinal impressed line, extending
from base of antennz to vertex; median segment truncate
posteriorly, the sides slightly rounded; abdomen with the
apical margins of segments 1-3 slightly depressed. Black ;
the tibie and tarsi rufo-testaceous; clypeus and front with
very short silvery pile, which takes in some lights a golden
tinge; thorax with a little greyish pubescence, thickest on
the sides of the median segment; abdomen almost entirely
devoid of pile or pubescence; wings hyaline, nervures and
tegul testaceous ; the emargination of the anterior femora
is conspicuous.

Long. 7-8 millim.

Hab. Deesa; not common.

Nearest to 7’. pollux above.

Tachysphex projectus, sp. n.

@. Clypeus anteriorly somewhat sparsely punctured,
remainder of head and thorax finely and closely punctured ;
median segment above very finely longitudinally striate ;
abdomen smooth and shining; clypeus very convex, trans-
verse anteriorly, an impressed line from the base of antenne
through the ocellar pad to the vertex; median segment
rounded posteriorly. Head and thorax black; abdomen red,
darker towards the apex ; front with very short sparse silvery
pile; thorax and legs with a little greyish pile; abdomen
bare; all the tarsi more or less rufo-testaceous at apex, and
their spines pale testaceous ; wings subhyaline, nervures and
teguiz dark testaceous.

Long. 7 millim.

Hab. Kashmir, 5000-6000 feet ; a single specimen.

Should come in Bingham’s key under “ B. 6, c’. Median
segment longitudinally striate.”

Tachysphex conclusus, sp. 0.

@. Head and thorax granular, appearing, when viewed
through a microscope, finely and regularly punctured ; abdo-
men finely aciculate ; clypeus very convex, rounded anteriorly,
and emarginate in the centre, a median longitudinal im-
pressed line from base of antenne through ocellar pad to the
vertex ; median segment with the sides compressed at apex ;
abdomen about the same length as thorax. Black; the
mandibles, the first and the greater part of the second abdo-
minal segments, and the anterior tarsi dark red, sparsely

518 Major C. G. Nurse on new

covered with silvery pile ; wings flavo-hyaline, nervures and
tegule light testaceous.

3g. Similar, the clypeus and front with golden pile, the
pile on the mesonotum appearing also golden in some lights ;
all the tarsi are more or less rufous, and in some specimens
the whole of the second and the basal half of the third
abdominal segments are red.

Long. 7-10 millim.

flab. Deesa, Mt. Abu; not common.

Next to 7. auriceps, but differs from that species in the
sculpturing of the median segment, and in the greater part
of the legs being black, not red.

Trypoxylon responsum, sp. 0.

9. Head very minutely punctured; thorax and abdomen
smooth; clypeus rounded anteriorly, its margin slightly
curved upwards ; a carina above the base of antennee, joining
on to a furrow from the anterior ocellus; posterior margin
of pronotum slightly constricted; median segment with a
median longitudinal furrow and two lateral convergent
furrows, all obscurely transversely striate, the lateral furrows
sometimes ill-defined ; abdomen about twice as long as head
and thorax united. Black: the apex of the mandibles and
the second and third abdominal segments more or less red;
the base of the tibize and the whole of the anterior and inter-
mediate tarsi pale testaceous; clypeus and front from below
the emargination of the eyes, side of pronotum and thorax,
and sides and apex of median segment with silvery pubescence.

Long. 13 millim.

Hab. Mount Abu ; three specimens.

Nearest to J. canaliculatum, from which it differs in size
and in the clypeus not being carinate.

Ammophila Smithit (Baly).

The description of this species, which Bingham had not
seen, and which is therefore only quoted by him, leaves
much to be desired; and as I have taken both sexes of an
Ammophila, which I have little doubt is this species, I take
this opportunity of giving a detailed description :—

@. Head and pronotum almost smooth; mesonotum and
scutellum sparsely punctured; median segment finely trans-
versely striate in the middle above, the striation difficult
to distinguish; abdomen smooth, pruinose ; clypeus very
convex, transverse anteriorly, a median furrow from base of
antenne to anterior ocellus, where it bifurcates in the direction

Indian Aculeate Hymenoptera. 519

of the other ocelli; pronotum rather long, the sides rounded
posteriorly ; mesonotum and scutellum much raised, the
former with a median longitudinal line, the latter notched.
Head, thorax, fifth segment above, and the whole of the
sixth and seventh abdominal segments black; the mandibles,
except their tips, the anterior margin of clypeus, scape of
antenne, legs, and abdominal segments 1-4 red; head and
thorax covered with a somewhat sparse white pubescence,
which hides most of the sculpturing; wings subhyaline,
nervures testaceous, tegule red.

3. Similar, smaller; scape of antennz, legs, and segments
1-4 of abdomen shaded with fuscous, especially the pos-
terior legs, which are in some specimens almost black.

Long., ? 19-21, g 14-15 millim.

Hab. Deesa, Ferozepore; common,

Ammophila philomela, sp. n.

?. Slenderly built; pronotum and mesonotum trans-
versely, scutellum and postscutellum somewhat coarsely
longitudinally, median segment in the centre above finely
longitudinally striate ; abdomen smooth; head covered with
fine silvery pubescence which hides the sculpturing ; pro-
notum very long, gradually widening towards apex ; the
striation of the median segment does not show up clearly in
all specimens, as the whole of the thorax is covered with a
short but rather thick whitish pubescence, which gives it a
frosted appearance ; abdomen and legs pruinose, petiole of
abdomen two-jointed. Red; the flagellum of the antennz
and the tips of the mandibles more or less black ; the head
and median segment appear dark, but their colour is difficult
to determine owing to their being covered by pubescence ;
apical two or three segments blackish above ; wings hyaline,
nervures dark testaceous, tegule red.

Long. 18 millim.

Hab. Deesa; common.

This species would come into Bingham’s key under
“© A.a.a’,” new section c*. “ Median segment finely longi-
tudinally striate along the middle.”

Ammophila durga, sp. n.

9. Head and thorax closely puactured, except in the
region of the ocelli, where the punctures are somewhat sparse ;
abdomen and legs smooth and pruinose; clypeus much
produced, its apex bisinuate, the sides rounded; an impressed

520 Major C. G. Nurse on new

line, ending in a deep furrow, from base of antennz to ante-
rior ocellus; pronotum with the apical margin depressed ;
mesonotum with a median impressed line; median segment
rounded at apex, gradually sloped, finely rugose, with a
granular appearance, in some specimens running into trans-
verse stria ; petiole of abdomen one-jointed, the petiole about
one third the length of the whole abdomen. Black; the
abdomen, except the petiole, red, becoming darker, almost
black, at apex ; head and thorax with rather long white
pubescence, that on the front intermixed with a few black
hairs, the vertex almost bare ; wings hyaline, very faintly
fuscescent at apex, nervures and tegule rufo-testaceous. I
cannot discover a tooth in the tarsal claws. .

g. Similar, more slenderly built, the head much smaller ;
clypeus only about half the width of that of the female.

Long. 16 millim.

Hab. Murree to Kashmir road, about 4000 feet; three or
four specimens.

This species would come into Bingham’s key as a new
section, “ Tarsal claws non-dentate.”

Ammophila basalis (Smith).

The male of this species has not hitherto been described.
It resembles the female, but all the legs are black. The
amount of red on the abdomen varies considerably, and I
have some specimens in which the abdomen is entirely
black, except the ventral portion of the second segment.
This species is very closely allied to A. atripes, both having
the legs red in the female and black in the male. In fact
the only reliable character by which they can be separated
is that A. basalis has the basal portion of the median seg-
ment transversely striate, and not reticulate. So far as I
have observed, there is little or no difference in size.

flab. Deesa, Mt. Abu; common.

Psen kashmirensis, sp. n.

¢. Smooth and shining, with a few minute punctures on
the vertex and mesonotum; clypeus short, transverse ante-
riorly; antenne clavate; second joint of flagellum about
half as long again as the third, the portion of the front
between the bases of antenne raised into a remarkable
tubercle; eyes slightly convergent below; median segment
with a triangular depression at base, with outwardly diver-
gent striz, and produced into a deep median longitudinal

Indian Aculeate Hymenoptera. 521

furrow, the apex of the segment rounded; petiole short,
about half the length of thorax, remainder of abdomen about
the length of the head and thorax united. Jet-black, sparsely
covered with silvery pubescence, which hides the sculpturing
of the clypeus and front; wings hyaline, nervures and tegule
black ; second cubital cell much narrowed above, sub-
triangular.

3g. Similar, the antennze filiform, and about twice as long
as in the female; no tubercle between bases of antenne ;
sides of median segment finely obliquely striate; tarsi pale
testaceous.

Long. 7-8 millim.

Hab, Kashmir, 5000-8000 feet ; three specimens.

Gorytes lenis, sp. n.

Smooth and shining, a few shallow punctures about the
region of the ocelli and on the mesonotum ; eyes strongly
convergent below; antenne clavate; clypeus much longer
than broad, transverse anteriorly, an impressed line from the
base of antenne to the anterior ocellus, the region of the
ocelli somewhat raised; pronotum very short; mesonotum
with two parallel median longitudinally impressed lines ;
median segment somewhat steeply sloped, the triangular
space at its base smooth and shining ; abdomen petiolate,
petiole about one third of the total length of the abdomen,
not increasing in width at apex, the base of the second segment
slightly narrower than the petiole. Black: the clypeus and
front as far as the base of the antenne, the scape, except its
extreme base, a line on the pronotum posteriorly, a spot near
the tegule, the postscutellum, an apical line, emarginate in
the centre, on first abdominal segment, a line on the apex of
second abdominal segment, widening laterally, and emar-
ginate, sometimes interrupted, in the centre, and the apical
margin of the fourth segment narrowly pale yellow; antennz
reddish below; legs red ; the anterior and intermediate tibize
at base, a line on all the tibize above, and the tarsi yellow ;
clypeus with silvery pile; median segment, except the tri-
angular space at base, and abdomen pruinose; apical
abdominal segments with short stiff greyish pubescence ;
wings clear hyaline, nervures black, tegule red with a yellow
spot.

Long. 12 millim.

fab. Deesa; not common.

Next to G. alipes, from which it may be distinguished by

522 Major C. G. Nurse on new

its longer and more slender petiole, and by all the femora
being red.

Stizus conscriptus, sp. n.

9. Somewhat slenderly built ; head with a few shallow
punctures; thorax strongly and rugosely punctured ; abdomen
shining, finely aciculate ; clypeus very convex, almost rect-
angular, emarginate anteriorly, the front above it concave,
with a carina between bases of antenne ; eyes convergent
below, the distance separating them there being about half
the distance between them at vertex; median segment
roundly truncate posteriorly ; spines of anterior tarsi very
long. Black; the mandibles, except their tips, the labrum,
clypeus, basal half of the antenne, legs, and abdomen more
or less red ; the amount of red in different specimens varies
a good deal, and sometimes it is almost entirely confined to
the abdomen ; a little silvery pile on clypeus and front, and
some sparse greyish pubescence on median segment ; wings
fuscous, the posterior margin of hind wing hyaline, ne1vures
black, tegulee red.

3. Similar, the eyes less convergént below ; the spines of
anterior tarsi short.

Long. 12-16 millim.

Hab. Deesa; fairly common.

Next to S. vespiformis, from which it differs in size, and
in having the thorax strongly punctured.

Stizus coloratus, sp. n.

?. Stoutly built; head finely, but not very closely,
thorax minutely and closely punctured, the punctures on
both very shallow ; sides and apex of median segment finely
rugose, abdomen finely aciculate; head not so wide as thorax,
clypeus slightly emarginate anteriorly ; labrum, clypeus, and
the middle portion of the front above the latter, as far as
the base of antennee, distinctly convex ; the sides of the front
from the posterior angles of the clypeus to the base of antenne
concave ; median segment short, concavo-truncate posteriorly,
the sides rounded. Mandibles light red at base, black at
apex ; labrum, clypeus, and front yellow, shading off into
hight red on the cheeks and vertex ; two maculz behind the
antenne, the region of the ocelli, and the posterior portion of
the head below the vertex, black ; thorax black, the pronotum,
sides of the mesonotum, scutellum, and a spot on the meso-
pleurz dark red; second and third abdominal segments bright
yellow, the remaining segments black ; the margins of first to

Indian Aculeate Hymenoptera. 523

third segments narrowly black or reddish black; scape of
antennz yellowish, flagellum red; femora, tibiz, and tarsi
of the legs, and sometimes also the cox and trochanters, red ;
the whole insect is more or less covered with short, sparse,
greyish pile, which becomes golden on the inside of the
posterior tibiz and tarsi. Wings brownish fuscous, shading off
gradually into hyaline at apex and along the posterior margin
of hind wing ; nervures testaceous, tegulze red.

g. Similar; the third abdominal segment with two large
yellow macule, the apical joint of the antenne curved.

Long., 2 23, g 18-20 millim.

flab. Mt. Abu; common.

Stizus imperator, sp. n.

?. Stoutly built ; the vertex of head with a few shallow
punctures, and the sides and apex of median segment coarsely
but shallowly punctured ; head narrower than thorax ; clypeus
rather short, slightly emarginate anteriorly ; labrum, clypeus,
and the middle portion of the front above the latter as far as
the base of the antennz convex, the sides of the front from
the posterior angles of the clypeus to the base of antenne
concave ; pronotum very short, median segment short, con-
cavo-truncate posteriorly, the sides rounded. Light red,
shining; apex of mandibles and of the third abdominal
segment, and the whole of the following segments, black ; the
tarsi sometimes shaded red and black; a little short white
pubescence on the front and median segment, some golden
pile on the inside of the posterior tibice and tarsi, and a little
fuscous pubescence on the apical two abdominal segments.
Wings fuscous, the outer margin of both wings narrowly
hyaline ; nervures dark testaceous, tegule red.

¢. Similar, the clypeus comparatively longer, the apex of
flagellum of antenne slightly curved.

Long. 18-20 millim.

Hab. Deesa; rare.

Both this species and the last would come into Bingham’s

key under a new sub-section as follows :—

A.
d. Wings narrowly hyaline along outer margin.
a’. Second abdominal segment yellow ............+. coloratus.
b’. Second abdominal segment red ......-..seeseeees imperator.

Bembex irritata, sp. n.
?. Stoutly built ; head smooth, clypeus and vertex with

524 Major C. G. Nurse on new

a few minute punctures: thorax minutely, closely, and
shallowly punctured, appearing very finely rugose; abdomen
finely aciculate; clypeus very convex, almost triangular, its
anterior margin very slightly emarginate ; front above the
clypeus very concave, a slight carina between the bases of
antenne ; apical abdominal segment shining, sparsely
punctured. Pale orange-red, abdomen above reddish yellow ;
the apex of the mandibles, the greater part of the central
portion of the front from the base of antenne to the vertex,
the vertex narrowly, the posterior portion of the head, except
a narrow line along the outer orbits of the eyes, the mesonotum,
except its sides and two short and faint longitudinal lines on
its disk, the base of the scutellum broadly, the postscutellum,
the median segment, except a crescent-shaped mark, inter-
rupted in the centre, and the extreme lateral angles of the
segment, the coxe of all the legs, the apical abdominal seg-
ment above, and the greater part of the first, third, and
following segments below, black; the margins of the abdo-
minal segments are darker red than the rest of the segments,
and there are faint indications of red macule on the lighter
portion; the flagellum of the antenne is rufous; clypeus and
front covered with silvery, and the thorax with sparse greyish
pubescence ; wings subfuscous, becoming gradually lighter
towards their apical margins, which are hyaline.

3. Similar; the apical joints of antenne spined; a very
large and prominent median tubercle on the second ventral
segment; two conspicuous carine meeting apically and
forming a wedge-shaped prominence on the sixth ventral
segment; labrum, clypeus, and scape of antenne pale yellow,
flagellum of antenne dark rufo-testaceous; many of the
orange-red markings on the thorax obsolete or obsolescent.

Long. 16-17 millim.

Hab. Deesa ; rare.

This species would come into Bingham’s key in a new
section: “ B. c. Colours black and light red; abdomen
reddish yellow.”

Cerceris kashmirensis, sp. u.

? g. Head, pronotum, mesonotum, and scutellum closely
and somewhat finely punctured, the punctures running into
strize ; postscutellum impunctate, the enclosed space at the
base of median segment varies considerably, in most speci-
mens it has outwardly divergent striz, in some it is almost
entirely smooth ; sides of the median segment coarsely rugosely

Indian Aculeate Hymenoptera. 525
punctured ; abdomen somewhat coarsely punctured, the
punctures very deep and distinct in the middle of each seg-
ment, less so at the base and apex; head wider than thorax,
elypeus slightly concave anteriorly, convex posteriorly, its
anterior margin transverse in the centre, emarginate on each
side; a short carina between the antenne, which are set in a
hollow ; first abdominal segment forming a petiole, which is
about as broad as long, second segment about twice as broad,
and equal in length to the first; third and fourth somewhat
shorter than the second, but equal to it in breadth, fifth rather
narrower than the second, third, and fourth; pygidial area
finely punctured. Black; the mandibles, except their tips,
the clypeus, except its anterior margin narrowly, the front
above the base of antennz, but not including the hollows in
which the base of antennee are placed, or the antennal carina,
a spot on each side of the pronotum posteriorly, the tegule,
postscutellum, a broad band at the base of second abdominal
segment, and the apical margins of the third, fourth, and fifth
segments, yellow; the third ventral segment has a large,
irregular, yellowish macula on each side, and there is a trace
of similar markings on the fourth ventral segment; legs with
the cox almost entirely black, anterior trochanters black,
intermediate and posterior yellowish red; femora black at
base above, remainder, as well as the whole of the tibiz and
tarsi, yellowish red ; scape of antenne yellow or red below,
flagellum red below; wings fusco-hyaline, nervures dark
testaceous.

Long. 8-12 millim.
Hab. Kashmir, 5000-6000 feet ; fairly common.
Would come into Bingham’s key after C. pentadonta.

Cerceris dolosa, sp. n.

¢. Head, thorax, and abdomen closely and regularly, but
somewhat coarsely punctured, the punctures on clypeus and
front being shallower than elsewhere; clypeus excavate
anteriorly, its margin subporrect, antennal carina rather
long ; the triangular space at the base of median segment
longitudinally striate at base, obliquely at the sides, its median
furrow transversely striate; first abdominal segment slightly
longer than broad, less than half the width of second segment,
the whole abdomen as long or slightly longer than head and
thorax united. Black; the base of the mandibles, a central
spot on the clypeus, the sides of the eyes as far as the base
of the antennze, the scape in front, a narrow band on the

526 Bibliographical Notice.

apical margin of the third abdominal segment, widened at its
extreme lateral margin till it covers the whole of the ventral
segment, an apical spot on the fifth segment, and the anterior
and intermediate tarsi, pale yellow; flagellum of antenne
beneath rufous; coxze, trochanters, and basal portion of the
femora of all the legs red; the apical portion of the femora
blackish, the tibize variegated with black, red, and yellow;
posterior tarsi with the first joint pale yellow, remainder
fuscous; the clypeus and front are covered with a short,
stiff, silvery pubescence. Wings hyaline, very slightly infus-
cated at apex; nervures and tegulee blackish, the latter with
a central yellow spot.

3. Similar, smaller, the clypeus less excavate anteriorly,
and its margin not subporrect; the mandibles entirely
black; the yellow apical spot is on the sixth, not the fifth,
segment.

Long. 8-11 millim.

Hab. Mt. Abu ; common.

Would come into Bingham’s key after C. bifasciata, under
anew sub-section, “ Enclosed space at base of median segment
longitudinally striate at base, obliquely at sides.”

[To be continued. }

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE.

Catalogue of the Collection of Palearctic Butterflies formed by the
late John Henry Leech, and presented to the Trustecs of the British
Museum by his Mother, Mrs. Eliza Leech. By Ricuarp Sovran,
F.E.S. London: Printed by Order of the Trustees, 1902. 4to.
Pp. vi, 229, Portrait, and 2 Coloured Plates,

Tur death of so energetic an entomologist as the late Mr. Leech, at
the-comparatively early age of thirty-eight years, may well recall
the words of Mr. H. T. Stainton respecting Dr. Brackenridge
Clemens :—** Little did I think, when I received his first letter in
1857, two years before he became an author, that his career was to
be so brilliant and so short.” Far more appropriately might similar
words be applied to Mr. Leech.

Devoted to the study of entomology from his schoolboy days
(largely, we believe, through the encouragement of his mother), and
possessed of ample means, and untrammelled by a profession, he
devoted his life to travelling, and to the formation, by his own
efforts and by those of skilled assistants, and the purchase of large
special collections, to the formation of the great collection of

Miscellaneous. 528

Palearctic Lepidoptera which Mr. South has catalogued in the
volume before us. A short preface gives an account of Mr. Leech’s
life, travels, and collections; and from it we learn that he succes-
sively visited Para, Marocco, the Canaries, Madeira, China, Corea,
Japan, and the North-western Himalayas, everywhere collecting
and observing.

The collection, as presented by Mrs. E. Leech to the British Museum
and catalogued by Mr. South, consists of 18,000 specimens, repre-
senting 1100 species. The most valuable portion consists of the
materials used in the preparation of Mr. Leech’s great work on the
butterflies of China, Japan, and the Corea, and of the fine series
of varieties and aberrations, chiefly European, a selection of the
latter being represented on the two coloured plates of the volume.

Those who knew Mr. Leech personally will be pleased with the
excellent portrait which forms the frontispiece; and it is a matter
for real thankfulness to entomologists that Mr. Leech was not only
enabled to do such excellent scientific work during his lifetime, but
that his valuable collection should have found a permanent resting-
place in the Natural History Museum at South Kensington after his
death.

MISCELLANEOUS.
On the Evolution of the Proboscidea. By C. W. Anprews, D.Sc.

Untit the author’s recent discoveries of primitive Proboscidea in the
Middle and Upper Eocene formations of the Fayum, Egypt, the
oldest known members of this mammalian order were Dinotherium
Cuviert and Tetrabelodon angustidens, from the base of the Miocene
in France. The new Egyptian fossils not only reveal for the first
time the early history of the order, but also provide more satisfactory
material for the discussion of its evolution than has hitherto been
available.

The most important changes in the Proboscidea occur in the skull,
mandible, and dentition.

Owing to the increase in the size of the tusks and to the presence
of the proboscis, the facial region of the skull becomes shortened,
and at the same time the premaxille become wider. The presence
of the proboscis also accounts for the position of the external nares.
The demand for a greater surface of attachment for the muscles
supporting a skull rendered heavy by the tusks and trunk is met
by the great development of the diploé in certain of the cranial
bones, resulting in the enormous expansion of the forwardly sloping
occipital surface. The maxille become greatly enlarged concomit-
antly with the increase in the size and degree of hypselodonty of
the molars. At the same time the zygomatic arch becomes weaker
and the jugal takes a smaller share in its composition.

528 Miscellaneous.

The mandible is at first short and stout, with a massive sym-
physis. Afterwards it becomes more and more elongated as the
stature of the animals increases ; and this elongation is for the most
part effected by the lengthening of the symphysial region, though
the backward rotation of the ascending ramus tends to the same
end. The prolongation of the mandible beyond the premaxille
must have been covered by a proboscis-like structure composed of
the upper lip and nose, probably more or less prehensile at its extre-
mity. The lengthening of the mandible seems to have reached its
maximum degree in the Middle Miocene, after which it again
became shortened by the reduction of the symphysis, while the
fleshy and now mobile proboscis was left behind as the sole organ
of prehension.

In the upper dentition the chief changes are the loss of incisors
nos. 1 and 3 and the great increase in size of incisor no. 2, which
eventually forms the great tusk characteristic of the later Pro-
boscidea. The canines are soon lost. In the earliest forms some at
least of the cheek-teeth (milk-molars) are replaced by premolars in
the usual manner, and these teeth remain in wear simultaneously
with the true molars ; but in later forms no vertical succession takes
place, and as the milk-molars are worn they are shed, being replaced
from behind by the forward movement of the molars. Of these also
the anterior may be shed, until at length in old individuals of the
later types the last molar is alone functional. The gradual increase
in the complexity of the Proboscidean molars is one of their most
striking characteristics. All stages can be traced between the
simple, brachyodont, bilophodont (quadritubercular) molars of Moeri-
therium (Middle Eocene) to the extraordinarily complex type of tooth
found in Hlephas. Thus in Palwomastodon (Upper Eocene) the
molars are trilophodont, and the same is true of the first and second
molars of T'etrabelodon (Miocene), in which, however, the last molar
is complicated by the addition of further transverse crests. In the
Stegodonts of the Siwalik Hills (Pliocene) a further increase in
the number and height of the crests takes place, and the whole
crown of the tooth is more or less covered with a thick coat of
cement. Still later the transverse crests become highly compressed
laminz united by cement, and these are as many as twenty-seven
in number in the Pleistocene Hlephas primigenius and the recent
E, indicus.

The evolution of the lower molars corresponds with that of the
upper molars. Of the lower incisors the middle and outer pairs
(nos. 1 and 3) are soon lost, but the second pair remains functional
for a long geological period. When the symphysis becomes short-
ened these incisors are sometimes retained as vestiges (e. g. in
Mastodon americanus), but in the genus Elephas they have com-
pletely disappeared.— Abstract of paper read before the Royal Society
on March 26th, 1903.

Anwm. & Magq. Nat. Hist. Se 7 Vol. XL PU.XI.

R.1Pocock del. : 7 Mantern Bros th.

An. be Mag. Nat.Hist.S.7 Vol.X1.PU.XIL

B.1.Pocock del. - , Mintern Bros ith

THE ANNALS

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

(SEVENTH SERIES.]

No. 66. JUNE 1903.

LXXV.—WNew Species of Indian Aculeate ITymenoptera.
By Major C. G. Nurse, Indian Army.

[Concluded from p. 526.]

Crabro gulmargensts, sp. n.

9. Head as wide as thorax; clypeus short, carinate in
the centre, its anterior margin subporrect; front above the
base of antenne very concave, smooth and shining, the carina
of the clypeus produced along the front; the smooth portion
of the front reaches about halfway from the base of antennze
to ocelli ; the remaining portion, as far as the ocelli, very
finely longitudinally striate, the vertex behind the ocelli
shining, with sparse and very fine punctures ; pronotum very
finely longitudinally striate, its apex notched in the centre ;
mesonotum finely rugose anteriorly, finely longitudinally
striate posteriorly ; scutellum smooth and shining, with a few
scattered punctures ; postscutellum finely punctured; median
segment, which is very much below the level of mesonotum,
coarsely longitudinally striate in the centre, finely obliquely
striate at the sides; abdomen not petiolate, but gradually
widening to the third segment, smooth and shining, pycidial
area finely punctured. Black; the scape of the antenn,
except a small spot at its base above, two apical spots, not
quite meeting in the centre, on the pronotum, a spot on the

Ann. & Mag, N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xi. 37

53 Major C. G. Nurse on new

scutellum, subapical bands on segments 1-4, those on seg-
ments 2 and 3 interrupted medially, a somewhat wider apical
band on the fitth segment, the apex of the anterior femora,
and the tibise and tarsi of all the legs, yellow, the latter
sometimes yellowish red; the clypeus, and sometimes the
scape, is covered with long silvery pubescence, which is stiff
on the former and hides its sculpturing ; the remainder of the
head and thorax, and the femora of the legs, are sparsely
covered with rather long pubescence, which is black above
and greyish below ; fifth abdominal segment and pygidium
with short stiff hairs, which in some lights appear golden in
tint. Wings fusco-hyaline, with a flavous tinge; nervures
testaceous, tegule black.

3. Similar, but the scape and the first seven or eight joints
of the antennee are much dilated, and the formation of the
anterior legs is very remarkable; the tibie are irregularly
widened, and the first joint of the tarsi is flattened, forming
a large oval excrescence, shaped like an inverted saucer,
smooth and shining.

Long. 8-14 millim.

Hab. Gulmarg, Kashmir, 8000-9000 feet; fairly common.

This spccies would come in Bingham’s key in section B,
under a new sub-section. ‘The size in both sexes varies con-
siderably, and the markings are frequently orange-red, many
ot them being in some specimens quite obsolete.

Eumenes placens, sp. n.

9. Clypeus with sparse shallow punctures; remainder of
head, thorax and first abdominal segment closely and finely
punctured,second abdominal segment with still finer punctures ;
clypeus broad, very convex, reaching well below the eyes,
its anterior margin deeply emarginate ; the carina between
bases of antenne grooved posteriorly ; a median longitudinal
impressed Jine at base of mesonotum, and a median longi-
tudinal carina on scutellum at base, ending in a kollow at
apex ; median segment convex, nearly vertical, with a groove
down the middle, the groove not much broadened below;
petiole of abdomen about the same length as the thorax, very
narrow at base, increasing in width just before the centre, at
apex more than twice as wide as at base, having lateral
tubercles about the middle, and an obscure median longitudinal
groove along the wider portion. Head and thorax black ;
abdomen dark red ; the mandibles, except their extreme base,
clypeus, except a central spot, scape below, antennal carina,
a narrow line from the clypeus along the inner orbits reaching

Indian Aculeate Hymenoptera. 53l

their emargination, a narrow line along the outer orbits
reaching the vertex, the greater part of the pronotum, two
lateral spots narrowed posteriorly on the mesonotum, a large
mark on the mesopleura, a spot behind the tegule, the
scutellum, the posterior half of the postscutellum, large
sublateral maculz on the median segment, two sublateral
spots about the middle and the apical margin narrowly of the
first abdominal segment, a narrow subbasal band, medially
interrupted, and a somewhat wider apical band, widest above
but medially interrupted, on the second segment, the apices of
the following segments (which are, as usual, withdrawn
telescopically in the type specimen), and the greater part of
the anterior legs below, yellow ; the yellow markings on the
abdomen are not very clearly defined; antennze and legs
light red. Wings hyaline, the costal margin of fore wing with
a flavous tinge ; nervures black, except at the base of the
wings, where they are testaceous ; tegul yellow.

Long. (to end of second abdominal segment) 12 millim.

Hab. Murree—Kashmir road, about 4000 feet; a single
specimen.

This species would come into Bingham’s key in group B
on p. 305.

Eumenes viatriz, sp. n.

3. Clypeus and front smooth, vertex of head and thorax
closely but shallowly punctured, first abdominal segment
somewhat sparsely punctured above ; clypeus long, slightly
convex, its anterior margin transverse and reaching below the
lower portion of eyes; the front between the bases of an-
tenne slightly raised ; a well-marked longitudinal impressed
line terminating at the anterior ocellus; a similar line on the
mesonotum, not reaching its apex ; scutellum slightly notched ;
median segment with a central groove, widening at apex into
a deep hollow; first abdominal segment with small lateral
tubercles. Head and thorax black; abdomen red; the man-
dibles, clypeus, and front as far as the base of antennee, the
emarginations of the eyes, a narrow line on the outer orbits,
the pronotum except its posterior lateral margin, two short
longitudinal lines on the mesonotum, a large mark on the
metapleuree, two large spots on the scutellum, a median trans-
verse line on the postscutellum, the sides of the median
segment, two obscure sublateral spots on the petiole and a
band at its apex, somewhat obscure narrow apical bands on
segments 2 to 6, the greater portion of the anterior legs, the
cox and femora below, and the tibize above of the inter-

mediate and posterior legs, yellow; the remainder of the
Q7%
wi

532 Major C. G. Nurse on new

intermediate and posterior legs red or reddish. Wings sub-
hyaline, their costal margins with a flaveus tinge; tegule
yellow, nervures black.

Lone. (to end of second abdominal segment) 15 millim.

Hab. Murree—Kashmir road, about 4000 feet; a single
specimen.

This species would come into Bingham’s key in group

oe!

Odynerus praclusus, sp. 0.

?. Head and thorax somewhat closely punctured; abdo-
men smooth ; clypeus produced anteriorly, its apex transverse,
antennal carina short; thorax wider anteriorly than poste-
riorly, median segment gradually sloped, its apex rounded ;
first abdominal segment nearly twice as broad as long.
Black; two lateral marks on the clypeus anteriorly, its
posterior margin, scape of antenne in front, a small triangular
spot at the top ee the antennal carina, continued posteriorly
in a line which stops Just short cf the anterior ocellus, the
emargination of the eyes, a line on the outer orbits, a spot on
each side of the vertex, : line on the pronotum anteriorly,
sublateral spots on the median segment, and narrow apical
bands on the first and second abdominal segments, yellow or
greenish yellow ; the band on the second abdominal segment
is bisinuate above and continued below, where it forms two
large macula, not quite touching one another in the centre ;
mandibles and legs red, the latter with yellow markings.
Wings hyaline, nervures ‘black ; ; tegule yellow anteriorly and
posteriorly, in the centre black.

Long. 6-7 millim.

Hab. Mount Abu ; not common.

This species would come into Bingham’s key after
O. intendens.

Odynerus sequestratus, sp. n.

@ . Head and thorax finely and closely punctured ; abdomen
smooth; clypeus with its anterior margin produced, very
narrow, and incised at apex ; postscutellum rounded _poste-
riorly, median segment depressed, vertical, its sides rounded,
its centre very concave ; first abdominal segment cup-shaped,
about 1} times as broad as long, slightly narrower at apex
than second segment. Black; the mandibles except their
tips, the clypeus except a spot in the centre, a oat
mark above it, the scape below, the sinus of the eyes, a

line along Hoth outer and inner orbits, not meeting at the

Indian Aculeate Hymenoptera. 533

vertex, a broad band on the pronotum, an oval medial apical
spot on the mesonotum, two lateral spots on the scutellum,
the postscutellum, large oval lateral spots on the median
segment, subbasal lateral free spots on the second abdominal
seement, an apical band (broadest in the centre) on first, and
bisinuate apical bands (broadest in the centre) on the re-
maining abdominal segments, the coxee of all the legs, femora
of anterior and intermediate legs, tibize and tarsi of the ante-
rior and tibiz above of the intermediate and posterior legs,
yellow ; base of first abdominal segment and sometimes the

f=)
centre of the median segment red; legs, where not yellow,

red or reddish testaceous. Wings hyaline, nervures black,
tegule yellow.

36. Similar, slightly smaller, the clypeus wholly yellow ;
the yellow mark on the inner orbit only in the sinus of the
eyes.

Long., 2 8, ¢ 6°5 millim.

flab. Deesa; not common,

This species is closely allied to O. difints, from which it
diff'rs in having the abdomen smooth and the wings hyaline,
besides in some of the markings.

Odynerus hostis, sp. n

?. Very stoutly built ; head, thorax, and abdomen closely
but shallowly punctured, the punctures on the vertex and
mesonotum closest, but those on the apex of the second
abdominal segment deepest ; clypeus subovate, very convex,
its anterior margin incised; bases of antenne situated in a
deep hollow, a median longitu dinal impressed line from
between them to the anterior ocellus; a similar line on basal
half of mesonotum ; median segment very short, concave in
the centre, the sides rounded ; first abdominal segment twice
as broad as long. Dark red or reddish black ; the clypeus, a
coronet-shaped ‘mark above it, the scape in front, a line along
both the inner and outer orbits, not quite meeting at the
vertex, the pronotum anteriorly, a large mark on “the epi-
sternum, a spot behind the tegule, the joteral margins of the
scutellum, the postscutellum, the apices of abdominal segments
1-5, and large lateral spots, joining on toand forming ‘part of
the ‘apical bands, on segments | and 2, yellow; the region of
the ocelli, a median spot on the first abdominal segment, and
the base and centre of the second and following: seg ments
black or blackish ; legs light red or yellowish red. Wings
subhyaline, the margins, especially the costal margin, slightly
infuscated ; tegule red or yellowish red; nervures black,’

except ios at the base of the wings, cohel are testaceous.

534 Major C. G. Nurse on new

g. Similar, but the clypeus has a deep semicircular exca-
vation anteriorly, the apices of the antenne are yellowish,
and the ground-colour of the head and thorax is black ; the
tibize and tarsi are yellow, and in some specimens there are
sublateral yellow spots on the median segment.

Long. (to end of second abdominal segment) 9-10 millim.

Hab. Mount Abu ; very common.

Next to O. guttatus. The male bears a strong superficial
resemblance to a large edition of O. ovalis; but, apart from
size, the present species may be distinguished from O. ovalis
by its broader clypeus, with a much deeper emargination at
apex, and by the scutellum, which is only yellow at the
lateral angles. .

Odynerus segregatus, sp. n.

9. Rather stoutly built; vertex of head, thorax, and
second and following abdominal segments somewhat coarsely
punctured, clypeus and front finely and shallowly, first abdo-
minal segment sparsely. and shallowly punctured, sides of
median segment rugose; clypeus subpyriform, its apex in-
cised, the portion ot the front between the bases of antenne
raised, with an impressed median line posteriorly ; median
segment vertical, concave, its sides truncate or produced
backwards ; first abdominal segment nearly twice as broad as
long, its apex as wide as second segment. Black; the man-
dibles at base, clypeus and front, except a spot behind the
base of each antenna, and a line along the outer orbits, a
broad band on the pronotum, a spot on the episternum, the
lateral angles of the scutellum, the postscutellum, and apical
bands on first, second, and third abdominal segments, yellow ;
the band on the first segment is incised in the middle and
slightly widened at the sides, that on the second segment 1s
bisinuate, widened at the sides, and continued below, where
it covers nearly the whole of the segment, that on the third
segment is bisinuate above and below; base of first abdo-
minal segment red ; legs red, variegated with yellow. Wings
hyaline, nervures black, tegulz yellow.

Long. (to end of second abdominal segment) 9 millim,
Hab. Deesa; a single specimen.
This species would come into Bingham’s key next to

OV. fistulosus.

Prosopis kashmirensis, sp. n.

¢. Clypeus and front sparsely, vertex and thorax minutely,
abdomen shining, very minutely punctured; enclosed space

Indian Aculeate Hymenoptera. 53d

at base of median segment very finely rugose, with a few
longitudinal striz at base; clypeus reaching very little below
lower margin of eyes, front between bases of antenne sub-
tuberculate; three longitudinal lines on basal portion of
mesonotum; sides of median segment rounded, an impressed
median line on the apical portion of the segment. Black; a
wide subtriangular mark along the inner margins of the eyes
as high as the base of antenne, a medially interrupted line
on the pronotum, a spot below the base of the wings, and all
the tibiz at base, yellow; thorax posteriorly, tibiz and tarsi
with greyish pubescence. Wings hyaline; nervures and
tegule testaceous, the latter anteriorly yellow.

3S. Similar; the whole of the clypeus and front, as high
as the base of antenna, and the base of the posterior tarsi
yellow.

Long. 5 millim.

flab. Kashmir; three specimens obtained between 6000

and 8000 feet.
This species would come into Bingham’s key after

P. mustela.

Prosopis gujaratica, sp. n.

2. Stoutly built; clypeus and front finely aciculate, vertex
and thorax with minute punctures, enclosed space at base of
median segment finely reticulate at base, coarsely at apex;
abdomen shining, finely aciculate; clypeus reaching only
slightly below the lower margin of eyes, its anterior margin
rounded ; the front between the bases of antenne almost flat,
with a median longitudinal line ; two short, parallel, sublateral
lines on mesonotum. Black, the abdomen with a castaneous
tinge; a broad line on the inner orbits, not quite reaching
the vertex, a line on the pronotum, the tubercles, tegule,
apex of femora, and the whole of the tibie and tarsi of all
the legs, bright yellow ; flagellum of antenna dark testaceous ;
abdomen posteriorly, tibia, and tarsi with a little greyish
pubescence. Wings hyaline and iridescent ; nervures testa-
ceous, those near the stigma darkest.

Long. 4°5 millim.

Hab. Deesa ; fairly common.

Nearest to P. mustela.

Prosopis repentens, sp. n.
?. Head and thorax with very minute punctures ; abdo-

men impunctate, slightly shining; clypeus reaching a little
below the lower margin of eyes, its apex slightly excavate ;

536 Major C. G. Nurse on new

three parallel impressed lines on mesonotum—one median,
basal, two sublateral ; median segment rounded posteriorly,
its base smooth or with very minute punctures. In colouring
and as regards the wings this does not differ from the pre-
ceding species. It has, however, a little snow-white pubes-
cence on the sides of the median segment, and a line of similar
pubescence on each side at the apex of the first abdominal
segment, in the latter respect being similar to many European
species of the same genus.

Long. 4-4°5 millim.

flab. Deesa ; fairly common.

Nearest to P. gujaratica above, but the different sculpturing
of the median segment renders them readily separable.

Prosopis montana, sp. n.

?. Stoutly built; head and thorax closely and finely
punctured, median segment finely rugose, its base almost
striate; abdomen impunctate or nearly so, the first two
segments shining; clypeus reaching not much below the
lower margin of eyes, its anterior margin rounded; an im-
pressed line from antennal carina to anterior ocellus; three
longitudinal carine on mesonotum—one median basal, the
others sublateral ; median segment rounded posteriorly, with
a median longitudinal carina at apex. Black; a spot in the
centre of clypeus, a lunate spot above it, the latter joining on
to marks along the inner orbits, which are broadest medially,
and reach as far as the base of antennz, an interrupted line
on the pronotum, the tubercles, tegule anteriorly, and all
the tibiz at base, yellow; flagellum of antenne rufo-testa-
ceous, tarsi inclining to testaceous at apex; median segment,
legs, and apex of abdomen with short greyish pubescence ; a
narrow line of silvery pubescence on each side of first abdo-
minal segment at apex. Wings hyaline, nervures black,
tegule shining testaceous.

Long. 5 millim.

Hab. Mount Abu ; not very common.

Near to P. gujaratica and repentens above, but more
stoutly built and different in colouring.

Prosopis vetusta, sp. n.

@. Head and thorax with very fine and shallow punctures,
median segment at base somewhat finely rugose; abdomen

nearly impunctate, shining; clypeus transverse anteriorly,

not reaching below the lower margin of eyes, the front be-

tween the bases of antenne raised, almost tuberculate, with a

Indian Aculeate Hymenoptera. 5a

median longitudinal line; enclosed space at base of median
segment semicircular, enclosed by carine, the apical portion
of the segment with a median longitudinal carina, on either
side of which are transverse striations. Black; the anterior
portion of the clypeus, the sides of the front broadly to rather
above the base of antennz, a medially interrupted line on
the pronotum, a spot below the base of the wings, the tegule
anteriorly, the anterior tibia above, the base of the inter-
mediate tibiz, and the basal half of the posterior tibia bright
yellow ; calcaria of posterior tibiz pale; apical portion of
abdomen and the tibie and tarsi with stiff greyish pubes-
cence. Wings hyaline; nervures testaceous at base of wings,
blackish at apex; tegule posteriorly testaceous.

Long. 5°5 millim.

Hab, Kashmir; a single specimen obtained between 5000
and 6000 feet.

Nearest to P. strenua.

Prosopis secreta, sp. n.

dé. Head and thorax finely and somewhat closely punc-
tured, median segment coarsely rugose ; abdomen shining,
with very fine and shallow punctures; clypeus rounded
anteriorly, reaching well below lower margin of eyes, the
portion of the front between the bases of antenne very
slightly raised; a somewhat obscure median longitudinal
line on the mesonotum and scutellum, median segment with
a median carina posteriorly ; apical margin of first abdominal
seement slightly depressed. Black; the clypeus and front
as high as the base of antennee, a spot on the tegule ante-
riorly, the anterior tibiz above, a spot at the base of inter-
mediate tibie, the basal two fifths of posterior tibie, and
the basal joint or two joints of intermediate and posterior
tarsi, pale yellow; flagellum of antenne rufescent ; abdomen
posteriorly and legs with sparse greyish pubescence. Wings
hyaline, nervures and tegule (except the yellow spot on the
latter) black or blackish.

Long. 5 millim..

Hab. Kashmir; a single specimen obtained between 5000
and 6000 feet.

This species would come after P. scutula.

Prosopis advocata, sp. n.
@. Head and thorax finely and shallowly punctured,
median segment coarsely rugose ; abdomen shining, impunc-
tate; apex of clypeus reaching slightly below lower margin

538 Major C. G. Nurse on new

of eyes, the front between the bases of antenne raised, with
a slight median groove ; a median longitudinal line on meso-
notum., Black; a triangular mark along the inner orbits,
reaching as high as the base of antenne, a spot on each
lateral angle of the pronotum, the tegule anteriorly, a spot
below the base of wings, a spot at the base of the anterior and
intermediate tibiew, and about two fifths of the posterior tibiz
at base, pale yellow or yellowish white; flagellum of antennz
sometimes rufescent; the abdomen (especially towards its
apex) and the tibiz and tarsi are covered with short, stiff,
greyish hairs. Wings hyaline, nervures black.

Long. 5:5 millim.

Hab. Kashmir, 5000-6000 feet ; two specimens.

This species comes next to P. Feat, but differs from it in
the clypeus being black, not yellow. The abdomen is also
impunctate, whereas in P. Feaz it is shallowly punctured.

Sphecodes sutor, sp. n.

9. Head closely and finely punctured, the punctures
being slightly wider apart on the clypeus and behind the
ocelli than on the vertex and front; mesonotum and scu-
tellum sparsely punctured, postscutellum finely longitudinally
rugose, median segment coarsely longitudinally rugose ; abdo-
men impunctate or nearly so; clypeus transverse anteriorly,
with a median vertical groove on the apical half and a trans-
verse groove across the centre ; thorax truncate anteriorly,
the “shoulders”? angled, almost dentate; median segment
with a well-marked longitudinal carina at apex; first abdo-
minal segment not or scarcely constricted ; the whole insect
(except the postscutellum, which is opaque) conspicuously
shining. Head and thorax black; abdomen red, apical
segment blackish ; legs black (except the last four or five
joints of the tarsi, which are red); a little sparse greyish
pubescence, thickest on the front; tibia and tarsi with
thicker pubescence, which is dark or blackish on the outside,
paler inside. Wings fuscous, nervures and tegula black.

Long. 10-12 millim.

Hab. Kashmir, 5000-6000 feet ; very common.

Nearest to S. apicatus, from which it can be distinguished
by the thorax being sparsely and not closely punctured.

Sphecodes hanuman, sp. n.

9. Head finely and closely, mesonotum and scutellum
sparsely punctured; base of median segment longitudinally
rugose, its sides very finely striate, the striations curved, apex

Indian Aculeate Hymenoptera. 539

of the segment finely rugose ; abdomen with very minute and
close punctures, the apices of the segments more or less
smooth ; clypeus transverse anteriorly, its sculpturing and
that of the front hidden by the pubescence ; pronotum trun-
cate anteriorly, its “ shoulders” sharply angled ; segments of
the abdomen not constricted. Black; the abdomen red ;
mesonotum and scutellum shining ; pubescence on the front,
sides of the thorax, postscutellum, legs, and apical abdominal
segments greyish. Wings hyaline, nervures black, tegule
bronzy testaceous.

Long. 8-9 millim.

Hab. Kashmir, 5000-6000 feet ; apparently not common.

Allied to S. montanus, but the thorax is sparsely and not
coarsely punctured and the abdomen is entirely red.

Sphecodes abuensis, sp. n.

2. Head and thorax closely and finely, abdomen very
minutely and closely punctured ; clypeus transverse ante-
riorly, its apex reaching well below the lower margin of
eyes ; a median impressed line on the basal half of the meso-
notum, enclosed space at base of median segment, which is
lunate in shape, somewhat finely rugose, the segment trun-
eate posteriorly ; abdominal segments not or scarcely con-
stricted. Black; the abdomen (except the apical one cr two
segments) and the apical two or three joints of the tarsi red ;
head and thorax more or less covered with snow-white pubes-
cence, thickest on the clypeus and front, where it hides the
sculpturing, a little greyish pubescence on apical abdominal
segments ; legs covered with somewhat sparse greyish pubes-
cence, which becomes almost fulvous on the inside of the
posterior tarsi in some specimens. Wings subhyaline, ner-
vures black, tegule testaceous.

g. Similar, the basal abdominal segment or the greater
part of it black; the pubescence on the legs shorter, the
margins of the abdominal segments slightly constricted in
most specimens; the wings clear hyaline, the stigma and
most of the nervures testaceous.

Long. 7-11 millim.

Hab. Mt. Abu; very common.

Nearest to S. montanus, from which it differs in the head
and thorax being finely and not coarsely punctured and in
several other respects.

Sphecodes tantalus, sp. n.

9. Head very finely and closely, mesonotum and scutellum
equally finely but more sparsely punctured, median segment

540 Major C. G. Nurse on new

with the enclosed space at base almost semicircular, well
defined by a marginal carina, and somewhat coarsely longt-
tudinally rugose ; sides and apex of median segment finely
obliquely striate ; abdomen impuncetate ; clypeus transverse
anteriorly, with a median longitudinal depression ; the portion
of the front between the bases of antenne raised, a narrow
impressed line from it to the anterior ocellus ; “shoulders ”
of pronotum very slightly angled; median segment rounded
posteriorly ; abdominal seoments not Conenieed: Black ;
the abdomen red; mesonotum, scutellum, and abdomen
shining; clypeus and front, sides of thorax, legs, and apical
segments of abdomen sparsely covered with greyish pubes-
cence. Wings hyaline, nervures and tegule blackish.

Long. 7-8 millim.

Hab. Kashmir, 5000-6000 feet ; apparently not common.

Nearest to iS. montanus, but it is a smaller species, the
abdomen is not so dark a red, the punctures on head and
thorax are finer, the ‘‘shoulders’’ of the pronotum are much
smaller, and the pubescence is more sparse.

Sphecodes perplexus, sp. n.

?. Head finely and closely, mesonotum and scutellum
finely and sparsely punctured; median segment with a well-
defined, circular, enclosed space at base, which is somewhat
coarsely longitudinally rugose ; abdomen with punctures only
visible with a microscope ; clypeus transverse anteriorly, the
portion of the front between the bases of antenne raised, with
a narrow carina towards but not quite reaching the anterior
ocellus; “shoulders”? of pronotum rounded, abdominal
segments not constricted. Black; the mandibles (except
their tips), tibiee, tarsi, and abdomen red; antennee (espe-
cially the apical joints) sometimes rufous; pubescence on
head, sides of thorax, legs, and apical abdominal segment
sparse and whitish. Wings hyaline, nervures blackish, tegule
red,

Long. 5-6°5 millim.

Hab. Kashmir, 5000-6000 feet ; common.

This species would come nearest to S. rubripes, from which
it can be distinguished by the thorax being sparsely punc-
tured and the femora black.

Sphecodes desertus, sp. n.

?. Vertex of head closely and finely, mesonotum and
scutellum sparsely and coarsely, abdomen very finely and
closely punctured; clypeus transverse anteriorly ; median

Indian Aculeate Hymenoptera. 541

segment truncate posteriorly, the enclosed space at base
(which is not very clearly defined) somewhat coarsely longi-
tudinally rugose ; apical margin of first abdominal segment
very slightly constricted. Black ; the mandibles (except
their tips), the antenna, and the legs (except the apical half
of posterior tibia) red ; mesonotum, scutellum, median seg-
ment, and abdomen shining ; head, sides of the thorax, and
postscutellum covered with thick snow-white pubescence
which hides the sculpturing of the clypeus and front; legs
with white, apical abdominal segments with greyish pubes-
cence. Wings clear hyaline, nervures and stigmata testa-
ceous, tegulee very light testaceous.

¢. Similar; the antennze darker red, the margins of the
abdominal segments more or less constricted and the apical
abdominal segment or segments blackish.

Long. 7-8 millim.

Hab. Deesa, Mt. Abu; not common.

Having the legs red, this species would come next to
S. rubripes, trom which it would appear to be very distinct.

As regards habits, the species of Sphecodes which occur in
Kashmir would seem to follow those of their European
allies. When I was in Kashmir in May and June I obtained
some fifty or sixty specimens of this genus, but there was
not a single male among them. I therefore presume that
the females hibernate in an impregnated condition and the
males do not emerge until the latter part of the summer, as
with the British species of the same genus. ‘lhe females of
the species which occur at Deesa and Mount Abu, where there
is practically no winter, do not seem to hibernate, so far as L
have been able to observe.

Halictus magnificus, sp. n.

@. Clypeus and vertex finely but not very closely, the
front below the ocelli very finely and closely, mesonotum and
scutellum sparsely punctured, all the punctures shallow ;
abdomen impunctate ; clypeus very convex and conspicuous,
its apex transverse ; mesonotum with a median impressed
line, median seg ment short, rounded posteriorly, the enclosed
space at base well defined by furrows, and with a median
Jongitudinal indentation or furrow ; this space is very finely
striate, the striations being longitudinal at base in the centre,
transverse at apex, and obli ique at the sides, where they are
continued over the furrow on to the lateral portion of the
segment. Bees the apical two or three joints of the tarsi
tenuginous ; pubescence on the apex of the clypeus, tibie,

542 Major C. G. Nurse on new

and tarsi fulvous or fulvescent, elsewhere greyish; it is
sparse on the clypeus and front, and forms apical bands on
abdominal segments 1-4; tibial calearia testaceous, the inner
calear on the posterior legs strongly serrate on the inside.
Wings hyaline, with a flavous tinge, slightly darker at apex ;
nervures and stigma testaceous, tegule dark brown.

Long. 15-17 millim.

FHlab. Kashmir, 5000-6000 feet ; frequents thistles.

This does not fit well into any of the sections of Bingham’s
key. It is, however, much the largest species that has
hitherto been recorded from India.

flalictus resurgens, sp. 0.

?. Clypeus finely but not very closely, remainder of head
and thorax minutely and very closely punctured, abdomen
finely aciculate; clypeus much produced, transverse ante-
riorly ; head as wide as thorax; mesonotum with a median
longitudinal impressed line; enclosed space at base of
median segment large, concave, and minutely rugose, ap-
pearing, when viewed in some directions, obliquely striate.
Black ; the apical two or three joints of the tarsi testaceous,
also the calcaria ; inner calcar of posterior tibize serrate on
the inside ; pubescence grey, forming apical bands on abdo-
minal segments 1-4 and a slight basal band in the second
segment; on the tibie, tarsi, and round the anal rima it is
fulvescent. Wings hyaline, nervures and stigma testaceous,
tegule dark testaceous,

Long. 11-12 millim.

flab. Kashmir, 5000-6000 feet ; common.

Nearest the previous species, but smaller; the different
puncturing of the mesonotum would serve to distinguish
them at once.

Andrena patella, sp. n.

?. Clypeus closely and finely, remainder of head more
minutely, abdomen minutely but not very distinctly punc-
tured, the sculpturing of the thorax hidden by the pubes-
cence; clypeus tiansverse anteriorly, with a median longitu-
dinal carina, front with a carina from anterior ocellus which
does not reach the carina on the elypeus. Black; interme-
diate and posterior tarsi rufo-testaceous, tibial calcaria pale ;
pubescence dense, on head, thorax, legs, and first two abdo-
minal segments pale fulvous, palest on the latter; on the

5 .
remainder of abdomen it is black, on the fifth segment mixed

Indian Aculeate IHymenopiera. 543

with fulvous and griseous hairs. Wings flavo-hyaline,
slightly paler at apex ; nervures and tegule dark testaceous
to black.

Long. 13-14 millim.

Hab. Kashmir, 6000-7000 feet ; two specimens.

I am unable to place this species in Bingham’s key, which
is most unsuitable for working out this genus, owing to the
pubescence seldom allowing the sculpturing of the base of the
median segment to be properly seen. It is, however, easily
distinguished by its flavo-hyaline wings.

Nomada decorata (Smith).

o, which is as

The description does not give the sculpturing,

follows :—

?. Head and thorax finely, abdomen much more minutely
punctured ; the basal portion of enclosed space at base of
median segment finely longitudinally striate, apical portion
punctured.

The male has not, I believe, been previously described.

$. Similar to the female, except that there is no large
yellow macula on median segment, the basal portions of
abdominal segments are black instead of ferruginous (in some
specimens the apical portions are also black), and the legs,
though they vary somewhat in different specimens, are
generally darker.

‘The pubescence in both sexes is whitish and sparse, except
on the clypeus, front, and sides of the median segment, where
it is somewhat dense.

Nomada beata, sp. n.

@. Head and thorax finely and rugosely punctured, with
a granular appearance; abdomen smooth; clypeus sub-
porrect, its apex transverse ; a short carina between bases of
antenne ; pronotum very short, depressed in the centre;
scutellum with its lateral margins much raised, almost
tuberculate ; median segment with a large triangular area at
base smooth and a median longitudinal impressed line. Red ;
the junctions of the segments of the thorax and the base of
the first abdominal segment black ; large irregular sublateral
spots on second and third and a median band on third and
fourth abdominal segments yellow ; all the yellow markings
somewhat ill-defined and obscure ; clypeus, legs, and apical
abdominal segment with short, sparse, golden pubescence.

544 Major C. G. Nurse on new

Wings flavo-hyaline, a lighter patch beyond third cubital cell ;
nervures testaceous, tegule red and finely punctured, stigma
pale testaceous.

Long. 11-18 millim.

Hab, Kashmir, 5000-6000 feet.

Nomada radiata, sp. n.

@. Differs from N. beata only as follows :—Smaller, the
enclosed space at base of median segment finely rugosely
punctured; the spots on the abdomen are smaller: wings
tusco-hyaline, with no flavous tinge; nervures black or
blackish, not pale testaceous. |

¢. Similar; wings paler, almost hyaline ; abdomen lighter
red; head and thorax with greyish pubescence, which is
longest and thickest on the clypeus and front; scape and
first three joints of flagellum black above.

Long., @ 6-10, ¢ 7-8 millim.

Hab. Kashmir, 5000-6000 feet ; common.

This species, especially the female, varies a great deal in
size. <A variety has the yellow markings entirely obsolete.

Nomada arida, sp. n.

@. In sculpturing scarcely differs from N. beata. Colour
as follows:—Black ; the mandibles, labrum, apex of clypeus,
antennze, and legs red; a line along the inner orbits as
high as the base of antennz, the pronotum, tegule, a spot
below the latter, two spots on the scutellum, a transverse
band (medially interrupted) on second and third abdominal
segments, the base of the fourth segment, the apex of the
fitth segment, and subapical bands on ventral segments 2-4,
yellow ; pubescence on head and thorax greyish, on apical
abdominal segments greyish mixed with fuscous, on legs
golden ; wings flavo-hyaline, nervures and stigma testaceous.

¢. Similar ; scape of antenne below yellow, above black ;
the yellow bands on second and third abdominal segments
interrupted ; cox, trochanters, and femora more or less
marked with black. The yellow band on basal abdominal
segment is frequently almost obsolete.

Long. 10-13 millim.

Hab. Kashmir ; common between 5000 and 9000 feet.

This is a variable species, and the yellow markings are in
many specimens more or less replaced by red.

As the Indian species of Womada do not differ to any
great extent in sculpturing and are variable both in size

Indian Aculeate Hymenoptera. 545

and colouring, they are very difficult to separate. I have
therefore made out the following key to assist in their

identification :—

A. Median segment marked with yellow ........ N. decorata, 9.
Bb. Median segment not marked with yellow.
a. Head and thorax chiefly red.
a’, Abdomen with second and following seg-
ments black and yellow .......eyeeesoes N. priscilla.
b'. Abdomen with second and following seg-
ments red, or red and yellow.
a?, Length over 10 millim. .,...,.. Vinatan iJvnUcata:
b?, Length under 10 millim.
a®, Whole abdomen smooth, impunctate.
a*, Enclosed space at base of median
segment striate ....0+.0-50. AE AU ae?
b*, Enclosed space finely rugosely punc-
CUED Eectreta te seelerepeenyey rot sLskeveretesOace anal e N, radiata, 9.
b°, Bases of second and following segments
DUNCLUT EM tho aelan corsuartets aS er yicane
c', Abdomen with second and following seg-
ments red, with black and yellow markings, N. flavozonata, 2.
6, Head and thorax chiefly black.
a’. Second and following abdominal segments
red, with yellow markings.
a”, Head and thorax with red markings.,,, N. radiata, 3.
b?, Head and thorax with yellow markings.. WN. decorata, 3.
b'. Second and following abdominal segments
black, with yellow, or red and yellow,

NV. adusta.

markings.

a*, Legs more or less yellow.
a®, Abdomen finely punctured .,.,..,... NN. flavozonata, .
6°. Abdomen impunctate ........ seeene N. solitaria,

b?. Legs red, or red and black.
a. Scutellum with two large yellow
MB AEWLE ict tortor, eleven de Das wick
6*. Scutellum immaculate.
a‘, Front with golden pubescence...... N. lucilla.
b*, Front with long fuscous hairs...... NV. ceylonica.

Osmia gulmargensis, sp. n.

9. Head and thorax very finely and closely, abdomen
closely and still more minutely punctured ; clypeus rounded
anteriorly, large and convex; abdomen scarcely longer than
thorax, the segments very slightly constricted at apex.
Head, thorax, and legs dark green, shining; flagellum of
antenne black; abdomen lighter metallic green; tibial
ealearia and apical joints of tarsi rufous; head, thorax, basal
segment of abdomen, and legs as far as the apex of the tibiz
with greyish pubescence, longest on the thorax ; remainder
of abdomen, the tarsi, and scopa with light red or reddish-
golden pubescence, especially thick on the inside of tarsi.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xi. 38

546 Major C. G. Nurse on new

Wings subhyaline, nervures black; tegule dark greenish
black, shining.

Long. 12 millim. :

Hab. Kashmir, near Gulmarg, between 8000 and 9000

feet ; a single example.

Osmia kashmirensis, sp. n.

&. Head, thorax, and abdomen finely and closely punc-
tured, the punctures on the abdomen. being shallowest.
Metallic green; antenne black or blackish ; apical joints of
tarsi more or less rufous; pubescence light reddish grey,
longest on the front and thorax, where it more or less hides
the sculpturing; tibial calearia black or blackish. Wings
hyaline, nervures and tegulee black.

Long. 6-7 millim.

Hab. Kashmir ; a few specimens obtained between 6000
and 9000 feet.

I obtained this species on one occasion coming out of what
was apparently its nest in a hole in the stump of a tree. In
general appearance it is not unlike O. gulmargensis, but I do
not think that it can be the male of that species, as it is only
about half its size. The colour of the pubescence is also quite
different, and the tibial calcaria in the present species are
black or nearly so, whereas those of O. gulmargensis are
rufous.

Megachile nadia, sp. n.

@. Closely resembles the same sex of M/. ceelioxysides
(Bingh.), but may be distinguished by the lateral hairs of
abdominal segments when viewed from above being black,
and not white. In some specimens the white pubescence has
a somewhat flavous tinge.

3. Differs from the same sex of M. celiorysides in having
the pubescence pale fulvous, becoming almost golden on the
clypeus and front.

Long. 7-9 millim.

Hab. Murree-Kashmir road, vetween 4000 and 5000 feet.

I bred about a dozen specimens from nests made in an old
nest of Eumenes dimidiatipennis, which I obtained on my
way from Kashmir.

Megachile appia, sp. n.

g. Head, thorax, and abdomen closely and finely, but
somewhat shallowly punctured; abdominal segments much

Indian Aculeate Hymenoptera. DAT

constricted, apical segment notched, but without teeth.
Black; tibial claws rufous at base, calcaria testaccous ;
pubescence greyish, inclining to fulvous on the front and to
rufous on the foal of the tarsi; on the head it is long and
thick, on the thorax and first abdominal segment it is long
and seinen sparse, and on the remainder of the abdomen it is
short, forming thin, frequently interrupted bands on the
margins of the segments; on the posterior tibixe and tarsi it
is short and somewhat sparse. Wings subhyaline, nervures
and tegule black.

Long. 10 millim.

Hab. Kashmir, 5000-6000 feet.

Nearest to MW. katinka (Nurse), but it is a larger and more
stoutly built insect.

Anthidium conciliatum, sp. n.

?. Head and thorax closely and somewhat coarsely punc-
tured, granular; abdomen much more finely punctured, the
bases of segments more sparsely so than the apices; clypeus
transverse anteriorly, with an irregular, median, longitudinal
carina; median segment with a “median, longitudinal, im-
pressed line at base ; ; scutellum lunate, deeply notched poste-
riorly ; the lateral margins of abdominal segments 5 and 6
produced into teeth; intermediate tibize with a short tooth
above and a similar but smaller one on anterior tibise. Black ;
a large spot on each side of the clypeus, another on each side
of the front below the base of antennze, a small spot on the
vertex behind each eye, and elongate lateral spots on abdo-
minal segments 1-6 yellow; the spots wide apart on first
segment, ‘but becoming eradually nearer and broader on each
of the other segments ‘successively ; all the tibize with yellow
spots at base, the tarsi tending to testaceous, the anterior
tarsi yellowish white above, calcaria testaceous, tarsal claws
unidentate, the tooth long and acute; pubescence white,
dusky grey on head and thorax above, where it is sparse, on
the inside of tibize and tarsi it is almost fulvous ; scopa white.
Wings hyaline at base, subfuscous at apex ; nervures and
tegulz blackish.

‘Long. 10 millim.

Hab. Kashmir; one specimen obtained on the path leading
from Baramoola to Gulmarg, between 6000 and 8000 feet.

This species would come into Bingham’s key under a new
subsection—“ b, U!. b?. c’. Head variegated with yellow,
thorax immaculate,”’—in which would also come A. decttie:
sum (Bingh.). The latter is, however, easily distinguishable

38°

548 On new Indian Aculeate Hymenoptera.

from the present species by its yellow tibise and tarsi. I may
mention that the locality given for A. desidiosum, described
by Lieut.-Col. Bingham from a specimen obtained by me,
should be Simla, not Deesa. I obtained a second specimen
in 1901 from between 6000 and 8000 feet in Kashmir.

Celioxys stolidus, sp. n.

6. Head and thorax densely punctured, granular ; abdo-
men finely but not very regularly punctured ; clypeus and
front in the type specimen with the sculpturing hidden by
pubescence ; scutellum short, rounded posteriorly, with large
lateral teeth; abdomen with all the segments more or less
constricted, fourth and fifth segments with minute median
longitudinal carine at their bases, apical segment with a
median groove dividing its apical margin, which is curved
upwards ; below this, and projecting slightly beyond it, there
are two very blunt teeth, the space between them being less
than their width; there are also two lateral teeth below,
near the base of the segment. Black; clypeus and front
with thick pale golden pubescence; cheeks, sides of thorax,
two minute spots at the base of the scutellum, the sides of the
abdomen, and the legs with snow-white, inside of tarsi with
fulvous pubescence; tibial calcaria testaceous. Wings hyaline,
slightly infuscated at apex, nervures and tegule black.

Long. 10 millim.

Hab. Deesa; a single specimen.

Nearest to C. cuneatus, from which it may be distinguished
by having no lateral tooth on fifth ventral segment.

Croeisa kashmirensis, sp. n.

¢. Clypeus minutely, head and thorax finely and closely
but not very regularly punctured; abdomen finely aciculate ;
clypeus porrect, its apical margin transverse ; scutellum with
its apical margin deeply emarginate, its lateral angles pro-
duced into two teeth. Black; the pubescence on head and
thorax long and greyish, with a few black hairs, thickest on
front, where it obscures the sculpturing ; abdomen with spots
of snow-white pubescence on the lateral margins of segments
1-4, those on the third and fourth segments being less far
apart than those on segments 1 and 2; a little black pubes-
cence at apex of abdomen ; legs with black pubescence, all
the tibize having a large spot of snow-white pubescence at
base above ; tibial calcaria black, the inner calcar of posterior

Notes from the Gatty Marine Laboratory. 549

tibiz very long. Wings subfuscous; nervures and tegule
black, the latter large.

Long. 12 millim.

flab. Kashmir, 5000-6000 feet ; fairly common.

Not very near to any Indian species.

Tetralonia brevipennis (Cam.).

I obtained a number of both sexes of this species from
Deesa and Abu; and as Mr. Cameron’s description was
evidently taken from a single specimen, I will add a few
remarks to it. The pubescence on the thorax of a fresh
specimen is rich fulvous in the female, slightly paler in the
male. The shortness of the wings is not always so marked
as in the specimen figured by Mr. Cameron. In the male
the wings do not appear remarkably short; the antennze are
rufous below, and vary from rufous to black above. The
nervures vary from pale to dark testaceous in both sexes.

At Deesa I never found this species except during Sep-
tember ; from Abu I obtained it in July and August. As
might be expected, the specimens show some seasonal dimor-
phism, the Abu specimens obtained during the rainy season
being much darker than those collected at Deesa during the

cold weather.

LXXVI.—Notes from the Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. An-
drews.—No. XXIV. By Prof. M‘Inrosu, M.D., LL.D.,

F.RS., &c.

1. On the Frequency of the Occurrence of Pearls in the Mussel

(Mytilus edulis), &e.
2. The Effects of Marine Piscatorial Birds on the Food-Fishes.

8. On the British Eunicide.

1. On the Frequency of the Occurrence of Pearls in the
Mussel (Mytilus edulis), &e.

The frequency of the occurrence of pearls in the various
marine and freshwater shells is fixed by no law. Hundreds
of pearl-shells may be examined without finding a single
pearl, but, on the other hand, a single Ceylonese shell will
occasionally produce a pearl worth a large sum. An ex-
perienced pearl-fisherman of the Tay considered that perhaps
one in a hundred contained a marketable pearl. In a group
of 31 examined lately by Mr. Alex. J. H. Russejl, M.A.,

550 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

15 had no pearls and 16 had one or more, so that nearly
50 per cent. mm this instance had pearls of a kind, for
they were of no value. Of these, 8 contained only one
pearl, four had two, two had four of different sizes.
These, however, came from a well-known curve of the Tay
which has always been rich in pearls, and where otters and
ducks abound. Dr. Lyster Jameson is of opinion that
otters, for instance, might be the final hosts, as, like the
raccoon, mink, and musk-rat of North America, it is stated
they occasionally eat mussels. The next collection of mus-
sels, which exceeded the former in number, did not contain
one pearl. In former years, when hundreds were examined
on the banks of the Tay at Murthly, the same irregularity
prevailed, many having none, whilst others contained one
or more.

In order to test the frequency of their occurrence in the
common mussel of the estuary of the Eden, Mr. Russell
examined 700 for me. Of this number 6 620 were large
mussels and 80 small—some very small. Of the 620
large mussels, pearls were found in 280—that is to say,
340 had no pearls; and of the 80 small mussels, 20 had
pearls and 60 were devoid of them. In dealing with the
pearl-bearing forms, both large and small, and which thus
number 200, the following table gives the precise number of
pearls in each series, as well as the totals :-—

| |
No. of Pearls....| 1 | 2} 38 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 or more pearls.| Yotals.
Large Mussels ..| 186 | 67 | 31/15] 7/14] 3|7 280
|
Small Mussels: )-12 —e ol cook | Mit le, luo (12 pearls)
Totals ....:.| 148 | 67/86 /15| 8/44] 8] 9 300

The proportion of the 300 pearl-bearing mussels to the
total number (700) is thus 42°8 per cent.; but if the large
mussels alone are considered, the proportion is higher,
viz. 45:1 per cent., which indicates that the common mussel
more or less follows the same law as the pearl-oyster, viz.,
that the older forms produce most pearls. Indeed, the
number of pearls in the very small mussels at St. Andrews
is noteworthy, and may be explained by the fact that the
very small are not necessarily young mussels, as a glance
at the crowded masses of minute forms on the rocks show.

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 551

As formerly pointed out by Dr. J. H. Wilson and myself,
though stunted they are ripe; it may be that the same
explanation will suffice for the pearls, which occurred in
25 per cent. of them. It will thus be evident that pearls
appear in the common mussel much more frequently than in
the pearl-oyster, or, as a rule, in the freshwater pearl-mussel
(Margaritana margaritifera), but generally their lack of
lustre and beauty makes them of little value.

In connexion with Dr. Lyster Jameson’s views that the
eider duck and the scoter are the final hosts of the parasites
which form the nuclei of the pearls, it may be stated that
both occur in considerable numbers in the estuary of the
Eden and feed on the mussels. Moreover, the intestine of
the common scoter in St. Andrews Bay harbours large
numbers of these and other parasites, and thus is in contrast
with that of such forms as the guillemot and red-throated
diver—birds more purely piscivorous, and in which such
parasites are rare, though cestodes are common. It is
possible also that other species amongst the many birds
frequenting the mussel-beds, such as the oyster-catcher,
may be found to harbour the same parasite.

Respecting Sir E. Home’s statement that the ova of the
mussel form the nuclei of the pearls in the mantle, it has to be
mentioned that pearls are found in the males, where no ova
oceur.

2. The Effects of Marine Piscatorial Birds on the
Food- Fishes.

It is often supposed that man in these days stands out
pre-eminently as the great destroyer of sea-fishes—by his
nets, trawls, and other apparatus; but, as shown in the
‘Resources of the Sea’ and in former “ Notes,” there are
other agencies which exist, and have existed for ages, which,
in their persistent influences on the young stages or on the
adults of the fishes, place the efforts of man in a less
prominent position. This reflection has been suggested by
the captures of sea-birds in the nets for plaice and cod in
St. Andrews Bay. These nets have been worked for more
than two years—at any rate for two seasons, viz. from
the middle of September to the middle of May, that is for
8 months each year. The majority of the birds captured
have been guillemots (Uria troile, L.), but divers, common
and velvet scoters, scaup-ducks, and razorbills are also
procured, the latter more rarely. Neither gulls nor gannets
have been obtained. Taking an average of 25 birds as a

552 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

total captured by the boats at St. Andrews in a day for
this period, and calculating 5 working days in a week, it is
found that the total for the season will be about 4000 birds.
This is probably a low average, for lately no less than 620
birds were brought in by the boats in one day, whilst on
other occasions 100 and 200 birds were procured in a single
day.

Selecting another low average, viz. 30, as the number of
fishes captured by each bird in aday, it is found that, in the
224 days which cover the fishing-period, these birds would
have disposed of 26,880,009 fishes each season; and yet this
is but a fragment of the vast tax levied on fishes—especially
young fishes—by the sea-birds in St. Andrews Bay. That
30 fishes a day is a very moderate computation a little
experience will prove. Thus 30 small sand-eels have been
found in the stomach of a single guillemot as the amount
consumed within afew hours. In the same way 10 sprats, be-
tween two and three inches long, and several sand-eels formed
the meal of another, whilst the gizzard contained a quantity
of crushed fragments and many otoliths. The digestive
activity of this bird keeps pace with its rapacity. Those
who have watched a guillemot at work in the open sea
capturing young fishes right and left at the surface, or have
seen a cormorant amidst a swarm of young fishes in a tank *,
will consider that the foregoing estimate is not overstated,
even taking into account the fact that the scoters and scaup-
ducks feed largely on Mollusca. Both, however, devour
young fishes and the floating eggs of fishes in thousands as
they are carried by currents in long lines near the surface.

While, therefore, man’s agency—in conjunction with
natural causes, leading occasionally to a check in the
increase of fishes—need not be underestimated, it is doubtful
if due appreciation is accorded to the vast variety and great
extent of natural agencies which tend, on the one hand, to
check increase, and, on the other, to restore the balance
which has been impaired. In contrast with these, man’s
efforts, great though they may be, are overshadowed.
Nature’s ways in the ocean, especially in regard to the food-
fishes, are not easily interfered with ; and though apparent
reduction in the larger forms may occur in certain areas,
yet myriads of the smaller soon occupy their places and
restore the supremacy of the larger.

The loss of 4000 piscatorial birds in a season in one bay

* As, for example, in the Dublin Zoological Gardens under the auspices
of Prof. Cunningham.

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 5Dd

ought to have, according to some, a marked effect on the
plenitude of the fishes. Yet there can be little doubt that
such trifling changes have no more influence on Nature’s
ways than the removal of many of the right whales had on
the pelagic fauna on which they fed in the arctic seas.
Greater reason for concern would exist if the swarms of
sea-birds were to die from inanition, if the slaughter of
thousands of sea-birds improved the fishes of an area, or if
their increase were marked by a diminution of the sea-
fishes,

3. On the British Eunicide.

There is much to be said in favour of the view of Ehlers,
who groups, in the second part of his ‘ Borstenwiirmer’*,
the Onuphidide, the Lumbriconereide, and the Stauro-
cephalidz under the Eunicide. Of the three, the latter is
the most widely divergent, since it has bifid feet and other
features in general structure and in the form of the bristles
which call for special note. Each of the groups just men-
tioned constitutes a distinct division, yet they have many
features in common, and fall fairly under Ehlers’s two great
sections of the Hunicea Labidognatha and E. Prionognatha.
The former contains those forms in which the pieces com-
posing the upper dental apparatus are heterogeneous; the
maxille and the great dental plates have in front a series of
smaller pieces. The feet are simple, though the presence of
slender spines which pass into the dorsal cirrus indicates that
even here the bifid foot is foreshadowed. The bristles are of
three kinds, viz., simple bristles with a tapering winged tip
accompanied by shorter brush-shaped forms superiorly, and,
in most species, compound bristles inferiorly, the latter having
the terminal piece bifid at the tip and guarded by wings,
and, moreover, posteriorly, a powerful hook or two project
inferiorly. In the Ounuphids, however, a modification of
this type occurs.

As Ehlers has pointed out, this group (EH. Labidognatha)
may readily be divided into two subdivisions: the first,
including the Onuphidide, Eunicide, and other allied forms,
is characterized by the presence of an azygos piece below
the great dental plate on the left, whilst the head bears
tentacles. The second division has its dental apparatus
symmetrical and the head is devoid of tentacles: the
Lumbriconereide and Ninoe fall under this section.

The Eunicea Prionognatha, forming the second great

* 1868.

554 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

division, are characterized by having the dentary plates of
the upper jaw-apparatus placed in rows one behind the
other, and, moreover, the pieces resemble each other. The
feet may be either single or double. Two groups likewise
occur in this division, viz.: (1) those in which the feet are
simple, as likewise are the bristles, such as Arabella, Noto-
cirrus, and CEnone; and (2) those with feet having both
simple and compound bristles, such as Stawrocephalus.

Grube*, again, takes Ehlers’s first group, Labidognatha, but
prefers the term Lumbriconereida, Schmarda, for the second,
dividing it further into (1) those with leaf-like dorsal cirri,
such Cinone and Lysareta, and (2) those with small dorsal
cirri, e. g. Ninoe and Lumbriconereis. He agrees in making
the Staurocephalide the third group.

In Dr. Johnston’s + Catalogue of the Annelids in the
British Museum, two members of the Onuphide, viz.
*€ Northia tubicola” and N. conchylega, are eutered. The
former (Hyalinecia tubicola, O. F. M.) is free from am-
biguity, but the latter title probably covers two species, viz.,
the original Onuphis tubicola of M. Sars, and another form
which may provisionally be termed O. britannica. Of
Eunicidee seven are noted: but it is questionable if one
of these, viz. Eunice annulicornis, is British ; whilst another,
E. margaritacea, cannot be identified from the imperfect
figure t{ of Dr. Thos. Wilhams. A single Lumbriconereid,
viz. Lumbrinereis tricolor, is mentioned—a species which falls
under the genus Arabella.

A few other forms have been added since by Miss Florence
Buchanan and others, such as Eunice philocorallia, Nemato-
nereis unicornis, Schm., Lumériconereis gracilis, Ehlers, and
Ophyrotrocha. The Staurocephalide likewise increase the
list by two or three species.

As indicated in the remarks on the group in the volume
on the Annelids of the ‘ Challenger,’ considerable variation
occurs in most of the organs relied on by authors for specific
discrimination, such as the dental apparatus, the branchie,
the general outline, appendages, and coloration. The bristles
also show a certain amount of variation, but, on the whole,
are fairly reliable, though it should be stated that the
distinctions between species in this respect, as, for instance,

* Sitz. d. nat. Schles. Gesell. 1878, Sep. Abd. pp. 2 & 3.

+ Quite socfis the last survivor ‘of this amiable naturalist’s family,
viz. a daughter, Mrs. Barwell Carter, passed away. She was well known
in Berwick-on-Tweed for her efforts to promote Natural History and the
interests of the Berwickshire Naveealce Club.

t Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 2, xii. p. 408, pl. xiv. fig. 4.

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. iy

observed in the Polynoidee, are less marked. Unfortunately
not a few authors rely on verbal descriptions without figures,
and occasionally the latter are somewhat imperfect, so that
the expenditure of time in vainly endeavouring to grasp the
author’s meaning is serious.

In the present preliminary note five species represent the
Onuphids in the British seas, and all frequent water of some
depth. The first of these is a form which probably has been
included under the Onuphis conchylega of Michael Sars, but
which is quite distinct, and may be termed Onuphis britan-
nica. It frequents the Zetlandic seas in 90 to 100 fathoms.
The tentacular cirri arise from the centre of the peristomial
segment dorsally. The first pair of feet on the succeeding
segment are large, and project forwards almost as far as the
anterior border of the snout, and bear, besides the simple
bristles, large faleate bristles with bifid tips and wings, the
whole differing characteristically from those of the true
Onuphis- conchylega, Sars. The dental apparatus, again,
resembles that of the latter species, though the teeth on the
various plates appear to be more numerous. The branchize
commence on the 10th foot as a simple filament and con-
tinue almost to the tip of the tail. The powerful bifid hooks
of the posterior region and the brush-shaped bristles are
similar to those of Onuphis conchylega. This form con-
structs a tube of its secretion and fragments of shells.

The other form, Onuphis conchylega, Sars, occurs not
only in Norwegian waters, but off the eastern shores of
Britain, and in vast numbers in the Atlantic, as dredged
by H.M. ship ‘ Triton’ *, as well as stretches to the shores of
Canada. In this form the somewhat short tentacular cirri
are borne by the anterior border of the peristomial seement.
The general form of the dental apparatus is the same, though
the number of denticulations is less. The posterior appen-
dages to the maxille are tapered to a point posteriorly, and
have a notch between them, a T-shaped band of pigment
separating them from each other and from the maxille.

The first foot is shorter; the long, strong, falcate bristles
have a very bold hook at the tip and a small secondary
process a short distance beneath, and with wings, The
character of this hook differs from that of Onuphis britannica,
not only in the completely developed condition, but in its
early stage when nothing but the tip is formed. In many
adults, however, the secondary process either disappears or

* IT am indebted to Sir John Murray for these and other specimens
procured by this ship.

556 Prof, M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

leaves only a trace, the powerful blunt hook at the tip alone
remaining. The large bifid hook of the inferior part of the
setigerous region posteriorly conforms to the type seen in
the previous species.

In this form a trace of a branchia sometimes appears on the
11th foot, but as arule branchiz commence on the 12th foot,
and are continued backward, as in the former annelid, almost
to the tip of the tail. They form single filaments throughout,
and only rarely is an accessory process developed. On the
whole they are considerably smaller processes than in the
former species.

Whilst occasionally the tube is formed of fragments of
shells, it is often entirely composed of coarse gravel and
minute stones. This species is probably the Onuphis hyper-
borea of Hansen *.

In the third form, Onuphis (Paradiopatra) fragosa,
Ehlers (?) +, var., which was dredged by the ‘ Porcupine’
in 1869 in 370 fathoms off the coast of Ireland in sticky
mud, the median is shorter than the two long lateral ten-
tacles, and the short anterior lateral have finely tapered tips.
All have long ringed ceratophores. The palpi form promi-
nent rounded lobes ventrally. The first (peristomial)
segment has less breadth than the succeeding, and the
short tentacular cirri arise laterally at the anterior border.
The maxille are strongly curved and sharp in front, and
their spathulate posterior appendages have a notch between
them. The right great dental plate has nine teeth, and the
same number occurs in the left, as well as in the azygos
plate. The left anterior curved plate has seven or eight, and
the right about nine teeth. The mandibles are small, the
edge in front consisting of two small central points with a
dark brown band between them and the external flap with
its oblique edge.

The first foot is short and directed slightly forward. The
setigerous region has dorsally simple tapering bristles with
no evident wing. The ventral forms have tips minutely
bifid, so minutely that it is not always easy to observe the
real structure in such transparent forms. ‘The wings, more-
over, are long and tapered to a fine point.

The feet diminish in prominence from the Ist to the 5th,
and still more thereafter. The dorsal cirrus after the 7th
is very small. No branchial process has been observed, in
this respect agreeing with Nothria abranchiala of the ‘ Chal-

* Norweg. N. Atlantic Exp, 1882, p. 82, pl. iv. figs. 5-13.
2g Florida Anneliden, p. 75, Taf, xx. figs. 7-14, and Taf, xxi. fies. 1-4,

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 507

lenger.” The slenderness of the tips of the bristles of the
first foot in the British form is, however, diagnostic.

The simple dorsal bristles with winged tapering tips are
short in the 10th foot, but become longer in the 20th and
posterior feet, and in the latter are accompanied by two
strong bifid hooks inferiorly.

This form approaches Nothria Willemoesi of the ‘ Chal-
lenger, yet is distinct in regard to comparative lengths of
the median and lateral tentacles and in the minute structure
of the anterior bristles, which come nearer those of N. Ar-
mandi and N. minuta. It appears to be closely allied to
the Diopatra (Paradiopatra) fragosa of Ehlers *, taken off
Sand Key and other parts of the American shores, though the
minute structure of the bristles, the breadth of the peristo-
mial segment, the position of the tentacular cirri, and other
points require further investigation. The Onuphis quadri-
cuspis of Sars has similar bristles on the first foot, but
otherwise diverges, e.g. in the presence of branchie.

Those in the second group of the Onuphidz are devoid
of tentacular cirri, though it has to be mentioned, as
demonstrating the caution necessary in dealing with such
characters, that, in an example of Hyalinecia tubicola from
Norway (Canon Norman’s collection), a well-formed tenta-
cular cirrus, arising from the middle of the peristomial
segment, occurred.

The most abundant and widely distributed species is
Hyalinecia tubicola, O. F. Miiller, and it is specially
plentiful in Zetlandic and Hebridean waters and off the
south-west coast of Ireland. The strongly bifid winged
faleate bristles of the first foot and the powerful bifid hooks
behind are diagnostic. The branchiz commence from the
23rd to the 26th foot and continue almost to the last
segment.

The translucent quill-like tube is easily recognized.

Another is Hyalinecia sicula, De Quatrefages, a small
species which ranges from Shetland, where it was first
dredged by Dr. Gwyn Jeffreys, to Connemara on the west
and Plymouth on the south. Two parallel bands of brown
which course backwards from a transverse belt of the same
colour immediately behind the head, and a brown spot
between each foot from the 5th backward, readily distin-
guish the species even in spirit. Its tube is generally
composed of gravel and shell-fragments.

Of the Eunicids, the Eunice fasciata of Risso (= E. Ha-
rassii of -Audouin and Edwards) is not unfrequent in the

* Christianiafjordens Fauna, p. 16, tab. xv. figs. 7-19,

558 ~ Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

Channel Islands, both in the dredge and between tide-marks.
Its numerous olive-brown bands and touches, white specks,
and size (6 to 9 inches) make it readily recognizable. The
occurrence of the branchiz on the 4th bristled segment, the
fact that their maximum development is in the anterior
third of the body, and that, gradually diminishing, they are
represented in the caudal region by a single filament as in
front, are also features of moments along with the structure
of the bristles and hooks. The powerful ventral hooks
appear before the 30th bristled segment and continue to the
posterior end.

As formerly pointed out, another British species is Eunice
vittata, Delle Chiaje (= E. limosa, Ehlers), which occurs on
various parts of the British coast from the Channel Islands
to Polperro and Galway. It is a small species (2 to 3 inches
in length) with an evenly rounded snout composed of the
fused palpi, which, however, show a deep ventral furrow.
The branchie commence on the 3rd foot as a simple
filament; on the 10th foot are four divisions ; on the 3Uth
five divisions. They then diminish so that the 40th foot
has only four, the 50th two, and the 60th.one. They are
absent only on the caudal segments (17 or 18). The faleate
bristles and the bifid crown above the great fang of the
posterior hooks and the dental apparatus are likewise
characteristic.

The third British species is Eunice pennata, O. F. M.*
(= E. norvegica, L.), dredged off Inverary by Dr. Gwyn
Jeffreys. In this the fused palpi have a deep notch in front
and a deep groove ventrally, whilst superiorly they are
excavated. The branchiz commence as a short subulate
process on the 4th foot; three divisions occur on the 8th
foot. The 12th foot has only two; those following generally
two, though occasionally three. Then diminishing to one,
they cease about the 40th foot. The highest number of
branchial filaments observed was four. The spines are
black in the adult. The ventral bristles have a short bifid
terminal piece considerably narrower than the dilated end
of the shaft. The powerful posterior hooks have a main
fang and a strong spike above it. The great dental plates
have seven teeth, the azygos (left) plate has nine. The
left anterior curved plate has six and the right ten teeth,
and the row is continued by two separate brown denticles
in each case. Marenzeller has found this form in the

* Zool. Dan. i. p. 31, tab. xxix. figs. 4-7.

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 559

Mediterranean *. It is distinct from the E. philocorallia of
F. Buchanan.

The fourth is Eunice philocorallia (or coralliophila),
F. Buchanan +, which was dredged in deep water off the
west coast of Ireland, and which ranges to Norway. In a
female from Norway the branchize commenced on the 7th
foot and continued almost to the tip of the tail, and the
same arrangement was found in a male. The divisions of
the branchiz do not exceed four, and generally there were
three anteriorly, The head resembles that of Hunice pennata,
with a hollow on the dorsum of the palpi. Behind the
anterior third the spmes are black. ‘The relationship of
this form to the Hunice amphihelie of Marion and Roule ¢ is
interesting, both having their parchment-like tubes on corals
(Amphihelia and Lophohelia) in deep water. The French form
is eyeless and thus differs from the British; the branchize
commence on the 2nd foot (fourth segment), whilst in the
British they arise on the 7th foot, and have never more than
four filaments, whereas the French has a maximum of seveu
filaments. The dental apparatus also shows certain features
in common and certain differences. How far the variations
mentioned affect specific distinction is still a question open
to consideration. Some may be sexual. Roule, in a later
communication §, includes his Hunice amphihelie, the LE.
philocoralliia of ¥. Buchanan, and the £. floridana of Ehlers
all under the Eunice Gunneri of Storm, the two species,
indeed, found in the north by Levinsen || being Leodice
norvegica, L., and L. Gunneri, Storm. Marenzeller | has
similar views.

The representatives of the allied genus Marphysa are
two in number, viz., Marphysa sanguinea, Moutagu, and
Marphysa Belli, Aud. & Edwards.

The former is abundant in the Channel Islands, e. g. at
St. Peter Port, Perelle Bay, in Herm, and in the Gouliot
Caves of Sark. It also occurs in the south of England,
e.g. Polperro. The flattened and deeply bilobed head with
the typical number of tentacles, the absence of the tentacular

* Polycheet. des Grundes, Wien, 1902, p. 16.

t Se. Proceed. R. Dubl. Soc., June 13, 1893, p. 173, pl. i. figs. 2-6,
pl. ii. figs. 7-9, and pl. iii.
eee oe du ‘Caudan,’ p. 446, pls. xix., xx., xxiii., and xxv.
§ Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci. tom. exxvi. p. 1167.

|| Syst.-geogr. Oversigt, Annulata &c., Kidbenhayn, 1883, p. 72.

4] Zoolog. Ergebnisse XIII, Denkschr. k, Ak, Wiss., Math.-nat. Cl.,
Wien, 1902, p. 16.

560 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

cirri, the long (18 inches to 2 feet) body, which is somewhat
rounded in extension, flattened in contraction, the condition
of the dental apparatus, and the ventral bristles, the terminal
part of which is long and tapered, are sufficiently charac-
teristic. The branchiz commence about the 21st foot,
attain a maximum of eight divisions, then diminish, until
in front of the tail a short process of two divisions and then
of one occurs, the last twelve or fifteen segments being
devoid of them. The spines are black.

Marphysa Bellii, Aud. & Ed., again, is rather a rare
British form, the only living example observed having been
captured in Herm. It is attenuated for a Eunice and is
6 or 7 inches long. The head is bluntly conical, with a
median groove inferiorly, and the tentacles are proportionally
long. The branchiz commence on the 14th foot and con-
tinue to the 34th, and the maximum number of filaments
appears to be about twenty-five. The number of teeth on
the great dental plates is about six, whilst the azygos plate
has seven. The living example was obtained between tide-
marks, but in the ‘Porcupine’ Expedition of 1870 it was
dredged in 81 fathoms off Cape Finisterre.

A species very abundant in the Channel Islands and in
the south of England is Lysidice ninetta, Aud. & Edwards
(the Leodice triantennata of Risso). It is especially com-
mon in the chinks of gneiss in the Channel Islands. Its
broad flattened snout with a median notch, the short
tentacles (a median and two lateral), and the reddish-brown
body dappled with white or pale spots readily distinguish
it externally.

In the same region (Guernsey) is Nematonereis unicornis,
Grube *, which frequents similar fissures in gneiss between
tide-marks. The evenly rounded snout forming a short
blunt cone, the two black eyes with the short subulate
median tentacles between them, the form and coloration
of the body, the nature of the foot and its bristles, and the
structure of the dental apparatus are diagnostic. This form
diverges from Schmarda’s species—procured in the Atlantic
—in the smooth subulate tentacle, the form of the maxille,
and in the shorter tips to the compound bristles.

Under the Eunicea Labidognatha nuda of Ehlers is Lum-
briconereis fragilis, O. F. Miller, a form which is widely
distributed in British waters from Shetland to the Channel
Tslands. In this the conical head has a dimple posteriorly
leading into two pits with papille. The foot has simple

* Actin., Echin. und Wiirmer des Adriat. u. Mittelmeers, p. 80 (1840).

Gatity Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 561

winged bristles as far as the 24th, when winged hooks
appear. The spines are black. The tapering winged bristles
disappear before the 60th foot, the posterior feet having only
the winged hooks and black spines. The feet increase in
length posteriorly, and the posterior lobe becomes pointed.
The body ends in four short papille (cirri), the dorsal pair
being the longer.

Another species also common in the south is Lumbri-
conereis Nardonis, Grube, the head of which forms a blunt
cone with a band in the centre posteriorly attached to the
succeeding segment, and at each side of the band is a dimple
which receives a process from the first segment. The Ist
foot has pale spines, a short bluntly conical posterior flap,
winged tapering bristles superiorly and inferiorly, and a few
winged jointed hooks, the ends of which have four or five
spines. Simple winged hooks by-and-by take the place of
the jointed bristles.

There is a close resemblance between this species and
such forms as the Lumbriconereis oxycheta of C. Gravier*.

A third form (Lumbriconereis assimilis) was dredged by
Dr. Gwyn Jeffreys 25 miles off North Unst, Shetland, in
90 fathoms, in July 1868, and it also occurred in the muddy
tubes of Panthalis Girstedi kindly sent by Prof. Herdman from
the Irish Sea. The head forms a blunt cone and the dental
apparatus is similar to that of L. fragilis. The Ist foot is
distinguished by the occurrence of long, narrow, winged
hooks and of black spines. The winged hooks become modi-
fied, so that at the 20th foot they are considerably shorter.
Posteriorly the chief fang of the hook becomes much larger,
the wing shorter, and the shaft stronger as well as shorter.

A fourth was dredged in 90 fathoms,-25 miles west of
the Blasquet, S.W. Ireland, by Dr. Gwyn Jettreys, in May
1867. In this (Lumbriconereis hibernica) the head is conical,
and the Ist foot has three or four pale spines and two groups
of tapering winged bristles. The 10th foot has four pale
spines and dorsally winged tapering bristles, whilst ventrally
are characteristically tapered simple hooks, which in the
posterior part of the body become very short, with broad
wings.

The fifth British form is Lumbriconereis gracilis, Ehlers,
a widely distributed species ranging from the western shores
of Scotland and Ireland to the Mediterranean and to Norway.
The head is also conical and the dental apparatus approaches
that of ZL. tingens. The Ist foot has tapering winged

* Nouy: Arch. Mus. Paris, 4° sér. il. p. 275, pl. xiv. figs. 96-98.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xi. 39

562 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

bristles dorsally and, ventrally, jointed hooks which have a
short terminal piece—with a crown of small hooks and two
wings, the adjacent end of the shaft likewise having two wings.
There are four pale spines. These jointed hooks continue
to the 15th foot and then disappear, their places being taken
by simple winged hooks.

Of the Lunicea Prionognatha of Ehlers several British
species occur. ‘The first is provisionally termed Drilonereis
Elisabethe, which was procured at St. Andrews in the
stomach of a haddock by the lady after whom it is named.
It is recognized by the finer and more persistent iridescence,
and the bluntly conical head with four eyes in a transverse
line at the posterior border, besides the structural features.
The biack abruptly hooked maxille are powerful, with a
broad base—denticulated on the inner edge—articulating
posteriorly with very long black appendages. Great dental
plates elongate, black, and nearly rhomboidal, with about
six to eight recurved teeth along the inner edge, the first
being considerably larger than the others. Antero-lateral
plates three, small, each with a single, long, sharp fang, the
first or proximal showing in addition a second short tooth
at the base of the chief fang. The mandibles form dark
brown wedge-shaped plates. The broad anterior edge is
slightly roughened, but it is not calcified. A typical foot
has a small dorsal lobe sloping outward and upward, a short
setigerous lobe, with four or five ordinary spines, a large
stout spine with a slightly tapered tip below the others, and
a broadly lanceolate inferior lobe directed upward. Bristles
simple, winged, tapering, with oblique striz on the wings.

While in the general outline of the body, the shape of the
head, and the arrangement of the eyes this form approaches
Arabella iricolor, Mont., it diverges in the structure of
the foot and also of the dental apparatus, especially in the
comparatively great size of the maxille and the dimi-
nution of the three antero-lateral plates. The large size
of the maxille, again, distinguishes it from Noftocirrus
(char. amend.), to which it is allied in the presence of the
great inferior spines. It seems to approach most nearly to
Drilonereis, Claparéde *, though the eyes are borne by the
peristomial segment in tbe species described by that author
and De St. Joseph +, and, if the figures are to be trusted,
the antero-lateral teeth of the dental apparatus are con-.
siderably larger.

* Ann. Chétop. Nap., Suppl.
+ Ann, Sc, Nat. 7° sér., Zool. v. pp. 224 et seg.

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 563

Another species is the well-known Arabella iricolor of
Montagu * = A. tricolor (Leach) Johnston, (probably the
Arabella quadristriata of Grube), which abounds between
tide-marks in the Channel Islands and also occurs in the
south of England and on the west coast of Ireland. The
head is somewhat flattened, bluntly conical, an eye being on
each side of the middle line posteriorly and slightly in front
of the other, which is external on each side and less con-
spicuous. Maxillz short, broad posteriorly, strongly curved,
with massive bases serrated internally, which are articulated
with two tapering processes, the narrow ends being joined
to two long parallel blackish rods which gradually diminish
posteriorly and end inslight enlargements. The great dental
plate has nine or ten teeth. The pair of plates immediately
anterior have five powerful teeth, the most conspicuous
being the first. The next in front has four teeth, the
anterior tooth being the largest. The most anterior con-
sists of a single long curved hook or tooth, the base of
which posteriorly touches the next plate. The mandibles
form long blackish wedges, with oblique anterior edges,
the outer part of which is translucent, hard, and brittle.
Though slight variations occur in the figures of Ehlers and
De St. Joseph representing the dental apparatus, yet they
show apparently identical structure. The figure of Ehlers +,
again, needs amendment, e.g. in regard to the maxille.
The foot has a smail dorsal lobe above the setigerous process
and a large lowerlobe. At the 10th foot the row of bristles
passes from above downward and forward, below the upper
and in front of the posterior lobe. This continues to the
tail, where the line of bristles is less oblique and the seti-
gerous lobe more prominent. The bristles are of two kinds:
(1) a dorsal series gently curved and with long finely tapered
tips and narrow wings, and (2) a series with shorter tips
presenting a more abrupt curve at the end of the shaft,
the free edge of the curve having about five serrations.
Anteriorly the setigerous region has from five to seven
spines, and by-and-by the dorsal region has a group (four or
five) of small spines which pass to the base of the cirrus.
Posteriorly the dorsal group increases in size. So far as can
at present be ascertained, this species seems to agree with
Maclovia gigantea, Grube, as figured and described by Baron
de St. Joseph f.

* Linn. Trans. vii. p. 82 (1802).
t Zeitsch. f. w. Zool. Bd. xxv. Taf, in. fig, 33.
f Ann, Sc. Nat. 7° sér. v. p. 230, pl. ix. figs. 92-95.

» So
39%

564 Notes from the Gatty Marine Laboratory.

In a note on the synonymy of this species Dr. Willey *
appears to think that because the ‘‘ so-called” Notocirrus
tricolor was mentioned in the ‘ Challenger’ volume, it was so
in continuation of the mistaken identity (by Prof. Ehlers) of
this form with the author’s Notocirrus scoticus. That is a
misapprehension. The species were described as distinct.

The relationship of this form to Delle Chiaje’s+ Lumbricus
Saint-Hilarii appears to be close. It is noteworthy that the
four rows of spots were not evident in the specimens from
the Channel Islands, so that variation ae exist.

Though Schmarda’s description? of Notocirrus as applied to
Lumbriconereids with a dorsal process may be open to doubt,
yet the title may be conserved for the type for which it was
used in 1869, not long after the publication of Schmarda’s
work, viz. Notocirrus scoticus, M‘I. §; which requires generic
separation from allied forms. The genus is charichenced by
the conical head, with a pair of eyes placed quite at the
posterior border. The body is slender, long, tough, and
almost moniliform in outline. The feet are short, with a
small conical dorsal process (branchial in function). The
setigerous region bears simple bristles with short tapering
tips and broad wings which are serrated on the edge, and
one or two powerful spines with simple slightly tapered tips.
The dental apparatus has small, toothed, and modified
maxille posteriorly, and in front a series of three other
dental plates with recurved hooks. The mandiodles are
irregularly wedge-shaped.

The third species is Notocirrus seoticus, M'1., first pro-
cured in the tenacious grey mud of Lochmaddy, and subse-
quently in various parts of the Hebridean seas. Its conical
head has two eyes at the posterior border; the body is
about 3 inches in length, firm, and frequently almost
moniliform. The typical foot has a small dorsal lobe, in
which is a single vascular loop. The setigerous region is
supported by two strong spines, and the brittle bristles have
comparatively short, broadly winged tips, boldly serrated at
the edges.

In his account of the Annelids of the ‘Challenger’ dredged
at a greater depth than 500 fathoms ||, Ehlers considers that
this form is identical with the Notocirrus tricolor of Johnston;
but this is a misapprehension, since the two forms are widely

* Journ. Mar. Biol. Assoc., N. 8. vi. p. 98 (July1900).
+ Claparéde, Ann. Chét. } Nap. p. 150, pl. ix. fig. 4.
t Wirb. a i. li., p. 116 (1861).

§ Trans. R. 8. E. vol. xxv. p. 417, pl. xvi. fig. 17.
|| Zeitsch. f. w. Zool. xxv. p. 5d.

On the Occurrence of Acomys in Cyprus. 565

different. Dr. Johnston’s species is Arabella iricolor, Mont.,
whereas the present is a Nofocirrus, the structure of head,
foot, and bristles all diverging,

Another very active small form was procured under a
stone in a tide-pool at’ Herm, but unfortunately it has been
lost. The head was smoothly rounded in front and of a
brighter reddish orange than the rest of the body, which
was dark orange with the dorsal blood-vessel shining through.
The segments were very minutely dotted as if punctured.
The tail had two longer and two shorter cirri.

LXXVII.—On the Occurrence of Acomys in Cyprus.
By Dororuy M. A. Bare.

WHILE in Cyprus in 1902 I procured a number of specimens
of a spiny mouse, a genus which had not previously been
recorded trom this island. On comparing it with the species
in the collection of the British Museum, it proves to differ
from all these, and apparently belongs to a hitherto undescribed

form, which | theretore propose to name

Acomys nesvotes, Sp. N.

Size and general appearance as in A. dimidiatus, but at
once distinguishable by its very much shorter tail, which in
the mature animal measures considerably less than the head
and body, while the reverse usually obtains in 4. dimidiatus.

The Cypriote mouse 1s represented by a series of thirteen
s—six, caught in May, June, and July, being very
caught in October, is full-grown, though still
mmature coloration; and the remaining six are
fully adult. In no. 106, which is taken as the type of the
species, the whole of the underparts and the upper surfaces of
the hands and feet are pure white, and there is a patch of
light hair at the external base. of the ear-conch. The flanks
aye “wood-brown’”* and the back a mixture of “ wood-
brown” and grey, the latter more predominant than in
A. dimidiatus. The speckled appearance of the greater part
of the dorsal region is due to the colour of the hairs and
which are pale grey or almost colourless for the
heir length, and tipped with dark grey or

specimen
young ; one, |
retaining 1ts 1

spines,
greater part OLmt

* Colours given in inverted commas are taken from ‘A Nomenclature
7 es Qy
of Colours,’ by Robert Ridgway (Boston, 1886).

566 On the Occurrence of Acomys in Cyprus.

“‘ wood-brown,” which also continues for a short distance:
along the edges of their distal ends. Intermixed with and
projecting beyond these are a few long fine hairs. The
spines, which extend over the hinder half of the back, re-
semble those of A. dimidiatus in being cylindrical at the
base, then suddenly expanding they become laminate and
taper to a point. Seen in section the edges are found to be
folded downwards and inwards; thus the ventral aspect of
the spine is deeply grooved, whilst the upper surface is very
slightly rounded. ‘The roots of the spines appear as a dark
patch on the inner surface of the skin, which elsewhere is
very white. The tail, which is thicker for its length than
that of the above-mentioned species, is pale below, ‘* mouse-
grey” on the upperside, scantily covered with short stiff
hairs, and has a terminal tuft of finer ones.

The skull is shghtly more robust than that of A. démidiatus,
its greatest length being 32°5 to 33 millim. and its extreme
width 14 millim.

The following measurements, in millimetres, of the adult
specimens were taken in the flesh :—

Head and

body. Tail. | Hind foot. ar.
No. 1b37((2)) iets ie 130 93 22 20
INO DDO) etna esis IEE 72 20 21
No. :156:( 4’, type) .... 119 fal 18 19
ING IDS CS) oh eenss « 109 a 19 19°5
Wost59 (8) cide sts alo ha 19 20
Nos GOuGOd teenie oe 106 4c 20 19

The young differ from the adult in their upper parts being
entirely ‘ mouse-grey,” with the exception of white hands
and feet, and in their tails being comparatively longer. The
young of A. dimidiatus seem to develop the speckled
appearance of the mature animal much earlier than those of
A, nesiotes; a half-grown specimen of the former in the
collection of the British Museum is already changing colour,
while a full-grown young of the Cypriote form is still an
almost uniform ‘ mouse-grey ”’ above, shading off into “ drab-
grey’ on the flanks.

As in other members of this group—A. cahirinus, for
instance,—the tail is exceedingly brittle, it, or its skin, be-
coming detached on very slight provocation, though less
easily in the case of the young. ‘his also happens when
the mouse is in a wild state, for several tail-less specimens
were brought to me which had evidently lost this appendage
some time previously. No doubt this peculiarity, as in the

Notes on the Natural [History of East Finmark, 567

case of the lizard, must be of use to the rodent when pursued
by shepherds’ dogs, birds of prey, or other enemies, though,
unlike the lizard, “it is unable to repeat the manceuvre.

These mice were caught alive in traps baited with bread
by villagers, who said they were very scarce, though there
appeared to be no difficulty in getting as many as I required,
They also told me that their holes are very deep and that
they are never found in houses, though said to haunt the
*“ mandras’’ (caves and shelters for goats) in the hills.

They were all caught in the Kerynia Hills, not far from
the village of Dikomo. This portion of the south side of the
range, which is composed of a grey limestone, is extremely
barren, strewn with stones fallen from the rocks and cliffs,
and sparsely clothed with low and generally thorny plants.
The undulating ground and plain lying below are for the
greater part of the year arid and practically destitute of
vegetation. Remains of this mouse were found in the earth
of a cave in the same locality. I never met with or heard of
it in other parts of the island, though probably it occurs at
any rate over the whole of the Mesorcea, or central plain, and
the southern slopes of the Kerynia Hills.

LXXVIII.—Notes on the Natural History of East Finmark.
By Canon A. M. Norman, M.A., D.C.L., LL.D., F.R.S.,

F.LS.
[Continued from p. 173. ]

[Plate XIII. }

POLYZOA.

I nave in the following paper on Polyzoa extended the scope
of the subject beyond the limit of East Finmarkian species,
in order to introduce matter relating to classification and
observations on some Arctic and other species. The species
which have been found in East Finmark have been numbered,
and such species as have no prefixed number will be under-
stood not to have connexion with the fauna of that district.
Herr F. A. Smitt, in 1865-74, published his ‘ Kritisk
Forteckning 6fver Skandinaviens Hats-bryozoer” This
work contained an admirable series of illustrations of Scan-
dinavian and Arctic Polyzoa. ‘The figures, though small,
were excellent, and they have been and must continue to be

568 Canon A. M. Norman—wNotes on the

of great value to the student. Smitt was highly conservative
with respect to nomenclature, in so far that he adopted
existing genera, enlarging or altogether altering their cha-
racters so that they might embrace the species with which
he was dealing. Indeed, he formed only one new genus—
Anarthropora—among the Cheilostomata. Moreover, he
instituted very few new spccies, distributing most of the
interesting new varieties which he found, as well as many
previously described species, under existing names, not
calling these freshly acquired Polyzoa varieties, but “ forme.”

Now it is not far from the truth to say that in the opinion
of recent writers these “ forme,” with few exceptions, are
regarded as entitled to specific rank. This is, however, of
course, a mere matter of opinion, and his work remains a
most valuable contribution to our knowledge of the Polyzoa.
He was, moreover, the pioneer who maintained that among
the Escharine and Lepralian groups the form which the
zoarium assumes is of little value as affording generic or
specific characters in comparison with the structure of the
individual zocecia which make up the zoarium, and in the
application of this principle he took his characters from the
several features of the zocecium and its appendages. Soon
after the publication of his work, through the kindness of
Prof. Lovén and Herr Smitt I received in exchange from
the Stockholm Museum a very full series of the Polyzoa
which were described in the latter’s monograph; and these
specimens have been of very great value in enabling me to
positively determine certain forms.

Smitt, in the work referred toand in his “ Bryozoa marina
in regionibus arcticis et borealibus viventia,” C#fvers. k. Vet.-
Akad. Férh. (1867) 1868, p. 443, recorded eighty species
and “forme” from Finmark, but there is no means of
knowing in what part of Finmark they had been found.

While Danielssen supplies one or two East Finmark
species, our previous knowledge of the Polyzoa of tle district
is due to papers by Herr O. Nordgaard ; one of these is
“Norwegian North Atlantic Expedition, Polyzoa,’ 1900,
and the others ‘“ Systematisk fortegnelse over de 1 Norge
hidtil observerede arter af marine Polyzoa, I. Cheilostomata,”
Bergens Mus. Aarbog, 1895, and “ II. Cyclostomata,” ibid.
1896.

The ‘ History of British Marine Polyzoa’ is a work of the
greatest value and importance on the species of our fauna.
Itis unfortunate that some of the genera which Mr. Hincks
founded mainly on the form of the oral opening were so
loosely characterized that they admitted forms which have

Natural ITistory of East Finmark. 539

really little in common. His work, moreover, contained a
most serious mistake. He acted in it as though there were
no such things as rules of nomenclature, casting aside many
old genera as though they never existed and misapplying
others. The primary law of nomenclature, which alone can
save zoology from hopeless confusion, is that “ The name
originally given by the founder of a group or the describer
of a species should be permanently retained, to the exclusion
of all subsequent synonyms.” The mistake of Hincks in
this matter and the injustice caused to previous writers
must sooner or later be rectified. It is to be regretted that
this has not been done long since. Verrill has made some
corrections, and further delay will only render the necessary
changes when made the more serious, as it would allow of
the addition of further useless synonyms. I know of no
other class in which the law I have referred to has been so
ruthlessly set aside. Was it that Hincks was ignorant of all
law ? or was it that as the characters given to the old genera
were totally inadequate from the modern point of view, he
considered that they might be disregarded? The answer is
that two items remain permanent, unless they be synonyms
of earlier described forms—the name of a genus and the
name of a species. The definition of a genus or species must
of necessity be continually changing with incre asing know-

ledge of the forms themselves and of others more recently
eed which are allied to them. If it were otherwise,
couldsomeof Hincks’sown genera—say Schizoporella, Smittia,
or Mucronella—be at this moment maintained with the
definition which he gave to them? The following are
instances in which the law of priority was disregarded among
the Cheilostomata.

Chorizopora Brongmartit.—The generic name is that of
Hincks, the specific of Audouin. Both must yield to
Berenicea prominens, Lamouroux (Expos. méthod. des Genres
de Ord. des Polyp. 1821, p. 80, pl. Ixxx. figs. 1, 2). The type
of Lamouroux’s species was from the Mediterranean, and it
unquestionably was drawn from the netted state of the
species (see Hincks, Brit. Pol. pl. xxxu. fig. 2). There is an
earlier genus among Medusee—Berenice, Péron & Lesueur,
1809—but the two generic names are sufficiently distinct.

Schizoporella, Hincks, ought to have been named Escha-
rind, HW. Milne-Edwards, since it included Z. vulgaris (Moll)
(see Lamarck and Gray). But I have always considered
that #. vulyaris was wrongly placed by Hincks in his genus,
and that its keyhole- like oral opening and the avicularia
situated so low down on the zoccia, with their vibraculoid

570 Canon A. M. Norman—WNotes on the

character, pointed to much closer relationship to what Hincks
called Mastigophora. Recently Levinsen (‘ Studies on
Bryozoa,’ 1902, p. 26) has intimated his intention of re-
moving some other “ Schizoporelle ” into the same genus.

Mastigophora, Hincks.—This genus ought not to have
been instituted unless the genus Herentia, Gray, had been
used for some other form, since the first species which Gray
placed in the genus was Herentia Hyndmanni, the very species
which Hincks made the type of his Mastigophora. But, as
intimated in the preceding paragraph, Escharina, H. Milne-
Edwards, must apparently take precedence of both these
names.

Lepralia, Hincks.—This has no connexion whatever with
Lepralia, Johnston. It does not contain a single species
which Johnston had placed within it when the genus was
formed! Moreover, an extraordinary liberty has been taken
here. Lschara foliacea, the type species of the oldest genus
of Cheilostomata except Cellepora, is actually submerged in
the Lepralia of Hincks and the genus slaughtered.

Umbonula, Hincks.—The type U. verrucosa, Esper; but
this same species is the type of the old genus Discopora,
Lamarek (see Lamarck and Lamouroux, the latter author
deciding the type).

Escharoides of Smitt and Hincks is not Escharoides,
Lamarck, the type of which is Cellepora coccinea, Abildgaard
(see Lamarck and Gray, who determine the species intended
by their references to Fleming and Johnston).

Mucronella, Hincks.—If some doubt existed as to the species
which was described by the name Cellepora coccinea, it
certainly was either what is now known as coccinea or ventrt-
cosa, Johnston, both of which species were included in the
Mucronella of Hincks, which therefore ought to have borne
the name Escharvides, H. Milne-Edwards ; but if M7. coccinea
is now placed in a different genus from M. ventricosa, as
must, I think, be the case, Gray’s genus Escharella, 1848,
should be used for the ventricosa group. Gray placed in his
genus three species—immersa, Fleming (=Peachii, John-
ston), violacea, Johnston, and variolosa, Johnston,—the first
and third of which would remain in it. Lscharella, Gray,
1848, is not the subsequently described Escharella, VOrbigny,
1850, nor Lscharella, Smitt, 1867.

Since the publication of the ‘ History of British Marine
Polyzoa’ most valuable work has been carried out by many
students on the structure—using the word in its widest sense
—of the Escharine Polyzoa. But I shall refer here only

Natural Mistory of Kast Finmark. 5

briefly to points which afford the chief assistance in the
classification of the forms.

1. The Compensation-Sac.

The compensation-sac was first observed by Jullien, and
has been lately worked out fully by S. F. Harmer, ‘On
the Structure and Classification of Cheilostomous Polyzoa”
(Proc. Cambridge Phil. Soc. vol. xi. 1900, p. 11). The
importance of the compensation-sac is so great that it ranks
in classification as dividing the order Cheilostomata into
two sections, the one provided with and the other not
possessing the compensation-sac. ‘The genera which possess
a compensation-sac, and which embrace the greater portion
of the Escharine and Lepralian forms, Levinsen (“ Studies
on Bryozoa,’ Vidensk. Medd. fra den Naturh. Foren. i
Kjébenhavn, 1902, p. 2, separate copy) proposes to unite
under the term Camarostega.

2. The Front Wall.

Jullien rightly called attention to the importance of taking
into consideration the structure of the front wall in the
classification.

3. The Operculum.

Waters, as long ago as 1878, in his paper “ The Use of the
Opercula in the determination of the Cheilostomatous
Bryozoa ” (Proc. Manchester Lit. & Phil. Soe. vol. xviii. p. 8),
pointed out that the form of the operculum was more reliable
in classification than the outline of the oral aperture, since
the latter is subject to great modification, while the former
is stable. Since that time the operculum has been much
studied by Waters, Lorenz, Levinsen, and others. There
cannot be a doubt that it is of great value in classification
as regards, first, its nature (membranous or calcareous,
separable or inseparable) ; second, its form and structure ;
and third, the mode of its attachment in the oral opening
and the muscular scars which it exhibits.

4, The so-called ‘ Rosette-plates’ (or ‘ Origelles’ of Jullien)
and Pore-chambers.

These have been chiefly studied by Waters, Jullien, and
Levinsen. ‘They are destined to play a very important part
in classification. The rosette-plates have been studied for a

Diz Canon A. M. Norman—wNotes on the

long time, but the observations on the pore-chambers are of
more recent date. It is Levinsen who has played the chief
part in their examination, and he has published figures of
those of many species : first in ‘ Videnskab-Udbytte Kanon-
baden ‘‘ Haughs”’ Togter,’ 1891, pls. ii. &iii., and subsequently
in ‘ Zoologica Danica, Mosdyr,’ 1894, pls. ili.-vi. . Waters, in
some of his more recent papers, and more especially in his
“* Observations on the Membraniporide,”’” Journ. Linn. Soc..
Zool. vol. xxvi. 1898, p. 654, has described and illustrated
pore-chambers of certain species. I have, in the followmg
paper, made much use of them in dividing the old genus
Membranipora, as well as in other cases.

5. The Avicularia.

Hincks made some use of the avicularia and vibracula in
the establishment of certain genera, and they have been, of
course, used constantly in specific characters; ; but these organs
deserve far more attention than they have hitherto received.
Their structure and their position in the zoarium or zocecium
would seem to constitute often most reliable aid in assigning
the forms to what we designate species or genera among the
Polyzoa, just as the presence or absence and the forms and
position of pedicellarize have been found of very great im-
portance in the classification of Echinoderma. The foregoing
sentence was written some months ago, and in writing it I
had more especially in my mind the Asteroidea. I have
now (March 1903) just received the beautiful work of
Th. Mortensen on the Echinoidea (‘The Danish Ingolf Ex-
pedition, vol. iv.—I. Echinoidea, pt. 1. 1903). The following
sentences are from his work, a are worthy of Bonedeearied
in connexion with the value of the avicularia of the Polyzoa:

‘“The characters which have hitherto chiefly been used
for the distinguishing between the genera and species are
the following: the pores, the spines, the tubercles, the
mouth-slits, the lming of the buecal membrane with larger
or smaller plates, and the calycinal area. All these structures
may give excellent characters, and, of course, they are always
to be taken into consideration. But most frequently they
are so relative, that it is exceedingly difficult or impossible,
by means of these str uctures, to decide whether a specimen
in hand belongs to one species or another... By these
researches the pedicellarize and spicules proved to be ‘of very
great systematic value; they give the most excellent characters
we may want. . _ The pedicellarie in effect. give absolutely
excellent systematic characters, sometimes only specific

Natural Llistory of East Finmark. 573

characters, sometimes also generic ones. . . It may, perhaps,
seem unreasonable to lay so much stress, as is done here, on
so minute features as the pedicellarize—to use them for the
characterizing of as well species as genera and families. But
when it proves to be a real fact that these minute features
give excellent constant characters, it may be taken to be
reasonable to use them without regard to their being small
or large .. . The supposition by Stewart that by the exami-
nation of the pedicellarie &c. we might finda closer relation
between forms not otherwise regarded as related, has been
amply justified by these researches, even to so high a degree
that the classification hitherto used proves to be quite a
failure (with regards to the groups treated of here). A good
proof of the correctness of the new classification given here,
which has been found especially by the examination of the
pedicellarize, 1s found in the fact that forms with the same
kind of pedicellarize also agree in other important respects.”

The avicularia have been little used in the classification
of Polyzoa, but I am satisfied that they are destined to play
a far more prominent part in the future. In some genera
Hincks made use of them with good results; in others he
disregarded them altogether and left genera (e. g. Membrani-
pora, Schizoporella, Mucronella, and Lepralia) to contain a
most miscellaneous assemblage of species. Busk, in his
‘Challenger’ Report, used them with satisfactory result, espe-
cially as applied to the very difficult genus Cellepora. But the
following sentences from the paper by Waters, ‘‘ Observations
on the Membraniporide ” (Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. xxvi.
1898, pp. 655-657) relate to a more minute point among his
“ Membraniporide.” He says: “the avicularium only ex-
ceptionally has a complete bar.””. Then writing of an aberrant
group (the genus Chaperia, Jullien) he says: ‘ Kirkpatrick
refers Chaperia acanthina, Q. & G., to Lepralia, but in
Chaperia the avicularia have not a complete bar; whereas
in all the Lepralie I have examined the bar is complete, and
the muscular attachment of Lepralia is not quite similar.”
I have confirmed Waters’s statement as to the incomplete bar
in the avicularia of Membranipora in the following species:
flustroides, lineata, craticula, aurita, Dumerillii, unicornis,
armifera, Sophie, nigrans, tenuirostris, granulifera, trifolium,
and Flemingii. But the bar is ineomplete also in other
genera, e.g. Lepralia nitida, Reptadeonella violacea, Cribilina
punctata, innominata, and radiata, and Mucronella (?) pavo-
nella; while itis complete in Cribrilina figularis, Chorizopora
Brongniartii, Microporella ciliata, Schizoporella unicornis,
linearis, and other species of the genus, Smittia trispinosa,

574 Canon A. M. Norman—WNotes on the

reticulata, and many of their allies which I have examined.
The absence of the complete bar seems therefore to be
nearly general among the Membraniporidz, but to occur
also in some other instances. The interest of this question
lies in affording evidence that not only the presence or
absence of avicularia, or their general form when present, is
worthy of consideration, but even such minute points in
regard to the building up of the avicularium itself as this
little slender bar.

But the bar is not always incomplete among what have
been called Membraniporide. It would seem that in cases
when the oval or oblong avicularium occupies a distinct
chamber apart from the zocecium the bar is complete; this
is the case in Oochilina crassimarginata and tensa and
Lernacicus corniger.

Class POLYZOA.
Subclass I. ENTOPROCTA.
Genus Loxosoma, Keferstein.

1. Loxosoma phascolosomatum, C. Vogt.
Bog Fiord on Phascolion.

Genus Penicetirina, M. Sars.
2. Pedicellina cernua (Pallas).
Var. belgica, J. van Beneden, = var. glabra, Hincks.

The smooth-stemmed variety of P. cernua was taken
between tide-marks at Vadso.

Subclass Il. ECTOPROCTA.
Order GYMNOLAIMATA.
Suborder I. CycLOSTOMATA,.
Genus Crista, Lamouroux.

8. Crisia denticulata (Lamarck).

Varanger Fiord down to 150 fathoms ; and also in Bog and
Lang Fiords; and it was dredged by the Norwegian North
Atlantic Expedition off Vard6 in 148 fathoms.

4. Crisia eburnea (Linné).
Between tide-marks at Vadso.

=
Or

Natural History of East Finmark.

Genus Stomaropora, Bronn.

5. Stomatopora fungia (Couch).
Sverholt (Nordgaard).

Genus Ipmonra, Lamouroux.

6. Idmonea atlantica, E. Forbes.

Vardé ; Vadsé ; Lang and Bég Fiords ; also at Svolver.

7. Idmonea serpens (Linné).
Vads6 (Danielssen)*.

Genus Drastopora, Lamouroux.

8. Diastopora obelia, Johnston.
On Hydroids from Vardo fishing-boats.

Genus Hornera, Lamouroux.

9. Hornera lichenoides (Linné).
Bog Fiord, in 120 fathoms (4. M.N.) ; Vadso (Danielssen).

Genus Licuenopora, Defrance.
10. Lichenopora hispida (Fleming).

Vads6, at entrance of harbour ; and Nordgaard records it
from Sverholt.

11. Lichenopora verrucaria, Fabricius.
Sverholt (Nordgaard).

Genus Derrancra, Bronn.

12. Defrancia lucernaria, M. Sars.

1851. Tubulipora lucernaria, M. Sars, “ Beretning om en i Sommeren
1849 foretagen zoologisk Reise i Lofoten og Finmark,” Nyt Mag.
Naturvid. vol. vi. p. 25 (separate copy).

1856. Defrancia truncata, Busk, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 2, vol. xviii.
p- 89, pl. i. figs. 8a, 6 (non Mullepora truncata, Jameson).

1862. Defrancia lucernaria, M. Sars, “ Beskrivelse over nogle norske
Polyzoer,” Vidensk.-Selskab. Forhand. p. 26 (separate copy).

* Danielssen, ‘ Beretning om zoologisk Reise foretagen i Sommeren
1857.’ Christiania, 1859.

576 Canon A. M. Norman—WNotes on the

1875. Defrancia lucernaria, Busk, Cat. Marine Polyzoa, Brit. Mus.
pt. ui. Cyclostomata, p. 36, pl. xxxili. fig. 3.
1900. Defrancia lucernaria, Nordgaard, Norwegian N. Atlantic Exped.
pt. xxvii. Polyzoa, p. 20, pl. i. figs. 16, 17.
Vadsié (M. Sars); Porsanger Fiord, ‘Voringen’ (Nord-
gaard). 1 have also found this species at Floré in West
Norway.

Suborder Il. CTENOSTOMATA.

Genus ALcyonipium, Lamouroux.

*13. Alcyonidium hirsutum (Fleming).

1865. Alcyonidium papillosum, Smitt, “Kritisk Forteckning, &c.” pt. i1.,

(Efvers. Kongl. Vet.-Akad. Férhand. pp. 499, 516, pl. xii. figs. 20, 21.

As has been pointed out by Hincks, the A. hirsutum of
Smitt is not this species but dA. mamillatum, Alder, and
A. lineare, Hincks.

I did not take this species in East Finmark, but found
the encrusting form on Fucus at Svolveer, Lofoten Islands.

14. Alcyonidium gelatinosum (Linné).

Taken by the Norwegian North Atlantic Expedition in
the Porsanger Ficrd.

Genus FLustreLLA, Gray.
*15. Flustrella hispida (Fabricius).
Svolveer, Lofoten Islands.

16. Flustrella corniculata (Smitt).

1871. Aleyonidium corniculatum, Smitt, “ Kritisk Foérteckning, &c.”
pt. v., difvers. Kong]. Vet.-Akad. Forhand. p. 1123, pl. xx. figs. 10-16.
The clusters of zocecia of this species were found wrapped
round the stems of Gemellaria loricata \iving between tide-
marks at Vadso. It has previously been found at Spitsbergen
and in the sea to the north of Norway; but not on the
Norwegian coast.

Genus Cyitinpra@cium, Hincks.

17. Cylindrecium dilatatum, Wincks.

1856. Avenella fusca, Busk, Quart. Journ. Mier. Sci. vol. iv. p. 94,
pl. ili. fig. 6 (but not A. fusca, Dalyell).

1860. Farrella dilatata, Hincks, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. vol. vill. p. 279,
pl. xxx. fig. 7.

Natural History of East Finmark. 577

1866. Vesicularia fusca (forma simplex), Smitt, “ Kritisk Férteckning,
&ce.” pt. ii., difvers. Kongl. Vet.-Akad. Forhand. pp. 503, 524, pl. xii.
fig. 38.
1880. Cylindrecium dilatatum, Hincks, Brit. Marine Polyzoa, p. 536,
pl. xxviii. figs. 1, 2, pl. lxxix. figs. 1-3.
In Lang Fiord, on Bugula Murrayana. I also found this
species at Floré in 1882. ‘The length of the zocecia is about
15 millim.

Suborder III. CoertrostomatTa, Busk.

Genus GEMELLARIA, Savigny.
18. Gemellaria loricata, Linné.

Tide-marks, Vadsé, and dredged in 120 fathoms in Bog
Fiord.

This deep-water form is very delicate and drawn out; the
space between the apertures is greater, often much greater,
than the length of the apertures. The form is more pro-
duced than that figured by Smitt, and much more produced
than the tide-mark Vads6 form and usual British specimens,
It thus diverges from the type in the opposite direction from
the Gulf of St. Lawrence variety, which was named by
Dawson G. Willisit (see Hincks, pl. iii. fig. 3).

Genus Bueutorsis, Verrill, 1879.

(Amer. Journ. Science & Arts, Brief Contrib, xliii. vol. xviii. p. 53 ;
and Proc. U.S, Nat. Mus. 1879, no. 190.)
= Cellularia, Busk (nee Cellularia, Pallas).

Type, Bugulopsis Peach (Busk).

19. Bugulopsis Peachii (Busk) = Cellularia Peachii, Busk.

Varanger Fiord, in 100-150 fathoms. Verrill in 1879
gave the name Bugulopsis to receive the species assigned to
Cellularia by Busk, a position which could not be maintained.
No true Cellularia was found in East Finmark; but to
explain the use here of the genus Bugulopsis 1 add the
following history of Cellularia :—

CELLULARIA, Pallas.
= Cellaria, Lamouroux & Hincks, = Salicornaria, Cuvier.

The genus Cellularia cannot be used in the sense in
which Busk and Hincks have employed it for the following
reasons :—Pallas, the author of the genus Cellularia, divided
it into sections, the first of which was thus defined “ Cellu-
lari geniculate, undique cellulose,” and in it were placed

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xi. 40

578 Canon A. M. Norman—Wotes on the

three species, C. opuntoides, C. salicornaria, and C. filiformis.
The second of these is the Eschara fistulosa, Linné, and was
figured by Ellis on plate xxii. In Ellis and Solander’s
work we find the spelling of the name changed, without any
reason, to Cellaria.

Lamouroux, when he refers to the genus, adopts the
spelling Cellaria, quotes Cellularia, Pallas, as a synonym,
and retains only two of the species of Pallas in the genus—
C. salicornaria and C. opuntoides. The spelling of the name
was simply changed, the genus is the same, its type C. salicor-
naria. Cellaria must disappear as being an absolute synonym
of Cellularia. In 1817 Cuvier made what was already the type
of Cellularia the type of a new genus which he named Sali-
cornaria. Now “ Celiularia, Pallas” (sic), has been employed
by Busk and Hincks im an entirely different sense; and as
used by them does not contain any species placed by Pallas
in his genus. Under any circumstances therefore—that is, if
a type of Cellularia had not at a very early date been indi-
cated—Busk’s usage could not be maintained. The remarks
of Hincks (Brit. Polyz. p. 104) should be consulted also on
this point. That author took a step in the right direction
when he went back to Solander and Ellis and to Lamouroux,
but a step further was required to that excellent author
Pallas; and Hincks, unfortunately, used both the names
Cellaria and Cellularia. His Cellaria fistulosa must become
Cellularia fistulosa.

Genus Mernipea, Lamouroux.
= Tricellaria, Fleming, 1828, = Cellarina, J. van Beneden, 1848.
I think it very doubtful whether Lamouroux’s genus can
be employed for the northern forms placed in it; Verrill
considers that it cannot. Tricellaria, which is the next

generic name in date, would scarcely be applicable. There
remains Cellarina, J. van Beneden.

20. Menipea ternata (Ellis & Solander).

Vard6 and Vadsé (A. M. N.); Nordkyn and Sveerholt
(Nordgaard).
21. Menipea gracilis (J. van Beneden).

1848. Cellarina gracilis, J. van Beneden, “ Recherches sur les Polypes
Bryozoaires de la Mer du Nord,” Bull. Acad. Brux. vol. xy. p. 41,
figs. 1, 2.

I am indebted to the late Prof. J. van Beneden for a

portion of the type specimen of his Cellarina gracilis in the

Natural History of East Finmark. 579

Brussels Museum; and it is undoubtedly the same as
C. ternata, var. gracilis, of Smitt, and M. gracilis, Busk ; so
that although the name is not changed, it must be assigned
to the first-named instead of the last author. Although Van
Beneden’s lower figure (fig. 2) looks more like ternata from
its set of three zocecia, it is merely accidental; for while
M. gracilis usually has five to nine or even twelve zocecia
in an internode, there may sometimes be found as few as
three.

In Van Beneden’s Cellarina gracilis, as illustrated by the
fragment in my possession, which he kindly cut for me
in my presence from the type, the lateral avicularia are
larger than usual, there is no medium avicularium, the
fornix or scutum is of moderate size, and there are two or
three oral spines (Van Beneden figures four on young
zocecia) ; the median zocecium has no central mucro.
Smitt’s figure 23 most nearly represents it, but the lateral
avicularia are larger; Van Beneden’s specimen is exactly
like some from Spitsbergen, for which I am indebted to
Herr Smitt.

Vardé, Varanger and Sydvaranger Fiords.

A form was dredged in 125-150 fathoms in the Varanger
Fiord in which the spines of the zocecium attained very
great development. There were in this form usually three
mouth-spines, two of which are of great length, and one of
them extraordinarily so, it being from three to four times
the length of the zocecium from which it springs,

22. Menipea Jeffreysi, Norman.

1893. Menipea Jeffreysi, Norman, ‘‘ A Month on the Trondhjem Fiord,”
Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. xii. p. 446, pl. xix, fig. 1.

A small fragment in Bog Fiord, 150 fathoms.

Genus ScrupoceLuaria, J. van Beneden.

23. Scrupocellaria scabra, J. van Beneden.

Varanger and Sydvaranger Fiords (4d. M. N.), Nordkyn
(Nordgaard).

Var. penulata, nom. nov.

1893. Scerupocellaria scabra, var., Hincks, “The Polyzoa of the St. Law-
rence,” Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. ix. p. 427, pl. xxi. fig. 1.

The remarkable form of Serupocellaria scabra described
and excellently figured by Hincks in his paper referred to
occurs also in East Finmark, where I obtained it among the

40%

580 Canon A. M. Norman—WNotes on the

rejectamenta of the fishing-boats at Vard6 and by dredging
in Bog Fiord in 120 fathoms. The great development of
the fornix is exactly as represented by Hincks. It not only
covers the entire oral opening but extends forwards to about
half the length of the ocecium. The frontal avicularia are
apparently entirely absent; but a vibracular cell of the
unusual character peculiar to S. scabra is occasionally,
though very rarely, developed. These, however, Hincks
failed to find, and upon this ground pointed out that one
of the characters which distinguishes Scrupocellaria from
Menipea broke down. ‘These vibracular appendages are
usually pretty freely developed on British examples of the
typical form, but are rarely present in all the Finmarkian
varieties of the species.

Var. septentrionalis, nom. noy., subvar. congesia, nom.
nov.

At Vads6, between tide-marks, occurred a form of S. scabra
which in all essential details, in the small size of the lateral
avicularia, in the free development of small frontal avicu-
laria, and in the rudimentary character of the fornix, agrees
with var. elongata, Smitt; and in ali these points it has
characters which are the exact opposites of those of var.
penulata in relation to the typical form of the species. But
while thus far agreeing with var. elongata it is anything
but elongated, indeed just the reverse, for the zocecia are
closely crowded together, so that each overlaps its successor
to the extent of nearly half the length of the area; thus the
aspect of the entire polyzoary is that of a stout little bush.
As the name elongata, therefore, is not applicable, I propose a
varietal name, septentrionalis, with two subvarieties: 1. elon-
gata; 2. congesta.

Genus Caperea, Lamouroux.

24. Caberea Ellisii (Fleming).

ee fishing-boats and Lang Fiord (4. M. N.); Sveer-
holt (Nordgaar rd).

Genus KineKosktas, Danielssen.

25. Kinekoskias arborescens, Danielssen.

1867. Kinekoskias arborescens, Danielssen, Forhand. Videns.-Selskab.
Christiania, p. 23 (fide Koren and Danielssen, this paper not being
in my library).

1867. Bugula umbella, Smitt, “ Kritisk Férteckning, &c.,” Cifvers. K.
Vet.-Akad. Forhand. pp. 292 & 3598, pl. xix. figs, 23-31.

Natural History of East Finmark. 581

1877. Kinekoskias arborescens, Koren and Danielssen, Fauna Littoralis
Norvegiz, part 3, p. 107, pl. xii. figs. 9-14.

1894. Kinekoskias arborescens, Norman, A Month on the Trondhjem
Fiord,” Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. xiii. p. 113.

The two type “specimens of this species were found by

Danielssen at Vads6 at a depth of 90 fathoms on a clayey
sand bottom.”

Genus Bucuta, Oken.

26. Bugula purpurotincta, Norman.
ang Fiord (4. M. N.), Mehavn * (Nordgaard).

27. Bugula Murrayana (Johnston).
In the fiords generally.

a. Var. fruticosa, Packard.

1863. Menipea fruticosa, Packard, ‘‘ List Animals dredged Caribou
Island, Southern Labrador,’ Canad. Naturalist and Geologist,
vol. vill. p. 9 (separate copy), pl. i. fig. 3.

1867. Bugula Murrayana, vay. fruticosa, Suitt, “ Kritisk Forteckning,
&ec.,” 1. c. pl. xvill. fig. 23.

Varanger and Bog Fiords, 50-120 fathoms.

b. Var. quadridentata, Lovén (MS.).
Bugula Murrayana, var. quadridentata, Smitt, “ Kritisk Forteckning,
&e.,” U. c. pl. xviii. figs. 25, 26.

Bog Fiord in 120 fathoms, with var. fruticosa, of which it
is a very narrow form, not more than two zocecia wide.
Taken also by the Norwegian North Atlantic Expedition,
Stat. 262, off Vard6, 148 fathoms.

Genus CarsaseEA, Gray, 1848.
= Flustrina, J. van Beneden, 1849, = Semzflustra, VOrbigny, 1851.

I take this opportunity of making some remarks on this
genus. Carbasea is one of the cases in which the structure
of the polyzoary may be conveniently used as a generic
character. One group of Flustra is composed of a double
series of zocecia, back to back, and these are typical of the
genus; but another has invariably only a single layer of
zocecia, and these constitute Gray’s genus Carbasea. The
genus has five North Atlantic and Mediterranean represen-
tatives, viz. Carbasea membranaceo-truncata, Smitt (Arctic),

* Mehayn is a small village lying between Lakse Fiord and Tana
Fiord.

582 Canon A. M. Norman—WNotes on the

C. pusilla, Hincks (Adriatic), C. pedunculata, Busk (about
lat. 38° N. and long. 28° W., in 450-900 faths., ‘ Chal-
lenger’), C. papyrea, Pallas (Mediterranean), and C. Solandert,
nom. noy. (boreal). A few remarks on the last two species
may here be added :—

Carbasea papyrea, Pallas.
1725. Porus cervinus, Marsillus, Hist, Phys. de la Mer, p. 64, pl.-vi.
figs. 25, 26.

1766. Eschara papyrea, Pallas, Elenchus Zoophyt. p. 56.

1767. Flustra papyracea, Linn, Syst. Nat. ed. xii. p. 1301.

1879. Flustra carbasea (nec Ellis & Sol.), Waters, Ann. & Mag. Nat.

Hist. ser. 5, vol. iii. p. 119.

1889. Flustra papyracea, Carus, Prod. Faun. Med. vol. ii. p. 9.

1896. Flustra papyrea, Waters, “ Interzocecial Intercommunication in

Flustride and Notes on Flustra,” Journ, Mic, Sci. p. 287,

Zocecia rhombic or lozenge-shaped, being angled at the
middle of their sides; of nearly the same length as those
of C. Solanderi, being about 1 millim., but wider, 0°65 to 0°75
millim., narrowed both anteally and posteally, the greatest
breadth being in the middle; the anterior extremity and
oral opening markedly narrower than in C. Solanderi,
Owecia of moderate size, semiglobose, well raised.

Specimens in my collection are from Naples (Zool. Stat.
sent as “ Flustra carbasea”’) and Mediterranean (Mr. Waters
as “ Flustra papyrea,” Pallas). The species is not only dis-
tinct with respect to the form of the zocwcium, but it is
also furnished with ocecia, which are well represented on
my Naples example, though Mr. Waters states that he has
never seen any; while ocecia are unknown in C, Solanderi.
Considering the date of the work of Marsillus, his figure
gives an admirable idea of the form of the cells and the
extent of variation in that form. A comparison of the two
following passages is certainly curious :—‘ Attachées a la
Roche, quoique sans Racine. J’en ai une en mon Cabinet,
qui tient & ’écorce d’un petit Cancre” (Marsillus, a.p. 1725).
“This is very common upon a Crab (Pisa armata), which
usually carries a small colony of this Flustra on its back. I
do not remember seeing any at Naples except from this
Crab” (Waters, 4.p. 1879). In this species Waters tells us
that there are only one distal and two lateral rosette-plates,
each with only a single pore.

28. Carbasea Solanderi, nom. nov.

1786. Flustra carbasea, Ellis and Solander, Nat. Hist. curious and
uncommon Zoophytes, p. 14, pl. iii. figs. 6, 7 (et auct. plur.).

1848. Carbasea papyracea, Gray, List Brit. Anim. Brit. Mus., Cen-
troniz, p. 105 (nec Flustra papyracea, Linn. ; nec Flustra papyracea,
Ell. & Sol.).

Natural History of East Finmark. 583

1848. Flustrina carbasea, J. van Beneden, Bull. Acad. Roy. Belg.
vol. xv. p. 651.

1851. Semiflustra carbasea, dOrbigny, Paleont. Frang¢., Terr. Crét.
vol. vy. p. 326.

1867. Flustra papyrea, Smitt, “ Krit. Forteck., &c.” pp. 359 & 380,
pl. xx. figs. 9-11 (nec Eschara papyrea, Pallas).

This species, which is also Flustra papyrea of Busk (B. M.
Cat.) and Flustra carbasea of Hincks (Hist. Brit. Polyz.), is
distinguished from C. papyrea by its loop-shaped or lingui-
form zocecia, which are proportionately wider in front and
narrower in the middle than in that species; and are entirely
devoid of the angular projections in the middle of the lateral
margins. Ocecia are not known to oceur. Its distribution
is boreal and arctic, from Britain to Spitsbergen and Green-
land. In this species Waters describes numerous distal and
six lateral rosette-plates—the former with a single pore, the
latter with several pores.

Nordgaard records this species from Svzerholtklubben.

29. Carbasea membranaceo-truncata (Smitt).

1867. Flustra membranaceo-truncata, Smitt, “ Kritisk Forteck., &c.”
p- 368, pl. xx. figs. 1-5.

1884. Flustra membranaceo-truncata, Vigelius, Die Bryozoen ‘Willem
Barents,’ p. 10, pls. ivi.

According to Waters this species has three distal and six
lateral rosette-plates, all with only one pore. Vigelius
(l. c.) has published a most elaborate memoir on this
species. The margins of the zowcia are typically quite
unarmed, but in a specimen from 150 fathoms in the Varan-
ger Fiord I find a spine on each side at the front corner of
the lateral margins. In an example from Greenland similar
spines occur, while they are wholly absent from other Green-
landic specimens, from those in my collection from the
St. Lawrence, and from others kindly given me by the
describer, Herr Smitt, from Finmark and Spitsbergen. Off
Vardo, in 148 fathoms, ‘ Voringen’ Expedition.

Genus Fiustra, Linné.

30. Flustra abyssicola, M. Sars.

1872. Flustra abyssicola, G. O. Sars, ‘Some remarkable Forms of
Animal Life,’ Christiania, p. 19, pl. 11. figs. 25-30.

Dredged by the ‘ Voringen’ in 148 fathoms off Vadso.

584 Canon A. M. Norman—WNoétes on the

“ MEMBRANIPORA.”

The so-called genus Membranipora contains a hetero-
geneous assemblage of forms which only agree in these
particulars—namely, that a larger or smaller portion of the
front wall consists of a membranous covering, and that the
oral opening is generally of the simplest character in the
anterior part of this membrane. It has always been a
matter of surprise to me that, though Hincks removed two
or three species to other genera, he left such a strange
assemblage of forms to be associated with Membranipora
membranacea. The explanation is, I suppose, that he relied
almost entirely on the oral opening for the establishment of
his genera. I cannot but think that in dividing this group
use should be made of the presence or absence of the
occium, for the mode of reproduction must be of more
importance than most other characters. The character of the
ocecium when present, and the partial or entire membranous
epitheca, must be considered. The absence or presence of
avicularia, their character, whether occupying a separate
chamber or belonging to the zocecium, their position and
structure are more or less valuable according to other
characters which accompany these differences. Mr. Waters,
Herr Levinsen, and others have devoted much time and
labour to the examination of the pore-chambers and rosettes :
the former has summarized his observations in his paper
“ Observations on the Membraniporide,” Journ. Linn. Soce.,
Zool. vol. xxvi. 1898, p. 654; and Herr Levinsen has given
figures of the pore-chambers of several species in his excel-
lent ‘ Zoologica Danica, Mosdyr,’ 1894. In the preparation
of this paper I have examined almost every northern species
with respect to the pore-chambers, and have found them to
be very valuable as generic characters. They are often very
easily seen; but in some cases, though they exist in the
walls of the zoccia, they do not project beyond them and are
then often very difficult to determine with certainty. I have
used three methods in their examination : first, incineration ;
secondly, boiling in liquor potasse ; thirdly, placing in Eau
de Javille. The use of the latter destroys not only the soft
tissues but dissolves chitine, so that it must not be used when
it is desired to observe the opercula.

I have illustrated the pore-chambers of several species,
but have purposely omitted drawings of those species which
Levinsen has already figured, unless the species is the type
of a genus as here instituted.

I may mention two little matters which have struck me
as interesting in my investigations :—

Natural Ilstory of East Finmark. 585

First, as to incineration. Megapora ringens is the only
species which, when subjected to fire, has shrivelled up to
nothing, yet when treated with Eau de Javille it is found
to have a calcareous skeleton; while Setesella vulnerata,
small as it is, has a strong calcareous front wall which resists
fire ; and Membranipora membranacea when burnt is shown
to have a well-developed calcareous structure.

Secondly, it was a surprise to me to find that the largest
of all our Cheilostomata, Eschara foliacea, as also its variety
fascialis of the Mediterranean, when dissolved in nitric acid,
should exhibit scarcely a trace of chitin, less so than in any
other species which I have similarly treated. When the
calcareous matter is got rid of scarcely a sign of anything
is left except the opercula, which stand out entirely by
themselves, so that no teasing is required or indeed could
be applied.

Genus Hincks1na™%, gen. nov.

Zoecia incrusting, having the entire area membranous,
the margin surmounted by numerous spines. Ocecia small,
short, and little raised. Avicularia occupying distinct cells
sparingly scattered among the zoecia, oval, with semicircular
mandible. No pore-chambers.

Type, Hincksina (Membranipora) flustroides, Hincks.

This genus with its separate avicularian cells and absence
of pore-chambers should, I think, be removed to the family
Flustride. Waters mentions six lateral rosette-plates.

Genus Memsrantpora, Lamouroux.

Type, Membranipora membranacea (Linné).

The Flustra membranacea, Linné, has by general consent
been accepted as the type of this genus. No other species
placed in it by Hincks are congeneric or even belong to the
same family. A family Calloporidz with genus Callopora
as type will include most of the genera provided with pore-
chambers, &e.

Front wall entirely membranous ; no oecia; no avicularia
(furnished with tower-cells of unknown use?). No pore-
chambers. No lateral spines. osette-plates two distal,
and two to four lateral, with many pores (Waters).

31. Membranipora membranacea (Linné).
Nordkyn (Nordgaard).

* After the author of ‘ British Marine Polyzoa.’

586 Canon A. M. Norman—wNoles on the

Genus Erecrra, Lamouroux, 1834.
Type, Electra verticillata, Lamouroux.

See Norman, “Month on the Trondhjem Fiord,” Ann. & Mag. Nat.
Hist. ser. 6, vol. xii. p. 113.

With respect to the synonyms I gave in the place referred
to :—

Ist, Amphiblestrum, Gray. All that I wrote in the note
is, I believe, correct; but I have since examined the speci-
mens in B. M. which Gray had named A. membranacea,
Abild., and find that they are not that species, but the
Amphiblestrum Flemingii, Busk. It seems to me therefore
that the specimens should take precedence of the name erro-
neously given to them by Gray, and that the genus Amphibles-
trum may be used in the sense in which Busk employed it,
for although he makes no reference to the matter, he no
doubt had himself examined these specimens in the British
Museum.

2nd, Conopeum. I have re-examined the specimens in
B. M. referred to this genus and find them, as I stated then
from long memory, to be M. Lacroixii. Ifit should be deemed
therefore at any time desirable to use a separate genus for
that species, Conopeum is ready for the purpose.

This genus is not furnished with pore-chambers. At one
time I was inclined to unite in one species M. Lacroizii,
Audouin, and M. monostachys, Busk. They often occur
together on the same oyster or other large shell, mingled in
such a way as to be puzzling ; but I am now satisfied as to
their specific difference. I may here mention that I have
failed to observe in any northern specimen examined by me
such a back with lucid spots as that represented by Waters
in his paper on the Membraniporide, pl. xlvii. figs. 14, 15,
or such an operculum as he refers to M. Lacroixii* ; but I
do see on most specimens examined the two processes at the
distal extremity, which look as though they were for muscular
attachment. The following I regard as some of the specific
differences between E. monostachys and E. Lacroixit :—

Electra monostachys. Typically there is a single spine at

* I am indebted to Dr. Levinsen for a very interesting form of
E. monostachys from Denmark which has a calcareous operculum, but
of quite a different form from that figured by Waters and attributed to
Lacroxii. I subsequently sent to Dr. Levinsen specimens of our British
var. fossaria, Hincks, and he found them to agree with his variety
from Denmark in having caleareous opercula &c, I may say that with
respect to figures given by Levinsen in the ‘Zoologica Danica, Mosdyr,’
1894, I should refer his figs. 37, 88, 40 to LZ. monostachys and fig. 39 to
LE, Lacroivir. i

Natural History of East Finmark. 587

the lower margin of the area; when this is present it at
once determines the species among northern forms. Under
favourable conditions, more especially in young incrusting
colonies, the lateral margins may be furnished with a pair of
spines by the oral opening, or numerous spines all along
the margin, but in these cases the basal spine is always the
largest and characteristic. When the colony is entirely
devoid of spines, it may be distinguished from 7. Lacroivii
by the lateral margins being smooth, except that their inner
edge may be very slightly granulated, but the calcareous
posterior portion of the front wall is smooth.

E. Lacroizii in favoured positions may have a few ex-
tremely fine and delicate spines on the lateral margins with
the front pair of larger size, or these latter only present
(but never the distinctive posterior central spine of EH. mono-
stachys). Apart from spines this species may be distinguished
from the last by the coarsely granulated character of the
entire margins, including the whole portion posterior to the
membranous area. When present, moreover, the remarkable
* hollow triangular spaces,” scattered often in extraordinary
numbers among the zocecia, are at once distinctive. Hincks
wrote of these: “They are not true avicularia, but consist
of a three-cornered area inclosed by calcareous walls and
covered in by a transparent membrane.” The membrane
is frequently destroyed, and they then appear as hollow
triangular structures, which bear a general resemblance to a
hollow occupied by a pointed form of avicularium.

M. Lacroixii and M. monostachys are only provisionally
placed in the genus Electra: further observations are
necessary to determine their position. In 1894 Levinsen
united the three species Lacroixti, monostachys, and catenu-
laria, Jameson, under the last name. MV. catenularia is a
species which in the boreal and arctic fauna appears to
stand quite by itself. It has been placed by McCoy in a
genus Pyripora.

32. Electra pilosa, Linné.
Nordkyn (Nordgaard).

Fam. Calloporide.

Genus CAULORAMPHUS ™, gen. Nov.

Front wall entirely membranous, the calcareous border
bearing spines. Avicularia stalked and situated among the

* xavd0s, a stalk; paudos, a bird’s beak.

588 Canon A. M. Norman—otes on the

spines on the lateral margin of the zoccium (occia, when
present, very shallow and inconspicuous). Pore-chambers in
the type three pairs of lateral and one terminal; the latter is
sometimes divided into two or even three small chambers.
Type, Cauloramphus spinifer (Johnston) (Pl. XIII. fig. 1).

33. Cauloramphus cymbeformis (Hincks).

1867. Membranipora spinifera, Smitt, “ Kritisk Forteckning, &c.” p.366,
pl. xx. fig. 32 (nee M. spinifera, Johnston). .

1877. Membranipora cymbeformis, Hincks, “ Polyzoa of Iceland and
Labrador,” Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xix. p. 99.

1881. Membranipora spinifera, Vigelius, Zoologischen Ergebnisse
‘Willem Barents,’ Polyzoa, p. 12. G

1887. Membranipora cymbeformis, Hincks, “ Polyzoa of the St. Law-
rence,” Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. i. p. 217, pl. xv. fig. 4.

Vardé, in 1890: when I took this species it was new to the
Norwegian Fauna, but it has since been recorded by Nord-
gaard from Hammerfest. Specimens in my collection are also
from Spitsbergen (Smitt) and the Gulf of St. Lawrence
(Dawson and Whiteaves).

I have never seen this species on stone or shell; so far as
my observations go, it grows either on branching Polyzoa or
Hydroids.

Cauloramphus spinifer has not as yet occurred in Norway
either to Nordgaard or myself; its most northern locality at
present known to me is Shetland, but it will probably be
yet found between tide-marks in Southern Norway.

Genus Cattopora, J. E. Gray.
Callopora, Gray, List Brit. Anim. Brit. Mus., Centroniz, 1848, pp. 109
& 146.

Type, Callopora lineata, Linné.

Front wall entirely membranous. Marginal walls more
or less thickened and crowned with spines, which may be
many or few. Ocecia globose, of good size, commonly with
a rib across the front. Sessile avicularia with acute man-
dible at the bottom of the zocecium and above the ocecium
or in a lateral position on one or both sides of the oral
opening, or in both positions in the same species. Usually
two pairs of lateral pore-chambers and one distal; size and
form of the chamber varying with the species*. In

* It will be understood that two pairs of lateral pore-chambers added
to the pore-chambers on the other side of the walls of the hinder part
of the zocecium implies that there are at least four rosette-plates on

the side.

Natural History of East Finmark. 589

C. unicornis pore-chambers are rarely developed, but some-
times one or two may be so.

I have examined the pore-chambers in the following
species, which I would include in the genus. ‘Two pairs of
lateral and one distal pore-chambers are present in lineata,
craticula, Whiteavesii, Dumerilii, aurita ; two pairs of lateral
and ? one distal (the latter not being clearly seen) occur in
Sophie. Levinsen has placed unicornis among the species
which have no pore-chambers; that is true as a rule, but
rarely there is one chamber or one pair of lateral chambers,
and rarely two pairs, and this applies also to var. armifera,
Hincks. I have not been able to see the pore-chambers in
nigrans, as it is usually loosely attached and the back is too
solid and dark to enable the pore-chambers to be seen. Of
curvirostris and arctica (Smitt) my specimens are too small
to allow of sacrificmg them; and discreta, Hincks, is un-
known tome. In craticula and Whiteavesii the membranous
area occupies only the central portion of the front wall, and
outside the spines which surround it there is a calcareous
crust of some breadth which completes the front wall.

34. Callopora lineata (Linné). (Pl. XIII. fig. 2.)

- Vads6, on seaweeds ; stones and shells of Buccinum gren-
landicum, vay. nuda; at Vard6 on Neplunea despecta ; also
Svolver and in Bergen and Hardanger Fiords. The East
Finmark specimens which I have seen are remarkable from
the absence of both occia and avicularia. Spitsbergen with
ocecia and ayicularia (from Smitt).

35. Callopora craticula (Alder). (Pl. XIII. fig. 3.)

Varanger Fiord in 100-125 fathoms; and I may add
“ Binmark ” (Smiét, as “ M. lineata”), West Greenland,
‘Valorous,’ Gulf of St. Lawrence (Whiteaves).

The figure of Hincks is not quite satisfactory: it does
not illustrate how close the flattened glistening spines are
to each other at their edges; nor does he show any avicu-
larium at the top of the ocecium, which is its usual position.
The spines in this species ordinarily almost meet and even
cross in the centre, thus forming a kind of roof over the
zocecium; and if the tips of the spines coalesced we should
have a Membraniporella, but in this case they do not show
the slightest tendency to form union.

Callopora Whiteavesii, sp.n. (Pl. XIII. fig. 9.)
1867. Membranipora lineata, Smitt (partim), “ Kritisk Forteckning,
&c.” pl._xx. fig. 26.
Zocecia small, 0°5 millim., oval, each area with its own

590 Canon A. M. Norman—WNotes on the

distinct calcareous margin, margin of area in living speci-
mens porcelain-white; surmounted by about fourteen to
sixteen spines, which are short, slender, and almost upright,
very easily abraded. Ocecium globose, porcellanous; either
smooth (as in Smitt’s figure) or having a raised pointed
arch in front (somewhat as in M. aurita), caused by the
incorporation of two of the spines into the front wall of the
occium. Avicularia, if any, unknown.

As compared with its close ally, C. craticula, the zoccia
are larger (from the same district), the spies more slender
and nearly upright, the ocecium without the rib, and avicu-
laria are (apparently) altogether absent.

A peculiarity in this species is its appearance when the
spines are all abraded; the membranous front wall appears
thickened, and has a yellow and waxy appearance. It might
be supposed to be chitinous, but it is dissolved away at once
in acid, and only the primitive membrane remains. On the
other hand, it is not destroyed by liquor potassz, and thus
it would appear that the strengthening material is calcareous.

Thirty-five miles off Cape Rozier, Gulf of St. Lawrence
(Whiteaves, after whom I name the species) ; off Holstem-
borg, Greenland, 57 fathoms, ‘Valorous,’ 1875 ; Spitsbergen
(Smitt, as “ M. lineata’’).

The species perhaps comes nearest to M. discreta, Hincks,
but this Arctic form certainly is not remarkable for the
margin being “cut into lobes”? nor do the spines “ incline

inwards.”

36. Callopora Sophie, Busk.
21851. Reptoflustrina arctica, d’Orbigny, Paleont. Frang., Terr. Crét.

vol. vy. Bryozoaires, p. 582.
1855. Membranipora Sophie, Busk, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. vol. iii.

p. 255, pl. 1. fig. 7.

1884, Membranipora Sophie, form matura, Hincks, “ Polyzoa Queen
Charlotte Islands,” Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. x. p.9
(separate copy).

1886. Membranipora arctica, Lorenz, Bryoz. Jan Mayen, p. 8, pl. vii.

fig. 1 (separate copy).
1900. Membranipora arctica, Waters, “Bryozoa from Franz-Josef
Land,” Journ. Linn. Soe., Zool, vol. xxviii. p. 60.

There are commonly two and sometimes three pairs of
lateral spines, sometimes none are present. ‘The lateral
avicularia have the mandible pointing upwards and inwards.
The ocecium ordinarily bears a semicircular rib (see Busk’s
original figure, and Smitt, fig. 24), but sometimes a pair of
spines being taken into the front wall it presents an acute-
angled rib instead. In the space between the zoccia there

Natural listory of East Finmark. 591

is often developed an acute mandibled avicularium, some-
times a raised process without avicularium (see Smitt, figs. 25
& 27, and Lorenz’s figure) ; and when the zocecium below
a median avicularium bears an owcium, the latter is tilted
up, and the avicularian process is seen behind it at a lower
level. In older specimens without ocecia the interzoccial
space has a raised wall inclosing a hollow space within it, most
variable in shape (square, oblong, triangular, round, or cre-
scentic), the avicularium is no longer seen, but in one or two
instances I have seen the space covered with a membrane with
a central opening or pore, in others instead of any hollow a
large nodule with the avicularium on one side of it. The
zocecia in this species are smaller than in C. unicornis, var.
armifera, from which it is most readily distinguished by the
lateral avicularia having the mandible directed upwards and
inwards (instead of downwards and outwards) : it seems but a
small difference, but would appear to be constant.

When C. Sophie is found living in exposed situations, such
as the shell of living Neptunea despecta, spines are not ordi-
narily seen, and the margin of the zocecia becomes much
thickened and strongly granulated.

The variations are very great. In some Spitsbergen
specimens, for which I am indebted to Smitt, the whole
space between the zoccia is elevated into a flat-topped, nearly
square, slab-like plate; at each corner of the slab is a lateral
avicularium, those at the bottom of the slab belonging to
the zocecium below, and those at the top belonging to the
alternating zocecia on either side above ; in front is seen the
arch of the ocecium, which thus would seem to le under
the slab.

Varanger Fiord (A. M. N.), Sverholt (Nordgaard). Other
specimens in my collection are from ‘‘ Finmark ” and Spits-
bergen (Smitt), North Cape (4. M.N.), west of Holstein-
borg, Greenland, in 57 fathoms (‘ Valorous,’ 1875), Davis
Strait (A. Hancock), Gulf of St. Lawrence (Whiteaves).

Callopora unicornis, Fleming, var. armifera, Hincks. (PI.
Mh, figs LOL EL)

1867. Membranipora lineata, forma americana, Smitt, “ Kritisk For-
teckning, &c.” p. 366, pl. xx. fig. 31.

1880. Membranipora armifera, Hincks, “ Contrib. gen. hist, Polyzoa,”
Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. vi. p. 82, pl. xi. fig. 5.

1892, Membranipora armifera, Uincks, “ Polyzoa St. Lawrence,” Ann.
& Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. ix. p. 155, pl. vit. fig. 4.

1898. Membranipora Sophia, var. armifera, Waters, ‘“ Observations on
the Membraniporide,” Journ. Linn. Soe., Zool. vol. xxvi. p. 860,
pl. xlviii. fig. 18.

592 Canon A. M. Norman—WNotes on the

At the outset let me say that I consider that Hincks’s
M. armifera has nothing to do with C. Sephie, with which
Waters has united it. It can at once be distinguished by
the avicularia on the sides of the oral opening, which in the
former point downwards and outwards, and in the latter
point upwards and inwards. An examination of specimens
from many localities proves that this is an unvarying rule.
Secondly, let me add that, notwithstanding the presence of
these lateral avicularia in M. armifera, I am unabie to
regard it as more than a very interesting Arctic form of
C. unicornis, Fleming. I arrive at this conclusion because
it resembles wnicornis—and it alone among allies—in usually
possessing no pore-chambers; in the form of the occium
and its surmounting avicularium ; in the presence sometimes
of a pair of lateral spines, of which one is of moderate length
and acutely pointed at the end, while that which is opposite
to it is immensely developed, of great length, and in the
form of a hollow tube.

The peculiarity which at once distinguishes it from typical
C. unicornis is the presence of avicularia at the sides of the
oral opening (see Pl. XIII. figs. 10, 11) with the mandible
pointing downwards and outwards. Commonly these avicu-
laria are on each side: sometimes on one side only and on
the other a spine; sometimes over considerable spaces, or a
whole polyzoary, they are altogether absent. I have never
seen both avicularia and both lateral spines developed on the
same zoccium; the former when present would seem to
supersede the latter. Besides the lateral pair of spines there
is, at each corner of the upper margin, a small spine, and
these spines often remain buried in the occium, in which
minute round holes (for the spines are hollow) seen at the
lower corners of the ocecium indicate their presence. The
ocecium is similar to that of C. unicornis, with a similar
arched rib in front; and, as in that species, at the base of
the zocecium is an avicularium of considerable size and
pointed mandible; when the owcium is developed this
avicularium is seen above and appears to be part of it.
Occasionally this avicularium attains immense size (see
Hincks’s figure in his paper of 1892 and my figure, Pl. XIII.
fig.11). Myspecimen, which has these very large avicularia,
is from Torske Bank, West Greenland, and all the avicularia
over the zoarium are of the same abnormal size. Now it is
curious that this zoarium should have been found on a large
valve of Pecten islandicus, and that on the other parts of the
same valve were two other zoaria of the same species, on
which the ocecia were of the normal dimensions (P1, XIII.

Natural History of Hast Finmark. 593

fig. 10). The length of a zocecium is about 0°83 millim.,.
while that of C. unicornis is 0°6 millim.; but there is con-
siderable variation in the size of both forms.

E. unicornis, var. armifera, is in my collection from the
following localities :—Spitsbergen (Smitt as “ Membranipora
unicornis’’) ; Upper Torske Bank, W. Greenland (‘ Valorous,’
1875) ; Gulf of St. Lawrence (Whiteaves) ; Nantucket, N.E.
America (received among some unnamed specimens from
Prof. Verrill).

One difficulty presented to us in studying the Polyzoa
is the circumstance that all the zocecia in a polyzoary imitate
any marked peculiarity of varietal characters which is
developed on the earliest zocecia ; and thus, without a series
of specimens to show the connecting-links, such a specimen
may be regarded as possessing more permanent characters
than it is entitled to: the two forms of this species on the
Pecten from the Torske Bank are a case in point, which
might be multiplied endlessly. Even if the earliest zocecia
are of smaller or larger size than usual, the whole colony
will follow suit and maintain that dimension. I have made
some observations on this subject in my paper “ A Month
on the Trondhjem Fiord,” when treating of Klectra pilosa
(Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. xii. 1893, pp. 121, 122).

Callopora nigrans, Hincks. (Figs. 1, 2.) *
21851. Reptoflustrelia americana, VOrbigny, Paleont. Franc., Terr.

Crét. vol. v. p. 571. ; SAN)
1867. Membranipora lineata, forma americana, Smitt, “ Kritisk For-

teckning, &c.” p. 266 (partim, nec figure).

1882. Membranipora nigrans, Hincks, “ Polyzoa Charlotte Islands,”
Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. x. p. 9 (separate-copy), pl. xix.
ig. 2.

1906. Membranipora macilenta, Waters, “ Bryozoa Franz-Josef Land,”
Journ, Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. xxxviii. p. 61, pl. viil. fig. 10.

Zocecia very large, commonly 0°8 and 0°9 millim., ovate
(oblong or linguiform when crowded), margin crenated ;
oral opening large, semicircular; a lateral avicularium is
soon developed high up on each side, with acute mandible
pointing obliquely downwards. The zocecium is now in the
condition in which it is represented by Waters and my fig. 1d.
Next, above the zocecium is produced a transversely oblong
fillet, the margins of which are slightly raised, so that there
is a slight hollow on the middle portion, and the distal
corners are rounded off (see fig. 2a). Next, upon the

* Figures of this species will be given with the next part ; those here
mentioned refer to them.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xi. 41

594 Canon A. M. Norman—WNotes on the

rounded corners there grow out nodulous processes, some-
times of very considerable size, and the slight central hollow
is filled up; the structure now assumes the form of fig. 2 ¢.
When this nodulous growth is fully developed the zoarium
has a very peculiar appearance, and reminds us somewhat of
C. aurita, for the lateral avicularia of the two alternating
zocecia above nearly meet, and rarely actually coalesce with
the nodulous interzoccial growth which has been described.
The foregoing would appear to be a peculiar form of ocecium
and it is that which is the common one found in the species.
Very rarely, so far as my observations go, the form of a
shallow cap is taken on (fig. 2a), and this is the ocecium, which
Hincks figured from the Charlotte Isles. On one portion
of my specimen from the ‘ Vega’ Expedition a very different
form of occium is found (fig. 1c): I have seen it only on
zocecia in which the usual lateral avicularia are absent. The
form taken reminds one of a “fool’s cap,” the front rim of
which is well rounded; from this the occium narrows
gradually, and at the same time is also more depressed,
until it ends in a nodulous process. There are perhaps
twenty such ocecia together, though there is considerable
variation in their exact length ; close to them are, on other
zocecia, ocecia of the ordinary form (fig. 2).

This is a very large species, which grows most luxuriantly
and is generally only loosely attached to the object on which
it is developed. It is of a rich deep brown colour, Hincks
says “deep black,” but, notwithstanding that statement, he
has given it a very expressive specific name in “‘nigrans.” I
have compared my specimens with the type of Hincks, from
the Charlotte Islands, which is now in the British Museum ;
and the ‘ Vega’ locality, which I shall presently give,
affords additional evidence that it is a circumpolar form.

It may be the Reptoflustrina americana of dOrbigny.
Smitt refers to that species, which was found at Newfound-
land, and he also states that the species from Labrador
which Packard recorded under the name “ ? Lacroizii,” but
without any description, was, from specimens sent to him by
that writer, identical with what he calls ‘forma americana.”
It must remain in some doubt to which of two forms Smitt
in that statement refers, for while his fig. 31 with its large
avicularia on the ovicells undoubtedly represents what I have
here described as C. unicornis, var. armifera, specimens
which he kindly sent to me named “forma americana ” are
as undoubtedly that which I here refer to C. nigrans, Hincks,
which, among other marked characters, never has large
avicularia on the ocecia.

Natural History of East Finmarh. 595

Specimens here described are from Spitsbergen (Smift), and
others were found growing luxuriantly on a shell of Nepfunea
fornicata, given me by Prof. Lovén, from the Stockholm
Museum, and which was dredged by the ‘ Vega, lat. 66°
58’ N., long. 171° 35’ E., that is, in Bering Strait ; while the
type described by Hincks came from Queen Charlotte Islands,
and the early stage of development figured by Waters from
Franz-Josef Land. It is thus a circumpolar form.

Genus OocHILINA, gen. nov.

Type, Oochilina (Membranipora) crassimarginata, Hincks.

Zocecia with front wall entirely membranous, ovate (long
ovate or short ovate, more rarely linguiform), depressed,
with crenated or smooth margin, no lateral spines. A round,
oval, or oblong avicularian chamber developed between and
taking the place of a zocecium ; avicularium typically with a
complete bar, the mandible rounded (or acute). Ovcecium
semiglobose. (Pore-chambers ?)

Besides O. crassimarginata and O. tensa, the following are
apparently referable to this genus: M. tenuirostris, velata,
plana, and valde-munita, of Hincks; M. papulifera and
Biflustra perfragilis, MacGillivray; and perhaps M. gregaria,
Heller.

The bar of the avicularium is complete and the mandible
rounded in O. crassimarginata and O. tensa ; but the bar is
incomplete and the mandible acute in some of the species
which I have temporarily assigned to the genus.

Oochilina tensa, sp.n. (PI. XIII. fig. 12.)

Spreading on stones as a thin coating in large patches.
Zocecia normally oval, but owing to pressure on each other,
&c., they assume various forms—nearly oblong, linguiform,
or lozenge-shaped; the frontal membrane is very thin,
delicate, and transparent ; the side walls are lightly formed,
only showing symptoms here and there of crenulation of the
border. Inaseparate chamber between the zoccia is situated
an avicularium, small and not nearly occupying the whole
of the top of the chamber; the bar complete, the mandible
rounded ; the avicuiarium is perpendicularly placed. Ovcecia
subglobose, well raised, porcellanous, and of a milk-white
colour and smooth surface.

On pieces of stone, chiefly granite; dredged in the Bergen
Fiord in 1878, and in the Hardanger Fiord in 1879.

It would be very easy to mistake this delicate creeping
form for incrusting Flustra Barleei, but in that species the
avicularium holds a decidedly oblique position, and the

41*

596 Canon A. M. Norman—WNotes on the

occia are not prominently raised and are also smaller in
size than in this species.

Genus Exuisina*.

Type, Ellisina (Membranipora) levata, Hincks.

Differs from Occhilina in not having avicularia occupying
separate cells between the zowcia ; but, instead, furnished
with avicularia, ovoid or triangular, situated on the hinder
portion of the zocecium. ‘The occium is well developed,
typically with a flattened area on its front. In the type
species the pore-chambers are very large (Pl. XIII. fig. 4) :
one distal; the position of the remaining chambers is very
unusual, the two front lateral pairs project outside the side
walls ; and the two posterior pairs are seen inside the side
walls, which is the reverse of the usual rule.

Membranipora albida, coronata, and minuscula of Hincks,
and M. incrustans, Waters, would seem to belong to this
genus.

Genus ALDERINA fF, gen. nov.

Front wall entirely membranous, side walls usually
crenulated ; no lateral spines. No avicularia (but nodulous
processes sometimes developed in different positions on the
side of the zocecium). Ocecium usually bearing (either a
rib or) a depressed area in front. Pore-chambers in the type,
two pair of lateral and two distinctly marked and separated
distal (well figured by Levinson, Zool. Dan., Mosdyr, 1894,
pl. iv. fig. 27). As in Ellisina, the two front pairs of pore-
chambers usually extend outside the lateral walls, and the
two posterior inside.

Type, Alderina (Membranipora) imbellis, Hincks.

I provisionally place M. solidula in this genus, but it
differs considerably from the type. The parts of the generic
description which are in brackets apply to it, and not to
A, imbellis.

_ Pl. XIII. fig. 8 represents the front portion of a young
zocecium at the edge of the zoarium of A. solidula.

Genus AMPHIBLESTRUM, Gray.
Type, Amphiblestrum Flemingii, Busk ¢. (Pl. XIII. fig. 5.)
Hinder portion of the area covered with a calcareous

* After John Ellis, the old and excellent author on “ Corallines.”

+ Named after that excellent naturalist, J. Alder, the dearly loved friend
of bygone years.

{ See Busk, Report ‘ Challenger’ Exped., Polyzoa, 1884, p. 65,

Natural History of East Finmark. 597

crust; in front of this a considerable portion of the area,
typically trifoliate, but sometimes semielliptic or subrotund,
is covered only by a thin membrane, at the distal extremity
of which is situated the simple oral opening. Margin of
zoccium thickened, often granulated, sometimes bearing a
pair (or more) of lateral spines ; oral spines found in young
specimens. Reproduction by means of prominent occia.
Sessile avicularia often present, sometimes one, sometimes
two on the hinder portion of the zocecium. Pore-chambers :
two pairs of lateral and one distal.

The pore-chambers are very conspicuous in M. Flemingii,
but narrow and difficult to see (if always present?) in
M. trifolium.

37. *Amphiblestrum trifolium (Busk). (Pl. XIII. fig. 6.)

Svolveer, Lofoten Islands; not yet found in East Finmark.
Other specimens in my collection are from Shetland, type
and var. guadrata (A. M. N.); Wick, N.B., var. quadrata
(C. Peach); Adriatic as “ M. Fleming” (Prof. Heller) ;
Bergen Fiord, Norway (A. M. N.) ; Greenland (‘ Valorous,’
1875) ; Gulf of St. Lawrence (Whiteaves).

Genus Rampnonotus, Norman, 1894.

Type, Ramphonotus minax (Busk).

The zocecia, if developed freely in form, are pyriform,
widening upwards from the base, with a calcareous portion
posterior to, and occupying a larger part of the front wall
than that of, the membranous portion; the membranous
portion of the area is nearly as wide as long, and often some-
what trifoliate in shape, the mouth-opening is simple and,
as usual, close to its anterior margin; the border surrounding
the membranous area is calcareous. ‘There may be lateral
spines. Ocecia large, globose, and imperforate. An acute
bird’s-beak-like avicularium mounted on a pedicel, with
acute mandible of large size (often monstrously so), would
seem to be habitually developed on the adult zocecium,
situated on the central portion of the zocecium on, or imme-
diately behind, the hinder margin of the area. [Zoarium
incrusting in type species.] Pore-chambers: two pairs of
lateral and one distal—the former very narrow and rarely
extending beyond the side walls; the latter small and
apparently sometimes not present.

38. Ramphonotus minaxy (Busk). (PI. XIII. fig. 7.)

1867. Membranipora Flemingii, forma minaxr, Smitt, “ Kritisk For-
teckning, &c.” p. 367, pl. xx. figs. 43, 44.

598 Notes on the Natural History of East Finmark.

1880. Membranipora princeps, Hincks, Brit. Polyz., Introduction,
p. lxxili, woodcut xxxy.

1880. Membranipora minax, Hincks, Brit. Polyz., Introduction,
p. lxxi, woodcut xxx. a, and p. 169, pl. xxii. figs. 2, 2. a-c.

1894. Ramphonotus minav, Norman, “ A Month on the Trondhjem
Fiord,” Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. xiii. p. 122.

Sveerholt, East Finmark (Nordgaard). Specimens in my
collection are from Shetland; Bergen and Trondhjem Fiords,
Norway (4. MW. N.); Gulf of St. Lawrence (Whiteaves).
The specimens from the St. Lawrence have the zoccia of
very much larger size than those from the other localities.

It escaped my memory when I was writing my Trondhjem
Fiord report that Hincks had, in the introduction to his work,
called attention to the remarkable avicularium in this species,
and had given the form in which the avicularium is fully de-
veloped a different specific name (M. princeps, see p. lxxiii,
note) ; but a comparison of his woodcuts xxx. a and xxxy. will
indicate, what is really the case, that the latter is only the
more developed state of the former; and although on many
polyzoaries only the first form will be found, the latter
occurs both on Shetland and Norwegian specimens in my
collection. The avicularia are very easily abraded in this
species ; and polyzoaries always have far more of the holes
which indicate where avicularia have been than ayicularia
actually present (see Hincks, pl. xxii. fig. 2; no perfect
avicularium is here shown).

DESCRIPTION OF PLATE XIIL

This Plate is chiefly occupied with figures of the backs of certain
species in order to illustrate the pore-chambers. They must be regarded
as in a great measure diagrammatic; for whereas in some species the
pore-chambers are seen very easily, in other cases they are so hidden in
the side walls that they are very difficult to observe.

Fig. 1. Pore-chambers of Cauloramphus spinifer.

Ze oF 55 Callopora lineata.

3. es Callopora craticula.

4. 3) Fe Ellisina levata.

5. » * Amphiblestrum Flemingit.

6, A “ Amphiblestrum trifolium.

ie + oe Ramphonotus minaz.

8. Alderina solidula; a young zocecium at the edge

33 9
of a zoarium.
9. Zocecium of Callopora Whiteavsit, sp. n.

10. Zoccium of Callopora unicornis, var. armifera, Hincks, with the
usual avicularia.

11. Zowcium of the same, the last with gigantic avicularium on
ocecium.

12. Oochilina tensa, sp. n.

Mr. C. T. Regan on new Fishes. 599

LXXIX.—Description of a new Fish of the Genus
Chetostomus from Venezuela. By C. Tare Reaan, B.A.

Chetostomus anomalus.

Head much depressed, without distinct ridges or promi-
nences, its width equal to its length and about one third of
the total (without caudal); snout with a naked swollen
margin, without tentacles; fold of the upper lip without
median prolongation; barbel very short. Kye very small,
its diameter 8-12 times in the length of head, 23-3? times in
the interorbital width. Interoperculum with a few short
spines. Thorax and abdomen entirely naked. D. I 7-9,
longer than high, the anterior rays scarcely longer than the
posterior and 2-2 the length of head; adipose fin usually
rudimentary or absent, rarely well developed but small.
A. I 2-4, small. Pectoral spine barely reaching the root of
the ventral. Caudal obliquely truncated. Scutes of body
not keeled, with short marginal spines, about 26 in a longi-
tudinal series. Olive-brown above, with light spots in some
specimens; dorsal and caudal blackish, sometimes barred
with rows of light spots.

Total length 160 millim.

Numerous examples from Merida, Venezuela, altitude
1500 metres, and from the Albirregas and Milla Rivers,
above Merida, altitude 3500 metres, collected by Sr. 8.
Briceiio.

This species is extremely remarkable in that the adipose
fin is usually rudimentary or absent *; its nearest ally is
Ch. microps, Giinther, which has a slightly larger eye, the
head much less depressed, and the dorsal fin more elevated.

LXXX.—LDescription of anew Fish of the Genus Genypterus,
with Notes on the Allied Species. By C. TATE REGAN,
B.A.

Genypterus microstomus.

Depth of body 8-10 times in total length, length of head
about 5 times. Snout as long as or a little longer than eye,

* Of 235 examples, 14 have a well-developed adipose dorsal, provided,
as usual in this genus, with a spine, in 42 it is very small, in 78 more or
less rudimentary, and in 101 entirely wanting. The great majority have
I 8 dorsal and either I 3 or I 4 anal rays.

600 Mr. C. T. Regan on a new Fish.

the diameter of which is 42-52 times in the length of head,
interorbital width 7-10 times. Maxillary extending to the
vertical from posterior margin of eye, the width of its distal
extremity about 2 the diameter of eye. Gill-rakers equal in
length to 1-2 the diameter of eye, 4 on lower part of anterior
arch, succeeded by 4-6 rudiments. Dorsal commencing
above middle of pectoral; pectoral about 2 the length of head ;
longest ventral ray nearly 4 the length of head. Scales
present in the young on body and cheeks, none on opercles or
upper suiface of head; about 10 rows between anterior dorsal
rays and lateral line; in the adult body naked, with rows of
pits replacing scales. Yellowish, marbled with brown ;
vertical fins with a continuous broad brown longitudinal
band and light margins.

Description based on three examples from Tasmania,
Dunedin, and Stewart Island respectively, the largest 370
millim. in total length.

In all the other species of this genus the mouth extends to
well beyond the vertical from the posterior margin of the
eye. G. australis, Casteln., and G. tigerinus, Klunz., should
be included in the synonymy of G. blacodes, Forst. In this
species the depth ot body is contained 7-8 times in the total
length, the diameter of the eye 5-6 times in the length of
the head, and the interorbital width about 8 times. ‘here
are 12-15 rows of scales between the dorsal fin and the
lateral line, and the body is marbled with brownish. It is
known from the coasts of Australia and New Zealand.

G. capensis, Smith, from the Cape of Good Hope, is
closely allied to G. blacodes, but appears to have a much
smaller eye; only stuffed specimens have been available for
examination.

G. chilensis, Guichenot, from Chili, has a slightly smaller
eye than G. blacodes, from which it also differs in colour, the
back and sides being blackish, with a few irregular white’
spots. The British Museum possesses only one example,
580 millim. in total length.

G. maculatus, Tschudi, has been confused with G. blacodes,
from which it is more easily distinguished than any other
species. ‘The short body (depth 6 times in the total length),
small eye (diameter nearly 8 times in the length of head),
broad interorbital space (width about 53 times in the length
of head), and few scales (8 or 9 rows between anterior dorsal
rays and lateral line) at once distinguish this species. The
British Museum possesses one example from Chili, 290 millim.
in length, which agrees very well with Tschudi’s description
and figure, this latter being excellent,

Mr. G. A. Boulenger on a new Fish. 601

LXXXI.—Deseription of a new Fish of the Genus Arges
from Venezuela. By G. A. BOULENGER, F.R.S.

Arges ortentalis.

Head as broad as long ora little longer than aoe its
length 32 to 4 times in total length. Eye very small, 4 to +
the width of the interocular space, midway between the ante-
rior nostril and the posterior border of the head, a little nearer
the upper extremity of the gill-cleft than to the posterior
nostril, which is midway between the end of the snout and
the eye. Four or five rows of premaxillary teeth, the outer
large, unicuspid, 15 to 20 in number; mandibular. teeth
bicuspid. Labial lobes large, with flat papillee ; width of the
mouth about half that of the buccal disk; barbels } to 2
length of head; nasal flap not produced into a barbel. No

trace of adipose fin. Dorsal I 5-6, the distance between its
first ray and the root of the caudal 14 to 1$ that between it
and the end of the snout; first ray not prolonged, about half
length of head. Outer pectoral ray about 3 length of head,
feebly prolonged. Ventral fin originating slightly i in advance
of dorsal; the outer ray much thickened and a little prolonged,
measuring 4 or 2 the distance between its base and the anal.
Anal | 5-6; first ray about 2 the length of the ventral and
halfway between the extremity of the latter and the root of
the caudal. Caudal feebly emarginate, with the outer rays a
little prolonged. Anal opening nearly equally distant from
the extremity of the ventrals and the origin of the anal; males
with a long anal papilla. Olive or yellowish above, more or
less distinctly spotted or marbled with dark brown; caudal
with dark spots ; lower parts white.

Total: length 80 millim.; without caudal 69; head 17;
depth of body 11.

Numerous specimens from the Albirregas and Miila’ Bivens,
above Merida, Venezuela, altitude 3500 ‘metres, collected by
Sr. 8. Bricefio.

This new species, the first Arges recorded from east of the
Andes, is intermediate between A. Whympert, Bler., and
A, Tuczanowskii, Bier. It agrees with the first in the ab-
sence of an adipose tin, with the second in the unicuspid outer
premaxillary teeth. ‘I'he relations of the eight known species
are expressed by the following key, modified from that given
in the ‘ Proceedings of the “Zoolosical Society’ for 1890
(p. £50) —

602 Japt. T. Broun on new

A. First ventral ray about as long as its distance
from the posterior extremity of the folded
anal, reaching or nearly reaching anal opening.
a. Barbel half ‘length of head.
Eye equally distant from posterior nostril and
upper border of gill-opening, or a little nearer
the former ; outer pectoral ray not reaching
beyond middle of outer ventral ray ...... 1. prenadilla, C. & V.
Eye nearer upper border of gill-cpening than
posterior nostril ; outer pectoral ray reaching
nearly extremity of outer ventral ray ...... 2, longifilis, Stdr,
b. Barbel 3 or ¢ length of head; eye nearer -
upper border of gill-opening than poste-
TOrMOstTl): sham, eds ghee pale eee Sete te 3. sabalo, C. & V.
B. First ventral ray as long as or a little longer
than its distance from origin of anal, not
reaching anal opening.
a. No trace of adipose dorsal fin.
Premaxillary teeth nearly all bicuspid ; barbel
5 length of head, which is 43 to 5 times in
total ENOCH Sesit cite foe «a Bee eee ee ona 4, Whymperi, Blgr.
Outer premaxillary teeth unicuspid; barbel $
2 leneth of head, which is 32 to 4 Emerg in

total length Ble coe hob ao aetna ee eke wee . 95, orientalis, Blgr.
b. An elongate, low, adipose dorsal fin.
Barbel 3 length of head ; no nasal barbel . . 6. Taczanowskit, Bler.
Barbel 4 i length of head ; no nasal barbel...... 7. peruanus, Stdr,
Barbel 2 to “3 length of head; nasal flap pro-
duced into a short barbel..........- ..... 8&8 Feste, Bler.

LXXXII.—Descriptions of new Genera and Species of New
Zealand Coleoptera. By Capt. T. Broun, F.E.S.

{Continued from p. 458. ]

Group Feroniide.

Trichosternus Walkert, sp. n.

Glossy, bronzed black, the margins of elytra and base of
thorax viridescent ; tarsi and palpi rufo-piceous, the tips of
the latter paler.

Head broad, smooth, frontal impressions shallow. Zyes
prominent. Thorax 3 lines broad, 2} long; apex subtrun-
cate, the sides moderately rounded and sinuously narrowed
behind, posterior angles exactly rectangular ; the dorsal groove
does not reach the front, basal fossee large. Scutellum striate
at base. Llytra ovate-oblong, humeral angles dentiform,
apical sinuosities well marked ; they are striate, the punctua- -
tion of the strie is fine but distinct, the interstices are most

Genera and Species of New Zealand Coleoptera. 608

convex behind, but become flattened towards the base, the
third has three, the seventh five or six punctures.

Femora robust, intermediate téb’@ somewhat produced and
compressed at the outer extremity. Prosternum with scte.
Apical ventral segment with two setigerous punctures at each
side of the middle.

Its nearest ally is ZT. EHnyst, no. 1334. In that species,
however, the thorax is incurved in front, its sides are more
sinuously narrowed behind the middle, the posterior angles
are rather more acute, and the punctures of the elytral stria
are very much finer. Both species exhibit the same prolon-
gation of the external apex of the middle tibiz, a character
which distinguishes them from the other species of this genus.

od. Length 94, breadth 34 lines.

Springfield, near Christchurch.

One example found by Mr. J. J. Walker, in whose honour
it is named.

Trichosternus akaroensis, sp. n.

Brilliant black, hind body slightly viridescent ; antenne,
palpi, and tarsi pitchy red.

Head smooth. yes prominent. Antenne normal, the
basal three joints glabrous, the first black. Zhorax 34 lines
in breadth, 24 in length, distinctly incurved in front, base
medially emarginate ; it is widest before the middle ; the sides,
however, are only moderately rounded and not much sinuate
behind, posterior angles exactly rectangular; the dorsal
furrow extends from the base, but becomes indistinct in front ;
basal fossee moderate, situated midway between the median
furrow and sides ; along the base there are some feeble longi-
tudinal lines and near the front a slight transversely curvate
impression. Llytra ovate-oblong, subdepressed, rather broad
and only moderately sinuous behind, humeral angles denti-
form; distinctly punctate-striate, interstices slightly convex,
the third with three or four, the fifth with two, the seventh
with several punctures.

Underside black. ‘Terminal ventral segment with two
setigerous punctures on each side of the middle. Prosternum
with sete between the coxe.

?. Length 114, breadth 4§ lines.

Akaroa.

The male I have not seen, but the two females found by
Mr. J. J. Walker, owing to their contour and sculpture,
cannot very well be mistaken for any other species.

604 Capt. T. Broun on new

Trichosternus bucolicus, sp. n.

Oblong, moderately convex, shining viridi-zneous ; legs and
antenne pitchy red, tips of the palpi paler, front margin of
labrum red.

Head smooth, with the ordinary frontal impressions. Eyes
prominent. Zhoraz subquadrate, 3 lines broad by 2} ones
apex arcuate-emarginate, base slightly notched; its widest
part is just before the middle, behind that point it is slightly
and gradually narrowed to the rectangular angles, anterior
angles rounded ; the dorsal furrow extends from base to apex,
but becomes feeble in front, the fosse are large, and the
marginal channel is of uniform width until it comes in line
with the fossee, where it is expanded. /ytra ovate-oblong,
shoulders dentiform, posterior sinuosities slight ; their striz
are well marked, their punctuation, however, is very fine ;
the.third and seventh interstices bear four or six punctures on

each.

Underside glossy ‘black, head viridescent, coxe rufescent.
Prosternum setose at the tip. Ventral terminal segment with
two pairs of setigerous punctures.

1’. hampdenensis is the only similar species ; it has, how-
ever, a rather broader head and thorax, the sides of the latter
are more curvate; the elytra are more sinuously narrowed
posteriorly, their striae, though finely, are more distinctly
punctated, and the interstitial “soulpture differs.

6. Length 104, breadth 32? lines.

Stephen’s Island.

Found by Mr. J. H. Lewis.

Pterostichus Kirkianus, sp. n.

Nigrescent, with reddish metallic reflections near the tho-
racic foveee and on the elytra.

Head rather short, marked with numerous longitudinal
stria near the frontal impressions. yes prominent. Thorax
21 lines long by 3 broad, basal and frontal margins evidently
incurved, widest at the middle, its sides only moderately
rounded, a little narrowed but scarcely sinuated behind,
posterior angles rectangular; the discoidal groove nearly
reaches the apex, the basal fossze are large but not very broad,
the disk is feebly transversely strigose, and the base bears
longitudinal strie. /ytraa good deal narrowed and sinuated
apically, shoulders dentiform ; their stria are well marked
and finely punctured, the interstices are moderately convex,

Genera and Species of New Zealand Coleoptera. 609
yi }

the third and seventh have from three to five punctures on
each. ‘Terminal ventral segment with two setigerous punc-
tures on each side of the middle.

Belongs to the numerously represented section having the
facies of Trichosternus, but lacking the prosternal setx of
that genus. After a careful comparison with the existing
species, I find that no. 16140—P. deceptus—most nearly re-
sembles this. The form and coloration differ, whilst the
narrower and more apically attenuated hind body distinguishes
it from P. deceptus.

&. Length 104, breadth 32 lines.

Stewart Island.

Named after the late Professor Kirk, from whom I
received it.

Pterostichus memes, sp. n.

Oblong, moderately convex, nitid, nigrescent, viridi-eneons
above; legs and antennz nigro-piceous, terminal joints of the
latter and the tips of the palpi rufescent.

Head narrower than thorax, frontal fovez elongate. Hyes
prominent. Thorax 2} lines in length by 2% in breadth, its
sides well rounded, moderately sinuated towards the rectan-
gular posterior angles, lateral margins and channels well
developed, these latter somewhat expanded behind, apex
arcuate-emarginate, base medially emarginate ; dorsal furrow
well marked and almost touching the apex; the basal fossee
are large and there is a slight impression between them.
Scutellum striate at base. lytra rather wider than thorax
at the base, with dentiform shoulders; they are oblong-oval,
and, though a good deal narrowed, are only moderately
sinuated apically ; their striae are broad, deep, and regular,
and are distinctly yet finely punctured; the interstices are
convex, the third has three and the seventh four punctures,

There are two sete near each eye, the same number on
each side of the thorax, and four at the extremity of the last
ventral segment in both sexes.

Femora dilated, the anterior most strongly and grooved
underneath.

This belongs to the Trichosternus-like section. P. Fultoni
is the nearest species, but the sides of its thorax are much
less rounded, its legs and antenne are more rufescent, and
the elytral interstices are decidedly less convex. 'richo-
sternus sylvius, Bates, is also somewhat similar, but its hind
body is rather narrower and more oval and the interstices
are less convex.

606 Capt. T. Broun on new

The female is differentiated by its slightly narrower form
and flatter interstices.

6. Length 93, breadth 34 lines.

Maniototo Plains.

One of each sex sent by Mr. J. H. Lewis.

Pterostichus prasignis, sp. n.

Oblong, shining, black, feebly rufescent ; palpi pitchy red;
tarsi rufo-piceous.

Head broadly oviform, frontal impressions rather short.
Eyes prominent. Antenne reach the base of thorax, joints
4-11 reddish and pubescent. Thorax 23 lines broad by 2
long, apex widely, the base medially emarginate ; its greatest
width is rather before the middle, where the sides are mode-
rately rounded, they are gradually narrowed behind and
have a slight sinuation near each rectangular posterior angle ;
the lateral margins and channels are well developed through-
out, the discoidal groove extends from base to apex or almost
so, and the basal fosse are well marked, Scute/lum estriate.
Elytra oblong-oval, of about the same breadth near the apical
sinuosities as they are at the slightly dentiform shoulders;
they have deep regular striz, but their punctuation is in-
distinct or obsolete; the interstices are slightly convex and
simple. Legs normal; femora moderately dilated medially.

This must be placed in the section having two sete on
each side of the thorax. The male has one seta at each side
of the middle at the apex of the last ventral segment; the
female has two.

P. procerulus is the only member of the section at all like
this species, but the form of its thorax is materially different ;
the sides, though narrowed, are straight behind, the basal
fossee are more shallow, they are situated nearer the middle,
and there is a smaller impression near each angle; the elytral
strie are thinner and their fine punctures are more apparent.

Length 9, breadth 23 lines.

Westport.

One pair, found by Mr. J. J. Walker.

Pterostichus setiventris, sp. u.

Elongate, subplanate, moderately glossy, black; legs and
antenne rufo-piceous, mandibles and palpi pitchy red.

Head rather narrow, with elongated frontal impressions,
the genze much swollen behind and below the eyes. Thorax
feebly arcuate in front, 2} lines long by 24 broad, its base
emarginate at the middle, the sides are very little rounded, so

Genera and Species of New Zealand Coleoptera, 607

that they are hardly appreciably broader near the front than
at the base; the posterior angles are rectangular and only
very slightly projecting; the well-marked central groove
barely attains the base or apex, the basal fossze are large and
deep and there is a smaller one near each angle; the longitu-
dinal impressions at the base and the transversal discoidal ones
are quite faint. Scutellum striate at base. Elytra oblong,
moderately sinuated posteriorly ; the apical portion, however,
appears broad, humeral angles dentiform; their sculpture
consists of irregularly interrupted striz, which become coarser
and more confused towards the extremity. Jemora dilated,
the hind pair most strongly, so as to be subangulate below.
The prosternal process is canaliculate, the flanks are closely
yet finely punctured, the mesosternum more densely.

This is another member of the section with four sete at
each side of the thorax. P. ¢rregularis is nearly related ; it
has, however, distinct rugee on the head, a rather longer
thorax, much broader elytral impressions, and acutely denti-
form posterior femora. . Lewisi is also similar as regards
elytral sculpture, but the thorax is obviously longer and the
antennee are more slender and shorter. In Sharp’s P. myr-
midon the basal joint of the antenna is thinner and slightly
longer, the eyes are smooth and embedded, so as to seem
exactly continuous with the genze (which is not the case in
P. setiventris, as the eyes are slightly prominent and facetted),
its thorax is more contracted behind, the elytra are more
oviform, more strongly sinuated and narrowed posteriorly, and
their sculpture is different.

In the males of these species there are two setigerous
punctures on each side of the middle at the apex of the last
ventral segment ; these are also present in P. settventris, but,
in addition thereto, there are four others on the middle of
that segment, and as these last do not occur in the species
now adverted to, they form a distinctive character.

3. Length 9, breadth 3 lines.

Westport.

One example from Mr. J. J. Walker’s collection,

Group Harpalide.

ALLOCINOPUS, gen, nov.

Mentum deeply emarginate, its tooth entire and bisetose at
base. Palpi elongate, their terminal articulations not quite
oviform, truncate at extremity; intermediate joint of the
labial with four sete, Head large, epistome straight and

608 Capt. T. Broun on new

with one setigerous puncture near each front angle, its basal
suture simple and rather fine. Labrum quadrate, only slightly
emarginate, quadrisetose. yes large, only moderately con-
vex, distant from thorax. Antenne slender, reaching back-
wards to base of thorax, their first two joints and the basal
portion of the third glabrous, the others pubescent; second
joint nearly as long as first, but shorter than third. TZvbie
setose, the anterior with strong apical spurs, the others
bicalearate. arsz, anterior with triangular basa] joints, 2-4
widely dilated, quite transverse, fourth very short, deeply
excavate at the extremity, but only feebly lobate ; basal joints
of the intermediate longer than those of the front pair, 2-4
also ratuer longer, second joint cordate ; posterior slender,
simple. Thora transverse, cordate-quadrate, base truncate
and resting on the elytra; there is a single seta on each side
before the middle. Scutellum short. lytra oblong, much
narrowed, yet only slightly sinuated, posteriorly ; apices
rounded.

This is unlike our-other genera. In the structure of the
tarsi it approximates 7rzplosarus ; there, however, the resem-
blance ends. The large head, with the eyes placed much in
advance of those of Huthenarus, Hypharpazx, and Lecano-
merus, and the posteriorly attenuate hind body, together with
the dense squamiform or spongy vestiture of the soles of the
front tarsi, are distinctive.

Allocinopus sculpticollis, sp. n.

Oblong, slightly convex, moderately nitid, nigrescent ; legs,
antenne, and palpi testaceous.

Head rather longer than thorax and almost as broad in its
widest part as that is, with some feeble linear sculpture on the
epistome ; the frontal fovee are small and are situated a little
further forward than the eyes; there is a single puncture in
line with the middle of eacheye. Mandibles stout, moderately
long, curved at apex, pitchy red. Thoraw 1 line long by 12
broad, widest just before the middle, widely sinuate or
narrowed behind, posterior angles rectangular and a little
obtuse, apex widely and slightly incurved, lateral margins
and channels well developed; the dorsal groove extends from
the base, but does not attain the front; the basal fosse are
rather shallow and elongate and are placed halfway between
the middle and sides; there are some indistinct transverse
striola on the disk, and the slightly flattened area extending
along each side from the middle to the base is finely punc-
tured; the surface is densely but minutely sculptured

Genera and Species of New Zealand Coleoptera. 609

throughout, but to the eye appears smooth. Elytra slightly
wider near the hind femora than elsewhere; their sides,
however, are only a little rounded ; the shoulders are evidently
broader than the base of the thorax, but are not prominent ;
their simple striz are well marked throughout, the first and
second near the base are confluent, there is a small puncture
on each of the third interstices in line with the hind thighs,
and the marginal punctures become confused towards the
apices. Posterior tebve straight.

The last ventral segment is much longer than the preceding
one; it is obliquely narrowed apically tor about half of its
length, and, just where the contraction begins, there is a
denticle at each side; there are two setigerous punctures at
the apex.

Length 52, breadth 17 lines.

Motueka River.

Described from a specimen forwarded by Mr. J. H. Lewis,
who states that he received it from Mr. G. V. Hudson, of
Wellington.

Group Pogonide.
OoprTERUS, White.

The following details are characteristic of this genus :—

Palpi moderately elongate ; terminal joints thick at the
base and very gradually tapering towards the acuminate
extremity ; the penultimate quite as long, slender at the base,
and dilated towards the apex. Tars? with the basal two
joints dilated, the first oblong, second cordate, both acutely
prolonged at the inner angle. Antenne elongate, the basal
two joints and the basal portion of the third glabrous.
Head with two erect setz# near each eye and two on the
forehead. Thorax with one lateral seta before the middle
and another at each posterior angle.

Oépterus latipennis, sp. n.

Shining, piceous; the antenne, palpi, and legs fusco-
testaceous, the margins of the elytra and an ill-defined apical
space on each of nearly similar colour.

Head with large lateral impressions. Hyes not prominent.
Antenne elongate, their second joint nearly as long as the
following one. Thorax nearly one third broader than long,
apex widely but not deeply incurved; it is widest near the
middle and a good deal narrowed behind; posterior angles
acute and slightly projecting ; dorsal furrow well marked, but

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xi. 42

610 Capt. T. Broun on new

not reaching the front margin; basal fossee large and sepa-
rated from the sides by an almost carinate space; the basal
region is more or less finely but not closely punctate.
Elytra broadly oval, nearly twice the breadth of the thorax,
distinctly marginate, shoulders rounded; they are finely
punctate-striate, the sutural strize are the deepest and attain
the apices, the second and third are moderately distinct at the
base but are abbreviated behind, the lateral and apical sculp-
ture are somewhat obsolete, but the subapical carine are
distinct ; on the third interstices there are three punctures ;
these, however, are so placed as to appear to be merely
enlarged punctures of the strie.

?. Length 22, breadth 1} lines.

Westport.

I am indebted to Mr. J. J. Walker for my specimen.

Oépterus probus, sp. n.

Glossy, fusco-pieeous ; legs, palpi, and a large apical space
on each elytron clear testaceous, the antenne infuscate.

Thorax distinctly incurved in front, 2 of a line broad by 4
long, rather wider just before the middle than it is elsewhere.
Elytra quite oval, the four inner striz on each are well
marked and punctured, the sutural only reaches the extre-
mity, the fifth and sixth assume the form of series of punc-
tures, and the posterior carina is distinct.

When compared with O. latipennis this species appears
more brightly coloured. ‘The thorax is less transverse, the
anterior angles are more rounded, the basal fossa and sculp-
ture are similar, but the median groove extends to the basal
margin and the apex is more emarginate. The hind body is
not so broad, its sculpture is deeper, but there are no inter-
stitial punctures.

Length 24, breadth line.

Westport.

One example found by Mr. J. J. Walker.

Oépterus parvulus, sp. n.

Convex, nitid, fuscous ; the sides of the thorax and elytra,
as well as the apical portion of the latter, testaceous; the
legs, palpi, and basal two joints of the antenne also yellowish.

Head with distinct interocular impressions. yes mode-
rately large, but not prominent. Thoraw# about as long as it
is broad, cordiform, widest near the middle, posterior angles
slightly projecting, base and apex subtruncate; the dorsal

Genera and Species of New Zealand Coleoptera. 611

groove does not reach the front margin, the basal fovee are
well marked, and there are a few scattered punctures inter-
vening. /ytra oval, with distinct sutural strie ; the sculp-
ture beyond these appears in certain lights to consist of feebly
impressed striz with well-marked punctures, which, however,
become obliterated posteriorly ; the usual apical plicee are not
well developed.

d+ Length 13, breadth line.

Westport.

Two males of this rather pretty little species were found

by Mr. J. J. Walker.

Group Bembidiide.
Bembidium actuarium, sp. n.

Elongate-ovate, subdepressed, glossy, greenish or bluish
black; legs flavo-testaceous; the tarsi and first antennal
joint testaceous, the remaining joints and the palpi infuscate.

Head oviform, with well-marked interocular furrows.
Eyes large. Thorax of almost equal length and breadth,
rounded laterally and rather deeply incurved behind, poste-
rior angles acutely prominent, base and apex straight, the
sides well marginated; its surface is moderately convex,
but the basal region is somewhat depressed; the fosse are
deep, narrow, and close to the angles, so that the margins
appear slightly carinate there; the median furrow, distinct
behind, hardly attains the apex. lytra subdepressed, ovi-
form, a good deal narrowed posteriorly, shoulders rounded ;
obviously punctate-striate, the sixth ends near the middle and
is represented by distinct serial punctures; the fifth also is
abbreviated ; the sutural reaches the apex, but the punctures
cease at the hind slope, which seems quite smooth owing to
the intermediate striz being obsolete there; there are no
well-marked interstitial punctures. Tarsi elongate, basal
two joints of the anterior only moderately dilated.

B. orbiferum, though nearly similar in coloration, is much
more robust and convex. B. parviceps, perhaps, most nearly
resembles this species, which, however, may be separated by
the projecting thoracic angles, more attenuated hind body,
and yellow legs.

g. Length 2, breadth ? line.

Pipiriki, Wanganui River.

I am indebted to Mr. G. V. Hudson for this and several
other interesting species.

42*

612 Capt. T. Broun on new

Group Pericalide.
Scopodes viridis, sp. n.
_ Body depressed, shining, bronzed green; legs and antenne
nigrescent.

Head densely longitudinally strigose. Eyes very large and
prominent. Thorax rather broader than long, widest just
before the middle, but not distinctly dentiform there, gradu-
ally narrowed behind; the lateral margins moderately deve-
loped, less so towards the base, where they are slightly turned
inwards, without, however, forming any distinct angle;
discoidal sculpture dense, transverse, almost shagreen,
median furrow abbreviated. Scutellum closely sculptured.
Elytra oblong, widest behind the middle, humeral angles
rounded, apices obliquely truncate, the parts nearest the
suture slightly rounded ; their stria rather shallow and not
very sharply defined, the three feebly impressed punctures on
the third interstices are indicated by a bluish tinge.

This pretty little species may be readily identified by its
coloration. No. 1342 (S. venustus) may be considered the
nearest ally ; it is, however, nearly twice as large.

9. Length 2, breadth { line.

Ida Valley.

I am indebted to Mr. J. H. Lewis for my specimen.

Group Hydrophilide.
Rygmodus nigripennis, sp. n.

Oval, rather narrow, moderately convex, shining, black ;
antenne rufo-piceous, the claws and tibial spurs somewhat
castaneous.

Head closely and distinctly punctured; epistome with
raised frontal and lateral margins. Thorax transverse, of
the usual form; on the middle its sculpture is rather finer
than that of the head, but at the sides the punctures are closer
and more distinct. Scutellum elongate and smooth. L/lytra
finely punctured over their whole surface; the strize are
fairly well marked behind and near the suture, but are obso-
lete near the base; these striz in some places are punctate;
rather fine serial punctures appear where the grooves are
wanting, and the interstices, especially those on the basal
half, are rather flat.

This species is hardly so convex as 2. puncticeps, and it is
somewhat narrower. The palpi are stouter, with the inter-
mediate joints rufescent at the tips. The sides of the thorax
are a little more curvate and the scutellum is narrow and

Genera and Species of New Zealand Coleoptera. 6138

cuneiform. 2. oval’s (no. 1823) differs in coloration, and
the thoracic sculpture, instead of being “ the same on the
disk as it is at the sides,” is in the present species more
distinct at the sides.

Length 34, breadth 12 lines.

Otira Gorge.

One found by Mr. T. F. Cheeseman many years ago

CYLOMISSUS, gen. nov.

Pal as long as the antenne, penultimate joint somewhat
curvate and thickened towards the extremity, the terminal
narrower and distinctly shorter. Antenne 9-articulate, first
joint hardly twice the length of the second; third half as
long as the preceding one, transverse, yet twice the length
of the fourth; fifth quadrate, sixth transverse, slender at
base ; club opaque, basal joint conical, second quadrate, third
oviform. Hemora nude, minutely punctate, apparently smooth
and shining underneath. Anterior tbie with stout apical
hooks and fringed with minute spines, the middle and hind
pals distinctly spinose. Posterior tars? with minute basal
joints, second and fifth equally long; intermediate joints
longer than broad, claws well developed; the soles with
yellow pubescence.

Labrum short, emarginate. pistome slightly incurved.
Eyes not prominent, minutely facetted. Mentum quadrate.
Prosternum simple; front coxe prominent and contiguous.
Mesosternum simple.

More oblong than Cyloma, with longer palpi, differently
formed antennee, and without the mesosternal process of that
genus.

Cylomissus glabratus, sp. n.

Body glabrous, oblong, transversely convex, shining, nigro-
piceous ; sides of thorax broadly banded with infuscate red,
the sides and posterior part of elytra irregularly tinged with
red; legs pitchy red; antenne pallid, sixth joint infuscate ;
club large, dull fuscous, minutely pubescent.

Head finely punctate, rather smooth in front. Thorax
transverse, its sides finely margined and rounded, with
obtuse angles, apex incurved ; the surface rather distinctly
yet finely punctured. Scutellum elongate, smooth. Elytra
oblong, transversely convex, each with nine series of distinct
punctures which almost form striz, the interstices simple,
impunctate.

Length 24, breadth 12 lines.

Westport.

One trom Mr. J. J. Walkex’s collection.

614 Capt. T. Broun on new

ZEADOLOPUS, gen. nov.

Body compact, convex, short, oviform. Palpi short,
terminal joint oblong. Antenne 10-articulate, inserted
below the angles of the forehead ; their basal two joints stout
and almost equal, third rather longer than broad, slender at
base, the following three short, sixth quite transverse; club
large, with four transverse joints. Head transversely quad-
rate, almost truncate, and finely margined in front. yes
moderately large, rather flat, distant from thorax. Labrum
exposed and notched. Thorax broader than long, closely
adapted to base of elytra, its sides finely margined and but
little curved, apex widely but not deeply emarginate. Scu-
tellum large, triangular. lytra short, not striate. Legs
short. Zvbie broad, the anterior with distinct spurs, the
others with straight apical calears. ars? 5-jointed, the basal
four compact and nearly equal, fifth longer than the preceding
two taken together in the front pairs, but, owing to the longer
intermediate joints; the last joint of the posterior seems
shorter ; they are finely pubescent ; claws slender.

The antennal structure might seem to exclude this genus
from the Hydrophilide, but in habit, general appearance,
armature of tibize, and tarsal structure it is like other genera
of the family, and should, I think, be located near Yormus
and Adolopus.

Zeadolopus spinipes, sp. n.

Convex, broadly oval, nitid, glabrous, rufo-piceous ; palpi
and antennze testaceous; club opaque, fuscous, densely and
finely pubescent ; legs reddish.

Head moderately finely and not closely punctured, nearly
smooth behind. Yhoraw with very fine and rather distant
punctures on the disk, but becoming closer towards the
sides. /ytra not striate, but with series of distinct pune-
tures, which, however, become more or less obsolete on the
paler posterior portion, where there are fine sutural strie ;
interstices broad, with some small punctures on the basal
half.

Tibie broad, the anterior with four or five slender spines
along their outer edge, the intermediate with more prominent
ones.

Length 1, breadth $ line.

Westport.

Unfortunately one mounted specimen only is available, so
that the lower surface could not be satisfactorily examined.
It is from Mr. J. J. Walker’s collection.

Genera and Species of New Zealand Coleoptera. 615

Group Oxytelide.
Trogophlaeus maritimus, sp. n.

Subparallel, slightly shining, sparsely clothed with pale
yellowish pubescence; head and abdomen fuscous ; thorax
_and elytra castaneous, these latter with a large apical space

on each, sometimes occupying nearly half of the surface,
testaceous ; antennze and legs flavo-castaneous, the basal three
joints of the former and the mandibles more rufescent.

Antenne inserted below distinct prominences in front of
the eyes ; first joint stout and equal in length to the following
two conjointly ; second and third of almost equal length,
fourth slightly shorter than the contiguous ones, eighth and
ninth moniliform, tenth subquadrate, eleventh conical.
Mandibles curvate, inwardly dentate. Palpz moderately
elongate, penultimate articulation incrassate and finely
pubescent, terminal very short and narrow.

Head trigonal, rounded behind, rather finely and closely
punctate. yes globular, only slightly convex, distinctly
facetted. Thorax just about as long as broad, widest before
the middle, rounded laterally, more narrowed behind than in
front; it is closely and finely punctured, but does not exhibit
any well-marked impressions. lytra quadrate, incurved at
base, apices truncate; the suture is a little elevated, the
sculpture on the dark portion is like that of the thorax, but
becomes finer on the pale parts. Abdomen elongate, with
strongly elevated lateral margins, it is very finely punctured,
and bears slender elongate pubescence. Legs pilose, tibiz
simple; terminal joint of the tarsi nearly twice as long as
the basal two taken together, claws thickened at base.

Underside fuscous ; coxe pale chestnut.

Var.—Body longer, the thorax so regularly rounded that
the middle appears widest ; the posterior portion of the elytra
darker, yet quite evidently paler than the basal half.

Length 12, breadth nearly } line.

Mokohinou Island.

Three examples from Mr. Sandager.

Group Lucanide.

Lissotes auriculatus, sp. n.

Robust, subopaque, fuscous black, sparsely setose.

Head \arge, slightly exceeding the thorax in length; its
frontal portion slopes downwards, and appears curvedly de-
pressed there, its anterior margin is slightly incurved medially ;

616 Capt. T. Broun on new

at each side behind the eye it has an angular lobe which
projects quite as far as the lateral margin of the thorax, this
causes the head to appear constricted behind that point; its
surface is moderately finely punctured; the punctuation,
however, becomes finer and more distant towards the middle
of the base. Thorax 2} lines long by 5 broad, apex widely
but slightly emarginate ; the lateral margins are thick and
somewhat reflexed, but become obsolete near the rounded
front angles ; the sides are almost straight, but near the base
are obliquely and rather abruptly narrowed, so that the
posterior angles are not at all well marked; the base is
almost quite truncate ; its punctuation is rather coarser than
that of the head, but becomes finer and more remote towards
the front. lytra narrower than thorax, rounded behind,
humeral angles nearly rectangular; their side margins are
like those of the thorax; their sculpture consists of irregular,
moderately close, and coarse punctures, and two or three ill-
defined linear elevations on each.

Tibie hispid, the anterior with a stout inner calcar reaching
the extremity of the third tarsal joint, the external apex
bidentate ; the intermediate obviously angulate outwardly and
with a small median tooth; the posterior triangulate at the
extremity and grooved along the hind face.

Mandibles large, curvate, bifid at apex; near the base on
each there is a short angular tooth just below the level of the
Jabrum ; at the middle on the inside of each mandible there
is a large tooth, directed upwards, which is bifid'at the apex,
and near the front on the lower surface there is a short
angular projection; none of these inner teeth touch the
corresponding ones when the mandibles are closed.

Underside rather finely punctured.

‘The form of the male is like that of L. ithaginits (no. 1966).
The mandibles differ materially from those of that species
and L. Helmsi, and the lobe-like projection behind each eye
does not occur in any other species known to me. ¢ incog.

3d. Length 114, breadth 53 lines.

‘Thames.

Described from two males kindly sent to me some time ago

by Mr. R. Curtis.

Mitophyllus comegnathus, sp. n.
Oblong, moderately convex, slightly nitid, piceous; sparingly
clothed with narrow, depressed, pallid scales.
Head rather broad, almost truncate in front, but with an
angular projection at each side over the spot where the

Genera and Species of New Zealand Coleoptera. 617

antenna is inserted ; the middle of the forehead smooth, the
rest of the surface moderately coarsely punctured. Mandibles
prominent, curvate, tridentate at extremity ; along the inside
they bear many outstanding slender fuscous sete similar to
those on the basal joint of the antenne. yes but little
prominent. Antenne pitchy red, the basal joint slightly
curved and nearly as long as the following six taken together,
second stout and moniliform, 3-6 short, seventh slightly
produced in front; club with three elongate almost equal
joints, each fringed with fine erect pubescence. Thorax
transverse, wider behind than in front, its sides rounded ;
posterior angles nearly rectangular but not at all projecting,
base bisinuate ; its surface moderately coarsely but not closely
punctured ; the central longitudinal space, however, is smooth.
Elytra oblong, with ill-defined sutural striz, their punctuation
like that of the thorax, but closer.

Tibice sparsely clothed, the anterior slightly curved, their
outer edge crenate ; the inner terminal calcar is straight, the
external is prominent and curved, near the middle there is
the usual dentiform projection; the middle and hind tibie
are straight, the former have a small median tooth on each,
but the posterior are unarmed.

Underside piceous; abdomen with fine grey sete, the
punctuation coarse and disposed in transverse series; meta-
sternum convex, canaliculate in the middle, its flanks rather
coarsely punctured and clothed with elongate greyish scales.

Allied to M. macrocerus, but the head is much broader,
especially in front, and the antennal club is very much shorter.
The mandibles most nearly resemble those of Lissotes Helmst
in form.

3. Length 34, breadth 1§ lines.

Westport.

This is another of Mr. J. J. Walker’s discoveries.

Group Pycnomeride.

Pycnomerus nitiventris, sp. 0.

Subparallel, elongate, nude, opaque, piceous ; legs pitchy
red ; antenne darker.

Head distinctly punctate, more finely in front, the lateral
elevations before the eyes well developed, but the intervening
impressions are slight. Eyes couvex. Thorax one third
longer than broad, apex truncate, base slightly rounded,
lateral margins narrow; the sides are nearly straight, but
a little narrowed behind and in front; anterior angles
rectangular, the posterior not at all prominent; its surface is

618 On new Genera and Species of Coleoptera.

moderately coarsely and closely punctured, except on a narrow
smooth space behind the middle, which has at each side of
it a shallow longitudinal impression. Scwtellum distinct.
Llytra punctate-striate; the sutural striz are deepest near the
apices, where the margins are somewhat raised and thickened ;
interstices moderately broad, humeral angles obtuse. An-
tenne sparingly and minutely pubescent, terminal joint of
each evidently smaller than the tenth.

Underside piceous, punctate, the metasternum with a longi-
tudinal impression behind, abdomen less: closely punctured
and quite shining.

This is obviously narrower than P. sophore; it has not
the same thickened thoracic margins, the hind angles are
different, the shoulders are rounded and not in the least
prominent, the elytral striz and their punctures are much
finer, and the interstices are much broader. P. longulus,
which I have not seen, is smaller, the thorax differs, and the
body is shining; it is, no doubt, the nearest ally.

Length 2, breadth } line.

Westport.

Two examples from Mr. J. J. Walker’s collection.

Bothrideres picipes, sp. n.

Elongate, subopaque, black; antennz and tarsi red, legs
piceous ; sparingly clothed with minute brassy setee.

Head distinctly and closely punctured, with obsolete inter-
antennal impressions. yes very prominent. Thorax sub-
quadrate, with a depression close to each anterior angle, its
sides nearly straight but sinuate behind; posterior angles
rectangular, with a punctiform fovea near each ; the punctua-
tion of the disk is rather coarse, it becomes finer in front and
closer towards the sides; there is an elongated fovea, but
no other well-marked impression. Scutellum nearly trian-
gular. lytra rather wider near the middle than elsewhere,
shoulders elevated and rufescent ; their striae are well marked
and finely punctured, the interstices are smooth on some parts
but finely punctured on others; the suture and alternate
interstices become cariniform behind,

B. cognatus, Sharp, may be easily recognized by the ferru-
ginous elytra and legs. .B. mestus is rather broader, with
different thoracic sculpture, whilst B. obsoletus may be
distinguished almost at a glance.

Length 2, breadth 3 line.

Picton.

One specimen from Mr. J. J. Walker’s collection.

[To be continued. |

The Systematic Position of the Genus Wadrotarsus. 619

LXXXIII.—The Systematic Position of the Genus
Hadrotarsus, Thorell. By R. I. Pocock.

THE type of the genus Gmogala, Keys., namely G. scara-
beus, Keys., from Sydney, is in the British Museum. It
was described in 1890 in the last part of L. Koch’s work on
the spiders of Australia. The description is defective in
many points, erroneous in others. Hence I offer the following
supplementary remarks on this interesting little genus *.

Simon (Hist. Nat. Araignées, i. pp. 305-307, 1892) rightly
surmised that the type of Gmogala was related to that of
Hladrotarsus, Thor. On the strength of Keyserling’s descrip-
tion of Gmogala scarabeus he kept the two genera distinct,
but united them in the family Hadrotarsidee. In my opinion
there is no doubt that the two genera are identical.

In Gmogala scarabeus, as in Hadrotarsus babirussa, the
eyes of the anterior line are procurved, the medians being
considerably larger than the laterals. Keyserling erroneously
describes the anterior eye-line as recurved, with the medians
smaller than the laterals. His figure and description of those
of the posterior line are approximately correct. The clypeus
is high and its inferior edge overhangs the base of the man-
dibles. The latter are vertical, not convex in front, with
their inner edges obliquely diverging externally from near
the base; the fangs are long, arcuate, lying transversely and
crossing each other in the middle line. ‘The labium is trian-
gular, wider than long. The maxille are oblique and meet
in front of the labium, their inner extremities being mem-
branous and pellucid. ‘This pellucid area was apparently
overlooked by Keyserling, who represents the maxillz as
widely separated in the middle line. The sternum is very
wide and convex, and projects between the posterior coxe,
which are widely separated. The metasternite is thickly
chitinized and relatively large. Similarly the dorsal sclerite
of the pedicle is thickly chitinized. ‘he anterior extremity
of the abdomen forms a circular rim above and below the
pedicle. The dorsal scute does not extend to the posterior
end of the abdomen, four transversely arched integumental
folds intervening between it and the anal tubercle. These
folds are continuous with the longitudinal folds that run
along the sides of the abdomen between the dorsal and

* Having only one specimen for examination I was unable to deter-
mine certain important structural features, notably the dentition of the
mandibles, the structure of the sclerites of the pedicle, &c.

620 The Systematic Position of the Genus Hadrotarsus.

ventral sclerites. The ventral sclerites are two in number
and subequal in length; they are separated from each other
by a transverse band of thick membrane. The anterior
sclerite extends forwards to the pedicle. In front of its
posterior border in the middle line is the very distinct
epigyne; the lung-sacs lie at its sides, their spiracles being
upon its postero-lateral angles. The tracheal spiracles are
situated in the middle of the membranous band; they appear
as a pair of contiguous round dark spots, surrounded by a
circular rim. The posterior plate is narrowed behind and
extends back to the spinners. The four visible spinners
form with the anal tubercle a compact cluster at the extreme
posterior end of the abdomen.
Simon placed the Hadrotarside provisionally between the
Oonopide and Dysderidx, but the well-developed epigyne
serves to separate them entirely from the neighbourhood of
these families and to place them amongst the ecribellate
entelegynous forms. Simon also points out that they have
“ des rapports tiés sérieux”’ with certain Theridiide, notably
with Pholcomma, but more especially with Paculla and Tetra-
blemma. Hadrvtarsus has the high clypeus, the conical
cluster of spinners, &c. of the Theridiide, the broad sternum,
triangular labium, obliquely inclined maxille, strong attenuate
mandibles with long slender arched fangs, and the long tarsi
described by Simon as typical of the Paculleze (doc. cit. p. 570).
Moreover, the irregular shape and general appearance of the
posterior median eyes in Hadrotarsus suggest that these
organs are in process of atrophy. Were the obliteration to
be completed, the remaining six eyes would not differ greatly
from the six eyes of Paculla. As for the abdomen, in the
presence of the large dorsal scute, of the lateral and posterior
integumental folds, and of the ventral scutes it is almost iden-
tical with that described and figured by Simon as seen in
Tetrablemma (loc. cit. p. 3, fig. 5, and p. 571, fig. 584),
except that the integumental folds are not strengthened with
chitinous bands (erroneously compared by Simon -with the
tergal plates of Liphistius), and the posterior ventral plate is
relatively larger and undivided. Simon was not able to deter-
mine with certainty the position of the spiracles in Tetrablemma
and Paculla, but supposed them to open upon the posterior
border of the anterior ventral scute, where they are placed, in
fact, in Hadrotarsus. Cambridge, however, described the
spiracles in Tetrablemma as situated close together towards
the middle of the ventral surface behind the anterior scute
(P. Z. S. 1873, pl. xii. fig. le, p. 115). However that may

On a new Clasping-organ in a Centipede. 621

be, the known facts justify, in my opinion, the union of
Hadrotarsus with the Pacullez.

“AQ. ant se.

Hadrotarsus scarabeus (Keys.).

A. Ventral view of trunk, showing the anterior scute (ant.sc.) of the
abdomen, with the epigyne and lung-sacs, the membranous band
(mb.) with the approximated median tracheal spiracles, the posterior
scute ( post.sc.), and the lateral integumental folds (cnt.).

B. Posterior extremity of abdomen from behind, showing the dorsal scute
(d.sc.), the integumental folds (¢t.), and the posterior ventral scute
(post.sc.) with the cluster of spinners and the anal tubercle above it,

C. Anterior end of carapace from above, showing the eyes.

D. Face, showing eyes of anterior line, high clypeus, and mandibles with
long crossing fangs.

LXXXIV.—A new Clasping-organ in a Centipede.
By R. I. Pocock.

TuHE African and Oriental Scolopendroid genus Ofostigmus is
represented in the Neotropical Region by a series of species
for which I have proposed the name farotostigmus. In
certain species of this genus the males are furnished with a
pair of movable processes, varying in shape according to the
species and arising one on each side from the inner surface
of the femur of the legs of the posterior pair. The first
species to be described with this peculiarity was P. scabri-
cauda, Sauss., from Rio Janeiro, In 1879 Kohlrausch
recorded P. scabricauda from Popayan in Colombia, and,
following him, I referred to this species specimens from

622 Mr. R. I. Pocock on a

Machachi and Corazon in Ecuador*. Subsequently Brole-
mann + identified it from Guatemala. This author has also
described a species with a somewhat similar modification
of the anal legs from Venezuela and Brazil, naming it
Otostigmus Goeldit.

Within the last few years the British Museum has received
fresh material of this genus from South America, represented
by specimens collected on the Amazons by Messrs. Austen
and Cambridge and by other examples from Heuador. The
Amazonian species is probably the same as P. scabricauda.
The Ecuador species, two in number, are quite distinct. One
of these is probably identical with the species collected en
Machachi by Edward Whymper, which I erroneously, as it
now proves, referred to P. scabricauda, Sauss. ‘The male of
one of this Ecuador species, from Riobamba, differs from the
male of P. scabricauda in being furnished with very distinct
claspers. These take the form of a stout lightly incurved
process jutting backwards from the inferior angle of the coxa
of each of the legs of the twentieth pair, and reaching to
about the middle of the sternal plate of the twenty-first leg-
bearing somite. A much smaller tubercular process occupies
the same position upon the legs of the nineteenth pair. In
the male of the other Ecuadorean species, from Cachavi, the
claspers on the legs of the twentieth pair are much stouter
and longer, extending backwards to the extremity of the
sternal plate of the twenty-first leg-bearing somite (see fig. A).
Those on the legs of the nineteenth pair are also relatively
larger than in the Machachi and Riobamba specimens, and
are short, cylindrical, apically rounded processes. The legs
of the preceding pairs are also furnished with coxal tubercles.
In the female of the Cachavi species there are coxal processes
on the legs of the twentieth pair as large as those on the
nineteenth pair in the male.

Secondary sexual characters of four distinct kinds are now
known in the males of Parotostigmus. Firstly, there are the
femoral processes of the anal legs, which I pointed out in
1890 and Brélemann in 1902 to be a male feature. Secondly,
there are the coxal claspers above described. Thirdly, there
is the remarkable moditication of the last tergal plate, which
is produced into a long and stout subcylindrical process in
one of the Brazilian species, P. caudatus{. Lastly, there is
the modification of the tibial segment of the anal leg in
P., tibialis, Brol.

* Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) vi. p. 142 (1890).
+ Mém. Soe. Zool. Fr. xiii. p. 96 (1900).
{ Brélemann, ‘ Revista Mus. Paulista,’ v. pp. 87 & 39 (1902).

new Clasping-organ in a Centipede. 623

It is significant that the claspers may be correlated with
the femoral processes, but that, so far as is known, the modi-
fication of the anal tergite and of the tibia of the anal leg
exists independently of the femoral processes and functionally
replaces them.

That the femoral processes on the legs of the last pair are
a sexual character appertaining to the male cannot, I think,
be doubted; and I suspect they will be found to be charac-
teristic of the majority of the species of Parotostigmus. If
this suspicion be well founded it will prove that most of the
described species have been based upon female examples. In
this connexion it is significant that Brélemann records both

5 ee 2 shinee
i ----s.20
cox.19”
--SE2)
fi --f.20
cox.20 ny ~>pl.2s
abe f2

External sexual organs of the male of a species of Parotostigmus
from Cachayi.

A. Ventral view of posterior end of body. 19, 20, 21, nineteenth, twen
tieth, and twenty-first leg-bearing somites; s¢., sterna; f., femora;
pl., pleura ; coz., coxal processes.

B. Portion of tergum (tg. 21) of last leg-hearing somite and of the femur,
with its process (p7’.) furnished with posterior tuft of hair,

P, denticulatus, Poc., and P. scabricauda, Sauss., from
Guatemala. On geographical grounds it is, & priord, im-
probable that the Brazilian P. scabricauda exists also in
Guatemala. Hence I suggest that the examples referred by
Brélemann to P. scabricauda are the males of the species he
identified as P. denticulatus. If this be so, no fewer than
five species of the genus will be known in which this pecu-
liarity occurs in the male, namely, one from Guatemala, two

624 On a new Clasping-organ in a Centipede.

from Ecuador, one from Venezuela and Brazil, and one
from Brazil. This fact forcibly suggests that other species
of the genus, such as P. spiculifer, Poc., from St. Vincent,
P. muticus, Karsch, from Peru, &c., will be found to be
similarly equipped when further collecting has made them
better known.

A small structural feature not previously noted, I believe,
in connexion with these processes is the presence of a small
tuft or transverse row of compactly set, short, red bristles,
lying backwards lengthwise, near the posterior extremity of
the dorsal side (see fig. B).

The only other genus of Scolopendride in which similar
femoral processes have been described is the remarkable
African form Alipes (Eucorybas). They have been detected
in two species, namely, A. appendiculatus, Poc., from Nyasa-
land *, and A. caletpes, Cook +, from Quango. In the
description of A. appendiculatus I assigned this peculiarity
to the male sex, and described as the female of this Species an
example from the same locality in which the process is repre-
sented by a spiniform tubercle. I see no reason to change
this opinion. Moreover, since it appears to me to be im-
probable that a striking structural feature of this kind is
present in some species and absent in others within the limits
of the same genus, I am prepared to find that it is character-
istic of all the species, and that the numerous specimens seen
by myself, Cook, and others in which it is absent are either
females or immature males{. However that may be, the
development of such an organ in Parotostigmus and Alipes
must surely be evidence of affinity between them, especially
when it is correlated in both with certain other structural
features, such as the unarmed anal femora and pleura. The
view that these genera are related is, moreover, quite in
keeping with the faunistic similarities that obtain in other
respects between tropical Africa and South America.

* Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xviii. p. 95 (1896).

+ ‘Brandtia, xvii. p. 70 (1897).

{ In very young examples of Alipes the posterior legs are almost
normal in shape, the distal segments being merely slightly compressed.
The modification of these appendages characteristic of the adult is
probably gradually acquired during growth, the final form perhaps being
not attained until the final moult. Hence in comparing species with
respect to this structure it is necessary that the specimens be certainly
adult. According to Cook, these appendages differ considerably in a
series of examples from the same locality. Possibly the variations
pointed out are explicable in part to difference in age of the specimens
examined,

Anw.bc Mag. Nat Sst. 5 TVob. XT. PUXUL.

Mintern Bros Eth.

Geological Soctety. 625

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.
GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

February 25th, 1903.—Prof. Charles Lapworth, LL.D., F.R.S.,
President, in the Chair.

The following communication was read :—

‘Onthe Occurrence of Dictyozamites in England, with Remarks
on European and Eastern Floras.’ By Albert Charles Seward,
Esq., M.A., F.R.S., F.LS., F.G.S., Fellow of Emmanuel College,
Cambridge.

The specimens described as a new species of Dictyozamites were
obtained from a bed of ironstone, low down in the Estuarine Series,
on the northern face of the Upleatham outlier, near Marske-by-the-
Sea, by the Rey. John Hawell, F.G.S. The genus is also found in the
Rajmahal Series of India, in Central Japan, and at Bornholm. Its
probable taxonomic position is best expressed by placing it as a
member of the Cycadophyta.

The Author proceeds to a comparison of the Bornholm, Indian,
Japanese, and English floras; and as resemblances are masked by
the use of different generic or specific names for plants which are
either identical or represent closely-allied members of the same
family, a special list of these floras has been prepared, in which,
while the names at present in use are indicated, it is pointed out
where obscured identities or resemblances exist. From this com-
parison the Author concludes that there was a greater similarity
between the vegetation of Eastern and Western regions, during
part at least of the Mesozoic Era, than is usually admitted; while
the differences between Mesozoic floras of approximately the same
geological age are for the most part slight and unimportant, when
their wide geographical separation is considered. Equisetaceous
_ plants are practically ubiquitous: several ferns of apparently the
same species occur in the Far East and in Western Europe; cycada-
ceous plants are represented by cosmopolitan types, and the same
may be said of the genus Araucarites and other members of the
Conifer. The most noteworthy exceptions are afforded by the
Mesozoic representatives of the two isolated recent ferns Matonia
and Dipteris; these two families—each with a surviving genus—
played a conspicuous part in the vegetation of the Rheetic and
succeeding Jurassic Epochs in Europe, and to a less extent in North
America, but there are no satisfactory records of their existence in
India or Japan. A similar state of things is illustrated by the
Ginkgoales, the class of which the ‘ maidenhair-tree’ of China and
Japan forms the solitary survivor; the abundance of both Ginkgo
and Baiera in the Mesozoic of Europe is in striking contrast to
their almost complete absence in India.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xi. 45

626

INDEX to VOL. XI.

ACANTHASPIS, new species of, 354.
Acanthojoppa, new species of, 180.
Acanthoscurria, new species of, 86.
Acomys, new species of, 565.
Acumontia, new species of, 441.
Adoretus ovalis, note on, 472.
Aganais, new species of, 503.
Aganippe, new species of, 309.
Aglantha rosea, note on, 427.
Aglaojoppa, new species of, 177.
Agriolestes, new species of, 359,
Alderina, characters of the new
genus, 596,
Algathia, new species of, 315.
Alipes, remarks on species of, 624.
Allocinopus, characters of the new
genus, 607.
Altomarus, characters of the new
genus, 72.
Amalopeneus elegans, remarks on,
416.
Amauroclopius, new species of, 205.
Amaxia, new species of, 551.
Ammophila, new species of, 519.
Ampulex, new species of, 319.
Anacanthini, on the systematic posi-
tion and classification of the, 459.
Anaphosia, characters of the new
genus, 344,
Anchomenus, new species of, 456.
Ancistrogaster, new species of, 266.
Ancorabolus, characters of the new
genus, 2.
Andrena, new species of, 542.
Andrews, Dr. C. W., on Pleurodiran
Chelonians from the Fayum, 115;
on the evolution of the Proboscidea,
527.
Anisolabis, new species of, 68, 234,
270.
Anisothrix, new species of, 202.
Annelida, new, 562,

Anolis, new species of, 482.

Anomala, new species of, 471.

Anoplius, new species of, 325.

Anthidium, new species of, 547. .

Arabella iricolor, note on, 563.

Arachnida, new, 81, 214, 220, 258,
308, 433.

Aranea, on secondary sexual charac-
ters in the genus, 59; A. venatoria,
note on the species, 95.

Aranee, revision of the genera of the,
32.

Arbanitis, new species of, 311.
Arber, E. A. N., on the fossil flora
of the Cumberland coalfield, 333,

Arcesius, new species of, 359.

Arctiade, new, 337.

Arges, new species of, 601.

Argyroeides, new species of, 197.

Arrow, G. J., on certain genera of
melolonthid and rutelid Coleoptera,
308.

Artemidorus, characters of the new
genus, 75.

Asarta, new species of, 58.

Asota, new species of, 504.

Astata, new species of, 514.

Astinus, new species of, 248.

Asura, new species of, 501.

Atractus, new species of, 483,

Attheyella arctica, remarks on, 14.

Automolis, new species of, 197.

Avicularia, new species of, 81.

Aviculariide, new S.-American, 81.

Avitta, new species of, 509.

Balanus, new species of, 297,

Barbus, new species of, 52.

Barrett-Hamilton, G. E. H., on the
hares of Crete and of Cyprus, 126 ;
on new species of Pitymys and
Microtus, 306; on the flight of
flying-fish, 389,

INDEX.

Bassariscus Sumichrasti, new sub-
species of, 379.

Bate, Miss D. M. A., on the occur-
rence of Acomys in Cyprus, 565.
Batesiella, characters of the new

genus, 258.

Batrachians, new, 481.

Bembex, new species of, 523.

Bembidium, new species of, 611.

Biasticus, new species of, 208.

Bipinnaria asterigera, observations
on, 477.

Birds, new, 231; on the effects of
piscatorial, on the food-fishes,
ool.

Blaberus, new species of, 404.

Blattidze, notes on, 404.

Bocchoris, new species of, 511.

Bonhote, J. L., on new species of
Mus, 123; on new races of Tra-
gulus kanchil, 291; on new cats
from China, 374, 474; on a new
rat from Simla, 473.

Books, new :—Biologia Centrali-
Americana,—Reptilia and Batra-
chia, 127; Tutt’s Natural History
of the British Lepidoptera, 180;
The Fauna and Flora of the Mal-
dive and Laccadive Archipelagoes,
Vol. I. pts. 3 & 4,132; Guide to
the Galleries of Mammalia, 132 ;
Guide to the Coral Gallery, 132;
Oates’s Catalogue of Birds’ Eggs,
Vol. II., 183; Willey’s Zoological
Results, Pt. VI., 1383; Newton and
Holland’s Fossils from the Islands
of Formosa and Riu-Kiu, 135 ;
Sharpe’s Birds in the Garden, 156 ;
Baker’s Gross Anatomy of Lim-
nea marginata, 137; Palzonto-
logia Indica, n. s. ii. pt. 1, 187 ; id.
ser. XV. ii. pt. 1, 241; Weller’s
Paleontology of the Niagaran
Limestone in the Chicago Area,
244; Schulze’s Indian Triaxonia,
332; Who’s Who, 332; Handbook
of Instruction for Collectors, 333 ;
Pfurtscheller’s Zoological Wall-
plates, 430; Osborn and Lambe’s
Vertebrata of the Mid-Cretaceous
of the North-west Territory,
430; Marbut’s Evolution of the
Northern Part of the Lowlands of
South-Eastern Missouri, 452;
South’s Catalogue of the Palzarc-
tic Butterflies formed by the late
John Henry Leech, 526.

627

Borradaile, L. A., on the genera of
the Dromiide, 297.

Bothrideres, new species of, 618.

Boulenger, G. A., on new species of
Barbus, 52; om new lizards from
Abyssinia, 54; on batrachians and
reptiles from Venezuela, 481; on
a new species of Arges, 601.

Broun (Capt. T.) on new genera and
species of New Zealand Coleoptera,
450, 602.

Burr, M., notes on the Forficularia,
231, 265, 270.

Bythotiara, characters of the new
genus, 425,

Calesia, new species of, 508.

Callopora, new species of, 589.

Calman, Dr. W. T., on Macrurous
Crustacea obtained during the
cruise of the ‘ Oceana,’ 416.

Calommata, new species of, 259.

Caluromys, new subspecies of, 493.

Cambridge, F. Picard-, revision of
the genera of the Aranez, 32; on
secondary sexual characters in the
genus Aranea, 59.
Cameron, P., on new Hymenoptera
from the Khasia Hills, 173, 313.
Canthocamptus, remarks on species
of, 195.

Carbasea, notes on species of, 581.

Cardiococcus, characters of the new
genus, 155.

Castruccius, characters of the new
genus, 356.

Caulorhamphus, characters of the new
genus, 587.

Cebus, new species of, 376.

Celama, new species of, 341,

Celerena, new species of, 510.

Cellularia, remarks on the genus,
577.

Centipede, on a new clasping-organ
in a, 621.

Centrogonus, new species of, 352.

Cephalophus, new species of, 290.

Cerceris, new species of, 524.

Cerellius, characters of the new
genus, 364.

Ceropales, new species of, 515.

Ceroplastes, new species of, 157,

Ceroputo, new species of, 163.

Cerynea, new species of, 505.

Cheetostomus, new species of, 599.

Chelidura, new species of, 275.

Chelisoches, new species of, 265,
274,

628

Cheloniaus, on Pleurodiran, from the
Fayum, 115.

Chiaglas, new species of, 314.

Chionzma, new species of, 345,

Chirolophius, chara¢ters of the new
genus, 279.

Chlorochiton, definition of the new
generic name, 305,

Cheeronycteris, new
288.

Chrysauge, new species of, 203.

Chrysomesia, characters of the new
genus, 300.

Cirripedia, new generic names for
some, 368.

Citharoscelus, new species of, 99.

Cletodes, new species of, 18.

Coccidee, new American, 155,

Cockerell, T. D. A., on new American
Coccidee, 155.

Coelenterata, on the, obtained during
the cruise of the ‘Oceana,’ 420.

Ceelioxys, new species of, 548.

Coendou, new species of, 381.

Coleoptera, new, 229, 450, 467, 602 ;
on certain genera of, 303.

Coranus, new species of, 77.

Corgatha, new species of, 505,

Corma, new species of, 500.

Corydia, new species of, 404.

Cosmocleptus, new species of, 249.

Crabro, new species of, 529.

Crastia, new species of, 499.

‘rocisa, new species of, 548,

Crustacea, new, 2, 297, 418, 479; new
generic names for some, 367; on
Macrurous, obtained during the
cruise of the ‘Oceana,’ 416, 479.

Cryptodromiopsis, characters of the
new genus, 299,

Ctenizide, new, 3808.

Ctenomys, new species of, 228.

Ctenus, new species of, 262.

Cyanojoppa, new species of, 175.

Cyclopina, new species of, 6.

Cyclops rubellus, note on, 189,

Cydnocoris, new species of, 245,

Cylomissus, characters of the new
genus, 615,

Cyrtopholis, new species of, 96,

Dactylopus, new varieties of, 21,

Dactylopusia, definition of the new
generic name, 368,

Deesia, new species of, 217.

Darantasia, new species of, 344.

Darna, new species of, 198.

Dasyprocta, new species of, 491.

species of,

INDEX.

Dawkins, Prof. W. B., on an ossi-
ferous cavern of pliocene age at
Dove Holes, 335.

de Bormans, A., descriptions of new
species of Forficularia, 231, 265.

Delavalia robusta, new variety of,
18.

Devara, new species of, 198.

Diacrisia, new species of, 351.

Dicellonotus, new species of, 409.

Dichrochile, new species of, 455.

Diclidurus, new species of, 377.

Dictyozamites, on the occurrence of,
in England, 625.

Diphylla, new species of, 378.

Diplatys, new species of, 61.

Diptera, new, 384,

Discolia, new species of, 823. _

Discologamia cesticulata, description
of the male of, 406.

Distant, W. L., on new Rhynchota,
72; revision of the Reduviide,
203, 245, 352.

Dolomedes, new species of, 260,

Domnus, new species of, 360.

Drilonereis, new species of, 562.

Dromides, characters of the new
genus, 299.

Dromiide, on the genera of the, 297.

Druce, H., on new species of Lepi-
doptera, 196,

Druce, H. H.C. J., on new W.-Afri-
can Lyceenide, 69.

Duerden, Dr. J. E., on the morpho-
logy of the Madreporaria, 141.
Echinoderm larvee collected during

the cruise of the ‘ Oceana,’ on, 477.

Ectinosoma, new species of, 9,

Edocla, new species of, 353.

Egnasia, new species of, 508.

Electra, remarks on the genus, 586.

Eliomys, new species of, 494,

Elis, new species of, 402.

Kllisina, characters of the new genus,
596.

Endochus, new species of, 76, 246,
360.

Entisberus, characters of the new
genus, 74.

Entomostraca, new generic names
for some, 367.

Epamera, new species of, 71.

Eyedanus, new species of, 446,

Ephebopus, new species of, 85,

Epidaus, new species of, 247.

Kpisothalma, new species of, 510

Kpitola, new species of 70.

INDEX.

Epitoxis, new species of, 339.
Kressa, new species of, 339.
Erythrojoppa, new species of, 184.
Euchromia, new species of, 340.
Eudoxia campanula, note on, 428.
Eugoa, new species of, 501.

Eulyes, new species of, 213.

Eumenes, new species of, 530.

Eunicid, on the British, 553.

Eurosia, new species of, 347.

Euterpina, definition of the new
generic name, 368,

Euthisanotia, new species of, 200.

Exoccetus, on the flight of species
of, 389.

Fedalma, characters of the new
genus, 318.

Felis, new species of, 374, 474.

Finmark, on the Natural History of
East, 1, 166, 567.

Fishes, new, 52, 57, 279, 599, 601 ;
on the effect of piscatorial birds on
the food-, 551,

Flavinia, new species of, 197.

Flying-fish, on the flight of, 389,

Forestus, characters of the new
genus, 251.

Forficula, new species of, 269.

Forticularia, notes on the, 60, 251,
965, 270, 415.

Forsythula, characters of the new
genus, 225.

Funisciurus, new species of, 79.

Gadidee, remarks on the, 465.

Gadomus, characters of the new
genus, 459.

Galeodes, new species of, 215.

Gennzus, new species of, 251.

Genypterus, new species of, 599,

Geological Society, proceedings of
the, 333, 625.

Gluvia, new species of, 222.

Gonolabis, new species of, 272.

Gorytes, new species of, 521.

Graptoclopius, new species of, 207.

Gruyel, Prof. A., on a new species of
Balanus, 297.

Giinther, R. T., on Coelenterata ob-
tained during the cruise of the
‘Oceana,’ 420. >

Hadrotarsus, on the systematic posi-
tion of the genus, 619.

Halictus, new species of, 580, 541.

Halicyclops, definition of the new
generic name, 368.

Hampson, Sir G. F., on new forms
of Pyralide from Spain, 58; on

629

new Syntomide
307.

Hansen, Dr. H. J., on a new species
of Sergestes, 479.

Hapalopus, new species of, 110.

Harpactids, on British freshwater,
185.

Harpactor, new species of, 75, 205.

Heliosia, new species of, 345.

Helonotus, new species of, 363.

Hemidactylus, new species of, 54.

Herrmanella, new species of, 28.

Heterophrynus, new species of, 220,

Heteroplana, characters of the new
genus, 415.

Ilincksina, characters of the new
genus, 585,

Hippobosca, new species of, 585.

Hogg, H. R., on new Australian
spiders, 308.

Holotrichia, new species of, 467.

Hlomalosphodrus, new species of, 211.

Homceomma, note on the genus, 111.

Hyaleucerea, new species of, 341.

Hybla, new species of, 506.

Hylodes, new species of, 481.

Hylonycteris, characters of the new
genus, 286.

Hymenoptera, new, 173, 313, 393,
511, 529.

Hypena, new species of, 509.

Tlema, new species of, 345.

llliberis, new species of, 500.

Illice, new species of, 547,

Imeria, characters of the new genus,
173.

Trautha, new species of, 366.

Tsanthrene, new species of, 196.

Isopoda, on British land, 369.

Jelly-masses from the intermediate
waters of the Atlantic, on, 428,

Kannabateomys, new subspecies of,
489,

Kirby, W. F., notes on Forficulide,
60, 415; notes on Blattidz, 404.
Kurtz, Dr. F., on fossil plants from

New South Wales, 384.
Labia, new species of, 255, 273.
Labidura, remarks on the genus, 63 ;
new species of, 67.
Laodice, new species of, 425.
Larinopoda, new species of, 69.
Latastia, new species of, 55.
Lenzus, new species of, 356.
Lepidoptera, new, 58, 69, 196, 337,
499; of East Finmark, on the
167.

and Arctiadze,

65 INDEX.

Lepus, new species of, 78, 126,
exis, new species of, 342,
Lichtensia zapotlana, new variety of,
162,
Lineopalpa, new species of, 506.
Lisarda, new species of, 352.
Lissotes, new species of, 615.
Lophiidw, revision of the, 277.
Lophius, new species of, 285,
Lumbriconereis, remarks on species
of, 560.
Luvarus imperialis, on the skeleton
and systematic position of, 372.
Lycophotia, new species of, 199,
MacBride, Prof. FE, W., on Echino-
derm larvee collected during the
cruise of the < Oceana,’ 477.
M‘Intosh, Prof., on the frequency of
occurrence of pearls in the mussel,
549; on the effects of marine pisca-
torial birds on the food-fishes,
on the British Eunicide,

Macruridee, remarks on the, 461.

Madreporaria, on the morphology of
the, 141.

Mammals, new, 78, 79, 123, 126,
226, 286, 289, 291, 306, 374, 376,
382, 473, 474, 484, 487, 494, 496,
565,

Margasus, new species of, 361.

Mecodema, new species of, 451,

Megachile, new species of, 546,

Melanobranchus, characters of the
new genus, 459.

Melaserica, new species of, 469.

Membranipora, remarks on the genus,
584.

Mengea, definition of the new generic
name, 35,

Metachrostis, new species of, 506,

Metaglymma, new species of, 454,

Metriopelma, new species of, 113,

Micrilema, characters of the new
genus, 343,

Microdina, characters of the new
genus, 409,

Microtus, new species of, 307.

Mitophyllus, new species of, 616.

Monocentropus, new species of, 219,

Monoxyomma, characters of the new
genus, 444,

Moschomys, definition of the new
generic name, 388,

Mus, new species of, 123, 473.

~—— Ppilorides, remarks on, 385.

Musk-rat of the Antilles, on the, 385.

Mutilla, new species of, 394,
Myermo, new species of, 816.
Mylacrina, characters of the new
genus, 414,
Mytilus edulis, on the frequency of
occurrence of pearls in, 549.
Myzine, new species of, 401.
Neenaria, characters of the new
genus, 313.
Narsetes, characters of the new
genus, 358,
Nebo hierichonticus, new subspecies
of, 214.
Nemesia, new species of, 225,
Neolecanium, new species of, 161,
Newton, E. T., on the elk in the
Thames Valley, 334.
Nola, new species of, 502.
Nomada, new species of, 543,
Noorda, new species of, 507.
Norman, Canon A. M., on the natural
history of East F inmark, 1, 166,
567; new generic names for some
Entomostraca and Cirripedia, 367 ;
on British land Isopoda, 369,
Notocirrus, remarks on species of,
564,
Nurse, Major C. G., on new Indian
Hymenoptera, 393, 511 , 529.
Oates, E. W., on a new silver-
pheasant from Burma, 231,
Odynerus, new species of, 532,
Oochilina, characters of the new
genus, 595.
Obpterus, new species of, 609.
Opiliones, new genera and species of,
433,
Opisthocosmia, new species of, 267,
Ormiscodes, new species of, 198.
Orthoptera, new, 60, 265, 270, 404.
Osmia, new species of, 545.
Ovipennis, new species of, 349,
P ’ p ,
Oxymycterus, ‘new species of, 226,
489.
Pagyda, new species of, 510,
Paloptus, new species of, 361.
Pamphobeteus, new species of, 91.
Panesthia, new species of, 411.
Panthous, new species of, 76, 249,
Pantopsalis, new species of, 436,
Parasiccia, new species of, 349,
Parotostigmus scabricauda, on the
clasping-organ of, 621,
Pasiphiea, note on a species of, 418,
Pearls, on the frequency of occur-
rence of, in the mussel, 549,
Peromyscus, new species of, 485.

INDEX.

Phalacra, new species of, 502.

Phalangium, new species of, 438.

Phenacoccus gossypii, new variety
of, 164.

Phormictopus, note on the genus, 90.

Phryganopsis, new species of, 343.

Phryxotrichus, new species of, 104.

Phyllobates, new species of, 482.

Phyllothyreus, definition of the new
generic name, 368.

Pitymys, new species of, 306.

Platerus, characters of the new
genus, 247.

Plecoptera, new species of, 507.

Plistobunus, characters of the new
genus, 447,

Pocock, R. I., on S.-American
Aviculariidee, 81; on Arachnida
from Yemen, 214; ona newspecies
of Heterophrynus, 220; on a new
European species of Solifuge,
222; on a new genus and species
of trapdoor spider from Mada-
gascar, 223; on a new tree trap-
door spider from Malta, 225; on
new spiders from the Camaroons,
258; on new genera and species
of tropical and southern Opiliones,
433 ; on the systematic position of
the genus Hadrotarsus, 619; on a
new clasping-organ in a centipede,
621.

Podactis, new species of, 448.

Podocnemis, new species of, 120.

Polidius, new species of, 251.

Polyphaga, new species of, 407.

Polytoxus, new species of, 257.

Polyzoa, notes on the classification
ot the, 567; on the, of East Iin-
mark, 574.

Pompilus, new species of, 511.

Prinasura, characters of the new
genus, 349.

Prionostemma, definition of the new
generic name, 433.

Pristhesancus, new species of, 77,
250, 362.

Proboscidea, on the evolution of the,
527.

Proechimys, new species of, 490,

Prosopis, new species of, 554.

Prumala, new species of, 350.

Psalmopceus, new species of, 82,

Psen, new species of, 520.

Pseudagenia, new species of, 403,

Pseuderesia, new species of, 69.

Pterinopelma, new species of, 108,

Pterostichus, new species of, 604.

Pycnomerus, new species of, 617.

Pydna, new species of, 504.

Pygidicrana, new species of, 61,
232.

Pyralidee, new, 58.

Xamphonotus minax, note on, 597.

teduviidee, revision of the, 205, 245,

352.

Regan, C. T., on the genus Synap-
tura, 56; revision of the Lophiide,
277; on the skeleton and syste-
matic position of Luvarus impe-
rialis, 372; on the systematic
position and classification of the
Gadoid or Anacanthine fishes,
459 ; on a new species of Cheeto-
stomus, 599; on a new species of
Genypterus, 599.

Reptiles, new, 54, 115, 482.

Rhagodes, new species of, 216.

Rhinopoma, new species of, 496.

Rhogeessa, new species of, 382.

Rhyuchium, new species of, 328.

Rhynchota, new, 72, 155, 205, 245,
3d2,

Rhynchotalona, definition of the
new generic name, 367.

Rhyparobia, new species of, 404.

Richia, new species of, 200.

Ricolla, new species of, 359.

Reeselia, new species of, 342.

Rosema, new species of, 199.

Rygmodus, new species of, 612.

Salganea, new species of, 408.

Salus, new species of, 403.

Sarcophilus satanicus, definition of
new name, 289,

Sastragala, new species of, 72.

Saurita, new species of, 340.

Scaptesyle, new species of, 345.

Schneider, J. 8., on the Bombide
and Lepidoptera of Sydvaranger,
167.

Scipinia, new species of, 366.

Sciurus, new species of, 488.

Scolia, new species of, 401.

Scopodes, new species of, 612.

Scott, T., on Copepoda from the
Arctic seas, 4; on British fresh-
water Harpactids, 185.

Scrupocellaria scabra, notes on ya-
rieties of, 579.

Sergestes, new species of, 479.

Serica, new species of, 469.

Seward, A. C., on the occurrence of
Dictyozamites in England, 625.

632 INDEX.

Sharp, Dr. D., on Coleoptera from
the Nilgiri Hills, 467.
Simosa, definition of the new generic
name, 367,
Sindala, new species of, 365.
Solenophora, new species of, 164,
Sorensenella, new species of, 439.
Sparatta, new species of, 265,
Sphecodes, new species of, 538.
Sphecosoma, new species of, 340.
Sphedanolestes, new species of, 75,
209,
Sphingolabis, new species of, 268.
Spongiphora, new species of, 234.
Sprague, Miss B., on Cyclops ru-
bellus, 139.
Stenhelia, new species of, 11.
Stenolzmus, new species of, 256,
Stereogenys, new species of, 115.
Stethaspis, remarks on the genus,
503.
Stictane, new species of, 344,
Stizus, new species of, 522.
Swinhoe, Col. C., on new Eastern
and African Lepidoptera, 499.
Syagrius, new species of, 230.
Symbrenthia, new species of, 500.
Synaptura, new species of, 57.
Syntomide, new, 337.
Syntomis, new species of, 338.
Tachardia, new species of, 165.
Tachysphex, new species of, 515.
Tachytes, new species of, 514.
Talapa, new species of, 509.
Tarastethus, new species of, 457.
Tegastes, definition of the new ge-
neric name, 368.
Tetralonia, new species of, 549.
Teucer, new species of, 54].
Thalestris, new species of, 25.
Thomas, O., on a new hare from
Cape Colony, 78; on two new
squirrels, 79; on new S.-American

mammals, 226, 487; on two new
Glossophagine bats, 286; on the
technical name of the Tasmanian
devil, 289; on a new duiker from
W. Africa, 289; on new mam-
mals from Chiriqui, 376; on two
8.-American forms of Rhogeessa,
382; on new forms of Peromyscus
from Mexico, 484; on two new
dormice, 494 ; on the genus Rhino-
poma, 496.

Thosea, new species of, 502.

Thrichomys, new species of, 227.

Thyria, new species of, 201.

Tiarodes, new species of, 357.

Timora, new species of, 200.

Tiphia, new species of, 524, 400,

Torania, new species of, 264.

Tragulus kanchil, new subspecies of,
291.

Tricheta, new species of, 537.

Trichosternus, new species of, 602.

Trogophloeus, new species of, 615,

Trouessart, Dr. E. L., on the musk-
rat of the Antilles, 585.

Trypetesa, definition of the new ge-
neric name, 369.

Trypoxylon, new species of, 518.

Velinus, new species of, 211, 357.

Vogtia pentacantha, new variety of,
429,

Wallaby, on a parasite on the, 384.

Waterhouse, C. O., on a new Curcu-
lionid, 229.

Wesché, W., on a parasite on the
wallaby, 384.

Xauthojoppa, new species of, 182.

Xenesthis, new species of, 93.

Yolinus, new species of, 212.

Zeadolopus, characters of the new
genus, 614,

Zolus femoralis, note on, 458,

END OF THE ELEVENTH VOLUME.

PRINTED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS,
RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET.

ss ~ Ny a
.
i ' y
e! 3
'
,
: e
.
—— " 0

¥ Knauer .

rs
4 PO stil teh

mia nea Shela _
tab Bt aqme

moe
a

wari

2
7
i
ip
+
} al
>
41 ”
1 My
= ‘a ¥
a , it
La
Tey
r Wig be
F j

PSLLMas ee See ele ts NS

QH The Annals and magazine of
di natural history

A6
ser.7
Wiel
Biological
& Medical

Serials

PLEASE DO NOT REMOVE
CARDS OR SLIPS FROM THIS POCKET -

UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO LIBRARY

ST a») AGE

Bp ae

e ="
24s pee >

A yao wo L,

fi aemir ted i

CL re eo iy
Ronis at

4
2. om

IW EJEENNA whew bs UN

QH The Annals and magazine of
a}: natural history

A6
ser.7
Wie
Biological
& Medical

Serials

PLEASE DO NOT REMOVE
CARDS OR SLIPS FROM THIS POCKET |

UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO LIBRARY

STAD s
STar AGE

Oe we roe
PPPOE Pn ROA BOT VO

we
pilin te
eer De eh

nee EM Ne
7 We

ek Ae

Ma Sat

Vy @ s
* oe
mehr eter uay Aer

oh ah ate en}
Soe
EET

>
et
eels oS india kh

esateeny

VA Soh
RN wwe

ee oa cap

ra taees
Ninth Nectar te ich faethe et Met arene 4 if

Internet Archive Audio

Featured

Top

Images

Featured

Top

Software

Featured

Top

Texts

Featured

Top

Video

Featured

Top

Mobile Apps

Browser Extensions

Archive-It Subscription

Save Page Now

Full text of "The annals and magazine of natural history : zoology, botany, and geology"

See other formats